<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Maiklas3000</id>
	<title>The Battle for Wesnoth Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Maiklas3000"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/Special:Contributions/Maiklas3000"/>
	<updated>2026-04-15T17:40:39Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.31.16</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55354</id>
		<title>TheRiseOfWesnoth</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55354"/>
		<updated>2014-07-21T20:40:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* The Fall */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Strategy Guide for The Rise of Wesnoth Campaign ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Campaign strategy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the course of this campaign, you will need to level up to some:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: White Mages/Mages of Light (at least four)&lt;br /&gt;
* Undead killers: Paladins (two)&lt;br /&gt;
* Mobile strikers: Silver Mages (at least one, preferably more), Grand Knights (several), Fugitives (one or more helps)&lt;br /&gt;
* Damage sinks: Royal Guards, Iron Maulers, Highwaymen, Halberdiers, level 3 Burin, and again Grand Knights&lt;br /&gt;
* Leaders: level 3 Haldric, level 3 Lady Outlaw, and much later level 3 Commander Aethyr &lt;br /&gt;
* Ranged attackers: Great Mages (can use several in the last scenario), Longbowmen/Master Bowmen (two), Trapper/Huntsman (one is helpful)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Mage of Light, one Paladin, and five Grand Knights make a perfect assault team!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Horsemen are key for the first three or four scenarios, it's important not to be too reliant on horse units through the middle part of the campaign, as there are many hard levels underground, in swamps, in water, or against Saurians; use XP from the scenario ''The Vanguard'' to get to 2 Paladins and 2+ Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't overlook Pikemen/Halberdiers, which are useful in many levels; pierce attacks work well against Drakes and against the dragon, and they are handy for defensive roles especially repelling Wolf Riders. They are less good against undead, though, and don't get that +1 MP Royal Guard speed bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to many undead opponents, you will want to recruit many Thugs at times, and get a few (the quick ones, since you need them underground) leveled up. Footpads help too, once leveled up. Due to swamps, you will sometimes be spamming Poachers, which can marksmanship once at level 3 (or Rangers are good too, for swamps and forest.) These, plus Lady Outlaw, give tactical options at other levels too: some decent chaotic troops form an ideal reserve, since you can attack with your lawful troops at dawn, and by nightfall when you need to heal them, use some chaotic troops to either continue the attack or to shield your healing lawful units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some recommended units to have obtained by specific scenarios:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The Fall - 1 Knight&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. A Harrowing Escape - 1 White Mage, 2 Knights, plus about-to-level troops&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4a. The Midlands - avoid, go to The Swamp of Eden instead&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4b. The Swamp of Eden - level 2 Haldric, level 2 Lady Outlaw, 2 Knights, 2 Shocktroopers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. Temple of the Deep - level 3 Haldric, level 3 Burin, 1-2 Mages of Light or several Outlaws / quick Bandits&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8. Clearwater Port - level 3 Lady Outlaw, 3 White Mages / Mages of Light, 3 Iron Maulers / Royal Guards / Halberdiers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
12. A Final Spring - 1-2 Silver Mages&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
14. Rough Landing - the 3 loyal Mermen from the previous scenario, ''Peoples in Decline''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17a. The Dragon - up to 4 White Mages / Mages of Light&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17d. Cursed Island - 1 Paladin&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
19. The Vanguard - 4 Knights/Lancers/Grand Knights, 2 Paladins (or about-to-level Knights)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
20. Return of the Fleet - 1 Mermen Entangler, 1 Merman Triton with Storm Trident, level 3 Commander Aethyr desirable&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
22. The Rise of Wesnoth - 2 Paladins, 3 Royal Guards, 4 Mages of Light&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because the campaign is long and you won't be able to recall all your level 3's in the final scenario, it pays to create some &amp;quot;uber-units&amp;quot;. An example is a quick, resilient Silver Mage that has been AMLA advanced a few times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
===A Summer Of Storms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively easy scenario, so gear your recruitment and strategy with an eye towards gathering XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# For the first round, recruit 2-3 Horsemen and the rest can be all Spearmen or a mix of Spearmen and Bowmen as you see fit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Then, you should probably hire Bowmen and more Spearmen. Whatever Bowmen you can get advanced will be useful later on for fighting the many trolls, grunts, and riders you will encounter. Note, however, that you will not have any healers until you level up at least one mage to White Mage status, and the sooner you can do that the better. Red mages will also prove very useful in subsequent scenarios, so consider recruiting at least two mages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used at least three strategies with success...&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: Send the horsemen with the king over the bridge, and the others should follow or start going over the mountain, to avoid being attacked from behind. Send subsequent Spearmen and Bowmen on the &amp;quot;over-the-bridge&amp;quot; road, and when the Prince and final troops have just about caught up, march on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;hide in the swamp&amp;quot; strategy: Proceed much like the above, but send the king with 3 Horsemen to capture the nearest houses, then retreat into the swamp area until you have your lawful bonus to kill off troops during the day. To hold them back, you can use a Spearman and a Mage (to level him.)&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sandbagging&amp;quot; strategy: On the hardest difficulty level, the initial enemy assault will only be easy to handle by entrenching your troops behind the river. Use the king to block the bridge initially, while Spearmen handle the shoreline just north and Horsemen carefully flag villages across the river. Run the king around, lending his leadership as you massacre the stupid enemy troops that have jumped like lemmings into the water. &lt;br /&gt;
* For all these options, you will also need to send a squad north into the mountains and around into the flank of the enemy. A quick Spearman, a quick Bowman, and one other unit, possibly a quick Mage, should be more than sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
* When you see that the fronts are under control, stop recruiting and send prince Haldric and your Mages over the bridge on a quest for XP, assisted by the leadership of the king, and converge on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Fall===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that looks scary, but it is only moderately difficult with proper recruitment and strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall or recruit Spearmen and Bowmen to man the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horsemen/Knights are desirable, because you probably do not yet have a White Mage, and the villages are widely spaced.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recalling or recruiting Mages for XP gathering is highly advisable for future scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are three basic approaches to take out the outlaw leader...&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Brute force&amp;quot; strategy: You can march west with a large army and use part of it to hold northwestern orc. Use the rest to fight outlaws and kill the leader. This strategy requires a lot of troops but it can bring you plenty of experience and can bring a quick victory.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: You can assassinate the outlaw leader. One way is to wait until the orcs have killed almost all outlaws and then assassinate the outlaw leader with Knights, rushing over the enemy camp's bridge and into the keep. This strategy is risky because orcs can kill the leader before you.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination via the mountain pass&amp;quot; strategy: Another way to assassinate the leader is to send a squad through the southern mountains to the outlaw keep. Two Mages and three Spearmen might be enough. If not, add a Knight, Horseman, or the King, though these units have only a narrow passage devoid of mountains and could get pinned by the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
* On the hardest difficulty level, you may be forced to assassinate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Saving the loyal Heavy Infantrymen (or Shock Troopers on easy) pays off in later scenarios. To save all three, move them south towards the outlaws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you eliminate the HP of the Lady Outlaw, she offers to help you. If you say yes, she comes back as a loyal unit in future scenarios and you will be able to recruit outlaw units, plus she cannot be killed in the next couple of scenarios (instead, she disappears when she goes to zero HP, and comes back the next scenario.) This is quite valuable. If you say no and try to kill her, you find out she cannot be killed. However, you do get 200 gold that she leaves behind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The following scenario (''A Harrowing Escape'') is a handful on the hardest difficulty level. On hard, your goal should be a carryover of almost 150 gold (so you have 250 starting gold), so although Lady Outlaw's assistance is worth much more than 80 gold (40% carryover of her 200 gold), you may be forced to choose the gold. Another thing you need to beat the following scenario on hard is a White Mage at or near the start of the scenario. Also, about-to-level units will be especially nice for their self-healing ability and low initial upkeep. Steer XP accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Harrowing Escape===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much easier on lower difficulty levels, calling for different strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On easy/medium...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: You should recruit/recall at least one, possibly two Mages here, and use them for killing Goblin Spearmen and finishing off injured Wolf Riders in the hills &amp;amp; mountains bordering the valley. Other than the Mages, simply recruit what you want, and go along the road. You get enough villages to pay upkeep for quite some army, and can give some of them a bit of experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Leave a few units in the rear, as the enemy can cross hills quickly. Note that Footpads and Outlaws will also cross hills at reasonable speed, if you need to hunt down some units. There are two castle tiles about halfway down, try to send Lady Outlaw and Brunin the Lost to them, they make good guards in case the enemy tries to come straight up. You can also send a couple groups of units down southeast to the lake, so you can prevent the Green team (southeast) from coming up the river. You can also kill the two Orcish Grunts (or Warriors on medium) on the southern castle tiles and then move Lady Outlaw and Brunin to them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On hard...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: To beat this scenario on the hardest difficulty level, you need some level 2 (or better yet, about-to-level level 1) units already and decent starting gold. It has been beaten on hard with as little as 158 starting gold, 200 is still difficult, and 250+ makes it relatively easy. You can stretch your gold a bit by not going negative on upkeep and waiting until you can't wait any longer to do one last round of recruiting, recalling mostly level 2's. For timing your final recruitment, watch the wolves that are likely trying to flank through the mountains south of your keep. Another requirement for beating this scenario is a White Mage (or two.) If need be, you must promote a Mage (or two) &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;tout de suite&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, as you will be dealing with severe damage and assassins, while only having easy access to 2 or 3 villages initially. Horsemen and Knights are useful for dissipating damage by serving as meat shields against blades and then running off to remote villages to heal. Quick Horsemen are especially nice, as they can transfer between two strategically placed villages in one turn, for healing on the go. Horsemen, Knights, and Swordsmen are useful for swatting assassins. If you can recruit outlaws, a couple of Footpads are nice for village grabbing. Thieves are also good because they are cheap, the Grunts are fond of attacking them, and they often survive on 70% defense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Near the start of combat, it's crucial to kill the first waves quickly: the wolves and assassins. More important than terrain is avoiding getting flanked, so mobility of individual units is key; if you climb up deep into the mountains, you will have a harder time with mobility than staying on or near the valley floor. Additionally, many of your units cannot go on mountain hexes, so it's easier to maintain your lines if everyone stays close to the valley. It's easier to make a stand at the keep and northern river bank, but this approach can be too costly in terms of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium/hard, you can lure out the roadside guard Warriors one at a time by putting a unit within attack range of one (and out of range of the other.) They mostly come at night. Mostly. That is, the Warriors might not bite bait put out during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have Lady Outlaw, note that she has leadership, which will be useful to help promote Prince Haldric, if he is still level 0. It's worth advancing her to level 2, to continue to provide leadership to level 1 Haldric and your other level 1's. You may also make use of her odd ability &amp;quot;distract&amp;quot;, which allows adjacent allied units to ignore ZOCs. And Lady Outlaw allows you to recruit outlaw types. On hard especially, Thugs can be useful as meat shields and to provide strong attacks at night when your lawful forces are crippled. Remember too that Lady Outlaw cannot be permanently killed (at least not yet), so when desperate times call for desperate measures, you can move her into a suicidal position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* It helps that there are two enemy sides as opposed to a twice as strong single enemy side. If one of your units could be attacked by 3 enemies, but 1 of these hexes is currently blocked by the other side, the currently moving enemy decides to attack units which it (they) is (are) actually less likely to kill than that one. AIs don't cooperate, that is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are stuck on this scenario, you may need to replay one or both of the previous scenarios and/or choose to &amp;quot;kill&amp;quot; Lady Outlaw in the previous scenario so you get her gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There is Dwarf Steelclad in the village at 8,5. It's not far from your camp, so send Lady Outlaw there. Dwarf joins you because &amp;quot;It has been a long time since he felt the satisfying crunch of Orcs under his Axe.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you kill the first orc leader, an Orcish Slayer and two Assassins will pop out of nowhere, so you would be wise not to have any wounded units stuck without movement points at that point. Also, the other leader will get an infusion of gold and start recruiting on all available hexes, so if you can sit on some of those hexes first, it will help keep the situation from getting out of control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* At the end, you will be given the choice of the river/swamp road or the midlands/orc road. These fork to the scenarios ''The Swamp of Esten'' and ''The Midlands'', respectively. The swamp scenario is relatively easy, while ''The Midlands'' could cost you some leveled units or even prove impossible to beat if you are low on gold. Also, the swamp gives you a free loyal White Mage, so it's a no brainer, unless you want more of a challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: it would be wise to have at least 1 White Mage before going to the scenario ''The Swamp of Esten''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Midlands====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orcs again. But you chose that way. This scenario may appear impossible, but with a lot of gold and a little strategy, it can be beat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are given plenty of time, so use it wisely. The enemies send lots of orcs, mostly weak ones. So recruit and recall everything you can.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall any White Mages you have. You'll need them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bowmen are good for the wolf units you will be facing.&lt;br /&gt;
* The rest depends on your strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Fast Assault&amp;quot; option: use an assassination team. If you go west, only your Knights and Horsemen will arrive and fight at daytime. So go south. Take the bridge and defend against the enemy closing in from the west. Take out Yellow with a fast assault team (they should take a healer along), but be careful about the leader. Your main force moves west, takes and holds the second bridge, and takes out Blue. Your assault team stays in the south and goes for the last enemy leader - they won't face any serious resistance. The enemy moves north to support Blue. The HI guarding the bridge might gain a level or die, but hopefully not the latter, as they are loyal units in a long campaign. With this approach, you can finish early (around 25 turns) and keep your losses low.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Dark Assault&amp;quot; option: use Footpads.  If you chose to work with the the outlaws in the last round, then this works well.  Footpads are cheap.  And they are fast.  And they have good defensive abilities.  Plus they fight well in the dark and in the forest.  So recruit lots of Footpads-pawns and quickly dispatch them to the upper west and south, followed by more powerful units: Mages, Horsemen, etc.  For the time being, leave the middle enemy alone.  To the upper west, send several Footpads into the forest and capture the village and set up a defensive line.  This cuts down the enemy's gold and increases yours.  Don't attack at first, just defend, until more of your slow higher powered units arrive. The strategy here is to pick off the orcs, and send the Horsemen to capture villages.  While this is going, to the south you send your Footpads to capture any villages you can and, more importantly, put a Footpad on the hex that is adjacent to the bridge, thereby stopping easy advancement of their greater numbered troops. A White Mage, a couple Trappers and some Bowmen would make a good escort. Probably sending a Thief or two would be good too, to help dispatch any enemy that infiltrate the villages north of the river. one enemy got into one of the villages on the north of river, and it took a lot to dislodge him.  The intention is to engage the enemy so that they are fighting from the river squares, at a huge disadvantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Swamp Of Esten====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not hard if you are conservative and don't send important units off alone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall 1-2 quick Knights (or Paladins, if you have them), recruit 1-2 Horsemen, and recall your loyal Shocktroopers or whatever they are now.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next round, recruit/recall Mages to kill Scorpions (and Bats) and at least one White Mage to deal with poison, plus maybe a Poacher or Trapper or two, as they are good in swamp (and you would like a Huntsman eventually, for its markmanship.)&lt;br /&gt;
# A little Thug spam can come next, but you don't need a full third round of recruitment. Then send Prince Haldric off to lend his leadership.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Head to the northeastern leader first. Try to kill Dark Adepts with Burin or horse units before they have a chance to attack you. As you close in on the leader, hover your mouse over him to watch where he can go, as at night his ranged attack is nasty and can be followed up by waves of kamikaze Walking Corpses, which can take out a Knight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After you have killed the northeastern leader and eliminated troops there, you can either send your whole army back across the ford and south or split your army into two halves, sending one part to each leader. If you have lost several units but have lots of turns left, it's probably safer to stick together. This is not a simple mop-up operation, as powerful undead can take out some of your valuable units if you're not careful. On hard, Shadows are a threat at night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Searching the temples is a good idea. Some have gold. There is a free loyal White Mage hiding in (a random) one of the temples - visit the temple close to the keep ASAP, and if not there, try rushing a horse unit or Lady Outlaw to the temple at 19,5. However, some of the temples contain undead, so keep extra troops nearby when you enter one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main challenge in this scenario is keeping your ally alive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your (probably leveled up) Heavy Infantry from The Fall and some quick Spearmen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recruit/recall Thugs, Bowmen, and Spearmen, preferably quick.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round, recall 2-3 White Mages (or Mages of Light) and maybe some quick Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Your forces will have three main combat arenas: the northeast, the south, and the middle.&lt;br /&gt;
# The castle in the middle is inhabited by the tree folk. The orcs have almost the perfect anti-wose force, heavy on fire (Orcish Crossbowmen and Pillagers), so your ally is going to need your help. Send 2-4 units to the castle and another 4-8 units northeast of the castle to block the enemy advancing from that direction.&lt;br /&gt;
# Split the rest of your forces to go northeast and south, 4-6 units each, with a White Mage in each force. Your loyal Heavy Infantry / Shocktroopers should head south. Sending Haldric south might help take some of the heat off the woses.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Tips...&lt;br /&gt;
* If you send a White Mage or Mage of Light to the wose castle, it will let any adjacent wose cure+heal or sometimes regenerate+heal (16 points.) That's because of the side sequence within a turn: player, orcs, woses. For example, after the orcs attack with poison, the woses cure themselves, and then your leveled mage will heal any adjacent wose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The temple contains the entrance to the catacombs, but you need the leader Wose's help to open it, and to get that help you have to win the current scenario, so there is no point in visiting this temple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is in the catacombs, i.e., underground, and it's a tough one, so you need to groom your roster accordingly. Two Mages of Light would make it a whole lot easier. Failing that, level up your fearless loyal Shocktrooper and chaotic outlaw types. Bandits/Highwaymen and Fugitives are especially nice. Quick units of almost any type (except horse units) will be helpful, if leveled and possessing high HP (&amp;gt;50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Temple in the Deep===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be facing undead underground. This is a difficult situation that will prove much easier with proper recruitment. Then the strategy will be fairly straightforward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All in all, what you need is a small elite force. Two rounds of recalls is enough, if you didn't lose Burin in a prior scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers, though their slow movement will prove frustrating. Also on the first round, recall a fast &amp;quot;tank&amp;quot; and someone to grab the holy water.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recall any Mages of Light you might already have, and a total of at least two White Mages or Mages of Light, preferably quick. For the rest of your recruitment, what you need are high movement (6+ MP) non-horse units with high hitpoints (&amp;gt;50 HP). It helps if they are chaotic (or at least neutral) and/or have ranged or impact attacks. Put all the requirements together and it points to Fugitives. Outlaws and quick Arch Mages are worth recalling too. Fill out the rest with other high HP units. Note that horse units are too sluggish in caves and should not be recalled/recruited unless you have a compelling reason.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round (optional), you can add a unit or two for a safety margin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# There are two ways north, but they will meet up together. First thing you will see are Tentacles. You can either ignore the Tentacles for the most part or use them for XP. Your main initial objective is to find a good place to make a stand against the nasty wave of undead coming from the north. The chokepoints and southern shoreline offer good defensive locations. Watch out for the enemy's Bone Shooters, Revenants and Deathblades, as they could easily mess up a level 3 unit. &lt;br /&gt;
# Once the flow of baddies as tapered off, gradually progress northwards. Once you get into the final chamber, the boss should be a piece of cake, although his ranged attack is devastating, so try to attack him with melee units. Be careful if he has recruits around, as their combined damage can take down one of your level 3's. Note that the Ruby can only be picked up by Haldric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Holy water: The best choice for the Holy Water is a quick Bandit, who should level quickly. A quick Highwayman could be used, but won't benefit much from the XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* XP: Use this level to get experience. The early-finish bonus is tiny. The Tentacles are perfect for leveling up units. Keep Burin away from the water at this stage, or he'll kill all tentacles as they attack, depriving those who could benefit from the XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your killed units will be turned into Walking Corpses (or Soulless on hard.) Therefore, spam is not helpful. A Mage or Thug can be okay, if used with great care, but mostly you need to recall leveled troops here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return to Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Clearwater Port===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is easy if you take the first boat out, more and more challenging for the second and third boats, and very difficult (on hard) if you want to take out all three leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers from ''The Fall.'' You will also want several Footpads, for speedy village snatching, coastline defending (under leader supervision), and possibly for filling castle hexes if your lines get too thin.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recruit/recall more low maintenance units. It's a good scenario for leveling troops, so recalling acouple half-leveled Spearmen or similar is a good idea.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third and later turns, start recalling your high maintenance units. The key to winning this scenario is to recall several advanced units that can take a lot of damage and get good defense in castles (no Horsemen). You will also want at least 3 White Mages or Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Backstab your ally, stealing all his villages. Your ally is useless anyway, except for the entertainment value from his troops' suicide runs. The income is much better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
# Send your heavy duty troops with some White Mages over to the line of castle near Lt. Aethyr. (Optionally, you can rush forward past the castle, but you will need to return almost as quickly before the main enemy wave and night arrive.) Aethyr will usually be done recruiting by the second or third turn, before the enemy reaches you, so fill the entire line with your units, and put Knight Sir Rudry in the one non castled tile (or leave it empty, if no enemy are adjacent.) Place the White Mages behind this line. After the enemy has reached you and it is your turn to attack, go mostly for the assasins, as they have a weak melee attack and their poison can be a huge problem. Alternatively to using the castle (from (26,18) to (24,15)) to defend, the front line can lead through the villages at (30,17) and (30,18). This will make your line much shorter, it becomes much more of a bottleneck fight and offsets your enemy's superior numbers, since some of their units just move around with all spots to attack occupied; you only have to give up 1 village and 2 front units instaheal without mages. Place your strongest units on the weakest spot (29,20) and a Mage of Light on (30,19), he will hardly be attacked as the hex before him is used to attack (29,20). This shorter line requires less units on your side and also has the great advantage that there are much less 40% defense spots to attack you. They will flank you at the sides but stand on ice or sand then.&lt;br /&gt;
# Meanwhile, on the northeastern coast, the northern enemy leader will send lots of units to catch your flank unguarded. Send 2 Footpads, a Spearman, Lady Jessene, and Haldric to guard the coast. If Lady Jessene is already level 3, you can substitute a Royal Guard, Swordsman, or Javelineer for Haldric. This coastline defense squad may need help later, so be ready to divert a speedy powerful unit there. If you keep a healthy unit on the village at the tip of the land, then, unless you are very unlucky, you will be able to hold off everything the northern leader sends. After the assault from the water has been crushed, some of your troops may be able to cross the ford north, but be careful not to get attacked in the water with only 20% defense. (Certain of your chaotic units do have 40% defense in water; now is a good time to pay attention to that.) Also, notice that the lighthouse has a similar effect as a Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
# You have two options for the endgame:&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Total victory&amp;quot; strategy: Once you've thinned the enemy to where they only have a few units that are close to your line, usually this happens conveniently around dawn, move your people out and start heading for their leaders. Split your force, sending a few down the southern path, to distract the eney and most of them toward the middle leader, to kill him. Once he's dead, send some of your army down to kill the southern leader and devote a few units to defending the bridge until the rest of your army can rejoin you. A unit or two with a lot of HP with a white mage are usually enough to do this.&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Run like hell&amp;quot; strategy: Alternatively, you can leave your leader near the docks and take one of the boats to end the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fallen Lich Point===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a high variance scenario. It may be easy or hard, depending on events beyond your control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit fairly lightly initially, as you will likely have a chance to use the Lich's keep to recruit again.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages, White Mages, and Mages of Light are good, and as are all the other advancements of Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* You automatically should have your loyal Knight. Because of the mountains around &amp;quot;lichland&amp;quot; and frozen ground everywhere else, additional horse units are not recommended, except a single Paladin will come in handy.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Thugs or a Bandit or Highwayman will provide a little extra undead bashing power.&lt;br /&gt;
* Footpads will help with village flagging.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy... &lt;br /&gt;
# The Orcs will be busy with the Yetis, so you can walk with a big group south and kill the Lich-Lord. Move Haldric to the stone monument to de-petrify the Lich. It may help to post some units around the undead before doing so. Use several mages to make a hole or two in the ring of undead, and then push in a burly fighter or two and/or Paladin to kill the Lich.&lt;br /&gt;
# After killing the Lich, assess the Orc/Yeti situation (as well as the village flagging situation) and decide if you need to use the Lich's keep to recruit some reinforcements.&lt;br /&gt;
# After that, head north and walk into the sewer entrance (the &amp;quot;cave&amp;quot;) or else kill the orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* It is also possible, if you recruit heavily, to split your force and head north to attack the eastern Orcs before they finish with the Yetis.  However, be careful not to be attacked by a Yeti yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
* When dealing with the Lich, be aware that he has money; if you let him vacate any of his encampment tiles, or if you kill any of his units but do not occupy their tiles, he will be able to recruit.  (This is not necessarily all bad, as it can mean more experience, but depending on the strength of your force you may want to be careful.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sewer of Southbay===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a swampy underground scenario, but with attention to recruitment, it's not very difficult.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* As always underground, you want non-horse units with 6+ MP.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall White Mages / Mages of Light, at least two, three is probably the optimal number.&lt;br /&gt;
* There are quite a few villages in this cave, so an expensive force is supportable, though not necessary. Some players recruit a large and spammy force, while others go with small and elite:&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 1, &amp;quot;Large and spammy&amp;quot; recruitment: Recruit four each of Mages, Thugs, and Poachers. Yes, Poachers normally stink, but here they really shine in a swamp that is permanently dark, underground. If you recruit four Poachers, you could finish with three Trappers and a Huntsman - or you could finish with four dead Poachers. The Thugs are especially likely to die, as they will be facing off against Red Mages, but somebody has to do it.&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 2, &amp;quot;Small and elite&amp;quot; recruitment: Recall something like one Red Mage, one Arch Mage, one Silver Mage, 2 two Royal Guards/Highwaymen/etc, and a Trapper or Huntsman, plus three regular Mages and a Poacher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# After leaving your initial chamber, you will be in a large swamp room with three entrances, through which will be a flood of bad guys. Use two Poachers and a Thug or similar to blockade the southeast, a small elite group to block the north, and then a mix of fighters and mages to handle the west entrance. Give each group a White Mage or Mage of Light, as well as at least one regular Mage. Try to keep the Mages of Light away from your chaotic forces on the front lines, though. Use the leadership of Haldric and Lady Jessene - and Mage of Light illumination or lack thereof - to get the most from each attack.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the initial battle has died down, you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
## If you have enough forces, you can divide into two groups and attack both brothers simultanously, east and west.&lt;br /&gt;
## Otherwise, do them one after the other, and then look for the exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Danger: there is a Giant Spider at the exit. You may wish to keep one or two cannon fodder units in order to be able to save your advanced units.  It is best to use ranged attacks against the spider, so leveled mages are good here.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is a lot easier with a lot of gold, especially on the hardest difficulty level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Southbay in Winter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Final Spring===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a large battle, and any mistake on any front can spell doom, but overall it will be fairly easy on the easier difficulty levels. On hard, it still is easy given enough gold (370 or so.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# On the first turn, recall a Silver Mage to teleport to the island, recruit Footpads for village snatching, recall one or more of your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''The Fall''), and recall one or more Knights or similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, continue with this theme, but it will be nightfall soon, so recall Outlaws, Bandits, Assassins, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn three is a bit more of the same, but you need to start thinking about preserving your income and also keeping a gold reserve. You can spam some peasants to preserve cash and income.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn four turn is more of the same.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn five, you will have new recruitment options (see spoiler at walkthrough end.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy is broken into three fronts...&lt;br /&gt;
# The first front is the south land area. Do a counter-clockwise sweep. Mounted units augmented with Footpads are a good choice. Note that it will be nightfall soon after game start, so it might be wise to delay any serious mounted assault until the next day, and you can delay your recalls for this.&lt;br /&gt;
# The second front is the walled city. Move slower units and your loyal White Mage / Mage of Light to defend here. Take your ally's villages; your ally wouldn't do much useful with the money anyway. When your units from the second front complete their sweep, you can break the remaining southern forces against the city wall in a hammer and anvil. Then your united forces can move north. On easy, you may be able to push north more quickly than that using just part of your city troops.&lt;br /&gt;
# The third front is the two small islands. Send a Silver Mage there ASAP. (You should have a village already there, so the Silver Mage can teleport over.) Footpads/Outlaws/Fugitives, Rangers, and others will help later. Lady Jessene could be used. A quick White Mage or Mage of Light would be useful, either on the coast or on the islands. Do not use Assassins on this front. Assassins have relatively weak defense in water against Orcs and Nagas, they're very weak against blade, which is all orcs and nagas use, and their relatively slow movement in water makes backstab hard to use reliably. Overall, you need to devote more resources to this front than you might think.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also keep an eye on the peninsula north of your keep. Wolf Riders and others might mount an amphibious assault in an effort to flank your troops. On the easier difficulty levels, you may wish to beat the punch and quickly establish a bridgehead on the other side of the bay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* You should have lots of high-level units now, so concentrate on recruiting new ones and levelling them up to fill needs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Peasants are useful as placeholders for villages and distractions for the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 4, a gang of nasty undead show up in the east. So, for your city taskforce, you'll want to recruit/recall units with impact and arcane attacks. Note that if undead capture villages, they will be flagged with the Orc island boss' black flag! This can result in an overwhelming number of Nagas, and it's one reason that you must devote a lot of resources to the island campaign. Re-flag any black flag villages quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 5, a gang of nasty Mermen show up in the west. Fortunately, they are on your side. You can now recruit Mermen. This is the real reason to keep a gold reserve until this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Peoples in Decline===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a potentially bloody scenario versus Drakes. Proper recruitment is more important than good strategy here, as you will have little opportunity to maneuver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* First, recall any loyal Mermen in your roster. Your loyal Iron Maulers might prefer to sit this one out.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drakes are vulnerable to pierce attacks, so spam cheap pierce attack units. In addition to Peasants, there are Poachers, Bowmen, Spearmen, Merman Fighters, and Merman Hunters. Poachers are key here, due to the swampy terrain and their chaotic alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
* However, it helps to recall some leveled units early on, to prevent your line from crumbling. Javelineers and Trappers are good, since they have both ranged and melee attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need a total of 2 or 3 White Mages / Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* On your last turn of recruitment when you have about 80 gold, recall some advanced units if need be, like Master Bowmen and Rangers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Since you will have a lot of level 1 and 0 units, make sure to use the leadership of Prince Haldric and Lady Jessene.&lt;br /&gt;
* Look for opportunities to heal via leveling up.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pay attention to the day-night cycle in this scenario. Drakes will be strong during day, but become very weak in the night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Take advantage of the mountains for defense.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be careful with your loyals.&lt;br /&gt;
* Because most Drakes have powerful ranged attacks, melee-only units should hide behind the lines until they attack, preferably at night (with a Mage of Light supplying illumination.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure you get the Storm Trident in the middle of the sea, but be certain that you've cleared most of the Drakes first, since a Sea Serpent will appear. It's best to have some strong units ready to kill it in 1 or 2 turns. You can give the trident to Lord Typhon, but since he leaves a bit later, you may want to give it to another Merman Fighter. Movement over land is important for Mermen in the campaign as a whole.  If the Merman Fighter to whom you give the storm trident has the Quick attribute, you can make him a Hoplite when he gets to level 3.  Otherwise, make him a Triton, because movement over land is important for Mermen in this campaign as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rough Landing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting Nagas and Vampire Bats, primarily. This is a scenario that may be frustrating on the easier difficulty levels, though on hard it is just par for the course. Good recruitment and strategy will save you from getting slaughtered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are probably going to go negative on gold and be unable to rectify that with the paultry early finish bonus, so you might as will go very negative and be resigned to start the next scenario with minimum gold.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit/recall many Mermen and 1 or 2 White Mages or Mages of Light. A few Peasants can be useful to pad out your force, distract the enemy, and protect villages from stray Bats. A Silver Mage can be useful for island hopping but is not essential. Thieves/Assassins are blade vulnerable, and Nagas only use blades, so it's probably best not to recall them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Knock out the southeastern leader in a blitz. It's important to get that out of the way, because a wave of Nagas is advancing at light speed from the north.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next, hurriedly set up a line in the water alongside your fortress island. Your fortress troops can anchor one flank, while Burin the Dwarf can go to the island to the northeast to anchor the other end of your line. Nobody messes with Burin. Move Lady Jessene behind the lines to lend her support to the Mermen. Your loyal Mage of Light will be able to move back and forth more (to lend illumination) if kept in the fortress area.&lt;br /&gt;
# Finally, once the enemy assault wave has been broken, advance northward to kill the final two leaders in a straightforward mop-up operation. Just be careful not leave isolated units where they can get swarmed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints/Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to level up the mermen; they can be useful in another scenario later.&lt;br /&gt;
* Beware of Sea Serpents. Three of them will appear, one on each of the three turns following your first kill of an enemy unit. Make sure to kill them at once. The Storm Trident from the previous scenario and the Ruby of Fire will come in handy against the Serpents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A New Land===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a non-scenario. The scenario objectives tell you to avoid all confrontation for as long as possible, but actually the faster your units encounter the others the faster the scenario will end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* None necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The optimal strategy for gold carryover is to grab the three closest villages, then retreat to your keep and wait. Once one attack occurs, the non-scenario will be over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* One thing to keep in mind is that this the last chance you have to grab some more Mermen as their king leaves.  They are quite helpful in a later scenario so grabbing a few extra here cannot hurt if you can spare the gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Ka'lian===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story, with your choice of four battles next.  You have to beat them all in whatever order.  The amount of gold you have should be the factor in deciding when you choose to play Cursed Isle (the undead problem).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All four scenarios have to be beaten, but in whatever order you choose.&lt;br /&gt;
====The Dragon====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not as difficult as it looks, though your recruitment and strategy need to be tailored to fight the Saurian Skirmishers and other foes you will face here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Saurians use piercing attacks mostly, so it's better to use units resistant to pierce. Pikemen and Halberdiers have 40% pierce resistance. Javelineers are ideal as Saurians use ranged attacks a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
* You may wish to bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers. They are ineffective against the 70% impact resistant Mudcrawlers, while also vulnerable to the ranged attacks of both Mudcrawlers and Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consider adopting a force of all units with ranged attacks, save for horse and thief units, which can be kept behind the lines when not in use. It is amusing when Saurian Augers are forced to tap your units with their little staffs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers are a necessity to deal with the heavy damage your units will be sustaining. Depending on the strategy you adopt, you will want 2-4 healers. Mages of Light rock here, as they can easily do front line duty in pairs and their illumination blinds the Saurians, reducing their damage.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need something to clean up mud. Versus level 0 Mudcrawlers, Horsemen and their advancements can charge with no counterattack, and likewise Thieves and their advancements can backstab with no counterattack. Mages can be used as well on the fire vulnerable mud.&lt;br /&gt;
* A Merman or two will help with water hexes. An Entangler's slow ability will help tame the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used many different strategies with success:&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Fighting Saurians requires a disciplined formation.  If you're used to stringing out troops to move them into position as they get there, that won't work after Turn 2 or 3. You can use a &amp;quot;healing hedgehog&amp;quot; of ten troops--two white mages next to each other and eight troops completely encircling them.  If someone gets badly injured, move them to the inside and put a white mage on one of the long edges, fighting as you go.  If you're trying for the big bonus, you'll need two hedgehogs.  Try to keep reserves back a bit in cities.  If the terrain favorably protects you, or the wounded is a fast unit, you can try moving wounded back to cities too.  Once the main wave of Saurians is broken, you can string non-wounded troops out a bit in the rush for the leaders. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Triangular Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Switching wounded units to the inside of the hedgehog can be a problem if you are surrounded. ZOC prevents you from creating an open hex to move the inner unit into. You can fix this by creating a triangle with three hexes inside, instead of the standard two of the hedgehog. If you do this on your castle, only three units are in grasslands. If you set it right, you can make most of the hexes adjacent to your triangle be grassland as well, forcing the Saurians into a bad defensive position. In terms of unit positioning, the simplest way is to fill two inner spaces with Mages of Light, a but a better tactic is to put one of the mages on an edge, thereby ensuring that all but one of your units are healing. The remaining unit can either be a Merman Hoplite, (prefereably resilient and carrying a Storm Trident) or Lady Jessene, since she has excellent defense and is chaotic and therefore benefits by not being in the Mages' light. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Giant Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Recruit a lot of units, and then move the whole army as one big bulk. Keep healers in the middle (about four), rotate stronger units outwards, and make sure you leave no gaps. The Saurians will slip through the tiniest gap and kill your weak units. Head first for the east or west leader, but steer for good terrain, because your force will soon be swarmed. But then by turn 10, there should be many few Saurians alive.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Standard Line&amp;quot; strategy: Form a line from the west board edge diagonally up towards your keep across the two villages just in front of the forest. You will probably wish to bend upwards at the forest, rather than running the line all the way to the keep. Whenever the Saurians have a small number of troops at your line and you have enough strength to kill them all, you can advance your whole line one hex south, allowing you to get additional attacks on them from non-frontline troops. Once you advance a unit to the first water hex at west board edge, the west leader will probably come out to greet it, so be ready to fry him with Haldric's ruby. After killing the leader, back up into good terrain to prepare to meet the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Wake the Dragon&amp;quot; strategy: Prematurely wake the dragon (see spoiler below) and back up your troops to north of your keep. When the dragon comes, kill him. The scenario can be over on turn 7. There is no early finish bonus for this, but you can recruit lightly so that you still have gold at the end and will carry-over 40%, if you need it for your next scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* With all these strategies, the Saurians may hold back for quite a while. This is okay, as the Dragon will eventually appear and come to you. Kill it. Then you are given a choice of whether to end the scenario or to try to kill all the enemy leaders before time runs out. You can choose to finish the remaining Saurians for a nice bonus. However, on the hardest difficulty setting the turn limit (33 turns) is insufficient for you to plow through the vast hordes of level 0 spam to get to the leaders, so it's best to simply end the scenario after killing the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The dragon will awake on turn 15 or when you move a unit down around the road north of the mountains. If you wish to wake the dragon prematurely, you can recruit a Horseman on turn 1 and run him down. It's a suicide mission for him, however.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have a fast non-horse unit in position, rush it to the mountain cave after the Dragon leaves to grab the 200 in gold, though that's nothing compared to the Hero bonus for defeating all the Saurian leaders. So focus on killing all of them first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Lizard Beach====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario versus Saurians, Giant Scorpions, and Mudcrawlers, where good recruiting and strategy will save you from massive bloodshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruiting...&lt;br /&gt;
* Mermen are helpful for the swamp and water areas.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers, veterans from ''The Fall.'' They are laughably ineffective against the impact resistant Mudcrawlers - and laughably vulnerable to their ranged attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Thieves, Horsemen, and their advancements are good for mud cleanup, though you must keep them out of range of Saurian skirmishers. Swordsmen and Royal Guards are also good, though overkill.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall a lot of fairly high HP units, preferably with strong non-impact ranged and melee attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages are good. Mages of Light are especially useful, since they can do front line duty. Lots of healing may be necessary, about 3 healers are good, so White Mages can be used too. Raw recruit Mages can be used as well, for disposal of Giant Scorpions and the occasional Saurian Skirmisher that wanders too far. At least one Silver Mage is highly desirable, along with a speedy unit (e.g., Fugitive, Footpad, or Horseman) to capture villages for the Silver Mage to use north of the river.&lt;br /&gt;
* [fredbobsmith2] An alternative strategy that works surprisingly well is to simply use a very mage-heavy army. Recall most or all of your high-level mages, throw in a few peasants, and spend the rest of your gold on recruiting mages. Victory will come with shocking ease.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* General strategy: as Saurians have skirmishers and a lot of movement, be sure to protect your wounded units well. Because of the Saurians unnerving ability to concentrate their fire on one unit, be sure to keep several healers around and try to keep your line straight so only two can mob one guy. Hedgehog tactic also seems to work well.&lt;br /&gt;
* Opening strategy: here are some specific strategies that players have used with success in the early part of the scenario:&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen in center&amp;quot; strategy: Recall 2-4 Mermen, 1-2 Trappers/Huntsmen, and a lot of high HP troops, then form a line. Initially, you can either form a north-south line around the lake area with one flank at the south board edge, or, if you want to be conservative, you can do a diagonal line in the southeast corner, with both flanks tied to board edges. You'll need the Mermen to handle the lake area, and Trappers/Huntsmen/Mermen for the swamp areas. Keep troops in reserve, so that when a few Saurians meet your line, you can advance your whole line over them. Do not be too conservative/defensive on hard, as your time is limited. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen on flank&amp;quot; strategy: Recall several decent land melee units &amp;amp; then 4-5 level 2 Mermen on rounds 2-3. Most of your force forms a line of battle near your keep, Mermen on the north flank in the river, land units extending south, flanks bent back with strongest units at the corners - then let the Saurians break on it. Once their first wave has broken, the rest of their troops come in drips and are no problem, so now you can split up and wipe out the stragglers and claim villages; any L2 units you start with should level up. After you defeat the main force from the south send just one or two guys north to capture towns so your Silver Mages can teleport into the fray. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen feint&amp;quot; strategy: Recall most of your Mermen from before and send them along the river towards the sea. This will harry the saurian troops coming down from the north, allowing your main force to advance on the southern enemy  undisturbed. Beware, though as your mermen will encounter the Saurians at night time (giving you -25% and them +25%), so try to minimize conflict until dawn, just get in their way.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;No Mermen&amp;quot; strategy: On your first two turns recall two keeps of strong, fast veterans like mounted units (not Paladins though; they're pretty ineffective against saurians), Outlaws/Assassins, and Silver Magi along with some other veterans, preferably with a lot of HP: if all goes well (at least on easy and medium) that may be all you need. Dash them across the swamp directly west of your keep, south of the sands, and form a line with strong units at the ends. They'll flank you, but you're stronger than them and you can use your slower units to crush the flanking saurians in a hammer and anvil. The first wave of southern Saurians should get itself killed before the northern Saurians arrive in force. Once the northern Saurians arrive, take them out with your slower units while your quicker ones go for the southern leader.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sacrificial lamb&amp;quot; strategy: In addition to a couple mages, 2 healers, and some other fighters, recruit a castle-full of peasants to draw the Saurians out onto open ground.  Surround a single peasant on 5 sides, with 2 healers behind him. Build your formation around that.&lt;br /&gt;
* Closing strategy: The enemy's onslaught tapers out after their initial wave, so the final push for the southern leader should be quick and clean. Taking out the northern leader is harder, because all of your units will be stuck south of the marshes and the river. If you want to go for a quick win, just march forth with Silver Mages, Mermen, and anyone who's close enough to be a help. If you don't want to lose any of your better units, patience may be the key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units gets as far west as the second bridge, a wave of Nagas will arrive out at sea. You may wish to delay going that far until the second watch, so that the Nagas will make contact with your forces during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
* Killing one leader gives more gold to the other, so when you've defeated pretty much all the southern leader's forces, just plant a level 3 or two in his keep and leave him alive; kill them both in the same turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Troll Hole====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that you cannot win by brute force, because the trolls have more brute force than you. Wise recruitment and strategy are necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* It's underground time again, so as before, mainly recruit mages. The trolls are strong, so hopefully you have lots of levelled up mages. Mages of Light are especially nice, because they are tough enough to survive an attack from most trolls, while simultaneously reducing the damage sustained (due to illumination blinding the trolls.) Level 1 Mages can be used to good effect too, especially if quick. If only attacked by a single Troll Whelp, a healthy level 1 Mage will survive.&lt;br /&gt;
* In addition to mages, your chaotic units can be helpful here again, especially against the occasional Rocklobber, which you will not want to attack with mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be careful if you recall your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''the Fall''). In particular, the fearless one probably cannot take four hits from a Troll, like if it fails to kill a Troll and then the Troll attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* A couple of Mermen can help in the first few turns.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you're low on gold, recruit some Peasants and feed them XP to fatten them into Bowmen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are 4 castles, and two of them (randomly placed) are the troll leaders you need to kill.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can make your initial stand either on the island or on the other side of the bridges.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to use the narrow corridors to your advantage, so the enemy can only place one attack against a strong unit of yours, but you can kill a troll at a time with two mages or Haldric. Also keep an eye at your back since they will try to surround you. And resist the temptation to send single units wandering around in what seems to be empty caves - they will all die, probably by the fangs of a Giant Spider.&lt;br /&gt;
* When you've whittled down the enemy, go the direction they came from and kill the leaders, ignoring spider keeps.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alternative: This could be a good choice if you have low gold: recall 2 quick red mages, and 3 quick tough melee units (say 2 royal guards &amp;amp; a L3 chaotic unit like a Fugitive). Play expedition style: abandon the start island, stay fairly close together, with your troops roughly divided in two between those moving forward and those fighting rearguard. Provided you knock out one troll leader early, the rest is manageable, just work your way carefully over to the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cursed Isle====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting undead, mostly of the incorporeal and ghoulish lineages. Victory comes surprisingly easily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit lightly, certainly no more than two castles of troops. You could use 1-3 Paladins, 1-2 Mages, and 1-2 White Mages / Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall your loyal Merman Triton or similar and have him pick up the holy water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* This can be the first or last quest you choose.  If you can wait, do it last, as you will come out of it with a lot of gold, which you will need for the first scenario after the quests, ''The Vanguard''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep a very tight formation for the first night, as Shadows will hit hard and you don't want to get backstabbed or swarmed. By dawn, it should be smooth sailing.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you get anywhere near the enemy leaders' keeps, expect to get rushed by a leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* In one of the three temples there is a Vampire Lady. All you really need is a Paladin or three to rush the temples. Kill her. Game over, you win. One of the other temples has some gold; grab that first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Spy In The Woods===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Vanguard===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting a large number of orcs, trolls and other enemies in a location with a natural defensive line, where presumably an underground river has carved a line of sinkholes. This scenario will be difficult or impossible with minimum gold (200), but quite doable with a large amount of gold (450+) even on the hardest difficulty setting. Recruitment and strategy are fairly straightforward, given the board layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit a lot of units; you will need them.&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall/recruit speedy units: Knights, Lancers, Paladins, Horsemen, Outlaws, and similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recall your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up from ''The Fall'') and Spearmen/Swordsmen/Royal Guards.&lt;br /&gt;
# On subsequent turns, recall/recruit healers and other sorts of Mages, Thugs and their advancements, and Longbowmen. You will need quite a lot of healing power: 3-4 White Mages / Mages of Light and 1-2 Paladins. A Silver Mage would come in handy, since your forces will be widely spaced, but you could start with a couple of Red Mages and try to level up one or both to Silver Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Your first priority is to rush to the west and northwest sinkhole gaps with mounted units. Seal the gaps there before the enemy pours through. Seal the rest of the gaps quickly too. Of course, seal each gap with one or more units ''behind'' the gap, not in it, so that you get multiple attacks on the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
# A &amp;quot;Sitzkrieg&amp;quot; may develop, where neither side can make progress. Shift units to the southwest and break out there, using the west board edge defensively.&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget the chest of gold, which you can see even in fog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill more than half the units of any side, a few tough undead units will appear near that side's stronghold at the edge of the map. So, this will happen three times. Beware the Chocobones. Their double damage from charge means they can take out Commander Aethyr at night just by hitting 2 for 2, and they will certainly try if they get the opportunity.&lt;br /&gt;
* After you kill either of the orc leaders, the other gets 80 gold. At far north is a level 3 troll leader, but he gets no bonus gold.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is much less difficult with extra gold. You can use Peasants to avoid going negative on gold, promoting them to Spearmen only when needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return of the Fleet===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome to the &amp;quot;kitchen sink&amp;quot; defense.  You've made it this far; now the enemy will launch a desperate defense, throwing a little bit of everything at you.  The effect is mostly psychological, but it could be a problem if you came into the scenario with minimum gold or your initial assessment causes you to drastically under-recruit. Time is money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, at least, you don't want to overrecruit. First turn, recall Mermen to assassinate the undead leader; 2 Entanglers/Netcasters and the Triton with the Storm Trident. Later, you should recruit 1 or more Silver Mages also for this taskforce as well as for causing general mayhem. It's also worth recruiting 5-10 L1/L0 units to take the brunt of the first wave of attacks; you can use any combination of Footpads, Poachers, Thugs, Spearmen, and Peasants, as you see fit. You'll want some decent L2 and L3 recalls for healing, to flank your lines, and to start kicking some butt at daybreak. A Mage or Red Mage to blast Trolls and Chocobones will level up by end of scenario. Paladins are good too. In addition to your loyal Mage of Light, you will need a bare minimum of 1 more healer.&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, don't recruit too much for fighting the undead - 2 Paladins at most, 1 or 2 Thugs, the stormy Merman, and the nearest Mage working with your land force are sufficient - the undead commander only gets 5-6 L2 recruits and they come ashore scattered (on medium, anyway). Paladins are so effective against undead that you can wade into the water after them. Just remember, Paladins can't go into deep water and undead can.&lt;br /&gt;
* On hard, you also don't want to recruit too much for fighting the undead, but it's only because going on an offensive early against them will get you crushed by a Chocobone armada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Move the Mermen (including the storm trident) as quickly as possible pretty much straight to the West. (There is a village and swamp hex that can aid your travel if you pick the best route).  Move these guys up the West side once they get there to get to the Undead Leader as quickly as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Your loyal units can do a little village grabbing, but it would be unwise to venture too far north.&lt;br /&gt;
# After nightfall, fog will appear; for the rest of the scenario, the map will become shrouded.  So, while you're still able to see, note the troop dispositions (especially Chocobones.)&lt;br /&gt;
# The first wave is largely at night and will have Goblin Knights and Pillagers, and later Chocobones and Troll Warriors. The damage they can cause is bone chilling, so make sure to divert their attention with plenty of spam. You want to meet them on the edge of the woodland, while inducing the orcs to fight from the grassland. Footpads are handy here, as they have high defense in woodland. Players have had success setting up the initial line in either the north or northeast woodlands, with respect to the castle. Others have succeeded by fighting mostly from the open plain, retaining mobility by leaving the woodlands to their Footpads.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once your Mermen have taken an island city, teleport over one or more Silver Mages to help kill the undead leader - in addition to a Silver Mage, you will want the storm trident, a Netcaster/Entangler, plus one more leveled unit to be fairly sure to knock him out in one round. Quick striking like this you end up fighting a lot less undead.  You probably end up foddering one of the mermen to the Undead Archers, but the trade off is probably worth it.  You can keep cycling your mermen up to fight with any orcs or trolls that come into the water. Silver Mages can assist, since they are not needed much in the other part of the fight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the undead leader is assassinated and the first wave is broken, you may advance cautiously due north or to the northwest along the coast and ultimately finish off the two orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When you are close to the village in the northeast woods, tighten your formation, as past there you can trigger a small but elite force of Saurians. (Stepping 10 hexes or less from 34,15 triggers the Saurians.) Trigger them at second watch so they arrive at your forces in daylight. Alternatively, you can delay triggering the Saurians as long as possible by moving your force northwest near the water and then onto the small island, though even then it is possible to trigger the Saurians if you are not careful where you step. You can fight the final wave of orcs from the island, then move northeast to the mainland, finally triggering the Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Cuttle Fish appear when you approach the north-central island (including the village at the northwest corner of the plain on the mainland.) There are 1, 2, or 3 Cuttle Fish, for easy, medium, or hard. Assuming you're sending a strike force through the water to knock out the undead commander, you really don't want to trigger these until that force is on the island - the storm trident Merman is the only thing that can stand up to them in water, and they will avoid him to attack more vulnerable units.&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill one enemy leader, the other gets more gold &amp;amp; recruits a new wave of L2s. This can be useful if you need the XP more than the gold; otherwise, try to knock out both leaders on the same turn before they can recruit more.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is the final one. Therefore, loyal units are now somewhat disposable. However, you will need plenty of gold. Recruit some Peasants in the current scenario if you need to save some gold. Not only are they cheap, but they have no upkeep and Chocobones love 'em. Send a unit with leadership with them and they can even deal some amount of damage and be used to finish off wounded enemy, though at night you should just let them take the beating passively since otherwise they die too quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rise of Wesnoth===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's the final battle: be patient, recall everybody - the early finish bonus doesn't mean anything. Also, loyal units are no better than other units after your recruitment is finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need at least 300 starting gold, maybe more like 400 on the hardest difficulty level, so if need be, replay the previous scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* To stretch your money, start with loyal Iron Maulers and some ready-to-level level 1's and level 2's. Finally, recall as many level 3's as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: 3-6 Mages of Light / White Mages. Your few chaotic units will appreciate a White Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse units: 2-4 Paladins, 3-4 Knights / Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse escorts: about 3 speedy units, like Royal Guards, Fugitives, and Silver Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tanks: at least 6 high HP units, such as Royal Guards, Highwayman, Master Bowmen, and the loyal Iron Maulers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages: at least 3 high level Mages aside from your basic healers, so Arch Mages, Great Mages, and Silver Mages. Additional Mages of Light can be substituted.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Mermen might be useful here, but surprisingly, they're not really necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
* On 1.9.3 and earlier, you can recruit saurians. This was a bug, so ignore the option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* You can either send everybody west initially and then split for the two bridges or you can split initially, with mounted units racing to the west and then south, while the main army heads due south.&lt;br /&gt;
* With your mounted units, race forwards by day and backwards by night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Along with the mounted units should go some escorts, speedy foot units intended to kill things like Goblin Impalers, which make even Grand Knights nervous. They would also benefit from a quick Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Meanwhile, with your tanks and the rest of your healers and support units, form a line or hedgehog. &lt;br /&gt;
* Maintain awareness of the overall battlefield.&lt;br /&gt;
* Kill all but one of the orc leaders (not all!)&lt;br /&gt;
* Don't forget to sacrifice Aethyr to Jevyan. Jevyan probably won't come out to play, so march Aethyr up to Jevyan and use a crossbow attack.&lt;br /&gt;
* You'll need at least two Paladins to kill Jevyan himself; nothing else is half as effective (except perhaps Mages of Light and suicidal Lancers).  Or you can use a pair of Great Mages (unless you are very unlucky, you should be able to kill him in a single turn).  Congratulations!  Enjoy the ending!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units is within 8 hexes of a bridge, but you have no units within 2 hexes of the bridge, and there are no units on the bridge, then a Cuttle Fish will appear and destroy the bridge. This is usually disadvantageous. Not only does it leave you with a Cuttle Fish to fight, but it slows your progress south and the bad guys progress north. At least on the hardest difficulty level, it's hard to kill all the spam in time, so you don't want to impede their advance by removing the bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
* When any of your units is killed, it becomes a Walking Corpse (or a Soulless on hard.)&lt;br /&gt;
* After the first orc leader is killed, then some gold goes to mister Lich. It's 40, 80, or 120 gold, for easy, medium, and hard, respectively.  The lich also will receive some gold once you kill his Familiar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See Also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MainlineCampaigns]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - The Rise of Wesnoth]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55353</id>
		<title>TheRiseOfWesnoth</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55353"/>
		<updated>2014-07-21T20:36:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* Campaign strategy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Strategy Guide for The Rise of Wesnoth Campaign ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Campaign strategy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the course of this campaign, you will need to level up to some:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: White Mages/Mages of Light (at least four)&lt;br /&gt;
* Undead killers: Paladins (two)&lt;br /&gt;
* Mobile strikers: Silver Mages (at least one, preferably more), Grand Knights (several), Fugitives (one or more helps)&lt;br /&gt;
* Damage sinks: Royal Guards, Iron Maulers, Highwaymen, Halberdiers, level 3 Burin, and again Grand Knights&lt;br /&gt;
* Leaders: level 3 Haldric, level 3 Lady Outlaw, and much later level 3 Commander Aethyr &lt;br /&gt;
* Ranged attackers: Great Mages (can use several in the last scenario), Longbowmen/Master Bowmen (two), Trapper/Huntsman (one is helpful)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Mage of Light, one Paladin, and five Grand Knights make a perfect assault team!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Horsemen are key for the first three or four scenarios, it's important not to be too reliant on horse units through the middle part of the campaign, as there are many hard levels underground, in swamps, in water, or against Saurians; use XP from the scenario ''The Vanguard'' to get to 2 Paladins and 2+ Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't overlook Pikemen/Halberdiers, which are useful in many levels; pierce attacks work well against Drakes and against the dragon, and they are handy for defensive roles especially repelling Wolf Riders. They are less good against undead, though, and don't get that +1 MP Royal Guard speed bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to many undead opponents, you will want to recruit many Thugs at times, and get a few (the quick ones, since you need them underground) leveled up. Footpads help too, once leveled up. Due to swamps, you will sometimes be spamming Poachers, which can marksmanship once at level 3 (or Rangers are good too, for swamps and forest.) These, plus Lady Outlaw, give tactical options at other levels too: some decent chaotic troops form an ideal reserve, since you can attack with your lawful troops at dawn, and by nightfall when you need to heal them, use some chaotic troops to either continue the attack or to shield your healing lawful units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some recommended units to have obtained by specific scenarios:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The Fall - 1 Knight&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. A Harrowing Escape - 1 White Mage, 2 Knights, plus about-to-level troops&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4a. The Midlands - avoid, go to The Swamp of Eden instead&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4b. The Swamp of Eden - level 2 Haldric, level 2 Lady Outlaw, 2 Knights, 2 Shocktroopers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. Temple of the Deep - level 3 Haldric, level 3 Burin, 1-2 Mages of Light or several Outlaws / quick Bandits&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8. Clearwater Port - level 3 Lady Outlaw, 3 White Mages / Mages of Light, 3 Iron Maulers / Royal Guards / Halberdiers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
12. A Final Spring - 1-2 Silver Mages&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
14. Rough Landing - the 3 loyal Mermen from the previous scenario, ''Peoples in Decline''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17a. The Dragon - up to 4 White Mages / Mages of Light&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17d. Cursed Island - 1 Paladin&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
19. The Vanguard - 4 Knights/Lancers/Grand Knights, 2 Paladins (or about-to-level Knights)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
20. Return of the Fleet - 1 Mermen Entangler, 1 Merman Triton with Storm Trident, level 3 Commander Aethyr desirable&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
22. The Rise of Wesnoth - 2 Paladins, 3 Royal Guards, 4 Mages of Light&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because the campaign is long and you won't be able to recall all your level 3's in the final scenario, it pays to create some &amp;quot;uber-units&amp;quot;. An example is a quick, resilient Silver Mage that has been AMLA advanced a few times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
===A Summer Of Storms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively easy scenario, so gear your recruitment and strategy with an eye towards gathering XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# For the first round, recruit 2-3 Horsemen and the rest can be all Spearmen or a mix of Spearmen and Bowmen as you see fit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Then, you should probably hire Bowmen and more Spearmen. Whatever Bowmen you can get advanced will be useful later on for fighting the many trolls, grunts, and riders you will encounter. Note, however, that you will not have any healers until you level up at least one mage to White Mage status, and the sooner you can do that the better. Red mages will also prove very useful in subsequent scenarios, so consider recruiting at least two mages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used at least three strategies with success...&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: Send the horsemen with the king over the bridge, and the others should follow or start going over the mountain, to avoid being attacked from behind. Send subsequent Spearmen and Bowmen on the &amp;quot;over-the-bridge&amp;quot; road, and when the Prince and final troops have just about caught up, march on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;hide in the swamp&amp;quot; strategy: Proceed much like the above, but send the king with 3 Horsemen to capture the nearest houses, then retreat into the swamp area until you have your lawful bonus to kill off troops during the day. To hold them back, you can use a Spearman and a Mage (to level him.)&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sandbagging&amp;quot; strategy: On the hardest difficulty level, the initial enemy assault will only be easy to handle by entrenching your troops behind the river. Use the king to block the bridge initially, while Spearmen handle the shoreline just north and Horsemen carefully flag villages across the river. Run the king around, lending his leadership as you massacre the stupid enemy troops that have jumped like lemmings into the water. &lt;br /&gt;
* For all these options, you will also need to send a squad north into the mountains and around into the flank of the enemy. A quick Spearman, a quick Bowman, and one other unit, possibly a quick Mage, should be more than sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
* When you see that the fronts are under control, stop recruiting and send prince Haldric and your Mages over the bridge on a quest for XP, assisted by the leadership of the king, and converge on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Fall===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that looks scary, but it is only moderately difficult with proper recruitment and strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall or recruit Spearmen and Bowmen to man the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horsemen/Knights are desirable, because you probably do not yet have a White Mage, and the villages are widely spaced.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recalling or recruiting Mages for XP gathering is highly advisable for future scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are three basic approaches to take out the outlaw leader...&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Brute force&amp;quot; strategy: You can march west with a large army and use part of it to hold northwestern orc. Use the rest to fight outlaws and kill the leader. This strategy requires a lot of troops but it can bring you plenty of experience and can bring a quick victory.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: You can assassinate the outlaw leader. One way is to wait until the orcs have killed almost all outlaws and then assassinate the outlaw leader with Knights, rushing over the enemy camp's bridge and into the keep. This strategy is risky because orcs can kill the leader before you.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination via the mountain pass&amp;quot; strategy: Another way to assassinate the leader is to send a squad through the southern mountains to the outlaw keep. Two Mages and three Spearmen are enough. You may wish to substitute one of the Spearmen with a Knight or Horseman, though horse units have only a narrow passage devoid of mountains and could get pinned by the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
* On the hardest difficulty level, you may be forced to assassinate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Saving the loyal Heavy Infantrymen (or Shock Troopers on easy) pays off in later scenarios. To save all three, move them south towards the outlaws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you eliminate the HP of the Lady Outlaw, she offers to help you. If you say yes, she comes back as a loyal unit in future scenarios and you will be able to recruit outlaw units, plus she cannot be killed in the next couple of scenarios (instead, she disappears when she goes to zero HP, and comes back the next scenario.) This is quite valuable. If you say no and try to kill her, you find out she cannot be killed. However, you do get 200 gold that she leaves behind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The following scenario (''A Harrowing Escape'') is a handful on the hardest difficulty level. On hard, your goal should be a carryover of almost 150 gold (so you have 250 starting gold), so although Lady Outlaw's assistance is worth much more than 80 gold (40% of 200), you may be forced to choose the gold. Another thing you need to beat the following scenario on hard is a White Mage at or near the start of the scenario. Also, about-to-level units will be especially nice for their self-healing ability and low initial upkeep. Steer XP accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Harrowing Escape===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much easier on lower difficulty levels, calling for different strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On easy/medium...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: You should recruit/recall at least one, possibly two Mages here, and use them for killing Goblin Spearmen and finishing off injured Wolf Riders in the hills &amp;amp; mountains bordering the valley. Other than the Mages, simply recruit what you want, and go along the road. You get enough villages to pay upkeep for quite some army, and can give some of them a bit of experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Leave a few units in the rear, as the enemy can cross hills quickly. Note that Footpads and Outlaws will also cross hills at reasonable speed, if you need to hunt down some units. There are two castle tiles about halfway down, try to send Lady Outlaw and Brunin the Lost to them, they make good guards in case the enemy tries to come straight up. You can also send a couple groups of units down southeast to the lake, so you can prevent the Green team (southeast) from coming up the river. You can also kill the two Orcish Grunts (or Warriors on medium) on the southern castle tiles and then move Lady Outlaw and Brunin to them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On hard...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: To beat this scenario on the hardest difficulty level, you need some level 2 (or better yet, about-to-level level 1) units already and decent starting gold. It has been beaten on hard with as little as 158 starting gold, 200 is still difficult, and 250+ makes it relatively easy. You can stretch your gold a bit by not going negative on upkeep and waiting until you can't wait any longer to do one last round of recruiting, recalling mostly level 2's. For timing your final recruitment, watch the wolves that are likely trying to flank through the mountains south of your keep. Another requirement for beating this scenario is a White Mage (or two.) If need be, you must promote a Mage (or two) &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;tout de suite&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, as you will be dealing with severe damage and assassins, while only having easy access to 2 or 3 villages initially. Horsemen and Knights are useful for dissipating damage by serving as meat shields against blades and then running off to remote villages to heal. Quick Horsemen are especially nice, as they can transfer between two strategically placed villages in one turn, for healing on the go. Horsemen, Knights, and Swordsmen are useful for swatting assassins. If you can recruit outlaws, a couple of Footpads are nice for village grabbing. Thieves are also good because they are cheap, the Grunts are fond of attacking them, and they often survive on 70% defense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Near the start of combat, it's crucial to kill the first waves quickly: the wolves and assassins. More important than terrain is avoiding getting flanked, so mobility of individual units is key; if you climb up deep into the mountains, you will have a harder time with mobility than staying on or near the valley floor. Additionally, many of your units cannot go on mountain hexes, so it's easier to maintain your lines if everyone stays close to the valley. It's easier to make a stand at the keep and northern river bank, but this approach can be too costly in terms of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium/hard, you can lure out the roadside guard Warriors one at a time by putting a unit within attack range of one (and out of range of the other.) They mostly come at night. Mostly. That is, the Warriors might not bite bait put out during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have Lady Outlaw, note that she has leadership, which will be useful to help promote Prince Haldric, if he is still level 0. It's worth advancing her to level 2, to continue to provide leadership to level 1 Haldric and your other level 1's. You may also make use of her odd ability &amp;quot;distract&amp;quot;, which allows adjacent allied units to ignore ZOCs. And Lady Outlaw allows you to recruit outlaw types. On hard especially, Thugs can be useful as meat shields and to provide strong attacks at night when your lawful forces are crippled. Remember too that Lady Outlaw cannot be permanently killed (at least not yet), so when desperate times call for desperate measures, you can move her into a suicidal position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* It helps that there are two enemy sides as opposed to a twice as strong single enemy side. If one of your units could be attacked by 3 enemies, but 1 of these hexes is currently blocked by the other side, the currently moving enemy decides to attack units which it (they) is (are) actually less likely to kill than that one. AIs don't cooperate, that is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are stuck on this scenario, you may need to replay one or both of the previous scenarios and/or choose to &amp;quot;kill&amp;quot; Lady Outlaw in the previous scenario so you get her gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There is Dwarf Steelclad in the village at 8,5. It's not far from your camp, so send Lady Outlaw there. Dwarf joins you because &amp;quot;It has been a long time since he felt the satisfying crunch of Orcs under his Axe.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you kill the first orc leader, an Orcish Slayer and two Assassins will pop out of nowhere, so you would be wise not to have any wounded units stuck without movement points at that point. Also, the other leader will get an infusion of gold and start recruiting on all available hexes, so if you can sit on some of those hexes first, it will help keep the situation from getting out of control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* At the end, you will be given the choice of the river/swamp road or the midlands/orc road. These fork to the scenarios ''The Swamp of Esten'' and ''The Midlands'', respectively. The swamp scenario is relatively easy, while ''The Midlands'' could cost you some leveled units or even prove impossible to beat if you are low on gold. Also, the swamp gives you a free loyal White Mage, so it's a no brainer, unless you want more of a challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: it would be wise to have at least 1 White Mage before going to the scenario ''The Swamp of Esten''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Midlands====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orcs again. But you chose that way. This scenario may appear impossible, but with a lot of gold and a little strategy, it can be beat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are given plenty of time, so use it wisely. The enemies send lots of orcs, mostly weak ones. So recruit and recall everything you can.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall any White Mages you have. You'll need them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bowmen are good for the wolf units you will be facing.&lt;br /&gt;
* The rest depends on your strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Fast Assault&amp;quot; option: use an assassination team. If you go west, only your Knights and Horsemen will arrive and fight at daytime. So go south. Take the bridge and defend against the enemy closing in from the west. Take out Yellow with a fast assault team (they should take a healer along), but be careful about the leader. Your main force moves west, takes and holds the second bridge, and takes out Blue. Your assault team stays in the south and goes for the last enemy leader - they won't face any serious resistance. The enemy moves north to support Blue. The HI guarding the bridge might gain a level or die, but hopefully not the latter, as they are loyal units in a long campaign. With this approach, you can finish early (around 25 turns) and keep your losses low.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Dark Assault&amp;quot; option: use Footpads.  If you chose to work with the the outlaws in the last round, then this works well.  Footpads are cheap.  And they are fast.  And they have good defensive abilities.  Plus they fight well in the dark and in the forest.  So recruit lots of Footpads-pawns and quickly dispatch them to the upper west and south, followed by more powerful units: Mages, Horsemen, etc.  For the time being, leave the middle enemy alone.  To the upper west, send several Footpads into the forest and capture the village and set up a defensive line.  This cuts down the enemy's gold and increases yours.  Don't attack at first, just defend, until more of your slow higher powered units arrive. The strategy here is to pick off the orcs, and send the Horsemen to capture villages.  While this is going, to the south you send your Footpads to capture any villages you can and, more importantly, put a Footpad on the hex that is adjacent to the bridge, thereby stopping easy advancement of their greater numbered troops. A White Mage, a couple Trappers and some Bowmen would make a good escort. Probably sending a Thief or two would be good too, to help dispatch any enemy that infiltrate the villages north of the river. one enemy got into one of the villages on the north of river, and it took a lot to dislodge him.  The intention is to engage the enemy so that they are fighting from the river squares, at a huge disadvantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Swamp Of Esten====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not hard if you are conservative and don't send important units off alone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall 1-2 quick Knights (or Paladins, if you have them), recruit 1-2 Horsemen, and recall your loyal Shocktroopers or whatever they are now.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next round, recruit/recall Mages to kill Scorpions (and Bats) and at least one White Mage to deal with poison, plus maybe a Poacher or Trapper or two, as they are good in swamp (and you would like a Huntsman eventually, for its markmanship.)&lt;br /&gt;
# A little Thug spam can come next, but you don't need a full third round of recruitment. Then send Prince Haldric off to lend his leadership.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Head to the northeastern leader first. Try to kill Dark Adepts with Burin or horse units before they have a chance to attack you. As you close in on the leader, hover your mouse over him to watch where he can go, as at night his ranged attack is nasty and can be followed up by waves of kamikaze Walking Corpses, which can take out a Knight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After you have killed the northeastern leader and eliminated troops there, you can either send your whole army back across the ford and south or split your army into two halves, sending one part to each leader. If you have lost several units but have lots of turns left, it's probably safer to stick together. This is not a simple mop-up operation, as powerful undead can take out some of your valuable units if you're not careful. On hard, Shadows are a threat at night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Searching the temples is a good idea. Some have gold. There is a free loyal White Mage hiding in (a random) one of the temples - visit the temple close to the keep ASAP, and if not there, try rushing a horse unit or Lady Outlaw to the temple at 19,5. However, some of the temples contain undead, so keep extra troops nearby when you enter one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main challenge in this scenario is keeping your ally alive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your (probably leveled up) Heavy Infantry from The Fall and some quick Spearmen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recruit/recall Thugs, Bowmen, and Spearmen, preferably quick.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round, recall 2-3 White Mages (or Mages of Light) and maybe some quick Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Your forces will have three main combat arenas: the northeast, the south, and the middle.&lt;br /&gt;
# The castle in the middle is inhabited by the tree folk. The orcs have almost the perfect anti-wose force, heavy on fire (Orcish Crossbowmen and Pillagers), so your ally is going to need your help. Send 2-4 units to the castle and another 4-8 units northeast of the castle to block the enemy advancing from that direction.&lt;br /&gt;
# Split the rest of your forces to go northeast and south, 4-6 units each, with a White Mage in each force. Your loyal Heavy Infantry / Shocktroopers should head south. Sending Haldric south might help take some of the heat off the woses.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Tips...&lt;br /&gt;
* If you send a White Mage or Mage of Light to the wose castle, it will let any adjacent wose cure+heal or sometimes regenerate+heal (16 points.) That's because of the side sequence within a turn: player, orcs, woses. For example, after the orcs attack with poison, the woses cure themselves, and then your leveled mage will heal any adjacent wose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The temple contains the entrance to the catacombs, but you need the leader Wose's help to open it, and to get that help you have to win the current scenario, so there is no point in visiting this temple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is in the catacombs, i.e., underground, and it's a tough one, so you need to groom your roster accordingly. Two Mages of Light would make it a whole lot easier. Failing that, level up your fearless loyal Shocktrooper and chaotic outlaw types. Bandits/Highwaymen and Fugitives are especially nice. Quick units of almost any type (except horse units) will be helpful, if leveled and possessing high HP (&amp;gt;50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Temple in the Deep===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be facing undead underground. This is a difficult situation that will prove much easier with proper recruitment. Then the strategy will be fairly straightforward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All in all, what you need is a small elite force. Two rounds of recalls is enough, if you didn't lose Burin in a prior scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers, though their slow movement will prove frustrating. Also on the first round, recall a fast &amp;quot;tank&amp;quot; and someone to grab the holy water.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recall any Mages of Light you might already have, and a total of at least two White Mages or Mages of Light, preferably quick. For the rest of your recruitment, what you need are high movement (6+ MP) non-horse units with high hitpoints (&amp;gt;50 HP). It helps if they are chaotic (or at least neutral) and/or have ranged or impact attacks. Put all the requirements together and it points to Fugitives. Outlaws and quick Arch Mages are worth recalling too. Fill out the rest with other high HP units. Note that horse units are too sluggish in caves and should not be recalled/recruited unless you have a compelling reason.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round (optional), you can add a unit or two for a safety margin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# There are two ways north, but they will meet up together. First thing you will see are Tentacles. You can either ignore the Tentacles for the most part or use them for XP. Your main initial objective is to find a good place to make a stand against the nasty wave of undead coming from the north. The chokepoints and southern shoreline offer good defensive locations. Watch out for the enemy's Bone Shooters, Revenants and Deathblades, as they could easily mess up a level 3 unit. &lt;br /&gt;
# Once the flow of baddies as tapered off, gradually progress northwards. Once you get into the final chamber, the boss should be a piece of cake, although his ranged attack is devastating, so try to attack him with melee units. Be careful if he has recruits around, as their combined damage can take down one of your level 3's. Note that the Ruby can only be picked up by Haldric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Holy water: The best choice for the Holy Water is a quick Bandit, who should level quickly. A quick Highwayman could be used, but won't benefit much from the XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* XP: Use this level to get experience. The early-finish bonus is tiny. The Tentacles are perfect for leveling up units. Keep Burin away from the water at this stage, or he'll kill all tentacles as they attack, depriving those who could benefit from the XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your killed units will be turned into Walking Corpses (or Soulless on hard.) Therefore, spam is not helpful. A Mage or Thug can be okay, if used with great care, but mostly you need to recall leveled troops here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return to Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Clearwater Port===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is easy if you take the first boat out, more and more challenging for the second and third boats, and very difficult (on hard) if you want to take out all three leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers from ''The Fall.'' You will also want several Footpads, for speedy village snatching, coastline defending (under leader supervision), and possibly for filling castle hexes if your lines get too thin.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recruit/recall more low maintenance units. It's a good scenario for leveling troops, so recalling acouple half-leveled Spearmen or similar is a good idea.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third and later turns, start recalling your high maintenance units. The key to winning this scenario is to recall several advanced units that can take a lot of damage and get good defense in castles (no Horsemen). You will also want at least 3 White Mages or Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Backstab your ally, stealing all his villages. Your ally is useless anyway, except for the entertainment value from his troops' suicide runs. The income is much better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
# Send your heavy duty troops with some White Mages over to the line of castle near Lt. Aethyr. (Optionally, you can rush forward past the castle, but you will need to return almost as quickly before the main enemy wave and night arrive.) Aethyr will usually be done recruiting by the second or third turn, before the enemy reaches you, so fill the entire line with your units, and put Knight Sir Rudry in the one non castled tile (or leave it empty, if no enemy are adjacent.) Place the White Mages behind this line. After the enemy has reached you and it is your turn to attack, go mostly for the assasins, as they have a weak melee attack and their poison can be a huge problem. Alternatively to using the castle (from (26,18) to (24,15)) to defend, the front line can lead through the villages at (30,17) and (30,18). This will make your line much shorter, it becomes much more of a bottleneck fight and offsets your enemy's superior numbers, since some of their units just move around with all spots to attack occupied; you only have to give up 1 village and 2 front units instaheal without mages. Place your strongest units on the weakest spot (29,20) and a Mage of Light on (30,19), he will hardly be attacked as the hex before him is used to attack (29,20). This shorter line requires less units on your side and also has the great advantage that there are much less 40% defense spots to attack you. They will flank you at the sides but stand on ice or sand then.&lt;br /&gt;
# Meanwhile, on the northeastern coast, the northern enemy leader will send lots of units to catch your flank unguarded. Send 2 Footpads, a Spearman, Lady Jessene, and Haldric to guard the coast. If Lady Jessene is already level 3, you can substitute a Royal Guard, Swordsman, or Javelineer for Haldric. This coastline defense squad may need help later, so be ready to divert a speedy powerful unit there. If you keep a healthy unit on the village at the tip of the land, then, unless you are very unlucky, you will be able to hold off everything the northern leader sends. After the assault from the water has been crushed, some of your troops may be able to cross the ford north, but be careful not to get attacked in the water with only 20% defense. (Certain of your chaotic units do have 40% defense in water; now is a good time to pay attention to that.) Also, notice that the lighthouse has a similar effect as a Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
# You have two options for the endgame:&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Total victory&amp;quot; strategy: Once you've thinned the enemy to where they only have a few units that are close to your line, usually this happens conveniently around dawn, move your people out and start heading for their leaders. Split your force, sending a few down the southern path, to distract the eney and most of them toward the middle leader, to kill him. Once he's dead, send some of your army down to kill the southern leader and devote a few units to defending the bridge until the rest of your army can rejoin you. A unit or two with a lot of HP with a white mage are usually enough to do this.&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Run like hell&amp;quot; strategy: Alternatively, you can leave your leader near the docks and take one of the boats to end the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fallen Lich Point===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a high variance scenario. It may be easy or hard, depending on events beyond your control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit fairly lightly initially, as you will likely have a chance to use the Lich's keep to recruit again.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages, White Mages, and Mages of Light are good, and as are all the other advancements of Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* You automatically should have your loyal Knight. Because of the mountains around &amp;quot;lichland&amp;quot; and frozen ground everywhere else, additional horse units are not recommended, except a single Paladin will come in handy.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Thugs or a Bandit or Highwayman will provide a little extra undead bashing power.&lt;br /&gt;
* Footpads will help with village flagging.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy... &lt;br /&gt;
# The Orcs will be busy with the Yetis, so you can walk with a big group south and kill the Lich-Lord. Move Haldric to the stone monument to de-petrify the Lich. It may help to post some units around the undead before doing so. Use several mages to make a hole or two in the ring of undead, and then push in a burly fighter or two and/or Paladin to kill the Lich.&lt;br /&gt;
# After killing the Lich, assess the Orc/Yeti situation (as well as the village flagging situation) and decide if you need to use the Lich's keep to recruit some reinforcements.&lt;br /&gt;
# After that, head north and walk into the sewer entrance (the &amp;quot;cave&amp;quot;) or else kill the orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* It is also possible, if you recruit heavily, to split your force and head north to attack the eastern Orcs before they finish with the Yetis.  However, be careful not to be attacked by a Yeti yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
* When dealing with the Lich, be aware that he has money; if you let him vacate any of his encampment tiles, or if you kill any of his units but do not occupy their tiles, he will be able to recruit.  (This is not necessarily all bad, as it can mean more experience, but depending on the strength of your force you may want to be careful.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sewer of Southbay===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a swampy underground scenario, but with attention to recruitment, it's not very difficult.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* As always underground, you want non-horse units with 6+ MP.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall White Mages / Mages of Light, at least two, three is probably the optimal number.&lt;br /&gt;
* There are quite a few villages in this cave, so an expensive force is supportable, though not necessary. Some players recruit a large and spammy force, while others go with small and elite:&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 1, &amp;quot;Large and spammy&amp;quot; recruitment: Recruit four each of Mages, Thugs, and Poachers. Yes, Poachers normally stink, but here they really shine in a swamp that is permanently dark, underground. If you recruit four Poachers, you could finish with three Trappers and a Huntsman - or you could finish with four dead Poachers. The Thugs are especially likely to die, as they will be facing off against Red Mages, but somebody has to do it.&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 2, &amp;quot;Small and elite&amp;quot; recruitment: Recall something like one Red Mage, one Arch Mage, one Silver Mage, 2 two Royal Guards/Highwaymen/etc, and a Trapper or Huntsman, plus three regular Mages and a Poacher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# After leaving your initial chamber, you will be in a large swamp room with three entrances, through which will be a flood of bad guys. Use two Poachers and a Thug or similar to blockade the southeast, a small elite group to block the north, and then a mix of fighters and mages to handle the west entrance. Give each group a White Mage or Mage of Light, as well as at least one regular Mage. Try to keep the Mages of Light away from your chaotic forces on the front lines, though. Use the leadership of Haldric and Lady Jessene - and Mage of Light illumination or lack thereof - to get the most from each attack.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the initial battle has died down, you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
## If you have enough forces, you can divide into two groups and attack both brothers simultanously, east and west.&lt;br /&gt;
## Otherwise, do them one after the other, and then look for the exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Danger: there is a Giant Spider at the exit. You may wish to keep one or two cannon fodder units in order to be able to save your advanced units.  It is best to use ranged attacks against the spider, so leveled mages are good here.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is a lot easier with a lot of gold, especially on the hardest difficulty level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Southbay in Winter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Final Spring===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a large battle, and any mistake on any front can spell doom, but overall it will be fairly easy on the easier difficulty levels. On hard, it still is easy given enough gold (370 or so.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# On the first turn, recall a Silver Mage to teleport to the island, recruit Footpads for village snatching, recall one or more of your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''The Fall''), and recall one or more Knights or similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, continue with this theme, but it will be nightfall soon, so recall Outlaws, Bandits, Assassins, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn three is a bit more of the same, but you need to start thinking about preserving your income and also keeping a gold reserve. You can spam some peasants to preserve cash and income.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn four turn is more of the same.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn five, you will have new recruitment options (see spoiler at walkthrough end.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy is broken into three fronts...&lt;br /&gt;
# The first front is the south land area. Do a counter-clockwise sweep. Mounted units augmented with Footpads are a good choice. Note that it will be nightfall soon after game start, so it might be wise to delay any serious mounted assault until the next day, and you can delay your recalls for this.&lt;br /&gt;
# The second front is the walled city. Move slower units and your loyal White Mage / Mage of Light to defend here. Take your ally's villages; your ally wouldn't do much useful with the money anyway. When your units from the second front complete their sweep, you can break the remaining southern forces against the city wall in a hammer and anvil. Then your united forces can move north. On easy, you may be able to push north more quickly than that using just part of your city troops.&lt;br /&gt;
# The third front is the two small islands. Send a Silver Mage there ASAP. (You should have a village already there, so the Silver Mage can teleport over.) Footpads/Outlaws/Fugitives, Rangers, and others will help later. Lady Jessene could be used. A quick White Mage or Mage of Light would be useful, either on the coast or on the islands. Do not use Assassins on this front. Assassins have relatively weak defense in water against Orcs and Nagas, they're very weak against blade, which is all orcs and nagas use, and their relatively slow movement in water makes backstab hard to use reliably. Overall, you need to devote more resources to this front than you might think.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also keep an eye on the peninsula north of your keep. Wolf Riders and others might mount an amphibious assault in an effort to flank your troops. On the easier difficulty levels, you may wish to beat the punch and quickly establish a bridgehead on the other side of the bay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* You should have lots of high-level units now, so concentrate on recruiting new ones and levelling them up to fill needs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Peasants are useful as placeholders for villages and distractions for the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 4, a gang of nasty undead show up in the east. So, for your city taskforce, you'll want to recruit/recall units with impact and arcane attacks. Note that if undead capture villages, they will be flagged with the Orc island boss' black flag! This can result in an overwhelming number of Nagas, and it's one reason that you must devote a lot of resources to the island campaign. Re-flag any black flag villages quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 5, a gang of nasty Mermen show up in the west. Fortunately, they are on your side. You can now recruit Mermen. This is the real reason to keep a gold reserve until this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Peoples in Decline===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a potentially bloody scenario versus Drakes. Proper recruitment is more important than good strategy here, as you will have little opportunity to maneuver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* First, recall any loyal Mermen in your roster. Your loyal Iron Maulers might prefer to sit this one out.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drakes are vulnerable to pierce attacks, so spam cheap pierce attack units. In addition to Peasants, there are Poachers, Bowmen, Spearmen, Merman Fighters, and Merman Hunters. Poachers are key here, due to the swampy terrain and their chaotic alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
* However, it helps to recall some leveled units early on, to prevent your line from crumbling. Javelineers and Trappers are good, since they have both ranged and melee attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need a total of 2 or 3 White Mages / Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* On your last turn of recruitment when you have about 80 gold, recall some advanced units if need be, like Master Bowmen and Rangers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Since you will have a lot of level 1 and 0 units, make sure to use the leadership of Prince Haldric and Lady Jessene.&lt;br /&gt;
* Look for opportunities to heal via leveling up.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pay attention to the day-night cycle in this scenario. Drakes will be strong during day, but become very weak in the night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Take advantage of the mountains for defense.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be careful with your loyals.&lt;br /&gt;
* Because most Drakes have powerful ranged attacks, melee-only units should hide behind the lines until they attack, preferably at night (with a Mage of Light supplying illumination.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure you get the Storm Trident in the middle of the sea, but be certain that you've cleared most of the Drakes first, since a Sea Serpent will appear. It's best to have some strong units ready to kill it in 1 or 2 turns. You can give the trident to Lord Typhon, but since he leaves a bit later, you may want to give it to another Merman Fighter. Movement over land is important for Mermen in the campaign as a whole.  If the Merman Fighter to whom you give the storm trident has the Quick attribute, you can make him a Hoplite when he gets to level 3.  Otherwise, make him a Triton, because movement over land is important for Mermen in this campaign as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rough Landing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting Nagas and Vampire Bats, primarily. This is a scenario that may be frustrating on the easier difficulty levels, though on hard it is just par for the course. Good recruitment and strategy will save you from getting slaughtered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are probably going to go negative on gold and be unable to rectify that with the paultry early finish bonus, so you might as will go very negative and be resigned to start the next scenario with minimum gold.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit/recall many Mermen and 1 or 2 White Mages or Mages of Light. A few Peasants can be useful to pad out your force, distract the enemy, and protect villages from stray Bats. A Silver Mage can be useful for island hopping but is not essential. Thieves/Assassins are blade vulnerable, and Nagas only use blades, so it's probably best not to recall them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Knock out the southeastern leader in a blitz. It's important to get that out of the way, because a wave of Nagas is advancing at light speed from the north.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next, hurriedly set up a line in the water alongside your fortress island. Your fortress troops can anchor one flank, while Burin the Dwarf can go to the island to the northeast to anchor the other end of your line. Nobody messes with Burin. Move Lady Jessene behind the lines to lend her support to the Mermen. Your loyal Mage of Light will be able to move back and forth more (to lend illumination) if kept in the fortress area.&lt;br /&gt;
# Finally, once the enemy assault wave has been broken, advance northward to kill the final two leaders in a straightforward mop-up operation. Just be careful not leave isolated units where they can get swarmed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints/Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to level up the mermen; they can be useful in another scenario later.&lt;br /&gt;
* Beware of Sea Serpents. Three of them will appear, one on each of the three turns following your first kill of an enemy unit. Make sure to kill them at once. The Storm Trident from the previous scenario and the Ruby of Fire will come in handy against the Serpents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A New Land===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a non-scenario. The scenario objectives tell you to avoid all confrontation for as long as possible, but actually the faster your units encounter the others the faster the scenario will end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* None necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The optimal strategy for gold carryover is to grab the three closest villages, then retreat to your keep and wait. Once one attack occurs, the non-scenario will be over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* One thing to keep in mind is that this the last chance you have to grab some more Mermen as their king leaves.  They are quite helpful in a later scenario so grabbing a few extra here cannot hurt if you can spare the gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Ka'lian===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story, with your choice of four battles next.  You have to beat them all in whatever order.  The amount of gold you have should be the factor in deciding when you choose to play Cursed Isle (the undead problem).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All four scenarios have to be beaten, but in whatever order you choose.&lt;br /&gt;
====The Dragon====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not as difficult as it looks, though your recruitment and strategy need to be tailored to fight the Saurian Skirmishers and other foes you will face here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Saurians use piercing attacks mostly, so it's better to use units resistant to pierce. Pikemen and Halberdiers have 40% pierce resistance. Javelineers are ideal as Saurians use ranged attacks a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
* You may wish to bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers. They are ineffective against the 70% impact resistant Mudcrawlers, while also vulnerable to the ranged attacks of both Mudcrawlers and Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consider adopting a force of all units with ranged attacks, save for horse and thief units, which can be kept behind the lines when not in use. It is amusing when Saurian Augers are forced to tap your units with their little staffs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers are a necessity to deal with the heavy damage your units will be sustaining. Depending on the strategy you adopt, you will want 2-4 healers. Mages of Light rock here, as they can easily do front line duty in pairs and their illumination blinds the Saurians, reducing their damage.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need something to clean up mud. Versus level 0 Mudcrawlers, Horsemen and their advancements can charge with no counterattack, and likewise Thieves and their advancements can backstab with no counterattack. Mages can be used as well on the fire vulnerable mud.&lt;br /&gt;
* A Merman or two will help with water hexes. An Entangler's slow ability will help tame the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used many different strategies with success:&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Fighting Saurians requires a disciplined formation.  If you're used to stringing out troops to move them into position as they get there, that won't work after Turn 2 or 3. You can use a &amp;quot;healing hedgehog&amp;quot; of ten troops--two white mages next to each other and eight troops completely encircling them.  If someone gets badly injured, move them to the inside and put a white mage on one of the long edges, fighting as you go.  If you're trying for the big bonus, you'll need two hedgehogs.  Try to keep reserves back a bit in cities.  If the terrain favorably protects you, or the wounded is a fast unit, you can try moving wounded back to cities too.  Once the main wave of Saurians is broken, you can string non-wounded troops out a bit in the rush for the leaders. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Triangular Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Switching wounded units to the inside of the hedgehog can be a problem if you are surrounded. ZOC prevents you from creating an open hex to move the inner unit into. You can fix this by creating a triangle with three hexes inside, instead of the standard two of the hedgehog. If you do this on your castle, only three units are in grasslands. If you set it right, you can make most of the hexes adjacent to your triangle be grassland as well, forcing the Saurians into a bad defensive position. In terms of unit positioning, the simplest way is to fill two inner spaces with Mages of Light, a but a better tactic is to put one of the mages on an edge, thereby ensuring that all but one of your units are healing. The remaining unit can either be a Merman Hoplite, (prefereably resilient and carrying a Storm Trident) or Lady Jessene, since she has excellent defense and is chaotic and therefore benefits by not being in the Mages' light. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Giant Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Recruit a lot of units, and then move the whole army as one big bulk. Keep healers in the middle (about four), rotate stronger units outwards, and make sure you leave no gaps. The Saurians will slip through the tiniest gap and kill your weak units. Head first for the east or west leader, but steer for good terrain, because your force will soon be swarmed. But then by turn 10, there should be many few Saurians alive.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Standard Line&amp;quot; strategy: Form a line from the west board edge diagonally up towards your keep across the two villages just in front of the forest. You will probably wish to bend upwards at the forest, rather than running the line all the way to the keep. Whenever the Saurians have a small number of troops at your line and you have enough strength to kill them all, you can advance your whole line one hex south, allowing you to get additional attacks on them from non-frontline troops. Once you advance a unit to the first water hex at west board edge, the west leader will probably come out to greet it, so be ready to fry him with Haldric's ruby. After killing the leader, back up into good terrain to prepare to meet the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Wake the Dragon&amp;quot; strategy: Prematurely wake the dragon (see spoiler below) and back up your troops to north of your keep. When the dragon comes, kill him. The scenario can be over on turn 7. There is no early finish bonus for this, but you can recruit lightly so that you still have gold at the end and will carry-over 40%, if you need it for your next scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* With all these strategies, the Saurians may hold back for quite a while. This is okay, as the Dragon will eventually appear and come to you. Kill it. Then you are given a choice of whether to end the scenario or to try to kill all the enemy leaders before time runs out. You can choose to finish the remaining Saurians for a nice bonus. However, on the hardest difficulty setting the turn limit (33 turns) is insufficient for you to plow through the vast hordes of level 0 spam to get to the leaders, so it's best to simply end the scenario after killing the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The dragon will awake on turn 15 or when you move a unit down around the road north of the mountains. If you wish to wake the dragon prematurely, you can recruit a Horseman on turn 1 and run him down. It's a suicide mission for him, however.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have a fast non-horse unit in position, rush it to the mountain cave after the Dragon leaves to grab the 200 in gold, though that's nothing compared to the Hero bonus for defeating all the Saurian leaders. So focus on killing all of them first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Lizard Beach====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario versus Saurians, Giant Scorpions, and Mudcrawlers, where good recruiting and strategy will save you from massive bloodshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruiting...&lt;br /&gt;
* Mermen are helpful for the swamp and water areas.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers, veterans from ''The Fall.'' They are laughably ineffective against the impact resistant Mudcrawlers - and laughably vulnerable to their ranged attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Thieves, Horsemen, and their advancements are good for mud cleanup, though you must keep them out of range of Saurian skirmishers. Swordsmen and Royal Guards are also good, though overkill.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall a lot of fairly high HP units, preferably with strong non-impact ranged and melee attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages are good. Mages of Light are especially useful, since they can do front line duty. Lots of healing may be necessary, about 3 healers are good, so White Mages can be used too. Raw recruit Mages can be used as well, for disposal of Giant Scorpions and the occasional Saurian Skirmisher that wanders too far. At least one Silver Mage is highly desirable, along with a speedy unit (e.g., Fugitive, Footpad, or Horseman) to capture villages for the Silver Mage to use north of the river.&lt;br /&gt;
* [fredbobsmith2] An alternative strategy that works surprisingly well is to simply use a very mage-heavy army. Recall most or all of your high-level mages, throw in a few peasants, and spend the rest of your gold on recruiting mages. Victory will come with shocking ease.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* General strategy: as Saurians have skirmishers and a lot of movement, be sure to protect your wounded units well. Because of the Saurians unnerving ability to concentrate their fire on one unit, be sure to keep several healers around and try to keep your line straight so only two can mob one guy. Hedgehog tactic also seems to work well.&lt;br /&gt;
* Opening strategy: here are some specific strategies that players have used with success in the early part of the scenario:&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen in center&amp;quot; strategy: Recall 2-4 Mermen, 1-2 Trappers/Huntsmen, and a lot of high HP troops, then form a line. Initially, you can either form a north-south line around the lake area with one flank at the south board edge, or, if you want to be conservative, you can do a diagonal line in the southeast corner, with both flanks tied to board edges. You'll need the Mermen to handle the lake area, and Trappers/Huntsmen/Mermen for the swamp areas. Keep troops in reserve, so that when a few Saurians meet your line, you can advance your whole line over them. Do not be too conservative/defensive on hard, as your time is limited. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen on flank&amp;quot; strategy: Recall several decent land melee units &amp;amp; then 4-5 level 2 Mermen on rounds 2-3. Most of your force forms a line of battle near your keep, Mermen on the north flank in the river, land units extending south, flanks bent back with strongest units at the corners - then let the Saurians break on it. Once their first wave has broken, the rest of their troops come in drips and are no problem, so now you can split up and wipe out the stragglers and claim villages; any L2 units you start with should level up. After you defeat the main force from the south send just one or two guys north to capture towns so your Silver Mages can teleport into the fray. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen feint&amp;quot; strategy: Recall most of your Mermen from before and send them along the river towards the sea. This will harry the saurian troops coming down from the north, allowing your main force to advance on the southern enemy  undisturbed. Beware, though as your mermen will encounter the Saurians at night time (giving you -25% and them +25%), so try to minimize conflict until dawn, just get in their way.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;No Mermen&amp;quot; strategy: On your first two turns recall two keeps of strong, fast veterans like mounted units (not Paladins though; they're pretty ineffective against saurians), Outlaws/Assassins, and Silver Magi along with some other veterans, preferably with a lot of HP: if all goes well (at least on easy and medium) that may be all you need. Dash them across the swamp directly west of your keep, south of the sands, and form a line with strong units at the ends. They'll flank you, but you're stronger than them and you can use your slower units to crush the flanking saurians in a hammer and anvil. The first wave of southern Saurians should get itself killed before the northern Saurians arrive in force. Once the northern Saurians arrive, take them out with your slower units while your quicker ones go for the southern leader.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sacrificial lamb&amp;quot; strategy: In addition to a couple mages, 2 healers, and some other fighters, recruit a castle-full of peasants to draw the Saurians out onto open ground.  Surround a single peasant on 5 sides, with 2 healers behind him. Build your formation around that.&lt;br /&gt;
* Closing strategy: The enemy's onslaught tapers out after their initial wave, so the final push for the southern leader should be quick and clean. Taking out the northern leader is harder, because all of your units will be stuck south of the marshes and the river. If you want to go for a quick win, just march forth with Silver Mages, Mermen, and anyone who's close enough to be a help. If you don't want to lose any of your better units, patience may be the key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units gets as far west as the second bridge, a wave of Nagas will arrive out at sea. You may wish to delay going that far until the second watch, so that the Nagas will make contact with your forces during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
* Killing one leader gives more gold to the other, so when you've defeated pretty much all the southern leader's forces, just plant a level 3 or two in his keep and leave him alive; kill them both in the same turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Troll Hole====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that you cannot win by brute force, because the trolls have more brute force than you. Wise recruitment and strategy are necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* It's underground time again, so as before, mainly recruit mages. The trolls are strong, so hopefully you have lots of levelled up mages. Mages of Light are especially nice, because they are tough enough to survive an attack from most trolls, while simultaneously reducing the damage sustained (due to illumination blinding the trolls.) Level 1 Mages can be used to good effect too, especially if quick. If only attacked by a single Troll Whelp, a healthy level 1 Mage will survive.&lt;br /&gt;
* In addition to mages, your chaotic units can be helpful here again, especially against the occasional Rocklobber, which you will not want to attack with mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be careful if you recall your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''the Fall''). In particular, the fearless one probably cannot take four hits from a Troll, like if it fails to kill a Troll and then the Troll attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* A couple of Mermen can help in the first few turns.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you're low on gold, recruit some Peasants and feed them XP to fatten them into Bowmen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are 4 castles, and two of them (randomly placed) are the troll leaders you need to kill.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can make your initial stand either on the island or on the other side of the bridges.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to use the narrow corridors to your advantage, so the enemy can only place one attack against a strong unit of yours, but you can kill a troll at a time with two mages or Haldric. Also keep an eye at your back since they will try to surround you. And resist the temptation to send single units wandering around in what seems to be empty caves - they will all die, probably by the fangs of a Giant Spider.&lt;br /&gt;
* When you've whittled down the enemy, go the direction they came from and kill the leaders, ignoring spider keeps.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alternative: This could be a good choice if you have low gold: recall 2 quick red mages, and 3 quick tough melee units (say 2 royal guards &amp;amp; a L3 chaotic unit like a Fugitive). Play expedition style: abandon the start island, stay fairly close together, with your troops roughly divided in two between those moving forward and those fighting rearguard. Provided you knock out one troll leader early, the rest is manageable, just work your way carefully over to the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cursed Isle====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting undead, mostly of the incorporeal and ghoulish lineages. Victory comes surprisingly easily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit lightly, certainly no more than two castles of troops. You could use 1-3 Paladins, 1-2 Mages, and 1-2 White Mages / Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall your loyal Merman Triton or similar and have him pick up the holy water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* This can be the first or last quest you choose.  If you can wait, do it last, as you will come out of it with a lot of gold, which you will need for the first scenario after the quests, ''The Vanguard''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep a very tight formation for the first night, as Shadows will hit hard and you don't want to get backstabbed or swarmed. By dawn, it should be smooth sailing.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you get anywhere near the enemy leaders' keeps, expect to get rushed by a leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* In one of the three temples there is a Vampire Lady. All you really need is a Paladin or three to rush the temples. Kill her. Game over, you win. One of the other temples has some gold; grab that first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Spy In The Woods===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Vanguard===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting a large number of orcs, trolls and other enemies in a location with a natural defensive line, where presumably an underground river has carved a line of sinkholes. This scenario will be difficult or impossible with minimum gold (200), but quite doable with a large amount of gold (450+) even on the hardest difficulty setting. Recruitment and strategy are fairly straightforward, given the board layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit a lot of units; you will need them.&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall/recruit speedy units: Knights, Lancers, Paladins, Horsemen, Outlaws, and similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recall your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up from ''The Fall'') and Spearmen/Swordsmen/Royal Guards.&lt;br /&gt;
# On subsequent turns, recall/recruit healers and other sorts of Mages, Thugs and their advancements, and Longbowmen. You will need quite a lot of healing power: 3-4 White Mages / Mages of Light and 1-2 Paladins. A Silver Mage would come in handy, since your forces will be widely spaced, but you could start with a couple of Red Mages and try to level up one or both to Silver Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Your first priority is to rush to the west and northwest sinkhole gaps with mounted units. Seal the gaps there before the enemy pours through. Seal the rest of the gaps quickly too. Of course, seal each gap with one or more units ''behind'' the gap, not in it, so that you get multiple attacks on the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
# A &amp;quot;Sitzkrieg&amp;quot; may develop, where neither side can make progress. Shift units to the southwest and break out there, using the west board edge defensively.&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget the chest of gold, which you can see even in fog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill more than half the units of any side, a few tough undead units will appear near that side's stronghold at the edge of the map. So, this will happen three times. Beware the Chocobones. Their double damage from charge means they can take out Commander Aethyr at night just by hitting 2 for 2, and they will certainly try if they get the opportunity.&lt;br /&gt;
* After you kill either of the orc leaders, the other gets 80 gold. At far north is a level 3 troll leader, but he gets no bonus gold.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is much less difficult with extra gold. You can use Peasants to avoid going negative on gold, promoting them to Spearmen only when needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return of the Fleet===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome to the &amp;quot;kitchen sink&amp;quot; defense.  You've made it this far; now the enemy will launch a desperate defense, throwing a little bit of everything at you.  The effect is mostly psychological, but it could be a problem if you came into the scenario with minimum gold or your initial assessment causes you to drastically under-recruit. Time is money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, at least, you don't want to overrecruit. First turn, recall Mermen to assassinate the undead leader; 2 Entanglers/Netcasters and the Triton with the Storm Trident. Later, you should recruit 1 or more Silver Mages also for this taskforce as well as for causing general mayhem. It's also worth recruiting 5-10 L1/L0 units to take the brunt of the first wave of attacks; you can use any combination of Footpads, Poachers, Thugs, Spearmen, and Peasants, as you see fit. You'll want some decent L2 and L3 recalls for healing, to flank your lines, and to start kicking some butt at daybreak. A Mage or Red Mage to blast Trolls and Chocobones will level up by end of scenario. Paladins are good too. In addition to your loyal Mage of Light, you will need a bare minimum of 1 more healer.&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, don't recruit too much for fighting the undead - 2 Paladins at most, 1 or 2 Thugs, the stormy Merman, and the nearest Mage working with your land force are sufficient - the undead commander only gets 5-6 L2 recruits and they come ashore scattered (on medium, anyway). Paladins are so effective against undead that you can wade into the water after them. Just remember, Paladins can't go into deep water and undead can.&lt;br /&gt;
* On hard, you also don't want to recruit too much for fighting the undead, but it's only because going on an offensive early against them will get you crushed by a Chocobone armada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Move the Mermen (including the storm trident) as quickly as possible pretty much straight to the West. (There is a village and swamp hex that can aid your travel if you pick the best route).  Move these guys up the West side once they get there to get to the Undead Leader as quickly as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Your loyal units can do a little village grabbing, but it would be unwise to venture too far north.&lt;br /&gt;
# After nightfall, fog will appear; for the rest of the scenario, the map will become shrouded.  So, while you're still able to see, note the troop dispositions (especially Chocobones.)&lt;br /&gt;
# The first wave is largely at night and will have Goblin Knights and Pillagers, and later Chocobones and Troll Warriors. The damage they can cause is bone chilling, so make sure to divert their attention with plenty of spam. You want to meet them on the edge of the woodland, while inducing the orcs to fight from the grassland. Footpads are handy here, as they have high defense in woodland. Players have had success setting up the initial line in either the north or northeast woodlands, with respect to the castle. Others have succeeded by fighting mostly from the open plain, retaining mobility by leaving the woodlands to their Footpads.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once your Mermen have taken an island city, teleport over one or more Silver Mages to help kill the undead leader - in addition to a Silver Mage, you will want the storm trident, a Netcaster/Entangler, plus one more leveled unit to be fairly sure to knock him out in one round. Quick striking like this you end up fighting a lot less undead.  You probably end up foddering one of the mermen to the Undead Archers, but the trade off is probably worth it.  You can keep cycling your mermen up to fight with any orcs or trolls that come into the water. Silver Mages can assist, since they are not needed much in the other part of the fight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the undead leader is assassinated and the first wave is broken, you may advance cautiously due north or to the northwest along the coast and ultimately finish off the two orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When you are close to the village in the northeast woods, tighten your formation, as past there you can trigger a small but elite force of Saurians. (Stepping 10 hexes or less from 34,15 triggers the Saurians.) Trigger them at second watch so they arrive at your forces in daylight. Alternatively, you can delay triggering the Saurians as long as possible by moving your force northwest near the water and then onto the small island, though even then it is possible to trigger the Saurians if you are not careful where you step. You can fight the final wave of orcs from the island, then move northeast to the mainland, finally triggering the Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Cuttle Fish appear when you approach the north-central island (including the village at the northwest corner of the plain on the mainland.) There are 1, 2, or 3 Cuttle Fish, for easy, medium, or hard. Assuming you're sending a strike force through the water to knock out the undead commander, you really don't want to trigger these until that force is on the island - the storm trident Merman is the only thing that can stand up to them in water, and they will avoid him to attack more vulnerable units.&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill one enemy leader, the other gets more gold &amp;amp; recruits a new wave of L2s. This can be useful if you need the XP more than the gold; otherwise, try to knock out both leaders on the same turn before they can recruit more.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is the final one. Therefore, loyal units are now somewhat disposable. However, you will need plenty of gold. Recruit some Peasants in the current scenario if you need to save some gold. Not only are they cheap, but they have no upkeep and Chocobones love 'em. Send a unit with leadership with them and they can even deal some amount of damage and be used to finish off wounded enemy, though at night you should just let them take the beating passively since otherwise they die too quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rise of Wesnoth===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's the final battle: be patient, recall everybody - the early finish bonus doesn't mean anything. Also, loyal units are no better than other units after your recruitment is finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need at least 300 starting gold, maybe more like 400 on the hardest difficulty level, so if need be, replay the previous scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* To stretch your money, start with loyal Iron Maulers and some ready-to-level level 1's and level 2's. Finally, recall as many level 3's as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: 3-6 Mages of Light / White Mages. Your few chaotic units will appreciate a White Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse units: 2-4 Paladins, 3-4 Knights / Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse escorts: about 3 speedy units, like Royal Guards, Fugitives, and Silver Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tanks: at least 6 high HP units, such as Royal Guards, Highwayman, Master Bowmen, and the loyal Iron Maulers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages: at least 3 high level Mages aside from your basic healers, so Arch Mages, Great Mages, and Silver Mages. Additional Mages of Light can be substituted.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Mermen might be useful here, but surprisingly, they're not really necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
* On 1.9.3 and earlier, you can recruit saurians. This was a bug, so ignore the option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* You can either send everybody west initially and then split for the two bridges or you can split initially, with mounted units racing to the west and then south, while the main army heads due south.&lt;br /&gt;
* With your mounted units, race forwards by day and backwards by night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Along with the mounted units should go some escorts, speedy foot units intended to kill things like Goblin Impalers, which make even Grand Knights nervous. They would also benefit from a quick Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Meanwhile, with your tanks and the rest of your healers and support units, form a line or hedgehog. &lt;br /&gt;
* Maintain awareness of the overall battlefield.&lt;br /&gt;
* Kill all but one of the orc leaders (not all!)&lt;br /&gt;
* Don't forget to sacrifice Aethyr to Jevyan. Jevyan probably won't come out to play, so march Aethyr up to Jevyan and use a crossbow attack.&lt;br /&gt;
* You'll need at least two Paladins to kill Jevyan himself; nothing else is half as effective (except perhaps Mages of Light and suicidal Lancers).  Or you can use a pair of Great Mages (unless you are very unlucky, you should be able to kill him in a single turn).  Congratulations!  Enjoy the ending!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units is within 8 hexes of a bridge, but you have no units within 2 hexes of the bridge, and there are no units on the bridge, then a Cuttle Fish will appear and destroy the bridge. This is usually disadvantageous. Not only does it leave you with a Cuttle Fish to fight, but it slows your progress south and the bad guys progress north. At least on the hardest difficulty level, it's hard to kill all the spam in time, so you don't want to impede their advance by removing the bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
* When any of your units is killed, it becomes a Walking Corpse (or a Soulless on hard.)&lt;br /&gt;
* After the first orc leader is killed, then some gold goes to mister Lich. It's 40, 80, or 120 gold, for easy, medium, and hard, respectively.  The lich also will receive some gold once you kill his Familiar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See Also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MainlineCampaigns]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - The Rise of Wesnoth]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55349</id>
		<title>TheRiseOfWesnoth</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55349"/>
		<updated>2014-07-19T21:33:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* Rise of Wesnoth */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Strategy Guide for The Rise of Wesnoth Campaign ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Campaign strategy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the course of this campaign, you will need to level up to some:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: White Mages/Mages of Light (at least four)&lt;br /&gt;
* Undead killers: Paladins (two)&lt;br /&gt;
* Mobile strikers: Silver Mages (at least one, preferably more), Grand Knights (several), Fugitives (one or more helps)&lt;br /&gt;
* Damage sinks: Royal Guards, Iron Maulers, Highwaymen, Halberdiers, level 3 Burin, and again Grand Knights&lt;br /&gt;
* Leaders: level 3 Haldric, level 3 Lady Outlaw, and much later level 3 Commander Aethyr &lt;br /&gt;
* Ranged attackers: Great Mages (can use several in the last scenario), Longbowmen/Master Bowmen (two), Trapper/Huntsman (one is helpful)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Mage of Light, one Paladin, and five Grand Knights make a perfect assault team!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Horsemen are key for the first three or four scenarios, it's important not to be too reliant on horse units through the middle part of the campaign, as there are many hard levels underground, in swamps, in water, or against Saurians; use XP from the scenario ''The Vanguard'' to get to 2 Paladins and 2+ Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't overlook Pikemen/Halberdiers, which are useful in many levels; pierce attacks work well against Drakes and against the dragon, and they are handy for defensive roles especially repelling Wolf Riders. They are less good against undead, though, and don't get that +1 MP Royal Guard speed bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to many undead opponents, you will want to recruit many Thugs at times, and get a few (the quick ones, since you need them underground) leveled up. Footpads help too, once leveled up. Due to swamps, you will sometimes be spamming Poachers, which get marksmanship once at level 3. These, plus Lady Outlaw, give tactical options at other levels too: some decent chaotic troops form an ideal reserve, since you can attack with your lawful troops at dawn, and by nightfall when you need to heal them, use some chaotic troops to either continue the attack or to shield your healing lawful units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some recommended units to have obtained by specific scenarios:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The Fall - 1 Knight&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. A Harrowing Escape - 1 White Mage, 2 Knights, plus about-to-level troops&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4a. The Midlands - avoid, go to The Swamp of Eden instead&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4b. The Swamp of Eden - level 2 Haldric, level 2 Lady Outlaw, 2 Knights, 2 Shocktroopers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. Temple of the Deep - level 3 Haldric, level 3 Burin, 1-2 Mages of Light or several Outlaws / quick Bandits&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8. Clearwater Port - level 3 Lady Outlaw, 3 White Mages / Mages of Light, 3 Iron Maulers / Royal Guards / Halberdiers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
12. A Final Spring - 1-2 Silver Mages&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
14. Rough Landing - the 3 loyal Mermen from the previous scenario, ''Peoples in Decline''[glandis] In 1.8.6, there was no opportunity for 3 loyal mermen - maybe this was in an older version? And only Merman fighters can be recruited - no Netcaster upgardes are possible&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17a. The Dragon - up to 4 White Mages / Mages of Light&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17d. Cursed Island - 1 Paladin&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
19. The Vanguard - 4 Knights/Lancers/Grand Knights, 2 Paladins (or about-to-level Knights)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
20. Return of the Fleet - 1 Mermen Entangler, 1 Merman Triton with Storm Trident, level 3 Commander Aethyr desirable&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
22. The Rise of Wesnoth - 2 Paladins, 3 Royal Guards, 4 Mages of Light&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because the campaign is long and you won't be able to recall all your level 3's in the final scenario, it pays to create some &amp;quot;uber-units&amp;quot;. An example is a quick, resilient Silver Mage that has been AMLA advanced a few times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
===A Summer Of Storms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively easy scenario, so gear your recruitment and strategy with an eye towards gathering XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# For the first round, recruit 2-3 Horsemen and the rest can be all Spearmen or a mix of Spearmen and Bowmen as you see fit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Then, you should probably hire Bowmen and more Spearmen. Whatever Bowmen you can get advanced will be useful later on for fighting the many trolls, grunts, and riders you will encounter. Note, however, that you will not have any healers until you level up at least one mage to White Mage status, and the sooner you can do that the better. Red mages will also prove very useful in subsequent scenarios, so consider recruiting at least two mages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used at least three strategies with success...&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: Send the horsemen with the king over the bridge, and the others should follow or start going over the mountain, to avoid being attacked from behind. Send subsequent Spearmen and Bowmen on the &amp;quot;over-the-bridge&amp;quot; road, and when the Prince and final troops have just about caught up, march on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;hide in the swamp&amp;quot; strategy: Proceed much like the above, but send the king with 3 Horsemen to capture the nearest houses, then retreat into the swamp area until you have your lawful bonus to kill off troops during the day. To hold them back, you can use a Spearman and a Mage (to level him.)&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sandbagging&amp;quot; strategy: On the hardest difficulty level, the initial enemy assault will only be easy to handle by entrenching your troops behind the river. Use the king to block the bridge initially, while Spearmen handle the shoreline just north and Horsemen carefully flag villages across the river. Run the king around, lending his leadership as you massacre the stupid enemy troops that have jumped like lemmings into the water. &lt;br /&gt;
* For all these options, you will also need to send a squad north into the mountains and around into the flank of the enemy. A quick Spearman, a quick Bowman, and one other unit, possibly a quick Mage, should be more than sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
* When you see that the fronts are under control, stop recruiting and send prince Haldric and your Mages over the bridge on a quest for XP, assisted by the leadership of the king, and converge on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Fall===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that looks scary, but it is only moderately difficult with proper recruitment and strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall or recruit Spearmen and Bowmen to man the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horsemen/Knights are desirable, because you probably do not yet have a White Mage, and the villages are widely spaced.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recalling or recruiting Mages for XP gathering is highly advisable for future scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are three basic approaches to take out the outlaw leader...&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Brute force&amp;quot; strategy: You can march west with a large army and use part of it to hold northwestern orc. Use the rest to fight outlaws and kill the leader. This strategy requires a lot of troops but it can bring you plenty of experience and can bring a quick victory.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: You can assassinate the outlaw leader. One way is to wait until the orcs have killed almost all outlaws and then assassinate the outlaw leader with Knights, rushing over the enemy camp's bridge and into the keep. This strategy is risky because orcs can kill the leader before you.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination via the mountain pass&amp;quot; strategy: Another way to assassinate the leader is to send a squad through the southern mountains to the outlaw keep. Two Mages and three Spearmen are enough. You may wish to substitute one of the Spearmen with a Knight or Horseman, though horse units have only a narrow passage devoid of mountains and could get pinned by the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
* On the hardest difficulty level, you may be forced to assassinate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Saving the loyal Heavy Infantrymen (or Shock Troopers on easy) pays off in later scenarios. To save all three, move them south towards the outlaws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you eliminate the HP of the Lady Outlaw, she offers to help you. If you say yes, she comes back as a loyal unit in future scenarios and you will be able to recruit outlaw units, plus she cannot be killed in the next couple of scenarios (instead, she disappears when she goes to zero HP, and comes back the next scenario.) This is quite valuable. If you say no and try to kill her, you find out she cannot be killed. However, you do get 200 gold that she leaves behind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The following scenario (''A Harrowing Escape'') is a handful on the hardest difficulty level. On hard, your goal should be a carryover of almost 150 gold (so you have 250 starting gold), so although Lady Outlaw's assistance is worth much more than 80 gold (40% of 200), you may be forced to choose the gold. Another thing you need to beat the following scenario on hard is a White Mage at or near the start of the scenario. Also, about-to-level units will be especially nice for their self-healing ability and low initial upkeep. Steer XP accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Harrowing Escape===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much easier on lower difficulty levels, calling for different strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On easy/medium...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: You should recruit/recall at least one, possibly two Mages here, and use them for killing Goblin Spearmen and finishing off injured Wolf Riders in the hills &amp;amp; mountains bordering the valley. Other than the Mages, simply recruit what you want, and go along the road. You get enough villages to pay upkeep for quite some army, and can give some of them a bit of experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Leave a few units in the rear, as the enemy can cross hills quickly. Note that Footpads and Outlaws will also cross hills at reasonable speed, if you need to hunt down some units. There are two castle tiles about halfway down, try to send Lady Outlaw and Brunin the Lost to them, they make good guards in case the enemy tries to come straight up. You can also send a couple groups of units down southeast to the lake, so you can prevent the Green team (southeast) from coming up the river. You can also kill the two Orcish Grunts (or Warriors on medium) on the southern castle tiles and then move Lady Outlaw and Brunin to them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On hard...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: To beat this scenario on the hardest difficulty level, you need some level 2 (or better yet, about-to-level level 1) units already and decent starting gold. It has been beaten on hard with as little as 158 starting gold, 200 is still difficult, and 250+ makes it relatively easy. You can stretch your gold a bit by not going negative on upkeep and waiting until you can't wait any longer to do one last round of recruiting, recalling mostly level 2's. For timing your final recruitment, watch the wolves that are likely trying to flank through the mountains south of your keep. Another requirement for beating this scenario is a White Mage (or two.) If need be, you must promote a Mage (or two) &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;tout de suite&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, as you will be dealing with severe damage and assassins, while only having easy access to 2 or 3 villages initially. Horsemen and Knights are useful for dissipating damage by serving as meat shields against blades and then running off to remote villages to heal. Quick Horsemen are especially nice, as they can transfer between two strategically placed villages in one turn, for healing on the go. Horsemen, Knights, and Swordsmen are useful for swatting assassins. If you can recruit outlaws, a couple of Footpads are nice for village grabbing. Thieves are also good because they are cheap, the Grunts are fond of attacking them, and they often survive on 70% defense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Near the start of combat, it's crucial to kill the first waves quickly: the wolves and assassins. More important than terrain is avoiding getting flanked, so mobility of individual units is key; if you climb up deep into the mountains, you will have a harder time with mobility than staying on or near the valley floor. Additionally, many of your units cannot go on mountain hexes, so it's easier to maintain your lines if everyone stays close to the valley. It's easier to make a stand at the keep and northern river bank, but this approach can be too costly in terms of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium/hard, you can lure out the roadside guard Warriors one at a time by putting a unit within attack range of one (and out of range of the other.) They mostly come at night. Mostly. That is, the Warriors might not bite bait put out during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have Lady Outlaw, note that she has leadership, which will be useful to help promote Prince Haldric, if he is still level 0. It's worth advancing her to level 2, to continue to provide leadership to level 1 Haldric and your other level 1's. You may also make use of her odd ability &amp;quot;distract&amp;quot;, which allows adjacent allied units to ignore ZOCs. And Lady Outlaw allows you to recruit outlaw types. On hard especially, Thugs can be useful as meat shields and to provide strong attacks at night when your lawful forces are crippled. Remember too that Lady Outlaw cannot be permanently killed (at least not yet), so when desperate times call for desperate measures, you can move her into a suicidal position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* It helps that there are two enemy sides as opposed to a twice as strong single enemy side. If one of your units could be attacked by 3 enemies, but 1 of these hexes is currently blocked by the other side, the currently moving enemy decides to attack units which it (they) is (are) actually less likely to kill than that one. AIs don't cooperate, that is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are stuck on this scenario, you may need to replay one or both of the previous scenarios and/or choose to &amp;quot;kill&amp;quot; Lady Outlaw in the previous scenario so you get her gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There is Dwarf Steelclad in the village at 8,5. It's not far from your camp, so send Lady Outlaw there. Dwarf joins you because &amp;quot;It has been a long time since he felt the satisfying crunch of Orcs under his Axe.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you kill the first orc leader, an Orcish Slayer and two Assassins will pop out of nowhere, so you would be wise not to have any wounded units stuck without movement points at that point. Also, the other leader will get an infusion of gold and start recruiting on all available hexes, so if you can sit on some of those hexes first, it will help keep the situation from getting out of control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* At the end, you will be given the choice of the river/swamp road or the midlands/orc road. These fork to the scenarios ''The Swamp of Esten'' and ''The Midlands'', respectively. The swamp scenario is relatively easy, while ''The Midlands'' could cost you some leveled units or even prove impossible to beat if you are low on gold. Also, the swamp gives you a free loyal White Mage, so it's a no brainer, unless you want more of a challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: it would be wise to have at least 1 White Mage before going to the scenario ''The Swamp of Esten''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Midlands====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orcs again. But you chose that way. This scenario may appear impossible, but with a lot of gold and a little strategy, it can be beat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are given plenty of time, so use it wisely. The enemies send lots of orcs, mostly weak ones. So recruit and recall everything you can.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall any White Mages you have. You'll need them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bowmen are good for the wolf units you will be facing.&lt;br /&gt;
* The rest depends on your strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Fast Assault&amp;quot; option: use an assassination team. If you go west, only your Knights and Horsemen will arrive and fight at daytime. So go south. Take the bridge and defend against the enemy closing in from the west. Take out Yellow with a fast assault team (they should take a healer along), but be careful about the leader. Your main force moves west, takes and holds the second bridge, and takes out Blue. Your assault team stays in the south and goes for the last enemy leader - they won't face any serious resistance. The enemy moves north to support Blue. The HI guarding the bridge might gain a level or die, but hopefully not the latter, as they are loyal units in a long campaign. With this approach, you can finish early (around 25 turns) and keep your losses low.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Dark Assault&amp;quot; option: use Footpads.  If you chose to work with the the outlaws in the last round, then this works well.  Footpads are cheap.  And they are fast.  And they have good defensive abilities.  Plus they fight well in the dark and in the forest.  So recruit lots of Footpads-pawns and quickly dispatch them to the upper west and south, followed by more powerful units: Mages, Horsemen, etc.  For the time being, leave the middle enemy alone.  To the upper west, send several Footpads into the forest and capture the village and set up a defensive line.  This cuts down the enemy's gold and increases yours.  Don't attack at first, just defend, until more of your slow higher powered units arrive. The strategy here is to pick off the orcs, and send the Horsemen to capture villages.  While this is going, to the south you send your Footpads to capture any villages you can and, more importantly, put a Footpad on the hex that is adjacent to the bridge, thereby stopping easy advancement of their greater numbered troops. A White Mage, a couple Trappers and some Bowmen would make a good escort. Probably sending a Thief or two would be good too, to help dispatch any enemy that infiltrate the villages north of the river. one enemy got into one of the villages on the north of river, and it took a lot to dislodge him.  The intention is to engage the enemy so that they are fighting from the river squares, at a huge disadvantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Swamp Of Esten====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not hard if you are conservative and don't send important units off alone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall 1-2 quick Knights (or Paladins, if you have them), recruit 1-2 Horsemen, and recall your loyal Shocktroopers or whatever they are now.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next round, recruit/recall Mages to kill Scorpions (and Bats) and at least one White Mage to deal with poison, plus maybe a Poacher or Trapper or two, as they are good in swamp (and you would like a Huntsman eventually, for its markmanship.)&lt;br /&gt;
# A little Thug spam can come next, but you don't need a full third round of recruitment. Then send Prince Haldric off to lend his leadership.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Head to the northeastern leader first. Try to kill Dark Adepts with Burin or horse units before they have a chance to attack you. As you close in on the leader, hover your mouse over him to watch where he can go, as at night his ranged attack is nasty and can be followed up by waves of kamikaze Walking Corpses, which can take out a Knight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After you have killed the northeastern leader and eliminated troops there, you can either send your whole army back across the ford and south or split your army into two halves, sending one part to each leader. If you have lost several units but have lots of turns left, it's probably safer to stick together. This is not a simple mop-up operation, as powerful undead can take out some of your valuable units if you're not careful. On hard, Shadows are a threat at night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Searching the temples is a good idea. Some have gold. There is a free loyal White Mage hiding in (a random) one of the temples - visit the temple close to the keep ASAP, and if not there, try rushing a horse unit or Lady Outlaw to the temple at 19,5. However, some of the temples contain undead, so keep extra troops nearby when you enter one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main challenge in this scenario is keeping your ally alive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your (probably leveled up) Heavy Infantry from The Fall and some quick Spearmen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recruit/recall Thugs, Bowmen, and Spearmen, preferably quick.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round, recall 2-3 White Mages (or Mages of Light) and maybe some quick Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Your forces will have three main combat arenas: the northeast, the south, and the middle.&lt;br /&gt;
# The castle in the middle is inhabited by the tree folk. The orcs have almost the perfect anti-wose force, heavy on fire (Orcish Crossbowmen and Pillagers), so your ally is going to need your help. Send 2-4 units to the castle and another 4-8 units northeast of the castle to block the enemy advancing from that direction.&lt;br /&gt;
# Split the rest of your forces to go northeast and south, 4-6 units each, with a White Mage in each force. Your loyal Heavy Infantry / Shocktroopers should head south. Sending Haldric south might help take some of the heat off the woses.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Tips...&lt;br /&gt;
* If you send a White Mage or Mage of Light to the wose castle, it will let any adjacent wose cure+heal or sometimes regenerate+heal (16 points.) That's because of the side sequence within a turn: player, orcs, woses. For example, after the orcs attack with poison, the woses cure themselves, and then your leveled mage will heal any adjacent wose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The temple contains the entrance to the catacombs, but you need the leader Wose's help to open it, and to get that help you have to win the current scenario, so there is no point in visiting this temple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is in the catacombs, i.e., underground, and it's a tough one, so you need to groom your roster accordingly. Two Mages of Light would make it a whole lot easier. Failing that, level up your fearless loyal Shocktrooper and chaotic outlaw types. Bandits/Highwaymen and Fugitives are especially nice. Quick units of almost any type (except horse units) will be helpful, if leveled and possessing high HP (&amp;gt;50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Temple in the Deep===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be facing undead underground. This is a difficult situation that will prove much easier with proper recruitment. Then the strategy will be fairly straightforward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All in all, what you need is a small elite force. Two rounds of recalls is enough, if you didn't lose Burin in a prior scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers, though their slow movement will prove frustrating. Also on the first round, recall a fast &amp;quot;tank&amp;quot; and someone to grab the holy water.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recall any Mages of Light you might already have, and a total of at least two White Mages or Mages of Light, preferably quick. For the rest of your recruitment, what you need are high movement (6+ MP) non-horse units with high hitpoints (&amp;gt;50 HP). It helps if they are chaotic (or at least neutral) and/or have ranged or impact attacks. Put all the requirements together and it points to Fugitives. Outlaws and quick Arch Mages are worth recalling too. Fill out the rest with other high HP units. Note that horse units are too sluggish in caves and should not be recalled/recruited unless you have a compelling reason.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round (optional), you can add a unit or two for a safety margin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# There are two ways north, but they will meet up together. First thing you will see are Tentacles. You can either ignore the Tentacles for the most part or use them for XP. Your main initial objective is to find a good place to make a stand against the nasty wave of undead coming from the north. The chokepoints and southern shoreline offer good defensive locations. Watch out for the enemy's Bone Shooters, Revenants and Deathblades, as they could easily mess up a level 3 unit. &lt;br /&gt;
# Once the flow of baddies as tapered off, gradually progress northwards. Once you get into the final chamber, the boss should be a piece of cake, although his ranged attack is devastating, so try to attack him with melee units. Be careful if he has recruits around, as their combined damage can take down one of your level 3's. Note that the Ruby can only be picked up by Haldric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Holy water: The best choice for the Holy Water is a quick Bandit, who should level quickly. A quick Highwayman could be used, but won't benefit much from the XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* XP: Use this level to get experience. The early-finish bonus is tiny. The Tentacles are perfect for leveling up units. Keep Burin away from the water at this stage, or he'll kill all tentacles as they attack, depriving those who could benefit from the XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your killed units will be turned into Walking Corpses (or Soulless on hard.) Therefore, spam is not helpful. A Mage or Thug can be okay, if used with great care, but mostly you need to recall leveled troops here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return to Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Clearwater Port===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is easy if you take the first boat out, more and more challenging for the second and third boats, and very difficult (on hard) if you want to take out all three leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers from ''The Fall.'' You will also want several Footpads, for speedy village snatching, coastline defending (under leader supervision), and possibly for filling castle hexes if your lines get too thin.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recruit/recall more low maintenance units. It's a good scenario for leveling troops, so recalling acouple half-leveled Spearmen or similar is a good idea.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third and later turns, start recalling your high maintenance units. The key to winning this scenario is to recall several advanced units that can take a lot of damage and get good defense in castles (no Horsemen). You will also want at least 3 White Mages or Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Backstab your ally, stealing all his villages. Your ally is useless anyway, except for the entertainment value from his troops' suicide runs. The income is much better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
# Send your heavy duty troops with some White Mages over to the line of castle near Lt. Aethyr. (Optionally, you can rush forward past the castle, but you will need to return almost as quickly before the main enemy wave and night arrive.) Aethyr will usually be done recruiting by the second or third turn, before the enemy reaches you, so fill the entire line with your units, and put Knight Sir Rudry in the one non castled tile (or leave it empty, if no enemy are adjacent.) Place the White Mages behind this line. After the enemy has reached you and it is your turn to attack, go mostly for the assasins, as they have a weak melee attack and their poison can be a huge problem. Alternatively to using the castle (from (26,18) to (24,15)) to defend, the front line can lead through the villages at (30,17) and (30,18). This will make your line much shorter, it becomes much more of a bottleneck fight and offsets your enemy's superior numbers, since some of their units just move around with all spots to attack occupied; you only have to give up 1 village and 2 front units instaheal without mages. Place your strongest units on the weakest spot (29,20) and a Mage of Light on (30,19), he will hardly be attacked as the hex before him is used to attack (29,20). This shorter line requires less units on your side and also has the great advantage that there are much less 40% defense spots to attack you. They will flank you at the sides but stand on ice or sand then.&lt;br /&gt;
# Meanwhile, on the northeastern coast, the northern enemy leader will send lots of units to catch your flank unguarded. Send 2 Footpads, a Spearman, Lady Jessene, and Haldric to guard the coast. If Lady Jessene is already level 3, you can substitute a Royal Guard, Swordsman, or Javelineer for Haldric. This coastline defense squad may need help later, so be ready to divert a speedy powerful unit there. If you keep a healthy unit on the village at the tip of the land, then, unless you are very unlucky, you will be able to hold off everything the northern leader sends. After the assault from the water has been crushed, some of your troops may be able to cross the ford north, but be careful not to get attacked in the water with only 20% defense. (Certain of your chaotic units do have 40% defense in water; now is a good time to pay attention to that.) Also, notice that the lighthouse has a similar effect as a Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
# You have two options for the endgame:&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Total victory&amp;quot; strategy: Once you've thinned the enemy to where they only have a few units that are close to your line, usually this happens conveniently around dawn, move your people out and start heading for their leaders. Split your force, sending a few down the southern path, to distract the eney and most of them toward the middle leader, to kill him. Once he's dead, send some of your army down to kill the southern leader and devote a few units to defending the bridge until the rest of your army can rejoin you. A unit or two with a lot of HP with a white mage are usually enough to do this.&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Run like hell&amp;quot; strategy: Alternatively, you can leave your leader near the docks and take one of the boats to end the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fallen Lich Point===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a high variance scenario. It may be easy or hard, depending on events beyond your control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit fairly lightly initially, as you will likely have a chance to use the Lich's keep to recruit again.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages, White Mages, and Mages of Light are good, and as are all the other advancements of Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* You automatically should have your loyal Knight. Because of the mountains around &amp;quot;lichland&amp;quot; and frozen ground everywhere else, additional horse units are not recommended, except a single Paladin will come in handy.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Thugs or a Bandit or Highwayman will provide a little extra undead bashing power.&lt;br /&gt;
* Footpads will help with village flagging.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy... &lt;br /&gt;
# The Orcs will be busy with the Yetis, so you can walk with a big group south and kill the Lich-Lord. Move Haldric to the stone monument to de-petrify the Lich. It may help to post some units around the undead before doing so. Use several mages to make a hole or two in the ring of undead, and then push in a burly fighter or two and/or Paladin to kill the Lich.&lt;br /&gt;
# After killing the Lich, assess the Orc/Yeti situation (as well as the village flagging situation) and decide if you need to use the Lich's keep to recruit some reinforcements.&lt;br /&gt;
# After that, head north and walk into the sewer entrance (the &amp;quot;cave&amp;quot;) or else kill the orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* It is also possible, if you recruit heavily, to split your force and head north to attack the eastern Orcs before they finish with the Yetis.  However, be careful not to be attacked by a Yeti yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
* When dealing with the Lich, be aware that he has money; if you let him vacate any of his encampment tiles, or if you kill any of his units but do not occupy their tiles, he will be able to recruit.  (This is not necessarily all bad, as it can mean more experience, but depending on the strength of your force you may want to be careful.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sewer of Southbay===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a swampy underground scenario, but with attention to recruitment, it's not very difficult.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* As always underground, you want non-horse units with 6+ MP.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall White Mages / Mages of Light, at least two, three is probably the optimal number.&lt;br /&gt;
* There are quite a few villages in this cave, so an expensive force is supportable, though not necessary. Some players recruit a large and spammy force, while others go with small and elite:&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 1, &amp;quot;Large and spammy&amp;quot; recruitment: Recruit four each of Mages, Thugs, and Poachers. Yes, Poachers normally stink, but here they really shine in a swamp that is permanently dark, underground. If you recruit four Poachers, you could finish with three Trappers and a Huntsman - or you could finish with four dead Poachers. The Thugs are especially likely to die, as they will be facing off against Red Mages, but somebody has to do it.&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 2, &amp;quot;Small and elite&amp;quot; recruitment: Recall something like one Red Mage, one Arch Mage, one Silver Mage, 2 two Royal Guards/Highwaymen/etc, and a Trapper or Huntsman, plus three regular Mages and a Poacher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# After leaving your initial chamber, you will be in a large swamp room with three entrances, through which will be a flood of bad guys. Use two Poachers and a Thug or similar to blockade the southeast, a small elite group to block the north, and then a mix of fighters and mages to handle the west entrance. Give each group a White Mage or Mage of Light, as well as at least one regular Mage. Try to keep the Mages of Light away from your chaotic forces on the front lines, though. Use the leadership of Haldric and Lady Jessene - and Mage of Light illumination or lack thereof - to get the most from each attack.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the initial battle has died down, you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
## If you have enough forces, you can divide into two groups and attack both brothers simultanously, east and west.&lt;br /&gt;
## Otherwise, do them one after the other, and then look for the exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Danger: there is a Giant Spider at the exit. You may wish to keep one or two cannon fodder units in order to be able to save your advanced units.  It is best to use ranged attacks against the spider, so leveled mages are good here.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is a lot easier with a lot of gold, especially on the hardest difficulty level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Southbay in Winter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Final Spring===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a large battle, and any mistake on any front can spell doom, but overall it will be fairly easy on the easier difficulty levels. On hard, it still is easy given enough gold (370 or so.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# On the first turn, recall a Silver Mage to teleport to the island, recruit Footpads for village snatching, recall one or more of your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''The Fall''), and recall one or more Knights or similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, continue with this theme, but it will be nightfall soon, so recall Outlaws, Bandits, Assassins, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn three is a bit more of the same, but you need to start thinking about preserving your income and also keeping a gold reserve. You can spam some peasants to preserve cash and income.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn four turn is more of the same.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn five, you will have new recruitment options (see spoiler at walkthrough end.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy is broken into three fronts...&lt;br /&gt;
# The first front is the south land area. Do a counter-clockwise sweep. Mounted units augmented with Footpads are a good choice. Note that it will be nightfall soon after game start, so it might be wise to delay any serious mounted assault until the next day, and you can delay your recalls for this.&lt;br /&gt;
# The second front is the walled city. Move slower units and your loyal White Mage / Mage of Light to defend here. Take your ally's villages; your ally wouldn't do much useful with the money anyway. When your units from the second front complete their sweep, you can break the remaining southern forces against the city wall in a hammer and anvil. Then your united forces can move north. On easy, you may be able to push north more quickly than that using just part of your city troops.&lt;br /&gt;
# The third front is the two small islands. Send a Silver Mage there ASAP. (You should have a village already there, so the Silver Mage can teleport over.) Footpads/Outlaws/Fugitives, Rangers, and others will help later. Lady Jessene could be used. A quick White Mage or Mage of Light would be useful, either on the coast or on the islands. Do not use Assassins on this front. Assassins have relatively weak defense in water against Orcs and Nagas, they're very weak against blade, which is all orcs and nagas use, and their relatively slow movement in water makes backstab hard to use reliably. Overall, you need to devote more resources to this front than you might think.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also keep an eye on the peninsula north of your keep. Wolf Riders and others might mount an amphibious assault in an effort to flank your troops. On the easier difficulty levels, you may wish to beat the punch and quickly establish a bridgehead on the other side of the bay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* You should have lots of high-level units now, so concentrate on recruiting new ones and levelling them up to fill needs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Peasants are useful as placeholders for villages and distractions for the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 4, a gang of nasty undead show up in the east. So, for your city taskforce, you'll want to recruit/recall units with impact and arcane attacks. Note that if undead capture villages, they will be flagged with the Orc island boss' black flag! This can result in an overwhelming number of Nagas, and it's one reason that you must devote a lot of resources to the island campaign. Re-flag any black flag villages quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 5, a gang of nasty Mermen show up in the west. Fortunately, they are on your side. You can now recruit Mermen. This is the real reason to keep a gold reserve until this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Peoples in Decline===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a potentially bloody scenario versus Drakes. Proper recruitment is more important than good strategy here, as you will have little opportunity to maneuver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* First, recall any loyal Mermen in your roster. Your loyal Iron Maulers might prefer to sit this one out.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drakes are vulnerable to pierce attacks, so spam cheap pierce attack units. In addition to Peasants, there are Poachers, Bowmen, Spearmen, Merman Fighters, and Merman Hunters. Poachers are key here, due to the swampy terrain and their chaotic alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
* However, it helps to recall some leveled units early on, to prevent your line from crumbling. Javelineers and Trappers are good, since they have both ranged and melee attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need a total of 2 or 3 White Mages / Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* On your last turn of recruitment when you have about 80 gold, recall some advanced units if need be, like Master Bowmen and Rangers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Since you will have a lot of level 1 and 0 units, make sure to use the leadership of Prince Haldric and Lady Jessene.&lt;br /&gt;
* Look for opportunities to heal via leveling up.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pay attention to the day-night cycle in this scenario. Drakes will be strong during day, but become very weak in the night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Take advantage of the mountains for defense.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be careful with your loyals.&lt;br /&gt;
* Because most Drakes have powerful ranged attacks, melee-only units should hide behind the lines until they attack, preferably at night (with a Mage of Light supplying illumination.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure you get the Storm Trident in the middle of the sea, but be certain that you've cleared most of the Drakes first, since a Sea Serpent will appear. It's best to have some strong units ready to kill it in 1 or 2 turns. You can give the trident to Lord Typhon, but since he leaves a bit later, you may want to give it to another Merman Fighter. Movement over land is important for Mermen in the campaign as a whole.  If the Merman Fighter to whom you give the storm trident has the Quick attribute, you can make him a Hoplite when he gets to level 3.  Otherwise, make him a Triton, because movement over land is important for Mermen in this campaign as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rough Landing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting Nagas and Vampire Bats, primarily. This is a scenario that may be frustrating on the easier difficulty levels, though on hard it is just par for the course. Good recruitment and strategy will save you from getting slaughtered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are probably going to go negative on gold and be unable to rectify that with the paultry early finish bonus, so you might as will go very negative and be resigned to start the next scenario with minimum gold.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit/recall many Mermen and 1 or 2 White Mages or Mages of Light. A few Peasants can be useful to pad out your force, distract the enemy, and protect villages from stray Bats. A Silver Mage can be useful for island hopping but is not essential. Thieves/Assassins are blade vulnerable, and Nagas only use blades, so it's probably best not to recall them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Knock out the southeastern leader in a blitz. It's important to get that out of the way, because a wave of Nagas is advancing at light speed from the north.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next, hurriedly set up a line in the water alongside your fortress island. Your fortress troops can anchor one flank, while Burin the Dwarf can go to the island to the northeast to anchor the other end of your line. Nobody messes with Burin. Move Lady Jessene behind the lines to lend her support to the Mermen. Your loyal Mage of Light will be able to move back and forth more (to lend illumination) if kept in the fortress area.&lt;br /&gt;
# Finally, once the enemy assault wave has been broken, advance northward to kill the final two leaders in a straightforward mop-up operation. Just be careful not leave isolated units where they can get swarmed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints/Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to level up the mermen; they can be useful in another scenario later.&lt;br /&gt;
* Beware of Sea Serpents. Three of them will appear, one on each of the three turns following your first kill of an enemy unit. Make sure to kill them at once. The Storm Trident from the previous scenario and the Ruby of Fire will come in handy against the Serpents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A New Land===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a non-scenario. The scenario objectives tell you to avoid all confrontation for as long as possible, but actually the faster your units encounter the others the faster the scenario will end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* None necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The optimal strategy for gold carryover is to grab the three closest villages, then retreat to your keep and wait. Once one attack occurs, the non-scenario will be over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* One thing to keep in mind is that this the last chance you have to grab some more Mermen as their king leaves.  They are quite helpful in a later scenario so grabbing a few extra here cannot hurt if you can spare the gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Ka'lian===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story, with your choice of four battles next.  You have to beat them all in whatever order.  The amount of gold you have should be the factor in deciding when you choose to play Cursed Isle (the undead problem).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All four scenarios have to be beaten, but in whatever order you choose.&lt;br /&gt;
====The Dragon====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not as difficult as it looks, though your recruitment and strategy need to be tailored to fight the Saurian Skirmishers and other foes you will face here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Saurians use piercing attacks mostly, so it's better to use units resistant to pierce. Pikemen and Halberdiers have 40% pierce resistance. Javelineers are ideal as Saurians use ranged attacks a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
* You may wish to bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers. They are ineffective against the 70% impact resistant Mudcrawlers, while also vulnerable to the ranged attacks of both Mudcrawlers and Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consider adopting a force of all units with ranged attacks, save for horse and thief units, which can be kept behind the lines when not in use. It is amusing when Saurian Augers are forced to tap your units with their little staffs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers are a necessity to deal with the heavy damage your units will be sustaining. Depending on the strategy you adopt, you will want 2-4 healers. Mages of Light rock here, as they can easily do front line duty in pairs and their illumination blinds the Saurians, reducing their damage.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need something to clean up mud. Versus level 0 Mudcrawlers, Horsemen and their advancements can charge with no counterattack, and likewise Thieves and their advancements can backstab with no counterattack. Mages can be used as well on the fire vulnerable mud.&lt;br /&gt;
* A Merman or two will help with water hexes. An Entangler's slow ability will help tame the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used many different strategies with success:&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Fighting Saurians requires a disciplined formation.  If you're used to stringing out troops to move them into position as they get there, that won't work after Turn 2 or 3. You can use a &amp;quot;healing hedgehog&amp;quot; of ten troops--two white mages next to each other and eight troops completely encircling them.  If someone gets badly injured, move them to the inside and put a white mage on one of the long edges, fighting as you go.  If you're trying for the big bonus, you'll need two hedgehogs.  Try to keep reserves back a bit in cities.  If the terrain favorably protects you, or the wounded is a fast unit, you can try moving wounded back to cities too.  Once the main wave of Saurians is broken, you can string non-wounded troops out a bit in the rush for the leaders. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Triangular Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Switching wounded units to the inside of the hedgehog can be a problem if you are surrounded. ZOC prevents you from creating an open hex to move the inner unit into. You can fix this by creating a triangle with three hexes inside, instead of the standard two of the hedgehog. If you do this on your castle, only three units are in grasslands. If you set it right, you can make most of the hexes adjacent to your triangle be grassland as well, forcing the Saurians into a bad defensive position. In terms of unit positioning, the simplest way is to fill two inner spaces with Mages of Light, a but a better tactic is to put one of the mages on an edge, thereby ensuring that all but one of your units are healing. The remaining unit can either be a Merman Hoplite, (prefereably resilient and carrying a Storm Trident) or Lady Jessene, since she has excellent defense and is chaotic and therefore benefits by not being in the Mages' light. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Giant Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Recruit a lot of units, and then move the whole army as one big bulk. Keep healers in the middle (about four), rotate stronger units outwards, and make sure you leave no gaps. The Saurians will slip through the tiniest gap and kill your weak units. Head first for the east or west leader, but steer for good terrain, because your force will soon be swarmed. But then by turn 10, there should be many few Saurians alive.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Standard Line&amp;quot; strategy: Form a line from the west board edge diagonally up towards your keep across the two villages just in front of the forest. You will probably wish to bend upwards at the forest, rather than running the line all the way to the keep. Whenever the Saurians have a small number of troops at your line and you have enough strength to kill them all, you can advance your whole line one hex south, allowing you to get additional attacks on them from non-frontline troops. Once you advance a unit to the first water hex at west board edge, the west leader will probably come out to greet it, so be ready to fry him with Haldric's ruby. After killing the leader, back up into good terrain to prepare to meet the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Wake the Dragon&amp;quot; strategy: Prematurely wake the dragon (see spoiler below) and back up your troops to north of your keep. When the dragon comes, kill him. The scenario can be over on turn 7. There is no early finish bonus for this, but you can recruit lightly so that you still have gold at the end and will carry-over 40%, if you need it for your next scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* With all these strategies, the Saurians may hold back for quite a while. This is okay, as the Dragon will eventually appear and come to you. Kill it. Then you are given a choice of whether to end the scenario or to try to kill all the enemy leaders before time runs out. You can choose to finish the remaining Saurians for a nice bonus. However, on the hardest difficulty setting the turn limit (33 turns) is insufficient for you to plow through the vast hordes of level 0 spam to get to the leaders, so it's best to simply end the scenario after killing the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The dragon will awake on turn 15 or when you move a unit down around the road north of the mountains. If you wish to wake the dragon prematurely, you can recruit a Horseman on turn 1 and run him down. It's a suicide mission for him, however.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have a fast non-horse unit in position, rush it to the mountain cave after the Dragon leaves to grab the 200 in gold, though that's nothing compared to the Hero bonus for defeating all the Saurian leaders. So focus on killing all of them first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Lizard Beach====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario versus Saurians, Giant Scorpions, and Mudcrawlers, where good recruiting and strategy will save you from massive bloodshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruiting...&lt;br /&gt;
* Mermen are helpful for the swamp and water areas.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers, veterans from ''The Fall.'' They are laughably ineffective against the impact resistant Mudcrawlers - and laughably vulnerable to their ranged attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Thieves, Horsemen, and their advancements are good for mud cleanup, though you must keep them out of range of Saurian skirmishers. Swordsmen and Royal Guards are also good, though overkill.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall a lot of fairly high HP units, preferably with strong non-impact ranged and melee attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages are good. Mages of Light are especially useful, since they can do front line duty. Lots of healing may be necessary, about 3 healers are good, so White Mages can be used too. Raw recruit Mages can be used as well, for disposal of Giant Scorpions and the occasional Saurian Skirmisher that wanders too far. At least one Silver Mage is highly desirable, along with a speedy unit (e.g., Fugitive, Footpad, or Horseman) to capture villages for the Silver Mage to use north of the river.&lt;br /&gt;
* [fredbobsmith2] An alternative strategy that works surprisingly well is to simply use a very mage-heavy army. Recall most or all of your high-level mages, throw in a few peasants, and spend the rest of your gold on recruiting mages. Victory will come with shocking ease.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* General strategy: as Saurians have skirmishers and a lot of movement, be sure to protect your wounded units well. Because of the Saurians unnerving ability to concentrate their fire on one unit, be sure to keep several healers around and try to keep your line straight so only two can mob one guy. Hedgehog tactic also seems to work well.&lt;br /&gt;
* Opening strategy: here are some specific strategies that players have used with success in the early part of the scenario:&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen in center&amp;quot; strategy: Recall 2-4 Mermen, 1-2 Trappers/Huntsmen, and a lot of high HP troops, then form a line. Initially, you can either form a north-south line around the lake area with one flank at the south board edge, or, if you want to be conservative, you can do a diagonal line in the southeast corner, with both flanks tied to board edges. You'll need the Mermen to handle the lake area, and Trappers/Huntsmen/Mermen for the swamp areas. Keep troops in reserve, so that when a few Saurians meet your line, you can advance your whole line over them. Do not be too conservative/defensive on hard, as your time is limited. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen on flank&amp;quot; strategy: Recall several decent land melee units &amp;amp; then 4-5 level 2 Mermen on rounds 2-3. Most of your force forms a line of battle near your keep, Mermen on the north flank in the river, land units extending south, flanks bent back with strongest units at the corners - then let the Saurians break on it. Once their first wave has broken, the rest of their troops come in drips and are no problem, so now you can split up and wipe out the stragglers and claim villages; any L2 units you start with should level up. After you defeat the main force from the south send just one or two guys north to capture towns so your Silver Mages can teleport into the fray. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen feint&amp;quot; strategy: Recall most of your Mermen from before and send them along the river towards the sea. This will harry the saurian troops coming down from the north, allowing your main force to advance on the southern enemy  undisturbed. Beware, though as your mermen will encounter the Saurians at night time (giving you -25% and them +25%), so try to minimize conflict until dawn, just get in their way.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;No Mermen&amp;quot; strategy: On your first two turns recall two keeps of strong, fast veterans like mounted units (not Paladins though; they're pretty ineffective against saurians), Outlaws/Assassins, and Silver Magi along with some other veterans, preferably with a lot of HP: if all goes well (at least on easy and medium) that may be all you need. Dash them across the swamp directly west of your keep, south of the sands, and form a line with strong units at the ends. They'll flank you, but you're stronger than them and you can use your slower units to crush the flanking saurians in a hammer and anvil. The first wave of southern Saurians should get itself killed before the northern Saurians arrive in force. Once the northern Saurians arrive, take them out with your slower units while your quicker ones go for the southern leader.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sacrificial lamb&amp;quot; strategy: In addition to a couple mages, 2 healers, and some other fighters, recruit a castle-full of peasants to draw the Saurians out onto open ground.  Surround a single peasant on 5 sides, with 2 healers behind him. Build your formation around that.&lt;br /&gt;
* Closing strategy: The enemy's onslaught tapers out after their initial wave, so the final push for the southern leader should be quick and clean. Taking out the northern leader is harder, because all of your units will be stuck south of the marshes and the river. If you want to go for a quick win, just march forth with Silver Mages, Mermen, and anyone who's close enough to be a help. If you don't want to lose any of your better units, patience may be the key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units gets as far west as the second bridge, a wave of Nagas will arrive out at sea. You may wish to delay going that far until the second watch, so that the Nagas will make contact with your forces during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
* Killing one leader gives more gold to the other, so when you've defeated pretty much all the southern leader's forces, just plant a level 3 or two in his keep and leave him alive; kill them both in the same turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Troll Hole====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that you cannot win by brute force, because the trolls have more brute force than you. Wise recruitment and strategy are necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* It's underground time again, so as before, mainly recruit mages. The trolls are strong, so hopefully you have lots of levelled up mages. Mages of Light are especially nice, because they are tough enough to survive an attack from most trolls, while simultaneously reducing the damage sustained (due to illumination blinding the trolls.) Level 1 Mages can be used to good effect too, especially if quick. If only attacked by a single Troll Whelp, a healthy level 1 Mage will survive.&lt;br /&gt;
* In addition to mages, your chaotic units can be helpful here again, especially against the occasional Rocklobber, which you will not want to attack with mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be careful if you recall your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''the Fall''). In particular, the fearless one probably cannot take four hits from a Troll, like if it fails to kill a Troll and then the Troll attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* A couple of Mermen can help in the first few turns.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you're low on gold, recruit some Peasants and feed them XP to fatten them into Bowmen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are 4 castles, and two of them (randomly placed) are the troll leaders you need to kill.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can make your initial stand either on the island or on the other side of the bridges.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to use the narrow corridors to your advantage, so the enemy can only place one attack against a strong unit of yours, but you can kill a troll at a time with two mages or Haldric. Also keep an eye at your back since they will try to surround you. And resist the temptation to send single units wandering around in what seems to be empty caves - they will all die, probably by the fangs of a Giant Spider.&lt;br /&gt;
* When you've whittled down the enemy, go the direction they came from and kill the leaders, ignoring spider keeps.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alternative: This could be a good choice if you have low gold: recall 2 quick red mages, and 3 quick tough melee units (say 2 royal guards &amp;amp; a L3 chaotic unit like a Fugitive). Play expedition style: abandon the start island, stay fairly close together, with your troops roughly divided in two between those moving forward and those fighting rearguard. Provided you knock out one troll leader early, the rest is manageable, just work your way carefully over to the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cursed Isle====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting undead, mostly of the incorporeal and ghoulish lineages. Victory comes surprisingly easily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit lightly, certainly no more than two castles of troops. You could use 1-3 Paladins, 1-2 Mages, and 1-2 White Mages / Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall your loyal Merman Triton or similar and have him pick up the holy water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* This can be the first or last quest you choose.  If you can wait, do it last, as you will come out of it with a lot of gold, which you will need for the first scenario after the quests, ''The Vanguard''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep a very tight formation for the first night, as Shadows will hit hard and you don't want to get backstabbed or swarmed. By dawn, it should be smooth sailing.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you get anywhere near the enemy leaders' keeps, expect to get rushed by a leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* In one of the three temples there is a Vampire Lady. All you really need is a Paladin or three to rush the temples. Kill her. Game over, you win. One of the other temples has some gold; grab that first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Spy In The Woods===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Vanguard===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting a large number of orcs, trolls and other enemies in a location with a natural defensive line, where presumably an underground river has carved a line of sinkholes. This scenario will be difficult or impossible with minimum gold (200), but quite doable with a large amount of gold (450+) even on the hardest difficulty setting. Recruitment and strategy are fairly straightforward, given the board layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit a lot of units; you will need them.&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall/recruit speedy units: Knights, Lancers, Paladins, Horsemen, Outlaws, and similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recall your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up from ''The Fall'') and Spearmen/Swordsmen/Royal Guards.&lt;br /&gt;
# On subsequent turns, recall/recruit healers and other sorts of Mages, Thugs and their advancements, and Longbowmen. You will need quite a lot of healing power: 3-4 White Mages / Mages of Light and 1-2 Paladins. A Silver Mage would come in handy, since your forces will be widely spaced, but you could start with a couple of Red Mages and try to level up one or both to Silver Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Your first priority is to rush to the west and northwest sinkhole gaps with mounted units. Seal the gaps there before the enemy pours through. Seal the rest of the gaps quickly too. Of course, seal each gap with one or more units ''behind'' the gap, not in it, so that you get multiple attacks on the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
# A &amp;quot;Sitzkrieg&amp;quot; may develop, where neither side can make progress. Shift units to the southwest and break out there, using the west board edge defensively.&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget the chest of gold, which you can see even in fog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill more than half the units of any side, a few tough undead units will appear near that side's stronghold at the edge of the map. So, this will happen three times. Beware the Chocobones. Their double damage from charge means they can take out Commander Aethyr at night just by hitting 2 for 2, and they will certainly try if they get the opportunity.&lt;br /&gt;
* After you kill either of the orc leaders, the other gets 80 gold. At far north is a level 3 troll leader, but he gets no bonus gold.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is much less difficult with extra gold. You can use Peasants to avoid going negative on gold, promoting them to Spearmen only when needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return of the Fleet===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome to the &amp;quot;kitchen sink&amp;quot; defense.  You've made it this far; now the enemy will launch a desperate defense, throwing a little bit of everything at you.  The effect is mostly psychological, but it could be a problem if you came into the scenario with minimum gold or your initial assessment causes you to drastically under-recruit. Time is money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, at least, you don't want to overrecruit. First turn, recall Mermen to assassinate the undead leader; 2 Entanglers/Netcasters and the Triton with the Storm Trident. Later, you should recruit 1 or more Silver Mages also for this taskforce as well as for causing general mayhem. It's also worth recruiting 5-10 L1/L0 units to take the brunt of the first wave of attacks; you can use any combination of Footpads, Poachers, Thugs, Spearmen, and Peasants, as you see fit. You'll want some decent L2 and L3 recalls for healing, to flank your lines, and to start kicking some butt at daybreak. A Mage or Red Mage to blast Trolls and Chocobones will level up by end of scenario. Paladins are good too. In addition to your loyal Mage of Light, you will need a bare minimum of 1 more healer.&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, don't recruit too much for fighting the undead - 2 Paladins at most, 1 or 2 Thugs, the stormy Merman, and the nearest Mage working with your land force are sufficient - the undead commander only gets 5-6 L2 recruits and they come ashore scattered (on medium, anyway). Paladins are so effective against undead that you can wade into the water after them. Just remember, Paladins can't go into deep water and undead can.&lt;br /&gt;
* On hard, you also don't want to recruit too much for fighting the undead, but it's only because going on an offensive early against them will get you crushed by a Chocobone armada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Move the Mermen (including the storm trident) as quickly as possible pretty much straight to the West. (There is a village and swamp hex that can aid your travel if you pick the best route).  Move these guys up the West side once they get there to get to the Undead Leader as quickly as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Your loyal units can do a little village grabbing, but it would be unwise to venture too far north.&lt;br /&gt;
# After nightfall, fog will appear; for the rest of the scenario, the map will become shrouded.  So, while you're still able to see, note the troop dispositions (especially Chocobones.)&lt;br /&gt;
# The first wave is largely at night and will have Goblin Knights and Pillagers, and later Chocobones and Troll Warriors. The damage they can cause is bone chilling, so make sure to divert their attention with plenty of spam. You want to meet them on the edge of the woodland, while inducing the orcs to fight from the grassland. Footpads are handy here, as they have high defense in woodland. Players have had success setting up the initial line in either the north or northeast woodlands, with respect to the castle. Others have succeeded by fighting mostly from the open plain, retaining mobility by leaving the woodlands to their Footpads.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once your Mermen have taken an island city, teleport over one or more Silver Mages to help kill the undead leader - in addition to a Silver Mage, you will want the storm trident, a Netcaster/Entangler, plus one more leveled unit to be fairly sure to knock him out in one round. Quick striking like this you end up fighting a lot less undead.  You probably end up foddering one of the mermen to the Undead Archers, but the trade off is probably worth it.  You can keep cycling your mermen up to fight with any orcs or trolls that come into the water. Silver Mages can assist, since they are not needed much in the other part of the fight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the undead leader is assassinated and the first wave is broken, you may advance cautiously due north or to the northwest along the coast and ultimately finish off the two orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When you are close to the village in the northeast woods, tighten your formation, as past there you can trigger a small but elite force of Saurians. (Stepping 10 hexes or less from 34,15 triggers the Saurians.) Trigger them at second watch so they arrive at your forces in daylight. Alternatively, you can delay triggering the Saurians as long as possible by moving your force northwest near the water and then onto the small island, though even then it is possible to trigger the Saurians if you are not careful where you step. You can fight the final wave of orcs from the island, then move northeast to the mainland, finally triggering the Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Cuttle Fish appear when you approach the north-central island (including the village at the northwest corner of the plain on the mainland.) There are 1, 2, or 3 Cuttle Fish, for easy, medium, or hard. Assuming you're sending a strike force through the water to knock out the undead commander, you really don't want to trigger these until that force is on the island - the storm trident Merman is the only thing that can stand up to them in water, and they will avoid him to attack more vulnerable units.&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill one enemy leader, the other gets more gold &amp;amp; recruits a new wave of L2s. This can be useful if you need the XP more than the gold; otherwise, try to knock out both leaders on the same turn before they can recruit more.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is the final one. Therefore, loyal units are now somewhat disposable. However, you will need plenty of gold. Recruit some Peasants in the current scenario if you need to save some gold. Not only are they cheap, but they have no upkeep and Chocobones love 'em. Send a unit with leadership with them and they can even deal some amount of damage and be used to finish off wounded enemy, though at night you should just let them take the beating passively since otherwise they die too quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rise of Wesnoth===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's the final battle: be patient, recall everybody - the early finish bonus doesn't mean anything. Also, loyal units are no better than other units after your recruitment is finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need at least 300 starting gold, maybe more like 400 on the hardest difficulty level, so if need be, replay the previous scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* To stretch your money, start with loyal Iron Maulers and some ready-to-level level 1's and level 2's. Finally, recall as many level 3's as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: 3-6 Mages of Light / White Mages. Your few chaotic units will appreciate a White Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse units: 2-4 Paladins, 3-4 Knights / Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse escorts: about 3 speedy units, like Royal Guards, Fugitives, and Silver Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tanks: at least 6 high HP units, such as Royal Guards, Highwayman, Master Bowmen, and the loyal Iron Maulers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages: at least 3 high level Mages aside from your basic healers, so Arch Mages, Great Mages, and Silver Mages. Additional Mages of Light can be substituted.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Mermen might be useful here, but surprisingly, they're not really necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
* On 1.9.3 and earlier, you can recruit saurians. This was a bug, so ignore the option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* You can either send everybody west initially and then split for the two bridges or you can split initially, with mounted units racing to the west and then south, while the main army heads due south.&lt;br /&gt;
* With your mounted units, race forwards by day and backwards by night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Along with the mounted units should go some escorts, speedy foot units intended to kill things like Goblin Impalers, which make even Grand Knights nervous. They would also benefit from a quick Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Meanwhile, with your tanks and the rest of your healers and support units, form a line or hedgehog. &lt;br /&gt;
* Maintain awareness of the overall battlefield.&lt;br /&gt;
* Kill all but one of the orc leaders (not all!)&lt;br /&gt;
* Don't forget to sacrifice Aethyr to Jevyan. Jevyan probably won't come out to play, so march Aethyr up to Jevyan and use a crossbow attack.&lt;br /&gt;
* You'll need at least two Paladins to kill Jevyan himself; nothing else is half as effective (except perhaps Mages of Light and suicidal Lancers).  Or you can use a pair of Great Mages (unless you are very unlucky, you should be able to kill him in a single turn).  Congratulations!  Enjoy the ending!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units is within 8 hexes of a bridge, but you have no units within 2 hexes of the bridge, and there are no units on the bridge, then a Cuttle Fish will appear and destroy the bridge. This is usually disadvantageous. Not only does it leave you with a Cuttle Fish to fight, but it slows your progress south and the bad guys progress north. At least on the hardest difficulty level, it's hard to kill all the spam in time, so you don't want to impede their advance by removing the bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
* When any of your units is killed, it becomes a Walking Corpse (or a Soulless on hard.)&lt;br /&gt;
* After the first orc leader is killed, then some gold goes to mister Lich. It's 40, 80, or 120 gold, for easy, medium, and hard, respectively.  The lich also will receive some gold once you kill his Familiar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See Also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MainlineCampaigns]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - The Rise of Wesnoth]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55348</id>
		<title>TheRiseOfWesnoth</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55348"/>
		<updated>2014-07-17T09:45:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* Return of the Fleet */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Strategy Guide for The Rise of Wesnoth Campaign ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Campaign strategy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the course of this campaign, you will need to level up to some:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: White Mages/Mages of Light (at least four)&lt;br /&gt;
* Undead killers: Paladins (two)&lt;br /&gt;
* Mobile strikers: Silver Mages (at least one, preferably more), Grand Knights (several), Fugitives (one or more helps)&lt;br /&gt;
* Damage sinks: Royal Guards, Iron Maulers, Highwaymen, Halberdiers, level 3 Burin, and again Grand Knights&lt;br /&gt;
* Leaders: level 3 Haldric, level 3 Lady Outlaw, and much later level 3 Commander Aethyr &lt;br /&gt;
* Ranged attackers: Great Mages (can use several in the last scenario), Longbowmen/Master Bowmen (two), Trapper/Huntsman (one is helpful)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Mage of Light, one Paladin, and five Grand Knights make a perfect assault team!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Horsemen are key for the first three or four scenarios, it's important not to be too reliant on horse units through the middle part of the campaign, as there are many hard levels underground, in swamps, in water, or against Saurians; use XP from the scenario ''The Vanguard'' to get to 2 Paladins and 2+ Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't overlook Pikemen/Halberdiers, which are useful in many levels; pierce attacks work well against Drakes and against the dragon, and they are handy for defensive roles especially repelling Wolf Riders. They are less good against undead, though, and don't get that +1 MP Royal Guard speed bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to many undead opponents, you will want to recruit many Thugs at times, and get a few (the quick ones, since you need them underground) leveled up. Footpads help too, once leveled up. Due to swamps, you will sometimes be spamming Poachers, which get marksmanship once at level 3. These, plus Lady Outlaw, give tactical options at other levels too: some decent chaotic troops form an ideal reserve, since you can attack with your lawful troops at dawn, and by nightfall when you need to heal them, use some chaotic troops to either continue the attack or to shield your healing lawful units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some recommended units to have obtained by specific scenarios:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The Fall - 1 Knight&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. A Harrowing Escape - 1 White Mage, 2 Knights, plus about-to-level troops&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4a. The Midlands - avoid, go to The Swamp of Eden instead&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4b. The Swamp of Eden - level 2 Haldric, level 2 Lady Outlaw, 2 Knights, 2 Shocktroopers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. Temple of the Deep - level 3 Haldric, level 3 Burin, 1-2 Mages of Light or several Outlaws / quick Bandits&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8. Clearwater Port - level 3 Lady Outlaw, 3 White Mages / Mages of Light, 3 Iron Maulers / Royal Guards / Halberdiers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
12. A Final Spring - 1-2 Silver Mages&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
14. Rough Landing - the 3 loyal Mermen from the previous scenario, ''Peoples in Decline''[glandis] In 1.8.6, there was no opportunity for 3 loyal mermen - maybe this was in an older version? And only Merman fighters can be recruited - no Netcaster upgardes are possible&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17a. The Dragon - up to 4 White Mages / Mages of Light&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17d. Cursed Island - 1 Paladin&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
19. The Vanguard - 4 Knights/Lancers/Grand Knights, 2 Paladins (or about-to-level Knights)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
20. Return of the Fleet - 1 Mermen Entangler, 1 Merman Triton with Storm Trident, level 3 Commander Aethyr desirable&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
22. The Rise of Wesnoth - 2 Paladins, 3 Royal Guards, 4 Mages of Light&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because the campaign is long and you won't be able to recall all your level 3's in the final scenario, it pays to create some &amp;quot;uber-units&amp;quot;. An example is a quick, resilient Silver Mage that has been AMLA advanced a few times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
===A Summer Of Storms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively easy scenario, so gear your recruitment and strategy with an eye towards gathering XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# For the first round, recruit 2-3 Horsemen and the rest can be all Spearmen or a mix of Spearmen and Bowmen as you see fit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Then, you should probably hire Bowmen and more Spearmen. Whatever Bowmen you can get advanced will be useful later on for fighting the many trolls, grunts, and riders you will encounter. Note, however, that you will not have any healers until you level up at least one mage to White Mage status, and the sooner you can do that the better. Red mages will also prove very useful in subsequent scenarios, so consider recruiting at least two mages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used at least three strategies with success...&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: Send the horsemen with the king over the bridge, and the others should follow or start going over the mountain, to avoid being attacked from behind. Send subsequent Spearmen and Bowmen on the &amp;quot;over-the-bridge&amp;quot; road, and when the Prince and final troops have just about caught up, march on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;hide in the swamp&amp;quot; strategy: Proceed much like the above, but send the king with 3 Horsemen to capture the nearest houses, then retreat into the swamp area until you have your lawful bonus to kill off troops during the day. To hold them back, you can use a Spearman and a Mage (to level him.)&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sandbagging&amp;quot; strategy: On the hardest difficulty level, the initial enemy assault will only be easy to handle by entrenching your troops behind the river. Use the king to block the bridge initially, while Spearmen handle the shoreline just north and Horsemen carefully flag villages across the river. Run the king around, lending his leadership as you massacre the stupid enemy troops that have jumped like lemmings into the water. &lt;br /&gt;
* For all these options, you will also need to send a squad north into the mountains and around into the flank of the enemy. A quick Spearman, a quick Bowman, and one other unit, possibly a quick Mage, should be more than sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
* When you see that the fronts are under control, stop recruiting and send prince Haldric and your Mages over the bridge on a quest for XP, assisted by the leadership of the king, and converge on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Fall===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that looks scary, but it is only moderately difficult with proper recruitment and strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall or recruit Spearmen and Bowmen to man the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horsemen/Knights are desirable, because you probably do not yet have a White Mage, and the villages are widely spaced.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recalling or recruiting Mages for XP gathering is highly advisable for future scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are three basic approaches to take out the outlaw leader...&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Brute force&amp;quot; strategy: You can march west with a large army and use part of it to hold northwestern orc. Use the rest to fight outlaws and kill the leader. This strategy requires a lot of troops but it can bring you plenty of experience and can bring a quick victory.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: You can assassinate the outlaw leader. One way is to wait until the orcs have killed almost all outlaws and then assassinate the outlaw leader with Knights, rushing over the enemy camp's bridge and into the keep. This strategy is risky because orcs can kill the leader before you.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination via the mountain pass&amp;quot; strategy: Another way to assassinate the leader is to send a squad through the southern mountains to the outlaw keep. Two Mages and three Spearmen are enough. You may wish to substitute one of the Spearmen with a Knight or Horseman, though horse units have only a narrow passage devoid of mountains and could get pinned by the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
* On the hardest difficulty level, you may be forced to assassinate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Saving the loyal Heavy Infantrymen (or Shock Troopers on easy) pays off in later scenarios. To save all three, move them south towards the outlaws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you eliminate the HP of the Lady Outlaw, she offers to help you. If you say yes, she comes back as a loyal unit in future scenarios and you will be able to recruit outlaw units, plus she cannot be killed in the next couple of scenarios (instead, she disappears when she goes to zero HP, and comes back the next scenario.) This is quite valuable. If you say no and try to kill her, you find out she cannot be killed. However, you do get 200 gold that she leaves behind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The following scenario (''A Harrowing Escape'') is a handful on the hardest difficulty level. On hard, your goal should be a carryover of almost 150 gold (so you have 250 starting gold), so although Lady Outlaw's assistance is worth much more than 80 gold (40% of 200), you may be forced to choose the gold. Another thing you need to beat the following scenario on hard is a White Mage at or near the start of the scenario. Also, about-to-level units will be especially nice for their self-healing ability and low initial upkeep. Steer XP accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Harrowing Escape===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much easier on lower difficulty levels, calling for different strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On easy/medium...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: You should recruit/recall at least one, possibly two Mages here, and use them for killing Goblin Spearmen and finishing off injured Wolf Riders in the hills &amp;amp; mountains bordering the valley. Other than the Mages, simply recruit what you want, and go along the road. You get enough villages to pay upkeep for quite some army, and can give some of them a bit of experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Leave a few units in the rear, as the enemy can cross hills quickly. Note that Footpads and Outlaws will also cross hills at reasonable speed, if you need to hunt down some units. There are two castle tiles about halfway down, try to send Lady Outlaw and Brunin the Lost to them, they make good guards in case the enemy tries to come straight up. You can also send a couple groups of units down southeast to the lake, so you can prevent the Green team (southeast) from coming up the river. You can also kill the two Orcish Grunts (or Warriors on medium) on the southern castle tiles and then move Lady Outlaw and Brunin to them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On hard...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: To beat this scenario on the hardest difficulty level, you need some level 2 (or better yet, about-to-level level 1) units already and decent starting gold. It has been beaten on hard with as little as 158 starting gold, 200 is still difficult, and 250+ makes it relatively easy. You can stretch your gold a bit by not going negative on upkeep and waiting until you can't wait any longer to do one last round of recruiting, recalling mostly level 2's. For timing your final recruitment, watch the wolves that are likely trying to flank through the mountains south of your keep. Another requirement for beating this scenario is a White Mage (or two.) If need be, you must promote a Mage (or two) &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;tout de suite&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, as you will be dealing with severe damage and assassins, while only having easy access to 2 or 3 villages initially. Horsemen and Knights are useful for dissipating damage by serving as meat shields against blades and then running off to remote villages to heal. Quick Horsemen are especially nice, as they can transfer between two strategically placed villages in one turn, for healing on the go. Horsemen, Knights, and Swordsmen are useful for swatting assassins. If you can recruit outlaws, a couple of Footpads are nice for village grabbing. Thieves are also good because they are cheap, the Grunts are fond of attacking them, and they often survive on 70% defense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Near the start of combat, it's crucial to kill the first waves quickly: the wolves and assassins. More important than terrain is avoiding getting flanked, so mobility of individual units is key; if you climb up deep into the mountains, you will have a harder time with mobility than staying on or near the valley floor. Additionally, many of your units cannot go on mountain hexes, so it's easier to maintain your lines if everyone stays close to the valley. It's easier to make a stand at the keep and northern river bank, but this approach can be too costly in terms of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium/hard, you can lure out the roadside guard Warriors one at a time by putting a unit within attack range of one (and out of range of the other.) They mostly come at night. Mostly. That is, the Warriors might not bite bait put out during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have Lady Outlaw, note that she has leadership, which will be useful to help promote Prince Haldric, if he is still level 0. It's worth advancing her to level 2, to continue to provide leadership to level 1 Haldric and your other level 1's. You may also make use of her odd ability &amp;quot;distract&amp;quot;, which allows adjacent allied units to ignore ZOCs. And Lady Outlaw allows you to recruit outlaw types. On hard especially, Thugs can be useful as meat shields and to provide strong attacks at night when your lawful forces are crippled. Remember too that Lady Outlaw cannot be permanently killed (at least not yet), so when desperate times call for desperate measures, you can move her into a suicidal position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* It helps that there are two enemy sides as opposed to a twice as strong single enemy side. If one of your units could be attacked by 3 enemies, but 1 of these hexes is currently blocked by the other side, the currently moving enemy decides to attack units which it (they) is (are) actually less likely to kill than that one. AIs don't cooperate, that is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are stuck on this scenario, you may need to replay one or both of the previous scenarios and/or choose to &amp;quot;kill&amp;quot; Lady Outlaw in the previous scenario so you get her gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There is Dwarf Steelclad in the village at 8,5. It's not far from your camp, so send Lady Outlaw there. Dwarf joins you because &amp;quot;It has been a long time since he felt the satisfying crunch of Orcs under his Axe.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you kill the first orc leader, an Orcish Slayer and two Assassins will pop out of nowhere, so you would be wise not to have any wounded units stuck without movement points at that point. Also, the other leader will get an infusion of gold and start recruiting on all available hexes, so if you can sit on some of those hexes first, it will help keep the situation from getting out of control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* At the end, you will be given the choice of the river/swamp road or the midlands/orc road. These fork to the scenarios ''The Swamp of Esten'' and ''The Midlands'', respectively. The swamp scenario is relatively easy, while ''The Midlands'' could cost you some leveled units or even prove impossible to beat if you are low on gold. Also, the swamp gives you a free loyal White Mage, so it's a no brainer, unless you want more of a challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: it would be wise to have at least 1 White Mage before going to the scenario ''The Swamp of Esten''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Midlands====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orcs again. But you chose that way. This scenario may appear impossible, but with a lot of gold and a little strategy, it can be beat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are given plenty of time, so use it wisely. The enemies send lots of orcs, mostly weak ones. So recruit and recall everything you can.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall any White Mages you have. You'll need them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bowmen are good for the wolf units you will be facing.&lt;br /&gt;
* The rest depends on your strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Fast Assault&amp;quot; option: use an assassination team. If you go west, only your Knights and Horsemen will arrive and fight at daytime. So go south. Take the bridge and defend against the enemy closing in from the west. Take out Yellow with a fast assault team (they should take a healer along), but be careful about the leader. Your main force moves west, takes and holds the second bridge, and takes out Blue. Your assault team stays in the south and goes for the last enemy leader - they won't face any serious resistance. The enemy moves north to support Blue. The HI guarding the bridge might gain a level or die, but hopefully not the latter, as they are loyal units in a long campaign. With this approach, you can finish early (around 25 turns) and keep your losses low.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Dark Assault&amp;quot; option: use Footpads.  If you chose to work with the the outlaws in the last round, then this works well.  Footpads are cheap.  And they are fast.  And they have good defensive abilities.  Plus they fight well in the dark and in the forest.  So recruit lots of Footpads-pawns and quickly dispatch them to the upper west and south, followed by more powerful units: Mages, Horsemen, etc.  For the time being, leave the middle enemy alone.  To the upper west, send several Footpads into the forest and capture the village and set up a defensive line.  This cuts down the enemy's gold and increases yours.  Don't attack at first, just defend, until more of your slow higher powered units arrive. The strategy here is to pick off the orcs, and send the Horsemen to capture villages.  While this is going, to the south you send your Footpads to capture any villages you can and, more importantly, put a Footpad on the hex that is adjacent to the bridge, thereby stopping easy advancement of their greater numbered troops. A White Mage, a couple Trappers and some Bowmen would make a good escort. Probably sending a Thief or two would be good too, to help dispatch any enemy that infiltrate the villages north of the river. one enemy got into one of the villages on the north of river, and it took a lot to dislodge him.  The intention is to engage the enemy so that they are fighting from the river squares, at a huge disadvantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Swamp Of Esten====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not hard if you are conservative and don't send important units off alone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall 1-2 quick Knights (or Paladins, if you have them), recruit 1-2 Horsemen, and recall your loyal Shocktroopers or whatever they are now.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next round, recruit/recall Mages to kill Scorpions (and Bats) and at least one White Mage to deal with poison, plus maybe a Poacher or Trapper or two, as they are good in swamp (and you would like a Huntsman eventually, for its markmanship.)&lt;br /&gt;
# A little Thug spam can come next, but you don't need a full third round of recruitment. Then send Prince Haldric off to lend his leadership.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Head to the northeastern leader first. Try to kill Dark Adepts with Burin or horse units before they have a chance to attack you. As you close in on the leader, hover your mouse over him to watch where he can go, as at night his ranged attack is nasty and can be followed up by waves of kamikaze Walking Corpses, which can take out a Knight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After you have killed the northeastern leader and eliminated troops there, you can either send your whole army back across the ford and south or split your army into two halves, sending one part to each leader. If you have lost several units but have lots of turns left, it's probably safer to stick together. This is not a simple mop-up operation, as powerful undead can take out some of your valuable units if you're not careful. On hard, Shadows are a threat at night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Searching the temples is a good idea. Some have gold. There is a free loyal White Mage hiding in (a random) one of the temples - visit the temple close to the keep ASAP, and if not there, try rushing a horse unit or Lady Outlaw to the temple at 19,5. However, some of the temples contain undead, so keep extra troops nearby when you enter one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main challenge in this scenario is keeping your ally alive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your (probably leveled up) Heavy Infantry from The Fall and some quick Spearmen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recruit/recall Thugs, Bowmen, and Spearmen, preferably quick.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round, recall 2-3 White Mages (or Mages of Light) and maybe some quick Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Your forces will have three main combat arenas: the northeast, the south, and the middle.&lt;br /&gt;
# The castle in the middle is inhabited by the tree folk. The orcs have almost the perfect anti-wose force, heavy on fire (Orcish Crossbowmen and Pillagers), so your ally is going to need your help. Send 2-4 units to the castle and another 4-8 units northeast of the castle to block the enemy advancing from that direction.&lt;br /&gt;
# Split the rest of your forces to go northeast and south, 4-6 units each, with a White Mage in each force. Your loyal Heavy Infantry / Shocktroopers should head south. Sending Haldric south might help take some of the heat off the woses.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Tips...&lt;br /&gt;
* If you send a White Mage or Mage of Light to the wose castle, it will let any adjacent wose cure+heal or sometimes regenerate+heal (16 points.) That's because of the side sequence within a turn: player, orcs, woses. For example, after the orcs attack with poison, the woses cure themselves, and then your leveled mage will heal any adjacent wose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The temple contains the entrance to the catacombs, but you need the leader Wose's help to open it, and to get that help you have to win the current scenario, so there is no point in visiting this temple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is in the catacombs, i.e., underground, and it's a tough one, so you need to groom your roster accordingly. Two Mages of Light would make it a whole lot easier. Failing that, level up your fearless loyal Shocktrooper and chaotic outlaw types. Bandits/Highwaymen and Fugitives are especially nice. Quick units of almost any type (except horse units) will be helpful, if leveled and possessing high HP (&amp;gt;50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Temple in the Deep===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be facing undead underground. This is a difficult situation that will prove much easier with proper recruitment. Then the strategy will be fairly straightforward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All in all, what you need is a small elite force. Two rounds of recalls is enough, if you didn't lose Burin in a prior scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers, though their slow movement will prove frustrating. Also on the first round, recall a fast &amp;quot;tank&amp;quot; and someone to grab the holy water.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recall any Mages of Light you might already have, and a total of at least two White Mages or Mages of Light, preferably quick. For the rest of your recruitment, what you need are high movement (6+ MP) non-horse units with high hitpoints (&amp;gt;50 HP). It helps if they are chaotic (or at least neutral) and/or have ranged or impact attacks. Put all the requirements together and it points to Fugitives. Outlaws and quick Arch Mages are worth recalling too. Fill out the rest with other high HP units. Note that horse units are too sluggish in caves and should not be recalled/recruited unless you have a compelling reason.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round (optional), you can add a unit or two for a safety margin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# There are two ways north, but they will meet up together. First thing you will see are Tentacles. You can either ignore the Tentacles for the most part or use them for XP. Your main initial objective is to find a good place to make a stand against the nasty wave of undead coming from the north. The chokepoints and southern shoreline offer good defensive locations. Watch out for the enemy's Bone Shooters, Revenants and Deathblades, as they could easily mess up a level 3 unit. &lt;br /&gt;
# Once the flow of baddies as tapered off, gradually progress northwards. Once you get into the final chamber, the boss should be a piece of cake, although his ranged attack is devastating, so try to attack him with melee units. Be careful if he has recruits around, as their combined damage can take down one of your level 3's. Note that the Ruby can only be picked up by Haldric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Holy water: The best choice for the Holy Water is a quick Bandit, who should level quickly. A quick Highwayman could be used, but won't benefit much from the XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* XP: Use this level to get experience. The early-finish bonus is tiny. The Tentacles are perfect for leveling up units. Keep Burin away from the water at this stage, or he'll kill all tentacles as they attack, depriving those who could benefit from the XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your killed units will be turned into Walking Corpses (or Soulless on hard.) Therefore, spam is not helpful. A Mage or Thug can be okay, if used with great care, but mostly you need to recall leveled troops here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return to Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Clearwater Port===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is easy if you take the first boat out, more and more challenging for the second and third boats, and very difficult (on hard) if you want to take out all three leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers from ''The Fall.'' You will also want several Footpads, for speedy village snatching, coastline defending (under leader supervision), and possibly for filling castle hexes if your lines get too thin.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recruit/recall more low maintenance units. It's a good scenario for leveling troops, so recalling acouple half-leveled Spearmen or similar is a good idea.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third and later turns, start recalling your high maintenance units. The key to winning this scenario is to recall several advanced units that can take a lot of damage and get good defense in castles (no Horsemen). You will also want at least 3 White Mages or Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Backstab your ally, stealing all his villages. Your ally is useless anyway, except for the entertainment value from his troops' suicide runs. The income is much better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
# Send your heavy duty troops with some White Mages over to the line of castle near Lt. Aethyr. (Optionally, you can rush forward past the castle, but you will need to return almost as quickly before the main enemy wave and night arrive.) Aethyr will usually be done recruiting by the second or third turn, before the enemy reaches you, so fill the entire line with your units, and put Knight Sir Rudry in the one non castled tile (or leave it empty, if no enemy are adjacent.) Place the White Mages behind this line. After the enemy has reached you and it is your turn to attack, go mostly for the assasins, as they have a weak melee attack and their poison can be a huge problem. Alternatively to using the castle (from (26,18) to (24,15)) to defend, the front line can lead through the villages at (30,17) and (30,18). This will make your line much shorter, it becomes much more of a bottleneck fight and offsets your enemy's superior numbers, since some of their units just move around with all spots to attack occupied; you only have to give up 1 village and 2 front units instaheal without mages. Place your strongest units on the weakest spot (29,20) and a Mage of Light on (30,19), he will hardly be attacked as the hex before him is used to attack (29,20). This shorter line requires less units on your side and also has the great advantage that there are much less 40% defense spots to attack you. They will flank you at the sides but stand on ice or sand then.&lt;br /&gt;
# Meanwhile, on the northeastern coast, the northern enemy leader will send lots of units to catch your flank unguarded. Send 2 Footpads, a Spearman, Lady Jessene, and Haldric to guard the coast. If Lady Jessene is already level 3, you can substitute a Royal Guard, Swordsman, or Javelineer for Haldric. This coastline defense squad may need help later, so be ready to divert a speedy powerful unit there. If you keep a healthy unit on the village at the tip of the land, then, unless you are very unlucky, you will be able to hold off everything the northern leader sends. After the assault from the water has been crushed, some of your troops may be able to cross the ford north, but be careful not to get attacked in the water with only 20% defense. (Certain of your chaotic units do have 40% defense in water; now is a good time to pay attention to that.) Also, notice that the lighthouse has a similar effect as a Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
# You have two options for the endgame:&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Total victory&amp;quot; strategy: Once you've thinned the enemy to where they only have a few units that are close to your line, usually this happens conveniently around dawn, move your people out and start heading for their leaders. Split your force, sending a few down the southern path, to distract the eney and most of them toward the middle leader, to kill him. Once he's dead, send some of your army down to kill the southern leader and devote a few units to defending the bridge until the rest of your army can rejoin you. A unit or two with a lot of HP with a white mage are usually enough to do this.&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Run like hell&amp;quot; strategy: Alternatively, you can leave your leader near the docks and take one of the boats to end the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fallen Lich Point===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a high variance scenario. It may be easy or hard, depending on events beyond your control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit fairly lightly initially, as you will likely have a chance to use the Lich's keep to recruit again.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages, White Mages, and Mages of Light are good, and as are all the other advancements of Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* You automatically should have your loyal Knight. Because of the mountains around &amp;quot;lichland&amp;quot; and frozen ground everywhere else, additional horse units are not recommended, except a single Paladin will come in handy.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Thugs or a Bandit or Highwayman will provide a little extra undead bashing power.&lt;br /&gt;
* Footpads will help with village flagging.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy... &lt;br /&gt;
# The Orcs will be busy with the Yetis, so you can walk with a big group south and kill the Lich-Lord. Move Haldric to the stone monument to de-petrify the Lich. It may help to post some units around the undead before doing so. Use several mages to make a hole or two in the ring of undead, and then push in a burly fighter or two and/or Paladin to kill the Lich.&lt;br /&gt;
# After killing the Lich, assess the Orc/Yeti situation (as well as the village flagging situation) and decide if you need to use the Lich's keep to recruit some reinforcements.&lt;br /&gt;
# After that, head north and walk into the sewer entrance (the &amp;quot;cave&amp;quot;) or else kill the orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* It is also possible, if you recruit heavily, to split your force and head north to attack the eastern Orcs before they finish with the Yetis.  However, be careful not to be attacked by a Yeti yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
* When dealing with the Lich, be aware that he has money; if you let him vacate any of his encampment tiles, or if you kill any of his units but do not occupy their tiles, he will be able to recruit.  (This is not necessarily all bad, as it can mean more experience, but depending on the strength of your force you may want to be careful.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sewer of Southbay===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a swampy underground scenario, but with attention to recruitment, it's not very difficult.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* As always underground, you want non-horse units with 6+ MP.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall White Mages / Mages of Light, at least two, three is probably the optimal number.&lt;br /&gt;
* There are quite a few villages in this cave, so an expensive force is supportable, though not necessary. Some players recruit a large and spammy force, while others go with small and elite:&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 1, &amp;quot;Large and spammy&amp;quot; recruitment: Recruit four each of Mages, Thugs, and Poachers. Yes, Poachers normally stink, but here they really shine in a swamp that is permanently dark, underground. If you recruit four Poachers, you could finish with three Trappers and a Huntsman - or you could finish with four dead Poachers. The Thugs are especially likely to die, as they will be facing off against Red Mages, but somebody has to do it.&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 2, &amp;quot;Small and elite&amp;quot; recruitment: Recall something like one Red Mage, one Arch Mage, one Silver Mage, 2 two Royal Guards/Highwaymen/etc, and a Trapper or Huntsman, plus three regular Mages and a Poacher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# After leaving your initial chamber, you will be in a large swamp room with three entrances, through which will be a flood of bad guys. Use two Poachers and a Thug or similar to blockade the southeast, a small elite group to block the north, and then a mix of fighters and mages to handle the west entrance. Give each group a White Mage or Mage of Light, as well as at least one regular Mage. Try to keep the Mages of Light away from your chaotic forces on the front lines, though. Use the leadership of Haldric and Lady Jessene - and Mage of Light illumination or lack thereof - to get the most from each attack.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the initial battle has died down, you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
## If you have enough forces, you can divide into two groups and attack both brothers simultanously, east and west.&lt;br /&gt;
## Otherwise, do them one after the other, and then look for the exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Danger: there is a Giant Spider at the exit. You may wish to keep one or two cannon fodder units in order to be able to save your advanced units.  It is best to use ranged attacks against the spider, so leveled mages are good here.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is a lot easier with a lot of gold, especially on the hardest difficulty level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Southbay in Winter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Final Spring===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a large battle, and any mistake on any front can spell doom, but overall it will be fairly easy on the easier difficulty levels. On hard, it still is easy given enough gold (370 or so.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# On the first turn, recall a Silver Mage to teleport to the island, recruit Footpads for village snatching, recall one or more of your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''The Fall''), and recall one or more Knights or similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, continue with this theme, but it will be nightfall soon, so recall Outlaws, Bandits, Assassins, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn three is a bit more of the same, but you need to start thinking about preserving your income and also keeping a gold reserve. You can spam some peasants to preserve cash and income.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn four turn is more of the same.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn five, you will have new recruitment options (see spoiler at walkthrough end.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy is broken into three fronts...&lt;br /&gt;
# The first front is the south land area. Do a counter-clockwise sweep. Mounted units augmented with Footpads are a good choice. Note that it will be nightfall soon after game start, so it might be wise to delay any serious mounted assault until the next day, and you can delay your recalls for this.&lt;br /&gt;
# The second front is the walled city. Move slower units and your loyal White Mage / Mage of Light to defend here. Take your ally's villages; your ally wouldn't do much useful with the money anyway. When your units from the second front complete their sweep, you can break the remaining southern forces against the city wall in a hammer and anvil. Then your united forces can move north. On easy, you may be able to push north more quickly than that using just part of your city troops.&lt;br /&gt;
# The third front is the two small islands. Send a Silver Mage there ASAP. (You should have a village already there, so the Silver Mage can teleport over.) Footpads/Outlaws/Fugitives, Rangers, and others will help later. Lady Jessene could be used. A quick White Mage or Mage of Light would be useful, either on the coast or on the islands. Do not use Assassins on this front. Assassins have relatively weak defense in water against Orcs and Nagas, they're very weak against blade, which is all orcs and nagas use, and their relatively slow movement in water makes backstab hard to use reliably. Overall, you need to devote more resources to this front than you might think.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also keep an eye on the peninsula north of your keep. Wolf Riders and others might mount an amphibious assault in an effort to flank your troops. On the easier difficulty levels, you may wish to beat the punch and quickly establish a bridgehead on the other side of the bay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* You should have lots of high-level units now, so concentrate on recruiting new ones and levelling them up to fill needs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Peasants are useful as placeholders for villages and distractions for the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 4, a gang of nasty undead show up in the east. So, for your city taskforce, you'll want to recruit/recall units with impact and arcane attacks. Note that if undead capture villages, they will be flagged with the Orc island boss' black flag! This can result in an overwhelming number of Nagas, and it's one reason that you must devote a lot of resources to the island campaign. Re-flag any black flag villages quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 5, a gang of nasty Mermen show up in the west. Fortunately, they are on your side. You can now recruit Mermen. This is the real reason to keep a gold reserve until this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Peoples in Decline===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a potentially bloody scenario versus Drakes. Proper recruitment is more important than good strategy here, as you will have little opportunity to maneuver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* First, recall any loyal Mermen in your roster. Your loyal Iron Maulers might prefer to sit this one out.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drakes are vulnerable to pierce attacks, so spam cheap pierce attack units. In addition to Peasants, there are Poachers, Bowmen, Spearmen, Merman Fighters, and Merman Hunters. Poachers are key here, due to the swampy terrain and their chaotic alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
* However, it helps to recall some leveled units early on, to prevent your line from crumbling. Javelineers and Trappers are good, since they have both ranged and melee attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need a total of 2 or 3 White Mages / Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* On your last turn of recruitment when you have about 80 gold, recall some advanced units if need be, like Master Bowmen and Rangers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Since you will have a lot of level 1 and 0 units, make sure to use the leadership of Prince Haldric and Lady Jessene.&lt;br /&gt;
* Look for opportunities to heal via leveling up.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pay attention to the day-night cycle in this scenario. Drakes will be strong during day, but become very weak in the night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Take advantage of the mountains for defense.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be careful with your loyals.&lt;br /&gt;
* Because most Drakes have powerful ranged attacks, melee-only units should hide behind the lines until they attack, preferably at night (with a Mage of Light supplying illumination.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure you get the Storm Trident in the middle of the sea, but be certain that you've cleared most of the Drakes first, since a Sea Serpent will appear. It's best to have some strong units ready to kill it in 1 or 2 turns. You can give the trident to Lord Typhon, but since he leaves a bit later, you may want to give it to another Merman Fighter. Movement over land is important for Mermen in the campaign as a whole.  If the Merman Fighter to whom you give the storm trident has the Quick attribute, you can make him a Hoplite when he gets to level 3.  Otherwise, make him a Triton, because movement over land is important for Mermen in this campaign as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rough Landing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting Nagas and Vampire Bats, primarily. This is a scenario that may be frustrating on the easier difficulty levels, though on hard it is just par for the course. Good recruitment and strategy will save you from getting slaughtered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are probably going to go negative on gold and be unable to rectify that with the paultry early finish bonus, so you might as will go very negative and be resigned to start the next scenario with minimum gold.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit/recall many Mermen and 1 or 2 White Mages or Mages of Light. A few Peasants can be useful to pad out your force, distract the enemy, and protect villages from stray Bats. A Silver Mage can be useful for island hopping but is not essential. Thieves/Assassins are blade vulnerable, and Nagas only use blades, so it's probably best not to recall them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Knock out the southeastern leader in a blitz. It's important to get that out of the way, because a wave of Nagas is advancing at light speed from the north.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next, hurriedly set up a line in the water alongside your fortress island. Your fortress troops can anchor one flank, while Burin the Dwarf can go to the island to the northeast to anchor the other end of your line. Nobody messes with Burin. Move Lady Jessene behind the lines to lend her support to the Mermen. Your loyal Mage of Light will be able to move back and forth more (to lend illumination) if kept in the fortress area.&lt;br /&gt;
# Finally, once the enemy assault wave has been broken, advance northward to kill the final two leaders in a straightforward mop-up operation. Just be careful not leave isolated units where they can get swarmed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints/Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to level up the mermen; they can be useful in another scenario later.&lt;br /&gt;
* Beware of Sea Serpents. Three of them will appear, one on each of the three turns following your first kill of an enemy unit. Make sure to kill them at once. The Storm Trident from the previous scenario and the Ruby of Fire will come in handy against the Serpents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A New Land===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a non-scenario. The scenario objectives tell you to avoid all confrontation for as long as possible, but actually the faster your units encounter the others the faster the scenario will end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* None necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The optimal strategy for gold carryover is to grab the three closest villages, then retreat to your keep and wait. Once one attack occurs, the non-scenario will be over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* One thing to keep in mind is that this the last chance you have to grab some more Mermen as their king leaves.  They are quite helpful in a later scenario so grabbing a few extra here cannot hurt if you can spare the gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Ka'lian===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story, with your choice of four battles next.  You have to beat them all in whatever order.  The amount of gold you have should be the factor in deciding when you choose to play Cursed Isle (the undead problem).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All four scenarios have to be beaten, but in whatever order you choose.&lt;br /&gt;
====The Dragon====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not as difficult as it looks, though your recruitment and strategy need to be tailored to fight the Saurian Skirmishers and other foes you will face here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Saurians use piercing attacks mostly, so it's better to use units resistant to pierce. Pikemen and Halberdiers have 40% pierce resistance. Javelineers are ideal as Saurians use ranged attacks a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
* You may wish to bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers. They are ineffective against the 70% impact resistant Mudcrawlers, while also vulnerable to the ranged attacks of both Mudcrawlers and Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consider adopting a force of all units with ranged attacks, save for horse and thief units, which can be kept behind the lines when not in use. It is amusing when Saurian Augers are forced to tap your units with their little staffs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers are a necessity to deal with the heavy damage your units will be sustaining. Depending on the strategy you adopt, you will want 2-4 healers. Mages of Light rock here, as they can easily do front line duty in pairs and their illumination blinds the Saurians, reducing their damage.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need something to clean up mud. Versus level 0 Mudcrawlers, Horsemen and their advancements can charge with no counterattack, and likewise Thieves and their advancements can backstab with no counterattack. Mages can be used as well on the fire vulnerable mud.&lt;br /&gt;
* A Merman or two will help with water hexes. An Entangler's slow ability will help tame the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used many different strategies with success:&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Fighting Saurians requires a disciplined formation.  If you're used to stringing out troops to move them into position as they get there, that won't work after Turn 2 or 3. You can use a &amp;quot;healing hedgehog&amp;quot; of ten troops--two white mages next to each other and eight troops completely encircling them.  If someone gets badly injured, move them to the inside and put a white mage on one of the long edges, fighting as you go.  If you're trying for the big bonus, you'll need two hedgehogs.  Try to keep reserves back a bit in cities.  If the terrain favorably protects you, or the wounded is a fast unit, you can try moving wounded back to cities too.  Once the main wave of Saurians is broken, you can string non-wounded troops out a bit in the rush for the leaders. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Triangular Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Switching wounded units to the inside of the hedgehog can be a problem if you are surrounded. ZOC prevents you from creating an open hex to move the inner unit into. You can fix this by creating a triangle with three hexes inside, instead of the standard two of the hedgehog. If you do this on your castle, only three units are in grasslands. If you set it right, you can make most of the hexes adjacent to your triangle be grassland as well, forcing the Saurians into a bad defensive position. In terms of unit positioning, the simplest way is to fill two inner spaces with Mages of Light, a but a better tactic is to put one of the mages on an edge, thereby ensuring that all but one of your units are healing. The remaining unit can either be a Merman Hoplite, (prefereably resilient and carrying a Storm Trident) or Lady Jessene, since she has excellent defense and is chaotic and therefore benefits by not being in the Mages' light. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Giant Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Recruit a lot of units, and then move the whole army as one big bulk. Keep healers in the middle (about four), rotate stronger units outwards, and make sure you leave no gaps. The Saurians will slip through the tiniest gap and kill your weak units. Head first for the east or west leader, but steer for good terrain, because your force will soon be swarmed. But then by turn 10, there should be many few Saurians alive.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Standard Line&amp;quot; strategy: Form a line from the west board edge diagonally up towards your keep across the two villages just in front of the forest. You will probably wish to bend upwards at the forest, rather than running the line all the way to the keep. Whenever the Saurians have a small number of troops at your line and you have enough strength to kill them all, you can advance your whole line one hex south, allowing you to get additional attacks on them from non-frontline troops. Once you advance a unit to the first water hex at west board edge, the west leader will probably come out to greet it, so be ready to fry him with Haldric's ruby. After killing the leader, back up into good terrain to prepare to meet the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Wake the Dragon&amp;quot; strategy: Prematurely wake the dragon (see spoiler below) and back up your troops to north of your keep. When the dragon comes, kill him. The scenario can be over on turn 7. There is no early finish bonus for this, but you can recruit lightly so that you still have gold at the end and will carry-over 40%, if you need it for your next scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* With all these strategies, the Saurians may hold back for quite a while. This is okay, as the Dragon will eventually appear and come to you. Kill it. Then you are given a choice of whether to end the scenario or to try to kill all the enemy leaders before time runs out. You can choose to finish the remaining Saurians for a nice bonus. However, on the hardest difficulty setting the turn limit (33 turns) is insufficient for you to plow through the vast hordes of level 0 spam to get to the leaders, so it's best to simply end the scenario after killing the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The dragon will awake on turn 15 or when you move a unit down around the road north of the mountains. If you wish to wake the dragon prematurely, you can recruit a Horseman on turn 1 and run him down. It's a suicide mission for him, however.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have a fast non-horse unit in position, rush it to the mountain cave after the Dragon leaves to grab the 200 in gold, though that's nothing compared to the Hero bonus for defeating all the Saurian leaders. So focus on killing all of them first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Lizard Beach====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario versus Saurians, Giant Scorpions, and Mudcrawlers, where good recruiting and strategy will save you from massive bloodshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruiting...&lt;br /&gt;
* Mermen are helpful for the swamp and water areas.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers, veterans from ''The Fall.'' They are laughably ineffective against the impact resistant Mudcrawlers - and laughably vulnerable to their ranged attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Thieves, Horsemen, and their advancements are good for mud cleanup, though you must keep them out of range of Saurian skirmishers. Swordsmen and Royal Guards are also good, though overkill.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall a lot of fairly high HP units, preferably with strong non-impact ranged and melee attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages are good. Mages of Light are especially useful, since they can do front line duty. Lots of healing may be necessary, about 3 healers are good, so White Mages can be used too. Raw recruit Mages can be used as well, for disposal of Giant Scorpions and the occasional Saurian Skirmisher that wanders too far. At least one Silver Mage is highly desirable, along with a speedy unit (e.g., Fugitive, Footpad, or Horseman) to capture villages for the Silver Mage to use north of the river.&lt;br /&gt;
* [fredbobsmith2] An alternative strategy that works surprisingly well is to simply use a very mage-heavy army. Recall most or all of your high-level mages, throw in a few peasants, and spend the rest of your gold on recruiting mages. Victory will come with shocking ease.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* General strategy: as Saurians have skirmishers and a lot of movement, be sure to protect your wounded units well. Because of the Saurians unnerving ability to concentrate their fire on one unit, be sure to keep several healers around and try to keep your line straight so only two can mob one guy. Hedgehog tactic also seems to work well.&lt;br /&gt;
* Opening strategy: here are some specific strategies that players have used with success in the early part of the scenario:&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen in center&amp;quot; strategy: Recall 2-4 Mermen, 1-2 Trappers/Huntsmen, and a lot of high HP troops, then form a line. Initially, you can either form a north-south line around the lake area with one flank at the south board edge, or, if you want to be conservative, you can do a diagonal line in the southeast corner, with both flanks tied to board edges. You'll need the Mermen to handle the lake area, and Trappers/Huntsmen/Mermen for the swamp areas. Keep troops in reserve, so that when a few Saurians meet your line, you can advance your whole line over them. Do not be too conservative/defensive on hard, as your time is limited. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen on flank&amp;quot; strategy: Recall several decent land melee units &amp;amp; then 4-5 level 2 Mermen on rounds 2-3. Most of your force forms a line of battle near your keep, Mermen on the north flank in the river, land units extending south, flanks bent back with strongest units at the corners - then let the Saurians break on it. Once their first wave has broken, the rest of their troops come in drips and are no problem, so now you can split up and wipe out the stragglers and claim villages; any L2 units you start with should level up. After you defeat the main force from the south send just one or two guys north to capture towns so your Silver Mages can teleport into the fray. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen feint&amp;quot; strategy: Recall most of your Mermen from before and send them along the river towards the sea. This will harry the saurian troops coming down from the north, allowing your main force to advance on the southern enemy  undisturbed. Beware, though as your mermen will encounter the Saurians at night time (giving you -25% and them +25%), so try to minimize conflict until dawn, just get in their way.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;No Mermen&amp;quot; strategy: On your first two turns recall two keeps of strong, fast veterans like mounted units (not Paladins though; they're pretty ineffective against saurians), Outlaws/Assassins, and Silver Magi along with some other veterans, preferably with a lot of HP: if all goes well (at least on easy and medium) that may be all you need. Dash them across the swamp directly west of your keep, south of the sands, and form a line with strong units at the ends. They'll flank you, but you're stronger than them and you can use your slower units to crush the flanking saurians in a hammer and anvil. The first wave of southern Saurians should get itself killed before the northern Saurians arrive in force. Once the northern Saurians arrive, take them out with your slower units while your quicker ones go for the southern leader.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sacrificial lamb&amp;quot; strategy: In addition to a couple mages, 2 healers, and some other fighters, recruit a castle-full of peasants to draw the Saurians out onto open ground.  Surround a single peasant on 5 sides, with 2 healers behind him. Build your formation around that.&lt;br /&gt;
* Closing strategy: The enemy's onslaught tapers out after their initial wave, so the final push for the southern leader should be quick and clean. Taking out the northern leader is harder, because all of your units will be stuck south of the marshes and the river. If you want to go for a quick win, just march forth with Silver Mages, Mermen, and anyone who's close enough to be a help. If you don't want to lose any of your better units, patience may be the key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units gets as far west as the second bridge, a wave of Nagas will arrive out at sea. You may wish to delay going that far until the second watch, so that the Nagas will make contact with your forces during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
* Killing one leader gives more gold to the other, so when you've defeated pretty much all the southern leader's forces, just plant a level 3 or two in his keep and leave him alive; kill them both in the same turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Troll Hole====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that you cannot win by brute force, because the trolls have more brute force than you. Wise recruitment and strategy are necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* It's underground time again, so as before, mainly recruit mages. The trolls are strong, so hopefully you have lots of levelled up mages. Mages of Light are especially nice, because they are tough enough to survive an attack from most trolls, while simultaneously reducing the damage sustained (due to illumination blinding the trolls.) Level 1 Mages can be used to good effect too, especially if quick. If only attacked by a single Troll Whelp, a healthy level 1 Mage will survive.&lt;br /&gt;
* In addition to mages, your chaotic units can be helpful here again, especially against the occasional Rocklobber, which you will not want to attack with mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be careful if you recall your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''the Fall''). In particular, the fearless one probably cannot take four hits from a Troll, like if it fails to kill a Troll and then the Troll attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* A couple of Mermen can help in the first few turns.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you're low on gold, recruit some Peasants and feed them XP to fatten them into Bowmen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are 4 castles, and two of them (randomly placed) are the troll leaders you need to kill.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can make your initial stand either on the island or on the other side of the bridges.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to use the narrow corridors to your advantage, so the enemy can only place one attack against a strong unit of yours, but you can kill a troll at a time with two mages or Haldric. Also keep an eye at your back since they will try to surround you. And resist the temptation to send single units wandering around in what seems to be empty caves - they will all die, probably by the fangs of a Giant Spider.&lt;br /&gt;
* When you've whittled down the enemy, go the direction they came from and kill the leaders, ignoring spider keeps.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alternative: This could be a good choice if you have low gold: recall 2 quick red mages, and 3 quick tough melee units (say 2 royal guards &amp;amp; a L3 chaotic unit like a Fugitive). Play expedition style: abandon the start island, stay fairly close together, with your troops roughly divided in two between those moving forward and those fighting rearguard. Provided you knock out one troll leader early, the rest is manageable, just work your way carefully over to the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cursed Isle====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting undead, mostly of the incorporeal and ghoulish lineages. Victory comes surprisingly easily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit lightly, certainly no more than two castles of troops. You could use 1-3 Paladins, 1-2 Mages, and 1-2 White Mages / Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall your loyal Merman Triton or similar and have him pick up the holy water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* This can be the first or last quest you choose.  If you can wait, do it last, as you will come out of it with a lot of gold, which you will need for the first scenario after the quests, ''The Vanguard''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep a very tight formation for the first night, as Shadows will hit hard and you don't want to get backstabbed or swarmed. By dawn, it should be smooth sailing.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you get anywhere near the enemy leaders' keeps, expect to get rushed by a leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* In one of the three temples there is a Vampire Lady. All you really need is a Paladin or three to rush the temples. Kill her. Game over, you win. One of the other temples has some gold; grab that first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Spy In The Woods===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Vanguard===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting a large number of orcs, trolls and other enemies in a location with a natural defensive line, where presumably an underground river has carved a line of sinkholes. This scenario will be difficult or impossible with minimum gold (200), but quite doable with a large amount of gold (450+) even on the hardest difficulty setting. Recruitment and strategy are fairly straightforward, given the board layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit a lot of units; you will need them.&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall/recruit speedy units: Knights, Lancers, Paladins, Horsemen, Outlaws, and similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recall your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up from ''The Fall'') and Spearmen/Swordsmen/Royal Guards.&lt;br /&gt;
# On subsequent turns, recall/recruit healers and other sorts of Mages, Thugs and their advancements, and Longbowmen. You will need quite a lot of healing power: 3-4 White Mages / Mages of Light and 1-2 Paladins. A Silver Mage would come in handy, since your forces will be widely spaced, but you could start with a couple of Red Mages and try to level up one or both to Silver Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Your first priority is to rush to the west and northwest sinkhole gaps with mounted units. Seal the gaps there before the enemy pours through. Seal the rest of the gaps quickly too. Of course, seal each gap with one or more units ''behind'' the gap, not in it, so that you get multiple attacks on the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
# A &amp;quot;Sitzkrieg&amp;quot; may develop, where neither side can make progress. Shift units to the southwest and break out there, using the west board edge defensively.&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget the chest of gold, which you can see even in fog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill more than half the units of any side, a few tough undead units will appear near that side's stronghold at the edge of the map. So, this will happen three times. Beware the Chocobones. Their double damage from charge means they can take out Commander Aethyr at night just by hitting 2 for 2, and they will certainly try if they get the opportunity.&lt;br /&gt;
* After you kill either of the orc leaders, the other gets 80 gold. At far north is a level 3 troll leader, but he gets no bonus gold.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is much less difficult with extra gold. You can use Peasants to avoid going negative on gold, promoting them to Spearmen only when needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return of the Fleet===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome to the &amp;quot;kitchen sink&amp;quot; defense.  You've made it this far; now the enemy will launch a desperate defense, throwing a little bit of everything at you.  The effect is mostly psychological, but it could be a problem if you came into the scenario with minimum gold or your initial assessment causes you to drastically under-recruit. Time is money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, at least, you don't want to overrecruit. First turn, recall Mermen to assassinate the undead leader; 2 Entanglers/Netcasters and the Triton with the Storm Trident. Later, you should recruit 1 or more Silver Mages also for this taskforce as well as for causing general mayhem. It's also worth recruiting 5-10 L1/L0 units to take the brunt of the first wave of attacks; you can use any combination of Footpads, Poachers, Thugs, Spearmen, and Peasants, as you see fit. You'll want some decent L2 and L3 recalls for healing, to flank your lines, and to start kicking some butt at daybreak. A Mage or Red Mage to blast Trolls and Chocobones will level up by end of scenario. Paladins are good too. In addition to your loyal Mage of Light, you will need a bare minimum of 1 more healer.&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, don't recruit too much for fighting the undead - 2 Paladins at most, 1 or 2 Thugs, the stormy Merman, and the nearest Mage working with your land force are sufficient - the undead commander only gets 5-6 L2 recruits and they come ashore scattered (on medium, anyway). Paladins are so effective against undead that you can wade into the water after them. Just remember, Paladins can't go into deep water and undead can.&lt;br /&gt;
* On hard, you also don't want to recruit too much for fighting the undead, but it's only because going on an offensive early against them will get you crushed by a Chocobone armada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Move the Mermen (including the storm trident) as quickly as possible pretty much straight to the West. (There is a village and swamp hex that can aid your travel if you pick the best route).  Move these guys up the West side once they get there to get to the Undead Leader as quickly as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Your loyal units can do a little village grabbing, but it would be unwise to venture too far north.&lt;br /&gt;
# After nightfall, fog will appear; for the rest of the scenario, the map will become shrouded.  So, while you're still able to see, note the troop dispositions (especially Chocobones.)&lt;br /&gt;
# The first wave is largely at night and will have Goblin Knights and Pillagers, and later Chocobones and Troll Warriors. The damage they can cause is bone chilling, so make sure to divert their attention with plenty of spam. You want to meet them on the edge of the woodland, while inducing the orcs to fight from the grassland. Footpads are handy here, as they have high defense in woodland. Players have had success setting up the initial line in either the north or northeast woodlands, with respect to the castle. Others have succeeded by fighting mostly from the open plain, retaining mobility by leaving the woodlands to their Footpads.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once your Mermen have taken an island city, teleport over one or more Silver Mages to help kill the undead leader - in addition to a Silver Mage, you will want the storm trident, a Netcaster/Entangler, plus one more leveled unit to be fairly sure to knock him out in one round. Quick striking like this you end up fighting a lot less undead.  You probably end up foddering one of the mermen to the Undead Archers, but the trade off is probably worth it.  You can keep cycling your mermen up to fight with any orcs or trolls that come into the water. Silver Mages can assist, since they are not needed much in the other part of the fight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the undead leader is assassinated and the first wave is broken, you may advance cautiously due north or to the northwest along the coast and ultimately finish off the two orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When you are close to the village in the northeast woods, tighten your formation, as past there you can trigger a small but elite force of Saurians. (Stepping 10 hexes or less from 34,15 triggers the Saurians.) Trigger them at second watch so they arrive at your forces in daylight. Alternatively, you can delay triggering the Saurians as long as possible by moving your force northwest near the water and then onto the small island, though even then it is possible to trigger the Saurians if you are not careful where you step. You can fight the final wave of orcs from the island, then move northeast to the mainland, finally triggering the Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Cuttle Fish appear when you approach the north-central island (including the village at the northwest corner of the plain on the mainland.) There are 1, 2, or 3 Cuttle Fish, for easy, medium, or hard. Assuming you're sending a strike force through the water to knock out the undead commander, you really don't want to trigger these until that force is on the island - the storm trident Merman is the only thing that can stand up to them in water, and they will avoid him to attack more vulnerable units.&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill one enemy leader, the other gets more gold &amp;amp; recruits a new wave of L2s. This can be useful if you need the XP more than the gold; otherwise, try to knock out both leaders on the same turn before they can recruit more.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is the final one. Therefore, loyal units are now somewhat disposable. However, you will need plenty of gold. Recruit some Peasants in the current scenario if you need to save some gold. Not only are they cheap, but they have no upkeep and Chocobones love 'em. Send a unit with leadership with them and they can even deal some amount of damage and be used to finish off wounded enemy, though at night you should just let them take the beating passively since otherwise they die too quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rise of Wesnoth===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's the final battle: be patient, recall everybody - the early finish bonus doesn't mean anything. Also, loyal units are no better than other units after your recruitment is finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need at least 300 starting gold, maybe more like 400 on the hardest difficulty level, so if need be, replay the previous scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* To stretch your money, start with loyal Iron Maulers and a couple ready-to-level level 1's and level 2's. Finally, recall as many level 3's as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: 3-6 Mages of Light / White Mages. Your few chaotic units will appreciate a White Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse units: 2-4 Paladins, 3-4 Knights / Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse escorts: about 3 speedy units, like Royal Guards, Fugitives, and Silver Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tanks: at least 6 high HP units, such as Royal Guards, Highwayman, Master Bowmen, and the loyal Iron Maulers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages: at least 3 high level Mages aside from your basic healers, so Arch Mages, Great Mages, and Silver Mages. Additional Mages of Light can be substituted.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Mermen might be useful here, but surprisingly, they're not really necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
* On 1.9.3 and earlier, you can recruit Saurian Skirmishers on medium and Skirmishers plus Ambushers on hard. This appears to be a bug, so ignore the option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will launch a two pronged assault: mounted units will race to the west and then south, while the main army heads due south.&lt;br /&gt;
* With your mounted units, race forwards by day and backwards by night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Along with the mounted units should go some escorts, speedy foot units intended to kill things like Goblin Impalers, which make even Grand Knights nervous. They would also benefit from a quick Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Meanwhile, with your tanks and the rest of your healers and support units, form a line or hedgehog in the woods just south of your keep or next to the river. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep your leaders with the main army, to avoid drawing too much attention to the mounted detachment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Maintain awareness of the overall battlefield. If the main army gets in trouble, you can send some or all of the mounted units to assist. There may be an opportunity to hammer-and-anvil enemy forces trapped in the middle. And you may wish to transfer units, like Paladins may be useful to the main army after it is on the move.&lt;br /&gt;
* You'll need at least two Paladins to kill Jevyan himself; nothing else is half as effective (except perhaps Mages of Light and suicidal Lancers).  Or you can use a pair of Great Mages (unless you are very unlucky, you should be able to kill him in a single turn). Don't forget to sacrifice Aethyr to Jevyan.  If he doesn't want to come out and play, march up to Jevyan and use a crossbow attack.  When Jevyan is dead, the yellow and green leaders may still be alive. You'll have to kill one, leaving at least one orc leader alive. You pick.  Congratulations!  Enjoy the ending!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units is within 8 hexes of a bridge, but you have no units within 2 hexes of the bridge, and there are no units on the bridge, then a Cuttle Fish will appear and destroy the bridge. This is usually disadvantageous. Not only does it leave you with a Cuttle Fish to fight, but it slows your progress south and the bad guys progress north. At least on the hardest difficulty level, it's hard to kill all the spam in time, so you don't want to impede their advance by removing the bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
* When any of your units is killed, it becomes a Walking Corpse. On hard, it becomes a Soulless, which makes it important to be careful with your level 2's, especially Lancers.&lt;br /&gt;
* After the first orc leader is killed, then some gold goes to mister Lich. It's 40, 80, or 120 gold, for easy, medium, and hard, respectively.  The lich will receive some gold once you kill his Familiar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See Also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MainlineCampaigns]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - The Rise of Wesnoth]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55347</id>
		<title>TheRiseOfWesnoth</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55347"/>
		<updated>2014-07-16T10:55:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* The Vanguard */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Strategy Guide for The Rise of Wesnoth Campaign ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Campaign strategy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the course of this campaign, you will need to level up to some:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: White Mages/Mages of Light (at least four)&lt;br /&gt;
* Undead killers: Paladins (two)&lt;br /&gt;
* Mobile strikers: Silver Mages (at least one, preferably more), Grand Knights (several), Fugitives (one or more helps)&lt;br /&gt;
* Damage sinks: Royal Guards, Iron Maulers, Highwaymen, Halberdiers, level 3 Burin, and again Grand Knights&lt;br /&gt;
* Leaders: level 3 Haldric, level 3 Lady Outlaw, and much later level 3 Commander Aethyr &lt;br /&gt;
* Ranged attackers: Great Mages (can use several in the last scenario), Longbowmen/Master Bowmen (two), Trapper/Huntsman (one is helpful)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Mage of Light, one Paladin, and five Grand Knights make a perfect assault team!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Horsemen are key for the first three or four scenarios, it's important not to be too reliant on horse units through the middle part of the campaign, as there are many hard levels underground, in swamps, in water, or against Saurians; use XP from the scenario ''The Vanguard'' to get to 2 Paladins and 2+ Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't overlook Pikemen/Halberdiers, which are useful in many levels; pierce attacks work well against Drakes and against the dragon, and they are handy for defensive roles especially repelling Wolf Riders. They are less good against undead, though, and don't get that +1 MP Royal Guard speed bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to many undead opponents, you will want to recruit many Thugs at times, and get a few (the quick ones, since you need them underground) leveled up. Footpads help too, once leveled up. Due to swamps, you will sometimes be spamming Poachers, which get marksmanship once at level 3. These, plus Lady Outlaw, give tactical options at other levels too: some decent chaotic troops form an ideal reserve, since you can attack with your lawful troops at dawn, and by nightfall when you need to heal them, use some chaotic troops to either continue the attack or to shield your healing lawful units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some recommended units to have obtained by specific scenarios:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The Fall - 1 Knight&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. A Harrowing Escape - 1 White Mage, 2 Knights, plus about-to-level troops&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4a. The Midlands - avoid, go to The Swamp of Eden instead&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4b. The Swamp of Eden - level 2 Haldric, level 2 Lady Outlaw, 2 Knights, 2 Shocktroopers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. Temple of the Deep - level 3 Haldric, level 3 Burin, 1-2 Mages of Light or several Outlaws / quick Bandits&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8. Clearwater Port - level 3 Lady Outlaw, 3 White Mages / Mages of Light, 3 Iron Maulers / Royal Guards / Halberdiers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
12. A Final Spring - 1-2 Silver Mages&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
14. Rough Landing - the 3 loyal Mermen from the previous scenario, ''Peoples in Decline''[glandis] In 1.8.6, there was no opportunity for 3 loyal mermen - maybe this was in an older version? And only Merman fighters can be recruited - no Netcaster upgardes are possible&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17a. The Dragon - up to 4 White Mages / Mages of Light&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17d. Cursed Island - 1 Paladin&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
19. The Vanguard - 4 Knights/Lancers/Grand Knights, 2 Paladins (or about-to-level Knights)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
20. Return of the Fleet - 1 Mermen Entangler, 1 Merman Triton with Storm Trident, level 3 Commander Aethyr desirable&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
22. The Rise of Wesnoth - 2 Paladins, 3 Royal Guards, 4 Mages of Light&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because the campaign is long and you won't be able to recall all your level 3's in the final scenario, it pays to create some &amp;quot;uber-units&amp;quot;. An example is a quick, resilient Silver Mage that has been AMLA advanced a few times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
===A Summer Of Storms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively easy scenario, so gear your recruitment and strategy with an eye towards gathering XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# For the first round, recruit 2-3 Horsemen and the rest can be all Spearmen or a mix of Spearmen and Bowmen as you see fit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Then, you should probably hire Bowmen and more Spearmen. Whatever Bowmen you can get advanced will be useful later on for fighting the many trolls, grunts, and riders you will encounter. Note, however, that you will not have any healers until you level up at least one mage to White Mage status, and the sooner you can do that the better. Red mages will also prove very useful in subsequent scenarios, so consider recruiting at least two mages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used at least three strategies with success...&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: Send the horsemen with the king over the bridge, and the others should follow or start going over the mountain, to avoid being attacked from behind. Send subsequent Spearmen and Bowmen on the &amp;quot;over-the-bridge&amp;quot; road, and when the Prince and final troops have just about caught up, march on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;hide in the swamp&amp;quot; strategy: Proceed much like the above, but send the king with 3 Horsemen to capture the nearest houses, then retreat into the swamp area until you have your lawful bonus to kill off troops during the day. To hold them back, you can use a Spearman and a Mage (to level him.)&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sandbagging&amp;quot; strategy: On the hardest difficulty level, the initial enemy assault will only be easy to handle by entrenching your troops behind the river. Use the king to block the bridge initially, while Spearmen handle the shoreline just north and Horsemen carefully flag villages across the river. Run the king around, lending his leadership as you massacre the stupid enemy troops that have jumped like lemmings into the water. &lt;br /&gt;
* For all these options, you will also need to send a squad north into the mountains and around into the flank of the enemy. A quick Spearman, a quick Bowman, and one other unit, possibly a quick Mage, should be more than sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
* When you see that the fronts are under control, stop recruiting and send prince Haldric and your Mages over the bridge on a quest for XP, assisted by the leadership of the king, and converge on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Fall===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that looks scary, but it is only moderately difficult with proper recruitment and strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall or recruit Spearmen and Bowmen to man the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horsemen/Knights are desirable, because you probably do not yet have a White Mage, and the villages are widely spaced.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recalling or recruiting Mages for XP gathering is highly advisable for future scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are three basic approaches to take out the outlaw leader...&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Brute force&amp;quot; strategy: You can march west with a large army and use part of it to hold northwestern orc. Use the rest to fight outlaws and kill the leader. This strategy requires a lot of troops but it can bring you plenty of experience and can bring a quick victory.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: You can assassinate the outlaw leader. One way is to wait until the orcs have killed almost all outlaws and then assassinate the outlaw leader with Knights, rushing over the enemy camp's bridge and into the keep. This strategy is risky because orcs can kill the leader before you.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination via the mountain pass&amp;quot; strategy: Another way to assassinate the leader is to send a squad through the southern mountains to the outlaw keep. Two Mages and three Spearmen are enough. You may wish to substitute one of the Spearmen with a Knight or Horseman, though horse units have only a narrow passage devoid of mountains and could get pinned by the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
* On the hardest difficulty level, you may be forced to assassinate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Saving the loyal Heavy Infantrymen (or Shock Troopers on easy) pays off in later scenarios. To save all three, move them south towards the outlaws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you eliminate the HP of the Lady Outlaw, she offers to help you. If you say yes, she comes back as a loyal unit in future scenarios and you will be able to recruit outlaw units, plus she cannot be killed in the next couple of scenarios (instead, she disappears when she goes to zero HP, and comes back the next scenario.) This is quite valuable. If you say no and try to kill her, you find out she cannot be killed. However, you do get 200 gold that she leaves behind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The following scenario (''A Harrowing Escape'') is a handful on the hardest difficulty level. On hard, your goal should be a carryover of almost 150 gold (so you have 250 starting gold), so although Lady Outlaw's assistance is worth much more than 80 gold (40% of 200), you may be forced to choose the gold. Another thing you need to beat the following scenario on hard is a White Mage at or near the start of the scenario. Also, about-to-level units will be especially nice for their self-healing ability and low initial upkeep. Steer XP accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Harrowing Escape===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much easier on lower difficulty levels, calling for different strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On easy/medium...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: You should recruit/recall at least one, possibly two Mages here, and use them for killing Goblin Spearmen and finishing off injured Wolf Riders in the hills &amp;amp; mountains bordering the valley. Other than the Mages, simply recruit what you want, and go along the road. You get enough villages to pay upkeep for quite some army, and can give some of them a bit of experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Leave a few units in the rear, as the enemy can cross hills quickly. Note that Footpads and Outlaws will also cross hills at reasonable speed, if you need to hunt down some units. There are two castle tiles about halfway down, try to send Lady Outlaw and Brunin the Lost to them, they make good guards in case the enemy tries to come straight up. You can also send a couple groups of units down southeast to the lake, so you can prevent the Green team (southeast) from coming up the river. You can also kill the two Orcish Grunts (or Warriors on medium) on the southern castle tiles and then move Lady Outlaw and Brunin to them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On hard...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: To beat this scenario on the hardest difficulty level, you need some level 2 (or better yet, about-to-level level 1) units already and decent starting gold. It has been beaten on hard with as little as 158 starting gold, 200 is still difficult, and 250+ makes it relatively easy. You can stretch your gold a bit by not going negative on upkeep and waiting until you can't wait any longer to do one last round of recruiting, recalling mostly level 2's. For timing your final recruitment, watch the wolves that are likely trying to flank through the mountains south of your keep. Another requirement for beating this scenario is a White Mage (or two.) If need be, you must promote a Mage (or two) &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;tout de suite&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, as you will be dealing with severe damage and assassins, while only having easy access to 2 or 3 villages initially. Horsemen and Knights are useful for dissipating damage by serving as meat shields against blades and then running off to remote villages to heal. Quick Horsemen are especially nice, as they can transfer between two strategically placed villages in one turn, for healing on the go. Horsemen, Knights, and Swordsmen are useful for swatting assassins. If you can recruit outlaws, a couple of Footpads are nice for village grabbing. Thieves are also good because they are cheap, the Grunts are fond of attacking them, and they often survive on 70% defense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Near the start of combat, it's crucial to kill the first waves quickly: the wolves and assassins. More important than terrain is avoiding getting flanked, so mobility of individual units is key; if you climb up deep into the mountains, you will have a harder time with mobility than staying on or near the valley floor. Additionally, many of your units cannot go on mountain hexes, so it's easier to maintain your lines if everyone stays close to the valley. It's easier to make a stand at the keep and northern river bank, but this approach can be too costly in terms of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium/hard, you can lure out the roadside guard Warriors one at a time by putting a unit within attack range of one (and out of range of the other.) They mostly come at night. Mostly. That is, the Warriors might not bite bait put out during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have Lady Outlaw, note that she has leadership, which will be useful to help promote Prince Haldric, if he is still level 0. It's worth advancing her to level 2, to continue to provide leadership to level 1 Haldric and your other level 1's. You may also make use of her odd ability &amp;quot;distract&amp;quot;, which allows adjacent allied units to ignore ZOCs. And Lady Outlaw allows you to recruit outlaw types. On hard especially, Thugs can be useful as meat shields and to provide strong attacks at night when your lawful forces are crippled. Remember too that Lady Outlaw cannot be permanently killed (at least not yet), so when desperate times call for desperate measures, you can move her into a suicidal position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* It helps that there are two enemy sides as opposed to a twice as strong single enemy side. If one of your units could be attacked by 3 enemies, but 1 of these hexes is currently blocked by the other side, the currently moving enemy decides to attack units which it (they) is (are) actually less likely to kill than that one. AIs don't cooperate, that is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are stuck on this scenario, you may need to replay one or both of the previous scenarios and/or choose to &amp;quot;kill&amp;quot; Lady Outlaw in the previous scenario so you get her gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There is Dwarf Steelclad in the village at 8,5. It's not far from your camp, so send Lady Outlaw there. Dwarf joins you because &amp;quot;It has been a long time since he felt the satisfying crunch of Orcs under his Axe.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you kill the first orc leader, an Orcish Slayer and two Assassins will pop out of nowhere, so you would be wise not to have any wounded units stuck without movement points at that point. Also, the other leader will get an infusion of gold and start recruiting on all available hexes, so if you can sit on some of those hexes first, it will help keep the situation from getting out of control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* At the end, you will be given the choice of the river/swamp road or the midlands/orc road. These fork to the scenarios ''The Swamp of Esten'' and ''The Midlands'', respectively. The swamp scenario is relatively easy, while ''The Midlands'' could cost you some leveled units or even prove impossible to beat if you are low on gold. Also, the swamp gives you a free loyal White Mage, so it's a no brainer, unless you want more of a challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: it would be wise to have at least 1 White Mage before going to the scenario ''The Swamp of Esten''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Midlands====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orcs again. But you chose that way. This scenario may appear impossible, but with a lot of gold and a little strategy, it can be beat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are given plenty of time, so use it wisely. The enemies send lots of orcs, mostly weak ones. So recruit and recall everything you can.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall any White Mages you have. You'll need them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bowmen are good for the wolf units you will be facing.&lt;br /&gt;
* The rest depends on your strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Fast Assault&amp;quot; option: use an assassination team. If you go west, only your Knights and Horsemen will arrive and fight at daytime. So go south. Take the bridge and defend against the enemy closing in from the west. Take out Yellow with a fast assault team (they should take a healer along), but be careful about the leader. Your main force moves west, takes and holds the second bridge, and takes out Blue. Your assault team stays in the south and goes for the last enemy leader - they won't face any serious resistance. The enemy moves north to support Blue. The HI guarding the bridge might gain a level or die, but hopefully not the latter, as they are loyal units in a long campaign. With this approach, you can finish early (around 25 turns) and keep your losses low.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Dark Assault&amp;quot; option: use Footpads.  If you chose to work with the the outlaws in the last round, then this works well.  Footpads are cheap.  And they are fast.  And they have good defensive abilities.  Plus they fight well in the dark and in the forest.  So recruit lots of Footpads-pawns and quickly dispatch them to the upper west and south, followed by more powerful units: Mages, Horsemen, etc.  For the time being, leave the middle enemy alone.  To the upper west, send several Footpads into the forest and capture the village and set up a defensive line.  This cuts down the enemy's gold and increases yours.  Don't attack at first, just defend, until more of your slow higher powered units arrive. The strategy here is to pick off the orcs, and send the Horsemen to capture villages.  While this is going, to the south you send your Footpads to capture any villages you can and, more importantly, put a Footpad on the hex that is adjacent to the bridge, thereby stopping easy advancement of their greater numbered troops. A White Mage, a couple Trappers and some Bowmen would make a good escort. Probably sending a Thief or two would be good too, to help dispatch any enemy that infiltrate the villages north of the river. one enemy got into one of the villages on the north of river, and it took a lot to dislodge him.  The intention is to engage the enemy so that they are fighting from the river squares, at a huge disadvantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Swamp Of Esten====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not hard if you are conservative and don't send important units off alone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall 1-2 quick Knights (or Paladins, if you have them), recruit 1-2 Horsemen, and recall your loyal Shocktroopers or whatever they are now.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next round, recruit/recall Mages to kill Scorpions (and Bats) and at least one White Mage to deal with poison, plus maybe a Poacher or Trapper or two, as they are good in swamp (and you would like a Huntsman eventually, for its markmanship.)&lt;br /&gt;
# A little Thug spam can come next, but you don't need a full third round of recruitment. Then send Prince Haldric off to lend his leadership.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Head to the northeastern leader first. Try to kill Dark Adepts with Burin or horse units before they have a chance to attack you. As you close in on the leader, hover your mouse over him to watch where he can go, as at night his ranged attack is nasty and can be followed up by waves of kamikaze Walking Corpses, which can take out a Knight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After you have killed the northeastern leader and eliminated troops there, you can either send your whole army back across the ford and south or split your army into two halves, sending one part to each leader. If you have lost several units but have lots of turns left, it's probably safer to stick together. This is not a simple mop-up operation, as powerful undead can take out some of your valuable units if you're not careful. On hard, Shadows are a threat at night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Searching the temples is a good idea. Some have gold. There is a free loyal White Mage hiding in (a random) one of the temples - visit the temple close to the keep ASAP, and if not there, try rushing a horse unit or Lady Outlaw to the temple at 19,5. However, some of the temples contain undead, so keep extra troops nearby when you enter one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main challenge in this scenario is keeping your ally alive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your (probably leveled up) Heavy Infantry from The Fall and some quick Spearmen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recruit/recall Thugs, Bowmen, and Spearmen, preferably quick.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round, recall 2-3 White Mages (or Mages of Light) and maybe some quick Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Your forces will have three main combat arenas: the northeast, the south, and the middle.&lt;br /&gt;
# The castle in the middle is inhabited by the tree folk. The orcs have almost the perfect anti-wose force, heavy on fire (Orcish Crossbowmen and Pillagers), so your ally is going to need your help. Send 2-4 units to the castle and another 4-8 units northeast of the castle to block the enemy advancing from that direction.&lt;br /&gt;
# Split the rest of your forces to go northeast and south, 4-6 units each, with a White Mage in each force. Your loyal Heavy Infantry / Shocktroopers should head south. Sending Haldric south might help take some of the heat off the woses.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Tips...&lt;br /&gt;
* If you send a White Mage or Mage of Light to the wose castle, it will let any adjacent wose cure+heal or sometimes regenerate+heal (16 points.) That's because of the side sequence within a turn: player, orcs, woses. For example, after the orcs attack with poison, the woses cure themselves, and then your leveled mage will heal any adjacent wose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The temple contains the entrance to the catacombs, but you need the leader Wose's help to open it, and to get that help you have to win the current scenario, so there is no point in visiting this temple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is in the catacombs, i.e., underground, and it's a tough one, so you need to groom your roster accordingly. Two Mages of Light would make it a whole lot easier. Failing that, level up your fearless loyal Shocktrooper and chaotic outlaw types. Bandits/Highwaymen and Fugitives are especially nice. Quick units of almost any type (except horse units) will be helpful, if leveled and possessing high HP (&amp;gt;50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Temple in the Deep===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be facing undead underground. This is a difficult situation that will prove much easier with proper recruitment. Then the strategy will be fairly straightforward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All in all, what you need is a small elite force. Two rounds of recalls is enough, if you didn't lose Burin in a prior scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers, though their slow movement will prove frustrating. Also on the first round, recall a fast &amp;quot;tank&amp;quot; and someone to grab the holy water.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recall any Mages of Light you might already have, and a total of at least two White Mages or Mages of Light, preferably quick. For the rest of your recruitment, what you need are high movement (6+ MP) non-horse units with high hitpoints (&amp;gt;50 HP). It helps if they are chaotic (or at least neutral) and/or have ranged or impact attacks. Put all the requirements together and it points to Fugitives. Outlaws and quick Arch Mages are worth recalling too. Fill out the rest with other high HP units. Note that horse units are too sluggish in caves and should not be recalled/recruited unless you have a compelling reason.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round (optional), you can add a unit or two for a safety margin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# There are two ways north, but they will meet up together. First thing you will see are Tentacles. You can either ignore the Tentacles for the most part or use them for XP. Your main initial objective is to find a good place to make a stand against the nasty wave of undead coming from the north. The chokepoints and southern shoreline offer good defensive locations. Watch out for the enemy's Bone Shooters, Revenants and Deathblades, as they could easily mess up a level 3 unit. &lt;br /&gt;
# Once the flow of baddies as tapered off, gradually progress northwards. Once you get into the final chamber, the boss should be a piece of cake, although his ranged attack is devastating, so try to attack him with melee units. Be careful if he has recruits around, as their combined damage can take down one of your level 3's. Note that the Ruby can only be picked up by Haldric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Holy water: The best choice for the Holy Water is a quick Bandit, who should level quickly. A quick Highwayman could be used, but won't benefit much from the XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* XP: Use this level to get experience. The early-finish bonus is tiny. The Tentacles are perfect for leveling up units. Keep Burin away from the water at this stage, or he'll kill all tentacles as they attack, depriving those who could benefit from the XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your killed units will be turned into Walking Corpses (or Soulless on hard.) Therefore, spam is not helpful. A Mage or Thug can be okay, if used with great care, but mostly you need to recall leveled troops here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return to Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Clearwater Port===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is easy if you take the first boat out, more and more challenging for the second and third boats, and very difficult (on hard) if you want to take out all three leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers from ''The Fall.'' You will also want several Footpads, for speedy village snatching, coastline defending (under leader supervision), and possibly for filling castle hexes if your lines get too thin.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recruit/recall more low maintenance units. It's a good scenario for leveling troops, so recalling acouple half-leveled Spearmen or similar is a good idea.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third and later turns, start recalling your high maintenance units. The key to winning this scenario is to recall several advanced units that can take a lot of damage and get good defense in castles (no Horsemen). You will also want at least 3 White Mages or Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Backstab your ally, stealing all his villages. Your ally is useless anyway, except for the entertainment value from his troops' suicide runs. The income is much better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
# Send your heavy duty troops with some White Mages over to the line of castle near Lt. Aethyr. (Optionally, you can rush forward past the castle, but you will need to return almost as quickly before the main enemy wave and night arrive.) Aethyr will usually be done recruiting by the second or third turn, before the enemy reaches you, so fill the entire line with your units, and put Knight Sir Rudry in the one non castled tile (or leave it empty, if no enemy are adjacent.) Place the White Mages behind this line. After the enemy has reached you and it is your turn to attack, go mostly for the assasins, as they have a weak melee attack and their poison can be a huge problem. Alternatively to using the castle (from (26,18) to (24,15)) to defend, the front line can lead through the villages at (30,17) and (30,18). This will make your line much shorter, it becomes much more of a bottleneck fight and offsets your enemy's superior numbers, since some of their units just move around with all spots to attack occupied; you only have to give up 1 village and 2 front units instaheal without mages. Place your strongest units on the weakest spot (29,20) and a Mage of Light on (30,19), he will hardly be attacked as the hex before him is used to attack (29,20). This shorter line requires less units on your side and also has the great advantage that there are much less 40% defense spots to attack you. They will flank you at the sides but stand on ice or sand then.&lt;br /&gt;
# Meanwhile, on the northeastern coast, the northern enemy leader will send lots of units to catch your flank unguarded. Send 2 Footpads, a Spearman, Lady Jessene, and Haldric to guard the coast. If Lady Jessene is already level 3, you can substitute a Royal Guard, Swordsman, or Javelineer for Haldric. This coastline defense squad may need help later, so be ready to divert a speedy powerful unit there. If you keep a healthy unit on the village at the tip of the land, then, unless you are very unlucky, you will be able to hold off everything the northern leader sends. After the assault from the water has been crushed, some of your troops may be able to cross the ford north, but be careful not to get attacked in the water with only 20% defense. (Certain of your chaotic units do have 40% defense in water; now is a good time to pay attention to that.) Also, notice that the lighthouse has a similar effect as a Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
# You have two options for the endgame:&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Total victory&amp;quot; strategy: Once you've thinned the enemy to where they only have a few units that are close to your line, usually this happens conveniently around dawn, move your people out and start heading for their leaders. Split your force, sending a few down the southern path, to distract the eney and most of them toward the middle leader, to kill him. Once he's dead, send some of your army down to kill the southern leader and devote a few units to defending the bridge until the rest of your army can rejoin you. A unit or two with a lot of HP with a white mage are usually enough to do this.&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Run like hell&amp;quot; strategy: Alternatively, you can leave your leader near the docks and take one of the boats to end the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fallen Lich Point===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a high variance scenario. It may be easy or hard, depending on events beyond your control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit fairly lightly initially, as you will likely have a chance to use the Lich's keep to recruit again.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages, White Mages, and Mages of Light are good, and as are all the other advancements of Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* You automatically should have your loyal Knight. Because of the mountains around &amp;quot;lichland&amp;quot; and frozen ground everywhere else, additional horse units are not recommended, except a single Paladin will come in handy.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Thugs or a Bandit or Highwayman will provide a little extra undead bashing power.&lt;br /&gt;
* Footpads will help with village flagging.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy... &lt;br /&gt;
# The Orcs will be busy with the Yetis, so you can walk with a big group south and kill the Lich-Lord. Move Haldric to the stone monument to de-petrify the Lich. It may help to post some units around the undead before doing so. Use several mages to make a hole or two in the ring of undead, and then push in a burly fighter or two and/or Paladin to kill the Lich.&lt;br /&gt;
# After killing the Lich, assess the Orc/Yeti situation (as well as the village flagging situation) and decide if you need to use the Lich's keep to recruit some reinforcements.&lt;br /&gt;
# After that, head north and walk into the sewer entrance (the &amp;quot;cave&amp;quot;) or else kill the orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* It is also possible, if you recruit heavily, to split your force and head north to attack the eastern Orcs before they finish with the Yetis.  However, be careful not to be attacked by a Yeti yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
* When dealing with the Lich, be aware that he has money; if you let him vacate any of his encampment tiles, or if you kill any of his units but do not occupy their tiles, he will be able to recruit.  (This is not necessarily all bad, as it can mean more experience, but depending on the strength of your force you may want to be careful.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sewer of Southbay===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a swampy underground scenario, but with attention to recruitment, it's not very difficult.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* As always underground, you want non-horse units with 6+ MP.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall White Mages / Mages of Light, at least two, three is probably the optimal number.&lt;br /&gt;
* There are quite a few villages in this cave, so an expensive force is supportable, though not necessary. Some players recruit a large and spammy force, while others go with small and elite:&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 1, &amp;quot;Large and spammy&amp;quot; recruitment: Recruit four each of Mages, Thugs, and Poachers. Yes, Poachers normally stink, but here they really shine in a swamp that is permanently dark, underground. If you recruit four Poachers, you could finish with three Trappers and a Huntsman - or you could finish with four dead Poachers. The Thugs are especially likely to die, as they will be facing off against Red Mages, but somebody has to do it.&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 2, &amp;quot;Small and elite&amp;quot; recruitment: Recall something like one Red Mage, one Arch Mage, one Silver Mage, 2 two Royal Guards/Highwaymen/etc, and a Trapper or Huntsman, plus three regular Mages and a Poacher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# After leaving your initial chamber, you will be in a large swamp room with three entrances, through which will be a flood of bad guys. Use two Poachers and a Thug or similar to blockade the southeast, a small elite group to block the north, and then a mix of fighters and mages to handle the west entrance. Give each group a White Mage or Mage of Light, as well as at least one regular Mage. Try to keep the Mages of Light away from your chaotic forces on the front lines, though. Use the leadership of Haldric and Lady Jessene - and Mage of Light illumination or lack thereof - to get the most from each attack.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the initial battle has died down, you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
## If you have enough forces, you can divide into two groups and attack both brothers simultanously, east and west.&lt;br /&gt;
## Otherwise, do them one after the other, and then look for the exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Danger: there is a Giant Spider at the exit. You may wish to keep one or two cannon fodder units in order to be able to save your advanced units.  It is best to use ranged attacks against the spider, so leveled mages are good here.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is a lot easier with a lot of gold, especially on the hardest difficulty level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Southbay in Winter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Final Spring===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a large battle, and any mistake on any front can spell doom, but overall it will be fairly easy on the easier difficulty levels. On hard, it still is easy given enough gold (370 or so.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# On the first turn, recall a Silver Mage to teleport to the island, recruit Footpads for village snatching, recall one or more of your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''The Fall''), and recall one or more Knights or similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, continue with this theme, but it will be nightfall soon, so recall Outlaws, Bandits, Assassins, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn three is a bit more of the same, but you need to start thinking about preserving your income and also keeping a gold reserve. You can spam some peasants to preserve cash and income.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn four turn is more of the same.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn five, you will have new recruitment options (see spoiler at walkthrough end.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy is broken into three fronts...&lt;br /&gt;
# The first front is the south land area. Do a counter-clockwise sweep. Mounted units augmented with Footpads are a good choice. Note that it will be nightfall soon after game start, so it might be wise to delay any serious mounted assault until the next day, and you can delay your recalls for this.&lt;br /&gt;
# The second front is the walled city. Move slower units and your loyal White Mage / Mage of Light to defend here. Take your ally's villages; your ally wouldn't do much useful with the money anyway. When your units from the second front complete their sweep, you can break the remaining southern forces against the city wall in a hammer and anvil. Then your united forces can move north. On easy, you may be able to push north more quickly than that using just part of your city troops.&lt;br /&gt;
# The third front is the two small islands. Send a Silver Mage there ASAP. (You should have a village already there, so the Silver Mage can teleport over.) Footpads/Outlaws/Fugitives, Rangers, and others will help later. Lady Jessene could be used. A quick White Mage or Mage of Light would be useful, either on the coast or on the islands. Do not use Assassins on this front. Assassins have relatively weak defense in water against Orcs and Nagas, they're very weak against blade, which is all orcs and nagas use, and their relatively slow movement in water makes backstab hard to use reliably. Overall, you need to devote more resources to this front than you might think.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also keep an eye on the peninsula north of your keep. Wolf Riders and others might mount an amphibious assault in an effort to flank your troops. On the easier difficulty levels, you may wish to beat the punch and quickly establish a bridgehead on the other side of the bay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* You should have lots of high-level units now, so concentrate on recruiting new ones and levelling them up to fill needs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Peasants are useful as placeholders for villages and distractions for the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 4, a gang of nasty undead show up in the east. So, for your city taskforce, you'll want to recruit/recall units with impact and arcane attacks. Note that if undead capture villages, they will be flagged with the Orc island boss' black flag! This can result in an overwhelming number of Nagas, and it's one reason that you must devote a lot of resources to the island campaign. Re-flag any black flag villages quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 5, a gang of nasty Mermen show up in the west. Fortunately, they are on your side. You can now recruit Mermen. This is the real reason to keep a gold reserve until this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Peoples in Decline===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a potentially bloody scenario versus Drakes. Proper recruitment is more important than good strategy here, as you will have little opportunity to maneuver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* First, recall any loyal Mermen in your roster. Your loyal Iron Maulers might prefer to sit this one out.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drakes are vulnerable to pierce attacks, so spam cheap pierce attack units. In addition to Peasants, there are Poachers, Bowmen, Spearmen, Merman Fighters, and Merman Hunters. Poachers are key here, due to the swampy terrain and their chaotic alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
* However, it helps to recall some leveled units early on, to prevent your line from crumbling. Javelineers and Trappers are good, since they have both ranged and melee attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need a total of 2 or 3 White Mages / Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* On your last turn of recruitment when you have about 80 gold, recall some advanced units if need be, like Master Bowmen and Rangers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Since you will have a lot of level 1 and 0 units, make sure to use the leadership of Prince Haldric and Lady Jessene.&lt;br /&gt;
* Look for opportunities to heal via leveling up.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pay attention to the day-night cycle in this scenario. Drakes will be strong during day, but become very weak in the night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Take advantage of the mountains for defense.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be careful with your loyals.&lt;br /&gt;
* Because most Drakes have powerful ranged attacks, melee-only units should hide behind the lines until they attack, preferably at night (with a Mage of Light supplying illumination.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure you get the Storm Trident in the middle of the sea, but be certain that you've cleared most of the Drakes first, since a Sea Serpent will appear. It's best to have some strong units ready to kill it in 1 or 2 turns. You can give the trident to Lord Typhon, but since he leaves a bit later, you may want to give it to another Merman Fighter. Movement over land is important for Mermen in the campaign as a whole.  If the Merman Fighter to whom you give the storm trident has the Quick attribute, you can make him a Hoplite when he gets to level 3.  Otherwise, make him a Triton, because movement over land is important for Mermen in this campaign as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rough Landing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting Nagas and Vampire Bats, primarily. This is a scenario that may be frustrating on the easier difficulty levels, though on hard it is just par for the course. Good recruitment and strategy will save you from getting slaughtered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are probably going to go negative on gold and be unable to rectify that with the paultry early finish bonus, so you might as will go very negative and be resigned to start the next scenario with minimum gold.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit/recall many Mermen and 1 or 2 White Mages or Mages of Light. A few Peasants can be useful to pad out your force, distract the enemy, and protect villages from stray Bats. A Silver Mage can be useful for island hopping but is not essential. Thieves/Assassins are blade vulnerable, and Nagas only use blades, so it's probably best not to recall them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Knock out the southeastern leader in a blitz. It's important to get that out of the way, because a wave of Nagas is advancing at light speed from the north.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next, hurriedly set up a line in the water alongside your fortress island. Your fortress troops can anchor one flank, while Burin the Dwarf can go to the island to the northeast to anchor the other end of your line. Nobody messes with Burin. Move Lady Jessene behind the lines to lend her support to the Mermen. Your loyal Mage of Light will be able to move back and forth more (to lend illumination) if kept in the fortress area.&lt;br /&gt;
# Finally, once the enemy assault wave has been broken, advance northward to kill the final two leaders in a straightforward mop-up operation. Just be careful not leave isolated units where they can get swarmed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints/Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to level up the mermen; they can be useful in another scenario later.&lt;br /&gt;
* Beware of Sea Serpents. Three of them will appear, one on each of the three turns following your first kill of an enemy unit. Make sure to kill them at once. The Storm Trident from the previous scenario and the Ruby of Fire will come in handy against the Serpents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A New Land===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a non-scenario. The scenario objectives tell you to avoid all confrontation for as long as possible, but actually the faster your units encounter the others the faster the scenario will end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* None necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The optimal strategy for gold carryover is to grab the three closest villages, then retreat to your keep and wait. Once one attack occurs, the non-scenario will be over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* One thing to keep in mind is that this the last chance you have to grab some more Mermen as their king leaves.  They are quite helpful in a later scenario so grabbing a few extra here cannot hurt if you can spare the gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Ka'lian===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story, with your choice of four battles next.  You have to beat them all in whatever order.  The amount of gold you have should be the factor in deciding when you choose to play Cursed Isle (the undead problem).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All four scenarios have to be beaten, but in whatever order you choose.&lt;br /&gt;
====The Dragon====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not as difficult as it looks, though your recruitment and strategy need to be tailored to fight the Saurian Skirmishers and other foes you will face here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Saurians use piercing attacks mostly, so it's better to use units resistant to pierce. Pikemen and Halberdiers have 40% pierce resistance. Javelineers are ideal as Saurians use ranged attacks a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
* You may wish to bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers. They are ineffective against the 70% impact resistant Mudcrawlers, while also vulnerable to the ranged attacks of both Mudcrawlers and Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consider adopting a force of all units with ranged attacks, save for horse and thief units, which can be kept behind the lines when not in use. It is amusing when Saurian Augers are forced to tap your units with their little staffs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers are a necessity to deal with the heavy damage your units will be sustaining. Depending on the strategy you adopt, you will want 2-4 healers. Mages of Light rock here, as they can easily do front line duty in pairs and their illumination blinds the Saurians, reducing their damage.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need something to clean up mud. Versus level 0 Mudcrawlers, Horsemen and their advancements can charge with no counterattack, and likewise Thieves and their advancements can backstab with no counterattack. Mages can be used as well on the fire vulnerable mud.&lt;br /&gt;
* A Merman or two will help with water hexes. An Entangler's slow ability will help tame the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used many different strategies with success:&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Fighting Saurians requires a disciplined formation.  If you're used to stringing out troops to move them into position as they get there, that won't work after Turn 2 or 3. You can use a &amp;quot;healing hedgehog&amp;quot; of ten troops--two white mages next to each other and eight troops completely encircling them.  If someone gets badly injured, move them to the inside and put a white mage on one of the long edges, fighting as you go.  If you're trying for the big bonus, you'll need two hedgehogs.  Try to keep reserves back a bit in cities.  If the terrain favorably protects you, or the wounded is a fast unit, you can try moving wounded back to cities too.  Once the main wave of Saurians is broken, you can string non-wounded troops out a bit in the rush for the leaders. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Triangular Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Switching wounded units to the inside of the hedgehog can be a problem if you are surrounded. ZOC prevents you from creating an open hex to move the inner unit into. You can fix this by creating a triangle with three hexes inside, instead of the standard two of the hedgehog. If you do this on your castle, only three units are in grasslands. If you set it right, you can make most of the hexes adjacent to your triangle be grassland as well, forcing the Saurians into a bad defensive position. In terms of unit positioning, the simplest way is to fill two inner spaces with Mages of Light, a but a better tactic is to put one of the mages on an edge, thereby ensuring that all but one of your units are healing. The remaining unit can either be a Merman Hoplite, (prefereably resilient and carrying a Storm Trident) or Lady Jessene, since she has excellent defense and is chaotic and therefore benefits by not being in the Mages' light. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Giant Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Recruit a lot of units, and then move the whole army as one big bulk. Keep healers in the middle (about four), rotate stronger units outwards, and make sure you leave no gaps. The Saurians will slip through the tiniest gap and kill your weak units. Head first for the east or west leader, but steer for good terrain, because your force will soon be swarmed. But then by turn 10, there should be many few Saurians alive.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Standard Line&amp;quot; strategy: Form a line from the west board edge diagonally up towards your keep across the two villages just in front of the forest. You will probably wish to bend upwards at the forest, rather than running the line all the way to the keep. Whenever the Saurians have a small number of troops at your line and you have enough strength to kill them all, you can advance your whole line one hex south, allowing you to get additional attacks on them from non-frontline troops. Once you advance a unit to the first water hex at west board edge, the west leader will probably come out to greet it, so be ready to fry him with Haldric's ruby. After killing the leader, back up into good terrain to prepare to meet the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Wake the Dragon&amp;quot; strategy: Prematurely wake the dragon (see spoiler below) and back up your troops to north of your keep. When the dragon comes, kill him. The scenario can be over on turn 7. There is no early finish bonus for this, but you can recruit lightly so that you still have gold at the end and will carry-over 40%, if you need it for your next scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* With all these strategies, the Saurians may hold back for quite a while. This is okay, as the Dragon will eventually appear and come to you. Kill it. Then you are given a choice of whether to end the scenario or to try to kill all the enemy leaders before time runs out. You can choose to finish the remaining Saurians for a nice bonus. However, on the hardest difficulty setting the turn limit (33 turns) is insufficient for you to plow through the vast hordes of level 0 spam to get to the leaders, so it's best to simply end the scenario after killing the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The dragon will awake on turn 15 or when you move a unit down around the road north of the mountains. If you wish to wake the dragon prematurely, you can recruit a Horseman on turn 1 and run him down. It's a suicide mission for him, however.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have a fast non-horse unit in position, rush it to the mountain cave after the Dragon leaves to grab the 200 in gold, though that's nothing compared to the Hero bonus for defeating all the Saurian leaders. So focus on killing all of them first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Lizard Beach====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario versus Saurians, Giant Scorpions, and Mudcrawlers, where good recruiting and strategy will save you from massive bloodshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruiting...&lt;br /&gt;
* Mermen are helpful for the swamp and water areas.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers, veterans from ''The Fall.'' They are laughably ineffective against the impact resistant Mudcrawlers - and laughably vulnerable to their ranged attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Thieves, Horsemen, and their advancements are good for mud cleanup, though you must keep them out of range of Saurian skirmishers. Swordsmen and Royal Guards are also good, though overkill.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall a lot of fairly high HP units, preferably with strong non-impact ranged and melee attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages are good. Mages of Light are especially useful, since they can do front line duty. Lots of healing may be necessary, about 3 healers are good, so White Mages can be used too. Raw recruit Mages can be used as well, for disposal of Giant Scorpions and the occasional Saurian Skirmisher that wanders too far. At least one Silver Mage is highly desirable, along with a speedy unit (e.g., Fugitive, Footpad, or Horseman) to capture villages for the Silver Mage to use north of the river.&lt;br /&gt;
* [fredbobsmith2] An alternative strategy that works surprisingly well is to simply use a very mage-heavy army. Recall most or all of your high-level mages, throw in a few peasants, and spend the rest of your gold on recruiting mages. Victory will come with shocking ease.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* General strategy: as Saurians have skirmishers and a lot of movement, be sure to protect your wounded units well. Because of the Saurians unnerving ability to concentrate their fire on one unit, be sure to keep several healers around and try to keep your line straight so only two can mob one guy. Hedgehog tactic also seems to work well.&lt;br /&gt;
* Opening strategy: here are some specific strategies that players have used with success in the early part of the scenario:&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen in center&amp;quot; strategy: Recall 2-4 Mermen, 1-2 Trappers/Huntsmen, and a lot of high HP troops, then form a line. Initially, you can either form a north-south line around the lake area with one flank at the south board edge, or, if you want to be conservative, you can do a diagonal line in the southeast corner, with both flanks tied to board edges. You'll need the Mermen to handle the lake area, and Trappers/Huntsmen/Mermen for the swamp areas. Keep troops in reserve, so that when a few Saurians meet your line, you can advance your whole line over them. Do not be too conservative/defensive on hard, as your time is limited. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen on flank&amp;quot; strategy: Recall several decent land melee units &amp;amp; then 4-5 level 2 Mermen on rounds 2-3. Most of your force forms a line of battle near your keep, Mermen on the north flank in the river, land units extending south, flanks bent back with strongest units at the corners - then let the Saurians break on it. Once their first wave has broken, the rest of their troops come in drips and are no problem, so now you can split up and wipe out the stragglers and claim villages; any L2 units you start with should level up. After you defeat the main force from the south send just one or two guys north to capture towns so your Silver Mages can teleport into the fray. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen feint&amp;quot; strategy: Recall most of your Mermen from before and send them along the river towards the sea. This will harry the saurian troops coming down from the north, allowing your main force to advance on the southern enemy  undisturbed. Beware, though as your mermen will encounter the Saurians at night time (giving you -25% and them +25%), so try to minimize conflict until dawn, just get in their way.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;No Mermen&amp;quot; strategy: On your first two turns recall two keeps of strong, fast veterans like mounted units (not Paladins though; they're pretty ineffective against saurians), Outlaws/Assassins, and Silver Magi along with some other veterans, preferably with a lot of HP: if all goes well (at least on easy and medium) that may be all you need. Dash them across the swamp directly west of your keep, south of the sands, and form a line with strong units at the ends. They'll flank you, but you're stronger than them and you can use your slower units to crush the flanking saurians in a hammer and anvil. The first wave of southern Saurians should get itself killed before the northern Saurians arrive in force. Once the northern Saurians arrive, take them out with your slower units while your quicker ones go for the southern leader.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sacrificial lamb&amp;quot; strategy: In addition to a couple mages, 2 healers, and some other fighters, recruit a castle-full of peasants to draw the Saurians out onto open ground.  Surround a single peasant on 5 sides, with 2 healers behind him. Build your formation around that.&lt;br /&gt;
* Closing strategy: The enemy's onslaught tapers out after their initial wave, so the final push for the southern leader should be quick and clean. Taking out the northern leader is harder, because all of your units will be stuck south of the marshes and the river. If you want to go for a quick win, just march forth with Silver Mages, Mermen, and anyone who's close enough to be a help. If you don't want to lose any of your better units, patience may be the key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units gets as far west as the second bridge, a wave of Nagas will arrive out at sea. You may wish to delay going that far until the second watch, so that the Nagas will make contact with your forces during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
* Killing one leader gives more gold to the other, so when you've defeated pretty much all the southern leader's forces, just plant a level 3 or two in his keep and leave him alive; kill them both in the same turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Troll Hole====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that you cannot win by brute force, because the trolls have more brute force than you. Wise recruitment and strategy are necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* It's underground time again, so as before, mainly recruit mages. The trolls are strong, so hopefully you have lots of levelled up mages. Mages of Light are especially nice, because they are tough enough to survive an attack from most trolls, while simultaneously reducing the damage sustained (due to illumination blinding the trolls.) Level 1 Mages can be used to good effect too, especially if quick. If only attacked by a single Troll Whelp, a healthy level 1 Mage will survive.&lt;br /&gt;
* In addition to mages, your chaotic units can be helpful here again, especially against the occasional Rocklobber, which you will not want to attack with mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be careful if you recall your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''the Fall''). In particular, the fearless one probably cannot take four hits from a Troll, like if it fails to kill a Troll and then the Troll attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* A couple of Mermen can help in the first few turns.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you're low on gold, recruit some Peasants and feed them XP to fatten them into Bowmen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are 4 castles, and two of them (randomly placed) are the troll leaders you need to kill.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can make your initial stand either on the island or on the other side of the bridges.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to use the narrow corridors to your advantage, so the enemy can only place one attack against a strong unit of yours, but you can kill a troll at a time with two mages or Haldric. Also keep an eye at your back since they will try to surround you. And resist the temptation to send single units wandering around in what seems to be empty caves - they will all die, probably by the fangs of a Giant Spider.&lt;br /&gt;
* When you've whittled down the enemy, go the direction they came from and kill the leaders, ignoring spider keeps.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alternative: This could be a good choice if you have low gold: recall 2 quick red mages, and 3 quick tough melee units (say 2 royal guards &amp;amp; a L3 chaotic unit like a Fugitive). Play expedition style: abandon the start island, stay fairly close together, with your troops roughly divided in two between those moving forward and those fighting rearguard. Provided you knock out one troll leader early, the rest is manageable, just work your way carefully over to the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cursed Isle====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting undead, mostly of the incorporeal and ghoulish lineages. Victory comes surprisingly easily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit lightly, certainly no more than two castles of troops. You could use 1-3 Paladins, 1-2 Mages, and 1-2 White Mages / Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall your loyal Merman Triton or similar and have him pick up the holy water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* This can be the first or last quest you choose.  If you can wait, do it last, as you will come out of it with a lot of gold, which you will need for the first scenario after the quests, ''The Vanguard''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep a very tight formation for the first night, as Shadows will hit hard and you don't want to get backstabbed or swarmed. By dawn, it should be smooth sailing.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you get anywhere near the enemy leaders' keeps, expect to get rushed by a leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* In one of the three temples there is a Vampire Lady. All you really need is a Paladin or three to rush the temples. Kill her. Game over, you win. One of the other temples has some gold; grab that first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Spy In The Woods===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Vanguard===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting a large number of orcs, trolls and other enemies in a location with a natural defensive line, where presumably an underground river has carved a line of sinkholes. This scenario will be difficult or impossible with minimum gold (200), but quite doable with a large amount of gold (450+) even on the hardest difficulty setting. Recruitment and strategy are fairly straightforward, given the board layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit a lot of units; you will need them.&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall/recruit speedy units: Knights, Lancers, Paladins, Horsemen, Outlaws, and similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recall your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up from ''The Fall'') and Spearmen/Swordsmen/Royal Guards.&lt;br /&gt;
# On subsequent turns, recall/recruit healers and other sorts of Mages, Thugs and their advancements, and Longbowmen. You will need quite a lot of healing power: 3-4 White Mages / Mages of Light and 1-2 Paladins. A Silver Mage would come in handy, since your forces will be widely spaced, but you could start with a couple of Red Mages and try to level up one or both to Silver Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Your first priority is to rush to the west and northwest sinkhole gaps with mounted units. Seal the gaps there before the enemy pours through. Seal the rest of the gaps quickly too. Of course, seal each gap with one or more units ''behind'' the gap, not in it, so that you get multiple attacks on the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
# A &amp;quot;Sitzkrieg&amp;quot; may develop, where neither side can make progress. Shift units to the southwest and break out there, using the west board edge defensively.&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget the chest of gold, which you can see even in fog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill more than half the units of any side, a few tough undead units will appear near that side's stronghold at the edge of the map. So, this will happen three times. Beware the Chocobones. Their double damage from charge means they can take out Commander Aethyr at night just by hitting 2 for 2, and they will certainly try if they get the opportunity.&lt;br /&gt;
* After you kill either of the orc leaders, the other gets 80 gold. At far north is a level 3 troll leader, but he gets no bonus gold.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is much less difficult with extra gold. You can use Peasants to avoid going negative on gold, promoting them to Spearmen only when needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return of the Fleet===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome to the &amp;quot;kitchen sink&amp;quot; defense.  You've made it this far; now the enemy will launch a desperate defense, throwing a little bit of everything at you.  The effect is mostly psychological, but it could be a problem if you came into the scenario with minimum gold or your initial assessment causes you to drastically under-recruit. Time is money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, at least, you don't want to overrecruit. First turn, recall Mermen to assassinate the undead leader; 2 Entanglers/Netcasters and the Triton with the Storm Trident. Later, you should recruit 1 or more Silver Mages also for this taskforce as well as for causing general mayhem. It's also worth recruiting 5-10 L1/L0 units to take the brunt of the first wave of attacks; you can use any combination of Footpads, Poachers, Thugs, Spearmen, and Peasants, as you see fit. You'll want some decent L2 and L3 recalls for healing, to flank your lines, and to start kicking some butt at daybreak. A Mage or Red Mage to blast Trolls and Chocobones will level up by end of scenario. Paladins are good too. In addition to your loyal Mage of Light, you will need a bare minimum of 1 more healer.&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, don't recruit too much for fighting the undead - 2 Paladins at most, 1 or 2 Thugs, the stormy Merman, and the nearest Mage working with your land force are sufficient - the undead commander only gets 5-6 L2 recruits and they come ashore scattered (on medium, anyway). Paladins are so effective against undead that you can wade into the water after them. Just remember, Paladins can't go into deep water and undead can.&lt;br /&gt;
* On hard, you also don't want to recruit too much for fighting the undead, but it's only because going on an offensive early against them will get you crushed by a Chocobone armada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Move the Mermen (including the storm trident) as quickly as possible pretty much straight to the West. (There is a village and swamp hex that can aid your travel if you pick the best route).  Move these guys up the West side once they get there to get to the Undead Leader as quickly as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Your loyal units can do a little village grabbing, but it would be unwise to venture too far north.&lt;br /&gt;
# After nightfall, fog will appear; for the rest of the scenario, the map will become shrouded, like in a cave scenario.  So while you're still amazingly able to see, note the key terrain features, castle and city locations, and troop dispositions (especially Chocobones.)  Also, visually explore the avenues of approach you want to be able to see later.&lt;br /&gt;
# The first wave is largely at night and will have Goblin Knights and Pillagers, and later Chocobones and Troll Warriors. The damage they can cause is bone chilling, so make sure to divert their attention with plenty of spam. You want to meet them on the edge of the woodland, while inducing the orcs to fight from the grassland. Footpads and Poachers are handy here, as they have high defense in woodland. Players have had success setting up the initial line in either the north and northeast woodlands, with respect to the castle. Others have succeeded by fighting mostly from the open plain, retaining mobility by leaving the woodlands to their Footpads.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once your Mermen have taken an island city, teleport over one or more Silver Mages to help kill the undead leader - in addition to a Silver Mage, you will want the storm trident, a Netcaster/Entangler, plus one more leveled unit to be fairly sure to knock him out in one round. Quick striking like this you end up fighting a lot less undead.  You probably end up foddering one of the mermen to the Undead Archers, but the trade off is well worth it.  You can keep cycling your mermen up to fight with any orcs or trolls that come into the water. Silver Mages can assist, since they are not needed much in the other part of the fight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the undead leader is assassinated and the first wave is broken, you may advance cautiously due north or to the northwest along the coast and ultimately finish off the two orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When you are close to the break in the woods at the east board edge, tighten your formation and keep wounded units well away, as a small force of high-level Saurians will appear. Trigger them in daylight if possible, and knock them out fast. Alternatively, you can delay triggering the Saurians as long as possible by moving your force northwest near the water and then onto the small island, though even then it is possible to trigger the Saurians if you are not careful where you step. (Stepping to 10 hexes or less from 34,15 triggers the Saurians.) You can fight the final wave of orcs from the island, then move northeast to the mainland, finally triggering the Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Two cuttlefish appear when you approach the north-central island. Assuming you're sending a strike force through the water to knock out the undead commander, you really don't want to trigger these until that force is on the island - the storm trident Merman is the only thing that can stand up to them in water, and they will avoid him to attack more vulnerable units.&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill one enemy leader, the other gets more gold &amp;amp; recruits a new wave of L2s. This can be useful if you need to kill off surplus L1 units to improve the finish bonus, or if you need the XP more than the gold; otherwise, try to knock out both leaders on the same turn before they can recruit more. Alternatively, if you kill the first one at dawn, the second will be reluctant to attack with his L2s in daylight, and you might jump in and kill him before he uses them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is the final one. Therefore, loyal units are now somewhat disposable. However, you will need plenty of gold. Recruit some Peasants in the current scenario if you need to save some gold. Not only are they cheap, but they have no upkeep and Chocobones love 'em. Send a unit with leadership with them and they can even deal some amount of damage and be used to finish off wounded enemy, though at night you should just let them take the beating passively since otherwise they die too quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rise of Wesnoth===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's the final battle: be patient, recall everybody - the early finish bonus doesn't mean anything. Also, loyal units are no better than other units after your recruitment is finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need at least 300 starting gold, maybe more like 400 on the hardest difficulty level, so if need be, replay the previous scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* To stretch your money, start with loyal Iron Maulers and a couple ready-to-level level 1's and level 2's. Finally, recall as many level 3's as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: 3-6 Mages of Light / White Mages. Your few chaotic units will appreciate a White Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse units: 2-4 Paladins, 3-4 Knights / Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse escorts: about 3 speedy units, like Royal Guards, Fugitives, and Silver Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tanks: at least 6 high HP units, such as Royal Guards, Highwayman, Master Bowmen, and the loyal Iron Maulers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages: at least 3 high level Mages aside from your basic healers, so Arch Mages, Great Mages, and Silver Mages. Additional Mages of Light can be substituted.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Mermen might be useful here, but surprisingly, they're not really necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
* On 1.9.3 and earlier, you can recruit Saurian Skirmishers on medium and Skirmishers plus Ambushers on hard. This appears to be a bug, so ignore the option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will launch a two pronged assault: mounted units will race to the west and then south, while the main army heads due south.&lt;br /&gt;
* With your mounted units, race forwards by day and backwards by night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Along with the mounted units should go some escorts, speedy foot units intended to kill things like Goblin Impalers, which make even Grand Knights nervous. They would also benefit from a quick Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Meanwhile, with your tanks and the rest of your healers and support units, form a line or hedgehog in the woods just south of your keep or next to the river. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep your leaders with the main army, to avoid drawing too much attention to the mounted detachment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Maintain awareness of the overall battlefield. If the main army gets in trouble, you can send some or all of the mounted units to assist. There may be an opportunity to hammer-and-anvil enemy forces trapped in the middle. And you may wish to transfer units, like Paladins may be useful to the main army after it is on the move.&lt;br /&gt;
* You'll need at least two Paladins to kill Jevyan himself; nothing else is half as effective (except perhaps Mages of Light and suicidal Lancers).  Or you can use a pair of Great Mages (unless you are very unlucky, you should be able to kill him in a single turn). Don't forget to sacrifice Aethyr to Jevyan.  If he doesn't want to come out and play, march up to Jevyan and use a crossbow attack.  When Jevyan is dead, the yellow and green leaders may still be alive. You'll have to kill one, leaving at least one orc leader alive. You pick.  Congratulations!  Enjoy the ending!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units is within 8 hexes of a bridge, but you have no units within 2 hexes of the bridge, and there are no units on the bridge, then a Cuttle Fish will appear and destroy the bridge. This is usually disadvantageous. Not only does it leave you with a Cuttle Fish to fight, but it slows your progress south and the bad guys progress north. At least on the hardest difficulty level, it's hard to kill all the spam in time, so you don't want to impede their advance by removing the bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
* When any of your units is killed, it becomes a Walking Corpse. On hard, it becomes a Soulless, which makes it important to be careful with your level 2's, especially Lancers.&lt;br /&gt;
* After the first orc leader is killed, then some gold goes to mister Lich. It's 40, 80, or 120 gold, for easy, medium, and hard, respectively.  The lich will receive some gold once you kill his Familiar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See Also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MainlineCampaigns]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - The Rise of Wesnoth]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55346</id>
		<title>TheRiseOfWesnoth</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55346"/>
		<updated>2014-07-15T10:28:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* The Troll Hole */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Strategy Guide for The Rise of Wesnoth Campaign ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Campaign strategy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the course of this campaign, you will need to level up to some:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: White Mages/Mages of Light (at least four)&lt;br /&gt;
* Undead killers: Paladins (two)&lt;br /&gt;
* Mobile strikers: Silver Mages (at least one, preferably more), Grand Knights (several), Fugitives (one or more helps)&lt;br /&gt;
* Damage sinks: Royal Guards, Iron Maulers, Highwaymen, Halberdiers, level 3 Burin, and again Grand Knights&lt;br /&gt;
* Leaders: level 3 Haldric, level 3 Lady Outlaw, and much later level 3 Commander Aethyr &lt;br /&gt;
* Ranged attackers: Great Mages (can use several in the last scenario), Longbowmen/Master Bowmen (two), Trapper/Huntsman (one is helpful)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Mage of Light, one Paladin, and five Grand Knights make a perfect assault team!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Horsemen are key for the first three or four scenarios, it's important not to be too reliant on horse units through the middle part of the campaign, as there are many hard levels underground, in swamps, in water, or against Saurians; use XP from the scenario ''The Vanguard'' to get to 2 Paladins and 2+ Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't overlook Pikemen/Halberdiers, which are useful in many levels; pierce attacks work well against Drakes and against the dragon, and they are handy for defensive roles especially repelling Wolf Riders. They are less good against undead, though, and don't get that +1 MP Royal Guard speed bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to many undead opponents, you will want to recruit many Thugs at times, and get a few (the quick ones, since you need them underground) leveled up. Footpads help too, once leveled up. Due to swamps, you will sometimes be spamming Poachers, which get marksmanship once at level 3. These, plus Lady Outlaw, give tactical options at other levels too: some decent chaotic troops form an ideal reserve, since you can attack with your lawful troops at dawn, and by nightfall when you need to heal them, use some chaotic troops to either continue the attack or to shield your healing lawful units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some recommended units to have obtained by specific scenarios:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The Fall - 1 Knight&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. A Harrowing Escape - 1 White Mage, 2 Knights, plus about-to-level troops&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4a. The Midlands - avoid, go to The Swamp of Eden instead&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4b. The Swamp of Eden - level 2 Haldric, level 2 Lady Outlaw, 2 Knights, 2 Shocktroopers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. Temple of the Deep - level 3 Haldric, level 3 Burin, 1-2 Mages of Light or several Outlaws / quick Bandits&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8. Clearwater Port - level 3 Lady Outlaw, 3 White Mages / Mages of Light, 3 Iron Maulers / Royal Guards / Halberdiers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
12. A Final Spring - 1-2 Silver Mages&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
14. Rough Landing - the 3 loyal Mermen from the previous scenario, ''Peoples in Decline''[glandis] In 1.8.6, there was no opportunity for 3 loyal mermen - maybe this was in an older version? And only Merman fighters can be recruited - no Netcaster upgardes are possible&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17a. The Dragon - up to 4 White Mages / Mages of Light&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17d. Cursed Island - 1 Paladin&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
19. The Vanguard - 4 Knights/Lancers/Grand Knights, 2 Paladins (or about-to-level Knights)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
20. Return of the Fleet - 1 Mermen Entangler, 1 Merman Triton with Storm Trident, level 3 Commander Aethyr desirable&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
22. The Rise of Wesnoth - 2 Paladins, 3 Royal Guards, 4 Mages of Light&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because the campaign is long and you won't be able to recall all your level 3's in the final scenario, it pays to create some &amp;quot;uber-units&amp;quot;. An example is a quick, resilient Silver Mage that has been AMLA advanced a few times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
===A Summer Of Storms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively easy scenario, so gear your recruitment and strategy with an eye towards gathering XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# For the first round, recruit 2-3 Horsemen and the rest can be all Spearmen or a mix of Spearmen and Bowmen as you see fit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Then, you should probably hire Bowmen and more Spearmen. Whatever Bowmen you can get advanced will be useful later on for fighting the many trolls, grunts, and riders you will encounter. Note, however, that you will not have any healers until you level up at least one mage to White Mage status, and the sooner you can do that the better. Red mages will also prove very useful in subsequent scenarios, so consider recruiting at least two mages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used at least three strategies with success...&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: Send the horsemen with the king over the bridge, and the others should follow or start going over the mountain, to avoid being attacked from behind. Send subsequent Spearmen and Bowmen on the &amp;quot;over-the-bridge&amp;quot; road, and when the Prince and final troops have just about caught up, march on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;hide in the swamp&amp;quot; strategy: Proceed much like the above, but send the king with 3 Horsemen to capture the nearest houses, then retreat into the swamp area until you have your lawful bonus to kill off troops during the day. To hold them back, you can use a Spearman and a Mage (to level him.)&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sandbagging&amp;quot; strategy: On the hardest difficulty level, the initial enemy assault will only be easy to handle by entrenching your troops behind the river. Use the king to block the bridge initially, while Spearmen handle the shoreline just north and Horsemen carefully flag villages across the river. Run the king around, lending his leadership as you massacre the stupid enemy troops that have jumped like lemmings into the water. &lt;br /&gt;
* For all these options, you will also need to send a squad north into the mountains and around into the flank of the enemy. A quick Spearman, a quick Bowman, and one other unit, possibly a quick Mage, should be more than sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
* When you see that the fronts are under control, stop recruiting and send prince Haldric and your Mages over the bridge on a quest for XP, assisted by the leadership of the king, and converge on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Fall===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that looks scary, but it is only moderately difficult with proper recruitment and strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall or recruit Spearmen and Bowmen to man the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horsemen/Knights are desirable, because you probably do not yet have a White Mage, and the villages are widely spaced.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recalling or recruiting Mages for XP gathering is highly advisable for future scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are three basic approaches to take out the outlaw leader...&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Brute force&amp;quot; strategy: You can march west with a large army and use part of it to hold northwestern orc. Use the rest to fight outlaws and kill the leader. This strategy requires a lot of troops but it can bring you plenty of experience and can bring a quick victory.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: You can assassinate the outlaw leader. One way is to wait until the orcs have killed almost all outlaws and then assassinate the outlaw leader with Knights, rushing over the enemy camp's bridge and into the keep. This strategy is risky because orcs can kill the leader before you.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination via the mountain pass&amp;quot; strategy: Another way to assassinate the leader is to send a squad through the southern mountains to the outlaw keep. Two Mages and three Spearmen are enough. You may wish to substitute one of the Spearmen with a Knight or Horseman, though horse units have only a narrow passage devoid of mountains and could get pinned by the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
* On the hardest difficulty level, you may be forced to assassinate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Saving the loyal Heavy Infantrymen (or Shock Troopers on easy) pays off in later scenarios. To save all three, move them south towards the outlaws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you eliminate the HP of the Lady Outlaw, she offers to help you. If you say yes, she comes back as a loyal unit in future scenarios and you will be able to recruit outlaw units, plus she cannot be killed in the next couple of scenarios (instead, she disappears when she goes to zero HP, and comes back the next scenario.) This is quite valuable. If you say no and try to kill her, you find out she cannot be killed. However, you do get 200 gold that she leaves behind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The following scenario (''A Harrowing Escape'') is a handful on the hardest difficulty level. On hard, your goal should be a carryover of almost 150 gold (so you have 250 starting gold), so although Lady Outlaw's assistance is worth much more than 80 gold (40% of 200), you may be forced to choose the gold. Another thing you need to beat the following scenario on hard is a White Mage at or near the start of the scenario. Also, about-to-level units will be especially nice for their self-healing ability and low initial upkeep. Steer XP accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Harrowing Escape===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much easier on lower difficulty levels, calling for different strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On easy/medium...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: You should recruit/recall at least one, possibly two Mages here, and use them for killing Goblin Spearmen and finishing off injured Wolf Riders in the hills &amp;amp; mountains bordering the valley. Other than the Mages, simply recruit what you want, and go along the road. You get enough villages to pay upkeep for quite some army, and can give some of them a bit of experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Leave a few units in the rear, as the enemy can cross hills quickly. Note that Footpads and Outlaws will also cross hills at reasonable speed, if you need to hunt down some units. There are two castle tiles about halfway down, try to send Lady Outlaw and Brunin the Lost to them, they make good guards in case the enemy tries to come straight up. You can also send a couple groups of units down southeast to the lake, so you can prevent the Green team (southeast) from coming up the river. You can also kill the two Orcish Grunts (or Warriors on medium) on the southern castle tiles and then move Lady Outlaw and Brunin to them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On hard...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: To beat this scenario on the hardest difficulty level, you need some level 2 (or better yet, about-to-level level 1) units already and decent starting gold. It has been beaten on hard with as little as 158 starting gold, 200 is still difficult, and 250+ makes it relatively easy. You can stretch your gold a bit by not going negative on upkeep and waiting until you can't wait any longer to do one last round of recruiting, recalling mostly level 2's. For timing your final recruitment, watch the wolves that are likely trying to flank through the mountains south of your keep. Another requirement for beating this scenario is a White Mage (or two.) If need be, you must promote a Mage (or two) &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;tout de suite&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, as you will be dealing with severe damage and assassins, while only having easy access to 2 or 3 villages initially. Horsemen and Knights are useful for dissipating damage by serving as meat shields against blades and then running off to remote villages to heal. Quick Horsemen are especially nice, as they can transfer between two strategically placed villages in one turn, for healing on the go. Horsemen, Knights, and Swordsmen are useful for swatting assassins. If you can recruit outlaws, a couple of Footpads are nice for village grabbing. Thieves are also good because they are cheap, the Grunts are fond of attacking them, and they often survive on 70% defense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Near the start of combat, it's crucial to kill the first waves quickly: the wolves and assassins. More important than terrain is avoiding getting flanked, so mobility of individual units is key; if you climb up deep into the mountains, you will have a harder time with mobility than staying on or near the valley floor. Additionally, many of your units cannot go on mountain hexes, so it's easier to maintain your lines if everyone stays close to the valley. It's easier to make a stand at the keep and northern river bank, but this approach can be too costly in terms of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium/hard, you can lure out the roadside guard Warriors one at a time by putting a unit within attack range of one (and out of range of the other.) They mostly come at night. Mostly. That is, the Warriors might not bite bait put out during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have Lady Outlaw, note that she has leadership, which will be useful to help promote Prince Haldric, if he is still level 0. It's worth advancing her to level 2, to continue to provide leadership to level 1 Haldric and your other level 1's. You may also make use of her odd ability &amp;quot;distract&amp;quot;, which allows adjacent allied units to ignore ZOCs. And Lady Outlaw allows you to recruit outlaw types. On hard especially, Thugs can be useful as meat shields and to provide strong attacks at night when your lawful forces are crippled. Remember too that Lady Outlaw cannot be permanently killed (at least not yet), so when desperate times call for desperate measures, you can move her into a suicidal position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* It helps that there are two enemy sides as opposed to a twice as strong single enemy side. If one of your units could be attacked by 3 enemies, but 1 of these hexes is currently blocked by the other side, the currently moving enemy decides to attack units which it (they) is (are) actually less likely to kill than that one. AIs don't cooperate, that is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are stuck on this scenario, you may need to replay one or both of the previous scenarios and/or choose to &amp;quot;kill&amp;quot; Lady Outlaw in the previous scenario so you get her gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There is Dwarf Steelclad in the village at 8,5. It's not far from your camp, so send Lady Outlaw there. Dwarf joins you because &amp;quot;It has been a long time since he felt the satisfying crunch of Orcs under his Axe.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you kill the first orc leader, an Orcish Slayer and two Assassins will pop out of nowhere, so you would be wise not to have any wounded units stuck without movement points at that point. Also, the other leader will get an infusion of gold and start recruiting on all available hexes, so if you can sit on some of those hexes first, it will help keep the situation from getting out of control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* At the end, you will be given the choice of the river/swamp road or the midlands/orc road. These fork to the scenarios ''The Swamp of Esten'' and ''The Midlands'', respectively. The swamp scenario is relatively easy, while ''The Midlands'' could cost you some leveled units or even prove impossible to beat if you are low on gold. Also, the swamp gives you a free loyal White Mage, so it's a no brainer, unless you want more of a challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: it would be wise to have at least 1 White Mage before going to the scenario ''The Swamp of Esten''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Midlands====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orcs again. But you chose that way. This scenario may appear impossible, but with a lot of gold and a little strategy, it can be beat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are given plenty of time, so use it wisely. The enemies send lots of orcs, mostly weak ones. So recruit and recall everything you can.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall any White Mages you have. You'll need them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bowmen are good for the wolf units you will be facing.&lt;br /&gt;
* The rest depends on your strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Fast Assault&amp;quot; option: use an assassination team. If you go west, only your Knights and Horsemen will arrive and fight at daytime. So go south. Take the bridge and defend against the enemy closing in from the west. Take out Yellow with a fast assault team (they should take a healer along), but be careful about the leader. Your main force moves west, takes and holds the second bridge, and takes out Blue. Your assault team stays in the south and goes for the last enemy leader - they won't face any serious resistance. The enemy moves north to support Blue. The HI guarding the bridge might gain a level or die, but hopefully not the latter, as they are loyal units in a long campaign. With this approach, you can finish early (around 25 turns) and keep your losses low.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Dark Assault&amp;quot; option: use Footpads.  If you chose to work with the the outlaws in the last round, then this works well.  Footpads are cheap.  And they are fast.  And they have good defensive abilities.  Plus they fight well in the dark and in the forest.  So recruit lots of Footpads-pawns and quickly dispatch them to the upper west and south, followed by more powerful units: Mages, Horsemen, etc.  For the time being, leave the middle enemy alone.  To the upper west, send several Footpads into the forest and capture the village and set up a defensive line.  This cuts down the enemy's gold and increases yours.  Don't attack at first, just defend, until more of your slow higher powered units arrive. The strategy here is to pick off the orcs, and send the Horsemen to capture villages.  While this is going, to the south you send your Footpads to capture any villages you can and, more importantly, put a Footpad on the hex that is adjacent to the bridge, thereby stopping easy advancement of their greater numbered troops. A White Mage, a couple Trappers and some Bowmen would make a good escort. Probably sending a Thief or two would be good too, to help dispatch any enemy that infiltrate the villages north of the river. one enemy got into one of the villages on the north of river, and it took a lot to dislodge him.  The intention is to engage the enemy so that they are fighting from the river squares, at a huge disadvantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Swamp Of Esten====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not hard if you are conservative and don't send important units off alone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall 1-2 quick Knights (or Paladins, if you have them), recruit 1-2 Horsemen, and recall your loyal Shocktroopers or whatever they are now.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next round, recruit/recall Mages to kill Scorpions (and Bats) and at least one White Mage to deal with poison, plus maybe a Poacher or Trapper or two, as they are good in swamp (and you would like a Huntsman eventually, for its markmanship.)&lt;br /&gt;
# A little Thug spam can come next, but you don't need a full third round of recruitment. Then send Prince Haldric off to lend his leadership.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Head to the northeastern leader first. Try to kill Dark Adepts with Burin or horse units before they have a chance to attack you. As you close in on the leader, hover your mouse over him to watch where he can go, as at night his ranged attack is nasty and can be followed up by waves of kamikaze Walking Corpses, which can take out a Knight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After you have killed the northeastern leader and eliminated troops there, you can either send your whole army back across the ford and south or split your army into two halves, sending one part to each leader. If you have lost several units but have lots of turns left, it's probably safer to stick together. This is not a simple mop-up operation, as powerful undead can take out some of your valuable units if you're not careful. On hard, Shadows are a threat at night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Searching the temples is a good idea. Some have gold. There is a free loyal White Mage hiding in (a random) one of the temples - visit the temple close to the keep ASAP, and if not there, try rushing a horse unit or Lady Outlaw to the temple at 19,5. However, some of the temples contain undead, so keep extra troops nearby when you enter one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main challenge in this scenario is keeping your ally alive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your (probably leveled up) Heavy Infantry from The Fall and some quick Spearmen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recruit/recall Thugs, Bowmen, and Spearmen, preferably quick.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round, recall 2-3 White Mages (or Mages of Light) and maybe some quick Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Your forces will have three main combat arenas: the northeast, the south, and the middle.&lt;br /&gt;
# The castle in the middle is inhabited by the tree folk. The orcs have almost the perfect anti-wose force, heavy on fire (Orcish Crossbowmen and Pillagers), so your ally is going to need your help. Send 2-4 units to the castle and another 4-8 units northeast of the castle to block the enemy advancing from that direction.&lt;br /&gt;
# Split the rest of your forces to go northeast and south, 4-6 units each, with a White Mage in each force. Your loyal Heavy Infantry / Shocktroopers should head south. Sending Haldric south might help take some of the heat off the woses.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Tips...&lt;br /&gt;
* If you send a White Mage or Mage of Light to the wose castle, it will let any adjacent wose cure+heal or sometimes regenerate+heal (16 points.) That's because of the side sequence within a turn: player, orcs, woses. For example, after the orcs attack with poison, the woses cure themselves, and then your leveled mage will heal any adjacent wose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The temple contains the entrance to the catacombs, but you need the leader Wose's help to open it, and to get that help you have to win the current scenario, so there is no point in visiting this temple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is in the catacombs, i.e., underground, and it's a tough one, so you need to groom your roster accordingly. Two Mages of Light would make it a whole lot easier. Failing that, level up your fearless loyal Shocktrooper and chaotic outlaw types. Bandits/Highwaymen and Fugitives are especially nice. Quick units of almost any type (except horse units) will be helpful, if leveled and possessing high HP (&amp;gt;50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Temple in the Deep===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be facing undead underground. This is a difficult situation that will prove much easier with proper recruitment. Then the strategy will be fairly straightforward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All in all, what you need is a small elite force. Two rounds of recalls is enough, if you didn't lose Burin in a prior scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers, though their slow movement will prove frustrating. Also on the first round, recall a fast &amp;quot;tank&amp;quot; and someone to grab the holy water.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recall any Mages of Light you might already have, and a total of at least two White Mages or Mages of Light, preferably quick. For the rest of your recruitment, what you need are high movement (6+ MP) non-horse units with high hitpoints (&amp;gt;50 HP). It helps if they are chaotic (or at least neutral) and/or have ranged or impact attacks. Put all the requirements together and it points to Fugitives. Outlaws and quick Arch Mages are worth recalling too. Fill out the rest with other high HP units. Note that horse units are too sluggish in caves and should not be recalled/recruited unless you have a compelling reason.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round (optional), you can add a unit or two for a safety margin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# There are two ways north, but they will meet up together. First thing you will see are Tentacles. You can either ignore the Tentacles for the most part or use them for XP. Your main initial objective is to find a good place to make a stand against the nasty wave of undead coming from the north. The chokepoints and southern shoreline offer good defensive locations. Watch out for the enemy's Bone Shooters, Revenants and Deathblades, as they could easily mess up a level 3 unit. &lt;br /&gt;
# Once the flow of baddies as tapered off, gradually progress northwards. Once you get into the final chamber, the boss should be a piece of cake, although his ranged attack is devastating, so try to attack him with melee units. Be careful if he has recruits around, as their combined damage can take down one of your level 3's. Note that the Ruby can only be picked up by Haldric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Holy water: The best choice for the Holy Water is a quick Bandit, who should level quickly. A quick Highwayman could be used, but won't benefit much from the XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* XP: Use this level to get experience. The early-finish bonus is tiny. The Tentacles are perfect for leveling up units. Keep Burin away from the water at this stage, or he'll kill all tentacles as they attack, depriving those who could benefit from the XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your killed units will be turned into Walking Corpses (or Soulless on hard.) Therefore, spam is not helpful. A Mage or Thug can be okay, if used with great care, but mostly you need to recall leveled troops here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return to Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Clearwater Port===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is easy if you take the first boat out, more and more challenging for the second and third boats, and very difficult (on hard) if you want to take out all three leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers from ''The Fall.'' You will also want several Footpads, for speedy village snatching, coastline defending (under leader supervision), and possibly for filling castle hexes if your lines get too thin.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recruit/recall more low maintenance units. It's a good scenario for leveling troops, so recalling acouple half-leveled Spearmen or similar is a good idea.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third and later turns, start recalling your high maintenance units. The key to winning this scenario is to recall several advanced units that can take a lot of damage and get good defense in castles (no Horsemen). You will also want at least 3 White Mages or Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Backstab your ally, stealing all his villages. Your ally is useless anyway, except for the entertainment value from his troops' suicide runs. The income is much better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
# Send your heavy duty troops with some White Mages over to the line of castle near Lt. Aethyr. (Optionally, you can rush forward past the castle, but you will need to return almost as quickly before the main enemy wave and night arrive.) Aethyr will usually be done recruiting by the second or third turn, before the enemy reaches you, so fill the entire line with your units, and put Knight Sir Rudry in the one non castled tile (or leave it empty, if no enemy are adjacent.) Place the White Mages behind this line. After the enemy has reached you and it is your turn to attack, go mostly for the assasins, as they have a weak melee attack and their poison can be a huge problem. Alternatively to using the castle (from (26,18) to (24,15)) to defend, the front line can lead through the villages at (30,17) and (30,18). This will make your line much shorter, it becomes much more of a bottleneck fight and offsets your enemy's superior numbers, since some of their units just move around with all spots to attack occupied; you only have to give up 1 village and 2 front units instaheal without mages. Place your strongest units on the weakest spot (29,20) and a Mage of Light on (30,19), he will hardly be attacked as the hex before him is used to attack (29,20). This shorter line requires less units on your side and also has the great advantage that there are much less 40% defense spots to attack you. They will flank you at the sides but stand on ice or sand then.&lt;br /&gt;
# Meanwhile, on the northeastern coast, the northern enemy leader will send lots of units to catch your flank unguarded. Send 2 Footpads, a Spearman, Lady Jessene, and Haldric to guard the coast. If Lady Jessene is already level 3, you can substitute a Royal Guard, Swordsman, or Javelineer for Haldric. This coastline defense squad may need help later, so be ready to divert a speedy powerful unit there. If you keep a healthy unit on the village at the tip of the land, then, unless you are very unlucky, you will be able to hold off everything the northern leader sends. After the assault from the water has been crushed, some of your troops may be able to cross the ford north, but be careful not to get attacked in the water with only 20% defense. (Certain of your chaotic units do have 40% defense in water; now is a good time to pay attention to that.) Also, notice that the lighthouse has a similar effect as a Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
# You have two options for the endgame:&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Total victory&amp;quot; strategy: Once you've thinned the enemy to where they only have a few units that are close to your line, usually this happens conveniently around dawn, move your people out and start heading for their leaders. Split your force, sending a few down the southern path, to distract the eney and most of them toward the middle leader, to kill him. Once he's dead, send some of your army down to kill the southern leader and devote a few units to defending the bridge until the rest of your army can rejoin you. A unit or two with a lot of HP with a white mage are usually enough to do this.&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Run like hell&amp;quot; strategy: Alternatively, you can leave your leader near the docks and take one of the boats to end the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fallen Lich Point===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a high variance scenario. It may be easy or hard, depending on events beyond your control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit fairly lightly initially, as you will likely have a chance to use the Lich's keep to recruit again.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages, White Mages, and Mages of Light are good, and as are all the other advancements of Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* You automatically should have your loyal Knight. Because of the mountains around &amp;quot;lichland&amp;quot; and frozen ground everywhere else, additional horse units are not recommended, except a single Paladin will come in handy.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Thugs or a Bandit or Highwayman will provide a little extra undead bashing power.&lt;br /&gt;
* Footpads will help with village flagging.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy... &lt;br /&gt;
# The Orcs will be busy with the Yetis, so you can walk with a big group south and kill the Lich-Lord. Move Haldric to the stone monument to de-petrify the Lich. It may help to post some units around the undead before doing so. Use several mages to make a hole or two in the ring of undead, and then push in a burly fighter or two and/or Paladin to kill the Lich.&lt;br /&gt;
# After killing the Lich, assess the Orc/Yeti situation (as well as the village flagging situation) and decide if you need to use the Lich's keep to recruit some reinforcements.&lt;br /&gt;
# After that, head north and walk into the sewer entrance (the &amp;quot;cave&amp;quot;) or else kill the orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* It is also possible, if you recruit heavily, to split your force and head north to attack the eastern Orcs before they finish with the Yetis.  However, be careful not to be attacked by a Yeti yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
* When dealing with the Lich, be aware that he has money; if you let him vacate any of his encampment tiles, or if you kill any of his units but do not occupy their tiles, he will be able to recruit.  (This is not necessarily all bad, as it can mean more experience, but depending on the strength of your force you may want to be careful.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sewer of Southbay===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a swampy underground scenario, but with attention to recruitment, it's not very difficult.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* As always underground, you want non-horse units with 6+ MP.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall White Mages / Mages of Light, at least two, three is probably the optimal number.&lt;br /&gt;
* There are quite a few villages in this cave, so an expensive force is supportable, though not necessary. Some players recruit a large and spammy force, while others go with small and elite:&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 1, &amp;quot;Large and spammy&amp;quot; recruitment: Recruit four each of Mages, Thugs, and Poachers. Yes, Poachers normally stink, but here they really shine in a swamp that is permanently dark, underground. If you recruit four Poachers, you could finish with three Trappers and a Huntsman - or you could finish with four dead Poachers. The Thugs are especially likely to die, as they will be facing off against Red Mages, but somebody has to do it.&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 2, &amp;quot;Small and elite&amp;quot; recruitment: Recall something like one Red Mage, one Arch Mage, one Silver Mage, 2 two Royal Guards/Highwaymen/etc, and a Trapper or Huntsman, plus three regular Mages and a Poacher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# After leaving your initial chamber, you will be in a large swamp room with three entrances, through which will be a flood of bad guys. Use two Poachers and a Thug or similar to blockade the southeast, a small elite group to block the north, and then a mix of fighters and mages to handle the west entrance. Give each group a White Mage or Mage of Light, as well as at least one regular Mage. Try to keep the Mages of Light away from your chaotic forces on the front lines, though. Use the leadership of Haldric and Lady Jessene - and Mage of Light illumination or lack thereof - to get the most from each attack.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the initial battle has died down, you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
## If you have enough forces, you can divide into two groups and attack both brothers simultanously, east and west.&lt;br /&gt;
## Otherwise, do them one after the other, and then look for the exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Danger: there is a Giant Spider at the exit. You may wish to keep one or two cannon fodder units in order to be able to save your advanced units.  It is best to use ranged attacks against the spider, so leveled mages are good here.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is a lot easier with a lot of gold, especially on the hardest difficulty level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Southbay in Winter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Final Spring===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a large battle, and any mistake on any front can spell doom, but overall it will be fairly easy on the easier difficulty levels. On hard, it still is easy given enough gold (370 or so.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# On the first turn, recall a Silver Mage to teleport to the island, recruit Footpads for village snatching, recall one or more of your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''The Fall''), and recall one or more Knights or similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, continue with this theme, but it will be nightfall soon, so recall Outlaws, Bandits, Assassins, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn three is a bit more of the same, but you need to start thinking about preserving your income and also keeping a gold reserve. You can spam some peasants to preserve cash and income.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn four turn is more of the same.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn five, you will have new recruitment options (see spoiler at walkthrough end.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy is broken into three fronts...&lt;br /&gt;
# The first front is the south land area. Do a counter-clockwise sweep. Mounted units augmented with Footpads are a good choice. Note that it will be nightfall soon after game start, so it might be wise to delay any serious mounted assault until the next day, and you can delay your recalls for this.&lt;br /&gt;
# The second front is the walled city. Move slower units and your loyal White Mage / Mage of Light to defend here. Take your ally's villages; your ally wouldn't do much useful with the money anyway. When your units from the second front complete their sweep, you can break the remaining southern forces against the city wall in a hammer and anvil. Then your united forces can move north. On easy, you may be able to push north more quickly than that using just part of your city troops.&lt;br /&gt;
# The third front is the two small islands. Send a Silver Mage there ASAP. (You should have a village already there, so the Silver Mage can teleport over.) Footpads/Outlaws/Fugitives, Rangers, and others will help later. Lady Jessene could be used. A quick White Mage or Mage of Light would be useful, either on the coast or on the islands. Do not use Assassins on this front. Assassins have relatively weak defense in water against Orcs and Nagas, they're very weak against blade, which is all orcs and nagas use, and their relatively slow movement in water makes backstab hard to use reliably. Overall, you need to devote more resources to this front than you might think.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also keep an eye on the peninsula north of your keep. Wolf Riders and others might mount an amphibious assault in an effort to flank your troops. On the easier difficulty levels, you may wish to beat the punch and quickly establish a bridgehead on the other side of the bay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* You should have lots of high-level units now, so concentrate on recruiting new ones and levelling them up to fill needs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Peasants are useful as placeholders for villages and distractions for the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 4, a gang of nasty undead show up in the east. So, for your city taskforce, you'll want to recruit/recall units with impact and arcane attacks. Note that if undead capture villages, they will be flagged with the Orc island boss' black flag! This can result in an overwhelming number of Nagas, and it's one reason that you must devote a lot of resources to the island campaign. Re-flag any black flag villages quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 5, a gang of nasty Mermen show up in the west. Fortunately, they are on your side. You can now recruit Mermen. This is the real reason to keep a gold reserve until this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Peoples in Decline===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a potentially bloody scenario versus Drakes. Proper recruitment is more important than good strategy here, as you will have little opportunity to maneuver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* First, recall any loyal Mermen in your roster. Your loyal Iron Maulers might prefer to sit this one out.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drakes are vulnerable to pierce attacks, so spam cheap pierce attack units. In addition to Peasants, there are Poachers, Bowmen, Spearmen, Merman Fighters, and Merman Hunters. Poachers are key here, due to the swampy terrain and their chaotic alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
* However, it helps to recall some leveled units early on, to prevent your line from crumbling. Javelineers and Trappers are good, since they have both ranged and melee attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need a total of 2 or 3 White Mages / Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* On your last turn of recruitment when you have about 80 gold, recall some advanced units if need be, like Master Bowmen and Rangers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Since you will have a lot of level 1 and 0 units, make sure to use the leadership of Prince Haldric and Lady Jessene.&lt;br /&gt;
* Look for opportunities to heal via leveling up.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pay attention to the day-night cycle in this scenario. Drakes will be strong during day, but become very weak in the night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Take advantage of the mountains for defense.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be careful with your loyals.&lt;br /&gt;
* Because most Drakes have powerful ranged attacks, melee-only units should hide behind the lines until they attack, preferably at night (with a Mage of Light supplying illumination.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure you get the Storm Trident in the middle of the sea, but be certain that you've cleared most of the Drakes first, since a Sea Serpent will appear. It's best to have some strong units ready to kill it in 1 or 2 turns. You can give the trident to Lord Typhon, but since he leaves a bit later, you may want to give it to another Merman Fighter. Movement over land is important for Mermen in the campaign as a whole.  If the Merman Fighter to whom you give the storm trident has the Quick attribute, you can make him a Hoplite when he gets to level 3.  Otherwise, make him a Triton, because movement over land is important for Mermen in this campaign as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rough Landing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting Nagas and Vampire Bats, primarily. This is a scenario that may be frustrating on the easier difficulty levels, though on hard it is just par for the course. Good recruitment and strategy will save you from getting slaughtered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are probably going to go negative on gold and be unable to rectify that with the paultry early finish bonus, so you might as will go very negative and be resigned to start the next scenario with minimum gold.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit/recall many Mermen and 1 or 2 White Mages or Mages of Light. A few Peasants can be useful to pad out your force, distract the enemy, and protect villages from stray Bats. A Silver Mage can be useful for island hopping but is not essential. Thieves/Assassins are blade vulnerable, and Nagas only use blades, so it's probably best not to recall them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Knock out the southeastern leader in a blitz. It's important to get that out of the way, because a wave of Nagas is advancing at light speed from the north.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next, hurriedly set up a line in the water alongside your fortress island. Your fortress troops can anchor one flank, while Burin the Dwarf can go to the island to the northeast to anchor the other end of your line. Nobody messes with Burin. Move Lady Jessene behind the lines to lend her support to the Mermen. Your loyal Mage of Light will be able to move back and forth more (to lend illumination) if kept in the fortress area.&lt;br /&gt;
# Finally, once the enemy assault wave has been broken, advance northward to kill the final two leaders in a straightforward mop-up operation. Just be careful not leave isolated units where they can get swarmed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints/Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to level up the mermen; they can be useful in another scenario later.&lt;br /&gt;
* Beware of Sea Serpents. Three of them will appear, one on each of the three turns following your first kill of an enemy unit. Make sure to kill them at once. The Storm Trident from the previous scenario and the Ruby of Fire will come in handy against the Serpents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A New Land===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a non-scenario. The scenario objectives tell you to avoid all confrontation for as long as possible, but actually the faster your units encounter the others the faster the scenario will end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* None necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The optimal strategy for gold carryover is to grab the three closest villages, then retreat to your keep and wait. Once one attack occurs, the non-scenario will be over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* One thing to keep in mind is that this the last chance you have to grab some more Mermen as their king leaves.  They are quite helpful in a later scenario so grabbing a few extra here cannot hurt if you can spare the gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Ka'lian===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story, with your choice of four battles next.  You have to beat them all in whatever order.  The amount of gold you have should be the factor in deciding when you choose to play Cursed Isle (the undead problem).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All four scenarios have to be beaten, but in whatever order you choose.&lt;br /&gt;
====The Dragon====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not as difficult as it looks, though your recruitment and strategy need to be tailored to fight the Saurian Skirmishers and other foes you will face here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Saurians use piercing attacks mostly, so it's better to use units resistant to pierce. Pikemen and Halberdiers have 40% pierce resistance. Javelineers are ideal as Saurians use ranged attacks a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
* You may wish to bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers. They are ineffective against the 70% impact resistant Mudcrawlers, while also vulnerable to the ranged attacks of both Mudcrawlers and Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consider adopting a force of all units with ranged attacks, save for horse and thief units, which can be kept behind the lines when not in use. It is amusing when Saurian Augers are forced to tap your units with their little staffs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers are a necessity to deal with the heavy damage your units will be sustaining. Depending on the strategy you adopt, you will want 2-4 healers. Mages of Light rock here, as they can easily do front line duty in pairs and their illumination blinds the Saurians, reducing their damage.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need something to clean up mud. Versus level 0 Mudcrawlers, Horsemen and their advancements can charge with no counterattack, and likewise Thieves and their advancements can backstab with no counterattack. Mages can be used as well on the fire vulnerable mud.&lt;br /&gt;
* A Merman or two will help with water hexes. An Entangler's slow ability will help tame the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used many different strategies with success:&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Fighting Saurians requires a disciplined formation.  If you're used to stringing out troops to move them into position as they get there, that won't work after Turn 2 or 3. You can use a &amp;quot;healing hedgehog&amp;quot; of ten troops--two white mages next to each other and eight troops completely encircling them.  If someone gets badly injured, move them to the inside and put a white mage on one of the long edges, fighting as you go.  If you're trying for the big bonus, you'll need two hedgehogs.  Try to keep reserves back a bit in cities.  If the terrain favorably protects you, or the wounded is a fast unit, you can try moving wounded back to cities too.  Once the main wave of Saurians is broken, you can string non-wounded troops out a bit in the rush for the leaders. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Triangular Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Switching wounded units to the inside of the hedgehog can be a problem if you are surrounded. ZOC prevents you from creating an open hex to move the inner unit into. You can fix this by creating a triangle with three hexes inside, instead of the standard two of the hedgehog. If you do this on your castle, only three units are in grasslands. If you set it right, you can make most of the hexes adjacent to your triangle be grassland as well, forcing the Saurians into a bad defensive position. In terms of unit positioning, the simplest way is to fill two inner spaces with Mages of Light, a but a better tactic is to put one of the mages on an edge, thereby ensuring that all but one of your units are healing. The remaining unit can either be a Merman Hoplite, (prefereably resilient and carrying a Storm Trident) or Lady Jessene, since she has excellent defense and is chaotic and therefore benefits by not being in the Mages' light. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Giant Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Recruit a lot of units, and then move the whole army as one big bulk. Keep healers in the middle (about four), rotate stronger units outwards, and make sure you leave no gaps. The Saurians will slip through the tiniest gap and kill your weak units. Head first for the east or west leader, but steer for good terrain, because your force will soon be swarmed. But then by turn 10, there should be many few Saurians alive.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Standard Line&amp;quot; strategy: Form a line from the west board edge diagonally up towards your keep across the two villages just in front of the forest. You will probably wish to bend upwards at the forest, rather than running the line all the way to the keep. Whenever the Saurians have a small number of troops at your line and you have enough strength to kill them all, you can advance your whole line one hex south, allowing you to get additional attacks on them from non-frontline troops. Once you advance a unit to the first water hex at west board edge, the west leader will probably come out to greet it, so be ready to fry him with Haldric's ruby. After killing the leader, back up into good terrain to prepare to meet the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Wake the Dragon&amp;quot; strategy: Prematurely wake the dragon (see spoiler below) and back up your troops to north of your keep. When the dragon comes, kill him. The scenario can be over on turn 7. There is no early finish bonus for this, but you can recruit lightly so that you still have gold at the end and will carry-over 40%, if you need it for your next scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* With all these strategies, the Saurians may hold back for quite a while. This is okay, as the Dragon will eventually appear and come to you. Kill it. Then you are given a choice of whether to end the scenario or to try to kill all the enemy leaders before time runs out. You can choose to finish the remaining Saurians for a nice bonus. However, on the hardest difficulty setting the turn limit (33 turns) is insufficient for you to plow through the vast hordes of level 0 spam to get to the leaders, so it's best to simply end the scenario after killing the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The dragon will awake on turn 15 or when you move a unit down around the road north of the mountains. If you wish to wake the dragon prematurely, you can recruit a Horseman on turn 1 and run him down. It's a suicide mission for him, however.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have a fast non-horse unit in position, rush it to the mountain cave after the Dragon leaves to grab the 200 in gold, though that's nothing compared to the Hero bonus for defeating all the Saurian leaders. So focus on killing all of them first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Lizard Beach====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario versus Saurians, Giant Scorpions, and Mudcrawlers, where good recruiting and strategy will save you from massive bloodshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruiting...&lt;br /&gt;
* Mermen are helpful for the swamp and water areas.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers, veterans from ''The Fall.'' They are laughably ineffective against the impact resistant Mudcrawlers - and laughably vulnerable to their ranged attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Thieves, Horsemen, and their advancements are good for mud cleanup, though you must keep them out of range of Saurian skirmishers. Swordsmen and Royal Guards are also good, though overkill.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall a lot of fairly high HP units, preferably with strong non-impact ranged and melee attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages are good. Mages of Light are especially useful, since they can do front line duty. Lots of healing may be necessary, about 3 healers are good, so White Mages can be used too. Raw recruit Mages can be used as well, for disposal of Giant Scorpions and the occasional Saurian Skirmisher that wanders too far. At least one Silver Mage is highly desirable, along with a speedy unit (e.g., Fugitive, Footpad, or Horseman) to capture villages for the Silver Mage to use north of the river.&lt;br /&gt;
* [fredbobsmith2] An alternative strategy that works surprisingly well is to simply use a very mage-heavy army. Recall most or all of your high-level mages, throw in a few peasants, and spend the rest of your gold on recruiting mages. Victory will come with shocking ease.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* General strategy: as Saurians have skirmishers and a lot of movement, be sure to protect your wounded units well. Because of the Saurians unnerving ability to concentrate their fire on one unit, be sure to keep several healers around and try to keep your line straight so only two can mob one guy. Hedgehog tactic also seems to work well.&lt;br /&gt;
* Opening strategy: here are some specific strategies that players have used with success in the early part of the scenario:&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen in center&amp;quot; strategy: Recall 2-4 Mermen, 1-2 Trappers/Huntsmen, and a lot of high HP troops, then form a line. Initially, you can either form a north-south line around the lake area with one flank at the south board edge, or, if you want to be conservative, you can do a diagonal line in the southeast corner, with both flanks tied to board edges. You'll need the Mermen to handle the lake area, and Trappers/Huntsmen/Mermen for the swamp areas. Keep troops in reserve, so that when a few Saurians meet your line, you can advance your whole line over them. Do not be too conservative/defensive on hard, as your time is limited. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen on flank&amp;quot; strategy: Recall several decent land melee units &amp;amp; then 4-5 level 2 Mermen on rounds 2-3. Most of your force forms a line of battle near your keep, Mermen on the north flank in the river, land units extending south, flanks bent back with strongest units at the corners - then let the Saurians break on it. Once their first wave has broken, the rest of their troops come in drips and are no problem, so now you can split up and wipe out the stragglers and claim villages; any L2 units you start with should level up. After you defeat the main force from the south send just one or two guys north to capture towns so your Silver Mages can teleport into the fray. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen feint&amp;quot; strategy: Recall most of your Mermen from before and send them along the river towards the sea. This will harry the saurian troops coming down from the north, allowing your main force to advance on the southern enemy  undisturbed. Beware, though as your mermen will encounter the Saurians at night time (giving you -25% and them +25%), so try to minimize conflict until dawn, just get in their way.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;No Mermen&amp;quot; strategy: On your first two turns recall two keeps of strong, fast veterans like mounted units (not Paladins though; they're pretty ineffective against saurians), Outlaws/Assassins, and Silver Magi along with some other veterans, preferably with a lot of HP: if all goes well (at least on easy and medium) that may be all you need. Dash them across the swamp directly west of your keep, south of the sands, and form a line with strong units at the ends. They'll flank you, but you're stronger than them and you can use your slower units to crush the flanking saurians in a hammer and anvil. The first wave of southern Saurians should get itself killed before the northern Saurians arrive in force. Once the northern Saurians arrive, take them out with your slower units while your quicker ones go for the southern leader.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sacrificial lamb&amp;quot; strategy: In addition to a couple mages, 2 healers, and some other fighters, recruit a castle-full of peasants to draw the Saurians out onto open ground.  Surround a single peasant on 5 sides, with 2 healers behind him. Build your formation around that.&lt;br /&gt;
* Closing strategy: The enemy's onslaught tapers out after their initial wave, so the final push for the southern leader should be quick and clean. Taking out the northern leader is harder, because all of your units will be stuck south of the marshes and the river. If you want to go for a quick win, just march forth with Silver Mages, Mermen, and anyone who's close enough to be a help. If you don't want to lose any of your better units, patience may be the key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units gets as far west as the second bridge, a wave of Nagas will arrive out at sea. You may wish to delay going that far until the second watch, so that the Nagas will make contact with your forces during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
* Killing one leader gives more gold to the other, so when you've defeated pretty much all the southern leader's forces, just plant a level 3 or two in his keep and leave him alive; kill them both in the same turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Troll Hole====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that you cannot win by brute force, because the trolls have more brute force than you. Wise recruitment and strategy are necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* It's underground time again, so as before, mainly recruit mages. The trolls are strong, so hopefully you have lots of levelled up mages. Mages of Light are especially nice, because they are tough enough to survive an attack from most trolls, while simultaneously reducing the damage sustained (due to illumination blinding the trolls.) Level 1 Mages can be used to good effect too, especially if quick. If only attacked by a single Troll Whelp, a healthy level 1 Mage will survive.&lt;br /&gt;
* In addition to mages, your chaotic units can be helpful here again, especially against the occasional Rocklobber, which you will not want to attack with mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be careful if you recall your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''the Fall''). In particular, the fearless one probably cannot take four hits from a Troll, like if it fails to kill a Troll and then the Troll attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* A couple of Mermen can help in the first few turns.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you're low on gold, recruit some Peasants and feed them XP to fatten them into Bowmen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are 4 castles, and two of them (randomly placed) are the troll leaders you need to kill.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can make your initial stand either on the island or on the other side of the bridges.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to use the narrow corridors to your advantage, so the enemy can only place one attack against a strong unit of yours, but you can kill a troll at a time with two mages or Haldric. Also keep an eye at your back since they will try to surround you. And resist the temptation to send single units wandering around in what seems to be empty caves - they will all die, probably by the fangs of a Giant Spider.&lt;br /&gt;
* When you've whittled down the enemy, go the direction they came from and kill the leaders, ignoring spider keeps.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alternative: This could be a good choice if you have low gold: recall 2 quick red mages, and 3 quick tough melee units (say 2 royal guards &amp;amp; a L3 chaotic unit like a Fugitive). Play expedition style: abandon the start island, stay fairly close together, with your troops roughly divided in two between those moving forward and those fighting rearguard. Provided you knock out one troll leader early, the rest is manageable, just work your way carefully over to the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cursed Isle====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting undead, mostly of the incorporeal and ghoulish lineages. Victory comes surprisingly easily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit lightly, certainly no more than two castles of troops. You could use 1-3 Paladins, 1-2 Mages, and 1-2 White Mages / Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall your loyal Merman Triton or similar and have him pick up the holy water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* This can be the first or last quest you choose.  If you can wait, do it last, as you will come out of it with a lot of gold, which you will need for the first scenario after the quests, ''The Vanguard''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep a very tight formation for the first night, as Shadows will hit hard and you don't want to get backstabbed or swarmed. By dawn, it should be smooth sailing.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you get anywhere near the enemy leaders' keeps, expect to get rushed by a leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* In one of the three temples there is a Vampire Lady. All you really need is a Paladin or three to rush the temples. Kill her. Game over, you win. One of the other temples has some gold; grab that first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Spy In The Woods===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Vanguard===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting a large number of orcs, trolls and other enemies in a location with a natural defensive line, where presumably an underground river has carved a line of sinkholes. This scenario will be difficult or impossible with minimum gold (200), but quite doable with a large amount of gold (450+) even on the hardest difficulty setting. Recruitment and strategy are fairly straightforward, given the board layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit a lot of units; you will need them.&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall/recruit speedy units: Knights, Lancers, Paladins, Horsemen, Outlaws, and similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recall your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up from ''The Fall'') and Spearmen/Swordsmen/Royal Guards.&lt;br /&gt;
# On subsequent turns, recall/recruit healers and other sorts of Mages, Thugs and their advancements, and Longbowmen. You will need quite a lot of healing power: 3-4 White Mages / Mages of Light and 1-2 Paladins. A Silver Mage would come in handy, since your forces will be widely spaced, but you could start with a couple of Red Mages and try to level up one or both to Silver Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# This map is smaller than fog of war and sinkholes make it appear.  Rush the west and northwest gaps with mounted units, but slow &amp;amp; strong will carry the day once the sun rises and the odds are in your favor.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Seal of all the gaps in the ring of sinkholes. When the onslaught begins, wounded units can retreat back into villages or be cared for by healers - or actually both, since soon you will be out of non-wounded units.&lt;br /&gt;
# A &amp;quot;Sitzkrieg&amp;quot; may develop, where neither side can make progress. Shift units to the southwest and break out there, using the west board edge defensively. From there, sweep northwards, taking out the western orc leader first and then the next orc leader.&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget the chest of gold, which you can see even in fog.&lt;br /&gt;
# End the scenario with the kill of the final leader, a level 3 troll.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill more than half the units of any side, a few tough undead units will appear near that side's stronghold at the edge of the map. So, this will happen three times. Beware the Chocobones. Their double damage from charge means they can take out Commander Aethyr at night just by hitting 2 for 2, and they will certainly try if they get the opportunity.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is much less difficult with extra gold. You can use Peasants to avoid going negative on gold, promoting them to Spearmen only when needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return of the Fleet===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome to the &amp;quot;kitchen sink&amp;quot; defense.  You've made it this far; now the enemy will launch a desperate defense, throwing a little bit of everything at you.  The effect is mostly psychological, but it could be a problem if you came into the scenario with minimum gold or your initial assessment causes you to drastically under-recruit. Time is money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, at least, you don't want to overrecruit. First turn, recall Mermen to assassinate the undead leader; 2 Entanglers/Netcasters and the Triton with the Storm Trident. Later, you should recruit 1 or more Silver Mages also for this taskforce as well as for causing general mayhem. It's also worth recruiting 5-10 L1/L0 units to take the brunt of the first wave of attacks; you can use any combination of Footpads, Poachers, Thugs, Spearmen, and Peasants, as you see fit. You'll want some decent L2 and L3 recalls for healing, to flank your lines, and to start kicking some butt at daybreak. A Mage or Red Mage to blast Trolls and Chocobones will level up by end of scenario. Paladins are good too. In addition to your loyal Mage of Light, you will need a bare minimum of 1 more healer.&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, don't recruit too much for fighting the undead - 2 Paladins at most, 1 or 2 Thugs, the stormy Merman, and the nearest Mage working with your land force are sufficient - the undead commander only gets 5-6 L2 recruits and they come ashore scattered (on medium, anyway). Paladins are so effective against undead that you can wade into the water after them. Just remember, Paladins can't go into deep water and undead can.&lt;br /&gt;
* On hard, you also don't want to recruit too much for fighting the undead, but it's only because going on an offensive early against them will get you crushed by a Chocobone armada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Move the Mermen (including the storm trident) as quickly as possible pretty much straight to the West. (There is a village and swamp hex that can aid your travel if you pick the best route).  Move these guys up the West side once they get there to get to the Undead Leader as quickly as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Your loyal units can do a little village grabbing, but it would be unwise to venture too far north.&lt;br /&gt;
# After nightfall, fog will appear; for the rest of the scenario, the map will become shrouded, like in a cave scenario.  So while you're still amazingly able to see, note the key terrain features, castle and city locations, and troop dispositions (especially Chocobones.)  Also, visually explore the avenues of approach you want to be able to see later.&lt;br /&gt;
# The first wave is largely at night and will have Goblin Knights and Pillagers, and later Chocobones and Troll Warriors. The damage they can cause is bone chilling, so make sure to divert their attention with plenty of spam. You want to meet them on the edge of the woodland, while inducing the orcs to fight from the grassland. Footpads and Poachers are handy here, as they have high defense in woodland. Players have had success setting up the initial line in either the north and northeast woodlands, with respect to the castle. Others have succeeded by fighting mostly from the open plain, retaining mobility by leaving the woodlands to their Footpads.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once your Mermen have taken an island city, teleport over one or more Silver Mages to help kill the undead leader - in addition to a Silver Mage, you will want the storm trident, a Netcaster/Entangler, plus one more leveled unit to be fairly sure to knock him out in one round. Quick striking like this you end up fighting a lot less undead.  You probably end up foddering one of the mermen to the Undead Archers, but the trade off is well worth it.  You can keep cycling your mermen up to fight with any orcs or trolls that come into the water. Silver Mages can assist, since they are not needed much in the other part of the fight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the undead leader is assassinated and the first wave is broken, you may advance cautiously due north or to the northwest along the coast and ultimately finish off the two orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When you are close to the break in the woods at the east board edge, tighten your formation and keep wounded units well away, as a small force of high-level Saurians will appear. Trigger them in daylight if possible, and knock them out fast. Alternatively, you can delay triggering the Saurians as long as possible by moving your force northwest near the water and then onto the small island, though even then it is possible to trigger the Saurians if you are not careful where you step. (Stepping to 10 hexes or less from 34,15 triggers the Saurians.) You can fight the final wave of orcs from the island, then move northeast to the mainland, finally triggering the Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Two cuttlefish appear when you approach the north-central island. Assuming you're sending a strike force through the water to knock out the undead commander, you really don't want to trigger these until that force is on the island - the storm trident Merman is the only thing that can stand up to them in water, and they will avoid him to attack more vulnerable units.&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill one enemy leader, the other gets more gold &amp;amp; recruits a new wave of L2s. This can be useful if you need to kill off surplus L1 units to improve the finish bonus, or if you need the XP more than the gold; otherwise, try to knock out both leaders on the same turn before they can recruit more. Alternatively, if you kill the first one at dawn, the second will be reluctant to attack with his L2s in daylight, and you might jump in and kill him before he uses them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is the final one. Therefore, loyal units are now somewhat disposable. However, you will need plenty of gold. Recruit some Peasants in the current scenario if you need to save some gold. Not only are they cheap, but they have no upkeep and Chocobones love 'em. Send a unit with leadership with them and they can even deal some amount of damage and be used to finish off wounded enemy, though at night you should just let them take the beating passively since otherwise they die too quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rise of Wesnoth===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's the final battle: be patient, recall everybody - the early finish bonus doesn't mean anything. Also, loyal units are no better than other units after your recruitment is finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need at least 300 starting gold, maybe more like 400 on the hardest difficulty level, so if need be, replay the previous scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* To stretch your money, start with loyal Iron Maulers and a couple ready-to-level level 1's and level 2's. Finally, recall as many level 3's as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: 3-6 Mages of Light / White Mages. Your few chaotic units will appreciate a White Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse units: 2-4 Paladins, 3-4 Knights / Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse escorts: about 3 speedy units, like Royal Guards, Fugitives, and Silver Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tanks: at least 6 high HP units, such as Royal Guards, Highwayman, Master Bowmen, and the loyal Iron Maulers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages: at least 3 high level Mages aside from your basic healers, so Arch Mages, Great Mages, and Silver Mages. Additional Mages of Light can be substituted.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Mermen might be useful here, but surprisingly, they're not really necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
* On 1.9.3 and earlier, you can recruit Saurian Skirmishers on medium and Skirmishers plus Ambushers on hard. This appears to be a bug, so ignore the option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will launch a two pronged assault: mounted units will race to the west and then south, while the main army heads due south.&lt;br /&gt;
* With your mounted units, race forwards by day and backwards by night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Along with the mounted units should go some escorts, speedy foot units intended to kill things like Goblin Impalers, which make even Grand Knights nervous. They would also benefit from a quick Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Meanwhile, with your tanks and the rest of your healers and support units, form a line or hedgehog in the woods just south of your keep or next to the river. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep your leaders with the main army, to avoid drawing too much attention to the mounted detachment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Maintain awareness of the overall battlefield. If the main army gets in trouble, you can send some or all of the mounted units to assist. There may be an opportunity to hammer-and-anvil enemy forces trapped in the middle. And you may wish to transfer units, like Paladins may be useful to the main army after it is on the move.&lt;br /&gt;
* You'll need at least two Paladins to kill Jevyan himself; nothing else is half as effective (except perhaps Mages of Light and suicidal Lancers).  Or you can use a pair of Great Mages (unless you are very unlucky, you should be able to kill him in a single turn). Don't forget to sacrifice Aethyr to Jevyan.  If he doesn't want to come out and play, march up to Jevyan and use a crossbow attack.  When Jevyan is dead, the yellow and green leaders may still be alive. You'll have to kill one, leaving at least one orc leader alive. You pick.  Congratulations!  Enjoy the ending!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units is within 8 hexes of a bridge, but you have no units within 2 hexes of the bridge, and there are no units on the bridge, then a Cuttle Fish will appear and destroy the bridge. This is usually disadvantageous. Not only does it leave you with a Cuttle Fish to fight, but it slows your progress south and the bad guys progress north. At least on the hardest difficulty level, it's hard to kill all the spam in time, so you don't want to impede their advance by removing the bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
* When any of your units is killed, it becomes a Walking Corpse. On hard, it becomes a Soulless, which makes it important to be careful with your level 2's, especially Lancers.&lt;br /&gt;
* After the first orc leader is killed, then some gold goes to mister Lich. It's 40, 80, or 120 gold, for easy, medium, and hard, respectively.  The lich will receive some gold once you kill his Familiar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See Also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MainlineCampaigns]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - The Rise of Wesnoth]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55345</id>
		<title>TheRiseOfWesnoth</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55345"/>
		<updated>2014-07-15T10:24:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* The Troll Hole */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Strategy Guide for The Rise of Wesnoth Campaign ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Campaign strategy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the course of this campaign, you will need to level up to some:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: White Mages/Mages of Light (at least four)&lt;br /&gt;
* Undead killers: Paladins (two)&lt;br /&gt;
* Mobile strikers: Silver Mages (at least one, preferably more), Grand Knights (several), Fugitives (one or more helps)&lt;br /&gt;
* Damage sinks: Royal Guards, Iron Maulers, Highwaymen, Halberdiers, level 3 Burin, and again Grand Knights&lt;br /&gt;
* Leaders: level 3 Haldric, level 3 Lady Outlaw, and much later level 3 Commander Aethyr &lt;br /&gt;
* Ranged attackers: Great Mages (can use several in the last scenario), Longbowmen/Master Bowmen (two), Trapper/Huntsman (one is helpful)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Mage of Light, one Paladin, and five Grand Knights make a perfect assault team!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Horsemen are key for the first three or four scenarios, it's important not to be too reliant on horse units through the middle part of the campaign, as there are many hard levels underground, in swamps, in water, or against Saurians; use XP from the scenario ''The Vanguard'' to get to 2 Paladins and 2+ Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't overlook Pikemen/Halberdiers, which are useful in many levels; pierce attacks work well against Drakes and against the dragon, and they are handy for defensive roles especially repelling Wolf Riders. They are less good against undead, though, and don't get that +1 MP Royal Guard speed bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to many undead opponents, you will want to recruit many Thugs at times, and get a few (the quick ones, since you need them underground) leveled up. Footpads help too, once leveled up. Due to swamps, you will sometimes be spamming Poachers, which get marksmanship once at level 3. These, plus Lady Outlaw, give tactical options at other levels too: some decent chaotic troops form an ideal reserve, since you can attack with your lawful troops at dawn, and by nightfall when you need to heal them, use some chaotic troops to either continue the attack or to shield your healing lawful units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some recommended units to have obtained by specific scenarios:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The Fall - 1 Knight&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. A Harrowing Escape - 1 White Mage, 2 Knights, plus about-to-level troops&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4a. The Midlands - avoid, go to The Swamp of Eden instead&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4b. The Swamp of Eden - level 2 Haldric, level 2 Lady Outlaw, 2 Knights, 2 Shocktroopers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. Temple of the Deep - level 3 Haldric, level 3 Burin, 1-2 Mages of Light or several Outlaws / quick Bandits&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8. Clearwater Port - level 3 Lady Outlaw, 3 White Mages / Mages of Light, 3 Iron Maulers / Royal Guards / Halberdiers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
12. A Final Spring - 1-2 Silver Mages&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
14. Rough Landing - the 3 loyal Mermen from the previous scenario, ''Peoples in Decline''[glandis] In 1.8.6, there was no opportunity for 3 loyal mermen - maybe this was in an older version? And only Merman fighters can be recruited - no Netcaster upgardes are possible&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17a. The Dragon - up to 4 White Mages / Mages of Light&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17d. Cursed Island - 1 Paladin&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
19. The Vanguard - 4 Knights/Lancers/Grand Knights, 2 Paladins (or about-to-level Knights)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
20. Return of the Fleet - 1 Mermen Entangler, 1 Merman Triton with Storm Trident, level 3 Commander Aethyr desirable&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
22. The Rise of Wesnoth - 2 Paladins, 3 Royal Guards, 4 Mages of Light&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because the campaign is long and you won't be able to recall all your level 3's in the final scenario, it pays to create some &amp;quot;uber-units&amp;quot;. An example is a quick, resilient Silver Mage that has been AMLA advanced a few times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
===A Summer Of Storms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively easy scenario, so gear your recruitment and strategy with an eye towards gathering XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# For the first round, recruit 2-3 Horsemen and the rest can be all Spearmen or a mix of Spearmen and Bowmen as you see fit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Then, you should probably hire Bowmen and more Spearmen. Whatever Bowmen you can get advanced will be useful later on for fighting the many trolls, grunts, and riders you will encounter. Note, however, that you will not have any healers until you level up at least one mage to White Mage status, and the sooner you can do that the better. Red mages will also prove very useful in subsequent scenarios, so consider recruiting at least two mages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used at least three strategies with success...&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: Send the horsemen with the king over the bridge, and the others should follow or start going over the mountain, to avoid being attacked from behind. Send subsequent Spearmen and Bowmen on the &amp;quot;over-the-bridge&amp;quot; road, and when the Prince and final troops have just about caught up, march on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;hide in the swamp&amp;quot; strategy: Proceed much like the above, but send the king with 3 Horsemen to capture the nearest houses, then retreat into the swamp area until you have your lawful bonus to kill off troops during the day. To hold them back, you can use a Spearman and a Mage (to level him.)&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sandbagging&amp;quot; strategy: On the hardest difficulty level, the initial enemy assault will only be easy to handle by entrenching your troops behind the river. Use the king to block the bridge initially, while Spearmen handle the shoreline just north and Horsemen carefully flag villages across the river. Run the king around, lending his leadership as you massacre the stupid enemy troops that have jumped like lemmings into the water. &lt;br /&gt;
* For all these options, you will also need to send a squad north into the mountains and around into the flank of the enemy. A quick Spearman, a quick Bowman, and one other unit, possibly a quick Mage, should be more than sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
* When you see that the fronts are under control, stop recruiting and send prince Haldric and your Mages over the bridge on a quest for XP, assisted by the leadership of the king, and converge on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Fall===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that looks scary, but it is only moderately difficult with proper recruitment and strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall or recruit Spearmen and Bowmen to man the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horsemen/Knights are desirable, because you probably do not yet have a White Mage, and the villages are widely spaced.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recalling or recruiting Mages for XP gathering is highly advisable for future scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are three basic approaches to take out the outlaw leader...&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Brute force&amp;quot; strategy: You can march west with a large army and use part of it to hold northwestern orc. Use the rest to fight outlaws and kill the leader. This strategy requires a lot of troops but it can bring you plenty of experience and can bring a quick victory.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: You can assassinate the outlaw leader. One way is to wait until the orcs have killed almost all outlaws and then assassinate the outlaw leader with Knights, rushing over the enemy camp's bridge and into the keep. This strategy is risky because orcs can kill the leader before you.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination via the mountain pass&amp;quot; strategy: Another way to assassinate the leader is to send a squad through the southern mountains to the outlaw keep. Two Mages and three Spearmen are enough. You may wish to substitute one of the Spearmen with a Knight or Horseman, though horse units have only a narrow passage devoid of mountains and could get pinned by the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
* On the hardest difficulty level, you may be forced to assassinate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Saving the loyal Heavy Infantrymen (or Shock Troopers on easy) pays off in later scenarios. To save all three, move them south towards the outlaws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you eliminate the HP of the Lady Outlaw, she offers to help you. If you say yes, she comes back as a loyal unit in future scenarios and you will be able to recruit outlaw units, plus she cannot be killed in the next couple of scenarios (instead, she disappears when she goes to zero HP, and comes back the next scenario.) This is quite valuable. If you say no and try to kill her, you find out she cannot be killed. However, you do get 200 gold that she leaves behind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The following scenario (''A Harrowing Escape'') is a handful on the hardest difficulty level. On hard, your goal should be a carryover of almost 150 gold (so you have 250 starting gold), so although Lady Outlaw's assistance is worth much more than 80 gold (40% of 200), you may be forced to choose the gold. Another thing you need to beat the following scenario on hard is a White Mage at or near the start of the scenario. Also, about-to-level units will be especially nice for their self-healing ability and low initial upkeep. Steer XP accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Harrowing Escape===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much easier on lower difficulty levels, calling for different strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On easy/medium...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: You should recruit/recall at least one, possibly two Mages here, and use them for killing Goblin Spearmen and finishing off injured Wolf Riders in the hills &amp;amp; mountains bordering the valley. Other than the Mages, simply recruit what you want, and go along the road. You get enough villages to pay upkeep for quite some army, and can give some of them a bit of experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Leave a few units in the rear, as the enemy can cross hills quickly. Note that Footpads and Outlaws will also cross hills at reasonable speed, if you need to hunt down some units. There are two castle tiles about halfway down, try to send Lady Outlaw and Brunin the Lost to them, they make good guards in case the enemy tries to come straight up. You can also send a couple groups of units down southeast to the lake, so you can prevent the Green team (southeast) from coming up the river. You can also kill the two Orcish Grunts (or Warriors on medium) on the southern castle tiles and then move Lady Outlaw and Brunin to them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On hard...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: To beat this scenario on the hardest difficulty level, you need some level 2 (or better yet, about-to-level level 1) units already and decent starting gold. It has been beaten on hard with as little as 158 starting gold, 200 is still difficult, and 250+ makes it relatively easy. You can stretch your gold a bit by not going negative on upkeep and waiting until you can't wait any longer to do one last round of recruiting, recalling mostly level 2's. For timing your final recruitment, watch the wolves that are likely trying to flank through the mountains south of your keep. Another requirement for beating this scenario is a White Mage (or two.) If need be, you must promote a Mage (or two) &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;tout de suite&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, as you will be dealing with severe damage and assassins, while only having easy access to 2 or 3 villages initially. Horsemen and Knights are useful for dissipating damage by serving as meat shields against blades and then running off to remote villages to heal. Quick Horsemen are especially nice, as they can transfer between two strategically placed villages in one turn, for healing on the go. Horsemen, Knights, and Swordsmen are useful for swatting assassins. If you can recruit outlaws, a couple of Footpads are nice for village grabbing. Thieves are also good because they are cheap, the Grunts are fond of attacking them, and they often survive on 70% defense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Near the start of combat, it's crucial to kill the first waves quickly: the wolves and assassins. More important than terrain is avoiding getting flanked, so mobility of individual units is key; if you climb up deep into the mountains, you will have a harder time with mobility than staying on or near the valley floor. Additionally, many of your units cannot go on mountain hexes, so it's easier to maintain your lines if everyone stays close to the valley. It's easier to make a stand at the keep and northern river bank, but this approach can be too costly in terms of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium/hard, you can lure out the roadside guard Warriors one at a time by putting a unit within attack range of one (and out of range of the other.) They mostly come at night. Mostly. That is, the Warriors might not bite bait put out during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have Lady Outlaw, note that she has leadership, which will be useful to help promote Prince Haldric, if he is still level 0. It's worth advancing her to level 2, to continue to provide leadership to level 1 Haldric and your other level 1's. You may also make use of her odd ability &amp;quot;distract&amp;quot;, which allows adjacent allied units to ignore ZOCs. And Lady Outlaw allows you to recruit outlaw types. On hard especially, Thugs can be useful as meat shields and to provide strong attacks at night when your lawful forces are crippled. Remember too that Lady Outlaw cannot be permanently killed (at least not yet), so when desperate times call for desperate measures, you can move her into a suicidal position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* It helps that there are two enemy sides as opposed to a twice as strong single enemy side. If one of your units could be attacked by 3 enemies, but 1 of these hexes is currently blocked by the other side, the currently moving enemy decides to attack units which it (they) is (are) actually less likely to kill than that one. AIs don't cooperate, that is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are stuck on this scenario, you may need to replay one or both of the previous scenarios and/or choose to &amp;quot;kill&amp;quot; Lady Outlaw in the previous scenario so you get her gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There is Dwarf Steelclad in the village at 8,5. It's not far from your camp, so send Lady Outlaw there. Dwarf joins you because &amp;quot;It has been a long time since he felt the satisfying crunch of Orcs under his Axe.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you kill the first orc leader, an Orcish Slayer and two Assassins will pop out of nowhere, so you would be wise not to have any wounded units stuck without movement points at that point. Also, the other leader will get an infusion of gold and start recruiting on all available hexes, so if you can sit on some of those hexes first, it will help keep the situation from getting out of control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* At the end, you will be given the choice of the river/swamp road or the midlands/orc road. These fork to the scenarios ''The Swamp of Esten'' and ''The Midlands'', respectively. The swamp scenario is relatively easy, while ''The Midlands'' could cost you some leveled units or even prove impossible to beat if you are low on gold. Also, the swamp gives you a free loyal White Mage, so it's a no brainer, unless you want more of a challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: it would be wise to have at least 1 White Mage before going to the scenario ''The Swamp of Esten''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Midlands====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orcs again. But you chose that way. This scenario may appear impossible, but with a lot of gold and a little strategy, it can be beat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are given plenty of time, so use it wisely. The enemies send lots of orcs, mostly weak ones. So recruit and recall everything you can.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall any White Mages you have. You'll need them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bowmen are good for the wolf units you will be facing.&lt;br /&gt;
* The rest depends on your strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Fast Assault&amp;quot; option: use an assassination team. If you go west, only your Knights and Horsemen will arrive and fight at daytime. So go south. Take the bridge and defend against the enemy closing in from the west. Take out Yellow with a fast assault team (they should take a healer along), but be careful about the leader. Your main force moves west, takes and holds the second bridge, and takes out Blue. Your assault team stays in the south and goes for the last enemy leader - they won't face any serious resistance. The enemy moves north to support Blue. The HI guarding the bridge might gain a level or die, but hopefully not the latter, as they are loyal units in a long campaign. With this approach, you can finish early (around 25 turns) and keep your losses low.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Dark Assault&amp;quot; option: use Footpads.  If you chose to work with the the outlaws in the last round, then this works well.  Footpads are cheap.  And they are fast.  And they have good defensive abilities.  Plus they fight well in the dark and in the forest.  So recruit lots of Footpads-pawns and quickly dispatch them to the upper west and south, followed by more powerful units: Mages, Horsemen, etc.  For the time being, leave the middle enemy alone.  To the upper west, send several Footpads into the forest and capture the village and set up a defensive line.  This cuts down the enemy's gold and increases yours.  Don't attack at first, just defend, until more of your slow higher powered units arrive. The strategy here is to pick off the orcs, and send the Horsemen to capture villages.  While this is going, to the south you send your Footpads to capture any villages you can and, more importantly, put a Footpad on the hex that is adjacent to the bridge, thereby stopping easy advancement of their greater numbered troops. A White Mage, a couple Trappers and some Bowmen would make a good escort. Probably sending a Thief or two would be good too, to help dispatch any enemy that infiltrate the villages north of the river. one enemy got into one of the villages on the north of river, and it took a lot to dislodge him.  The intention is to engage the enemy so that they are fighting from the river squares, at a huge disadvantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Swamp Of Esten====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not hard if you are conservative and don't send important units off alone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall 1-2 quick Knights (or Paladins, if you have them), recruit 1-2 Horsemen, and recall your loyal Shocktroopers or whatever they are now.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next round, recruit/recall Mages to kill Scorpions (and Bats) and at least one White Mage to deal with poison, plus maybe a Poacher or Trapper or two, as they are good in swamp (and you would like a Huntsman eventually, for its markmanship.)&lt;br /&gt;
# A little Thug spam can come next, but you don't need a full third round of recruitment. Then send Prince Haldric off to lend his leadership.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Head to the northeastern leader first. Try to kill Dark Adepts with Burin or horse units before they have a chance to attack you. As you close in on the leader, hover your mouse over him to watch where he can go, as at night his ranged attack is nasty and can be followed up by waves of kamikaze Walking Corpses, which can take out a Knight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After you have killed the northeastern leader and eliminated troops there, you can either send your whole army back across the ford and south or split your army into two halves, sending one part to each leader. If you have lost several units but have lots of turns left, it's probably safer to stick together. This is not a simple mop-up operation, as powerful undead can take out some of your valuable units if you're not careful. On hard, Shadows are a threat at night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Searching the temples is a good idea. Some have gold. There is a free loyal White Mage hiding in (a random) one of the temples - visit the temple close to the keep ASAP, and if not there, try rushing a horse unit or Lady Outlaw to the temple at 19,5. However, some of the temples contain undead, so keep extra troops nearby when you enter one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main challenge in this scenario is keeping your ally alive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your (probably leveled up) Heavy Infantry from The Fall and some quick Spearmen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recruit/recall Thugs, Bowmen, and Spearmen, preferably quick.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round, recall 2-3 White Mages (or Mages of Light) and maybe some quick Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Your forces will have three main combat arenas: the northeast, the south, and the middle.&lt;br /&gt;
# The castle in the middle is inhabited by the tree folk. The orcs have almost the perfect anti-wose force, heavy on fire (Orcish Crossbowmen and Pillagers), so your ally is going to need your help. Send 2-4 units to the castle and another 4-8 units northeast of the castle to block the enemy advancing from that direction.&lt;br /&gt;
# Split the rest of your forces to go northeast and south, 4-6 units each, with a White Mage in each force. Your loyal Heavy Infantry / Shocktroopers should head south. Sending Haldric south might help take some of the heat off the woses.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Tips...&lt;br /&gt;
* If you send a White Mage or Mage of Light to the wose castle, it will let any adjacent wose cure+heal or sometimes regenerate+heal (16 points.) That's because of the side sequence within a turn: player, orcs, woses. For example, after the orcs attack with poison, the woses cure themselves, and then your leveled mage will heal any adjacent wose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The temple contains the entrance to the catacombs, but you need the leader Wose's help to open it, and to get that help you have to win the current scenario, so there is no point in visiting this temple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is in the catacombs, i.e., underground, and it's a tough one, so you need to groom your roster accordingly. Two Mages of Light would make it a whole lot easier. Failing that, level up your fearless loyal Shocktrooper and chaotic outlaw types. Bandits/Highwaymen and Fugitives are especially nice. Quick units of almost any type (except horse units) will be helpful, if leveled and possessing high HP (&amp;gt;50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Temple in the Deep===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be facing undead underground. This is a difficult situation that will prove much easier with proper recruitment. Then the strategy will be fairly straightforward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All in all, what you need is a small elite force. Two rounds of recalls is enough, if you didn't lose Burin in a prior scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers, though their slow movement will prove frustrating. Also on the first round, recall a fast &amp;quot;tank&amp;quot; and someone to grab the holy water.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recall any Mages of Light you might already have, and a total of at least two White Mages or Mages of Light, preferably quick. For the rest of your recruitment, what you need are high movement (6+ MP) non-horse units with high hitpoints (&amp;gt;50 HP). It helps if they are chaotic (or at least neutral) and/or have ranged or impact attacks. Put all the requirements together and it points to Fugitives. Outlaws and quick Arch Mages are worth recalling too. Fill out the rest with other high HP units. Note that horse units are too sluggish in caves and should not be recalled/recruited unless you have a compelling reason.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round (optional), you can add a unit or two for a safety margin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# There are two ways north, but they will meet up together. First thing you will see are Tentacles. You can either ignore the Tentacles for the most part or use them for XP. Your main initial objective is to find a good place to make a stand against the nasty wave of undead coming from the north. The chokepoints and southern shoreline offer good defensive locations. Watch out for the enemy's Bone Shooters, Revenants and Deathblades, as they could easily mess up a level 3 unit. &lt;br /&gt;
# Once the flow of baddies as tapered off, gradually progress northwards. Once you get into the final chamber, the boss should be a piece of cake, although his ranged attack is devastating, so try to attack him with melee units. Be careful if he has recruits around, as their combined damage can take down one of your level 3's. Note that the Ruby can only be picked up by Haldric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Holy water: The best choice for the Holy Water is a quick Bandit, who should level quickly. A quick Highwayman could be used, but won't benefit much from the XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* XP: Use this level to get experience. The early-finish bonus is tiny. The Tentacles are perfect for leveling up units. Keep Burin away from the water at this stage, or he'll kill all tentacles as they attack, depriving those who could benefit from the XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your killed units will be turned into Walking Corpses (or Soulless on hard.) Therefore, spam is not helpful. A Mage or Thug can be okay, if used with great care, but mostly you need to recall leveled troops here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return to Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Clearwater Port===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is easy if you take the first boat out, more and more challenging for the second and third boats, and very difficult (on hard) if you want to take out all three leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers from ''The Fall.'' You will also want several Footpads, for speedy village snatching, coastline defending (under leader supervision), and possibly for filling castle hexes if your lines get too thin.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recruit/recall more low maintenance units. It's a good scenario for leveling troops, so recalling acouple half-leveled Spearmen or similar is a good idea.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third and later turns, start recalling your high maintenance units. The key to winning this scenario is to recall several advanced units that can take a lot of damage and get good defense in castles (no Horsemen). You will also want at least 3 White Mages or Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Backstab your ally, stealing all his villages. Your ally is useless anyway, except for the entertainment value from his troops' suicide runs. The income is much better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
# Send your heavy duty troops with some White Mages over to the line of castle near Lt. Aethyr. (Optionally, you can rush forward past the castle, but you will need to return almost as quickly before the main enemy wave and night arrive.) Aethyr will usually be done recruiting by the second or third turn, before the enemy reaches you, so fill the entire line with your units, and put Knight Sir Rudry in the one non castled tile (or leave it empty, if no enemy are adjacent.) Place the White Mages behind this line. After the enemy has reached you and it is your turn to attack, go mostly for the assasins, as they have a weak melee attack and their poison can be a huge problem. Alternatively to using the castle (from (26,18) to (24,15)) to defend, the front line can lead through the villages at (30,17) and (30,18). This will make your line much shorter, it becomes much more of a bottleneck fight and offsets your enemy's superior numbers, since some of their units just move around with all spots to attack occupied; you only have to give up 1 village and 2 front units instaheal without mages. Place your strongest units on the weakest spot (29,20) and a Mage of Light on (30,19), he will hardly be attacked as the hex before him is used to attack (29,20). This shorter line requires less units on your side and also has the great advantage that there are much less 40% defense spots to attack you. They will flank you at the sides but stand on ice or sand then.&lt;br /&gt;
# Meanwhile, on the northeastern coast, the northern enemy leader will send lots of units to catch your flank unguarded. Send 2 Footpads, a Spearman, Lady Jessene, and Haldric to guard the coast. If Lady Jessene is already level 3, you can substitute a Royal Guard, Swordsman, or Javelineer for Haldric. This coastline defense squad may need help later, so be ready to divert a speedy powerful unit there. If you keep a healthy unit on the village at the tip of the land, then, unless you are very unlucky, you will be able to hold off everything the northern leader sends. After the assault from the water has been crushed, some of your troops may be able to cross the ford north, but be careful not to get attacked in the water with only 20% defense. (Certain of your chaotic units do have 40% defense in water; now is a good time to pay attention to that.) Also, notice that the lighthouse has a similar effect as a Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
# You have two options for the endgame:&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Total victory&amp;quot; strategy: Once you've thinned the enemy to where they only have a few units that are close to your line, usually this happens conveniently around dawn, move your people out and start heading for their leaders. Split your force, sending a few down the southern path, to distract the eney and most of them toward the middle leader, to kill him. Once he's dead, send some of your army down to kill the southern leader and devote a few units to defending the bridge until the rest of your army can rejoin you. A unit or two with a lot of HP with a white mage are usually enough to do this.&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Run like hell&amp;quot; strategy: Alternatively, you can leave your leader near the docks and take one of the boats to end the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fallen Lich Point===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a high variance scenario. It may be easy or hard, depending on events beyond your control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit fairly lightly initially, as you will likely have a chance to use the Lich's keep to recruit again.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages, White Mages, and Mages of Light are good, and as are all the other advancements of Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* You automatically should have your loyal Knight. Because of the mountains around &amp;quot;lichland&amp;quot; and frozen ground everywhere else, additional horse units are not recommended, except a single Paladin will come in handy.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Thugs or a Bandit or Highwayman will provide a little extra undead bashing power.&lt;br /&gt;
* Footpads will help with village flagging.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy... &lt;br /&gt;
# The Orcs will be busy with the Yetis, so you can walk with a big group south and kill the Lich-Lord. Move Haldric to the stone monument to de-petrify the Lich. It may help to post some units around the undead before doing so. Use several mages to make a hole or two in the ring of undead, and then push in a burly fighter or two and/or Paladin to kill the Lich.&lt;br /&gt;
# After killing the Lich, assess the Orc/Yeti situation (as well as the village flagging situation) and decide if you need to use the Lich's keep to recruit some reinforcements.&lt;br /&gt;
# After that, head north and walk into the sewer entrance (the &amp;quot;cave&amp;quot;) or else kill the orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* It is also possible, if you recruit heavily, to split your force and head north to attack the eastern Orcs before they finish with the Yetis.  However, be careful not to be attacked by a Yeti yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
* When dealing with the Lich, be aware that he has money; if you let him vacate any of his encampment tiles, or if you kill any of his units but do not occupy their tiles, he will be able to recruit.  (This is not necessarily all bad, as it can mean more experience, but depending on the strength of your force you may want to be careful.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sewer of Southbay===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a swampy underground scenario, but with attention to recruitment, it's not very difficult.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* As always underground, you want non-horse units with 6+ MP.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall White Mages / Mages of Light, at least two, three is probably the optimal number.&lt;br /&gt;
* There are quite a few villages in this cave, so an expensive force is supportable, though not necessary. Some players recruit a large and spammy force, while others go with small and elite:&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 1, &amp;quot;Large and spammy&amp;quot; recruitment: Recruit four each of Mages, Thugs, and Poachers. Yes, Poachers normally stink, but here they really shine in a swamp that is permanently dark, underground. If you recruit four Poachers, you could finish with three Trappers and a Huntsman - or you could finish with four dead Poachers. The Thugs are especially likely to die, as they will be facing off against Red Mages, but somebody has to do it.&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 2, &amp;quot;Small and elite&amp;quot; recruitment: Recall something like one Red Mage, one Arch Mage, one Silver Mage, 2 two Royal Guards/Highwaymen/etc, and a Trapper or Huntsman, plus three regular Mages and a Poacher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# After leaving your initial chamber, you will be in a large swamp room with three entrances, through which will be a flood of bad guys. Use two Poachers and a Thug or similar to blockade the southeast, a small elite group to block the north, and then a mix of fighters and mages to handle the west entrance. Give each group a White Mage or Mage of Light, as well as at least one regular Mage. Try to keep the Mages of Light away from your chaotic forces on the front lines, though. Use the leadership of Haldric and Lady Jessene - and Mage of Light illumination or lack thereof - to get the most from each attack.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the initial battle has died down, you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
## If you have enough forces, you can divide into two groups and attack both brothers simultanously, east and west.&lt;br /&gt;
## Otherwise, do them one after the other, and then look for the exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Danger: there is a Giant Spider at the exit. You may wish to keep one or two cannon fodder units in order to be able to save your advanced units.  It is best to use ranged attacks against the spider, so leveled mages are good here.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is a lot easier with a lot of gold, especially on the hardest difficulty level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Southbay in Winter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Final Spring===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a large battle, and any mistake on any front can spell doom, but overall it will be fairly easy on the easier difficulty levels. On hard, it still is easy given enough gold (370 or so.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# On the first turn, recall a Silver Mage to teleport to the island, recruit Footpads for village snatching, recall one or more of your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''The Fall''), and recall one or more Knights or similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, continue with this theme, but it will be nightfall soon, so recall Outlaws, Bandits, Assassins, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn three is a bit more of the same, but you need to start thinking about preserving your income and also keeping a gold reserve. You can spam some peasants to preserve cash and income.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn four turn is more of the same.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn five, you will have new recruitment options (see spoiler at walkthrough end.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy is broken into three fronts...&lt;br /&gt;
# The first front is the south land area. Do a counter-clockwise sweep. Mounted units augmented with Footpads are a good choice. Note that it will be nightfall soon after game start, so it might be wise to delay any serious mounted assault until the next day, and you can delay your recalls for this.&lt;br /&gt;
# The second front is the walled city. Move slower units and your loyal White Mage / Mage of Light to defend here. Take your ally's villages; your ally wouldn't do much useful with the money anyway. When your units from the second front complete their sweep, you can break the remaining southern forces against the city wall in a hammer and anvil. Then your united forces can move north. On easy, you may be able to push north more quickly than that using just part of your city troops.&lt;br /&gt;
# The third front is the two small islands. Send a Silver Mage there ASAP. (You should have a village already there, so the Silver Mage can teleport over.) Footpads/Outlaws/Fugitives, Rangers, and others will help later. Lady Jessene could be used. A quick White Mage or Mage of Light would be useful, either on the coast or on the islands. Do not use Assassins on this front. Assassins have relatively weak defense in water against Orcs and Nagas, they're very weak against blade, which is all orcs and nagas use, and their relatively slow movement in water makes backstab hard to use reliably. Overall, you need to devote more resources to this front than you might think.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also keep an eye on the peninsula north of your keep. Wolf Riders and others might mount an amphibious assault in an effort to flank your troops. On the easier difficulty levels, you may wish to beat the punch and quickly establish a bridgehead on the other side of the bay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* You should have lots of high-level units now, so concentrate on recruiting new ones and levelling them up to fill needs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Peasants are useful as placeholders for villages and distractions for the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 4, a gang of nasty undead show up in the east. So, for your city taskforce, you'll want to recruit/recall units with impact and arcane attacks. Note that if undead capture villages, they will be flagged with the Orc island boss' black flag! This can result in an overwhelming number of Nagas, and it's one reason that you must devote a lot of resources to the island campaign. Re-flag any black flag villages quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 5, a gang of nasty Mermen show up in the west. Fortunately, they are on your side. You can now recruit Mermen. This is the real reason to keep a gold reserve until this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Peoples in Decline===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a potentially bloody scenario versus Drakes. Proper recruitment is more important than good strategy here, as you will have little opportunity to maneuver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* First, recall any loyal Mermen in your roster. Your loyal Iron Maulers might prefer to sit this one out.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drakes are vulnerable to pierce attacks, so spam cheap pierce attack units. In addition to Peasants, there are Poachers, Bowmen, Spearmen, Merman Fighters, and Merman Hunters. Poachers are key here, due to the swampy terrain and their chaotic alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
* However, it helps to recall some leveled units early on, to prevent your line from crumbling. Javelineers and Trappers are good, since they have both ranged and melee attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need a total of 2 or 3 White Mages / Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* On your last turn of recruitment when you have about 80 gold, recall some advanced units if need be, like Master Bowmen and Rangers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Since you will have a lot of level 1 and 0 units, make sure to use the leadership of Prince Haldric and Lady Jessene.&lt;br /&gt;
* Look for opportunities to heal via leveling up.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pay attention to the day-night cycle in this scenario. Drakes will be strong during day, but become very weak in the night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Take advantage of the mountains for defense.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be careful with your loyals.&lt;br /&gt;
* Because most Drakes have powerful ranged attacks, melee-only units should hide behind the lines until they attack, preferably at night (with a Mage of Light supplying illumination.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure you get the Storm Trident in the middle of the sea, but be certain that you've cleared most of the Drakes first, since a Sea Serpent will appear. It's best to have some strong units ready to kill it in 1 or 2 turns. You can give the trident to Lord Typhon, but since he leaves a bit later, you may want to give it to another Merman Fighter. Movement over land is important for Mermen in the campaign as a whole.  If the Merman Fighter to whom you give the storm trident has the Quick attribute, you can make him a Hoplite when he gets to level 3.  Otherwise, make him a Triton, because movement over land is important for Mermen in this campaign as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rough Landing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting Nagas and Vampire Bats, primarily. This is a scenario that may be frustrating on the easier difficulty levels, though on hard it is just par for the course. Good recruitment and strategy will save you from getting slaughtered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are probably going to go negative on gold and be unable to rectify that with the paultry early finish bonus, so you might as will go very negative and be resigned to start the next scenario with minimum gold.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit/recall many Mermen and 1 or 2 White Mages or Mages of Light. A few Peasants can be useful to pad out your force, distract the enemy, and protect villages from stray Bats. A Silver Mage can be useful for island hopping but is not essential. Thieves/Assassins are blade vulnerable, and Nagas only use blades, so it's probably best not to recall them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Knock out the southeastern leader in a blitz. It's important to get that out of the way, because a wave of Nagas is advancing at light speed from the north.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next, hurriedly set up a line in the water alongside your fortress island. Your fortress troops can anchor one flank, while Burin the Dwarf can go to the island to the northeast to anchor the other end of your line. Nobody messes with Burin. Move Lady Jessene behind the lines to lend her support to the Mermen. Your loyal Mage of Light will be able to move back and forth more (to lend illumination) if kept in the fortress area.&lt;br /&gt;
# Finally, once the enemy assault wave has been broken, advance northward to kill the final two leaders in a straightforward mop-up operation. Just be careful not leave isolated units where they can get swarmed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints/Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to level up the mermen; they can be useful in another scenario later.&lt;br /&gt;
* Beware of Sea Serpents. Three of them will appear, one on each of the three turns following your first kill of an enemy unit. Make sure to kill them at once. The Storm Trident from the previous scenario and the Ruby of Fire will come in handy against the Serpents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A New Land===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a non-scenario. The scenario objectives tell you to avoid all confrontation for as long as possible, but actually the faster your units encounter the others the faster the scenario will end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* None necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The optimal strategy for gold carryover is to grab the three closest villages, then retreat to your keep and wait. Once one attack occurs, the non-scenario will be over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* One thing to keep in mind is that this the last chance you have to grab some more Mermen as their king leaves.  They are quite helpful in a later scenario so grabbing a few extra here cannot hurt if you can spare the gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Ka'lian===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story, with your choice of four battles next.  You have to beat them all in whatever order.  The amount of gold you have should be the factor in deciding when you choose to play Cursed Isle (the undead problem).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All four scenarios have to be beaten, but in whatever order you choose.&lt;br /&gt;
====The Dragon====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not as difficult as it looks, though your recruitment and strategy need to be tailored to fight the Saurian Skirmishers and other foes you will face here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Saurians use piercing attacks mostly, so it's better to use units resistant to pierce. Pikemen and Halberdiers have 40% pierce resistance. Javelineers are ideal as Saurians use ranged attacks a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
* You may wish to bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers. They are ineffective against the 70% impact resistant Mudcrawlers, while also vulnerable to the ranged attacks of both Mudcrawlers and Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consider adopting a force of all units with ranged attacks, save for horse and thief units, which can be kept behind the lines when not in use. It is amusing when Saurian Augers are forced to tap your units with their little staffs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers are a necessity to deal with the heavy damage your units will be sustaining. Depending on the strategy you adopt, you will want 2-4 healers. Mages of Light rock here, as they can easily do front line duty in pairs and their illumination blinds the Saurians, reducing their damage.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need something to clean up mud. Versus level 0 Mudcrawlers, Horsemen and their advancements can charge with no counterattack, and likewise Thieves and their advancements can backstab with no counterattack. Mages can be used as well on the fire vulnerable mud.&lt;br /&gt;
* A Merman or two will help with water hexes. An Entangler's slow ability will help tame the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used many different strategies with success:&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Fighting Saurians requires a disciplined formation.  If you're used to stringing out troops to move them into position as they get there, that won't work after Turn 2 or 3. You can use a &amp;quot;healing hedgehog&amp;quot; of ten troops--two white mages next to each other and eight troops completely encircling them.  If someone gets badly injured, move them to the inside and put a white mage on one of the long edges, fighting as you go.  If you're trying for the big bonus, you'll need two hedgehogs.  Try to keep reserves back a bit in cities.  If the terrain favorably protects you, or the wounded is a fast unit, you can try moving wounded back to cities too.  Once the main wave of Saurians is broken, you can string non-wounded troops out a bit in the rush for the leaders. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Triangular Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Switching wounded units to the inside of the hedgehog can be a problem if you are surrounded. ZOC prevents you from creating an open hex to move the inner unit into. You can fix this by creating a triangle with three hexes inside, instead of the standard two of the hedgehog. If you do this on your castle, only three units are in grasslands. If you set it right, you can make most of the hexes adjacent to your triangle be grassland as well, forcing the Saurians into a bad defensive position. In terms of unit positioning, the simplest way is to fill two inner spaces with Mages of Light, a but a better tactic is to put one of the mages on an edge, thereby ensuring that all but one of your units are healing. The remaining unit can either be a Merman Hoplite, (prefereably resilient and carrying a Storm Trident) or Lady Jessene, since she has excellent defense and is chaotic and therefore benefits by not being in the Mages' light. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Giant Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Recruit a lot of units, and then move the whole army as one big bulk. Keep healers in the middle (about four), rotate stronger units outwards, and make sure you leave no gaps. The Saurians will slip through the tiniest gap and kill your weak units. Head first for the east or west leader, but steer for good terrain, because your force will soon be swarmed. But then by turn 10, there should be many few Saurians alive.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Standard Line&amp;quot; strategy: Form a line from the west board edge diagonally up towards your keep across the two villages just in front of the forest. You will probably wish to bend upwards at the forest, rather than running the line all the way to the keep. Whenever the Saurians have a small number of troops at your line and you have enough strength to kill them all, you can advance your whole line one hex south, allowing you to get additional attacks on them from non-frontline troops. Once you advance a unit to the first water hex at west board edge, the west leader will probably come out to greet it, so be ready to fry him with Haldric's ruby. After killing the leader, back up into good terrain to prepare to meet the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Wake the Dragon&amp;quot; strategy: Prematurely wake the dragon (see spoiler below) and back up your troops to north of your keep. When the dragon comes, kill him. The scenario can be over on turn 7. There is no early finish bonus for this, but you can recruit lightly so that you still have gold at the end and will carry-over 40%, if you need it for your next scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* With all these strategies, the Saurians may hold back for quite a while. This is okay, as the Dragon will eventually appear and come to you. Kill it. Then you are given a choice of whether to end the scenario or to try to kill all the enemy leaders before time runs out. You can choose to finish the remaining Saurians for a nice bonus. However, on the hardest difficulty setting the turn limit (33 turns) is insufficient for you to plow through the vast hordes of level 0 spam to get to the leaders, so it's best to simply end the scenario after killing the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The dragon will awake on turn 15 or when you move a unit down around the road north of the mountains. If you wish to wake the dragon prematurely, you can recruit a Horseman on turn 1 and run him down. It's a suicide mission for him, however.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have a fast non-horse unit in position, rush it to the mountain cave after the Dragon leaves to grab the 200 in gold, though that's nothing compared to the Hero bonus for defeating all the Saurian leaders. So focus on killing all of them first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Lizard Beach====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario versus Saurians, Giant Scorpions, and Mudcrawlers, where good recruiting and strategy will save you from massive bloodshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruiting...&lt;br /&gt;
* Mermen are helpful for the swamp and water areas.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers, veterans from ''The Fall.'' They are laughably ineffective against the impact resistant Mudcrawlers - and laughably vulnerable to their ranged attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Thieves, Horsemen, and their advancements are good for mud cleanup, though you must keep them out of range of Saurian skirmishers. Swordsmen and Royal Guards are also good, though overkill.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall a lot of fairly high HP units, preferably with strong non-impact ranged and melee attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages are good. Mages of Light are especially useful, since they can do front line duty. Lots of healing may be necessary, about 3 healers are good, so White Mages can be used too. Raw recruit Mages can be used as well, for disposal of Giant Scorpions and the occasional Saurian Skirmisher that wanders too far. At least one Silver Mage is highly desirable, along with a speedy unit (e.g., Fugitive, Footpad, or Horseman) to capture villages for the Silver Mage to use north of the river.&lt;br /&gt;
* [fredbobsmith2] An alternative strategy that works surprisingly well is to simply use a very mage-heavy army. Recall most or all of your high-level mages, throw in a few peasants, and spend the rest of your gold on recruiting mages. Victory will come with shocking ease.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* General strategy: as Saurians have skirmishers and a lot of movement, be sure to protect your wounded units well. Because of the Saurians unnerving ability to concentrate their fire on one unit, be sure to keep several healers around and try to keep your line straight so only two can mob one guy. Hedgehog tactic also seems to work well.&lt;br /&gt;
* Opening strategy: here are some specific strategies that players have used with success in the early part of the scenario:&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen in center&amp;quot; strategy: Recall 2-4 Mermen, 1-2 Trappers/Huntsmen, and a lot of high HP troops, then form a line. Initially, you can either form a north-south line around the lake area with one flank at the south board edge, or, if you want to be conservative, you can do a diagonal line in the southeast corner, with both flanks tied to board edges. You'll need the Mermen to handle the lake area, and Trappers/Huntsmen/Mermen for the swamp areas. Keep troops in reserve, so that when a few Saurians meet your line, you can advance your whole line over them. Do not be too conservative/defensive on hard, as your time is limited. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen on flank&amp;quot; strategy: Recall several decent land melee units &amp;amp; then 4-5 level 2 Mermen on rounds 2-3. Most of your force forms a line of battle near your keep, Mermen on the north flank in the river, land units extending south, flanks bent back with strongest units at the corners - then let the Saurians break on it. Once their first wave has broken, the rest of their troops come in drips and are no problem, so now you can split up and wipe out the stragglers and claim villages; any L2 units you start with should level up. After you defeat the main force from the south send just one or two guys north to capture towns so your Silver Mages can teleport into the fray. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen feint&amp;quot; strategy: Recall most of your Mermen from before and send them along the river towards the sea. This will harry the saurian troops coming down from the north, allowing your main force to advance on the southern enemy  undisturbed. Beware, though as your mermen will encounter the Saurians at night time (giving you -25% and them +25%), so try to minimize conflict until dawn, just get in their way.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;No Mermen&amp;quot; strategy: On your first two turns recall two keeps of strong, fast veterans like mounted units (not Paladins though; they're pretty ineffective against saurians), Outlaws/Assassins, and Silver Magi along with some other veterans, preferably with a lot of HP: if all goes well (at least on easy and medium) that may be all you need. Dash them across the swamp directly west of your keep, south of the sands, and form a line with strong units at the ends. They'll flank you, but you're stronger than them and you can use your slower units to crush the flanking saurians in a hammer and anvil. The first wave of southern Saurians should get itself killed before the northern Saurians arrive in force. Once the northern Saurians arrive, take them out with your slower units while your quicker ones go for the southern leader.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sacrificial lamb&amp;quot; strategy: In addition to a couple mages, 2 healers, and some other fighters, recruit a castle-full of peasants to draw the Saurians out onto open ground.  Surround a single peasant on 5 sides, with 2 healers behind him. Build your formation around that.&lt;br /&gt;
* Closing strategy: The enemy's onslaught tapers out after their initial wave, so the final push for the southern leader should be quick and clean. Taking out the northern leader is harder, because all of your units will be stuck south of the marshes and the river. If you want to go for a quick win, just march forth with Silver Mages, Mermen, and anyone who's close enough to be a help. If you don't want to lose any of your better units, patience may be the key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units gets as far west as the second bridge, a wave of Nagas will arrive out at sea. You may wish to delay going that far until the second watch, so that the Nagas will make contact with your forces during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
* Killing one leader gives more gold to the other, so when you've defeated pretty much all the southern leader's forces, just plant a level 3 or two in his keep and leave him alive; kill them both in the same turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Troll Hole====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that you cannot win by brute force, because the trolls have more brute force than you. Wise recruitment and strategy are necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* It's underground time again, so as before, mainly recruit mages. The trolls are strong, so hopefully you have lots of levelled up mages. Mages of Light are especially nice, because they are tough enough to survive an attack from most trolls, while simultaneously reducing the damage sustained (due to illumination blinding the trolls.) Level 1 Mages can be used to good effect too, especially if quick. If only attacked by a single Troll Whelp, a healthy level 1 Mage will survive.&lt;br /&gt;
* In addition to mages, your chaotic units can be helpful here again, especially against the occasional Rocklobber, which you will not want to attack with mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be careful if you recall your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''the Fall''). In particular, the fearless one probably cannot take four hits from a Troll, like if it fails to kill a Troll and then the Troll attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* A couple of Mermen can help in the first few turns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are 4 castles, and two of them (randomly placed) are the troll leaders you need to kill.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can make your initial stand either on the island or on the other side of the bridges.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to use the narrow corridors to your advantage, so the enemy can only place one attack against a strong unit of yours, but you can kill a troll at a time with two mages or Haldric. Also keep an eye at your back since they will try to surround you. And resist the temptation to send single units wandering around in what seems to be empty caves - they will all die, probably by the fangs of a Giant Spider.&lt;br /&gt;
* When you've whittled down the enemy, go the direction they came from and kill the leaders, ignoring spider keeps.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alternative: This could be a good choice if you have low gold: recall 2 quick red mages, and 3 quick tough melee units (say 2 royal guards &amp;amp; a L3 chaotic unit like a Fugitive). Play expedition style: abandon the start island, stay fairly close together, with your troops roughly divided in two between those moving forward and those fighting rearguard. Provided you knock out one troll leader early, the rest is manageable, just work your way carefully over to the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cursed Isle====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting undead, mostly of the incorporeal and ghoulish lineages. Victory comes surprisingly easily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit lightly, certainly no more than two castles of troops. You could use 1-3 Paladins, 1-2 Mages, and 1-2 White Mages / Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall your loyal Merman Triton or similar and have him pick up the holy water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* This can be the first or last quest you choose.  If you can wait, do it last, as you will come out of it with a lot of gold, which you will need for the first scenario after the quests, ''The Vanguard''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep a very tight formation for the first night, as Shadows will hit hard and you don't want to get backstabbed or swarmed. By dawn, it should be smooth sailing.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you get anywhere near the enemy leaders' keeps, expect to get rushed by a leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* In one of the three temples there is a Vampire Lady. All you really need is a Paladin or three to rush the temples. Kill her. Game over, you win. One of the other temples has some gold; grab that first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Spy In The Woods===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Vanguard===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting a large number of orcs, trolls and other enemies in a location with a natural defensive line, where presumably an underground river has carved a line of sinkholes. This scenario will be difficult or impossible with minimum gold (200), but quite doable with a large amount of gold (450+) even on the hardest difficulty setting. Recruitment and strategy are fairly straightforward, given the board layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit a lot of units; you will need them.&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall/recruit speedy units: Knights, Lancers, Paladins, Horsemen, Outlaws, and similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recall your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up from ''The Fall'') and Spearmen/Swordsmen/Royal Guards.&lt;br /&gt;
# On subsequent turns, recall/recruit healers and other sorts of Mages, Thugs and their advancements, and Longbowmen. You will need quite a lot of healing power: 3-4 White Mages / Mages of Light and 1-2 Paladins. A Silver Mage would come in handy, since your forces will be widely spaced, but you could start with a couple of Red Mages and try to level up one or both to Silver Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# This map is smaller than fog of war and sinkholes make it appear.  Rush the west and northwest gaps with mounted units, but slow &amp;amp; strong will carry the day once the sun rises and the odds are in your favor.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Seal of all the gaps in the ring of sinkholes. When the onslaught begins, wounded units can retreat back into villages or be cared for by healers - or actually both, since soon you will be out of non-wounded units.&lt;br /&gt;
# A &amp;quot;Sitzkrieg&amp;quot; may develop, where neither side can make progress. Shift units to the southwest and break out there, using the west board edge defensively. From there, sweep northwards, taking out the western orc leader first and then the next orc leader.&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget the chest of gold, which you can see even in fog.&lt;br /&gt;
# End the scenario with the kill of the final leader, a level 3 troll.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill more than half the units of any side, a few tough undead units will appear near that side's stronghold at the edge of the map. So, this will happen three times. Beware the Chocobones. Their double damage from charge means they can take out Commander Aethyr at night just by hitting 2 for 2, and they will certainly try if they get the opportunity.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is much less difficult with extra gold. You can use Peasants to avoid going negative on gold, promoting them to Spearmen only when needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return of the Fleet===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome to the &amp;quot;kitchen sink&amp;quot; defense.  You've made it this far; now the enemy will launch a desperate defense, throwing a little bit of everything at you.  The effect is mostly psychological, but it could be a problem if you came into the scenario with minimum gold or your initial assessment causes you to drastically under-recruit. Time is money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, at least, you don't want to overrecruit. First turn, recall Mermen to assassinate the undead leader; 2 Entanglers/Netcasters and the Triton with the Storm Trident. Later, you should recruit 1 or more Silver Mages also for this taskforce as well as for causing general mayhem. It's also worth recruiting 5-10 L1/L0 units to take the brunt of the first wave of attacks; you can use any combination of Footpads, Poachers, Thugs, Spearmen, and Peasants, as you see fit. You'll want some decent L2 and L3 recalls for healing, to flank your lines, and to start kicking some butt at daybreak. A Mage or Red Mage to blast Trolls and Chocobones will level up by end of scenario. Paladins are good too. In addition to your loyal Mage of Light, you will need a bare minimum of 1 more healer.&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, don't recruit too much for fighting the undead - 2 Paladins at most, 1 or 2 Thugs, the stormy Merman, and the nearest Mage working with your land force are sufficient - the undead commander only gets 5-6 L2 recruits and they come ashore scattered (on medium, anyway). Paladins are so effective against undead that you can wade into the water after them. Just remember, Paladins can't go into deep water and undead can.&lt;br /&gt;
* On hard, you also don't want to recruit too much for fighting the undead, but it's only because going on an offensive early against them will get you crushed by a Chocobone armada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Move the Mermen (including the storm trident) as quickly as possible pretty much straight to the West. (There is a village and swamp hex that can aid your travel if you pick the best route).  Move these guys up the West side once they get there to get to the Undead Leader as quickly as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Your loyal units can do a little village grabbing, but it would be unwise to venture too far north.&lt;br /&gt;
# After nightfall, fog will appear; for the rest of the scenario, the map will become shrouded, like in a cave scenario.  So while you're still amazingly able to see, note the key terrain features, castle and city locations, and troop dispositions (especially Chocobones.)  Also, visually explore the avenues of approach you want to be able to see later.&lt;br /&gt;
# The first wave is largely at night and will have Goblin Knights and Pillagers, and later Chocobones and Troll Warriors. The damage they can cause is bone chilling, so make sure to divert their attention with plenty of spam. You want to meet them on the edge of the woodland, while inducing the orcs to fight from the grassland. Footpads and Poachers are handy here, as they have high defense in woodland. Players have had success setting up the initial line in either the north and northeast woodlands, with respect to the castle. Others have succeeded by fighting mostly from the open plain, retaining mobility by leaving the woodlands to their Footpads.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once your Mermen have taken an island city, teleport over one or more Silver Mages to help kill the undead leader - in addition to a Silver Mage, you will want the storm trident, a Netcaster/Entangler, plus one more leveled unit to be fairly sure to knock him out in one round. Quick striking like this you end up fighting a lot less undead.  You probably end up foddering one of the mermen to the Undead Archers, but the trade off is well worth it.  You can keep cycling your mermen up to fight with any orcs or trolls that come into the water. Silver Mages can assist, since they are not needed much in the other part of the fight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the undead leader is assassinated and the first wave is broken, you may advance cautiously due north or to the northwest along the coast and ultimately finish off the two orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When you are close to the break in the woods at the east board edge, tighten your formation and keep wounded units well away, as a small force of high-level Saurians will appear. Trigger them in daylight if possible, and knock them out fast. Alternatively, you can delay triggering the Saurians as long as possible by moving your force northwest near the water and then onto the small island, though even then it is possible to trigger the Saurians if you are not careful where you step. (Stepping to 10 hexes or less from 34,15 triggers the Saurians.) You can fight the final wave of orcs from the island, then move northeast to the mainland, finally triggering the Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Two cuttlefish appear when you approach the north-central island. Assuming you're sending a strike force through the water to knock out the undead commander, you really don't want to trigger these until that force is on the island - the storm trident Merman is the only thing that can stand up to them in water, and they will avoid him to attack more vulnerable units.&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill one enemy leader, the other gets more gold &amp;amp; recruits a new wave of L2s. This can be useful if you need to kill off surplus L1 units to improve the finish bonus, or if you need the XP more than the gold; otherwise, try to knock out both leaders on the same turn before they can recruit more. Alternatively, if you kill the first one at dawn, the second will be reluctant to attack with his L2s in daylight, and you might jump in and kill him before he uses them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is the final one. Therefore, loyal units are now somewhat disposable. However, you will need plenty of gold. Recruit some Peasants in the current scenario if you need to save some gold. Not only are they cheap, but they have no upkeep and Chocobones love 'em. Send a unit with leadership with them and they can even deal some amount of damage and be used to finish off wounded enemy, though at night you should just let them take the beating passively since otherwise they die too quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rise of Wesnoth===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's the final battle: be patient, recall everybody - the early finish bonus doesn't mean anything. Also, loyal units are no better than other units after your recruitment is finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need at least 300 starting gold, maybe more like 400 on the hardest difficulty level, so if need be, replay the previous scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* To stretch your money, start with loyal Iron Maulers and a couple ready-to-level level 1's and level 2's. Finally, recall as many level 3's as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: 3-6 Mages of Light / White Mages. Your few chaotic units will appreciate a White Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse units: 2-4 Paladins, 3-4 Knights / Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse escorts: about 3 speedy units, like Royal Guards, Fugitives, and Silver Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tanks: at least 6 high HP units, such as Royal Guards, Highwayman, Master Bowmen, and the loyal Iron Maulers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages: at least 3 high level Mages aside from your basic healers, so Arch Mages, Great Mages, and Silver Mages. Additional Mages of Light can be substituted.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Mermen might be useful here, but surprisingly, they're not really necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
* On 1.9.3 and earlier, you can recruit Saurian Skirmishers on medium and Skirmishers plus Ambushers on hard. This appears to be a bug, so ignore the option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will launch a two pronged assault: mounted units will race to the west and then south, while the main army heads due south.&lt;br /&gt;
* With your mounted units, race forwards by day and backwards by night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Along with the mounted units should go some escorts, speedy foot units intended to kill things like Goblin Impalers, which make even Grand Knights nervous. They would also benefit from a quick Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Meanwhile, with your tanks and the rest of your healers and support units, form a line or hedgehog in the woods just south of your keep or next to the river. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep your leaders with the main army, to avoid drawing too much attention to the mounted detachment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Maintain awareness of the overall battlefield. If the main army gets in trouble, you can send some or all of the mounted units to assist. There may be an opportunity to hammer-and-anvil enemy forces trapped in the middle. And you may wish to transfer units, like Paladins may be useful to the main army after it is on the move.&lt;br /&gt;
* You'll need at least two Paladins to kill Jevyan himself; nothing else is half as effective (except perhaps Mages of Light and suicidal Lancers).  Or you can use a pair of Great Mages (unless you are very unlucky, you should be able to kill him in a single turn). Don't forget to sacrifice Aethyr to Jevyan.  If he doesn't want to come out and play, march up to Jevyan and use a crossbow attack.  When Jevyan is dead, the yellow and green leaders may still be alive. You'll have to kill one, leaving at least one orc leader alive. You pick.  Congratulations!  Enjoy the ending!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units is within 8 hexes of a bridge, but you have no units within 2 hexes of the bridge, and there are no units on the bridge, then a Cuttle Fish will appear and destroy the bridge. This is usually disadvantageous. Not only does it leave you with a Cuttle Fish to fight, but it slows your progress south and the bad guys progress north. At least on the hardest difficulty level, it's hard to kill all the spam in time, so you don't want to impede their advance by removing the bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
* When any of your units is killed, it becomes a Walking Corpse. On hard, it becomes a Soulless, which makes it important to be careful with your level 2's, especially Lancers.&lt;br /&gt;
* After the first orc leader is killed, then some gold goes to mister Lich. It's 40, 80, or 120 gold, for easy, medium, and hard, respectively.  The lich will receive some gold once you kill his Familiar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See Also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MainlineCampaigns]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - The Rise of Wesnoth]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55342</id>
		<title>TheRiseOfWesnoth</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55342"/>
		<updated>2014-07-14T06:33:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* The Dragon */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Strategy Guide for The Rise of Wesnoth Campaign ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Campaign strategy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the course of this campaign, you will need to level up to some:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: White Mages/Mages of Light (at least four)&lt;br /&gt;
* Undead killers: Paladins (two)&lt;br /&gt;
* Mobile strikers: Silver Mages (at least one, preferably more), Grand Knights (several), Fugitives (one or more helps)&lt;br /&gt;
* Damage sinks: Royal Guards, Iron Maulers, Highwaymen, Halberdiers, level 3 Burin, and again Grand Knights&lt;br /&gt;
* Leaders: level 3 Haldric, level 3 Lady Outlaw, and much later level 3 Commander Aethyr &lt;br /&gt;
* Ranged attackers: Great Mages (can use several in the last scenario), Longbowmen/Master Bowmen (two), Trapper/Huntsman (one is helpful)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Mage of Light, one Paladin, and five Grand Knights make a perfect assault team!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Horsemen are key for the first three or four scenarios, it's important not to be too reliant on horse units through the middle part of the campaign, as there are many hard levels underground, in swamps, in water, or against Saurians; use XP from the scenario ''The Vanguard'' to get to 2 Paladins and 2+ Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't overlook Pikemen/Halberdiers, which are useful in many levels; pierce attacks work well against Drakes and against the dragon, and they are handy for defensive roles especially repelling Wolf Riders. They are less good against undead, though, and don't get that +1 MP Royal Guard speed bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to many undead opponents, you will want to recruit many Thugs at times, and get a few (the quick ones, since you need them underground) leveled up. Footpads help too, once leveled up. Due to swamps, you will sometimes be spamming Poachers, which get marksmanship once at level 3. These, plus Lady Outlaw, give tactical options at other levels too: some decent chaotic troops form an ideal reserve, since you can attack with your lawful troops at dawn, and by nightfall when you need to heal them, use some chaotic troops to either continue the attack or to shield your healing lawful units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some recommended units to have obtained by specific scenarios:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The Fall - 1 Knight&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. A Harrowing Escape - 1 White Mage, 2 Knights, plus about-to-level troops&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4a. The Midlands - avoid, go to The Swamp of Eden instead&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4b. The Swamp of Eden - level 2 Haldric, level 2 Lady Outlaw, 2 Knights, 2 Shocktroopers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. Temple of the Deep - level 3 Haldric, level 3 Burin, 1-2 Mages of Light or several Outlaws / quick Bandits&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8. Clearwater Port - level 3 Lady Outlaw, 3 White Mages / Mages of Light, 3 Iron Maulers / Royal Guards / Halberdiers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
12. A Final Spring - 1-2 Silver Mages&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
14. Rough Landing - the 3 loyal Mermen from the previous scenario, ''Peoples in Decline''[glandis] In 1.8.6, there was no opportunity for 3 loyal mermen - maybe this was in an older version? And only Merman fighters can be recruited - no Netcaster upgardes are possible&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17a. The Dragon - up to 4 White Mages / Mages of Light&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17d. Cursed Island - 1 Paladin&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
19. The Vanguard - 4 Knights/Lancers/Grand Knights, 2 Paladins (or about-to-level Knights)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
20. Return of the Fleet - 1 Mermen Entangler, 1 Merman Triton with Storm Trident, level 3 Commander Aethyr desirable&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
22. The Rise of Wesnoth - 2 Paladins, 3 Royal Guards, 4 Mages of Light&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because the campaign is long and you won't be able to recall all your level 3's in the final scenario, it pays to create some &amp;quot;uber-units&amp;quot;. An example is a quick, resilient Silver Mage that has been AMLA advanced a few times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
===A Summer Of Storms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively easy scenario, so gear your recruitment and strategy with an eye towards gathering XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# For the first round, recruit 2-3 Horsemen and the rest can be all Spearmen or a mix of Spearmen and Bowmen as you see fit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Then, you should probably hire Bowmen and more Spearmen. Whatever Bowmen you can get advanced will be useful later on for fighting the many trolls, grunts, and riders you will encounter. Note, however, that you will not have any healers until you level up at least one mage to White Mage status, and the sooner you can do that the better. Red mages will also prove very useful in subsequent scenarios, so consider recruiting at least two mages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used at least three strategies with success...&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: Send the horsemen with the king over the bridge, and the others should follow or start going over the mountain, to avoid being attacked from behind. Send subsequent Spearmen and Bowmen on the &amp;quot;over-the-bridge&amp;quot; road, and when the Prince and final troops have just about caught up, march on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;hide in the swamp&amp;quot; strategy: Proceed much like the above, but send the king with 3 Horsemen to capture the nearest houses, then retreat into the swamp area until you have your lawful bonus to kill off troops during the day. To hold them back, you can use a Spearman and a Mage (to level him.)&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sandbagging&amp;quot; strategy: On the hardest difficulty level, the initial enemy assault will only be easy to handle by entrenching your troops behind the river. Use the king to block the bridge initially, while Spearmen handle the shoreline just north and Horsemen carefully flag villages across the river. Run the king around, lending his leadership as you massacre the stupid enemy troops that have jumped like lemmings into the water. &lt;br /&gt;
* For all these options, you will also need to send a squad north into the mountains and around into the flank of the enemy. A quick Spearman, a quick Bowman, and one other unit, possibly a quick Mage, should be more than sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
* When you see that the fronts are under control, stop recruiting and send prince Haldric and your Mages over the bridge on a quest for XP, assisted by the leadership of the king, and converge on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Fall===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that looks scary, but it is only moderately difficult with proper recruitment and strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall or recruit Spearmen and Bowmen to man the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horsemen/Knights are desirable, because you probably do not yet have a White Mage, and the villages are widely spaced.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recalling or recruiting Mages for XP gathering is highly advisable for future scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are three basic approaches to take out the outlaw leader...&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Brute force&amp;quot; strategy: You can march west with a large army and use part of it to hold northwestern orc. Use the rest to fight outlaws and kill the leader. This strategy requires a lot of troops but it can bring you plenty of experience and can bring a quick victory.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: You can assassinate the outlaw leader. One way is to wait until the orcs have killed almost all outlaws and then assassinate the outlaw leader with Knights, rushing over the enemy camp's bridge and into the keep. This strategy is risky because orcs can kill the leader before you.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination via the mountain pass&amp;quot; strategy: Another way to assassinate the leader is to send a squad through the southern mountains to the outlaw keep. Two Mages and three Spearmen are enough. You may wish to substitute one of the Spearmen with a Knight or Horseman, though horse units have only a narrow passage devoid of mountains and could get pinned by the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
* On the hardest difficulty level, you may be forced to assassinate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Saving the loyal Heavy Infantrymen (or Shock Troopers on easy) pays off in later scenarios. To save all three, move them south towards the outlaws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you eliminate the HP of the Lady Outlaw, she offers to help you. If you say yes, she comes back as a loyal unit in future scenarios and you will be able to recruit outlaw units, plus she cannot be killed in the next couple of scenarios (instead, she disappears when she goes to zero HP, and comes back the next scenario.) This is quite valuable. If you say no and try to kill her, you find out she cannot be killed. However, you do get 200 gold that she leaves behind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The following scenario (''A Harrowing Escape'') is a handful on the hardest difficulty level. On hard, your goal should be a carryover of almost 150 gold (so you have 250 starting gold), so although Lady Outlaw's assistance is worth much more than 80 gold (40% of 200), you may be forced to choose the gold. Another thing you need to beat the following scenario on hard is a White Mage at or near the start of the scenario. Also, about-to-level units will be especially nice for their self-healing ability and low initial upkeep. Steer XP accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Harrowing Escape===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much easier on lower difficulty levels, calling for different strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On easy/medium...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: You should recruit/recall at least one, possibly two Mages here, and use them for killing Goblin Spearmen and finishing off injured Wolf Riders in the hills &amp;amp; mountains bordering the valley. Other than the Mages, simply recruit what you want, and go along the road. You get enough villages to pay upkeep for quite some army, and can give some of them a bit of experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Leave a few units in the rear, as the enemy can cross hills quickly. Note that Footpads and Outlaws will also cross hills at reasonable speed, if you need to hunt down some units. There are two castle tiles about halfway down, try to send Lady Outlaw and Brunin the Lost to them, they make good guards in case the enemy tries to come straight up. You can also send a couple groups of units down southeast to the lake, so you can prevent the Green team (southeast) from coming up the river. You can also kill the two Orcish Grunts (or Warriors on medium) on the southern castle tiles and then move Lady Outlaw and Brunin to them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On hard...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: To beat this scenario on the hardest difficulty level, you need some level 2 (or better yet, about-to-level level 1) units already and decent starting gold. It has been beaten on hard with as little as 158 starting gold, 200 is still difficult, and 250+ makes it relatively easy. You can stretch your gold a bit by not going negative on upkeep and waiting until you can't wait any longer to do one last round of recruiting, recalling mostly level 2's. For timing your final recruitment, watch the wolves that are likely trying to flank through the mountains south of your keep. Another requirement for beating this scenario is a White Mage (or two.) If need be, you must promote a Mage (or two) &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;tout de suite&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, as you will be dealing with severe damage and assassins, while only having easy access to 2 or 3 villages initially. Horsemen and Knights are useful for dissipating damage by serving as meat shields against blades and then running off to remote villages to heal. Quick Horsemen are especially nice, as they can transfer between two strategically placed villages in one turn, for healing on the go. Horsemen, Knights, and Swordsmen are useful for swatting assassins. If you can recruit outlaws, a couple of Footpads are nice for village grabbing. Thieves are also good because they are cheap, the Grunts are fond of attacking them, and they often survive on 70% defense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Near the start of combat, it's crucial to kill the first waves quickly: the wolves and assassins. More important than terrain is avoiding getting flanked, so mobility of individual units is key; if you climb up deep into the mountains, you will have a harder time with mobility than staying on or near the valley floor. Additionally, many of your units cannot go on mountain hexes, so it's easier to maintain your lines if everyone stays close to the valley. It's easier to make a stand at the keep and northern river bank, but this approach can be too costly in terms of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium/hard, you can lure out the roadside guard Warriors one at a time by putting a unit within attack range of one (and out of range of the other.) They mostly come at night. Mostly. That is, the Warriors might not bite bait put out during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have Lady Outlaw, note that she has leadership, which will be useful to help promote Prince Haldric, if he is still level 0. It's worth advancing her to level 2, to continue to provide leadership to level 1 Haldric and your other level 1's. You may also make use of her odd ability &amp;quot;distract&amp;quot;, which allows adjacent allied units to ignore ZOCs. And Lady Outlaw allows you to recruit outlaw types. On hard especially, Thugs can be useful as meat shields and to provide strong attacks at night when your lawful forces are crippled. Remember too that Lady Outlaw cannot be permanently killed (at least not yet), so when desperate times call for desperate measures, you can move her into a suicidal position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* It helps that there are two enemy sides as opposed to a twice as strong single enemy side. If one of your units could be attacked by 3 enemies, but 1 of these hexes is currently blocked by the other side, the currently moving enemy decides to attack units which it (they) is (are) actually less likely to kill than that one. AIs don't cooperate, that is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are stuck on this scenario, you may need to replay one or both of the previous scenarios and/or choose to &amp;quot;kill&amp;quot; Lady Outlaw in the previous scenario so you get her gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There is Dwarf Steelclad in the village at 8,5. It's not far from your camp, so send Lady Outlaw there. Dwarf joins you because &amp;quot;It has been a long time since he felt the satisfying crunch of Orcs under his Axe.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you kill the first orc leader, an Orcish Slayer and two Assassins will pop out of nowhere, so you would be wise not to have any wounded units stuck without movement points at that point. Also, the other leader will get an infusion of gold and start recruiting on all available hexes, so if you can sit on some of those hexes first, it will help keep the situation from getting out of control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* At the end, you will be given the choice of the river/swamp road or the midlands/orc road. These fork to the scenarios ''The Swamp of Esten'' and ''The Midlands'', respectively. The swamp scenario is relatively easy, while ''The Midlands'' could cost you some leveled units or even prove impossible to beat if you are low on gold. Also, the swamp gives you a free loyal White Mage, so it's a no brainer, unless you want more of a challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: it would be wise to have at least 1 White Mage before going to the scenario ''The Swamp of Esten''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Midlands====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orcs again. But you chose that way. This scenario may appear impossible, but with a lot of gold and a little strategy, it can be beat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are given plenty of time, so use it wisely. The enemies send lots of orcs, mostly weak ones. So recruit and recall everything you can.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall any White Mages you have. You'll need them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bowmen are good for the wolf units you will be facing.&lt;br /&gt;
* The rest depends on your strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Fast Assault&amp;quot; option: use an assassination team. If you go west, only your Knights and Horsemen will arrive and fight at daytime. So go south. Take the bridge and defend against the enemy closing in from the west. Take out Yellow with a fast assault team (they should take a healer along), but be careful about the leader. Your main force moves west, takes and holds the second bridge, and takes out Blue. Your assault team stays in the south and goes for the last enemy leader - they won't face any serious resistance. The enemy moves north to support Blue. The HI guarding the bridge might gain a level or die, but hopefully not the latter, as they are loyal units in a long campaign. With this approach, you can finish early (around 25 turns) and keep your losses low.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Dark Assault&amp;quot; option: use Footpads.  If you chose to work with the the outlaws in the last round, then this works well.  Footpads are cheap.  And they are fast.  And they have good defensive abilities.  Plus they fight well in the dark and in the forest.  So recruit lots of Footpads-pawns and quickly dispatch them to the upper west and south, followed by more powerful units: Mages, Horsemen, etc.  For the time being, leave the middle enemy alone.  To the upper west, send several Footpads into the forest and capture the village and set up a defensive line.  This cuts down the enemy's gold and increases yours.  Don't attack at first, just defend, until more of your slow higher powered units arrive. The strategy here is to pick off the orcs, and send the Horsemen to capture villages.  While this is going, to the south you send your Footpads to capture any villages you can and, more importantly, put a Footpad on the hex that is adjacent to the bridge, thereby stopping easy advancement of their greater numbered troops. A White Mage, a couple Trappers and some Bowmen would make a good escort. Probably sending a Thief or two would be good too, to help dispatch any enemy that infiltrate the villages north of the river. one enemy got into one of the villages on the north of river, and it took a lot to dislodge him.  The intention is to engage the enemy so that they are fighting from the river squares, at a huge disadvantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Swamp Of Esten====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not hard if you are conservative and don't send important units off alone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall 1-2 quick Knights (or Paladins, if you have them), recruit 1-2 Horsemen, and recall your loyal Shocktroopers or whatever they are now.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next round, recruit/recall Mages to kill Scorpions (and Bats) and at least one White Mage to deal with poison, plus maybe a Poacher or Trapper or two, as they are good in swamp (and you would like a Huntsman eventually, for its markmanship.)&lt;br /&gt;
# A little Thug spam can come next, but you don't need a full third round of recruitment. Then send Prince Haldric off to lend his leadership.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Head to the northeastern leader first. Try to kill Dark Adepts with Burin or horse units before they have a chance to attack you. As you close in on the leader, hover your mouse over him to watch where he can go, as at night his ranged attack is nasty and can be followed up by waves of kamikaze Walking Corpses, which can take out a Knight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After you have killed the northeastern leader and eliminated troops there, you can either send your whole army back across the ford and south or split your army into two halves, sending one part to each leader. If you have lost several units but have lots of turns left, it's probably safer to stick together. This is not a simple mop-up operation, as powerful undead can take out some of your valuable units if you're not careful. On hard, Shadows are a threat at night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Searching the temples is a good idea. Some have gold. There is a free loyal White Mage hiding in (a random) one of the temples - visit the temple close to the keep ASAP, and if not there, try rushing a horse unit or Lady Outlaw to the temple at 19,5. However, some of the temples contain undead, so keep extra troops nearby when you enter one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main challenge in this scenario is keeping your ally alive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your (probably leveled up) Heavy Infantry from The Fall and some quick Spearmen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recruit/recall Thugs, Bowmen, and Spearmen, preferably quick.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round, recall 2-3 White Mages (or Mages of Light) and maybe some quick Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Your forces will have three main combat arenas: the northeast, the south, and the middle.&lt;br /&gt;
# The castle in the middle is inhabited by the tree folk. The orcs have almost the perfect anti-wose force, heavy on fire (Orcish Crossbowmen and Pillagers), so your ally is going to need your help. Send 2-4 units to the castle and another 4-8 units northeast of the castle to block the enemy advancing from that direction.&lt;br /&gt;
# Split the rest of your forces to go northeast and south, 4-6 units each, with a White Mage in each force. Your loyal Heavy Infantry / Shocktroopers should head south. Sending Haldric south might help take some of the heat off the woses.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Tips...&lt;br /&gt;
* If you send a White Mage or Mage of Light to the wose castle, it will let any adjacent wose cure+heal or sometimes regenerate+heal (16 points.) That's because of the side sequence within a turn: player, orcs, woses. For example, after the orcs attack with poison, the woses cure themselves, and then your leveled mage will heal any adjacent wose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The temple contains the entrance to the catacombs, but you need the leader Wose's help to open it, and to get that help you have to win the current scenario, so there is no point in visiting this temple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is in the catacombs, i.e., underground, and it's a tough one, so you need to groom your roster accordingly. Two Mages of Light would make it a whole lot easier. Failing that, level up your fearless loyal Shocktrooper and chaotic outlaw types. Bandits/Highwaymen and Fugitives are especially nice. Quick units of almost any type (except horse units) will be helpful, if leveled and possessing high HP (&amp;gt;50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Temple in the Deep===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be facing undead underground. This is a difficult situation that will prove much easier with proper recruitment. Then the strategy will be fairly straightforward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All in all, what you need is a small elite force. Two rounds of recalls is enough, if you didn't lose Burin in a prior scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers, though their slow movement will prove frustrating. Also on the first round, recall a fast &amp;quot;tank&amp;quot; and someone to grab the holy water.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recall any Mages of Light you might already have, and a total of at least two White Mages or Mages of Light, preferably quick. For the rest of your recruitment, what you need are high movement (6+ MP) non-horse units with high hitpoints (&amp;gt;50 HP). It helps if they are chaotic (or at least neutral) and/or have ranged or impact attacks. Put all the requirements together and it points to Fugitives. Outlaws and quick Arch Mages are worth recalling too. Fill out the rest with other high HP units. Note that horse units are too sluggish in caves and should not be recalled/recruited unless you have a compelling reason.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round (optional), you can add a unit or two for a safety margin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# There are two ways north, but they will meet up together. First thing you will see are Tentacles. You can either ignore the Tentacles for the most part or use them for XP. Your main initial objective is to find a good place to make a stand against the nasty wave of undead coming from the north. The chokepoints and southern shoreline offer good defensive locations. Watch out for the enemy's Bone Shooters, Revenants and Deathblades, as they could easily mess up a level 3 unit. &lt;br /&gt;
# Once the flow of baddies as tapered off, gradually progress northwards. Once you get into the final chamber, the boss should be a piece of cake, although his ranged attack is devastating, so try to attack him with melee units. Be careful if he has recruits around, as their combined damage can take down one of your level 3's. Note that the Ruby can only be picked up by Haldric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Holy water: The best choice for the Holy Water is a quick Bandit, who should level quickly. A quick Highwayman could be used, but won't benefit much from the XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* XP: Use this level to get experience. The early-finish bonus is tiny. The Tentacles are perfect for leveling up units. Keep Burin away from the water at this stage, or he'll kill all tentacles as they attack, depriving those who could benefit from the XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your killed units will be turned into Walking Corpses (or Soulless on hard.) Therefore, spam is not helpful. A Mage or Thug can be okay, if used with great care, but mostly you need to recall leveled troops here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return to Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Clearwater Port===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is easy if you take the first boat out, more and more challenging for the second and third boats, and very difficult (on hard) if you want to take out all three leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers from ''The Fall.'' You will also want several Footpads, for speedy village snatching, coastline defending (under leader supervision), and possibly for filling castle hexes if your lines get too thin.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recruit/recall more low maintenance units. It's a good scenario for leveling troops, so recalling acouple half-leveled Spearmen or similar is a good idea.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third and later turns, start recalling your high maintenance units. The key to winning this scenario is to recall several advanced units that can take a lot of damage and get good defense in castles (no Horsemen). You will also want at least 3 White Mages or Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Backstab your ally, stealing all his villages. Your ally is useless anyway, except for the entertainment value from his troops' suicide runs. The income is much better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
# Send your heavy duty troops with some White Mages over to the line of castle near Lt. Aethyr. (Optionally, you can rush forward past the castle, but you will need to return almost as quickly before the main enemy wave and night arrive.) Aethyr will usually be done recruiting by the second or third turn, before the enemy reaches you, so fill the entire line with your units, and put Knight Sir Rudry in the one non castled tile (or leave it empty, if no enemy are adjacent.) Place the White Mages behind this line. After the enemy has reached you and it is your turn to attack, go mostly for the assasins, as they have a weak melee attack and their poison can be a huge problem. Alternatively to using the castle (from (26,18) to (24,15)) to defend, the front line can lead through the villages at (30,17) and (30,18). This will make your line much shorter, it becomes much more of a bottleneck fight and offsets your enemy's superior numbers, since some of their units just move around with all spots to attack occupied; you only have to give up 1 village and 2 front units instaheal without mages. Place your strongest units on the weakest spot (29,20) and a Mage of Light on (30,19), he will hardly be attacked as the hex before him is used to attack (29,20). This shorter line requires less units on your side and also has the great advantage that there are much less 40% defense spots to attack you. They will flank you at the sides but stand on ice or sand then.&lt;br /&gt;
# Meanwhile, on the northeastern coast, the northern enemy leader will send lots of units to catch your flank unguarded. Send 2 Footpads, a Spearman, Lady Jessene, and Haldric to guard the coast. If Lady Jessene is already level 3, you can substitute a Royal Guard, Swordsman, or Javelineer for Haldric. This coastline defense squad may need help later, so be ready to divert a speedy powerful unit there. If you keep a healthy unit on the village at the tip of the land, then, unless you are very unlucky, you will be able to hold off everything the northern leader sends. After the assault from the water has been crushed, some of your troops may be able to cross the ford north, but be careful not to get attacked in the water with only 20% defense. (Certain of your chaotic units do have 40% defense in water; now is a good time to pay attention to that.) Also, notice that the lighthouse has a similar effect as a Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
# You have two options for the endgame:&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Total victory&amp;quot; strategy: Once you've thinned the enemy to where they only have a few units that are close to your line, usually this happens conveniently around dawn, move your people out and start heading for their leaders. Split your force, sending a few down the southern path, to distract the eney and most of them toward the middle leader, to kill him. Once he's dead, send some of your army down to kill the southern leader and devote a few units to defending the bridge until the rest of your army can rejoin you. A unit or two with a lot of HP with a white mage are usually enough to do this.&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Run like hell&amp;quot; strategy: Alternatively, you can leave your leader near the docks and take one of the boats to end the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fallen Lich Point===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a high variance scenario. It may be easy or hard, depending on events beyond your control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit fairly lightly initially, as you will likely have a chance to use the Lich's keep to recruit again.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages, White Mages, and Mages of Light are good, and as are all the other advancements of Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* You automatically should have your loyal Knight. Because of the mountains around &amp;quot;lichland&amp;quot; and frozen ground everywhere else, additional horse units are not recommended, except a single Paladin will come in handy.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Thugs or a Bandit or Highwayman will provide a little extra undead bashing power.&lt;br /&gt;
* Footpads will help with village flagging.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy... &lt;br /&gt;
# The Orcs will be busy with the Yetis, so you can walk with a big group south and kill the Lich-Lord. Move Haldric to the stone monument to de-petrify the Lich. It may help to post some units around the undead before doing so. Use several mages to make a hole or two in the ring of undead, and then push in a burly fighter or two and/or Paladin to kill the Lich.&lt;br /&gt;
# After killing the Lich, assess the Orc/Yeti situation (as well as the village flagging situation) and decide if you need to use the Lich's keep to recruit some reinforcements.&lt;br /&gt;
# After that, head north and walk into the sewer entrance (the &amp;quot;cave&amp;quot;) or else kill the orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* It is also possible, if you recruit heavily, to split your force and head north to attack the eastern Orcs before they finish with the Yetis.  However, be careful not to be attacked by a Yeti yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
* When dealing with the Lich, be aware that he has money; if you let him vacate any of his encampment tiles, or if you kill any of his units but do not occupy their tiles, he will be able to recruit.  (This is not necessarily all bad, as it can mean more experience, but depending on the strength of your force you may want to be careful.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sewer of Southbay===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a swampy underground scenario, but with attention to recruitment, it's not very difficult.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* As always underground, you want non-horse units with 6+ MP.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall White Mages / Mages of Light, at least two, three is probably the optimal number.&lt;br /&gt;
* There are quite a few villages in this cave, so an expensive force is supportable, though not necessary. Some players recruit a large and spammy force, while others go with small and elite:&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 1, &amp;quot;Large and spammy&amp;quot; recruitment: Recruit four each of Mages, Thugs, and Poachers. Yes, Poachers normally stink, but here they really shine in a swamp that is permanently dark, underground. If you recruit four Poachers, you could finish with three Trappers and a Huntsman - or you could finish with four dead Poachers. The Thugs are especially likely to die, as they will be facing off against Red Mages, but somebody has to do it.&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 2, &amp;quot;Small and elite&amp;quot; recruitment: Recall something like one Red Mage, one Arch Mage, one Silver Mage, 2 two Royal Guards/Highwaymen/etc, and a Trapper or Huntsman, plus three regular Mages and a Poacher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# After leaving your initial chamber, you will be in a large swamp room with three entrances, through which will be a flood of bad guys. Use two Poachers and a Thug or similar to blockade the southeast, a small elite group to block the north, and then a mix of fighters and mages to handle the west entrance. Give each group a White Mage or Mage of Light, as well as at least one regular Mage. Try to keep the Mages of Light away from your chaotic forces on the front lines, though. Use the leadership of Haldric and Lady Jessene - and Mage of Light illumination or lack thereof - to get the most from each attack.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the initial battle has died down, you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
## If you have enough forces, you can divide into two groups and attack both brothers simultanously, east and west.&lt;br /&gt;
## Otherwise, do them one after the other, and then look for the exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Danger: there is a Giant Spider at the exit. You may wish to keep one or two cannon fodder units in order to be able to save your advanced units.  It is best to use ranged attacks against the spider, so leveled mages are good here.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is a lot easier with a lot of gold, especially on the hardest difficulty level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Southbay in Winter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Final Spring===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a large battle, and any mistake on any front can spell doom, but overall it will be fairly easy on the easier difficulty levels. On hard, it still is easy given enough gold (370 or so.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# On the first turn, recall a Silver Mage to teleport to the island, recruit Footpads for village snatching, recall one or more of your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''The Fall''), and recall one or more Knights or similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, continue with this theme, but it will be nightfall soon, so recall Outlaws, Bandits, Assassins, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn three is a bit more of the same, but you need to start thinking about preserving your income and also keeping a gold reserve. You can spam some peasants to preserve cash and income.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn four turn is more of the same.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn five, you will have new recruitment options (see spoiler at walkthrough end.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy is broken into three fronts...&lt;br /&gt;
# The first front is the south land area. Do a counter-clockwise sweep. Mounted units augmented with Footpads are a good choice. Note that it will be nightfall soon after game start, so it might be wise to delay any serious mounted assault until the next day, and you can delay your recalls for this.&lt;br /&gt;
# The second front is the walled city. Move slower units and your loyal White Mage / Mage of Light to defend here. Take your ally's villages; your ally wouldn't do much useful with the money anyway. When your units from the second front complete their sweep, you can break the remaining southern forces against the city wall in a hammer and anvil. Then your united forces can move north. On easy, you may be able to push north more quickly than that using just part of your city troops.&lt;br /&gt;
# The third front is the two small islands. Send a Silver Mage there ASAP. (You should have a village already there, so the Silver Mage can teleport over.) Footpads/Outlaws/Fugitives, Rangers, and others will help later. Lady Jessene could be used. A quick White Mage or Mage of Light would be useful, either on the coast or on the islands. Do not use Assassins on this front. Assassins have relatively weak defense in water against Orcs and Nagas, they're very weak against blade, which is all orcs and nagas use, and their relatively slow movement in water makes backstab hard to use reliably. Overall, you need to devote more resources to this front than you might think.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also keep an eye on the peninsula north of your keep. Wolf Riders and others might mount an amphibious assault in an effort to flank your troops. On the easier difficulty levels, you may wish to beat the punch and quickly establish a bridgehead on the other side of the bay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* You should have lots of high-level units now, so concentrate on recruiting new ones and levelling them up to fill needs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Peasants are useful as placeholders for villages and distractions for the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 4, a gang of nasty undead show up in the east. So, for your city taskforce, you'll want to recruit/recall units with impact and arcane attacks. Note that if undead capture villages, they will be flagged with the Orc island boss' black flag! This can result in an overwhelming number of Nagas, and it's one reason that you must devote a lot of resources to the island campaign. Re-flag any black flag villages quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 5, a gang of nasty Mermen show up in the west. Fortunately, they are on your side. You can now recruit Mermen. This is the real reason to keep a gold reserve until this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Peoples in Decline===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a potentially bloody scenario versus Drakes. Proper recruitment is more important than good strategy here, as you will have little opportunity to maneuver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* First, recall any loyal Mermen in your roster. Your loyal Iron Maulers might prefer to sit this one out.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drakes are vulnerable to pierce attacks, so spam cheap pierce attack units. In addition to Peasants, there are Poachers, Bowmen, Spearmen, Merman Fighters, and Merman Hunters. Poachers are key here, due to the swampy terrain and their chaotic alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
* However, it helps to recall some leveled units early on, to prevent your line from crumbling. Javelineers and Trappers are good, since they have both ranged and melee attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need a total of 2 or 3 White Mages / Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* On your last turn of recruitment when you have about 80 gold, recall some advanced units if need be, like Master Bowmen and Rangers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Since you will have a lot of level 1 and 0 units, make sure to use the leadership of Prince Haldric and Lady Jessene.&lt;br /&gt;
* Look for opportunities to heal via leveling up.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pay attention to the day-night cycle in this scenario. Drakes will be strong during day, but become very weak in the night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Take advantage of the mountains for defense.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be careful with your loyals.&lt;br /&gt;
* Because most Drakes have powerful ranged attacks, melee-only units should hide behind the lines until they attack, preferably at night (with a Mage of Light supplying illumination.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure you get the Storm Trident in the middle of the sea, but be certain that you've cleared most of the Drakes first, since a Sea Serpent will appear. It's best to have some strong units ready to kill it in 1 or 2 turns. You can give the trident to Lord Typhon, but since he leaves a bit later, you may want to give it to another Merman Fighter. Movement over land is important for Mermen in the campaign as a whole.  If the Merman Fighter to whom you give the storm trident has the Quick attribute, you can make him a Hoplite when he gets to level 3.  Otherwise, make him a Triton, because movement over land is important for Mermen in this campaign as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rough Landing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting Nagas and Vampire Bats, primarily. This is a scenario that may be frustrating on the easier difficulty levels, though on hard it is just par for the course. Good recruitment and strategy will save you from getting slaughtered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are probably going to go negative on gold and be unable to rectify that with the paultry early finish bonus, so you might as will go very negative and be resigned to start the next scenario with minimum gold.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit/recall many Mermen and 1 or 2 White Mages or Mages of Light. A few Peasants can be useful to pad out your force, distract the enemy, and protect villages from stray Bats. A Silver Mage can be useful for island hopping but is not essential. Thieves/Assassins are blade vulnerable, and Nagas only use blades, so it's probably best not to recall them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Knock out the southeastern leader in a blitz. It's important to get that out of the way, because a wave of Nagas is advancing at light speed from the north.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next, hurriedly set up a line in the water alongside your fortress island. Your fortress troops can anchor one flank, while Burin the Dwarf can go to the island to the northeast to anchor the other end of your line. Nobody messes with Burin. Move Lady Jessene behind the lines to lend her support to the Mermen. Your loyal Mage of Light will be able to move back and forth more (to lend illumination) if kept in the fortress area.&lt;br /&gt;
# Finally, once the enemy assault wave has been broken, advance northward to kill the final two leaders in a straightforward mop-up operation. Just be careful not leave isolated units where they can get swarmed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints/Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to level up the mermen; they can be useful in another scenario later.&lt;br /&gt;
* Beware of Sea Serpents. Three of them will appear, one on each of the three turns following your first kill of an enemy unit. Make sure to kill them at once. The Storm Trident from the previous scenario and the Ruby of Fire will come in handy against the Serpents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A New Land===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a non-scenario. The scenario objectives tell you to avoid all confrontation for as long as possible, but actually the faster your units encounter the others the faster the scenario will end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* None necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The optimal strategy for gold carryover is to grab the three closest villages, then retreat to your keep and wait. Once one attack occurs, the non-scenario will be over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* One thing to keep in mind is that this the last chance you have to grab some more Mermen as their king leaves.  They are quite helpful in a later scenario so grabbing a few extra here cannot hurt if you can spare the gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Ka'lian===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story, with your choice of four battles next.  You have to beat them all in whatever order.  The amount of gold you have should be the factor in deciding when you choose to play Cursed Isle (the undead problem).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All four scenarios have to be beaten, but in whatever order you choose.&lt;br /&gt;
====The Dragon====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not as difficult as it looks, though your recruitment and strategy need to be tailored to fight the Saurian Skirmishers and other foes you will face here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Saurians use piercing attacks mostly, so it's better to use units resistant to pierce. Pikemen and Halberdiers have 40% pierce resistance. Javelineers are ideal as Saurians use ranged attacks a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
* You may wish to bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers. They are ineffective against the 70% impact resistant Mudcrawlers, while also vulnerable to the ranged attacks of both Mudcrawlers and Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consider adopting a force of all units with ranged attacks, save for horse and thief units, which can be kept behind the lines when not in use. It is amusing when Saurian Augers are forced to tap your units with their little staffs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers are a necessity to deal with the heavy damage your units will be sustaining. Depending on the strategy you adopt, you will want 2-4 healers. Mages of Light rock here, as they can easily do front line duty in pairs and their illumination blinds the Saurians, reducing their damage.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need something to clean up mud. Versus level 0 Mudcrawlers, Horsemen and their advancements can charge with no counterattack, and likewise Thieves and their advancements can backstab with no counterattack. Mages can be used as well on the fire vulnerable mud.&lt;br /&gt;
* A Merman or two will help with water hexes. An Entangler's slow ability will help tame the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used many different strategies with success:&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Fighting Saurians requires a disciplined formation.  If you're used to stringing out troops to move them into position as they get there, that won't work after Turn 2 or 3. You can use a &amp;quot;healing hedgehog&amp;quot; of ten troops--two white mages next to each other and eight troops completely encircling them.  If someone gets badly injured, move them to the inside and put a white mage on one of the long edges, fighting as you go.  If you're trying for the big bonus, you'll need two hedgehogs.  Try to keep reserves back a bit in cities.  If the terrain favorably protects you, or the wounded is a fast unit, you can try moving wounded back to cities too.  Once the main wave of Saurians is broken, you can string non-wounded troops out a bit in the rush for the leaders. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Triangular Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Switching wounded units to the inside of the hedgehog can be a problem if you are surrounded. ZOC prevents you from creating an open hex to move the inner unit into. You can fix this by creating a triangle with three hexes inside, instead of the standard two of the hedgehog. If you do this on your castle, only three units are in grasslands. If you set it right, you can make most of the hexes adjacent to your triangle be grassland as well, forcing the Saurians into a bad defensive position. In terms of unit positioning, the simplest way is to fill two inner spaces with Mages of Light, a but a better tactic is to put one of the mages on an edge, thereby ensuring that all but one of your units are healing. The remaining unit can either be a Merman Hoplite, (prefereably resilient and carrying a Storm Trident) or Lady Jessene, since she has excellent defense and is chaotic and therefore benefits by not being in the Mages' light. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Giant Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Recruit a lot of units, and then move the whole army as one big bulk. Keep healers in the middle (about four), rotate stronger units outwards, and make sure you leave no gaps. The Saurians will slip through the tiniest gap and kill your weak units. Head first for the east or west leader, but steer for good terrain, because your force will soon be swarmed. But then by turn 10, there should be many few Saurians alive.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Standard Line&amp;quot; strategy: Form a line from the west board edge diagonally up towards your keep across the two villages just in front of the forest. You will probably wish to bend upwards at the forest, rather than running the line all the way to the keep. Whenever the Saurians have a small number of troops at your line and you have enough strength to kill them all, you can advance your whole line one hex south, allowing you to get additional attacks on them from non-frontline troops. Once you advance a unit to the first water hex at west board edge, the west leader will probably come out to greet it, so be ready to fry him with Haldric's ruby. After killing the leader, back up into good terrain to prepare to meet the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Wake the Dragon&amp;quot; strategy: Prematurely wake the dragon (see spoiler below) and back up your troops to north of your keep. When the dragon comes, kill him. The scenario can be over on turn 7. There is no early finish bonus for this, but you can recruit lightly so that you still have gold at the end and will carry-over 40%, if you need it for your next scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* With all these strategies, the Saurians may hold back for quite a while. This is okay, as the Dragon will eventually appear and come to you. Kill it. Then you are given a choice of whether to end the scenario or to try to kill all the enemy leaders before time runs out. You can choose to finish the remaining Saurians for a nice bonus. However, on the hardest difficulty setting the turn limit (33 turns) is insufficient for you to plow through the vast hordes of level 0 spam to get to the leaders, so it's best to simply end the scenario after killing the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The dragon will awake on turn 15 or when you move a unit down around the road north of the mountains. If you wish to wake the dragon prematurely, you can recruit a Horseman on turn 1 and run him down. It's a suicide mission for him, however.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have a fast non-horse unit in position, rush it to the mountain cave after the Dragon leaves to grab the 200 in gold, though that's nothing compared to the Hero bonus for defeating all the Saurian leaders. So focus on killing all of them first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Lizard Beach====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario versus Saurians, Giant Scorpions, and Mudcrawlers, where good recruiting and strategy will save you from massive bloodshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruiting...&lt;br /&gt;
* Mermen are helpful for the swamp and water areas.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers, veterans from ''The Fall.'' They are laughably ineffective against the impact resistant Mudcrawlers - and laughably vulnerable to their ranged attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Thieves, Horsemen, and their advancements are good for mud cleanup, though you must keep them out of range of Saurian skirmishers. Swordsmen and Royal Guards are also good, though overkill.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall a lot of fairly high HP units, preferably with strong non-impact ranged and melee attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages are good. Mages of Light are especially useful, since they can do front line duty. Lots of healing may be necessary, about 3 healers are good, so White Mages can be used too. Raw recruit Mages can be used as well, for disposal of Giant Scorpions and the occasional Saurian Skirmisher that wanders too far. At least one Silver Mage is highly desirable, along with a speedy unit (e.g., Fugitive, Footpad, or Horseman) to capture villages for the Silver Mage to use north of the river.&lt;br /&gt;
* [fredbobsmith2] An alternative strategy that works surprisingly well is to simply use a very mage-heavy army. Recall most or all of your high-level mages, throw in a few peasants, and spend the rest of your gold on recruiting mages. Victory will come with shocking ease.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* General strategy: as Saurians have skirmishers and a lot of movement, be sure to protect your wounded units well. Because of the Saurians unnerving ability to concentrate their fire on one unit, be sure to keep several healers around and try to keep your line straight so only two can mob one guy. Hedgehog tactic also seems to work well.&lt;br /&gt;
* Opening strategy: here are some specific strategies that players have used with success in the early part of the scenario:&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen in center&amp;quot; strategy: Recall 2-4 Mermen, 1-2 Trappers/Huntsmen, and a lot of high HP troops, then form a line. Initially, you can either form a north-south line around the lake area with one flank at the south board edge, or, if you want to be conservative, you can do a diagonal line in the southeast corner, with both flanks tied to board edges. You'll need the Mermen to handle the lake area, and Trappers/Huntsmen/Mermen for the swamp areas. Keep troops in reserve, so that when a few Saurians meet your line, you can advance your whole line over them. Do not be too conservative/defensive on hard, as your time is limited. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen on flank&amp;quot; strategy: Recall several decent land melee units &amp;amp; then 4-5 level 2 Mermen on rounds 2-3. Most of your force forms a line of battle near your keep, Mermen on the north flank in the river, land units extending south, flanks bent back with strongest units at the corners - then let the Saurians break on it. Once their first wave has broken, the rest of their troops come in drips and are no problem, so now you can split up and wipe out the stragglers and claim villages; any L2 units you start with should level up. After you defeat the main force from the south send just one or two guys north to capture towns so your Silver Mages can teleport into the fray. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen feint&amp;quot; strategy: Recall most of your Mermen from before and send them along the river towards the sea. This will harry the saurian troops coming down from the north, allowing your main force to advance on the southern enemy  undisturbed. Beware, though as your mermen will encounter the Saurians at night time (giving you -25% and them +25%), so try to minimize conflict until dawn, just get in their way.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;No Mermen&amp;quot; strategy: On your first two turns recall two keeps of strong, fast veterans like mounted units (not Paladins though; they're pretty ineffective against saurians), Outlaws/Assassins, and Silver Magi along with some other veterans, preferably with a lot of HP: if all goes well (at least on easy and medium) that may be all you need. Dash them across the swamp directly west of your keep, south of the sands, and form a line with strong units at the ends. They'll flank you, but you're stronger than them and you can use your slower units to crush the flanking saurians in a hammer and anvil. The first wave of southern Saurians should get itself killed before the northern Saurians arrive in force. Once the northern Saurians arrive, take them out with your slower units while your quicker ones go for the southern leader.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sacrificial lamb&amp;quot; strategy: In addition to a couple mages, 2 healers, and some other fighters, recruit a castle-full of peasants to draw the Saurians out onto open ground.  Surround a single peasant on 5 sides, with 2 healers behind him. Build your formation around that.&lt;br /&gt;
* Closing strategy: The enemy's onslaught tapers out after their initial wave, so the final push for the southern leader should be quick and clean. Taking out the northern leader is harder, because all of your units will be stuck south of the marshes and the river. If you want to go for a quick win, just march forth with Silver Mages, Mermen, and anyone who's close enough to be a help. If you don't want to lose any of your better units, patience may be the key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units gets as far west as the second bridge, a wave of Nagas will arrive out at sea. You may wish to delay going that far until the second watch, so that the Nagas will make contact with your forces during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
* Killing one leader gives more gold to the other, so when you've defeated pretty much all the southern leader's forces, just plant a level 3 or two in his keep and leave him alive; kill them both in the same turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Troll Hole====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that you cannot win by brute force, because the trolls have more brute force than you. Wise recruitment and strategy are necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* It's underground time again, so as before, mainly recruit mages. The trolls are strong, so hopefully you have lots of levelled up mages. Mages of Light are especially nice, because they are tough enough to survive an attack from most trolls, while simultaneously reducing the damage sustained (due to illumination blinding the trolls.) Level 1 Mages can be used to good effect too, especially if quick. If only attacked by a single Troll Whelp, a healthy level 1 Mage will survive.&lt;br /&gt;
* In addition to mages, your chaotic units can be helpful here again, especially against the occasional Rocklobber, which you will not want to attack with mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Forget about your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''the Fall''). They are too slow. It's not that you'll be running around, but you will be rotating troops due to heavy damage, and they will only get in the way.&lt;br /&gt;
* Putting Mermen in the moat will really help you fend off the first wave of attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are 4 castles, and two of them (randomly placed it seems) are the troll leaders you need to kill.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to use the narrow corridors to your advantage, so the enemy can only place one attack against a strong unit of yours, but you can kill a troll at a time with two mages or Haldric. Also keep an eye at your back since they will try to surround you. And resist the temptation to send single units wandering around in what seems empty caves - they will all die, probably by the fangs of a Giant Spider.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to arrange it so one troll can enter to be attacked by many troops.  Have regular troops in front initially.  Move mages forward to finish the troll, plug the gap where the troll was with Burin or a Royal Guard or an Iron Mauler, and reset the trap on the next turn.  When you've whittled down the enemy, go the direction they came from and kill the leaders, ignoring spider keeps.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alternative: This could be a good choice if you have low gold: recall 2 quick red mages, and 3 quick tough melee units (say 2 royal guards &amp;amp; a L3 chaotic unit like a Fugitive). Play expedition style: abandon the start island, stay fairly close together, with your troops roughly divided in two between those moving forward and those fighting rearguard. Provided you knock out one troll leader early, the rest is manageable, just work your way carefully over to the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cursed Isle====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting undead, mostly of the incorporeal and ghoulish lineages. Victory comes surprisingly easily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit lightly, certainly no more than two castles of troops. You could use 1-3 Paladins, 1-2 Mages, and 1-2 White Mages / Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall your loyal Merman Triton or similar and have him pick up the holy water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* This can be the first or last quest you choose.  If you can wait, do it last, as you will come out of it with a lot of gold, which you will need for the first scenario after the quests, ''The Vanguard''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep a very tight formation for the first night, as Shadows will hit hard and you don't want to get backstabbed or swarmed. By dawn, it should be smooth sailing.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you get anywhere near the enemy leaders' keeps, expect to get rushed by a leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* In one of the three temples there is a Vampire Lady. All you really need is a Paladin or three to rush the temples. Kill her. Game over, you win. One of the other temples has some gold; grab that first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Spy In The Woods===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Vanguard===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting a large number of orcs, trolls and other enemies in a location with a natural defensive line, where presumably an underground river has carved a line of sinkholes. This scenario will be difficult or impossible with minimum gold (200), but quite doable with a large amount of gold (450+) even on the hardest difficulty setting. Recruitment and strategy are fairly straightforward, given the board layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit a lot of units; you will need them.&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall/recruit speedy units: Knights, Lancers, Paladins, Horsemen, Outlaws, and similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recall your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up from ''The Fall'') and Spearmen/Swordsmen/Royal Guards.&lt;br /&gt;
# On subsequent turns, recall/recruit healers and other sorts of Mages, Thugs and their advancements, and Longbowmen. You will need quite a lot of healing power: 3-4 White Mages / Mages of Light and 1-2 Paladins. A Silver Mage would come in handy, since your forces will be widely spaced, but you could start with a couple of Red Mages and try to level up one or both to Silver Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# This map is smaller than fog of war and sinkholes make it appear.  Rush the west and northwest gaps with mounted units, but slow &amp;amp; strong will carry the day once the sun rises and the odds are in your favor.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Seal of all the gaps in the ring of sinkholes. When the onslaught begins, wounded units can retreat back into villages or be cared for by healers - or actually both, since soon you will be out of non-wounded units.&lt;br /&gt;
# A &amp;quot;Sitzkrieg&amp;quot; may develop, where neither side can make progress. Shift units to the southwest and break out there, using the west board edge defensively. From there, sweep northwards, taking out the western orc leader first and then the next orc leader.&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget the chest of gold, which you can see even in fog.&lt;br /&gt;
# End the scenario with the kill of the final leader, a level 3 troll.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill more than half the units of any side, a few tough undead units will appear near that side's stronghold at the edge of the map. So, this will happen three times. Beware the Chocobones. Their double damage from charge means they can take out Commander Aethyr at night just by hitting 2 for 2, and they will certainly try if they get the opportunity.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is much less difficult with extra gold. You can use Peasants to avoid going negative on gold, promoting them to Spearmen only when needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return of the Fleet===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome to the &amp;quot;kitchen sink&amp;quot; defense.  You've made it this far; now the enemy will launch a desperate defense, throwing a little bit of everything at you.  The effect is mostly psychological, but it could be a problem if you came into the scenario with minimum gold or your initial assessment causes you to drastically under-recruit. Time is money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, at least, you don't want to overrecruit. First turn, recall Mermen to assassinate the undead leader; 2 Entanglers/Netcasters and the Triton with the Storm Trident. Later, you should recruit 1 or more Silver Mages also for this taskforce as well as for causing general mayhem. It's also worth recruiting 5-10 L1/L0 units to take the brunt of the first wave of attacks; you can use any combination of Footpads, Poachers, Thugs, Spearmen, and Peasants, as you see fit. You'll want some decent L2 and L3 recalls for healing, to flank your lines, and to start kicking some butt at daybreak. A Mage or Red Mage to blast Trolls and Chocobones will level up by end of scenario. Paladins are good too. In addition to your loyal Mage of Light, you will need a bare minimum of 1 more healer.&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, don't recruit too much for fighting the undead - 2 Paladins at most, 1 or 2 Thugs, the stormy Merman, and the nearest Mage working with your land force are sufficient - the undead commander only gets 5-6 L2 recruits and they come ashore scattered (on medium, anyway). Paladins are so effective against undead that you can wade into the water after them. Just remember, Paladins can't go into deep water and undead can.&lt;br /&gt;
* On hard, you also don't want to recruit too much for fighting the undead, but it's only because going on an offensive early against them will get you crushed by a Chocobone armada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Move the Mermen (including the storm trident) as quickly as possible pretty much straight to the West. (There is a village and swamp hex that can aid your travel if you pick the best route).  Move these guys up the West side once they get there to get to the Undead Leader as quickly as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Your loyal units can do a little village grabbing, but it would be unwise to venture too far north.&lt;br /&gt;
# After nightfall, fog will appear; for the rest of the scenario, the map will become shrouded, like in a cave scenario.  So while you're still amazingly able to see, note the key terrain features, castle and city locations, and troop dispositions (especially Chocobones.)  Also, visually explore the avenues of approach you want to be able to see later.&lt;br /&gt;
# The first wave is largely at night and will have Goblin Knights and Pillagers, and later Chocobones and Troll Warriors. The damage they can cause is bone chilling, so make sure to divert their attention with plenty of spam. You want to meet them on the edge of the woodland, while inducing the orcs to fight from the grassland. Footpads and Poachers are handy here, as they have high defense in woodland. Players have had success setting up the initial line in either the north and northeast woodlands, with respect to the castle. Others have succeeded by fighting mostly from the open plain, retaining mobility by leaving the woodlands to their Footpads.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once your Mermen have taken an island city, teleport over one or more Silver Mages to help kill the undead leader - in addition to a Silver Mage, you will want the storm trident, a Netcaster/Entangler, plus one more leveled unit to be fairly sure to knock him out in one round. Quick striking like this you end up fighting a lot less undead.  You probably end up foddering one of the mermen to the Undead Archers, but the trade off is well worth it.  You can keep cycling your mermen up to fight with any orcs or trolls that come into the water. Silver Mages can assist, since they are not needed much in the other part of the fight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the undead leader is assassinated and the first wave is broken, you may advance cautiously due north or to the northwest along the coast and ultimately finish off the two orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When you are close to the break in the woods at the east board edge, tighten your formation and keep wounded units well away, as a small force of high-level Saurians will appear. Trigger them in daylight if possible, and knock them out fast. Alternatively, you can delay triggering the Saurians as long as possible by moving your force northwest near the water and then onto the small island, though even then it is possible to trigger the Saurians if you are not careful where you step. (Stepping to 10 hexes or less from 34,15 triggers the Saurians.) You can fight the final wave of orcs from the island, then move northeast to the mainland, finally triggering the Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Two cuttlefish appear when you approach the north-central island. Assuming you're sending a strike force through the water to knock out the undead commander, you really don't want to trigger these until that force is on the island - the storm trident Merman is the only thing that can stand up to them in water, and they will avoid him to attack more vulnerable units.&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill one enemy leader, the other gets more gold &amp;amp; recruits a new wave of L2s. This can be useful if you need to kill off surplus L1 units to improve the finish bonus, or if you need the XP more than the gold; otherwise, try to knock out both leaders on the same turn before they can recruit more. Alternatively, if you kill the first one at dawn, the second will be reluctant to attack with his L2s in daylight, and you might jump in and kill him before he uses them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is the final one. Therefore, loyal units are now somewhat disposable. However, you will need plenty of gold. Recruit some Peasants in the current scenario if you need to save some gold. Not only are they cheap, but they have no upkeep and Chocobones love 'em. Send a unit with leadership with them and they can even deal some amount of damage and be used to finish off wounded enemy, though at night you should just let them take the beating passively since otherwise they die too quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rise of Wesnoth===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's the final battle: be patient, recall everybody - the early finish bonus doesn't mean anything. Also, loyal units are no better than other units after your recruitment is finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need at least 300 starting gold, maybe more like 400 on the hardest difficulty level, so if need be, replay the previous scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* To stretch your money, start with loyal Iron Maulers and a couple ready-to-level level 1's and level 2's. Finally, recall as many level 3's as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: 3-6 Mages of Light / White Mages. Your few chaotic units will appreciate a White Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse units: 2-4 Paladins, 3-4 Knights / Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse escorts: about 3 speedy units, like Royal Guards, Fugitives, and Silver Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tanks: at least 6 high HP units, such as Royal Guards, Highwayman, Master Bowmen, and the loyal Iron Maulers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages: at least 3 high level Mages aside from your basic healers, so Arch Mages, Great Mages, and Silver Mages. Additional Mages of Light can be substituted.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Mermen might be useful here, but surprisingly, they're not really necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
* On 1.9.3 and earlier, you can recruit Saurian Skirmishers on medium and Skirmishers plus Ambushers on hard. This appears to be a bug, so ignore the option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will launch a two pronged assault: mounted units will race to the west and then south, while the main army heads due south.&lt;br /&gt;
* With your mounted units, race forwards by day and backwards by night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Along with the mounted units should go some escorts, speedy foot units intended to kill things like Goblin Impalers, which make even Grand Knights nervous. They would also benefit from a quick Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Meanwhile, with your tanks and the rest of your healers and support units, form a line or hedgehog in the woods just south of your keep or next to the river. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep your leaders with the main army, to avoid drawing too much attention to the mounted detachment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Maintain awareness of the overall battlefield. If the main army gets in trouble, you can send some or all of the mounted units to assist. There may be an opportunity to hammer-and-anvil enemy forces trapped in the middle. And you may wish to transfer units, like Paladins may be useful to the main army after it is on the move.&lt;br /&gt;
* You'll need at least two Paladins to kill Jevyan himself; nothing else is half as effective (except perhaps Mages of Light and suicidal Lancers).  Or you can use a pair of Great Mages (unless you are very unlucky, you should be able to kill him in a single turn). Don't forget to sacrifice Aethyr to Jevyan.  If he doesn't want to come out and play, march up to Jevyan and use a crossbow attack.  When Jevyan is dead, the yellow and green leaders may still be alive. You'll have to kill one, leaving at least one orc leader alive. You pick.  Congratulations!  Enjoy the ending!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units is within 8 hexes of a bridge, but you have no units within 2 hexes of the bridge, and there are no units on the bridge, then a Cuttle Fish will appear and destroy the bridge. This is usually disadvantageous. Not only does it leave you with a Cuttle Fish to fight, but it slows your progress south and the bad guys progress north. At least on the hardest difficulty level, it's hard to kill all the spam in time, so you don't want to impede their advance by removing the bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
* When any of your units is killed, it becomes a Walking Corpse. On hard, it becomes a Soulless, which makes it important to be careful with your level 2's, especially Lancers.&lt;br /&gt;
* After the first orc leader is killed, then some gold goes to mister Lich. It's 40, 80, or 120 gold, for easy, medium, and hard, respectively.  The lich will receive some gold once you kill his Familiar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See Also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MainlineCampaigns]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - The Rise of Wesnoth]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55339</id>
		<title>TheRiseOfWesnoth</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55339"/>
		<updated>2014-07-13T20:05:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* Peoples in Decline */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Strategy Guide for The Rise of Wesnoth Campaign ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Campaign strategy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the course of this campaign, you will need to level up to some:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: White Mages/Mages of Light (at least four)&lt;br /&gt;
* Undead killers: Paladins (two)&lt;br /&gt;
* Mobile strikers: Silver Mages (at least one, preferably more), Grand Knights (several), Fugitives (one or more helps)&lt;br /&gt;
* Damage sinks: Royal Guards, Iron Maulers, Highwaymen, Halberdiers, level 3 Burin, and again Grand Knights&lt;br /&gt;
* Leaders: level 3 Haldric, level 3 Lady Outlaw, and much later level 3 Commander Aethyr &lt;br /&gt;
* Ranged attackers: Great Mages (can use several in the last scenario), Longbowmen/Master Bowmen (two), Trapper/Huntsman (one is helpful)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Mage of Light, one Paladin, and five Grand Knights make a perfect assault team!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Horsemen are key for the first three or four scenarios, it's important not to be too reliant on horse units through the middle part of the campaign, as there are many hard levels underground, in swamps, in water, or against Saurians; use XP from the scenario ''The Vanguard'' to get to 2 Paladins and 2+ Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't overlook Pikemen/Halberdiers, which are useful in many levels; pierce attacks work well against Drakes and against the dragon, and they are handy for defensive roles especially repelling Wolf Riders. They are less good against undead, though, and don't get that +1 MP Royal Guard speed bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to many undead opponents, you will want to recruit many Thugs at times, and get a few (the quick ones, since you need them underground) leveled up. Footpads help too, once leveled up. Due to swamps, you will sometimes be spamming Poachers, which get marksmanship once at level 3. These, plus Lady Outlaw, give tactical options at other levels too: some decent chaotic troops form an ideal reserve, since you can attack with your lawful troops at dawn, and by nightfall when you need to heal them, use some chaotic troops to either continue the attack or to shield your healing lawful units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some recommended units to have obtained by specific scenarios:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The Fall - 1 Knight&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. A Harrowing Escape - 1 White Mage, 2 Knights, plus about-to-level troops&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4a. The Midlands - avoid, go to The Swamp of Eden instead&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4b. The Swamp of Eden - level 2 Haldric, level 2 Lady Outlaw, 2 Knights, 2 Shocktroopers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. Temple of the Deep - level 3 Haldric, level 3 Burin, 1-2 Mages of Light or several Outlaws / quick Bandits&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8. Clearwater Port - level 3 Lady Outlaw, 3 White Mages / Mages of Light, 3 Iron Maulers / Royal Guards / Halberdiers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
12. A Final Spring - 1-2 Silver Mages&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
14. Rough Landing - the 3 loyal Mermen from the previous scenario, ''Peoples in Decline''[glandis] In 1.8.6, there was no opportunity for 3 loyal mermen - maybe this was in an older version? And only Merman fighters can be recruited - no Netcaster upgardes are possible&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17a. The Dragon - up to 4 White Mages / Mages of Light&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17d. Cursed Island - 1 Paladin&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
19. The Vanguard - 4 Knights/Lancers/Grand Knights, 2 Paladins (or about-to-level Knights)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
20. Return of the Fleet - 1 Mermen Entangler, 1 Merman Triton with Storm Trident, level 3 Commander Aethyr desirable&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
22. The Rise of Wesnoth - 2 Paladins, 3 Royal Guards, 4 Mages of Light&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because the campaign is long and you won't be able to recall all your level 3's in the final scenario, it pays to create some &amp;quot;uber-units&amp;quot;. An example is a quick, resilient Silver Mage that has been AMLA advanced a few times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
===A Summer Of Storms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively easy scenario, so gear your recruitment and strategy with an eye towards gathering XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# For the first round, recruit 2-3 Horsemen and the rest can be all Spearmen or a mix of Spearmen and Bowmen as you see fit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Then, you should probably hire Bowmen and more Spearmen. Whatever Bowmen you can get advanced will be useful later on for fighting the many trolls, grunts, and riders you will encounter. Note, however, that you will not have any healers until you level up at least one mage to White Mage status, and the sooner you can do that the better. Red mages will also prove very useful in subsequent scenarios, so consider recruiting at least two mages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used at least three strategies with success...&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: Send the horsemen with the king over the bridge, and the others should follow or start going over the mountain, to avoid being attacked from behind. Send subsequent Spearmen and Bowmen on the &amp;quot;over-the-bridge&amp;quot; road, and when the Prince and final troops have just about caught up, march on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;hide in the swamp&amp;quot; strategy: Proceed much like the above, but send the king with 3 Horsemen to capture the nearest houses, then retreat into the swamp area until you have your lawful bonus to kill off troops during the day. To hold them back, you can use a Spearman and a Mage (to level him.)&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sandbagging&amp;quot; strategy: On the hardest difficulty level, the initial enemy assault will only be easy to handle by entrenching your troops behind the river. Use the king to block the bridge initially, while Spearmen handle the shoreline just north and Horsemen carefully flag villages across the river. Run the king around, lending his leadership as you massacre the stupid enemy troops that have jumped like lemmings into the water. &lt;br /&gt;
* For all these options, you will also need to send a squad north into the mountains and around into the flank of the enemy. A quick Spearman, a quick Bowman, and one other unit, possibly a quick Mage, should be more than sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
* When you see that the fronts are under control, stop recruiting and send prince Haldric and your Mages over the bridge on a quest for XP, assisted by the leadership of the king, and converge on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Fall===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that looks scary, but it is only moderately difficult with proper recruitment and strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall or recruit Spearmen and Bowmen to man the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horsemen/Knights are desirable, because you probably do not yet have a White Mage, and the villages are widely spaced.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recalling or recruiting Mages for XP gathering is highly advisable for future scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are three basic approaches to take out the outlaw leader...&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Brute force&amp;quot; strategy: You can march west with a large army and use part of it to hold northwestern orc. Use the rest to fight outlaws and kill the leader. This strategy requires a lot of troops but it can bring you plenty of experience and can bring a quick victory.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: You can assassinate the outlaw leader. One way is to wait until the orcs have killed almost all outlaws and then assassinate the outlaw leader with Knights, rushing over the enemy camp's bridge and into the keep. This strategy is risky because orcs can kill the leader before you.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination via the mountain pass&amp;quot; strategy: Another way to assassinate the leader is to send a squad through the southern mountains to the outlaw keep. Two Mages and three Spearmen are enough. You may wish to substitute one of the Spearmen with a Knight or Horseman, though horse units have only a narrow passage devoid of mountains and could get pinned by the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
* On the hardest difficulty level, you may be forced to assassinate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Saving the loyal Heavy Infantrymen (or Shock Troopers on easy) pays off in later scenarios. To save all three, move them south towards the outlaws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you eliminate the HP of the Lady Outlaw, she offers to help you. If you say yes, she comes back as a loyal unit in future scenarios and you will be able to recruit outlaw units, plus she cannot be killed in the next couple of scenarios (instead, she disappears when she goes to zero HP, and comes back the next scenario.) This is quite valuable. If you say no and try to kill her, you find out she cannot be killed. However, you do get 200 gold that she leaves behind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The following scenario (''A Harrowing Escape'') is a handful on the hardest difficulty level. On hard, your goal should be a carryover of almost 150 gold (so you have 250 starting gold), so although Lady Outlaw's assistance is worth much more than 80 gold (40% of 200), you may be forced to choose the gold. Another thing you need to beat the following scenario on hard is a White Mage at or near the start of the scenario. Also, about-to-level units will be especially nice for their self-healing ability and low initial upkeep. Steer XP accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Harrowing Escape===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much easier on lower difficulty levels, calling for different strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On easy/medium...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: You should recruit/recall at least one, possibly two Mages here, and use them for killing Goblin Spearmen and finishing off injured Wolf Riders in the hills &amp;amp; mountains bordering the valley. Other than the Mages, simply recruit what you want, and go along the road. You get enough villages to pay upkeep for quite some army, and can give some of them a bit of experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Leave a few units in the rear, as the enemy can cross hills quickly. Note that Footpads and Outlaws will also cross hills at reasonable speed, if you need to hunt down some units. There are two castle tiles about halfway down, try to send Lady Outlaw and Brunin the Lost to them, they make good guards in case the enemy tries to come straight up. You can also send a couple groups of units down southeast to the lake, so you can prevent the Green team (southeast) from coming up the river. You can also kill the two Orcish Grunts (or Warriors on medium) on the southern castle tiles and then move Lady Outlaw and Brunin to them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On hard...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: To beat this scenario on the hardest difficulty level, you need some level 2 (or better yet, about-to-level level 1) units already and decent starting gold. It has been beaten on hard with as little as 158 starting gold, 200 is still difficult, and 250+ makes it relatively easy. You can stretch your gold a bit by not going negative on upkeep and waiting until you can't wait any longer to do one last round of recruiting, recalling mostly level 2's. For timing your final recruitment, watch the wolves that are likely trying to flank through the mountains south of your keep. Another requirement for beating this scenario is a White Mage (or two.) If need be, you must promote a Mage (or two) &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;tout de suite&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, as you will be dealing with severe damage and assassins, while only having easy access to 2 or 3 villages initially. Horsemen and Knights are useful for dissipating damage by serving as meat shields against blades and then running off to remote villages to heal. Quick Horsemen are especially nice, as they can transfer between two strategically placed villages in one turn, for healing on the go. Horsemen, Knights, and Swordsmen are useful for swatting assassins. If you can recruit outlaws, a couple of Footpads are nice for village grabbing. Thieves are also good because they are cheap, the Grunts are fond of attacking them, and they often survive on 70% defense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Near the start of combat, it's crucial to kill the first waves quickly: the wolves and assassins. More important than terrain is avoiding getting flanked, so mobility of individual units is key; if you climb up deep into the mountains, you will have a harder time with mobility than staying on or near the valley floor. Additionally, many of your units cannot go on mountain hexes, so it's easier to maintain your lines if everyone stays close to the valley. It's easier to make a stand at the keep and northern river bank, but this approach can be too costly in terms of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium/hard, you can lure out the roadside guard Warriors one at a time by putting a unit within attack range of one (and out of range of the other.) They mostly come at night. Mostly. That is, the Warriors might not bite bait put out during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have Lady Outlaw, note that she has leadership, which will be useful to help promote Prince Haldric, if he is still level 0. It's worth advancing her to level 2, to continue to provide leadership to level 1 Haldric and your other level 1's. You may also make use of her odd ability &amp;quot;distract&amp;quot;, which allows adjacent allied units to ignore ZOCs. And Lady Outlaw allows you to recruit outlaw types. On hard especially, Thugs can be useful as meat shields and to provide strong attacks at night when your lawful forces are crippled. Remember too that Lady Outlaw cannot be permanently killed (at least not yet), so when desperate times call for desperate measures, you can move her into a suicidal position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* It helps that there are two enemy sides as opposed to a twice as strong single enemy side. If one of your units could be attacked by 3 enemies, but 1 of these hexes is currently blocked by the other side, the currently moving enemy decides to attack units which it (they) is (are) actually less likely to kill than that one. AIs don't cooperate, that is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are stuck on this scenario, you may need to replay one or both of the previous scenarios and/or choose to &amp;quot;kill&amp;quot; Lady Outlaw in the previous scenario so you get her gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There is Dwarf Steelclad in the village at 8,5. It's not far from your camp, so send Lady Outlaw there. Dwarf joins you because &amp;quot;It has been a long time since he felt the satisfying crunch of Orcs under his Axe.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you kill the first orc leader, an Orcish Slayer and two Assassins will pop out of nowhere, so you would be wise not to have any wounded units stuck without movement points at that point. Also, the other leader will get an infusion of gold and start recruiting on all available hexes, so if you can sit on some of those hexes first, it will help keep the situation from getting out of control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* At the end, you will be given the choice of the river/swamp road or the midlands/orc road. These fork to the scenarios ''The Swamp of Esten'' and ''The Midlands'', respectively. The swamp scenario is relatively easy, while ''The Midlands'' could cost you some leveled units or even prove impossible to beat if you are low on gold. Also, the swamp gives you a free loyal White Mage, so it's a no brainer, unless you want more of a challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: it would be wise to have at least 1 White Mage before going to the scenario ''The Swamp of Esten''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Midlands====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orcs again. But you chose that way. This scenario may appear impossible, but with a lot of gold and a little strategy, it can be beat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are given plenty of time, so use it wisely. The enemies send lots of orcs, mostly weak ones. So recruit and recall everything you can.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall any White Mages you have. You'll need them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bowmen are good for the wolf units you will be facing.&lt;br /&gt;
* The rest depends on your strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Fast Assault&amp;quot; option: use an assassination team. If you go west, only your Knights and Horsemen will arrive and fight at daytime. So go south. Take the bridge and defend against the enemy closing in from the west. Take out Yellow with a fast assault team (they should take a healer along), but be careful about the leader. Your main force moves west, takes and holds the second bridge, and takes out Blue. Your assault team stays in the south and goes for the last enemy leader - they won't face any serious resistance. The enemy moves north to support Blue. The HI guarding the bridge might gain a level or die, but hopefully not the latter, as they are loyal units in a long campaign. With this approach, you can finish early (around 25 turns) and keep your losses low.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Dark Assault&amp;quot; option: use Footpads.  If you chose to work with the the outlaws in the last round, then this works well.  Footpads are cheap.  And they are fast.  And they have good defensive abilities.  Plus they fight well in the dark and in the forest.  So recruit lots of Footpads-pawns and quickly dispatch them to the upper west and south, followed by more powerful units: Mages, Horsemen, etc.  For the time being, leave the middle enemy alone.  To the upper west, send several Footpads into the forest and capture the village and set up a defensive line.  This cuts down the enemy's gold and increases yours.  Don't attack at first, just defend, until more of your slow higher powered units arrive. The strategy here is to pick off the orcs, and send the Horsemen to capture villages.  While this is going, to the south you send your Footpads to capture any villages you can and, more importantly, put a Footpad on the hex that is adjacent to the bridge, thereby stopping easy advancement of their greater numbered troops. A White Mage, a couple Trappers and some Bowmen would make a good escort. Probably sending a Thief or two would be good too, to help dispatch any enemy that infiltrate the villages north of the river. one enemy got into one of the villages on the north of river, and it took a lot to dislodge him.  The intention is to engage the enemy so that they are fighting from the river squares, at a huge disadvantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Swamp Of Esten====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not hard if you are conservative and don't send important units off alone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall 1-2 quick Knights (or Paladins, if you have them), recruit 1-2 Horsemen, and recall your loyal Shocktroopers or whatever they are now.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next round, recruit/recall Mages to kill Scorpions (and Bats) and at least one White Mage to deal with poison, plus maybe a Poacher or Trapper or two, as they are good in swamp (and you would like a Huntsman eventually, for its markmanship.)&lt;br /&gt;
# A little Thug spam can come next, but you don't need a full third round of recruitment. Then send Prince Haldric off to lend his leadership.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Head to the northeastern leader first. Try to kill Dark Adepts with Burin or horse units before they have a chance to attack you. As you close in on the leader, hover your mouse over him to watch where he can go, as at night his ranged attack is nasty and can be followed up by waves of kamikaze Walking Corpses, which can take out a Knight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After you have killed the northeastern leader and eliminated troops there, you can either send your whole army back across the ford and south or split your army into two halves, sending one part to each leader. If you have lost several units but have lots of turns left, it's probably safer to stick together. This is not a simple mop-up operation, as powerful undead can take out some of your valuable units if you're not careful. On hard, Shadows are a threat at night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Searching the temples is a good idea. Some have gold. There is a free loyal White Mage hiding in (a random) one of the temples - visit the temple close to the keep ASAP, and if not there, try rushing a horse unit or Lady Outlaw to the temple at 19,5. However, some of the temples contain undead, so keep extra troops nearby when you enter one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main challenge in this scenario is keeping your ally alive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your (probably leveled up) Heavy Infantry from The Fall and some quick Spearmen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recruit/recall Thugs, Bowmen, and Spearmen, preferably quick.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round, recall 2-3 White Mages (or Mages of Light) and maybe some quick Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Your forces will have three main combat arenas: the northeast, the south, and the middle.&lt;br /&gt;
# The castle in the middle is inhabited by the tree folk. The orcs have almost the perfect anti-wose force, heavy on fire (Orcish Crossbowmen and Pillagers), so your ally is going to need your help. Send 2-4 units to the castle and another 4-8 units northeast of the castle to block the enemy advancing from that direction.&lt;br /&gt;
# Split the rest of your forces to go northeast and south, 4-6 units each, with a White Mage in each force. Your loyal Heavy Infantry / Shocktroopers should head south. Sending Haldric south might help take some of the heat off the woses.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Tips...&lt;br /&gt;
* If you send a White Mage or Mage of Light to the wose castle, it will let any adjacent wose cure+heal or sometimes regenerate+heal (16 points.) That's because of the side sequence within a turn: player, orcs, woses. For example, after the orcs attack with poison, the woses cure themselves, and then your leveled mage will heal any adjacent wose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The temple contains the entrance to the catacombs, but you need the leader Wose's help to open it, and to get that help you have to win the current scenario, so there is no point in visiting this temple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is in the catacombs, i.e., underground, and it's a tough one, so you need to groom your roster accordingly. Two Mages of Light would make it a whole lot easier. Failing that, level up your fearless loyal Shocktrooper and chaotic outlaw types. Bandits/Highwaymen and Fugitives are especially nice. Quick units of almost any type (except horse units) will be helpful, if leveled and possessing high HP (&amp;gt;50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Temple in the Deep===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be facing undead underground. This is a difficult situation that will prove much easier with proper recruitment. Then the strategy will be fairly straightforward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All in all, what you need is a small elite force. Two rounds of recalls is enough, if you didn't lose Burin in a prior scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers, though their slow movement will prove frustrating. Also on the first round, recall a fast &amp;quot;tank&amp;quot; and someone to grab the holy water.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recall any Mages of Light you might already have, and a total of at least two White Mages or Mages of Light, preferably quick. For the rest of your recruitment, what you need are high movement (6+ MP) non-horse units with high hitpoints (&amp;gt;50 HP). It helps if they are chaotic (or at least neutral) and/or have ranged or impact attacks. Put all the requirements together and it points to Fugitives. Outlaws and quick Arch Mages are worth recalling too. Fill out the rest with other high HP units. Note that horse units are too sluggish in caves and should not be recalled/recruited unless you have a compelling reason.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round (optional), you can add a unit or two for a safety margin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# There are two ways north, but they will meet up together. First thing you will see are Tentacles. You can either ignore the Tentacles for the most part or use them for XP. Your main initial objective is to find a good place to make a stand against the nasty wave of undead coming from the north. The chokepoints and southern shoreline offer good defensive locations. Watch out for the enemy's Bone Shooters, Revenants and Deathblades, as they could easily mess up a level 3 unit. &lt;br /&gt;
# Once the flow of baddies as tapered off, gradually progress northwards. Once you get into the final chamber, the boss should be a piece of cake, although his ranged attack is devastating, so try to attack him with melee units. Be careful if he has recruits around, as their combined damage can take down one of your level 3's. Note that the Ruby can only be picked up by Haldric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Holy water: The best choice for the Holy Water is a quick Bandit, who should level quickly. A quick Highwayman could be used, but won't benefit much from the XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* XP: Use this level to get experience. The early-finish bonus is tiny. The Tentacles are perfect for leveling up units. Keep Burin away from the water at this stage, or he'll kill all tentacles as they attack, depriving those who could benefit from the XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your killed units will be turned into Walking Corpses (or Soulless on hard.) Therefore, spam is not helpful. A Mage or Thug can be okay, if used with great care, but mostly you need to recall leveled troops here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return to Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Clearwater Port===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is easy if you take the first boat out, more and more challenging for the second and third boats, and very difficult (on hard) if you want to take out all three leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers from ''The Fall.'' You will also want several Footpads, for speedy village snatching, coastline defending (under leader supervision), and possibly for filling castle hexes if your lines get too thin.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recruit/recall more low maintenance units. It's a good scenario for leveling troops, so recalling acouple half-leveled Spearmen or similar is a good idea.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third and later turns, start recalling your high maintenance units. The key to winning this scenario is to recall several advanced units that can take a lot of damage and get good defense in castles (no Horsemen). You will also want at least 3 White Mages or Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Backstab your ally, stealing all his villages. Your ally is useless anyway, except for the entertainment value from his troops' suicide runs. The income is much better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
# Send your heavy duty troops with some White Mages over to the line of castle near Lt. Aethyr. (Optionally, you can rush forward past the castle, but you will need to return almost as quickly before the main enemy wave and night arrive.) Aethyr will usually be done recruiting by the second or third turn, before the enemy reaches you, so fill the entire line with your units, and put Knight Sir Rudry in the one non castled tile (or leave it empty, if no enemy are adjacent.) Place the White Mages behind this line. After the enemy has reached you and it is your turn to attack, go mostly for the assasins, as they have a weak melee attack and their poison can be a huge problem. Alternatively to using the castle (from (26,18) to (24,15)) to defend, the front line can lead through the villages at (30,17) and (30,18). This will make your line much shorter, it becomes much more of a bottleneck fight and offsets your enemy's superior numbers, since some of their units just move around with all spots to attack occupied; you only have to give up 1 village and 2 front units instaheal without mages. Place your strongest units on the weakest spot (29,20) and a Mage of Light on (30,19), he will hardly be attacked as the hex before him is used to attack (29,20). This shorter line requires less units on your side and also has the great advantage that there are much less 40% defense spots to attack you. They will flank you at the sides but stand on ice or sand then.&lt;br /&gt;
# Meanwhile, on the northeastern coast, the northern enemy leader will send lots of units to catch your flank unguarded. Send 2 Footpads, a Spearman, Lady Jessene, and Haldric to guard the coast. If Lady Jessene is already level 3, you can substitute a Royal Guard, Swordsman, or Javelineer for Haldric. This coastline defense squad may need help later, so be ready to divert a speedy powerful unit there. If you keep a healthy unit on the village at the tip of the land, then, unless you are very unlucky, you will be able to hold off everything the northern leader sends. After the assault from the water has been crushed, some of your troops may be able to cross the ford north, but be careful not to get attacked in the water with only 20% defense. (Certain of your chaotic units do have 40% defense in water; now is a good time to pay attention to that.) Also, notice that the lighthouse has a similar effect as a Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
# You have two options for the endgame:&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Total victory&amp;quot; strategy: Once you've thinned the enemy to where they only have a few units that are close to your line, usually this happens conveniently around dawn, move your people out and start heading for their leaders. Split your force, sending a few down the southern path, to distract the eney and most of them toward the middle leader, to kill him. Once he's dead, send some of your army down to kill the southern leader and devote a few units to defending the bridge until the rest of your army can rejoin you. A unit or two with a lot of HP with a white mage are usually enough to do this.&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Run like hell&amp;quot; strategy: Alternatively, you can leave your leader near the docks and take one of the boats to end the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fallen Lich Point===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a high variance scenario. It may be easy or hard, depending on events beyond your control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit fairly lightly initially, as you will likely have a chance to use the Lich's keep to recruit again.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages, White Mages, and Mages of Light are good, and as are all the other advancements of Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* You automatically should have your loyal Knight. Because of the mountains around &amp;quot;lichland&amp;quot; and frozen ground everywhere else, additional horse units are not recommended, except a single Paladin will come in handy.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Thugs or a Bandit or Highwayman will provide a little extra undead bashing power.&lt;br /&gt;
* Footpads will help with village flagging.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy... &lt;br /&gt;
# The Orcs will be busy with the Yetis, so you can walk with a big group south and kill the Lich-Lord. Move Haldric to the stone monument to de-petrify the Lich. It may help to post some units around the undead before doing so. Use several mages to make a hole or two in the ring of undead, and then push in a burly fighter or two and/or Paladin to kill the Lich.&lt;br /&gt;
# After killing the Lich, assess the Orc/Yeti situation (as well as the village flagging situation) and decide if you need to use the Lich's keep to recruit some reinforcements.&lt;br /&gt;
# After that, head north and walk into the sewer entrance (the &amp;quot;cave&amp;quot;) or else kill the orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* It is also possible, if you recruit heavily, to split your force and head north to attack the eastern Orcs before they finish with the Yetis.  However, be careful not to be attacked by a Yeti yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
* When dealing with the Lich, be aware that he has money; if you let him vacate any of his encampment tiles, or if you kill any of his units but do not occupy their tiles, he will be able to recruit.  (This is not necessarily all bad, as it can mean more experience, but depending on the strength of your force you may want to be careful.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sewer of Southbay===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a swampy underground scenario, but with attention to recruitment, it's not very difficult.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* As always underground, you want non-horse units with 6+ MP.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall White Mages / Mages of Light, at least two, three is probably the optimal number.&lt;br /&gt;
* There are quite a few villages in this cave, so an expensive force is supportable, though not necessary. Some players recruit a large and spammy force, while others go with small and elite:&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 1, &amp;quot;Large and spammy&amp;quot; recruitment: Recruit four each of Mages, Thugs, and Poachers. Yes, Poachers normally stink, but here they really shine in a swamp that is permanently dark, underground. If you recruit four Poachers, you could finish with three Trappers and a Huntsman - or you could finish with four dead Poachers. The Thugs are especially likely to die, as they will be facing off against Red Mages, but somebody has to do it.&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 2, &amp;quot;Small and elite&amp;quot; recruitment: Recall something like one Red Mage, one Arch Mage, one Silver Mage, 2 two Royal Guards/Highwaymen/etc, and a Trapper or Huntsman, plus three regular Mages and a Poacher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# After leaving your initial chamber, you will be in a large swamp room with three entrances, through which will be a flood of bad guys. Use two Poachers and a Thug or similar to blockade the southeast, a small elite group to block the north, and then a mix of fighters and mages to handle the west entrance. Give each group a White Mage or Mage of Light, as well as at least one regular Mage. Try to keep the Mages of Light away from your chaotic forces on the front lines, though. Use the leadership of Haldric and Lady Jessene - and Mage of Light illumination or lack thereof - to get the most from each attack.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the initial battle has died down, you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
## If you have enough forces, you can divide into two groups and attack both brothers simultanously, east and west.&lt;br /&gt;
## Otherwise, do them one after the other, and then look for the exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Danger: there is a Giant Spider at the exit. You may wish to keep one or two cannon fodder units in order to be able to save your advanced units.  It is best to use ranged attacks against the spider, so leveled mages are good here.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is a lot easier with a lot of gold, especially on the hardest difficulty level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Southbay in Winter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Final Spring===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a large battle, and any mistake on any front can spell doom, but overall it will be fairly easy on the easier difficulty levels. On hard, it still is easy given enough gold (370 or so.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# On the first turn, recall a Silver Mage to teleport to the island, recruit Footpads for village snatching, recall one or more of your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''The Fall''), and recall one or more Knights or similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, continue with this theme, but it will be nightfall soon, so recall Outlaws, Bandits, Assassins, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn three is a bit more of the same, but you need to start thinking about preserving your income and also keeping a gold reserve. You can spam some peasants to preserve cash and income.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn four turn is more of the same.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn five, you will have new recruitment options (see spoiler at walkthrough end.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy is broken into three fronts...&lt;br /&gt;
# The first front is the south land area. Do a counter-clockwise sweep. Mounted units augmented with Footpads are a good choice. Note that it will be nightfall soon after game start, so it might be wise to delay any serious mounted assault until the next day, and you can delay your recalls for this.&lt;br /&gt;
# The second front is the walled city. Move slower units and your loyal White Mage / Mage of Light to defend here. Take your ally's villages; your ally wouldn't do much useful with the money anyway. When your units from the second front complete their sweep, you can break the remaining southern forces against the city wall in a hammer and anvil. Then your united forces can move north. On easy, you may be able to push north more quickly than that using just part of your city troops.&lt;br /&gt;
# The third front is the two small islands. Send a Silver Mage there ASAP. (You should have a village already there, so the Silver Mage can teleport over.) Footpads/Outlaws/Fugitives, Rangers, and others will help later. Lady Jessene could be used. A quick White Mage or Mage of Light would be useful, either on the coast or on the islands. Do not use Assassins on this front. Assassins have relatively weak defense in water against Orcs and Nagas, they're very weak against blade, which is all orcs and nagas use, and their relatively slow movement in water makes backstab hard to use reliably. Overall, you need to devote more resources to this front than you might think.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also keep an eye on the peninsula north of your keep. Wolf Riders and others might mount an amphibious assault in an effort to flank your troops. On the easier difficulty levels, you may wish to beat the punch and quickly establish a bridgehead on the other side of the bay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* You should have lots of high-level units now, so concentrate on recruiting new ones and levelling them up to fill needs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Peasants are useful as placeholders for villages and distractions for the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 4, a gang of nasty undead show up in the east. So, for your city taskforce, you'll want to recruit/recall units with impact and arcane attacks. Note that if undead capture villages, they will be flagged with the Orc island boss' black flag! This can result in an overwhelming number of Nagas, and it's one reason that you must devote a lot of resources to the island campaign. Re-flag any black flag villages quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 5, a gang of nasty Mermen show up in the west. Fortunately, they are on your side. You can now recruit Mermen. This is the real reason to keep a gold reserve until this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Peoples in Decline===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a potentially bloody scenario versus Drakes. Proper recruitment is more important than good strategy here, as you will have little opportunity to maneuver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* First, recall any loyal Mermen in your roster. Your loyal Iron Maulers might prefer to sit this one out.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drakes are vulnerable to pierce attacks, so spam cheap pierce attack units. In addition to Peasants, there are Poachers, Bowmen, Spearmen, Merman Fighters, and Merman Hunters. Poachers are key here, due to the swampy terrain and their chaotic alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
* However, it helps to recall some leveled units early on, to prevent your line from crumbling. Javelineers and Trappers are good, since they have both ranged and melee attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need a total of 2 or 3 White Mages / Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* On your last turn of recruitment when you have about 80 gold, recall some advanced units if need be, like Master Bowmen and Rangers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Since you will have a lot of level 1 and 0 units, make sure to use the leadership of Prince Haldric and Lady Jessene.&lt;br /&gt;
* Look for opportunities to heal via leveling up.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pay attention to the day-night cycle in this scenario. Drakes will be strong during day, but become very weak in the night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Take advantage of the mountains for defense.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be careful with your loyals.&lt;br /&gt;
* Because most Drakes have powerful ranged attacks, melee-only units should hide behind the lines until they attack, preferably at night (with a Mage of Light supplying illumination.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure you get the Storm Trident in the middle of the sea, but be certain that you've cleared most of the Drakes first, since a Sea Serpent will appear. It's best to have some strong units ready to kill it in 1 or 2 turns. You can give the trident to Lord Typhon, but since he leaves a bit later, you may want to give it to another Merman Fighter. Movement over land is important for Mermen in the campaign as a whole.  If the Merman Fighter to whom you give the storm trident has the Quick attribute, you can make him a Hoplite when he gets to level 3.  Otherwise, make him a Triton, because movement over land is important for Mermen in this campaign as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rough Landing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting Nagas and Vampire Bats, primarily. This is a scenario that may be frustrating on the easier difficulty levels, though on hard it is just par for the course. Good recruitment and strategy will save you from getting slaughtered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are probably going to go negative on gold and be unable to rectify that with the paultry early finish bonus, so you might as will go very negative and be resigned to start the next scenario with minimum gold.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit/recall many Mermen and 1 or 2 White Mages or Mages of Light. A few Peasants can be useful to pad out your force, distract the enemy, and protect villages from stray Bats. A Silver Mage can be useful for island hopping but is not essential. Thieves/Assassins are blade vulnerable, and Nagas only use blades, so it's probably best not to recall them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Knock out the southeastern leader in a blitz. It's important to get that out of the way, because a wave of Nagas is advancing at light speed from the north.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next, hurriedly set up a line in the water alongside your fortress island. Your fortress troops can anchor one flank, while Burin the Dwarf can go to the island to the northeast to anchor the other end of your line. Nobody messes with Burin. Move Lady Jessene behind the lines to lend her support to the Mermen. Your loyal Mage of Light will be able to move back and forth more (to lend illumination) if kept in the fortress area.&lt;br /&gt;
# Finally, once the enemy assault wave has been broken, advance northward to kill the final two leaders in a straightforward mop-up operation. Just be careful not leave isolated units where they can get swarmed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints/Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to level up the mermen; they can be useful in another scenario later.&lt;br /&gt;
* Beware of Sea Serpents. Three of them will appear, one on each of the three turns following your first kill of an enemy unit. Make sure to kill them at once. The Storm Trident from the previous scenario and the Ruby of Fire will come in handy against the Serpents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A New Land===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a non-scenario. The scenario objectives tell you to avoid all confrontation for as long as possible, but actually the faster your units encounter the others the faster the scenario will end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* None necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The optimal strategy for gold carryover is to grab the three closest villages, then retreat to your keep and wait. Once one attack occurs, the non-scenario will be over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* One thing to keep in mind is that this the last chance you have to grab some more Mermen as their king leaves.  They are quite helpful in a later scenario so grabbing a few extra here cannot hurt if you can spare the gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Ka'lian===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story, with your choice of four battles next.  You have to beat them all in whatever order.  The amount of gold you have should be the factor in deciding when you choose to play Cursed Isle (the undead problem).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All four scenarios have to be beaten, but in whatever order you choose.&lt;br /&gt;
====The Dragon====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not as difficult as it looks, though your recruitment and strategy need to be tailored to fight the Saurian Skirmishers and other foes you will face here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Saurians use piercing attacks mostly, so it's better to use units resistant to pierce. Pikemen and Halberdiers have 40% pierce resistance. Javelineers are ideal as Saurians use ranged attacks a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
* You may wish to bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers. They are ineffective against the 70% impact resistant Mudcrawlers, while also vulnerable to the ranged attacks of both Mudcrawlers and Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consider adopting a force of all units with ranged attacks, save for horse and thief units, which can be kept behind the lines when not in use. It is amusing when Saurian Augers are forced to tap your units with their little staffs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers are a necessity to deal with the heavy damage your units will be sustaining. Depending on the strategy you adopt, you will want 2-4 healers. Mages of Light rock here, as they can easily do front line duty in pairs and their illumination blinds the Saurians, reducing their damage.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need something to clean up mud. Versus level 0 Mudcrawlers, Horsemen and their advancements can charge with no counterattack, and likewise Thieves and their advancements can backstab with no counterattack. Mages can be used as well on the fire vulnerable mud.&lt;br /&gt;
* A Merman or two will help with water hexes. An Entangler's slow ability will help tame the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used many different strategies with success:&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Fighting Saurians requires a disciplined formation.  If you're used to stringing out troops to move them into position as they get there, that won't work after Turn 2 or 3. You can use a &amp;quot;healing hedgehog&amp;quot; of ten troops--two white mages next to each other and eight troops completely encircling them.  If someone gets badly injured, move them to the inside and put a white mage on one of the long edges, fighting as you go.  If you're trying for the big bonus, you'll need two hedgehogs.  Try to keep reserves back a bit in cities.  If the terrain favorably protects you, or the wounded is a fast unit, you can try moving wounded back to cities too.  Once the main wave of Saurians is broken, you can string non-wounded troops out a bit in the rush for the leaders. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Triangular Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Switching wounded units to the inside of the hedgehog can be a problem if you are surrounded. ZOC prevents you from creating an open hex to move the inner unit into. You can fix this by creating a triangle with three hexes inside, instead of the standard two of the hedgehog. If you do this on your castle, only three units are in grasslands. If you set it right, you can make most of the hexes adjacent to your triangle be grassland as well, forcing the Saurians into a bad defensive position. In terms of unit positioning, the simplest way is to fill two inner spaces with Mages of Light, a but a better tactic is to put one of the mages on an edge, thereby ensuring that all but one of your units are healing. The remaining unit can either be a Merman Hoplite, (prefereably resilient and carrying a Storm Trident) or Lady Jessene, since she has excellent defense and is chaotic and therefore benefits by not being in the Mages' light. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Giant Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Recruit a lot of units, and then move the whole army as one big bulk. Keep healers in the middle (about four), rotate stronger units outwards, and make sure you leave no gaps. The Saurians will slip through the tiniest gap and kill your weak units. Head first for the east or wast leader, but steer for good terrain, because your force will soon be swarmed until about turn 10, when there should be many few Saurians alive.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Standard Line&amp;quot; strategy: Form a line from the west board edge diagonally up towards your keep across the two villages just in front of the forest. You will probably wish to bend upwards at the forest, rather than running the line all the way to the keep. Whenever the Saurians have a small number of troops at your line and you have enough strength to kill them all, you can advance your whole line one hex south, allowing you to get additional attacks on them from non-frontline troops. Once you advance a unit to the first water hex at west board edge, the west leader will probably come out to greet it, so be ready to fry him with Haldric's ruby. After killing the leader, back up into good terrain to prepare to meet the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Wake the Dragon&amp;quot; strategy: Prematurely wake the dragon (see spoiler below) and back up your troops to north of your keep. When the dragon comes, kill him. The scenario can be over on turn 7. There is no early finish bonus for this, but you can recruit lightly so that you still have gold at the end and will carry-over 40%, if you need it for your next scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* With all these strategies, the Saurians may hold back for quite a while. This is okay, as the Dragon will eventually appear and come to you. Kill it. Then you are given a choice of whether to end the scenario or to try to kill all the enemy leaders before time runs out. You can choose to finish the remaining Saurians for a nice bonus. However, on the hardest difficulty setting the turn limit (33 turns) is insufficient for you to plow through the vast hordes of level 0 spam to get to the leaders, so it's best to simply end the scenario after killing the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The dragon will awake on turn 15 or when you move a unit down around the road north of the mountains. If you wish to wake the dragon prematurely, you can recruit a Horseman on turn 1 and run him down. It's a suicide mission for him, however.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have a fast non-horse unit in position, rush it to the mountain cave after the Dragon leaves to grab the 200 in gold, though that's nothing compared to the Hero bonus for defeating all the Saurian leaders. So focus on killing all of them first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Lizard Beach====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario versus Saurians, Giant Scorpions, and Mudcrawlers, where good recruiting and strategy will save you from massive bloodshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruiting...&lt;br /&gt;
* Mermen are helpful for the swamp and water areas.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers, veterans from ''The Fall.'' They are laughably ineffective against the impact resistant Mudcrawlers - and laughably vulnerable to their ranged attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Thieves, Horsemen, and their advancements are good for mud cleanup, though you must keep them out of range of Saurian skirmishers. Swordsmen and Royal Guards are also good, though overkill.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall a lot of fairly high HP units, preferably with strong non-impact ranged and melee attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages are good. Mages of Light are especially useful, since they can do front line duty. Lots of healing may be necessary, about 3 healers are good, so White Mages can be used too. Raw recruit Mages can be used as well, for disposal of Giant Scorpions and the occasional Saurian Skirmisher that wanders too far. At least one Silver Mage is highly desirable, along with a speedy unit (e.g., Fugitive, Footpad, or Horseman) to capture villages for the Silver Mage to use north of the river.&lt;br /&gt;
* [fredbobsmith2] An alternative strategy that works surprisingly well is to simply use a very mage-heavy army. Recall most or all of your high-level mages, throw in a few peasants, and spend the rest of your gold on recruiting mages. Victory will come with shocking ease.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* General strategy: as Saurians have skirmishers and a lot of movement, be sure to protect your wounded units well. Because of the Saurians unnerving ability to concentrate their fire on one unit, be sure to keep several healers around and try to keep your line straight so only two can mob one guy. Hedgehog tactic also seems to work well.&lt;br /&gt;
* Opening strategy: here are some specific strategies that players have used with success in the early part of the scenario:&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen in center&amp;quot; strategy: Recall 2-4 Mermen, 1-2 Trappers/Huntsmen, and a lot of high HP troops, then form a line. Initially, you can either form a north-south line around the lake area with one flank at the south board edge, or, if you want to be conservative, you can do a diagonal line in the southeast corner, with both flanks tied to board edges. You'll need the Mermen to handle the lake area, and Trappers/Huntsmen/Mermen for the swamp areas. Keep troops in reserve, so that when a few Saurians meet your line, you can advance your whole line over them. Do not be too conservative/defensive on hard, as your time is limited. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen on flank&amp;quot; strategy: Recall several decent land melee units &amp;amp; then 4-5 level 2 Mermen on rounds 2-3. Most of your force forms a line of battle near your keep, Mermen on the north flank in the river, land units extending south, flanks bent back with strongest units at the corners - then let the Saurians break on it. Once their first wave has broken, the rest of their troops come in drips and are no problem, so now you can split up and wipe out the stragglers and claim villages; any L2 units you start with should level up. After you defeat the main force from the south send just one or two guys north to capture towns so your Silver Mages can teleport into the fray. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen feint&amp;quot; strategy: Recall most of your Mermen from before and send them along the river towards the sea. This will harry the saurian troops coming down from the north, allowing your main force to advance on the southern enemy  undisturbed. Beware, though as your mermen will encounter the Saurians at night time (giving you -25% and them +25%), so try to minimize conflict until dawn, just get in their way.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;No Mermen&amp;quot; strategy: On your first two turns recall two keeps of strong, fast veterans like mounted units (not Paladins though; they're pretty ineffective against saurians), Outlaws/Assassins, and Silver Magi along with some other veterans, preferably with a lot of HP: if all goes well (at least on easy and medium) that may be all you need. Dash them across the swamp directly west of your keep, south of the sands, and form a line with strong units at the ends. They'll flank you, but you're stronger than them and you can use your slower units to crush the flanking saurians in a hammer and anvil. The first wave of southern Saurians should get itself killed before the northern Saurians arrive in force. Once the northern Saurians arrive, take them out with your slower units while your quicker ones go for the southern leader.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sacrificial lamb&amp;quot; strategy: In addition to a couple mages, 2 healers, and some other fighters, recruit a castle-full of peasants to draw the Saurians out onto open ground.  Surround a single peasant on 5 sides, with 2 healers behind him. Build your formation around that.&lt;br /&gt;
* Closing strategy: The enemy's onslaught tapers out after their initial wave, so the final push for the southern leader should be quick and clean. Taking out the northern leader is harder, because all of your units will be stuck south of the marshes and the river. If you want to go for a quick win, just march forth with Silver Mages, Mermen, and anyone who's close enough to be a help. If you don't want to lose any of your better units, patience may be the key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units gets as far west as the second bridge, a wave of Nagas will arrive out at sea. You may wish to delay going that far until the second watch, so that the Nagas will make contact with your forces during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
* Killing one leader gives more gold to the other, so when you've defeated pretty much all the southern leader's forces, just plant a level 3 or two in his keep and leave him alive; kill them both in the same turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Troll Hole====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that you cannot win by brute force, because the trolls have more brute force than you. Wise recruitment and strategy are necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* It's underground time again, so as before, mainly recruit mages. The trolls are strong, so hopefully you have lots of levelled up mages. Mages of Light are especially nice, because they are tough enough to survive an attack from most trolls, while simultaneously reducing the damage sustained (due to illumination blinding the trolls.) Level 1 Mages can be used to good effect too, especially if quick. If only attacked by a single Troll Whelp, a healthy level 1 Mage will survive.&lt;br /&gt;
* In addition to mages, your chaotic units can be helpful here again, especially against the occasional Rocklobber, which you will not want to attack with mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Forget about your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''the Fall''). They are too slow. It's not that you'll be running around, but you will be rotating troops due to heavy damage, and they will only get in the way.&lt;br /&gt;
* Putting Mermen in the moat will really help you fend off the first wave of attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are 4 castles, and two of them (randomly placed it seems) are the troll leaders you need to kill.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to use the narrow corridors to your advantage, so the enemy can only place one attack against a strong unit of yours, but you can kill a troll at a time with two mages or Haldric. Also keep an eye at your back since they will try to surround you. And resist the temptation to send single units wandering around in what seems empty caves - they will all die, probably by the fangs of a Giant Spider.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to arrange it so one troll can enter to be attacked by many troops.  Have regular troops in front initially.  Move mages forward to finish the troll, plug the gap where the troll was with Burin or a Royal Guard or an Iron Mauler, and reset the trap on the next turn.  When you've whittled down the enemy, go the direction they came from and kill the leaders, ignoring spider keeps.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alternative: This could be a good choice if you have low gold: recall 2 quick red mages, and 3 quick tough melee units (say 2 royal guards &amp;amp; a L3 chaotic unit like a Fugitive). Play expedition style: abandon the start island, stay fairly close together, with your troops roughly divided in two between those moving forward and those fighting rearguard. Provided you knock out one troll leader early, the rest is manageable, just work your way carefully over to the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cursed Isle====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting undead, mostly of the incorporeal and ghoulish lineages. Victory comes surprisingly easily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit lightly, certainly no more than two castles of troops. You could use 1-3 Paladins, 1-2 Mages, and 1-2 White Mages / Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall your loyal Merman Triton or similar and have him pick up the holy water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* This can be the first or last quest you choose.  If you can wait, do it last, as you will come out of it with a lot of gold, which you will need for the first scenario after the quests, ''The Vanguard''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep a very tight formation for the first night, as Shadows will hit hard and you don't want to get backstabbed or swarmed. By dawn, it should be smooth sailing.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you get anywhere near the enemy leaders' keeps, expect to get rushed by a leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* In one of the three temples there is a Vampire Lady. All you really need is a Paladin or three to rush the temples. Kill her. Game over, you win. One of the other temples has some gold; grab that first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Spy In The Woods===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Vanguard===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting a large number of orcs, trolls and other enemies in a location with a natural defensive line, where presumably an underground river has carved a line of sinkholes. This scenario will be difficult or impossible with minimum gold (200), but quite doable with a large amount of gold (450+) even on the hardest difficulty setting. Recruitment and strategy are fairly straightforward, given the board layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit a lot of units; you will need them.&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall/recruit speedy units: Knights, Lancers, Paladins, Horsemen, Outlaws, and similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recall your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up from ''The Fall'') and Spearmen/Swordsmen/Royal Guards.&lt;br /&gt;
# On subsequent turns, recall/recruit healers and other sorts of Mages, Thugs and their advancements, and Longbowmen. You will need quite a lot of healing power: 3-4 White Mages / Mages of Light and 1-2 Paladins. A Silver Mage would come in handy, since your forces will be widely spaced, but you could start with a couple of Red Mages and try to level up one or both to Silver Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# This map is smaller than fog of war and sinkholes make it appear.  Rush the west and northwest gaps with mounted units, but slow &amp;amp; strong will carry the day once the sun rises and the odds are in your favor.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Seal of all the gaps in the ring of sinkholes. When the onslaught begins, wounded units can retreat back into villages or be cared for by healers - or actually both, since soon you will be out of non-wounded units.&lt;br /&gt;
# A &amp;quot;Sitzkrieg&amp;quot; may develop, where neither side can make progress. Shift units to the southwest and break out there, using the west board edge defensively. From there, sweep northwards, taking out the western orc leader first and then the next orc leader.&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget the chest of gold, which you can see even in fog.&lt;br /&gt;
# End the scenario with the kill of the final leader, a level 3 troll.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill more than half the units of any side, a few tough undead units will appear near that side's stronghold at the edge of the map. So, this will happen three times. Beware the Chocobones. Their double damage from charge means they can take out Commander Aethyr at night just by hitting 2 for 2, and they will certainly try if they get the opportunity.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is much less difficult with extra gold. You can use Peasants to avoid going negative on gold, promoting them to Spearmen only when needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return of the Fleet===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome to the &amp;quot;kitchen sink&amp;quot; defense.  You've made it this far; now the enemy will launch a desperate defense, throwing a little bit of everything at you.  The effect is mostly psychological, but it could be a problem if you came into the scenario with minimum gold or your initial assessment causes you to drastically under-recruit. Time is money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, at least, you don't want to overrecruit. First turn, recall Mermen to assassinate the undead leader; 2 Entanglers/Netcasters and the Triton with the Storm Trident. Later, you should recruit 1 or more Silver Mages also for this taskforce as well as for causing general mayhem. It's also worth recruiting 5-10 L1/L0 units to take the brunt of the first wave of attacks; you can use any combination of Footpads, Poachers, Thugs, Spearmen, and Peasants, as you see fit. You'll want some decent L2 and L3 recalls for healing, to flank your lines, and to start kicking some butt at daybreak. A Mage or Red Mage to blast Trolls and Chocobones will level up by end of scenario. Paladins are good too. In addition to your loyal Mage of Light, you will need a bare minimum of 1 more healer.&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, don't recruit too much for fighting the undead - 2 Paladins at most, 1 or 2 Thugs, the stormy Merman, and the nearest Mage working with your land force are sufficient - the undead commander only gets 5-6 L2 recruits and they come ashore scattered (on medium, anyway). Paladins are so effective against undead that you can wade into the water after them. Just remember, Paladins can't go into deep water and undead can.&lt;br /&gt;
* On hard, you also don't want to recruit too much for fighting the undead, but it's only because going on an offensive early against them will get you crushed by a Chocobone armada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Move the Mermen (including the storm trident) as quickly as possible pretty much straight to the West. (There is a village and swamp hex that can aid your travel if you pick the best route).  Move these guys up the West side once they get there to get to the Undead Leader as quickly as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Your loyal units can do a little village grabbing, but it would be unwise to venture too far north.&lt;br /&gt;
# After nightfall, fog will appear; for the rest of the scenario, the map will become shrouded, like in a cave scenario.  So while you're still amazingly able to see, note the key terrain features, castle and city locations, and troop dispositions (especially Chocobones.)  Also, visually explore the avenues of approach you want to be able to see later.&lt;br /&gt;
# The first wave is largely at night and will have Goblin Knights and Pillagers, and later Chocobones and Troll Warriors. The damage they can cause is bone chilling, so make sure to divert their attention with plenty of spam. You want to meet them on the edge of the woodland, while inducing the orcs to fight from the grassland. Footpads and Poachers are handy here, as they have high defense in woodland. Players have had success setting up the initial line in either the north and northeast woodlands, with respect to the castle. Others have succeeded by fighting mostly from the open plain, retaining mobility by leaving the woodlands to their Footpads.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once your Mermen have taken an island city, teleport over one or more Silver Mages to help kill the undead leader - in addition to a Silver Mage, you will want the storm trident, a Netcaster/Entangler, plus one more leveled unit to be fairly sure to knock him out in one round. Quick striking like this you end up fighting a lot less undead.  You probably end up foddering one of the mermen to the Undead Archers, but the trade off is well worth it.  You can keep cycling your mermen up to fight with any orcs or trolls that come into the water. Silver Mages can assist, since they are not needed much in the other part of the fight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the undead leader is assassinated and the first wave is broken, you may advance cautiously due north or to the northwest along the coast and ultimately finish off the two orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When you are close to the break in the woods at the east board edge, tighten your formation and keep wounded units well away, as a small force of high-level Saurians will appear. Trigger them in daylight if possible, and knock them out fast. Alternatively, you can delay triggering the Saurians as long as possible by moving your force northwest near the water and then onto the small island, though even then it is possible to trigger the Saurians if you are not careful where you step. (Stepping to 10 hexes or less from 34,15 triggers the Saurians.) You can fight the final wave of orcs from the island, then move northeast to the mainland, finally triggering the Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Two cuttlefish appear when you approach the north-central island. Assuming you're sending a strike force through the water to knock out the undead commander, you really don't want to trigger these until that force is on the island - the storm trident Merman is the only thing that can stand up to them in water, and they will avoid him to attack more vulnerable units.&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill one enemy leader, the other gets more gold &amp;amp; recruits a new wave of L2s. This can be useful if you need to kill off surplus L1 units to improve the finish bonus, or if you need the XP more than the gold; otherwise, try to knock out both leaders on the same turn before they can recruit more. Alternatively, if you kill the first one at dawn, the second will be reluctant to attack with his L2s in daylight, and you might jump in and kill him before he uses them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is the final one. Therefore, loyal units are now somewhat disposable. However, you will need plenty of gold. Recruit some Peasants in the current scenario if you need to save some gold. Not only are they cheap, but they have no upkeep and Chocobones love 'em. Send a unit with leadership with them and they can even deal some amount of damage and be used to finish off wounded enemy, though at night you should just let them take the beating passively since otherwise they die too quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rise of Wesnoth===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's the final battle: be patient, recall everybody - the early finish bonus doesn't mean anything. Also, loyal units are no better than other units after your recruitment is finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need at least 300 starting gold, maybe more like 400 on the hardest difficulty level, so if need be, replay the previous scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* To stretch your money, start with loyal Iron Maulers and a couple ready-to-level level 1's and level 2's. Finally, recall as many level 3's as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: 3-6 Mages of Light / White Mages. Your few chaotic units will appreciate a White Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse units: 2-4 Paladins, 3-4 Knights / Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse escorts: about 3 speedy units, like Royal Guards, Fugitives, and Silver Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tanks: at least 6 high HP units, such as Royal Guards, Highwayman, Master Bowmen, and the loyal Iron Maulers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages: at least 3 high level Mages aside from your basic healers, so Arch Mages, Great Mages, and Silver Mages. Additional Mages of Light can be substituted.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Mermen might be useful here, but surprisingly, they're not really necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
* On 1.9.3 and earlier, you can recruit Saurian Skirmishers on medium and Skirmishers plus Ambushers on hard. This appears to be a bug, so ignore the option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will launch a two pronged assault: mounted units will race to the west and then south, while the main army heads due south.&lt;br /&gt;
* With your mounted units, race forwards by day and backwards by night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Along with the mounted units should go some escorts, speedy foot units intended to kill things like Goblin Impalers, which make even Grand Knights nervous. They would also benefit from a quick Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Meanwhile, with your tanks and the rest of your healers and support units, form a line or hedgehog in the woods just south of your keep or next to the river. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep your leaders with the main army, to avoid drawing too much attention to the mounted detachment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Maintain awareness of the overall battlefield. If the main army gets in trouble, you can send some or all of the mounted units to assist. There may be an opportunity to hammer-and-anvil enemy forces trapped in the middle. And you may wish to transfer units, like Paladins may be useful to the main army after it is on the move.&lt;br /&gt;
* You'll need at least two Paladins to kill Jevyan himself; nothing else is half as effective (except perhaps Mages of Light and suicidal Lancers).  Or you can use a pair of Great Mages (unless you are very unlucky, you should be able to kill him in a single turn). Don't forget to sacrifice Aethyr to Jevyan.  If he doesn't want to come out and play, march up to Jevyan and use a crossbow attack.  When Jevyan is dead, the yellow and green leaders may still be alive. You'll have to kill one, leaving at least one orc leader alive. You pick.  Congratulations!  Enjoy the ending!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units is within 8 hexes of a bridge, but you have no units within 2 hexes of the bridge, and there are no units on the bridge, then a Cuttle Fish will appear and destroy the bridge. This is usually disadvantageous. Not only does it leave you with a Cuttle Fish to fight, but it slows your progress south and the bad guys progress north. At least on the hardest difficulty level, it's hard to kill all the spam in time, so you don't want to impede their advance by removing the bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
* When any of your units is killed, it becomes a Walking Corpse. On hard, it becomes a Soulless, which makes it important to be careful with your level 2's, especially Lancers.&lt;br /&gt;
* After the first orc leader is killed, then some gold goes to mister Lich. It's 40, 80, or 120 gold, for easy, medium, and hard, respectively.  The lich will receive some gold once you kill his Familiar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See Also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MainlineCampaigns]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - The Rise of Wesnoth]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55336</id>
		<title>TheRiseOfWesnoth</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55336"/>
		<updated>2014-07-12T23:33:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* A Final Spring */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Strategy Guide for The Rise of Wesnoth Campaign ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Campaign strategy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the course of this campaign, you will need to level up to some:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: White Mages/Mages of Light (at least four)&lt;br /&gt;
* Undead killers: Paladins (two)&lt;br /&gt;
* Mobile strikers: Silver Mages (at least one, preferably more), Grand Knights (several), Fugitives (one or more helps)&lt;br /&gt;
* Damage sinks: Royal Guards, Iron Maulers, Highwaymen, Halberdiers, level 3 Burin, and again Grand Knights&lt;br /&gt;
* Leaders: level 3 Haldric, level 3 Lady Outlaw, and much later level 3 Commander Aethyr &lt;br /&gt;
* Ranged attackers: Great Mages (can use several in the last scenario), Longbowmen/Master Bowmen (two), Trapper/Huntsman (one is helpful)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Mage of Light, one Paladin, and five Grand Knights make a perfect assault team!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Horsemen are key for the first three or four scenarios, it's important not to be too reliant on horse units through the middle part of the campaign, as there are many hard levels underground, in swamps, in water, or against Saurians; use XP from the scenario ''The Vanguard'' to get to 2 Paladins and 2+ Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't overlook Pikemen/Halberdiers, which are useful in many levels; pierce attacks work well against Drakes and against the dragon, and they are handy for defensive roles especially repelling Wolf Riders. They are less good against undead, though, and don't get that +1 MP Royal Guard speed bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to many undead opponents, you will want to recruit many Thugs at times, and get a few (the quick ones, since you need them underground) leveled up. Footpads help too, once leveled up. Due to swamps, you will sometimes be spamming Poachers, which get marksmanship once at level 3. These, plus Lady Outlaw, give tactical options at other levels too: some decent chaotic troops form an ideal reserve, since you can attack with your lawful troops at dawn, and by nightfall when you need to heal them, use some chaotic troops to either continue the attack or to shield your healing lawful units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some recommended units to have obtained by specific scenarios:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The Fall - 1 Knight&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. A Harrowing Escape - 1 White Mage, 2 Knights, plus about-to-level troops&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4a. The Midlands - avoid, go to The Swamp of Eden instead&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4b. The Swamp of Eden - level 2 Haldric, level 2 Lady Outlaw, 2 Knights, 2 Shocktroopers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. Temple of the Deep - level 3 Haldric, level 3 Burin, 1-2 Mages of Light or several Outlaws / quick Bandits&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8. Clearwater Port - level 3 Lady Outlaw, 3 White Mages / Mages of Light, 3 Iron Maulers / Royal Guards / Halberdiers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
12. A Final Spring - 1-2 Silver Mages&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
14. Rough Landing - the 3 loyal Mermen from the previous scenario, ''Peoples in Decline''[glandis] In 1.8.6, there was no opportunity for 3 loyal mermen - maybe this was in an older version? And only Merman fighters can be recruited - no Netcaster upgardes are possible&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17a. The Dragon - up to 4 White Mages / Mages of Light&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17d. Cursed Island - 1 Paladin&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
19. The Vanguard - 4 Knights/Lancers/Grand Knights, 2 Paladins (or about-to-level Knights)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
20. Return of the Fleet - 1 Mermen Entangler, 1 Merman Triton with Storm Trident, level 3 Commander Aethyr desirable&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
22. The Rise of Wesnoth - 2 Paladins, 3 Royal Guards, 4 Mages of Light&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because the campaign is long and you won't be able to recall all your level 3's in the final scenario, it pays to create some &amp;quot;uber-units&amp;quot;. An example is a quick, resilient Silver Mage that has been AMLA advanced a few times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
===A Summer Of Storms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively easy scenario, so gear your recruitment and strategy with an eye towards gathering XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# For the first round, recruit 2-3 Horsemen and the rest can be all Spearmen or a mix of Spearmen and Bowmen as you see fit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Then, you should probably hire Bowmen and more Spearmen. Whatever Bowmen you can get advanced will be useful later on for fighting the many trolls, grunts, and riders you will encounter. Note, however, that you will not have any healers until you level up at least one mage to White Mage status, and the sooner you can do that the better. Red mages will also prove very useful in subsequent scenarios, so consider recruiting at least two mages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used at least three strategies with success...&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: Send the horsemen with the king over the bridge, and the others should follow or start going over the mountain, to avoid being attacked from behind. Send subsequent Spearmen and Bowmen on the &amp;quot;over-the-bridge&amp;quot; road, and when the Prince and final troops have just about caught up, march on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;hide in the swamp&amp;quot; strategy: Proceed much like the above, but send the king with 3 Horsemen to capture the nearest houses, then retreat into the swamp area until you have your lawful bonus to kill off troops during the day. To hold them back, you can use a Spearman and a Mage (to level him.)&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sandbagging&amp;quot; strategy: On the hardest difficulty level, the initial enemy assault will only be easy to handle by entrenching your troops behind the river. Use the king to block the bridge initially, while Spearmen handle the shoreline just north and Horsemen carefully flag villages across the river. Run the king around, lending his leadership as you massacre the stupid enemy troops that have jumped like lemmings into the water. &lt;br /&gt;
* For all these options, you will also need to send a squad north into the mountains and around into the flank of the enemy. A quick Spearman, a quick Bowman, and one other unit, possibly a quick Mage, should be more than sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
* When you see that the fronts are under control, stop recruiting and send prince Haldric and your Mages over the bridge on a quest for XP, assisted by the leadership of the king, and converge on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Fall===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that looks scary, but it is only moderately difficult with proper recruitment and strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall or recruit Spearmen and Bowmen to man the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horsemen/Knights are desirable, because you probably do not yet have a White Mage, and the villages are widely spaced.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recalling or recruiting Mages for XP gathering is highly advisable for future scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are three basic approaches to take out the outlaw leader...&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Brute force&amp;quot; strategy: You can march west with a large army and use part of it to hold northwestern orc. Use the rest to fight outlaws and kill the leader. This strategy requires a lot of troops but it can bring you plenty of experience and can bring a quick victory.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: You can assassinate the outlaw leader. One way is to wait until the orcs have killed almost all outlaws and then assassinate the outlaw leader with Knights, rushing over the enemy camp's bridge and into the keep. This strategy is risky because orcs can kill the leader before you.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination via the mountain pass&amp;quot; strategy: Another way to assassinate the leader is to send a squad through the southern mountains to the outlaw keep. Two Mages and three Spearmen are enough. You may wish to substitute one of the Spearmen with a Knight or Horseman, though horse units have only a narrow passage devoid of mountains and could get pinned by the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
* On the hardest difficulty level, you may be forced to assassinate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Saving the loyal Heavy Infantrymen (or Shock Troopers on easy) pays off in later scenarios. To save all three, move them south towards the outlaws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you eliminate the HP of the Lady Outlaw, she offers to help you. If you say yes, she comes back as a loyal unit in future scenarios and you will be able to recruit outlaw units, plus she cannot be killed in the next couple of scenarios (instead, she disappears when she goes to zero HP, and comes back the next scenario.) This is quite valuable. If you say no and try to kill her, you find out she cannot be killed. However, you do get 200 gold that she leaves behind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The following scenario (''A Harrowing Escape'') is a handful on the hardest difficulty level. On hard, your goal should be a carryover of almost 150 gold (so you have 250 starting gold), so although Lady Outlaw's assistance is worth much more than 80 gold (40% of 200), you may be forced to choose the gold. Another thing you need to beat the following scenario on hard is a White Mage at or near the start of the scenario. Also, about-to-level units will be especially nice for their self-healing ability and low initial upkeep. Steer XP accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Harrowing Escape===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much easier on lower difficulty levels, calling for different strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On easy/medium...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: You should recruit/recall at least one, possibly two Mages here, and use them for killing Goblin Spearmen and finishing off injured Wolf Riders in the hills &amp;amp; mountains bordering the valley. Other than the Mages, simply recruit what you want, and go along the road. You get enough villages to pay upkeep for quite some army, and can give some of them a bit of experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Leave a few units in the rear, as the enemy can cross hills quickly. Note that Footpads and Outlaws will also cross hills at reasonable speed, if you need to hunt down some units. There are two castle tiles about halfway down, try to send Lady Outlaw and Brunin the Lost to them, they make good guards in case the enemy tries to come straight up. You can also send a couple groups of units down southeast to the lake, so you can prevent the Green team (southeast) from coming up the river. You can also kill the two Orcish Grunts (or Warriors on medium) on the southern castle tiles and then move Lady Outlaw and Brunin to them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On hard...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: To beat this scenario on the hardest difficulty level, you need some level 2 (or better yet, about-to-level level 1) units already and decent starting gold. It has been beaten on hard with as little as 158 starting gold, 200 is still difficult, and 250+ makes it relatively easy. You can stretch your gold a bit by not going negative on upkeep and waiting until you can't wait any longer to do one last round of recruiting, recalling mostly level 2's. For timing your final recruitment, watch the wolves that are likely trying to flank through the mountains south of your keep. Another requirement for beating this scenario is a White Mage (or two.) If need be, you must promote a Mage (or two) &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;tout de suite&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, as you will be dealing with severe damage and assassins, while only having easy access to 2 or 3 villages initially. Horsemen and Knights are useful for dissipating damage by serving as meat shields against blades and then running off to remote villages to heal. Quick Horsemen are especially nice, as they can transfer between two strategically placed villages in one turn, for healing on the go. Horsemen, Knights, and Swordsmen are useful for swatting assassins. If you can recruit outlaws, a couple of Footpads are nice for village grabbing. Thieves are also good because they are cheap, the Grunts are fond of attacking them, and they often survive on 70% defense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Near the start of combat, it's crucial to kill the first waves quickly: the wolves and assassins. More important than terrain is avoiding getting flanked, so mobility of individual units is key; if you climb up deep into the mountains, you will have a harder time with mobility than staying on or near the valley floor. Additionally, many of your units cannot go on mountain hexes, so it's easier to maintain your lines if everyone stays close to the valley. It's easier to make a stand at the keep and northern river bank, but this approach can be too costly in terms of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium/hard, you can lure out the roadside guard Warriors one at a time by putting a unit within attack range of one (and out of range of the other.) They mostly come at night. Mostly. That is, the Warriors might not bite bait put out during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have Lady Outlaw, note that she has leadership, which will be useful to help promote Prince Haldric, if he is still level 0. It's worth advancing her to level 2, to continue to provide leadership to level 1 Haldric and your other level 1's. You may also make use of her odd ability &amp;quot;distract&amp;quot;, which allows adjacent allied units to ignore ZOCs. And Lady Outlaw allows you to recruit outlaw types. On hard especially, Thugs can be useful as meat shields and to provide strong attacks at night when your lawful forces are crippled. Remember too that Lady Outlaw cannot be permanently killed (at least not yet), so when desperate times call for desperate measures, you can move her into a suicidal position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* It helps that there are two enemy sides as opposed to a twice as strong single enemy side. If one of your units could be attacked by 3 enemies, but 1 of these hexes is currently blocked by the other side, the currently moving enemy decides to attack units which it (they) is (are) actually less likely to kill than that one. AIs don't cooperate, that is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are stuck on this scenario, you may need to replay one or both of the previous scenarios and/or choose to &amp;quot;kill&amp;quot; Lady Outlaw in the previous scenario so you get her gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There is Dwarf Steelclad in the village at 8,5. It's not far from your camp, so send Lady Outlaw there. Dwarf joins you because &amp;quot;It has been a long time since he felt the satisfying crunch of Orcs under his Axe.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you kill the first orc leader, an Orcish Slayer and two Assassins will pop out of nowhere, so you would be wise not to have any wounded units stuck without movement points at that point. Also, the other leader will get an infusion of gold and start recruiting on all available hexes, so if you can sit on some of those hexes first, it will help keep the situation from getting out of control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* At the end, you will be given the choice of the river/swamp road or the midlands/orc road. These fork to the scenarios ''The Swamp of Esten'' and ''The Midlands'', respectively. The swamp scenario is relatively easy, while ''The Midlands'' could cost you some leveled units or even prove impossible to beat if you are low on gold. Also, the swamp gives you a free loyal White Mage, so it's a no brainer, unless you want more of a challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: it would be wise to have at least 1 White Mage before going to the scenario ''The Swamp of Esten''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Midlands====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orcs again. But you chose that way. This scenario may appear impossible, but with a lot of gold and a little strategy, it can be beat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are given plenty of time, so use it wisely. The enemies send lots of orcs, mostly weak ones. So recruit and recall everything you can.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall any White Mages you have. You'll need them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bowmen are good for the wolf units you will be facing.&lt;br /&gt;
* The rest depends on your strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Fast Assault&amp;quot; option: use an assassination team. If you go west, only your Knights and Horsemen will arrive and fight at daytime. So go south. Take the bridge and defend against the enemy closing in from the west. Take out Yellow with a fast assault team (they should take a healer along), but be careful about the leader. Your main force moves west, takes and holds the second bridge, and takes out Blue. Your assault team stays in the south and goes for the last enemy leader - they won't face any serious resistance. The enemy moves north to support Blue. The HI guarding the bridge might gain a level or die, but hopefully not the latter, as they are loyal units in a long campaign. With this approach, you can finish early (around 25 turns) and keep your losses low.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Dark Assault&amp;quot; option: use Footpads.  If you chose to work with the the outlaws in the last round, then this works well.  Footpads are cheap.  And they are fast.  And they have good defensive abilities.  Plus they fight well in the dark and in the forest.  So recruit lots of Footpads-pawns and quickly dispatch them to the upper west and south, followed by more powerful units: Mages, Horsemen, etc.  For the time being, leave the middle enemy alone.  To the upper west, send several Footpads into the forest and capture the village and set up a defensive line.  This cuts down the enemy's gold and increases yours.  Don't attack at first, just defend, until more of your slow higher powered units arrive. The strategy here is to pick off the orcs, and send the Horsemen to capture villages.  While this is going, to the south you send your Footpads to capture any villages you can and, more importantly, put a Footpad on the hex that is adjacent to the bridge, thereby stopping easy advancement of their greater numbered troops. A White Mage, a couple Trappers and some Bowmen would make a good escort. Probably sending a Thief or two would be good too, to help dispatch any enemy that infiltrate the villages north of the river. one enemy got into one of the villages on the north of river, and it took a lot to dislodge him.  The intention is to engage the enemy so that they are fighting from the river squares, at a huge disadvantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Swamp Of Esten====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not hard if you are conservative and don't send important units off alone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall 1-2 quick Knights (or Paladins, if you have them), recruit 1-2 Horsemen, and recall your loyal Shocktroopers or whatever they are now.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next round, recruit/recall Mages to kill Scorpions (and Bats) and at least one White Mage to deal with poison, plus maybe a Poacher or Trapper or two, as they are good in swamp (and you would like a Huntsman eventually, for its markmanship.)&lt;br /&gt;
# A little Thug spam can come next, but you don't need a full third round of recruitment. Then send Prince Haldric off to lend his leadership.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Head to the northeastern leader first. Try to kill Dark Adepts with Burin or horse units before they have a chance to attack you. As you close in on the leader, hover your mouse over him to watch where he can go, as at night his ranged attack is nasty and can be followed up by waves of kamikaze Walking Corpses, which can take out a Knight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After you have killed the northeastern leader and eliminated troops there, you can either send your whole army back across the ford and south or split your army into two halves, sending one part to each leader. If you have lost several units but have lots of turns left, it's probably safer to stick together. This is not a simple mop-up operation, as powerful undead can take out some of your valuable units if you're not careful. On hard, Shadows are a threat at night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Searching the temples is a good idea. Some have gold. There is a free loyal White Mage hiding in (a random) one of the temples - visit the temple close to the keep ASAP, and if not there, try rushing a horse unit or Lady Outlaw to the temple at 19,5. However, some of the temples contain undead, so keep extra troops nearby when you enter one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main challenge in this scenario is keeping your ally alive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your (probably leveled up) Heavy Infantry from The Fall and some quick Spearmen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recruit/recall Thugs, Bowmen, and Spearmen, preferably quick.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round, recall 2-3 White Mages (or Mages of Light) and maybe some quick Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Your forces will have three main combat arenas: the northeast, the south, and the middle.&lt;br /&gt;
# The castle in the middle is inhabited by the tree folk. The orcs have almost the perfect anti-wose force, heavy on fire (Orcish Crossbowmen and Pillagers), so your ally is going to need your help. Send 2-4 units to the castle and another 4-8 units northeast of the castle to block the enemy advancing from that direction.&lt;br /&gt;
# Split the rest of your forces to go northeast and south, 4-6 units each, with a White Mage in each force. Your loyal Heavy Infantry / Shocktroopers should head south. Sending Haldric south might help take some of the heat off the woses.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Tips...&lt;br /&gt;
* If you send a White Mage or Mage of Light to the wose castle, it will let any adjacent wose cure+heal or sometimes regenerate+heal (16 points.) That's because of the side sequence within a turn: player, orcs, woses. For example, after the orcs attack with poison, the woses cure themselves, and then your leveled mage will heal any adjacent wose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The temple contains the entrance to the catacombs, but you need the leader Wose's help to open it, and to get that help you have to win the current scenario, so there is no point in visiting this temple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is in the catacombs, i.e., underground, and it's a tough one, so you need to groom your roster accordingly. Two Mages of Light would make it a whole lot easier. Failing that, level up your fearless loyal Shocktrooper and chaotic outlaw types. Bandits/Highwaymen and Fugitives are especially nice. Quick units of almost any type (except horse units) will be helpful, if leveled and possessing high HP (&amp;gt;50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Temple in the Deep===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be facing undead underground. This is a difficult situation that will prove much easier with proper recruitment. Then the strategy will be fairly straightforward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All in all, what you need is a small elite force. Two rounds of recalls is enough, if you didn't lose Burin in a prior scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers, though their slow movement will prove frustrating. Also on the first round, recall a fast &amp;quot;tank&amp;quot; and someone to grab the holy water.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recall any Mages of Light you might already have, and a total of at least two White Mages or Mages of Light, preferably quick. For the rest of your recruitment, what you need are high movement (6+ MP) non-horse units with high hitpoints (&amp;gt;50 HP). It helps if they are chaotic (or at least neutral) and/or have ranged or impact attacks. Put all the requirements together and it points to Fugitives. Outlaws and quick Arch Mages are worth recalling too. Fill out the rest with other high HP units. Note that horse units are too sluggish in caves and should not be recalled/recruited unless you have a compelling reason.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round (optional), you can add a unit or two for a safety margin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# There are two ways north, but they will meet up together. First thing you will see are Tentacles. You can either ignore the Tentacles for the most part or use them for XP. Your main initial objective is to find a good place to make a stand against the nasty wave of undead coming from the north. The chokepoints and southern shoreline offer good defensive locations. Watch out for the enemy's Bone Shooters, Revenants and Deathblades, as they could easily mess up a level 3 unit. &lt;br /&gt;
# Once the flow of baddies as tapered off, gradually progress northwards. Once you get into the final chamber, the boss should be a piece of cake, although his ranged attack is devastating, so try to attack him with melee units. Be careful if he has recruits around, as their combined damage can take down one of your level 3's. Note that the Ruby can only be picked up by Haldric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Holy water: The best choice for the Holy Water is a quick Bandit, who should level quickly. A quick Highwayman could be used, but won't benefit much from the XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* XP: Use this level to get experience. The early-finish bonus is tiny. The Tentacles are perfect for leveling up units. Keep Burin away from the water at this stage, or he'll kill all tentacles as they attack, depriving those who could benefit from the XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your killed units will be turned into Walking Corpses (or Soulless on hard.) Therefore, spam is not helpful. A Mage or Thug can be okay, if used with great care, but mostly you need to recall leveled troops here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return to Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Clearwater Port===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is easy if you take the first boat out, more and more challenging for the second and third boats, and very difficult (on hard) if you want to take out all three leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers from ''The Fall.'' You will also want several Footpads, for speedy village snatching, coastline defending (under leader supervision), and possibly for filling castle hexes if your lines get too thin.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recruit/recall more low maintenance units. It's a good scenario for leveling troops, so recalling acouple half-leveled Spearmen or similar is a good idea.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third and later turns, start recalling your high maintenance units. The key to winning this scenario is to recall several advanced units that can take a lot of damage and get good defense in castles (no Horsemen). You will also want at least 3 White Mages or Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Backstab your ally, stealing all his villages. Your ally is useless anyway, except for the entertainment value from his troops' suicide runs. The income is much better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
# Send your heavy duty troops with some White Mages over to the line of castle near Lt. Aethyr. (Optionally, you can rush forward past the castle, but you will need to return almost as quickly before the main enemy wave and night arrive.) Aethyr will usually be done recruiting by the second or third turn, before the enemy reaches you, so fill the entire line with your units, and put Knight Sir Rudry in the one non castled tile (or leave it empty, if no enemy are adjacent.) Place the White Mages behind this line. After the enemy has reached you and it is your turn to attack, go mostly for the assasins, as they have a weak melee attack and their poison can be a huge problem. Alternatively to using the castle (from (26,18) to (24,15)) to defend, the front line can lead through the villages at (30,17) and (30,18). This will make your line much shorter, it becomes much more of a bottleneck fight and offsets your enemy's superior numbers, since some of their units just move around with all spots to attack occupied; you only have to give up 1 village and 2 front units instaheal without mages. Place your strongest units on the weakest spot (29,20) and a Mage of Light on (30,19), he will hardly be attacked as the hex before him is used to attack (29,20). This shorter line requires less units on your side and also has the great advantage that there are much less 40% defense spots to attack you. They will flank you at the sides but stand on ice or sand then.&lt;br /&gt;
# Meanwhile, on the northeastern coast, the northern enemy leader will send lots of units to catch your flank unguarded. Send 2 Footpads, a Spearman, Lady Jessene, and Haldric to guard the coast. If Lady Jessene is already level 3, you can substitute a Royal Guard, Swordsman, or Javelineer for Haldric. This coastline defense squad may need help later, so be ready to divert a speedy powerful unit there. If you keep a healthy unit on the village at the tip of the land, then, unless you are very unlucky, you will be able to hold off everything the northern leader sends. After the assault from the water has been crushed, some of your troops may be able to cross the ford north, but be careful not to get attacked in the water with only 20% defense. (Certain of your chaotic units do have 40% defense in water; now is a good time to pay attention to that.) Also, notice that the lighthouse has a similar effect as a Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
# You have two options for the endgame:&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Total victory&amp;quot; strategy: Once you've thinned the enemy to where they only have a few units that are close to your line, usually this happens conveniently around dawn, move your people out and start heading for their leaders. Split your force, sending a few down the southern path, to distract the eney and most of them toward the middle leader, to kill him. Once he's dead, send some of your army down to kill the southern leader and devote a few units to defending the bridge until the rest of your army can rejoin you. A unit or two with a lot of HP with a white mage are usually enough to do this.&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Run like hell&amp;quot; strategy: Alternatively, you can leave your leader near the docks and take one of the boats to end the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fallen Lich Point===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a high variance scenario. It may be easy or hard, depending on events beyond your control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit fairly lightly initially, as you will likely have a chance to use the Lich's keep to recruit again.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages, White Mages, and Mages of Light are good, and as are all the other advancements of Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* You automatically should have your loyal Knight. Because of the mountains around &amp;quot;lichland&amp;quot; and frozen ground everywhere else, additional horse units are not recommended, except a single Paladin will come in handy.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Thugs or a Bandit or Highwayman will provide a little extra undead bashing power.&lt;br /&gt;
* Footpads will help with village flagging.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy... &lt;br /&gt;
# The Orcs will be busy with the Yetis, so you can walk with a big group south and kill the Lich-Lord. Move Haldric to the stone monument to de-petrify the Lich. It may help to post some units around the undead before doing so. Use several mages to make a hole or two in the ring of undead, and then push in a burly fighter or two and/or Paladin to kill the Lich.&lt;br /&gt;
# After killing the Lich, assess the Orc/Yeti situation (as well as the village flagging situation) and decide if you need to use the Lich's keep to recruit some reinforcements.&lt;br /&gt;
# After that, head north and walk into the sewer entrance (the &amp;quot;cave&amp;quot;) or else kill the orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* It is also possible, if you recruit heavily, to split your force and head north to attack the eastern Orcs before they finish with the Yetis.  However, be careful not to be attacked by a Yeti yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
* When dealing with the Lich, be aware that he has money; if you let him vacate any of his encampment tiles, or if you kill any of his units but do not occupy their tiles, he will be able to recruit.  (This is not necessarily all bad, as it can mean more experience, but depending on the strength of your force you may want to be careful.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sewer of Southbay===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a swampy underground scenario, but with attention to recruitment, it's not very difficult.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* As always underground, you want non-horse units with 6+ MP.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall White Mages / Mages of Light, at least two, three is probably the optimal number.&lt;br /&gt;
* There are quite a few villages in this cave, so an expensive force is supportable, though not necessary. Some players recruit a large and spammy force, while others go with small and elite:&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 1, &amp;quot;Large and spammy&amp;quot; recruitment: Recruit four each of Mages, Thugs, and Poachers. Yes, Poachers normally stink, but here they really shine in a swamp that is permanently dark, underground. If you recruit four Poachers, you could finish with three Trappers and a Huntsman - or you could finish with four dead Poachers. The Thugs are especially likely to die, as they will be facing off against Red Mages, but somebody has to do it.&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 2, &amp;quot;Small and elite&amp;quot; recruitment: Recall something like one Red Mage, one Arch Mage, one Silver Mage, 2 two Royal Guards/Highwaymen/etc, and a Trapper or Huntsman, plus three regular Mages and a Poacher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# After leaving your initial chamber, you will be in a large swamp room with three entrances, through which will be a flood of bad guys. Use two Poachers and a Thug or similar to blockade the southeast, a small elite group to block the north, and then a mix of fighters and mages to handle the west entrance. Give each group a White Mage or Mage of Light, as well as at least one regular Mage. Try to keep the Mages of Light away from your chaotic forces on the front lines, though. Use the leadership of Haldric and Lady Jessene - and Mage of Light illumination or lack thereof - to get the most from each attack.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the initial battle has died down, you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
## If you have enough forces, you can divide into two groups and attack both brothers simultanously, east and west.&lt;br /&gt;
## Otherwise, do them one after the other, and then look for the exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Danger: there is a Giant Spider at the exit. You may wish to keep one or two cannon fodder units in order to be able to save your advanced units.  It is best to use ranged attacks against the spider, so leveled mages are good here.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is a lot easier with a lot of gold, especially on the hardest difficulty level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Southbay in Winter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Final Spring===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a large battle, and any mistake on any front can spell doom, but overall it will be fairly easy on the easier difficulty levels. On hard, it still is easy given enough gold (370 or so.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# On the first turn, recall a Silver Mage to teleport to the island, recruit Footpads for village snatching, recall one or more of your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''The Fall''), and recall one or more Knights or similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, continue with this theme, but it will be nightfall soon, so recall Outlaws, Bandits, Assassins, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn three is a bit more of the same, but you need to start thinking about preserving your income and also keeping a gold reserve. You can spam some peasants to preserve cash and income.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn four turn is more of the same.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn five, you will have new recruitment options (see spoiler at walkthrough end.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy is broken into three fronts...&lt;br /&gt;
# The first front is the south land area. Do a counter-clockwise sweep. Mounted units augmented with Footpads are a good choice. Note that it will be nightfall soon after game start, so it might be wise to delay any serious mounted assault until the next day, and you can delay your recalls for this.&lt;br /&gt;
# The second front is the walled city. Move slower units and your loyal White Mage / Mage of Light to defend here. Take your ally's villages; your ally wouldn't do much useful with the money anyway. When your units from the second front complete their sweep, you can break the remaining southern forces against the city wall in a hammer and anvil. Then your united forces can move north. On easy, you may be able to push north more quickly than that using just part of your city troops.&lt;br /&gt;
# The third front is the two small islands. Send a Silver Mage there ASAP. (You should have a village already there, so the Silver Mage can teleport over.) Footpads/Outlaws/Fugitives, Rangers, and others will help later. Lady Jessene could be used. A quick White Mage or Mage of Light would be useful, either on the coast or on the islands. Do not use Assassins on this front. Assassins have relatively weak defense in water against Orcs and Nagas, they're very weak against blade, which is all orcs and nagas use, and their relatively slow movement in water makes backstab hard to use reliably. Overall, you need to devote more resources to this front than you might think.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also keep an eye on the peninsula north of your keep. Wolf Riders and others might mount an amphibious assault in an effort to flank your troops. On the easier difficulty levels, you may wish to beat the punch and quickly establish a bridgehead on the other side of the bay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* You should have lots of high-level units now, so concentrate on recruiting new ones and levelling them up to fill needs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Peasants are useful as placeholders for villages and distractions for the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 4, a gang of nasty undead show up in the east. So, for your city taskforce, you'll want to recruit/recall units with impact and arcane attacks. Note that if undead capture villages, they will be flagged with the Orc island boss' black flag! This can result in an overwhelming number of Nagas, and it's one reason that you must devote a lot of resources to the island campaign. Re-flag any black flag villages quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 5, a gang of nasty Mermen show up in the west. Fortunately, they are on your side. You can now recruit Mermen. This is the real reason to keep a gold reserve until this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Peoples in Decline===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a bloody scenario versus Drakes. It can be a real challenge on the hardest difficulty setting, less so on the easier levels. Proper recruitment is more important than strategy here, as you will have little opportunity to maneuver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Drakes can be dangerous, so this is a great scenario to use the time honored technique of cannon fodder. Now that you can recruit level 0 units for cheap, you can protect your higher level units by recruiting endless Peasants to distract the Drakes' firepower.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drakes are vulnerable to pierce attacks, so spam cheap pierce attack units. In addition to Peasants, there are Poachers, Bowmen, Peasants, Spearmen, Merman Fighters, and Merman Hunters. Poachers are key here, due to the swampy terrain and their chaotic alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need about 3 White Mages / Mages of Light in all.&lt;br /&gt;
* On your last turn of recruitment when you have about 80 gold, recall some advanced units, like Master Bowmen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Since you will have a lot of level 1 and 0 units, make sure to use the leadership of Prince Haldric and Lady Jessene.&lt;br /&gt;
* Look for opportunities to heal via leveling up.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pay attention to the day-night cycle in this scenario. Drakes will be strong during day, but become very weak in the night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Take advantage of the mountains for defense, but note that on hard, you need to set up a relatively small perimeter around your base, as you will be hard pressed to even hold a small area.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be careful with your loyals.&lt;br /&gt;
* Because most Drakes have powerful ranged attacks, the roles of your melee and ranged units are reversed from the norm. Whereas usually you would use fighters to protect archers, here you will use archers to protect fighters. Melee-only units should hide behind the lines until they attack, preferably at night (with a Mage of Light supplying illumination.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure you get the Storm Trident in the middle of the sea, but be certain that you've cleared most of the Drakes first, since a Sea Serpent will appear. It's best to have some strong units ready to kill it in 1 or 2 turns. You can give the trident to Lord Typhon, but since he leaves a bit later, you may want to give it to another Merman Fighter. Movement over land is important for Mermen in the campaign as a whole.  If the Merman Fighter to whom you give the storm trident has the Quick attribute, you can make him a Hoplite when he gets to level 3.  Otherwise, make him a Triton, because movement over land is important for Mermen in this campaign as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rough Landing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting Nagas and Vampire Bats, primarily. This is a scenario that may be frustrating on the easier difficulty levels, though on hard it is just par for the course. Good recruitment and strategy will save you from getting slaughtered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are probably going to go negative on gold and be unable to rectify that with the paultry early finish bonus, so you might as will go very negative and be resigned to start the next scenario with minimum gold.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit/recall many Mermen and 1 or 2 White Mages or Mages of Light. A few Peasants can be useful to pad out your force, distract the enemy, and protect villages from stray Bats. A Silver Mage can be useful for island hopping but is not essential. Thieves/Assassins are blade vulnerable, and Nagas only use blades, so it's probably best not to recall them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Knock out the southeastern leader in a blitz. It's important to get that out of the way, because a wave of Nagas is advancing at light speed from the north.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next, hurriedly set up a line in the water alongside your fortress island. Your fortress troops can anchor one flank, while Burin the Dwarf can go to the island to the northeast to anchor the other end of your line. Nobody messes with Burin. Move Lady Jessene behind the lines to lend her support to the Mermen. Your loyal Mage of Light will be able to move back and forth more (to lend illumination) if kept in the fortress area.&lt;br /&gt;
# Finally, once the enemy assault wave has been broken, advance northward to kill the final two leaders in a straightforward mop-up operation. Just be careful not leave isolated units where they can get swarmed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints/Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to level up the mermen; they can be useful in another scenario later.&lt;br /&gt;
* Beware of Sea Serpents. Three of them will appear, one on each of the three turns following your first kill of an enemy unit. Make sure to kill them at once. The Storm Trident from the previous scenario and the Ruby of Fire will come in handy against the Serpents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A New Land===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a non-scenario. The scenario objectives tell you to avoid all confrontation for as long as possible, but actually the faster your units encounter the others the faster the scenario will end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* None necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The optimal strategy for gold carryover is to grab the three closest villages, then retreat to your keep and wait. Once one attack occurs, the non-scenario will be over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* One thing to keep in mind is that this the last chance you have to grab some more Mermen as their king leaves.  They are quite helpful in a later scenario so grabbing a few extra here cannot hurt if you can spare the gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Ka'lian===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story, with your choice of four battles next.  You have to beat them all in whatever order.  The amount of gold you have should be the factor in deciding when you choose to play Cursed Isle (the undead problem).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All four scenarios have to be beaten, but in whatever order you choose.&lt;br /&gt;
====The Dragon====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not as difficult as it looks, though your recruitment and strategy need to be tailored to fight the Saurian Skirmishers and other foes you will face here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Saurians use piercing attacks mostly, so it's better to use units resistant to pierce. Pikemen and Halberdiers have 40% pierce resistance. Javelineers are ideal as Saurians use ranged attacks a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
* You may wish to bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers. They are ineffective against the 70% impact resistant Mudcrawlers, while also vulnerable to the ranged attacks of both Mudcrawlers and Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consider adopting a force of all units with ranged attacks, save for horse and thief units, which can be kept behind the lines when not in use. It is amusing when Saurian Augers are forced to tap your units with their little staffs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers are a necessity to deal with the heavy damage your units will be sustaining. Depending on the strategy you adopt, you will want 2-4 healers. Mages of Light rock here, as they can easily do front line duty in pairs and their illumination blinds the Saurians, reducing their damage.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need something to clean up mud. Versus level 0 Mudcrawlers, Horsemen and their advancements can charge with no counterattack, and likewise Thieves and their advancements can backstab with no counterattack. Mages can be used as well on the fire vulnerable mud.&lt;br /&gt;
* A Merman or two will help with water hexes. An Entangler's slow ability will help tame the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used many different strategies with success:&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Fighting Saurians requires a disciplined formation.  If you're used to stringing out troops to move them into position as they get there, that won't work after Turn 2 or 3. You can use a &amp;quot;healing hedgehog&amp;quot; of ten troops--two white mages next to each other and eight troops completely encircling them.  If someone gets badly injured, move them to the inside and put a white mage on one of the long edges, fighting as you go.  If you're trying for the big bonus, you'll need two hedgehogs.  Try to keep reserves back a bit in cities.  If the terrain favorably protects you, or the wounded is a fast unit, you can try moving wounded back to cities too.  Once the main wave of Saurians is broken, you can string non-wounded troops out a bit in the rush for the leaders. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Triangular Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Switching wounded units to the inside of the hedgehog can be a problem if you are surrounded. ZOC prevents you from creating an open hex to move the inner unit into. You can fix this by creating a triangle with three hexes inside, instead of the standard two of the hedgehog. If you do this on your castle, only three units are in grasslands. If you set it right, you can make most of the hexes adjacent to your triangle be grassland as well, forcing the Saurians into a bad defensive position. In terms of unit positioning, the simplest way is to fill two inner spaces with Mages of Light, a but a better tactic is to put one of the mages on an edge, thereby ensuring that all but one of your units are healing. The remaining unit can either be a Merman Hoplite, (prefereably resilient and carrying a Storm Trident) or Lady Jessene, since she has excellent defense and is chaotic and therefore benefits by not being in the Mages' light. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Giant Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Recruit a lot of units, and then move the whole army as one big bulk. Keep healers in the middle (about four), rotate stronger units outwards, and make sure you leave no gaps. The Saurians will slip through the tiniest gap and kill your weak units. Head first for the east or wast leader, but steer for good terrain, because your force will soon be swarmed until about turn 10, when there should be many few Saurians alive.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Standard Line&amp;quot; strategy: Form a line from the west board edge diagonally up towards your keep across the two villages just in front of the forest. You will probably wish to bend upwards at the forest, rather than running the line all the way to the keep. Whenever the Saurians have a small number of troops at your line and you have enough strength to kill them all, you can advance your whole line one hex south, allowing you to get additional attacks on them from non-frontline troops. Once you advance a unit to the first water hex at west board edge, the west leader will probably come out to greet it, so be ready to fry him with Haldric's ruby. After killing the leader, back up into good terrain to prepare to meet the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Wake the Dragon&amp;quot; strategy: Prematurely wake the dragon (see spoiler below) and back up your troops to north of your keep. When the dragon comes, kill him. The scenario can be over on turn 7. There is no early finish bonus for this, but you can recruit lightly so that you still have gold at the end and will carry-over 40%, if you need it for your next scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* With all these strategies, the Saurians may hold back for quite a while. This is okay, as the Dragon will eventually appear and come to you. Kill it. Then you are given a choice of whether to end the scenario or to try to kill all the enemy leaders before time runs out. You can choose to finish the remaining Saurians for a nice bonus. However, on the hardest difficulty setting the turn limit (33 turns) is insufficient for you to plow through the vast hordes of level 0 spam to get to the leaders, so it's best to simply end the scenario after killing the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The dragon will awake on turn 15 or when you move a unit down around the road north of the mountains. If you wish to wake the dragon prematurely, you can recruit a Horseman on turn 1 and run him down. It's a suicide mission for him, however.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have a fast non-horse unit in position, rush it to the mountain cave after the Dragon leaves to grab the 200 in gold, though that's nothing compared to the Hero bonus for defeating all the Saurian leaders. So focus on killing all of them first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Lizard Beach====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario versus Saurians, Giant Scorpions, and Mudcrawlers, where good recruiting and strategy will save you from massive bloodshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruiting...&lt;br /&gt;
* Mermen are helpful for the swamp and water areas.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers, veterans from ''The Fall.'' They are laughably ineffective against the impact resistant Mudcrawlers - and laughably vulnerable to their ranged attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Thieves, Horsemen, and their advancements are good for mud cleanup, though you must keep them out of range of Saurian skirmishers. Swordsmen and Royal Guards are also good, though overkill.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall a lot of fairly high HP units, preferably with strong non-impact ranged and melee attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages are good. Mages of Light are especially useful, since they can do front line duty. Lots of healing may be necessary, about 3 healers are good, so White Mages can be used too. Raw recruit Mages can be used as well, for disposal of Giant Scorpions and the occasional Saurian Skirmisher that wanders too far. At least one Silver Mage is highly desirable, along with a speedy unit (e.g., Fugitive, Footpad, or Horseman) to capture villages for the Silver Mage to use north of the river.&lt;br /&gt;
* [fredbobsmith2] An alternative strategy that works surprisingly well is to simply use a very mage-heavy army. Recall most or all of your high-level mages, throw in a few peasants, and spend the rest of your gold on recruiting mages. Victory will come with shocking ease.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* General strategy: as Saurians have skirmishers and a lot of movement, be sure to protect your wounded units well. Because of the Saurians unnerving ability to concentrate their fire on one unit, be sure to keep several healers around and try to keep your line straight so only two can mob one guy. Hedgehog tactic also seems to work well.&lt;br /&gt;
* Opening strategy: here are some specific strategies that players have used with success in the early part of the scenario:&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen in center&amp;quot; strategy: Recall 2-4 Mermen, 1-2 Trappers/Huntsmen, and a lot of high HP troops, then form a line. Initially, you can either form a north-south line around the lake area with one flank at the south board edge, or, if you want to be conservative, you can do a diagonal line in the southeast corner, with both flanks tied to board edges. You'll need the Mermen to handle the lake area, and Trappers/Huntsmen/Mermen for the swamp areas. Keep troops in reserve, so that when a few Saurians meet your line, you can advance your whole line over them. Do not be too conservative/defensive on hard, as your time is limited. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen on flank&amp;quot; strategy: Recall several decent land melee units &amp;amp; then 4-5 level 2 Mermen on rounds 2-3. Most of your force forms a line of battle near your keep, Mermen on the north flank in the river, land units extending south, flanks bent back with strongest units at the corners - then let the Saurians break on it. Once their first wave has broken, the rest of their troops come in drips and are no problem, so now you can split up and wipe out the stragglers and claim villages; any L2 units you start with should level up. After you defeat the main force from the south send just one or two guys north to capture towns so your Silver Mages can teleport into the fray. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen feint&amp;quot; strategy: Recall most of your Mermen from before and send them along the river towards the sea. This will harry the saurian troops coming down from the north, allowing your main force to advance on the southern enemy  undisturbed. Beware, though as your mermen will encounter the Saurians at night time (giving you -25% and them +25%), so try to minimize conflict until dawn, just get in their way.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;No Mermen&amp;quot; strategy: On your first two turns recall two keeps of strong, fast veterans like mounted units (not Paladins though; they're pretty ineffective against saurians), Outlaws/Assassins, and Silver Magi along with some other veterans, preferably with a lot of HP: if all goes well (at least on easy and medium) that may be all you need. Dash them across the swamp directly west of your keep, south of the sands, and form a line with strong units at the ends. They'll flank you, but you're stronger than them and you can use your slower units to crush the flanking saurians in a hammer and anvil. The first wave of southern Saurians should get itself killed before the northern Saurians arrive in force. Once the northern Saurians arrive, take them out with your slower units while your quicker ones go for the southern leader.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sacrificial lamb&amp;quot; strategy: In addition to a couple mages, 2 healers, and some other fighters, recruit a castle-full of peasants to draw the Saurians out onto open ground.  Surround a single peasant on 5 sides, with 2 healers behind him. Build your formation around that.&lt;br /&gt;
* Closing strategy: The enemy's onslaught tapers out after their initial wave, so the final push for the southern leader should be quick and clean. Taking out the northern leader is harder, because all of your units will be stuck south of the marshes and the river. If you want to go for a quick win, just march forth with Silver Mages, Mermen, and anyone who's close enough to be a help. If you don't want to lose any of your better units, patience may be the key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units gets as far west as the second bridge, a wave of Nagas will arrive out at sea. You may wish to delay going that far until the second watch, so that the Nagas will make contact with your forces during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
* Killing one leader gives more gold to the other, so when you've defeated pretty much all the southern leader's forces, just plant a level 3 or two in his keep and leave him alive; kill them both in the same turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Troll Hole====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that you cannot win by brute force, because the trolls have more brute force than you. Wise recruitment and strategy are necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* It's underground time again, so as before, mainly recruit mages. The trolls are strong, so hopefully you have lots of levelled up mages. Mages of Light are especially nice, because they are tough enough to survive an attack from most trolls, while simultaneously reducing the damage sustained (due to illumination blinding the trolls.) Level 1 Mages can be used to good effect too, especially if quick. If only attacked by a single Troll Whelp, a healthy level 1 Mage will survive.&lt;br /&gt;
* In addition to mages, your chaotic units can be helpful here again, especially against the occasional Rocklobber, which you will not want to attack with mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Forget about your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''the Fall''). They are too slow. It's not that you'll be running around, but you will be rotating troops due to heavy damage, and they will only get in the way.&lt;br /&gt;
* Putting Mermen in the moat will really help you fend off the first wave of attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are 4 castles, and two of them (randomly placed it seems) are the troll leaders you need to kill.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to use the narrow corridors to your advantage, so the enemy can only place one attack against a strong unit of yours, but you can kill a troll at a time with two mages or Haldric. Also keep an eye at your back since they will try to surround you. And resist the temptation to send single units wandering around in what seems empty caves - they will all die, probably by the fangs of a Giant Spider.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to arrange it so one troll can enter to be attacked by many troops.  Have regular troops in front initially.  Move mages forward to finish the troll, plug the gap where the troll was with Burin or a Royal Guard or an Iron Mauler, and reset the trap on the next turn.  When you've whittled down the enemy, go the direction they came from and kill the leaders, ignoring spider keeps.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alternative: This could be a good choice if you have low gold: recall 2 quick red mages, and 3 quick tough melee units (say 2 royal guards &amp;amp; a L3 chaotic unit like a Fugitive). Play expedition style: abandon the start island, stay fairly close together, with your troops roughly divided in two between those moving forward and those fighting rearguard. Provided you knock out one troll leader early, the rest is manageable, just work your way carefully over to the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cursed Isle====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting undead, mostly of the incorporeal and ghoulish lineages. Victory comes surprisingly easily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit lightly, certainly no more than two castles of troops. You could use 1-3 Paladins, 1-2 Mages, and 1-2 White Mages / Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall your loyal Merman Triton or similar and have him pick up the holy water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* This can be the first or last quest you choose.  If you can wait, do it last, as you will come out of it with a lot of gold, which you will need for the first scenario after the quests, ''The Vanguard''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep a very tight formation for the first night, as Shadows will hit hard and you don't want to get backstabbed or swarmed. By dawn, it should be smooth sailing.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you get anywhere near the enemy leaders' keeps, expect to get rushed by a leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* In one of the three temples there is a Vampire Lady. All you really need is a Paladin or three to rush the temples. Kill her. Game over, you win. One of the other temples has some gold; grab that first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Spy In The Woods===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Vanguard===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting a large number of orcs, trolls and other enemies in a location with a natural defensive line, where presumably an underground river has carved a line of sinkholes. This scenario will be difficult or impossible with minimum gold (200), but quite doable with a large amount of gold (450+) even on the hardest difficulty setting. Recruitment and strategy are fairly straightforward, given the board layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit a lot of units; you will need them.&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall/recruit speedy units: Knights, Lancers, Paladins, Horsemen, Outlaws, and similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recall your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up from ''The Fall'') and Spearmen/Swordsmen/Royal Guards.&lt;br /&gt;
# On subsequent turns, recall/recruit healers and other sorts of Mages, Thugs and their advancements, and Longbowmen. You will need quite a lot of healing power: 3-4 White Mages / Mages of Light and 1-2 Paladins. A Silver Mage would come in handy, since your forces will be widely spaced, but you could start with a couple of Red Mages and try to level up one or both to Silver Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# This map is smaller than fog of war and sinkholes make it appear.  Rush the west and northwest gaps with mounted units, but slow &amp;amp; strong will carry the day once the sun rises and the odds are in your favor.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Seal of all the gaps in the ring of sinkholes. When the onslaught begins, wounded units can retreat back into villages or be cared for by healers - or actually both, since soon you will be out of non-wounded units.&lt;br /&gt;
# A &amp;quot;Sitzkrieg&amp;quot; may develop, where neither side can make progress. Shift units to the southwest and break out there, using the west board edge defensively. From there, sweep northwards, taking out the western orc leader first and then the next orc leader.&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget the chest of gold, which you can see even in fog.&lt;br /&gt;
# End the scenario with the kill of the final leader, a level 3 troll.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill more than half the units of any side, a few tough undead units will appear near that side's stronghold at the edge of the map. So, this will happen three times. Beware the Chocobones. Their double damage from charge means they can take out Commander Aethyr at night just by hitting 2 for 2, and they will certainly try if they get the opportunity.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is much less difficult with extra gold. You can use Peasants to avoid going negative on gold, promoting them to Spearmen only when needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return of the Fleet===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome to the &amp;quot;kitchen sink&amp;quot; defense.  You've made it this far; now the enemy will launch a desperate defense, throwing a little bit of everything at you.  The effect is mostly psychological, but it could be a problem if you came into the scenario with minimum gold or your initial assessment causes you to drastically under-recruit. Time is money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, at least, you don't want to overrecruit. First turn, recall Mermen to assassinate the undead leader; 2 Entanglers/Netcasters and the Triton with the Storm Trident. Later, you should recruit 1 or more Silver Mages also for this taskforce as well as for causing general mayhem. It's also worth recruiting 5-10 L1/L0 units to take the brunt of the first wave of attacks; you can use any combination of Footpads, Poachers, Thugs, Spearmen, and Peasants, as you see fit. You'll want some decent L2 and L3 recalls for healing, to flank your lines, and to start kicking some butt at daybreak. A Mage or Red Mage to blast Trolls and Chocobones will level up by end of scenario. Paladins are good too. In addition to your loyal Mage of Light, you will need a bare minimum of 1 more healer.&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, don't recruit too much for fighting the undead - 2 Paladins at most, 1 or 2 Thugs, the stormy Merman, and the nearest Mage working with your land force are sufficient - the undead commander only gets 5-6 L2 recruits and they come ashore scattered (on medium, anyway). Paladins are so effective against undead that you can wade into the water after them. Just remember, Paladins can't go into deep water and undead can.&lt;br /&gt;
* On hard, you also don't want to recruit too much for fighting the undead, but it's only because going on an offensive early against them will get you crushed by a Chocobone armada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Move the Mermen (including the storm trident) as quickly as possible pretty much straight to the West. (There is a village and swamp hex that can aid your travel if you pick the best route).  Move these guys up the West side once they get there to get to the Undead Leader as quickly as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Your loyal units can do a little village grabbing, but it would be unwise to venture too far north.&lt;br /&gt;
# After nightfall, fog will appear; for the rest of the scenario, the map will become shrouded, like in a cave scenario.  So while you're still amazingly able to see, note the key terrain features, castle and city locations, and troop dispositions (especially Chocobones.)  Also, visually explore the avenues of approach you want to be able to see later.&lt;br /&gt;
# The first wave is largely at night and will have Goblin Knights and Pillagers, and later Chocobones and Troll Warriors. The damage they can cause is bone chilling, so make sure to divert their attention with plenty of spam. You want to meet them on the edge of the woodland, while inducing the orcs to fight from the grassland. Footpads and Poachers are handy here, as they have high defense in woodland. Players have had success setting up the initial line in either the north and northeast woodlands, with respect to the castle. Others have succeeded by fighting mostly from the open plain, retaining mobility by leaving the woodlands to their Footpads.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once your Mermen have taken an island city, teleport over one or more Silver Mages to help kill the undead leader - in addition to a Silver Mage, you will want the storm trident, a Netcaster/Entangler, plus one more leveled unit to be fairly sure to knock him out in one round. Quick striking like this you end up fighting a lot less undead.  You probably end up foddering one of the mermen to the Undead Archers, but the trade off is well worth it.  You can keep cycling your mermen up to fight with any orcs or trolls that come into the water. Silver Mages can assist, since they are not needed much in the other part of the fight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the undead leader is assassinated and the first wave is broken, you may advance cautiously due north or to the northwest along the coast and ultimately finish off the two orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When you are close to the break in the woods at the east board edge, tighten your formation and keep wounded units well away, as a small force of high-level Saurians will appear. Trigger them in daylight if possible, and knock them out fast. Alternatively, you can delay triggering the Saurians as long as possible by moving your force northwest near the water and then onto the small island, though even then it is possible to trigger the Saurians if you are not careful where you step. (Stepping to 10 hexes or less from 34,15 triggers the Saurians.) You can fight the final wave of orcs from the island, then move northeast to the mainland, finally triggering the Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Two cuttlefish appear when you approach the north-central island. Assuming you're sending a strike force through the water to knock out the undead commander, you really don't want to trigger these until that force is on the island - the storm trident Merman is the only thing that can stand up to them in water, and they will avoid him to attack more vulnerable units.&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill one enemy leader, the other gets more gold &amp;amp; recruits a new wave of L2s. This can be useful if you need to kill off surplus L1 units to improve the finish bonus, or if you need the XP more than the gold; otherwise, try to knock out both leaders on the same turn before they can recruit more. Alternatively, if you kill the first one at dawn, the second will be reluctant to attack with his L2s in daylight, and you might jump in and kill him before he uses them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is the final one. Therefore, loyal units are now somewhat disposable. However, you will need plenty of gold. Recruit some Peasants in the current scenario if you need to save some gold. Not only are they cheap, but they have no upkeep and Chocobones love 'em. Send a unit with leadership with them and they can even deal some amount of damage and be used to finish off wounded enemy, though at night you should just let them take the beating passively since otherwise they die too quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rise of Wesnoth===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's the final battle: be patient, recall everybody - the early finish bonus doesn't mean anything. Also, loyal units are no better than other units after your recruitment is finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need at least 300 starting gold, maybe more like 400 on the hardest difficulty level, so if need be, replay the previous scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* To stretch your money, start with loyal Iron Maulers and a couple ready-to-level level 1's and level 2's. Finally, recall as many level 3's as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: 3-6 Mages of Light / White Mages. Your few chaotic units will appreciate a White Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse units: 2-4 Paladins, 3-4 Knights / Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse escorts: about 3 speedy units, like Royal Guards, Fugitives, and Silver Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tanks: at least 6 high HP units, such as Royal Guards, Highwayman, Master Bowmen, and the loyal Iron Maulers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages: at least 3 high level Mages aside from your basic healers, so Arch Mages, Great Mages, and Silver Mages. Additional Mages of Light can be substituted.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Mermen might be useful here, but surprisingly, they're not really necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
* On 1.9.3 and earlier, you can recruit Saurian Skirmishers on medium and Skirmishers plus Ambushers on hard. This appears to be a bug, so ignore the option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will launch a two pronged assault: mounted units will race to the west and then south, while the main army heads due south.&lt;br /&gt;
* With your mounted units, race forwards by day and backwards by night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Along with the mounted units should go some escorts, speedy foot units intended to kill things like Goblin Impalers, which make even Grand Knights nervous. They would also benefit from a quick Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Meanwhile, with your tanks and the rest of your healers and support units, form a line or hedgehog in the woods just south of your keep or next to the river. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep your leaders with the main army, to avoid drawing too much attention to the mounted detachment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Maintain awareness of the overall battlefield. If the main army gets in trouble, you can send some or all of the mounted units to assist. There may be an opportunity to hammer-and-anvil enemy forces trapped in the middle. And you may wish to transfer units, like Paladins may be useful to the main army after it is on the move.&lt;br /&gt;
* You'll need at least two Paladins to kill Jevyan himself; nothing else is half as effective (except perhaps Mages of Light and suicidal Lancers).  Or you can use a pair of Great Mages (unless you are very unlucky, you should be able to kill him in a single turn). Don't forget to sacrifice Aethyr to Jevyan.  If he doesn't want to come out and play, march up to Jevyan and use a crossbow attack.  When Jevyan is dead, the yellow and green leaders may still be alive. You'll have to kill one, leaving at least one orc leader alive. You pick.  Congratulations!  Enjoy the ending!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units is within 8 hexes of a bridge, but you have no units within 2 hexes of the bridge, and there are no units on the bridge, then a Cuttle Fish will appear and destroy the bridge. This is usually disadvantageous. Not only does it leave you with a Cuttle Fish to fight, but it slows your progress south and the bad guys progress north. At least on the hardest difficulty level, it's hard to kill all the spam in time, so you don't want to impede their advance by removing the bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
* When any of your units is killed, it becomes a Walking Corpse. On hard, it becomes a Soulless, which makes it important to be careful with your level 2's, especially Lancers.&lt;br /&gt;
* After the first orc leader is killed, then some gold goes to mister Lich. It's 40, 80, or 120 gold, for easy, medium, and hard, respectively.  The lich will receive some gold once you kill his Familiar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See Also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MainlineCampaigns]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - The Rise of Wesnoth]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55331</id>
		<title>TheRiseOfWesnoth</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55331"/>
		<updated>2014-07-12T20:06:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* A Final Spring */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Strategy Guide for The Rise of Wesnoth Campaign ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Campaign strategy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the course of this campaign, you will need to level up to some:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: White Mages/Mages of Light (at least four)&lt;br /&gt;
* Undead killers: Paladins (two)&lt;br /&gt;
* Mobile strikers: Silver Mages (at least one, preferably more), Grand Knights (several), Fugitives (one or more helps)&lt;br /&gt;
* Damage sinks: Royal Guards, Iron Maulers, Highwaymen, Halberdiers, level 3 Burin, and again Grand Knights&lt;br /&gt;
* Leaders: level 3 Haldric, level 3 Lady Outlaw, and much later level 3 Commander Aethyr &lt;br /&gt;
* Ranged attackers: Great Mages (can use several in the last scenario), Longbowmen/Master Bowmen (two), Trapper/Huntsman (one is helpful)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Mage of Light, one Paladin, and five Grand Knights make a perfect assault team!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Horsemen are key for the first three or four scenarios, it's important not to be too reliant on horse units through the middle part of the campaign, as there are many hard levels underground, in swamps, in water, or against Saurians; use XP from the scenario ''The Vanguard'' to get to 2 Paladins and 2+ Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't overlook Pikemen/Halberdiers, which are useful in many levels; pierce attacks work well against Drakes and against the dragon, and they are handy for defensive roles especially repelling Wolf Riders. They are less good against undead, though, and don't get that +1 MP Royal Guard speed bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to many undead opponents, you will want to recruit many Thugs at times, and get a few (the quick ones, since you need them underground) leveled up. Footpads help too, once leveled up. Due to swamps, you will sometimes be spamming Poachers, which get marksmanship once at level 3. These, plus Lady Outlaw, give tactical options at other levels too: some decent chaotic troops form an ideal reserve, since you can attack with your lawful troops at dawn, and by nightfall when you need to heal them, use some chaotic troops to either continue the attack or to shield your healing lawful units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some recommended units to have obtained by specific scenarios:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The Fall - 1 Knight&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. A Harrowing Escape - 1 White Mage, 2 Knights, plus about-to-level troops&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4a. The Midlands - avoid, go to The Swamp of Eden instead&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4b. The Swamp of Eden - level 2 Haldric, level 2 Lady Outlaw, 2 Knights, 2 Shocktroopers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. Temple of the Deep - level 3 Haldric, level 3 Burin, 1-2 Mages of Light or several Outlaws / quick Bandits&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8. Clearwater Port - level 3 Lady Outlaw, 3 White Mages / Mages of Light, 3 Iron Maulers / Royal Guards / Halberdiers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
12. A Final Spring - 1-2 Silver Mages&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
14. Rough Landing - the 3 loyal Mermen from the previous scenario, ''Peoples in Decline''[glandis] In 1.8.6, there was no opportunity for 3 loyal mermen - maybe this was in an older version? And only Merman fighters can be recruited - no Netcaster upgardes are possible&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17a. The Dragon - up to 4 White Mages / Mages of Light&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17d. Cursed Island - 1 Paladin&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
19. The Vanguard - 4 Knights/Lancers/Grand Knights, 2 Paladins (or about-to-level Knights)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
20. Return of the Fleet - 1 Mermen Entangler, 1 Merman Triton with Storm Trident, level 3 Commander Aethyr desirable&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
22. The Rise of Wesnoth - 2 Paladins, 3 Royal Guards, 4 Mages of Light&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because the campaign is long and you won't be able to recall all your level 3's in the final scenario, it pays to create some &amp;quot;uber-units&amp;quot;. An example is a quick, resilient Silver Mage that has been AMLA advanced a few times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
===A Summer Of Storms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively easy scenario, so gear your recruitment and strategy with an eye towards gathering XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# For the first round, recruit 2-3 Horsemen and the rest can be all Spearmen or a mix of Spearmen and Bowmen as you see fit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Then, you should probably hire Bowmen and more Spearmen. Whatever Bowmen you can get advanced will be useful later on for fighting the many trolls, grunts, and riders you will encounter. Note, however, that you will not have any healers until you level up at least one mage to White Mage status, and the sooner you can do that the better. Red mages will also prove very useful in subsequent scenarios, so consider recruiting at least two mages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used at least three strategies with success...&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: Send the horsemen with the king over the bridge, and the others should follow or start going over the mountain, to avoid being attacked from behind. Send subsequent Spearmen and Bowmen on the &amp;quot;over-the-bridge&amp;quot; road, and when the Prince and final troops have just about caught up, march on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;hide in the swamp&amp;quot; strategy: Proceed much like the above, but send the king with 3 Horsemen to capture the nearest houses, then retreat into the swamp area until you have your lawful bonus to kill off troops during the day. To hold them back, you can use a Spearman and a Mage (to level him.)&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sandbagging&amp;quot; strategy: On the hardest difficulty level, the initial enemy assault will only be easy to handle by entrenching your troops behind the river. Use the king to block the bridge initially, while Spearmen handle the shoreline just north and Horsemen carefully flag villages across the river. Run the king around, lending his leadership as you massacre the stupid enemy troops that have jumped like lemmings into the water. &lt;br /&gt;
* For all these options, you will also need to send a squad north into the mountains and around into the flank of the enemy. A quick Spearman, a quick Bowman, and one other unit, possibly a quick Mage, should be more than sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
* When you see that the fronts are under control, stop recruiting and send prince Haldric and your Mages over the bridge on a quest for XP, assisted by the leadership of the king, and converge on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Fall===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that looks scary, but it is only moderately difficult with proper recruitment and strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall or recruit Spearmen and Bowmen to man the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horsemen/Knights are desirable, because you probably do not yet have a White Mage, and the villages are widely spaced.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recalling or recruiting Mages for XP gathering is highly advisable for future scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are three basic approaches to take out the outlaw leader...&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Brute force&amp;quot; strategy: You can march west with a large army and use part of it to hold northwestern orc. Use the rest to fight outlaws and kill the leader. This strategy requires a lot of troops but it can bring you plenty of experience and can bring a quick victory.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: You can assassinate the outlaw leader. One way is to wait until the orcs have killed almost all outlaws and then assassinate the outlaw leader with Knights, rushing over the enemy camp's bridge and into the keep. This strategy is risky because orcs can kill the leader before you.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination via the mountain pass&amp;quot; strategy: Another way to assassinate the leader is to send a squad through the southern mountains to the outlaw keep. Two Mages and three Spearmen are enough. You may wish to substitute one of the Spearmen with a Knight or Horseman, though horse units have only a narrow passage devoid of mountains and could get pinned by the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
* On the hardest difficulty level, you may be forced to assassinate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Saving the loyal Heavy Infantrymen (or Shock Troopers on easy) pays off in later scenarios. To save all three, move them south towards the outlaws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you eliminate the HP of the Lady Outlaw, she offers to help you. If you say yes, she comes back as a loyal unit in future scenarios and you will be able to recruit outlaw units, plus she cannot be killed in the next couple of scenarios (instead, she disappears when she goes to zero HP, and comes back the next scenario.) This is quite valuable. If you say no and try to kill her, you find out she cannot be killed. However, you do get 200 gold that she leaves behind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The following scenario (''A Harrowing Escape'') is a handful on the hardest difficulty level. On hard, your goal should be a carryover of almost 150 gold (so you have 250 starting gold), so although Lady Outlaw's assistance is worth much more than 80 gold (40% of 200), you may be forced to choose the gold. Another thing you need to beat the following scenario on hard is a White Mage at or near the start of the scenario. Also, about-to-level units will be especially nice for their self-healing ability and low initial upkeep. Steer XP accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Harrowing Escape===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much easier on lower difficulty levels, calling for different strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On easy/medium...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: You should recruit/recall at least one, possibly two Mages here, and use them for killing Goblin Spearmen and finishing off injured Wolf Riders in the hills &amp;amp; mountains bordering the valley. Other than the Mages, simply recruit what you want, and go along the road. You get enough villages to pay upkeep for quite some army, and can give some of them a bit of experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Leave a few units in the rear, as the enemy can cross hills quickly. Note that Footpads and Outlaws will also cross hills at reasonable speed, if you need to hunt down some units. There are two castle tiles about halfway down, try to send Lady Outlaw and Brunin the Lost to them, they make good guards in case the enemy tries to come straight up. You can also send a couple groups of units down southeast to the lake, so you can prevent the Green team (southeast) from coming up the river. You can also kill the two Orcish Grunts (or Warriors on medium) on the southern castle tiles and then move Lady Outlaw and Brunin to them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On hard...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: To beat this scenario on the hardest difficulty level, you need some level 2 (or better yet, about-to-level level 1) units already and decent starting gold. It has been beaten on hard with as little as 158 starting gold, 200 is still difficult, and 250+ makes it relatively easy. You can stretch your gold a bit by not going negative on upkeep and waiting until you can't wait any longer to do one last round of recruiting, recalling mostly level 2's. For timing your final recruitment, watch the wolves that are likely trying to flank through the mountains south of your keep. Another requirement for beating this scenario is a White Mage (or two.) If need be, you must promote a Mage (or two) &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;tout de suite&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, as you will be dealing with severe damage and assassins, while only having easy access to 2 or 3 villages initially. Horsemen and Knights are useful for dissipating damage by serving as meat shields against blades and then running off to remote villages to heal. Quick Horsemen are especially nice, as they can transfer between two strategically placed villages in one turn, for healing on the go. Horsemen, Knights, and Swordsmen are useful for swatting assassins. If you can recruit outlaws, a couple of Footpads are nice for village grabbing. Thieves are also good because they are cheap, the Grunts are fond of attacking them, and they often survive on 70% defense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Near the start of combat, it's crucial to kill the first waves quickly: the wolves and assassins. More important than terrain is avoiding getting flanked, so mobility of individual units is key; if you climb up deep into the mountains, you will have a harder time with mobility than staying on or near the valley floor. Additionally, many of your units cannot go on mountain hexes, so it's easier to maintain your lines if everyone stays close to the valley. It's easier to make a stand at the keep and northern river bank, but this approach can be too costly in terms of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium/hard, you can lure out the roadside guard Warriors one at a time by putting a unit within attack range of one (and out of range of the other.) They mostly come at night. Mostly. That is, the Warriors might not bite bait put out during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have Lady Outlaw, note that she has leadership, which will be useful to help promote Prince Haldric, if he is still level 0. It's worth advancing her to level 2, to continue to provide leadership to level 1 Haldric and your other level 1's. You may also make use of her odd ability &amp;quot;distract&amp;quot;, which allows adjacent allied units to ignore ZOCs. And Lady Outlaw allows you to recruit outlaw types. On hard especially, Thugs can be useful as meat shields and to provide strong attacks at night when your lawful forces are crippled. Remember too that Lady Outlaw cannot be permanently killed (at least not yet), so when desperate times call for desperate measures, you can move her into a suicidal position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* It helps that there are two enemy sides as opposed to a twice as strong single enemy side. If one of your units could be attacked by 3 enemies, but 1 of these hexes is currently blocked by the other side, the currently moving enemy decides to attack units which it (they) is (are) actually less likely to kill than that one. AIs don't cooperate, that is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are stuck on this scenario, you may need to replay one or both of the previous scenarios and/or choose to &amp;quot;kill&amp;quot; Lady Outlaw in the previous scenario so you get her gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There is Dwarf Steelclad in the village at 8,5. It's not far from your camp, so send Lady Outlaw there. Dwarf joins you because &amp;quot;It has been a long time since he felt the satisfying crunch of Orcs under his Axe.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you kill the first orc leader, an Orcish Slayer and two Assassins will pop out of nowhere, so you would be wise not to have any wounded units stuck without movement points at that point. Also, the other leader will get an infusion of gold and start recruiting on all available hexes, so if you can sit on some of those hexes first, it will help keep the situation from getting out of control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* At the end, you will be given the choice of the river/swamp road or the midlands/orc road. These fork to the scenarios ''The Swamp of Esten'' and ''The Midlands'', respectively. The swamp scenario is relatively easy, while ''The Midlands'' could cost you some leveled units or even prove impossible to beat if you are low on gold. Also, the swamp gives you a free loyal White Mage, so it's a no brainer, unless you want more of a challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: it would be wise to have at least 1 White Mage before going to the scenario ''The Swamp of Esten''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Midlands====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orcs again. But you chose that way. This scenario may appear impossible, but with a lot of gold and a little strategy, it can be beat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are given plenty of time, so use it wisely. The enemies send lots of orcs, mostly weak ones. So recruit and recall everything you can.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall any White Mages you have. You'll need them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bowmen are good for the wolf units you will be facing.&lt;br /&gt;
* The rest depends on your strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Fast Assault&amp;quot; option: use an assassination team. If you go west, only your Knights and Horsemen will arrive and fight at daytime. So go south. Take the bridge and defend against the enemy closing in from the west. Take out Yellow with a fast assault team (they should take a healer along), but be careful about the leader. Your main force moves west, takes and holds the second bridge, and takes out Blue. Your assault team stays in the south and goes for the last enemy leader - they won't face any serious resistance. The enemy moves north to support Blue. The HI guarding the bridge might gain a level or die, but hopefully not the latter, as they are loyal units in a long campaign. With this approach, you can finish early (around 25 turns) and keep your losses low.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Dark Assault&amp;quot; option: use Footpads.  If you chose to work with the the outlaws in the last round, then this works well.  Footpads are cheap.  And they are fast.  And they have good defensive abilities.  Plus they fight well in the dark and in the forest.  So recruit lots of Footpads-pawns and quickly dispatch them to the upper west and south, followed by more powerful units: Mages, Horsemen, etc.  For the time being, leave the middle enemy alone.  To the upper west, send several Footpads into the forest and capture the village and set up a defensive line.  This cuts down the enemy's gold and increases yours.  Don't attack at first, just defend, until more of your slow higher powered units arrive. The strategy here is to pick off the orcs, and send the Horsemen to capture villages.  While this is going, to the south you send your Footpads to capture any villages you can and, more importantly, put a Footpad on the hex that is adjacent to the bridge, thereby stopping easy advancement of their greater numbered troops. A White Mage, a couple Trappers and some Bowmen would make a good escort. Probably sending a Thief or two would be good too, to help dispatch any enemy that infiltrate the villages north of the river. one enemy got into one of the villages on the north of river, and it took a lot to dislodge him.  The intention is to engage the enemy so that they are fighting from the river squares, at a huge disadvantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Swamp Of Esten====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not hard if you are conservative and don't send important units off alone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall 1-2 quick Knights (or Paladins, if you have them), recruit 1-2 Horsemen, and recall your loyal Shocktroopers or whatever they are now.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next round, recruit/recall Mages to kill Scorpions (and Bats) and at least one White Mage to deal with poison, plus maybe a Poacher or Trapper or two, as they are good in swamp (and you would like a Huntsman eventually, for its markmanship.)&lt;br /&gt;
# A little Thug spam can come next, but you don't need a full third round of recruitment. Then send Prince Haldric off to lend his leadership.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Head to the northeastern leader first. Try to kill Dark Adepts with Burin or horse units before they have a chance to attack you. As you close in on the leader, hover your mouse over him to watch where he can go, as at night his ranged attack is nasty and can be followed up by waves of kamikaze Walking Corpses, which can take out a Knight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After you have killed the northeastern leader and eliminated troops there, you can either send your whole army back across the ford and south or split your army into two halves, sending one part to each leader. If you have lost several units but have lots of turns left, it's probably safer to stick together. This is not a simple mop-up operation, as powerful undead can take out some of your valuable units if you're not careful. On hard, Shadows are a threat at night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Searching the temples is a good idea. Some have gold. There is a free loyal White Mage hiding in (a random) one of the temples - visit the temple close to the keep ASAP, and if not there, try rushing a horse unit or Lady Outlaw to the temple at 19,5. However, some of the temples contain undead, so keep extra troops nearby when you enter one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main challenge in this scenario is keeping your ally alive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your (probably leveled up) Heavy Infantry from The Fall and some quick Spearmen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recruit/recall Thugs, Bowmen, and Spearmen, preferably quick.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round, recall 2-3 White Mages (or Mages of Light) and maybe some quick Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Your forces will have three main combat arenas: the northeast, the south, and the middle.&lt;br /&gt;
# The castle in the middle is inhabited by the tree folk. The orcs have almost the perfect anti-wose force, heavy on fire (Orcish Crossbowmen and Pillagers), so your ally is going to need your help. Send 2-4 units to the castle and another 4-8 units northeast of the castle to block the enemy advancing from that direction.&lt;br /&gt;
# Split the rest of your forces to go northeast and south, 4-6 units each, with a White Mage in each force. Your loyal Heavy Infantry / Shocktroopers should head south. Sending Haldric south might help take some of the heat off the woses.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Tips...&lt;br /&gt;
* If you send a White Mage or Mage of Light to the wose castle, it will let any adjacent wose cure+heal or sometimes regenerate+heal (16 points.) That's because of the side sequence within a turn: player, orcs, woses. For example, after the orcs attack with poison, the woses cure themselves, and then your leveled mage will heal any adjacent wose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The temple contains the entrance to the catacombs, but you need the leader Wose's help to open it, and to get that help you have to win the current scenario, so there is no point in visiting this temple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is in the catacombs, i.e., underground, and it's a tough one, so you need to groom your roster accordingly. Two Mages of Light would make it a whole lot easier. Failing that, level up your fearless loyal Shocktrooper and chaotic outlaw types. Bandits/Highwaymen and Fugitives are especially nice. Quick units of almost any type (except horse units) will be helpful, if leveled and possessing high HP (&amp;gt;50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Temple in the Deep===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be facing undead underground. This is a difficult situation that will prove much easier with proper recruitment. Then the strategy will be fairly straightforward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All in all, what you need is a small elite force. Two rounds of recalls is enough, if you didn't lose Burin in a prior scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers, though their slow movement will prove frustrating. Also on the first round, recall a fast &amp;quot;tank&amp;quot; and someone to grab the holy water.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recall any Mages of Light you might already have, and a total of at least two White Mages or Mages of Light, preferably quick. For the rest of your recruitment, what you need are high movement (6+ MP) non-horse units with high hitpoints (&amp;gt;50 HP). It helps if they are chaotic (or at least neutral) and/or have ranged or impact attacks. Put all the requirements together and it points to Fugitives. Outlaws and quick Arch Mages are worth recalling too. Fill out the rest with other high HP units. Note that horse units are too sluggish in caves and should not be recalled/recruited unless you have a compelling reason.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round (optional), you can add a unit or two for a safety margin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# There are two ways north, but they will meet up together. First thing you will see are Tentacles. You can either ignore the Tentacles for the most part or use them for XP. Your main initial objective is to find a good place to make a stand against the nasty wave of undead coming from the north. The chokepoints and southern shoreline offer good defensive locations. Watch out for the enemy's Bone Shooters, Revenants and Deathblades, as they could easily mess up a level 3 unit. &lt;br /&gt;
# Once the flow of baddies as tapered off, gradually progress northwards. Once you get into the final chamber, the boss should be a piece of cake, although his ranged attack is devastating, so try to attack him with melee units. Be careful if he has recruits around, as their combined damage can take down one of your level 3's. Note that the Ruby can only be picked up by Haldric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Holy water: The best choice for the Holy Water is a quick Bandit, who should level quickly. A quick Highwayman could be used, but won't benefit much from the XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* XP: Use this level to get experience. The early-finish bonus is tiny. The Tentacles are perfect for leveling up units. Keep Burin away from the water at this stage, or he'll kill all tentacles as they attack, depriving those who could benefit from the XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your killed units will be turned into Walking Corpses (or Soulless on hard.) Therefore, spam is not helpful. A Mage or Thug can be okay, if used with great care, but mostly you need to recall leveled troops here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return to Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Clearwater Port===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is easy if you take the first boat out, more and more challenging for the second and third boats, and very difficult (on hard) if you want to take out all three leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers from ''The Fall.'' You will also want several Footpads, for speedy village snatching, coastline defending (under leader supervision), and possibly for filling castle hexes if your lines get too thin.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recruit/recall more low maintenance units. It's a good scenario for leveling troops, so recalling acouple half-leveled Spearmen or similar is a good idea.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third and later turns, start recalling your high maintenance units. The key to winning this scenario is to recall several advanced units that can take a lot of damage and get good defense in castles (no Horsemen). You will also want at least 3 White Mages or Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Backstab your ally, stealing all his villages. Your ally is useless anyway, except for the entertainment value from his troops' suicide runs. The income is much better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
# Send your heavy duty troops with some White Mages over to the line of castle near Lt. Aethyr. (Optionally, you can rush forward past the castle, but you will need to return almost as quickly before the main enemy wave and night arrive.) Aethyr will usually be done recruiting by the second or third turn, before the enemy reaches you, so fill the entire line with your units, and put Knight Sir Rudry in the one non castled tile (or leave it empty, if no enemy are adjacent.) Place the White Mages behind this line. After the enemy has reached you and it is your turn to attack, go mostly for the assasins, as they have a weak melee attack and their poison can be a huge problem. Alternatively to using the castle (from (26,18) to (24,15)) to defend, the front line can lead through the villages at (30,17) and (30,18). This will make your line much shorter, it becomes much more of a bottleneck fight and offsets your enemy's superior numbers, since some of their units just move around with all spots to attack occupied; you only have to give up 1 village and 2 front units instaheal without mages. Place your strongest units on the weakest spot (29,20) and a Mage of Light on (30,19), he will hardly be attacked as the hex before him is used to attack (29,20). This shorter line requires less units on your side and also has the great advantage that there are much less 40% defense spots to attack you. They will flank you at the sides but stand on ice or sand then.&lt;br /&gt;
# Meanwhile, on the northeastern coast, the northern enemy leader will send lots of units to catch your flank unguarded. Send 2 Footpads, a Spearman, Lady Jessene, and Haldric to guard the coast. If Lady Jessene is already level 3, you can substitute a Royal Guard, Swordsman, or Javelineer for Haldric. This coastline defense squad may need help later, so be ready to divert a speedy powerful unit there. If you keep a healthy unit on the village at the tip of the land, then, unless you are very unlucky, you will be able to hold off everything the northern leader sends. After the assault from the water has been crushed, some of your troops may be able to cross the ford north, but be careful not to get attacked in the water with only 20% defense. (Certain of your chaotic units do have 40% defense in water; now is a good time to pay attention to that.) Also, notice that the lighthouse has a similar effect as a Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
# You have two options for the endgame:&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Total victory&amp;quot; strategy: Once you've thinned the enemy to where they only have a few units that are close to your line, usually this happens conveniently around dawn, move your people out and start heading for their leaders. Split your force, sending a few down the southern path, to distract the eney and most of them toward the middle leader, to kill him. Once he's dead, send some of your army down to kill the southern leader and devote a few units to defending the bridge until the rest of your army can rejoin you. A unit or two with a lot of HP with a white mage are usually enough to do this.&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Run like hell&amp;quot; strategy: Alternatively, you can leave your leader near the docks and take one of the boats to end the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fallen Lich Point===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a high variance scenario. It may be easy or hard, depending on events beyond your control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit fairly lightly initially, as you will likely have a chance to use the Lich's keep to recruit again.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages, White Mages, and Mages of Light are good, and as are all the other advancements of Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* You automatically should have your loyal Knight. Because of the mountains around &amp;quot;lichland&amp;quot; and frozen ground everywhere else, additional horse units are not recommended, except a single Paladin will come in handy.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Thugs or a Bandit or Highwayman will provide a little extra undead bashing power.&lt;br /&gt;
* Footpads will help with village flagging.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy... &lt;br /&gt;
# The Orcs will be busy with the Yetis, so you can walk with a big group south and kill the Lich-Lord. Move Haldric to the stone monument to de-petrify the Lich. It may help to post some units around the undead before doing so. Use several mages to make a hole or two in the ring of undead, and then push in a burly fighter or two and/or Paladin to kill the Lich.&lt;br /&gt;
# After killing the Lich, assess the Orc/Yeti situation (as well as the village flagging situation) and decide if you need to use the Lich's keep to recruit some reinforcements.&lt;br /&gt;
# After that, head north and walk into the sewer entrance (the &amp;quot;cave&amp;quot;) or else kill the orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* It is also possible, if you recruit heavily, to split your force and head north to attack the eastern Orcs before they finish with the Yetis.  However, be careful not to be attacked by a Yeti yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
* When dealing with the Lich, be aware that he has money; if you let him vacate any of his encampment tiles, or if you kill any of his units but do not occupy their tiles, he will be able to recruit.  (This is not necessarily all bad, as it can mean more experience, but depending on the strength of your force you may want to be careful.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sewer of Southbay===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a swampy underground scenario, but with attention to recruitment, it's not very difficult.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* As always underground, you want non-horse units with 6+ MP.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall White Mages / Mages of Light, at least two, three is probably the optimal number.&lt;br /&gt;
* There are quite a few villages in this cave, so an expensive force is supportable, though not necessary. Some players recruit a large and spammy force, while others go with small and elite:&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 1, &amp;quot;Large and spammy&amp;quot; recruitment: Recruit four each of Mages, Thugs, and Poachers. Yes, Poachers normally stink, but here they really shine in a swamp that is permanently dark, underground. If you recruit four Poachers, you could finish with three Trappers and a Huntsman - or you could finish with four dead Poachers. The Thugs are especially likely to die, as they will be facing off against Red Mages, but somebody has to do it.&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 2, &amp;quot;Small and elite&amp;quot; recruitment: Recall something like one Red Mage, one Arch Mage, one Silver Mage, 2 two Royal Guards/Highwaymen/etc, and a Trapper or Huntsman, plus three regular Mages and a Poacher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# After leaving your initial chamber, you will be in a large swamp room with three entrances, through which will be a flood of bad guys. Use two Poachers and a Thug or similar to blockade the southeast, a small elite group to block the north, and then a mix of fighters and mages to handle the west entrance. Give each group a White Mage or Mage of Light, as well as at least one regular Mage. Try to keep the Mages of Light away from your chaotic forces on the front lines, though. Use the leadership of Haldric and Lady Jessene - and Mage of Light illumination or lack thereof - to get the most from each attack.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the initial battle has died down, you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
## If you have enough forces, you can divide into two groups and attack both brothers simultanously, east and west.&lt;br /&gt;
## Otherwise, do them one after the other, and then look for the exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Danger: there is a Giant Spider at the exit. You may wish to keep one or two cannon fodder units in order to be able to save your advanced units.  It is best to use ranged attacks against the spider, so leveled mages are good here.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is a lot easier with a lot of gold, especially on the hardest difficulty level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Southbay in Winter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Final Spring===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a large battle, and any mistake on any front can spell doom, but overall it will be fairly easy on the easier difficulty levels. On hard, it will only be a cakewalk with a lot of starting gold (more than 450 or so.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# On the first turn, recall a Silver Mage to teleport to the island, recruit Footpads for village snatching, recall one or more of your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''The Fall''), and recall one or more Knights or similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, continue with this theme, but it will be nightfall soon, so recall Outlaws, Bandits, Assassins, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn three is a bit more of the same, but you need to start thinking about preserving your income and also keeping a gold reserve. You can spam some peasants to preserve cash and income.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn four turn is more of the same.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn five is similar, but it will be day soon, so lawfuls like Knights and level 1 Mages are a good idea.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn six, you will have new recruitment options (see spoiler at walkthrough end.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy is broken into four fronts...&lt;br /&gt;
# The first front is the south land area. Do a counter-clockwise sweep with mounted units, optionally augmented with Footpads, which can help pad out your lines with forest and village hexes. Note that it will be nightfall soon after game start, so it might be wise to delay any serious mounted assault until the next day, and you can delay your recalls for this.&lt;br /&gt;
# The second front is the walled city. Move slower units and your loyal White Mage / Mage of Light to defend here. Take your ally's villages; your ally wouldn't do much useful with the money anyway. When your mounted units from the second front complete their sweep, you can break the remaining southern forces against the city wall in a hammer and anvil. Then your united forces can move north. On easy, you may be able to push north more quickly than that using just part of your city troops.&lt;br /&gt;
# The third front is the bay and peninsula north of your keep. If you don't protect this area well, Wolf Riders and others will mount an amphibious assault in an effort to flank your troops. On the easier difficulty levels, you may wish to beat the punch and quickly establish a bridgehead on the other side of the bay.&lt;br /&gt;
# The fourth front is the two small islands. Send a Silver Mage there ASAP. (You should have a village already there, so the Silver Mage can teleport over.) Footpads/Outlaws/Fugitives and others will help later. Lady Jessene could be used. Rangers are good. A quick White Mage would be useful, either on the coast or on the islands. Do not use Assassins on this front. Assassins have relatively weak defense in water against Orcs and Nagas, they're very weak against blade, which is all orcs and nagas use, and their relatively slow movement in water makes backstab hard to use reliably. Overall, you need to devote more resources to this front than you might think.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* You should have lots of high-level units now, so concentrate on recruiting new ones and levelling them up to fill needs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Peasants are useful as placeholders for villages and distractions for the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 5, a gang of nasty undead show up in the east. So, for your city taskforce, you'll want to recruit/recall units with impact and arcane attacks. Note that if undead capture villages, they will be flagged with the Orc island boss' black flag! This can result in an overwhelming number of Nagas, and it's one reason that you must devote a lot of resources to the island campaign. Flag any black flag villages you can.&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 6, a gang of nasty Mermen show up in the west. Fortunately, they are on your side. You can now recruit Mermen. This is the real reason to keep a gold reserve until this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Peoples in Decline===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a bloody scenario versus Drakes. It can be a real challenge on the hardest difficulty setting, less so on the easier levels. Proper recruitment is more important than strategy here, as you will have little opportunity to maneuver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Drakes can be dangerous, so this is a great scenario to use the time honored technique of cannon fodder. Now that you can recruit level 0 units for cheap, you can protect your higher level units by recruiting endless Peasants to distract the Drakes' firepower.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drakes are vulnerable to pierce attacks, so spam cheap pierce attack units. In addition to Peasants, there are Poachers, Bowmen, Peasants, Spearmen, Merman Fighters, and Merman Hunters. Poachers are key here, due to the swampy terrain and their chaotic alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need about 3 White Mages / Mages of Light in all.&lt;br /&gt;
* On your last turn of recruitment when you have about 80 gold, recall some advanced units, like Master Bowmen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Since you will have a lot of level 1 and 0 units, make sure to use the leadership of Prince Haldric and Lady Jessene.&lt;br /&gt;
* Look for opportunities to heal via leveling up.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pay attention to the day-night cycle in this scenario. Drakes will be strong during day, but become very weak in the night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Take advantage of the mountains for defense, but note that on hard, you need to set up a relatively small perimeter around your base, as you will be hard pressed to even hold a small area.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be careful with your loyals.&lt;br /&gt;
* Because most Drakes have powerful ranged attacks, the roles of your melee and ranged units are reversed from the norm. Whereas usually you would use fighters to protect archers, here you will use archers to protect fighters. Melee-only units should hide behind the lines until they attack, preferably at night (with a Mage of Light supplying illumination.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure you get the Storm Trident in the middle of the sea, but be certain that you've cleared most of the Drakes first, since a Sea Serpent will appear. It's best to have some strong units ready to kill it in 1 or 2 turns. You can give the trident to Lord Typhon, but since he leaves a bit later, you may want to give it to another Merman Fighter. Movement over land is important for Mermen in the campaign as a whole.  If the Merman Fighter to whom you give the storm trident has the Quick attribute, you can make him a Hoplite when he gets to level 3.  Otherwise, make him a Triton, because movement over land is important for Mermen in this campaign as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rough Landing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting Nagas and Vampire Bats, primarily. This is a scenario that may be frustrating on the easier difficulty levels, though on hard it is just par for the course. Good recruitment and strategy will save you from getting slaughtered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are probably going to go negative on gold and be unable to rectify that with the paultry early finish bonus, so you might as will go very negative and be resigned to start the next scenario with minimum gold.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit/recall many Mermen and 1 or 2 White Mages or Mages of Light. A few Peasants can be useful to pad out your force, distract the enemy, and protect villages from stray Bats. A Silver Mage can be useful for island hopping but is not essential. Thieves/Assassins are blade vulnerable, and Nagas only use blades, so it's probably best not to recall them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Knock out the southeastern leader in a blitz. It's important to get that out of the way, because a wave of Nagas is advancing at light speed from the north.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next, hurriedly set up a line in the water alongside your fortress island. Your fortress troops can anchor one flank, while Burin the Dwarf can go to the island to the northeast to anchor the other end of your line. Nobody messes with Burin. Move Lady Jessene behind the lines to lend her support to the Mermen. Your loyal Mage of Light will be able to move back and forth more (to lend illumination) if kept in the fortress area.&lt;br /&gt;
# Finally, once the enemy assault wave has been broken, advance northward to kill the final two leaders in a straightforward mop-up operation. Just be careful not leave isolated units where they can get swarmed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints/Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to level up the mermen; they can be useful in another scenario later.&lt;br /&gt;
* Beware of Sea Serpents. Three of them will appear, one on each of the three turns following your first kill of an enemy unit. Make sure to kill them at once. The Storm Trident from the previous scenario and the Ruby of Fire will come in handy against the Serpents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A New Land===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a non-scenario. The scenario objectives tell you to avoid all confrontation for as long as possible, but actually the faster your units encounter the others the faster the scenario will end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* None necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The optimal strategy for gold carryover is to grab the three closest villages, then retreat to your keep and wait. Once one attack occurs, the non-scenario will be over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* One thing to keep in mind is that this the last chance you have to grab some more Mermen as their king leaves.  They are quite helpful in a later scenario so grabbing a few extra here cannot hurt if you can spare the gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Ka'lian===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story, with your choice of four battles next.  You have to beat them all in whatever order.  The amount of gold you have should be the factor in deciding when you choose to play Cursed Isle (the undead problem).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All four scenarios have to be beaten, but in whatever order you choose.&lt;br /&gt;
====The Dragon====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not as difficult as it looks, though your recruitment and strategy need to be tailored to fight the Saurian Skirmishers and other foes you will face here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Saurians use piercing attacks mostly, so it's better to use units resistant to pierce. Pikemen and Halberdiers have 40% pierce resistance. Javelineers are ideal as Saurians use ranged attacks a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
* You may wish to bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers. They are ineffective against the 70% impact resistant Mudcrawlers, while also vulnerable to the ranged attacks of both Mudcrawlers and Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consider adopting a force of all units with ranged attacks, save for horse and thief units, which can be kept behind the lines when not in use. It is amusing when Saurian Augers are forced to tap your units with their little staffs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers are a necessity to deal with the heavy damage your units will be sustaining. Depending on the strategy you adopt, you will want 2-4 healers. Mages of Light rock here, as they can easily do front line duty in pairs and their illumination blinds the Saurians, reducing their damage.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need something to clean up mud. Versus level 0 Mudcrawlers, Horsemen and their advancements can charge with no counterattack, and likewise Thieves and their advancements can backstab with no counterattack. Mages can be used as well on the fire vulnerable mud.&lt;br /&gt;
* A Merman or two will help with water hexes. An Entangler's slow ability will help tame the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used many different strategies with success:&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Fighting Saurians requires a disciplined formation.  If you're used to stringing out troops to move them into position as they get there, that won't work after Turn 2 or 3. You can use a &amp;quot;healing hedgehog&amp;quot; of ten troops--two white mages next to each other and eight troops completely encircling them.  If someone gets badly injured, move them to the inside and put a white mage on one of the long edges, fighting as you go.  If you're trying for the big bonus, you'll need two hedgehogs.  Try to keep reserves back a bit in cities.  If the terrain favorably protects you, or the wounded is a fast unit, you can try moving wounded back to cities too.  Once the main wave of Saurians is broken, you can string non-wounded troops out a bit in the rush for the leaders. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Triangular Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Switching wounded units to the inside of the hedgehog can be a problem if you are surrounded. ZOC prevents you from creating an open hex to move the inner unit into. You can fix this by creating a triangle with three hexes inside, instead of the standard two of the hedgehog. If you do this on your castle, only three units are in grasslands. If you set it right, you can make most of the hexes adjacent to your triangle be grassland as well, forcing the Saurians into a bad defensive position. In terms of unit positioning, the simplest way is to fill two inner spaces with Mages of Light, a but a better tactic is to put one of the mages on an edge, thereby ensuring that all but one of your units are healing. The remaining unit can either be a Merman Hoplite, (prefereably resilient and carrying a Storm Trident) or Lady Jessene, since she has excellent defense and is chaotic and therefore benefits by not being in the Mages' light. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Giant Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Recruit a lot of units, and then move the whole army as one big bulk. Keep healers in the middle (about four), rotate stronger units outwards, and make sure you leave no gaps. The Saurians will slip through the tiniest gap and kill your weak units. Head first for the east or wast leader, but steer for good terrain, because your force will soon be swarmed until about turn 10, when there should be many few Saurians alive.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Standard Line&amp;quot; strategy: Form a line from the west board edge diagonally up towards your keep across the two villages just in front of the forest. You will probably wish to bend upwards at the forest, rather than running the line all the way to the keep. Whenever the Saurians have a small number of troops at your line and you have enough strength to kill them all, you can advance your whole line one hex south, allowing you to get additional attacks on them from non-frontline troops. Once you advance a unit to the first water hex at west board edge, the west leader will probably come out to greet it, so be ready to fry him with Haldric's ruby. After killing the leader, back up into good terrain to prepare to meet the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Wake the Dragon&amp;quot; strategy: Prematurely wake the dragon (see spoiler below) and back up your troops to north of your keep. When the dragon comes, kill him. The scenario can be over on turn 7. There is no early finish bonus for this, but you can recruit lightly so that you still have gold at the end and will carry-over 40%, if you need it for your next scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* With all these strategies, the Saurians may hold back for quite a while. This is okay, as the Dragon will eventually appear and come to you. Kill it. Then you are given a choice of whether to end the scenario or to try to kill all the enemy leaders before time runs out. You can choose to finish the remaining Saurians for a nice bonus. However, on the hardest difficulty setting the turn limit (33 turns) is insufficient for you to plow through the vast hordes of level 0 spam to get to the leaders, so it's best to simply end the scenario after killing the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The dragon will awake on turn 15 or when you move a unit down around the road north of the mountains. If you wish to wake the dragon prematurely, you can recruit a Horseman on turn 1 and run him down. It's a suicide mission for him, however.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have a fast non-horse unit in position, rush it to the mountain cave after the Dragon leaves to grab the 200 in gold, though that's nothing compared to the Hero bonus for defeating all the Saurian leaders. So focus on killing all of them first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Lizard Beach====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario versus Saurians, Giant Scorpions, and Mudcrawlers, where good recruiting and strategy will save you from massive bloodshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruiting...&lt;br /&gt;
* Mermen are helpful for the swamp and water areas.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers, veterans from ''The Fall.'' They are laughably ineffective against the impact resistant Mudcrawlers - and laughably vulnerable to their ranged attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Thieves, Horsemen, and their advancements are good for mud cleanup, though you must keep them out of range of Saurian skirmishers. Swordsmen and Royal Guards are also good, though overkill.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall a lot of fairly high HP units, preferably with strong non-impact ranged and melee attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages are good. Mages of Light are especially useful, since they can do front line duty. Lots of healing may be necessary, about 3 healers are good, so White Mages can be used too. Raw recruit Mages can be used as well, for disposal of Giant Scorpions and the occasional Saurian Skirmisher that wanders too far. At least one Silver Mage is highly desirable, along with a speedy unit (e.g., Fugitive, Footpad, or Horseman) to capture villages for the Silver Mage to use north of the river.&lt;br /&gt;
* [fredbobsmith2] An alternative strategy that works surprisingly well is to simply use a very mage-heavy army. Recall most or all of your high-level mages, throw in a few peasants, and spend the rest of your gold on recruiting mages. Victory will come with shocking ease.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* General strategy: as Saurians have skirmishers and a lot of movement, be sure to protect your wounded units well. Because of the Saurians unnerving ability to concentrate their fire on one unit, be sure to keep several healers around and try to keep your line straight so only two can mob one guy. Hedgehog tactic also seems to work well.&lt;br /&gt;
* Opening strategy: here are some specific strategies that players have used with success in the early part of the scenario:&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen in center&amp;quot; strategy: Recall 2-4 Mermen, 1-2 Trappers/Huntsmen, and a lot of high HP troops, then form a line. Initially, you can either form a north-south line around the lake area with one flank at the south board edge, or, if you want to be conservative, you can do a diagonal line in the southeast corner, with both flanks tied to board edges. You'll need the Mermen to handle the lake area, and Trappers/Huntsmen/Mermen for the swamp areas. Keep troops in reserve, so that when a few Saurians meet your line, you can advance your whole line over them. Do not be too conservative/defensive on hard, as your time is limited. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen on flank&amp;quot; strategy: Recall several decent land melee units &amp;amp; then 4-5 level 2 Mermen on rounds 2-3. Most of your force forms a line of battle near your keep, Mermen on the north flank in the river, land units extending south, flanks bent back with strongest units at the corners - then let the Saurians break on it. Once their first wave has broken, the rest of their troops come in drips and are no problem, so now you can split up and wipe out the stragglers and claim villages; any L2 units you start with should level up. After you defeat the main force from the south send just one or two guys north to capture towns so your Silver Mages can teleport into the fray. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen feint&amp;quot; strategy: Recall most of your Mermen from before and send them along the river towards the sea. This will harry the saurian troops coming down from the north, allowing your main force to advance on the southern enemy  undisturbed. Beware, though as your mermen will encounter the Saurians at night time (giving you -25% and them +25%), so try to minimize conflict until dawn, just get in their way.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;No Mermen&amp;quot; strategy: On your first two turns recall two keeps of strong, fast veterans like mounted units (not Paladins though; they're pretty ineffective against saurians), Outlaws/Assassins, and Silver Magi along with some other veterans, preferably with a lot of HP: if all goes well (at least on easy and medium) that may be all you need. Dash them across the swamp directly west of your keep, south of the sands, and form a line with strong units at the ends. They'll flank you, but you're stronger than them and you can use your slower units to crush the flanking saurians in a hammer and anvil. The first wave of southern Saurians should get itself killed before the northern Saurians arrive in force. Once the northern Saurians arrive, take them out with your slower units while your quicker ones go for the southern leader.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sacrificial lamb&amp;quot; strategy: In addition to a couple mages, 2 healers, and some other fighters, recruit a castle-full of peasants to draw the Saurians out onto open ground.  Surround a single peasant on 5 sides, with 2 healers behind him. Build your formation around that.&lt;br /&gt;
* Closing strategy: The enemy's onslaught tapers out after their initial wave, so the final push for the southern leader should be quick and clean. Taking out the northern leader is harder, because all of your units will be stuck south of the marshes and the river. If you want to go for a quick win, just march forth with Silver Mages, Mermen, and anyone who's close enough to be a help. If you don't want to lose any of your better units, patience may be the key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units gets as far west as the second bridge, a wave of Nagas will arrive out at sea. You may wish to delay going that far until the second watch, so that the Nagas will make contact with your forces during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
* Killing one leader gives more gold to the other, so when you've defeated pretty much all the southern leader's forces, just plant a level 3 or two in his keep and leave him alive; kill them both in the same turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Troll Hole====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that you cannot win by brute force, because the trolls have more brute force than you. Wise recruitment and strategy are necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* It's underground time again, so as before, mainly recruit mages. The trolls are strong, so hopefully you have lots of levelled up mages. Mages of Light are especially nice, because they are tough enough to survive an attack from most trolls, while simultaneously reducing the damage sustained (due to illumination blinding the trolls.) Level 1 Mages can be used to good effect too, especially if quick. If only attacked by a single Troll Whelp, a healthy level 1 Mage will survive.&lt;br /&gt;
* In addition to mages, your chaotic units can be helpful here again, especially against the occasional Rocklobber, which you will not want to attack with mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Forget about your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''the Fall''). They are too slow. It's not that you'll be running around, but you will be rotating troops due to heavy damage, and they will only get in the way.&lt;br /&gt;
* Putting Mermen in the moat will really help you fend off the first wave of attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are 4 castles, and two of them (randomly placed it seems) are the troll leaders you need to kill.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to use the narrow corridors to your advantage, so the enemy can only place one attack against a strong unit of yours, but you can kill a troll at a time with two mages or Haldric. Also keep an eye at your back since they will try to surround you. And resist the temptation to send single units wandering around in what seems empty caves - they will all die, probably by the fangs of a Giant Spider.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to arrange it so one troll can enter to be attacked by many troops.  Have regular troops in front initially.  Move mages forward to finish the troll, plug the gap where the troll was with Burin or a Royal Guard or an Iron Mauler, and reset the trap on the next turn.  When you've whittled down the enemy, go the direction they came from and kill the leaders, ignoring spider keeps.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alternative: This could be a good choice if you have low gold: recall 2 quick red mages, and 3 quick tough melee units (say 2 royal guards &amp;amp; a L3 chaotic unit like a Fugitive). Play expedition style: abandon the start island, stay fairly close together, with your troops roughly divided in two between those moving forward and those fighting rearguard. Provided you knock out one troll leader early, the rest is manageable, just work your way carefully over to the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cursed Isle====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting undead, mostly of the incorporeal and ghoulish lineages. Victory comes surprisingly easily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit lightly, certainly no more than two castles of troops. You could use 1-3 Paladins, 1-2 Mages, and 1-2 White Mages / Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall your loyal Merman Triton or similar and have him pick up the holy water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* This can be the first or last quest you choose.  If you can wait, do it last, as you will come out of it with a lot of gold, which you will need for the first scenario after the quests, ''The Vanguard''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep a very tight formation for the first night, as Shadows will hit hard and you don't want to get backstabbed or swarmed. By dawn, it should be smooth sailing.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you get anywhere near the enemy leaders' keeps, expect to get rushed by a leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* In one of the three temples there is a Vampire Lady. All you really need is a Paladin or three to rush the temples. Kill her. Game over, you win. One of the other temples has some gold; grab that first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Spy In The Woods===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Vanguard===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting a large number of orcs, trolls and other enemies in a location with a natural defensive line, where presumably an underground river has carved a line of sinkholes. This scenario will be difficult or impossible with minimum gold (200), but quite doable with a large amount of gold (450+) even on the hardest difficulty setting. Recruitment and strategy are fairly straightforward, given the board layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit a lot of units; you will need them.&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall/recruit speedy units: Knights, Lancers, Paladins, Horsemen, Outlaws, and similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recall your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up from ''The Fall'') and Spearmen/Swordsmen/Royal Guards.&lt;br /&gt;
# On subsequent turns, recall/recruit healers and other sorts of Mages, Thugs and their advancements, and Longbowmen. You will need quite a lot of healing power: 3-4 White Mages / Mages of Light and 1-2 Paladins. A Silver Mage would come in handy, since your forces will be widely spaced, but you could start with a couple of Red Mages and try to level up one or both to Silver Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# This map is smaller than fog of war and sinkholes make it appear.  Rush the west and northwest gaps with mounted units, but slow &amp;amp; strong will carry the day once the sun rises and the odds are in your favor.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Seal of all the gaps in the ring of sinkholes. When the onslaught begins, wounded units can retreat back into villages or be cared for by healers - or actually both, since soon you will be out of non-wounded units.&lt;br /&gt;
# A &amp;quot;Sitzkrieg&amp;quot; may develop, where neither side can make progress. Shift units to the southwest and break out there, using the west board edge defensively. From there, sweep northwards, taking out the western orc leader first and then the next orc leader.&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget the chest of gold, which you can see even in fog.&lt;br /&gt;
# End the scenario with the kill of the final leader, a level 3 troll.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill more than half the units of any side, a few tough undead units will appear near that side's stronghold at the edge of the map. So, this will happen three times. Beware the Chocobones. Their double damage from charge means they can take out Commander Aethyr at night just by hitting 2 for 2, and they will certainly try if they get the opportunity.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is much less difficult with extra gold. You can use Peasants to avoid going negative on gold, promoting them to Spearmen only when needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return of the Fleet===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome to the &amp;quot;kitchen sink&amp;quot; defense.  You've made it this far; now the enemy will launch a desperate defense, throwing a little bit of everything at you.  The effect is mostly psychological, but it could be a problem if you came into the scenario with minimum gold or your initial assessment causes you to drastically under-recruit. Time is money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, at least, you don't want to overrecruit. First turn, recall Mermen to assassinate the undead leader; 2 Entanglers/Netcasters and the Triton with the Storm Trident. Later, you should recruit 1 or more Silver Mages also for this taskforce as well as for causing general mayhem. It's also worth recruiting 5-10 L1/L0 units to take the brunt of the first wave of attacks; you can use any combination of Footpads, Poachers, Thugs, Spearmen, and Peasants, as you see fit. You'll want some decent L2 and L3 recalls for healing, to flank your lines, and to start kicking some butt at daybreak. A Mage or Red Mage to blast Trolls and Chocobones will level up by end of scenario. Paladins are good too. In addition to your loyal Mage of Light, you will need a bare minimum of 1 more healer.&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, don't recruit too much for fighting the undead - 2 Paladins at most, 1 or 2 Thugs, the stormy Merman, and the nearest Mage working with your land force are sufficient - the undead commander only gets 5-6 L2 recruits and they come ashore scattered (on medium, anyway). Paladins are so effective against undead that you can wade into the water after them. Just remember, Paladins can't go into deep water and undead can.&lt;br /&gt;
* On hard, you also don't want to recruit too much for fighting the undead, but it's only because going on an offensive early against them will get you crushed by a Chocobone armada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Move the Mermen (including the storm trident) as quickly as possible pretty much straight to the West. (There is a village and swamp hex that can aid your travel if you pick the best route).  Move these guys up the West side once they get there to get to the Undead Leader as quickly as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Your loyal units can do a little village grabbing, but it would be unwise to venture too far north.&lt;br /&gt;
# After nightfall, fog will appear; for the rest of the scenario, the map will become shrouded, like in a cave scenario.  So while you're still amazingly able to see, note the key terrain features, castle and city locations, and troop dispositions (especially Chocobones.)  Also, visually explore the avenues of approach you want to be able to see later.&lt;br /&gt;
# The first wave is largely at night and will have Goblin Knights and Pillagers, and later Chocobones and Troll Warriors. The damage they can cause is bone chilling, so make sure to divert their attention with plenty of spam. You want to meet them on the edge of the woodland, while inducing the orcs to fight from the grassland. Footpads and Poachers are handy here, as they have high defense in woodland. Players have had success setting up the initial line in either the north and northeast woodlands, with respect to the castle. Others have succeeded by fighting mostly from the open plain, retaining mobility by leaving the woodlands to their Footpads.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once your Mermen have taken an island city, teleport over one or more Silver Mages to help kill the undead leader - in addition to a Silver Mage, you will want the storm trident, a Netcaster/Entangler, plus one more leveled unit to be fairly sure to knock him out in one round. Quick striking like this you end up fighting a lot less undead.  You probably end up foddering one of the mermen to the Undead Archers, but the trade off is well worth it.  You can keep cycling your mermen up to fight with any orcs or trolls that come into the water. Silver Mages can assist, since they are not needed much in the other part of the fight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the undead leader is assassinated and the first wave is broken, you may advance cautiously due north or to the northwest along the coast and ultimately finish off the two orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When you are close to the break in the woods at the east board edge, tighten your formation and keep wounded units well away, as a small force of high-level Saurians will appear. Trigger them in daylight if possible, and knock them out fast. Alternatively, you can delay triggering the Saurians as long as possible by moving your force northwest near the water and then onto the small island, though even then it is possible to trigger the Saurians if you are not careful where you step. (Stepping to 10 hexes or less from 34,15 triggers the Saurians.) You can fight the final wave of orcs from the island, then move northeast to the mainland, finally triggering the Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Two cuttlefish appear when you approach the north-central island. Assuming you're sending a strike force through the water to knock out the undead commander, you really don't want to trigger these until that force is on the island - the storm trident Merman is the only thing that can stand up to them in water, and they will avoid him to attack more vulnerable units.&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill one enemy leader, the other gets more gold &amp;amp; recruits a new wave of L2s. This can be useful if you need to kill off surplus L1 units to improve the finish bonus, or if you need the XP more than the gold; otherwise, try to knock out both leaders on the same turn before they can recruit more. Alternatively, if you kill the first one at dawn, the second will be reluctant to attack with his L2s in daylight, and you might jump in and kill him before he uses them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is the final one. Therefore, loyal units are now somewhat disposable. However, you will need plenty of gold. Recruit some Peasants in the current scenario if you need to save some gold. Not only are they cheap, but they have no upkeep and Chocobones love 'em. Send a unit with leadership with them and they can even deal some amount of damage and be used to finish off wounded enemy, though at night you should just let them take the beating passively since otherwise they die too quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rise of Wesnoth===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's the final battle: be patient, recall everybody - the early finish bonus doesn't mean anything. Also, loyal units are no better than other units after your recruitment is finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need at least 300 starting gold, maybe more like 400 on the hardest difficulty level, so if need be, replay the previous scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* To stretch your money, start with loyal Iron Maulers and a couple ready-to-level level 1's and level 2's. Finally, recall as many level 3's as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: 3-6 Mages of Light / White Mages. Your few chaotic units will appreciate a White Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse units: 2-4 Paladins, 3-4 Knights / Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse escorts: about 3 speedy units, like Royal Guards, Fugitives, and Silver Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tanks: at least 6 high HP units, such as Royal Guards, Highwayman, Master Bowmen, and the loyal Iron Maulers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages: at least 3 high level Mages aside from your basic healers, so Arch Mages, Great Mages, and Silver Mages. Additional Mages of Light can be substituted.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Mermen might be useful here, but surprisingly, they're not really necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
* On 1.9.3 and earlier, you can recruit Saurian Skirmishers on medium and Skirmishers plus Ambushers on hard. This appears to be a bug, so ignore the option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will launch a two pronged assault: mounted units will race to the west and then south, while the main army heads due south.&lt;br /&gt;
* With your mounted units, race forwards by day and backwards by night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Along with the mounted units should go some escorts, speedy foot units intended to kill things like Goblin Impalers, which make even Grand Knights nervous. They would also benefit from a quick Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Meanwhile, with your tanks and the rest of your healers and support units, form a line or hedgehog in the woods just south of your keep or next to the river. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep your leaders with the main army, to avoid drawing too much attention to the mounted detachment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Maintain awareness of the overall battlefield. If the main army gets in trouble, you can send some or all of the mounted units to assist. There may be an opportunity to hammer-and-anvil enemy forces trapped in the middle. And you may wish to transfer units, like Paladins may be useful to the main army after it is on the move.&lt;br /&gt;
* You'll need at least two Paladins to kill Jevyan himself; nothing else is half as effective (except perhaps Mages of Light and suicidal Lancers).  Or you can use a pair of Great Mages (unless you are very unlucky, you should be able to kill him in a single turn). Don't forget to sacrifice Aethyr to Jevyan.  If he doesn't want to come out and play, march up to Jevyan and use a crossbow attack.  When Jevyan is dead, the yellow and green leaders may still be alive. You'll have to kill one, leaving at least one orc leader alive. You pick.  Congratulations!  Enjoy the ending!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units is within 8 hexes of a bridge, but you have no units within 2 hexes of the bridge, and there are no units on the bridge, then a Cuttle Fish will appear and destroy the bridge. This is usually disadvantageous. Not only does it leave you with a Cuttle Fish to fight, but it slows your progress south and the bad guys progress north. At least on the hardest difficulty level, it's hard to kill all the spam in time, so you don't want to impede their advance by removing the bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
* When any of your units is killed, it becomes a Walking Corpse. On hard, it becomes a Soulless, which makes it important to be careful with your level 2's, especially Lancers.&lt;br /&gt;
* After the first orc leader is killed, then some gold goes to mister Lich. It's 40, 80, or 120 gold, for easy, medium, and hard, respectively.  The lich will receive some gold once you kill his Familiar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See Also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MainlineCampaigns]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - The Rise of Wesnoth]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55329</id>
		<title>TheRiseOfWesnoth</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55329"/>
		<updated>2014-07-12T14:00:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* Fallen Lich Point */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Strategy Guide for The Rise of Wesnoth Campaign ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Campaign strategy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the course of this campaign, you will need to level up to some:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: White Mages/Mages of Light (at least four)&lt;br /&gt;
* Undead killers: Paladins (two)&lt;br /&gt;
* Mobile strikers: Silver Mages (at least one, preferably more), Grand Knights (several), Fugitives (one or more helps)&lt;br /&gt;
* Damage sinks: Royal Guards, Iron Maulers, Highwaymen, Halberdiers, level 3 Burin, and again Grand Knights&lt;br /&gt;
* Leaders: level 3 Haldric, level 3 Lady Outlaw, and much later level 3 Commander Aethyr &lt;br /&gt;
* Ranged attackers: Great Mages (can use several in the last scenario), Longbowmen/Master Bowmen (two), Trapper/Huntsman (one is helpful)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Mage of Light, one Paladin, and five Grand Knights make a perfect assault team!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Horsemen are key for the first three or four scenarios, it's important not to be too reliant on horse units through the middle part of the campaign, as there are many hard levels underground, in swamps, in water, or against Saurians; use XP from the scenario ''The Vanguard'' to get to 2 Paladins and 2+ Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't overlook Pikemen/Halberdiers, which are useful in many levels; pierce attacks work well against Drakes and against the dragon, and they are handy for defensive roles especially repelling Wolf Riders. They are less good against undead, though, and don't get that +1 MP Royal Guard speed bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to many undead opponents, you will want to recruit many Thugs at times, and get a few (the quick ones, since you need them underground) leveled up. Footpads help too, once leveled up. Due to swamps, you will sometimes be spamming Poachers, which get marksmanship once at level 3. These, plus Lady Outlaw, give tactical options at other levels too: some decent chaotic troops form an ideal reserve, since you can attack with your lawful troops at dawn, and by nightfall when you need to heal them, use some chaotic troops to either continue the attack or to shield your healing lawful units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some recommended units to have obtained by specific scenarios:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The Fall - 1 Knight&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. A Harrowing Escape - 1 White Mage, 2 Knights, plus about-to-level troops&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4a. The Midlands - avoid, go to The Swamp of Eden instead&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4b. The Swamp of Eden - level 2 Haldric, level 2 Lady Outlaw, 2 Knights, 2 Shocktroopers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. Temple of the Deep - level 3 Haldric, level 3 Burin, 1-2 Mages of Light or several Outlaws / quick Bandits&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8. Clearwater Port - level 3 Lady Outlaw, 3 White Mages / Mages of Light, 3 Iron Maulers / Royal Guards / Halberdiers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
12. A Final Spring - 1-2 Silver Mages&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
14. Rough Landing - the 3 loyal Mermen from the previous scenario, ''Peoples in Decline''[glandis] In 1.8.6, there was no opportunity for 3 loyal mermen - maybe this was in an older version? And only Merman fighters can be recruited - no Netcaster upgardes are possible&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17a. The Dragon - up to 4 White Mages / Mages of Light&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17d. Cursed Island - 1 Paladin&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
19. The Vanguard - 4 Knights/Lancers/Grand Knights, 2 Paladins (or about-to-level Knights)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
20. Return of the Fleet - 1 Mermen Entangler, 1 Merman Triton with Storm Trident, level 3 Commander Aethyr desirable&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
22. The Rise of Wesnoth - 2 Paladins, 3 Royal Guards, 4 Mages of Light&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because the campaign is long and you won't be able to recall all your level 3's in the final scenario, it pays to create some &amp;quot;uber-units&amp;quot;. An example is a quick, resilient Silver Mage that has been AMLA advanced a few times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
===A Summer Of Storms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively easy scenario, so gear your recruitment and strategy with an eye towards gathering XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# For the first round, recruit 2-3 Horsemen and the rest can be all Spearmen or a mix of Spearmen and Bowmen as you see fit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Then, you should probably hire Bowmen and more Spearmen. Whatever Bowmen you can get advanced will be useful later on for fighting the many trolls, grunts, and riders you will encounter. Note, however, that you will not have any healers until you level up at least one mage to White Mage status, and the sooner you can do that the better. Red mages will also prove very useful in subsequent scenarios, so consider recruiting at least two mages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used at least three strategies with success...&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: Send the horsemen with the king over the bridge, and the others should follow or start going over the mountain, to avoid being attacked from behind. Send subsequent Spearmen and Bowmen on the &amp;quot;over-the-bridge&amp;quot; road, and when the Prince and final troops have just about caught up, march on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;hide in the swamp&amp;quot; strategy: Proceed much like the above, but send the king with 3 Horsemen to capture the nearest houses, then retreat into the swamp area until you have your lawful bonus to kill off troops during the day. To hold them back, you can use a Spearman and a Mage (to level him.)&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sandbagging&amp;quot; strategy: On the hardest difficulty level, the initial enemy assault will only be easy to handle by entrenching your troops behind the river. Use the king to block the bridge initially, while Spearmen handle the shoreline just north and Horsemen carefully flag villages across the river. Run the king around, lending his leadership as you massacre the stupid enemy troops that have jumped like lemmings into the water. &lt;br /&gt;
* For all these options, you will also need to send a squad north into the mountains and around into the flank of the enemy. A quick Spearman, a quick Bowman, and one other unit, possibly a quick Mage, should be more than sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
* When you see that the fronts are under control, stop recruiting and send prince Haldric and your Mages over the bridge on a quest for XP, assisted by the leadership of the king, and converge on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Fall===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that looks scary, but it is only moderately difficult with proper recruitment and strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall or recruit Spearmen and Bowmen to man the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horsemen/Knights are desirable, because you probably do not yet have a White Mage, and the villages are widely spaced.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recalling or recruiting Mages for XP gathering is highly advisable for future scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are three basic approaches to take out the outlaw leader...&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Brute force&amp;quot; strategy: You can march west with a large army and use part of it to hold northwestern orc. Use the rest to fight outlaws and kill the leader. This strategy requires a lot of troops but it can bring you plenty of experience and can bring a quick victory.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: You can assassinate the outlaw leader. One way is to wait until the orcs have killed almost all outlaws and then assassinate the outlaw leader with Knights, rushing over the enemy camp's bridge and into the keep. This strategy is risky because orcs can kill the leader before you.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination via the mountain pass&amp;quot; strategy: Another way to assassinate the leader is to send a squad through the southern mountains to the outlaw keep. Two Mages and three Spearmen are enough. You may wish to substitute one of the Spearmen with a Knight or Horseman, though horse units have only a narrow passage devoid of mountains and could get pinned by the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
* On the hardest difficulty level, you may be forced to assassinate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Saving the loyal Heavy Infantrymen (or Shock Troopers on easy) pays off in later scenarios. To save all three, move them south towards the outlaws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you eliminate the HP of the Lady Outlaw, she offers to help you. If you say yes, she comes back as a loyal unit in future scenarios and you will be able to recruit outlaw units, plus she cannot be killed in the next couple of scenarios (instead, she disappears when she goes to zero HP, and comes back the next scenario.) This is quite valuable. If you say no and try to kill her, you find out she cannot be killed. However, you do get 200 gold that she leaves behind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The following scenario (''A Harrowing Escape'') is a handful on the hardest difficulty level. On hard, your goal should be a carryover of almost 150 gold (so you have 250 starting gold), so although Lady Outlaw's assistance is worth much more than 80 gold (40% of 200), you may be forced to choose the gold. Another thing you need to beat the following scenario on hard is a White Mage at or near the start of the scenario. Also, about-to-level units will be especially nice for their self-healing ability and low initial upkeep. Steer XP accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Harrowing Escape===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much easier on lower difficulty levels, calling for different strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On easy/medium...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: You should recruit/recall at least one, possibly two Mages here, and use them for killing Goblin Spearmen and finishing off injured Wolf Riders in the hills &amp;amp; mountains bordering the valley. Other than the Mages, simply recruit what you want, and go along the road. You get enough villages to pay upkeep for quite some army, and can give some of them a bit of experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Leave a few units in the rear, as the enemy can cross hills quickly. Note that Footpads and Outlaws will also cross hills at reasonable speed, if you need to hunt down some units. There are two castle tiles about halfway down, try to send Lady Outlaw and Brunin the Lost to them, they make good guards in case the enemy tries to come straight up. You can also send a couple groups of units down southeast to the lake, so you can prevent the Green team (southeast) from coming up the river. You can also kill the two Orcish Grunts (or Warriors on medium) on the southern castle tiles and then move Lady Outlaw and Brunin to them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On hard...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: To beat this scenario on the hardest difficulty level, you need some level 2 (or better yet, about-to-level level 1) units already and decent starting gold. It has been beaten on hard with as little as 158 starting gold, 200 is still difficult, and 250+ makes it relatively easy. You can stretch your gold a bit by not going negative on upkeep and waiting until you can't wait any longer to do one last round of recruiting, recalling mostly level 2's. For timing your final recruitment, watch the wolves that are likely trying to flank through the mountains south of your keep. Another requirement for beating this scenario is a White Mage (or two.) If need be, you must promote a Mage (or two) &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;tout de suite&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, as you will be dealing with severe damage and assassins, while only having easy access to 2 or 3 villages initially. Horsemen and Knights are useful for dissipating damage by serving as meat shields against blades and then running off to remote villages to heal. Quick Horsemen are especially nice, as they can transfer between two strategically placed villages in one turn, for healing on the go. Horsemen, Knights, and Swordsmen are useful for swatting assassins. If you can recruit outlaws, a couple of Footpads are nice for village grabbing. Thieves are also good because they are cheap, the Grunts are fond of attacking them, and they often survive on 70% defense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Near the start of combat, it's crucial to kill the first waves quickly: the wolves and assassins. More important than terrain is avoiding getting flanked, so mobility of individual units is key; if you climb up deep into the mountains, you will have a harder time with mobility than staying on or near the valley floor. Additionally, many of your units cannot go on mountain hexes, so it's easier to maintain your lines if everyone stays close to the valley. It's easier to make a stand at the keep and northern river bank, but this approach can be too costly in terms of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium/hard, you can lure out the roadside guard Warriors one at a time by putting a unit within attack range of one (and out of range of the other.) They mostly come at night. Mostly. That is, the Warriors might not bite bait put out during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have Lady Outlaw, note that she has leadership, which will be useful to help promote Prince Haldric, if he is still level 0. It's worth advancing her to level 2, to continue to provide leadership to level 1 Haldric and your other level 1's. You may also make use of her odd ability &amp;quot;distract&amp;quot;, which allows adjacent allied units to ignore ZOCs. And Lady Outlaw allows you to recruit outlaw types. On hard especially, Thugs can be useful as meat shields and to provide strong attacks at night when your lawful forces are crippled. Remember too that Lady Outlaw cannot be permanently killed (at least not yet), so when desperate times call for desperate measures, you can move her into a suicidal position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* It helps that there are two enemy sides as opposed to a twice as strong single enemy side. If one of your units could be attacked by 3 enemies, but 1 of these hexes is currently blocked by the other side, the currently moving enemy decides to attack units which it (they) is (are) actually less likely to kill than that one. AIs don't cooperate, that is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are stuck on this scenario, you may need to replay one or both of the previous scenarios and/or choose to &amp;quot;kill&amp;quot; Lady Outlaw in the previous scenario so you get her gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There is Dwarf Steelclad in the village at 8,5. It's not far from your camp, so send Lady Outlaw there. Dwarf joins you because &amp;quot;It has been a long time since he felt the satisfying crunch of Orcs under his Axe.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you kill the first orc leader, an Orcish Slayer and two Assassins will pop out of nowhere, so you would be wise not to have any wounded units stuck without movement points at that point. Also, the other leader will get an infusion of gold and start recruiting on all available hexes, so if you can sit on some of those hexes first, it will help keep the situation from getting out of control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* At the end, you will be given the choice of the river/swamp road or the midlands/orc road. These fork to the scenarios ''The Swamp of Esten'' and ''The Midlands'', respectively. The swamp scenario is relatively easy, while ''The Midlands'' could cost you some leveled units or even prove impossible to beat if you are low on gold. Also, the swamp gives you a free loyal White Mage, so it's a no brainer, unless you want more of a challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: it would be wise to have at least 1 White Mage before going to the scenario ''The Swamp of Esten''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Midlands====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orcs again. But you chose that way. This scenario may appear impossible, but with a lot of gold and a little strategy, it can be beat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are given plenty of time, so use it wisely. The enemies send lots of orcs, mostly weak ones. So recruit and recall everything you can.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall any White Mages you have. You'll need them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bowmen are good for the wolf units you will be facing.&lt;br /&gt;
* The rest depends on your strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Fast Assault&amp;quot; option: use an assassination team. If you go west, only your Knights and Horsemen will arrive and fight at daytime. So go south. Take the bridge and defend against the enemy closing in from the west. Take out Yellow with a fast assault team (they should take a healer along), but be careful about the leader. Your main force moves west, takes and holds the second bridge, and takes out Blue. Your assault team stays in the south and goes for the last enemy leader - they won't face any serious resistance. The enemy moves north to support Blue. The HI guarding the bridge might gain a level or die, but hopefully not the latter, as they are loyal units in a long campaign. With this approach, you can finish early (around 25 turns) and keep your losses low.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Dark Assault&amp;quot; option: use Footpads.  If you chose to work with the the outlaws in the last round, then this works well.  Footpads are cheap.  And they are fast.  And they have good defensive abilities.  Plus they fight well in the dark and in the forest.  So recruit lots of Footpads-pawns and quickly dispatch them to the upper west and south, followed by more powerful units: Mages, Horsemen, etc.  For the time being, leave the middle enemy alone.  To the upper west, send several Footpads into the forest and capture the village and set up a defensive line.  This cuts down the enemy's gold and increases yours.  Don't attack at first, just defend, until more of your slow higher powered units arrive. The strategy here is to pick off the orcs, and send the Horsemen to capture villages.  While this is going, to the south you send your Footpads to capture any villages you can and, more importantly, put a Footpad on the hex that is adjacent to the bridge, thereby stopping easy advancement of their greater numbered troops. A White Mage, a couple Trappers and some Bowmen would make a good escort. Probably sending a Thief or two would be good too, to help dispatch any enemy that infiltrate the villages north of the river. one enemy got into one of the villages on the north of river, and it took a lot to dislodge him.  The intention is to engage the enemy so that they are fighting from the river squares, at a huge disadvantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Swamp Of Esten====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not hard if you are conservative and don't send important units off alone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall 1-2 quick Knights (or Paladins, if you have them), recruit 1-2 Horsemen, and recall your loyal Shocktroopers or whatever they are now.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next round, recruit/recall Mages to kill Scorpions (and Bats) and at least one White Mage to deal with poison, plus maybe a Poacher or Trapper or two, as they are good in swamp (and you would like a Huntsman eventually, for its markmanship.)&lt;br /&gt;
# A little Thug spam can come next, but you don't need a full third round of recruitment. Then send Prince Haldric off to lend his leadership.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Head to the northeastern leader first. Try to kill Dark Adepts with Burin or horse units before they have a chance to attack you. As you close in on the leader, hover your mouse over him to watch where he can go, as at night his ranged attack is nasty and can be followed up by waves of kamikaze Walking Corpses, which can take out a Knight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After you have killed the northeastern leader and eliminated troops there, you can either send your whole army back across the ford and south or split your army into two halves, sending one part to each leader. If you have lost several units but have lots of turns left, it's probably safer to stick together. This is not a simple mop-up operation, as powerful undead can take out some of your valuable units if you're not careful. On hard, Shadows are a threat at night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Searching the temples is a good idea. Some have gold. There is a free loyal White Mage hiding in (a random) one of the temples - visit the temple close to the keep ASAP, and if not there, try rushing a horse unit or Lady Outlaw to the temple at 19,5. However, some of the temples contain undead, so keep extra troops nearby when you enter one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main challenge in this scenario is keeping your ally alive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your (probably leveled up) Heavy Infantry from The Fall and some quick Spearmen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recruit/recall Thugs, Bowmen, and Spearmen, preferably quick.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round, recall 2-3 White Mages (or Mages of Light) and maybe some quick Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Your forces will have three main combat arenas: the northeast, the south, and the middle.&lt;br /&gt;
# The castle in the middle is inhabited by the tree folk. The orcs have almost the perfect anti-wose force, heavy on fire (Orcish Crossbowmen and Pillagers), so your ally is going to need your help. Send 2-4 units to the castle and another 4-8 units northeast of the castle to block the enemy advancing from that direction.&lt;br /&gt;
# Split the rest of your forces to go northeast and south, 4-6 units each, with a White Mage in each force. Your loyal Heavy Infantry / Shocktroopers should head south. Sending Haldric south might help take some of the heat off the woses.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Tips...&lt;br /&gt;
* If you send a White Mage or Mage of Light to the wose castle, it will let any adjacent wose cure+heal or sometimes regenerate+heal (16 points.) That's because of the side sequence within a turn: player, orcs, woses. For example, after the orcs attack with poison, the woses cure themselves, and then your leveled mage will heal any adjacent wose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The temple contains the entrance to the catacombs, but you need the leader Wose's help to open it, and to get that help you have to win the current scenario, so there is no point in visiting this temple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is in the catacombs, i.e., underground, and it's a tough one, so you need to groom your roster accordingly. Two Mages of Light would make it a whole lot easier. Failing that, level up your fearless loyal Shocktrooper and chaotic outlaw types. Bandits/Highwaymen and Fugitives are especially nice. Quick units of almost any type (except horse units) will be helpful, if leveled and possessing high HP (&amp;gt;50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Temple in the Deep===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be facing undead underground. This is a difficult situation that will prove much easier with proper recruitment. Then the strategy will be fairly straightforward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All in all, what you need is a small elite force. Two rounds of recalls is enough, if you didn't lose Burin in a prior scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers, though their slow movement will prove frustrating. Also on the first round, recall a fast &amp;quot;tank&amp;quot; and someone to grab the holy water.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recall any Mages of Light you might already have, and a total of at least two White Mages or Mages of Light, preferably quick. For the rest of your recruitment, what you need are high movement (6+ MP) non-horse units with high hitpoints (&amp;gt;50 HP). It helps if they are chaotic (or at least neutral) and/or have ranged or impact attacks. Put all the requirements together and it points to Fugitives. Outlaws and quick Arch Mages are worth recalling too. Fill out the rest with other high HP units. Note that horse units are too sluggish in caves and should not be recalled/recruited unless you have a compelling reason.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round (optional), you can add a unit or two for a safety margin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# There are two ways north, but they will meet up together. First thing you will see are Tentacles. You can either ignore the Tentacles for the most part or use them for XP. Your main initial objective is to find a good place to make a stand against the nasty wave of undead coming from the north. The chokepoints and southern shoreline offer good defensive locations. Watch out for the enemy's Bone Shooters, Revenants and Deathblades, as they could easily mess up a level 3 unit. &lt;br /&gt;
# Once the flow of baddies as tapered off, gradually progress northwards. Once you get into the final chamber, the boss should be a piece of cake, although his ranged attack is devastating, so try to attack him with melee units. Be careful if he has recruits around, as their combined damage can take down one of your level 3's. Note that the Ruby can only be picked up by Haldric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Holy water: The best choice for the Holy Water is a quick Bandit, who should level quickly. A quick Highwayman could be used, but won't benefit much from the XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* XP: Use this level to get experience. The early-finish bonus is tiny. The Tentacles are perfect for leveling up units. Keep Burin away from the water at this stage, or he'll kill all tentacles as they attack, depriving those who could benefit from the XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your killed units will be turned into Walking Corpses (or Soulless on hard.) Therefore, spam is not helpful. A Mage or Thug can be okay, if used with great care, but mostly you need to recall leveled troops here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return to Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Clearwater Port===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is easy if you take the first boat out, more and more challenging for the second and third boats, and very difficult (on hard) if you want to take out all three leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers from ''The Fall.'' You will also want several Footpads, for speedy village snatching, coastline defending (under leader supervision), and possibly for filling castle hexes if your lines get too thin.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recruit/recall more low maintenance units. It's a good scenario for leveling troops, so recalling acouple half-leveled Spearmen or similar is a good idea.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third and later turns, start recalling your high maintenance units. The key to winning this scenario is to recall several advanced units that can take a lot of damage and get good defense in castles (no Horsemen). You will also want at least 3 White Mages or Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Backstab your ally, stealing all his villages. Your ally is useless anyway, except for the entertainment value from his troops' suicide runs. The income is much better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
# Send your heavy duty troops with some White Mages over to the line of castle near Lt. Aethyr. (Optionally, you can rush forward past the castle, but you will need to return almost as quickly before the main enemy wave and night arrive.) Aethyr will usually be done recruiting by the second or third turn, before the enemy reaches you, so fill the entire line with your units, and put Knight Sir Rudry in the one non castled tile (or leave it empty, if no enemy are adjacent.) Place the White Mages behind this line. After the enemy has reached you and it is your turn to attack, go mostly for the assasins, as they have a weak melee attack and their poison can be a huge problem. Alternatively to using the castle (from (26,18) to (24,15)) to defend, the front line can lead through the villages at (30,17) and (30,18). This will make your line much shorter, it becomes much more of a bottleneck fight and offsets your enemy's superior numbers, since some of their units just move around with all spots to attack occupied; you only have to give up 1 village and 2 front units instaheal without mages. Place your strongest units on the weakest spot (29,20) and a Mage of Light on (30,19), he will hardly be attacked as the hex before him is used to attack (29,20). This shorter line requires less units on your side and also has the great advantage that there are much less 40% defense spots to attack you. They will flank you at the sides but stand on ice or sand then.&lt;br /&gt;
# Meanwhile, on the northeastern coast, the northern enemy leader will send lots of units to catch your flank unguarded. Send 2 Footpads, a Spearman, Lady Jessene, and Haldric to guard the coast. If Lady Jessene is already level 3, you can substitute a Royal Guard, Swordsman, or Javelineer for Haldric. This coastline defense squad may need help later, so be ready to divert a speedy powerful unit there. If you keep a healthy unit on the village at the tip of the land, then, unless you are very unlucky, you will be able to hold off everything the northern leader sends. After the assault from the water has been crushed, some of your troops may be able to cross the ford north, but be careful not to get attacked in the water with only 20% defense. (Certain of your chaotic units do have 40% defense in water; now is a good time to pay attention to that.) Also, notice that the lighthouse has a similar effect as a Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
# You have two options for the endgame:&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Total victory&amp;quot; strategy: Once you've thinned the enemy to where they only have a few units that are close to your line, usually this happens conveniently around dawn, move your people out and start heading for their leaders. Split your force, sending a few down the southern path, to distract the eney and most of them toward the middle leader, to kill him. Once he's dead, send some of your army down to kill the southern leader and devote a few units to defending the bridge until the rest of your army can rejoin you. A unit or two with a lot of HP with a white mage are usually enough to do this.&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Run like hell&amp;quot; strategy: Alternatively, you can leave your leader near the docks and take one of the boats to end the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fallen Lich Point===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a high variance scenario. It may be easy or hard, depending on events beyond your control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit fairly lightly initially, as you will likely have a chance to use the Lich's keep to recruit again.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages, White Mages, and Mages of Light are good, and as are all the other advancements of Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* You automatically should have your loyal Knight. Because of the mountains around &amp;quot;lichland&amp;quot; and frozen ground everywhere else, additional horse units are not recommended, except a single Paladin will come in handy.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Thugs or a Bandit or Highwayman will provide a little extra undead bashing power.&lt;br /&gt;
* Footpads will help with village flagging.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy... &lt;br /&gt;
# The Orcs will be busy with the Yetis, so you can walk with a big group south and kill the Lich-Lord. Move Haldric to the stone monument to de-petrify the Lich. It may help to post some units around the undead before doing so. Use several mages to make a hole or two in the ring of undead, and then push in a burly fighter or two and/or Paladin to kill the Lich.&lt;br /&gt;
# After killing the Lich, assess the Orc/Yeti situation (as well as the village flagging situation) and decide if you need to use the Lich's keep to recruit some reinforcements.&lt;br /&gt;
# After that, head north and walk into the sewer entrance (the &amp;quot;cave&amp;quot;) or else kill the orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* It is also possible, if you recruit heavily, to split your force and head north to attack the eastern Orcs before they finish with the Yetis.  However, be careful not to be attacked by a Yeti yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
* When dealing with the Lich, be aware that he has money; if you let him vacate any of his encampment tiles, or if you kill any of his units but do not occupy their tiles, he will be able to recruit.  (This is not necessarily all bad, as it can mean more experience, but depending on the strength of your force you may want to be careful.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sewer of Southbay===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a swampy underground scenario, but with attention to recruitment, it's not very difficult.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* As always underground, you want non-horse units with 6+ MP.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall White Mages / Mages of Light, at least two, three is probably the optimal number.&lt;br /&gt;
* There are quite a few villages in this cave, so an expensive force is supportable, though not necessary. Some players recruit a large and spammy force, while others go with small and elite:&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 1, &amp;quot;Large and spammy&amp;quot; recruitment: Recruit four each of Mages, Thugs, and Poachers. Yes, Poachers normally stink, but here they really shine in a swamp that is permanently dark, underground. If you recruit four Poachers, you could finish with three Trappers and a Huntsman - or you could finish with four dead Poachers. The Thugs are especially likely to die, as they will be facing off against Red Mages, but somebody has to do it.&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 2, &amp;quot;Small and elite&amp;quot; recruitment: Recall something like one Red Mage, one Arch Mage, one Silver Mage, 2 two Royal Guards/Highwaymen/etc, and a Trapper or Huntsman, plus three regular Mages and a Poacher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# After leaving your initial chamber, you will be in a large swamp room with three entrances, through which will be a flood of bad guys. Use two Poachers and a Thug or similar to blockade the southeast, a small elite group to block the north, and then a mix of fighters and mages to handle the west entrance. Give each group a White Mage or Mage of Light, as well as at least one regular Mage. Try to keep the Mages of Light away from your chaotic forces on the front lines, though. Use the leadership of Haldric and Lady Jessene - and Mage of Light illumination or lack thereof - to get the most from each attack.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the initial battle has died down, you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
## If you have enough forces, you can divide into two groups and attack both brothers simultanously, east and west.&lt;br /&gt;
## Otherwise, do them one after the other, and then look for the exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Danger: there is a Giant Spider at the exit. You may wish to keep one or two cannon fodder units in order to be able to save your advanced units.  It is best to use ranged attacks against the spider, so leveled mages are good here.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is a lot easier with a lot of gold, especially on the hardest difficulty level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Southbay in Winter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Final Spring===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a large battle, and any mistake on any front can spell doom, but overall it will be fairly easy on the easier difficulty levels. On hard, it will only be a cakewalk with a lot of starting gold (more than 450 or so.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# On the first turn, recall a Silver Mage to teleport to the island, recruit Footpads for village snatching, recall one or more of your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''The Fall''), and recall one or more Knights or similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, continue with this theme, but it will be nightfall soon, so recall Outlaws, Bandits, Assassins, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn three is a bit more of the same, but you need to start thinking about preserving your income and also keeping a gold reserve. You can spam some peasants to preserve cash and income.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn four turn is more of the same.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn five is similar, but it will be day soon, so lawfuls like Knights and level 1 Mages are a good idea.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn six, you will have new recruitment options (see spoiler at walkthrough end.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy is broken into four fronts...&lt;br /&gt;
# The first front is the south land area. Do a counter-clockwise sweep with mounted units, optionally augmented with Footpads, which can help pad out your lines with forest and village hexes. Note that it will be nightfall soon after game start, so it might be wise to delay any serious mounted assault until the next day, and you can delay your recalls for this.&lt;br /&gt;
# The second front is the walled city. Move slower units and your loyal White Mage / Mage of Light to defend here. Take your ally's villages; your ally wouldn't do much useful with the money anyway. When your mounted units from the second front complete their sweep, you can break the remaining southern forces against the city wall in a hammer and anvil. Then your united forces can move north. On easy, you may be able to push north more quickly than that using just part of your city troops.&lt;br /&gt;
# The third front is the bay and peninsula north of your keep. If you don't protect this area well, Wolf Riders and others will mount an amphibious assault in an effort to flank your troops. On the easier difficulty levels, you may wish to beat the punch and quickly establish a bridgehead on the other side of the bay.&lt;br /&gt;
# The fourth front is the two small islands. Send a Silver Mage there ASAP. (You should have a village already there, so the Silver Mage can teleport over.) Footpads/Outlaws/Fugitives and others will help later. Lady Jessene could be used. A quick White Mage would be useful, either on the coast or on the islands. Do not use Assassins on this front. Assassins have relatively weak defense in water against Orcs and Nagas, they're very weak against blade, which is all orcs and nagas use, and their relatively slow movement in water makes backstab hard to use reliably. Overall, you need to devote more resources to this front than you might think.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* You should have lots of high-level units now, so concentrate on recruiting new ones and levelling them up to fill needs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Peasants are useful as placeholders for villages and distractions for the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 5, a gang of nasty undead show up in the east. So, for your city taskforce, you'll want to recruit/recall units with impact and arcane attacks. Note that if undead capture villages, they will be flagged with the Orc island boss' black flag! This can result in an overwhelming number of Nagas, and it's one reason that you must devote a lot of resources to the island campaign. Flag any black flag villages you can.&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 6, a gang of nasty Mermen show up in the west. Fortunately, they are on your side. You can now recruit Mermen. This is the real reason to keep a gold reserve until this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Peoples in Decline===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a bloody scenario versus Drakes. It can be a real challenge on the hardest difficulty setting, less so on the easier levels. Proper recruitment is more important than strategy here, as you will have little opportunity to maneuver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Drakes can be dangerous, so this is a great scenario to use the time honored technique of cannon fodder. Now that you can recruit level 0 units for cheap, you can protect your higher level units by recruiting endless Peasants to distract the Drakes' firepower.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drakes are vulnerable to pierce attacks, so spam cheap pierce attack units. In addition to Peasants, there are Poachers, Bowmen, Peasants, Spearmen, Merman Fighters, and Merman Hunters. Poachers are key here, due to the swampy terrain and their chaotic alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need about 3 White Mages / Mages of Light in all.&lt;br /&gt;
* On your last turn of recruitment when you have about 80 gold, recall some advanced units, like Master Bowmen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Since you will have a lot of level 1 and 0 units, make sure to use the leadership of Prince Haldric and Lady Jessene.&lt;br /&gt;
* Look for opportunities to heal via leveling up.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pay attention to the day-night cycle in this scenario. Drakes will be strong during day, but become very weak in the night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Take advantage of the mountains for defense, but note that on hard, you need to set up a relatively small perimeter around your base, as you will be hard pressed to even hold a small area.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be careful with your loyals.&lt;br /&gt;
* Because most Drakes have powerful ranged attacks, the roles of your melee and ranged units are reversed from the norm. Whereas usually you would use fighters to protect archers, here you will use archers to protect fighters. Melee-only units should hide behind the lines until they attack, preferably at night (with a Mage of Light supplying illumination.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure you get the Storm Trident in the middle of the sea, but be certain that you've cleared most of the Drakes first, since a Sea Serpent will appear. It's best to have some strong units ready to kill it in 1 or 2 turns. You can give the trident to Lord Typhon, but since he leaves a bit later, you may want to give it to another Merman Fighter. Movement over land is important for Mermen in the campaign as a whole.  If the Merman Fighter to whom you give the storm trident has the Quick attribute, you can make him a Hoplite when he gets to level 3.  Otherwise, make him a Triton, because movement over land is important for Mermen in this campaign as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rough Landing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting Nagas and Vampire Bats, primarily. This is a scenario that may be frustrating on the easier difficulty levels, though on hard it is just par for the course. Good recruitment and strategy will save you from getting slaughtered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are probably going to go negative on gold and be unable to rectify that with the paultry early finish bonus, so you might as will go very negative and be resigned to start the next scenario with minimum gold.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit/recall many Mermen and 1 or 2 White Mages or Mages of Light. A few Peasants can be useful to pad out your force, distract the enemy, and protect villages from stray Bats. A Silver Mage can be useful for island hopping but is not essential. Thieves/Assassins are blade vulnerable, and Nagas only use blades, so it's probably best not to recall them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Knock out the southeastern leader in a blitz. It's important to get that out of the way, because a wave of Nagas is advancing at light speed from the north.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next, hurriedly set up a line in the water alongside your fortress island. Your fortress troops can anchor one flank, while Burin the Dwarf can go to the island to the northeast to anchor the other end of your line. Nobody messes with Burin. Move Lady Jessene behind the lines to lend her support to the Mermen. Your loyal Mage of Light will be able to move back and forth more (to lend illumination) if kept in the fortress area.&lt;br /&gt;
# Finally, once the enemy assault wave has been broken, advance northward to kill the final two leaders in a straightforward mop-up operation. Just be careful not leave isolated units where they can get swarmed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints/Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to level up the mermen; they can be useful in another scenario later.&lt;br /&gt;
* Beware of Sea Serpents. Three of them will appear, one on each of the three turns following your first kill of an enemy unit. Make sure to kill them at once. The Storm Trident from the previous scenario and the Ruby of Fire will come in handy against the Serpents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A New Land===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a non-scenario. The scenario objectives tell you to avoid all confrontation for as long as possible, but actually the faster your units encounter the others the faster the scenario will end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* None necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The optimal strategy for gold carryover is to grab the three closest villages, then retreat to your keep and wait. Once one attack occurs, the non-scenario will be over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* One thing to keep in mind is that this the last chance you have to grab some more Mermen as their king leaves.  They are quite helpful in a later scenario so grabbing a few extra here cannot hurt if you can spare the gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Ka'lian===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story, with your choice of four battles next.  You have to beat them all in whatever order.  The amount of gold you have should be the factor in deciding when you choose to play Cursed Isle (the undead problem).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All four scenarios have to be beaten, but in whatever order you choose.&lt;br /&gt;
====The Dragon====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not as difficult as it looks, though your recruitment and strategy need to be tailored to fight the Saurian Skirmishers and other foes you will face here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Saurians use piercing attacks mostly, so it's better to use units resistant to pierce. Pikemen and Halberdiers have 40% pierce resistance. Javelineers are ideal as Saurians use ranged attacks a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
* You may wish to bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers. They are ineffective against the 70% impact resistant Mudcrawlers, while also vulnerable to the ranged attacks of both Mudcrawlers and Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consider adopting a force of all units with ranged attacks, save for horse and thief units, which can be kept behind the lines when not in use. It is amusing when Saurian Augers are forced to tap your units with their little staffs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers are a necessity to deal with the heavy damage your units will be sustaining. Depending on the strategy you adopt, you will want 2-4 healers. Mages of Light rock here, as they can easily do front line duty in pairs and their illumination blinds the Saurians, reducing their damage.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need something to clean up mud. Versus level 0 Mudcrawlers, Horsemen and their advancements can charge with no counterattack, and likewise Thieves and their advancements can backstab with no counterattack. Mages can be used as well on the fire vulnerable mud.&lt;br /&gt;
* A Merman or two will help with water hexes. An Entangler's slow ability will help tame the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used many different strategies with success:&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Fighting Saurians requires a disciplined formation.  If you're used to stringing out troops to move them into position as they get there, that won't work after Turn 2 or 3. You can use a &amp;quot;healing hedgehog&amp;quot; of ten troops--two white mages next to each other and eight troops completely encircling them.  If someone gets badly injured, move them to the inside and put a white mage on one of the long edges, fighting as you go.  If you're trying for the big bonus, you'll need two hedgehogs.  Try to keep reserves back a bit in cities.  If the terrain favorably protects you, or the wounded is a fast unit, you can try moving wounded back to cities too.  Once the main wave of Saurians is broken, you can string non-wounded troops out a bit in the rush for the leaders. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Triangular Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Switching wounded units to the inside of the hedgehog can be a problem if you are surrounded. ZOC prevents you from creating an open hex to move the inner unit into. You can fix this by creating a triangle with three hexes inside, instead of the standard two of the hedgehog. If you do this on your castle, only three units are in grasslands. If you set it right, you can make most of the hexes adjacent to your triangle be grassland as well, forcing the Saurians into a bad defensive position. In terms of unit positioning, the simplest way is to fill two inner spaces with Mages of Light, a but a better tactic is to put one of the mages on an edge, thereby ensuring that all but one of your units are healing. The remaining unit can either be a Merman Hoplite, (prefereably resilient and carrying a Storm Trident) or Lady Jessene, since she has excellent defense and is chaotic and therefore benefits by not being in the Mages' light. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Giant Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Recruit a lot of units, and then move the whole army as one big bulk. Keep healers in the middle (about four), rotate stronger units outwards, and make sure you leave no gaps. The Saurians will slip through the tiniest gap and kill your weak units. Head first for the east or wast leader, but steer for good terrain, because your force will soon be swarmed until about turn 10, when there should be many few Saurians alive.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Standard Line&amp;quot; strategy: Form a line from the west board edge diagonally up towards your keep across the two villages just in front of the forest. You will probably wish to bend upwards at the forest, rather than running the line all the way to the keep. Whenever the Saurians have a small number of troops at your line and you have enough strength to kill them all, you can advance your whole line one hex south, allowing you to get additional attacks on them from non-frontline troops. Once you advance a unit to the first water hex at west board edge, the west leader will probably come out to greet it, so be ready to fry him with Haldric's ruby. After killing the leader, back up into good terrain to prepare to meet the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Wake the Dragon&amp;quot; strategy: Prematurely wake the dragon (see spoiler below) and back up your troops to north of your keep. When the dragon comes, kill him. The scenario can be over on turn 7. There is no early finish bonus for this, but you can recruit lightly so that you still have gold at the end and will carry-over 40%, if you need it for your next scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* With all these strategies, the Saurians may hold back for quite a while. This is okay, as the Dragon will eventually appear and come to you. Kill it. Then you are given a choice of whether to end the scenario or to try to kill all the enemy leaders before time runs out. You can choose to finish the remaining Saurians for a nice bonus. However, on the hardest difficulty setting the turn limit (33 turns) is insufficient for you to plow through the vast hordes of level 0 spam to get to the leaders, so it's best to simply end the scenario after killing the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The dragon will awake on turn 15 or when you move a unit down around the road north of the mountains. If you wish to wake the dragon prematurely, you can recruit a Horseman on turn 1 and run him down. It's a suicide mission for him, however.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have a fast non-horse unit in position, rush it to the mountain cave after the Dragon leaves to grab the 200 in gold, though that's nothing compared to the Hero bonus for defeating all the Saurian leaders. So focus on killing all of them first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Lizard Beach====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario versus Saurians, Giant Scorpions, and Mudcrawlers, where good recruiting and strategy will save you from massive bloodshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruiting...&lt;br /&gt;
* Mermen are helpful for the swamp and water areas.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers, veterans from ''The Fall.'' They are laughably ineffective against the impact resistant Mudcrawlers - and laughably vulnerable to their ranged attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Thieves, Horsemen, and their advancements are good for mud cleanup, though you must keep them out of range of Saurian skirmishers. Swordsmen and Royal Guards are also good, though overkill.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall a lot of fairly high HP units, preferably with strong non-impact ranged and melee attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages are good. Mages of Light are especially useful, since they can do front line duty. Lots of healing may be necessary, about 3 healers are good, so White Mages can be used too. Raw recruit Mages can be used as well, for disposal of Giant Scorpions and the occasional Saurian Skirmisher that wanders too far. At least one Silver Mage is highly desirable, along with a speedy unit (e.g., Fugitive, Footpad, or Horseman) to capture villages for the Silver Mage to use north of the river.&lt;br /&gt;
* [fredbobsmith2] An alternative strategy that works surprisingly well is to simply use a very mage-heavy army. Recall most or all of your high-level mages, throw in a few peasants, and spend the rest of your gold on recruiting mages. Victory will come with shocking ease.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* General strategy: as Saurians have skirmishers and a lot of movement, be sure to protect your wounded units well. Because of the Saurians unnerving ability to concentrate their fire on one unit, be sure to keep several healers around and try to keep your line straight so only two can mob one guy. Hedgehog tactic also seems to work well.&lt;br /&gt;
* Opening strategy: here are some specific strategies that players have used with success in the early part of the scenario:&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen in center&amp;quot; strategy: Recall 2-4 Mermen, 1-2 Trappers/Huntsmen, and a lot of high HP troops, then form a line. Initially, you can either form a north-south line around the lake area with one flank at the south board edge, or, if you want to be conservative, you can do a diagonal line in the southeast corner, with both flanks tied to board edges. You'll need the Mermen to handle the lake area, and Trappers/Huntsmen/Mermen for the swamp areas. Keep troops in reserve, so that when a few Saurians meet your line, you can advance your whole line over them. Do not be too conservative/defensive on hard, as your time is limited. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen on flank&amp;quot; strategy: Recall several decent land melee units &amp;amp; then 4-5 level 2 Mermen on rounds 2-3. Most of your force forms a line of battle near your keep, Mermen on the north flank in the river, land units extending south, flanks bent back with strongest units at the corners - then let the Saurians break on it. Once their first wave has broken, the rest of their troops come in drips and are no problem, so now you can split up and wipe out the stragglers and claim villages; any L2 units you start with should level up. After you defeat the main force from the south send just one or two guys north to capture towns so your Silver Mages can teleport into the fray. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen feint&amp;quot; strategy: Recall most of your Mermen from before and send them along the river towards the sea. This will harry the saurian troops coming down from the north, allowing your main force to advance on the southern enemy  undisturbed. Beware, though as your mermen will encounter the Saurians at night time (giving you -25% and them +25%), so try to minimize conflict until dawn, just get in their way.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;No Mermen&amp;quot; strategy: On your first two turns recall two keeps of strong, fast veterans like mounted units (not Paladins though; they're pretty ineffective against saurians), Outlaws/Assassins, and Silver Magi along with some other veterans, preferably with a lot of HP: if all goes well (at least on easy and medium) that may be all you need. Dash them across the swamp directly west of your keep, south of the sands, and form a line with strong units at the ends. They'll flank you, but you're stronger than them and you can use your slower units to crush the flanking saurians in a hammer and anvil. The first wave of southern Saurians should get itself killed before the northern Saurians arrive in force. Once the northern Saurians arrive, take them out with your slower units while your quicker ones go for the southern leader.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sacrificial lamb&amp;quot; strategy: In addition to a couple mages, 2 healers, and some other fighters, recruit a castle-full of peasants to draw the Saurians out onto open ground.  Surround a single peasant on 5 sides, with 2 healers behind him. Build your formation around that.&lt;br /&gt;
* Closing strategy: The enemy's onslaught tapers out after their initial wave, so the final push for the southern leader should be quick and clean. Taking out the northern leader is harder, because all of your units will be stuck south of the marshes and the river. If you want to go for a quick win, just march forth with Silver Mages, Mermen, and anyone who's close enough to be a help. If you don't want to lose any of your better units, patience may be the key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units gets as far west as the second bridge, a wave of Nagas will arrive out at sea. You may wish to delay going that far until the second watch, so that the Nagas will make contact with your forces during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
* Killing one leader gives more gold to the other, so when you've defeated pretty much all the southern leader's forces, just plant a level 3 or two in his keep and leave him alive; kill them both in the same turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Troll Hole====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that you cannot win by brute force, because the trolls have more brute force than you. Wise recruitment and strategy are necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* It's underground time again, so as before, mainly recruit mages. The trolls are strong, so hopefully you have lots of levelled up mages. Mages of Light are especially nice, because they are tough enough to survive an attack from most trolls, while simultaneously reducing the damage sustained (due to illumination blinding the trolls.) Level 1 Mages can be used to good effect too, especially if quick. If only attacked by a single Troll Whelp, a healthy level 1 Mage will survive.&lt;br /&gt;
* In addition to mages, your chaotic units can be helpful here again, especially against the occasional Rocklobber, which you will not want to attack with mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Forget about your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''the Fall''). They are too slow. It's not that you'll be running around, but you will be rotating troops due to heavy damage, and they will only get in the way.&lt;br /&gt;
* Putting Mermen in the moat will really help you fend off the first wave of attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are 4 castles, and two of them (randomly placed it seems) are the troll leaders you need to kill.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to use the narrow corridors to your advantage, so the enemy can only place one attack against a strong unit of yours, but you can kill a troll at a time with two mages or Haldric. Also keep an eye at your back since they will try to surround you. And resist the temptation to send single units wandering around in what seems empty caves - they will all die, probably by the fangs of a Giant Spider.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to arrange it so one troll can enter to be attacked by many troops.  Have regular troops in front initially.  Move mages forward to finish the troll, plug the gap where the troll was with Burin or a Royal Guard or an Iron Mauler, and reset the trap on the next turn.  When you've whittled down the enemy, go the direction they came from and kill the leaders, ignoring spider keeps.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alternative: This could be a good choice if you have low gold: recall 2 quick red mages, and 3 quick tough melee units (say 2 royal guards &amp;amp; a L3 chaotic unit like a Fugitive). Play expedition style: abandon the start island, stay fairly close together, with your troops roughly divided in two between those moving forward and those fighting rearguard. Provided you knock out one troll leader early, the rest is manageable, just work your way carefully over to the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cursed Isle====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting undead, mostly of the incorporeal and ghoulish lineages. Victory comes surprisingly easily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit lightly, certainly no more than two castles of troops. You could use 1-3 Paladins, 1-2 Mages, and 1-2 White Mages / Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall your loyal Merman Triton or similar and have him pick up the holy water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* This can be the first or last quest you choose.  If you can wait, do it last, as you will come out of it with a lot of gold, which you will need for the first scenario after the quests, ''The Vanguard''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep a very tight formation for the first night, as Shadows will hit hard and you don't want to get backstabbed or swarmed. By dawn, it should be smooth sailing.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you get anywhere near the enemy leaders' keeps, expect to get rushed by a leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* In one of the three temples there is a Vampire Lady. All you really need is a Paladin or three to rush the temples. Kill her. Game over, you win. One of the other temples has some gold; grab that first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Spy In The Woods===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Vanguard===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting a large number of orcs, trolls and other enemies in a location with a natural defensive line, where presumably an underground river has carved a line of sinkholes. This scenario will be difficult or impossible with minimum gold (200), but quite doable with a large amount of gold (450+) even on the hardest difficulty setting. Recruitment and strategy are fairly straightforward, given the board layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit a lot of units; you will need them.&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall/recruit speedy units: Knights, Lancers, Paladins, Horsemen, Outlaws, and similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recall your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up from ''The Fall'') and Spearmen/Swordsmen/Royal Guards.&lt;br /&gt;
# On subsequent turns, recall/recruit healers and other sorts of Mages, Thugs and their advancements, and Longbowmen. You will need quite a lot of healing power: 3-4 White Mages / Mages of Light and 1-2 Paladins. A Silver Mage would come in handy, since your forces will be widely spaced, but you could start with a couple of Red Mages and try to level up one or both to Silver Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# This map is smaller than fog of war and sinkholes make it appear.  Rush the west and northwest gaps with mounted units, but slow &amp;amp; strong will carry the day once the sun rises and the odds are in your favor.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Seal of all the gaps in the ring of sinkholes. When the onslaught begins, wounded units can retreat back into villages or be cared for by healers - or actually both, since soon you will be out of non-wounded units.&lt;br /&gt;
# A &amp;quot;Sitzkrieg&amp;quot; may develop, where neither side can make progress. Shift units to the southwest and break out there, using the west board edge defensively. From there, sweep northwards, taking out the western orc leader first and then the next orc leader.&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget the chest of gold, which you can see even in fog.&lt;br /&gt;
# End the scenario with the kill of the final leader, a level 3 troll.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill more than half the units of any side, a few tough undead units will appear near that side's stronghold at the edge of the map. So, this will happen three times. Beware the Chocobones. Their double damage from charge means they can take out Commander Aethyr at night just by hitting 2 for 2, and they will certainly try if they get the opportunity.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is much less difficult with extra gold. You can use Peasants to avoid going negative on gold, promoting them to Spearmen only when needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return of the Fleet===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome to the &amp;quot;kitchen sink&amp;quot; defense.  You've made it this far; now the enemy will launch a desperate defense, throwing a little bit of everything at you.  The effect is mostly psychological, but it could be a problem if you came into the scenario with minimum gold or your initial assessment causes you to drastically under-recruit. Time is money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, at least, you don't want to overrecruit. First turn, recall Mermen to assassinate the undead leader; 2 Entanglers/Netcasters and the Triton with the Storm Trident. Later, you should recruit 1 or more Silver Mages also for this taskforce as well as for causing general mayhem. It's also worth recruiting 5-10 L1/L0 units to take the brunt of the first wave of attacks; you can use any combination of Footpads, Poachers, Thugs, Spearmen, and Peasants, as you see fit. You'll want some decent L2 and L3 recalls for healing, to flank your lines, and to start kicking some butt at daybreak. A Mage or Red Mage to blast Trolls and Chocobones will level up by end of scenario. Paladins are good too. In addition to your loyal Mage of Light, you will need a bare minimum of 1 more healer.&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, don't recruit too much for fighting the undead - 2 Paladins at most, 1 or 2 Thugs, the stormy Merman, and the nearest Mage working with your land force are sufficient - the undead commander only gets 5-6 L2 recruits and they come ashore scattered (on medium, anyway). Paladins are so effective against undead that you can wade into the water after them. Just remember, Paladins can't go into deep water and undead can.&lt;br /&gt;
* On hard, you also don't want to recruit too much for fighting the undead, but it's only because going on an offensive early against them will get you crushed by a Chocobone armada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Move the Mermen (including the storm trident) as quickly as possible pretty much straight to the West. (There is a village and swamp hex that can aid your travel if you pick the best route).  Move these guys up the West side once they get there to get to the Undead Leader as quickly as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Your loyal units can do a little village grabbing, but it would be unwise to venture too far north.&lt;br /&gt;
# After nightfall, fog will appear; for the rest of the scenario, the map will become shrouded, like in a cave scenario.  So while you're still amazingly able to see, note the key terrain features, castle and city locations, and troop dispositions (especially Chocobones.)  Also, visually explore the avenues of approach you want to be able to see later.&lt;br /&gt;
# The first wave is largely at night and will have Goblin Knights and Pillagers, and later Chocobones and Troll Warriors. The damage they can cause is bone chilling, so make sure to divert their attention with plenty of spam. You want to meet them on the edge of the woodland, while inducing the orcs to fight from the grassland. Footpads and Poachers are handy here, as they have high defense in woodland. Players have had success setting up the initial line in either the north and northeast woodlands, with respect to the castle. Others have succeeded by fighting mostly from the open plain, retaining mobility by leaving the woodlands to their Footpads.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once your Mermen have taken an island city, teleport over one or more Silver Mages to help kill the undead leader - in addition to a Silver Mage, you will want the storm trident, a Netcaster/Entangler, plus one more leveled unit to be fairly sure to knock him out in one round. Quick striking like this you end up fighting a lot less undead.  You probably end up foddering one of the mermen to the Undead Archers, but the trade off is well worth it.  You can keep cycling your mermen up to fight with any orcs or trolls that come into the water. Silver Mages can assist, since they are not needed much in the other part of the fight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the undead leader is assassinated and the first wave is broken, you may advance cautiously due north or to the northwest along the coast and ultimately finish off the two orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When you are close to the break in the woods at the east board edge, tighten your formation and keep wounded units well away, as a small force of high-level Saurians will appear. Trigger them in daylight if possible, and knock them out fast. Alternatively, you can delay triggering the Saurians as long as possible by moving your force northwest near the water and then onto the small island, though even then it is possible to trigger the Saurians if you are not careful where you step. (Stepping to 10 hexes or less from 34,15 triggers the Saurians.) You can fight the final wave of orcs from the island, then move northeast to the mainland, finally triggering the Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Two cuttlefish appear when you approach the north-central island. Assuming you're sending a strike force through the water to knock out the undead commander, you really don't want to trigger these until that force is on the island - the storm trident Merman is the only thing that can stand up to them in water, and they will avoid him to attack more vulnerable units.&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill one enemy leader, the other gets more gold &amp;amp; recruits a new wave of L2s. This can be useful if you need to kill off surplus L1 units to improve the finish bonus, or if you need the XP more than the gold; otherwise, try to knock out both leaders on the same turn before they can recruit more. Alternatively, if you kill the first one at dawn, the second will be reluctant to attack with his L2s in daylight, and you might jump in and kill him before he uses them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is the final one. Therefore, loyal units are now somewhat disposable. However, you will need plenty of gold. Recruit some Peasants in the current scenario if you need to save some gold. Not only are they cheap, but they have no upkeep and Chocobones love 'em. Send a unit with leadership with them and they can even deal some amount of damage and be used to finish off wounded enemy, though at night you should just let them take the beating passively since otherwise they die too quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rise of Wesnoth===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's the final battle: be patient, recall everybody - the early finish bonus doesn't mean anything. Also, loyal units are no better than other units after your recruitment is finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need at least 300 starting gold, maybe more like 400 on the hardest difficulty level, so if need be, replay the previous scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* To stretch your money, start with loyal Iron Maulers and a couple ready-to-level level 1's and level 2's. Finally, recall as many level 3's as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: 3-6 Mages of Light / White Mages. Your few chaotic units will appreciate a White Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse units: 2-4 Paladins, 3-4 Knights / Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse escorts: about 3 speedy units, like Royal Guards, Fugitives, and Silver Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tanks: at least 6 high HP units, such as Royal Guards, Highwayman, Master Bowmen, and the loyal Iron Maulers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages: at least 3 high level Mages aside from your basic healers, so Arch Mages, Great Mages, and Silver Mages. Additional Mages of Light can be substituted.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Mermen might be useful here, but surprisingly, they're not really necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
* On 1.9.3 and earlier, you can recruit Saurian Skirmishers on medium and Skirmishers plus Ambushers on hard. This appears to be a bug, so ignore the option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will launch a two pronged assault: mounted units will race to the west and then south, while the main army heads due south.&lt;br /&gt;
* With your mounted units, race forwards by day and backwards by night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Along with the mounted units should go some escorts, speedy foot units intended to kill things like Goblin Impalers, which make even Grand Knights nervous. They would also benefit from a quick Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Meanwhile, with your tanks and the rest of your healers and support units, form a line or hedgehog in the woods just south of your keep or next to the river. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep your leaders with the main army, to avoid drawing too much attention to the mounted detachment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Maintain awareness of the overall battlefield. If the main army gets in trouble, you can send some or all of the mounted units to assist. There may be an opportunity to hammer-and-anvil enemy forces trapped in the middle. And you may wish to transfer units, like Paladins may be useful to the main army after it is on the move.&lt;br /&gt;
* You'll need at least two Paladins to kill Jevyan himself; nothing else is half as effective (except perhaps Mages of Light and suicidal Lancers).  Or you can use a pair of Great Mages (unless you are very unlucky, you should be able to kill him in a single turn). Don't forget to sacrifice Aethyr to Jevyan.  If he doesn't want to come out and play, march up to Jevyan and use a crossbow attack.  When Jevyan is dead, the yellow and green leaders may still be alive. You'll have to kill one, leaving at least one orc leader alive. You pick.  Congratulations!  Enjoy the ending!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units is within 8 hexes of a bridge, but you have no units within 2 hexes of the bridge, and there are no units on the bridge, then a Cuttle Fish will appear and destroy the bridge. This is usually disadvantageous. Not only does it leave you with a Cuttle Fish to fight, but it slows your progress south and the bad guys progress north. At least on the hardest difficulty level, it's hard to kill all the spam in time, so you don't want to impede their advance by removing the bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
* When any of your units is killed, it becomes a Walking Corpse. On hard, it becomes a Soulless, which makes it important to be careful with your level 2's, especially Lancers.&lt;br /&gt;
* After the first orc leader is killed, then some gold goes to mister Lich. It's 40, 80, or 120 gold, for easy, medium, and hard, respectively.  The lich will receive some gold once you kill his Familiar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See Also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MainlineCampaigns]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - The Rise of Wesnoth]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55328</id>
		<title>TheRiseOfWesnoth</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55328"/>
		<updated>2014-07-12T11:15:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* Sewer of Southbay */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Strategy Guide for The Rise of Wesnoth Campaign ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Campaign strategy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the course of this campaign, you will need to level up to some:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: White Mages/Mages of Light (at least four)&lt;br /&gt;
* Undead killers: Paladins (two)&lt;br /&gt;
* Mobile strikers: Silver Mages (at least one, preferably more), Grand Knights (several), Fugitives (one or more helps)&lt;br /&gt;
* Damage sinks: Royal Guards, Iron Maulers, Highwaymen, Halberdiers, level 3 Burin, and again Grand Knights&lt;br /&gt;
* Leaders: level 3 Haldric, level 3 Lady Outlaw, and much later level 3 Commander Aethyr &lt;br /&gt;
* Ranged attackers: Great Mages (can use several in the last scenario), Longbowmen/Master Bowmen (two), Trapper/Huntsman (one is helpful)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Mage of Light, one Paladin, and five Grand Knights make a perfect assault team!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Horsemen are key for the first three or four scenarios, it's important not to be too reliant on horse units through the middle part of the campaign, as there are many hard levels underground, in swamps, in water, or against Saurians; use XP from the scenario ''The Vanguard'' to get to 2 Paladins and 2+ Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't overlook Pikemen/Halberdiers, which are useful in many levels; pierce attacks work well against Drakes and against the dragon, and they are handy for defensive roles especially repelling Wolf Riders. They are less good against undead, though, and don't get that +1 MP Royal Guard speed bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to many undead opponents, you will want to recruit many Thugs at times, and get a few (the quick ones, since you need them underground) leveled up. Footpads help too, once leveled up. Due to swamps, you will sometimes be spamming Poachers, which get marksmanship once at level 3. These, plus Lady Outlaw, give tactical options at other levels too: some decent chaotic troops form an ideal reserve, since you can attack with your lawful troops at dawn, and by nightfall when you need to heal them, use some chaotic troops to either continue the attack or to shield your healing lawful units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some recommended units to have obtained by specific scenarios:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The Fall - 1 Knight&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. A Harrowing Escape - 1 White Mage, 2 Knights, plus about-to-level troops&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4a. The Midlands - avoid, go to The Swamp of Eden instead&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4b. The Swamp of Eden - level 2 Haldric, level 2 Lady Outlaw, 2 Knights, 2 Shocktroopers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. Temple of the Deep - level 3 Haldric, level 3 Burin, 1-2 Mages of Light or several Outlaws / quick Bandits&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8. Clearwater Port - level 3 Lady Outlaw, 3 White Mages / Mages of Light, 3 Iron Maulers / Royal Guards / Halberdiers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
12. A Final Spring - 1-2 Silver Mages&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
14. Rough Landing - the 3 loyal Mermen from the previous scenario, ''Peoples in Decline''[glandis] In 1.8.6, there was no opportunity for 3 loyal mermen - maybe this was in an older version? And only Merman fighters can be recruited - no Netcaster upgardes are possible&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17a. The Dragon - up to 4 White Mages / Mages of Light&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17d. Cursed Island - 1 Paladin&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
19. The Vanguard - 4 Knights/Lancers/Grand Knights, 2 Paladins (or about-to-level Knights)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
20. Return of the Fleet - 1 Mermen Entangler, 1 Merman Triton with Storm Trident, level 3 Commander Aethyr desirable&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
22. The Rise of Wesnoth - 2 Paladins, 3 Royal Guards, 4 Mages of Light&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because the campaign is long and you won't be able to recall all your level 3's in the final scenario, it pays to create some &amp;quot;uber-units&amp;quot;. An example is a quick, resilient Silver Mage that has been AMLA advanced a few times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
===A Summer Of Storms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively easy scenario, so gear your recruitment and strategy with an eye towards gathering XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# For the first round, recruit 2-3 Horsemen and the rest can be all Spearmen or a mix of Spearmen and Bowmen as you see fit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Then, you should probably hire Bowmen and more Spearmen. Whatever Bowmen you can get advanced will be useful later on for fighting the many trolls, grunts, and riders you will encounter. Note, however, that you will not have any healers until you level up at least one mage to White Mage status, and the sooner you can do that the better. Red mages will also prove very useful in subsequent scenarios, so consider recruiting at least two mages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used at least three strategies with success...&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: Send the horsemen with the king over the bridge, and the others should follow or start going over the mountain, to avoid being attacked from behind. Send subsequent Spearmen and Bowmen on the &amp;quot;over-the-bridge&amp;quot; road, and when the Prince and final troops have just about caught up, march on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;hide in the swamp&amp;quot; strategy: Proceed much like the above, but send the king with 3 Horsemen to capture the nearest houses, then retreat into the swamp area until you have your lawful bonus to kill off troops during the day. To hold them back, you can use a Spearman and a Mage (to level him.)&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sandbagging&amp;quot; strategy: On the hardest difficulty level, the initial enemy assault will only be easy to handle by entrenching your troops behind the river. Use the king to block the bridge initially, while Spearmen handle the shoreline just north and Horsemen carefully flag villages across the river. Run the king around, lending his leadership as you massacre the stupid enemy troops that have jumped like lemmings into the water. &lt;br /&gt;
* For all these options, you will also need to send a squad north into the mountains and around into the flank of the enemy. A quick Spearman, a quick Bowman, and one other unit, possibly a quick Mage, should be more than sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
* When you see that the fronts are under control, stop recruiting and send prince Haldric and your Mages over the bridge on a quest for XP, assisted by the leadership of the king, and converge on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Fall===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that looks scary, but it is only moderately difficult with proper recruitment and strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall or recruit Spearmen and Bowmen to man the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horsemen/Knights are desirable, because you probably do not yet have a White Mage, and the villages are widely spaced.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recalling or recruiting Mages for XP gathering is highly advisable for future scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are three basic approaches to take out the outlaw leader...&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Brute force&amp;quot; strategy: You can march west with a large army and use part of it to hold northwestern orc. Use the rest to fight outlaws and kill the leader. This strategy requires a lot of troops but it can bring you plenty of experience and can bring a quick victory.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: You can assassinate the outlaw leader. One way is to wait until the orcs have killed almost all outlaws and then assassinate the outlaw leader with Knights, rushing over the enemy camp's bridge and into the keep. This strategy is risky because orcs can kill the leader before you.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination via the mountain pass&amp;quot; strategy: Another way to assassinate the leader is to send a squad through the southern mountains to the outlaw keep. Two Mages and three Spearmen are enough. You may wish to substitute one of the Spearmen with a Knight or Horseman, though horse units have only a narrow passage devoid of mountains and could get pinned by the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
* On the hardest difficulty level, you may be forced to assassinate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Saving the loyal Heavy Infantrymen (or Shock Troopers on easy) pays off in later scenarios. To save all three, move them south towards the outlaws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you eliminate the HP of the Lady Outlaw, she offers to help you. If you say yes, she comes back as a loyal unit in future scenarios and you will be able to recruit outlaw units, plus she cannot be killed in the next couple of scenarios (instead, she disappears when she goes to zero HP, and comes back the next scenario.) This is quite valuable. If you say no and try to kill her, you find out she cannot be killed. However, you do get 200 gold that she leaves behind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The following scenario (''A Harrowing Escape'') is a handful on the hardest difficulty level. On hard, your goal should be a carryover of almost 150 gold (so you have 250 starting gold), so although Lady Outlaw's assistance is worth much more than 80 gold (40% of 200), you may be forced to choose the gold. Another thing you need to beat the following scenario on hard is a White Mage at or near the start of the scenario. Also, about-to-level units will be especially nice for their self-healing ability and low initial upkeep. Steer XP accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Harrowing Escape===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much easier on lower difficulty levels, calling for different strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On easy/medium...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: You should recruit/recall at least one, possibly two Mages here, and use them for killing Goblin Spearmen and finishing off injured Wolf Riders in the hills &amp;amp; mountains bordering the valley. Other than the Mages, simply recruit what you want, and go along the road. You get enough villages to pay upkeep for quite some army, and can give some of them a bit of experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Leave a few units in the rear, as the enemy can cross hills quickly. Note that Footpads and Outlaws will also cross hills at reasonable speed, if you need to hunt down some units. There are two castle tiles about halfway down, try to send Lady Outlaw and Brunin the Lost to them, they make good guards in case the enemy tries to come straight up. You can also send a couple groups of units down southeast to the lake, so you can prevent the Green team (southeast) from coming up the river. You can also kill the two Orcish Grunts (or Warriors on medium) on the southern castle tiles and then move Lady Outlaw and Brunin to them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On hard...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: To beat this scenario on the hardest difficulty level, you need some level 2 (or better yet, about-to-level level 1) units already and decent starting gold. It has been beaten on hard with as little as 158 starting gold, 200 is still difficult, and 250+ makes it relatively easy. You can stretch your gold a bit by not going negative on upkeep and waiting until you can't wait any longer to do one last round of recruiting, recalling mostly level 2's. For timing your final recruitment, watch the wolves that are likely trying to flank through the mountains south of your keep. Another requirement for beating this scenario is a White Mage (or two.) If need be, you must promote a Mage (or two) &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;tout de suite&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, as you will be dealing with severe damage and assassins, while only having easy access to 2 or 3 villages initially. Horsemen and Knights are useful for dissipating damage by serving as meat shields against blades and then running off to remote villages to heal. Quick Horsemen are especially nice, as they can transfer between two strategically placed villages in one turn, for healing on the go. Horsemen, Knights, and Swordsmen are useful for swatting assassins. If you can recruit outlaws, a couple of Footpads are nice for village grabbing. Thieves are also good because they are cheap, the Grunts are fond of attacking them, and they often survive on 70% defense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Near the start of combat, it's crucial to kill the first waves quickly: the wolves and assassins. More important than terrain is avoiding getting flanked, so mobility of individual units is key; if you climb up deep into the mountains, you will have a harder time with mobility than staying on or near the valley floor. Additionally, many of your units cannot go on mountain hexes, so it's easier to maintain your lines if everyone stays close to the valley. It's easier to make a stand at the keep and northern river bank, but this approach can be too costly in terms of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium/hard, you can lure out the roadside guard Warriors one at a time by putting a unit within attack range of one (and out of range of the other.) They mostly come at night. Mostly. That is, the Warriors might not bite bait put out during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have Lady Outlaw, note that she has leadership, which will be useful to help promote Prince Haldric, if he is still level 0. It's worth advancing her to level 2, to continue to provide leadership to level 1 Haldric and your other level 1's. You may also make use of her odd ability &amp;quot;distract&amp;quot;, which allows adjacent allied units to ignore ZOCs. And Lady Outlaw allows you to recruit outlaw types. On hard especially, Thugs can be useful as meat shields and to provide strong attacks at night when your lawful forces are crippled. Remember too that Lady Outlaw cannot be permanently killed (at least not yet), so when desperate times call for desperate measures, you can move her into a suicidal position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* It helps that there are two enemy sides as opposed to a twice as strong single enemy side. If one of your units could be attacked by 3 enemies, but 1 of these hexes is currently blocked by the other side, the currently moving enemy decides to attack units which it (they) is (are) actually less likely to kill than that one. AIs don't cooperate, that is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are stuck on this scenario, you may need to replay one or both of the previous scenarios and/or choose to &amp;quot;kill&amp;quot; Lady Outlaw in the previous scenario so you get her gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There is Dwarf Steelclad in the village at 8,5. It's not far from your camp, so send Lady Outlaw there. Dwarf joins you because &amp;quot;It has been a long time since he felt the satisfying crunch of Orcs under his Axe.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you kill the first orc leader, an Orcish Slayer and two Assassins will pop out of nowhere, so you would be wise not to have any wounded units stuck without movement points at that point. Also, the other leader will get an infusion of gold and start recruiting on all available hexes, so if you can sit on some of those hexes first, it will help keep the situation from getting out of control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* At the end, you will be given the choice of the river/swamp road or the midlands/orc road. These fork to the scenarios ''The Swamp of Esten'' and ''The Midlands'', respectively. The swamp scenario is relatively easy, while ''The Midlands'' could cost you some leveled units or even prove impossible to beat if you are low on gold. Also, the swamp gives you a free loyal White Mage, so it's a no brainer, unless you want more of a challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: it would be wise to have at least 1 White Mage before going to the scenario ''The Swamp of Esten''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Midlands====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orcs again. But you chose that way. This scenario may appear impossible, but with a lot of gold and a little strategy, it can be beat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are given plenty of time, so use it wisely. The enemies send lots of orcs, mostly weak ones. So recruit and recall everything you can.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall any White Mages you have. You'll need them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bowmen are good for the wolf units you will be facing.&lt;br /&gt;
* The rest depends on your strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Fast Assault&amp;quot; option: use an assassination team. If you go west, only your Knights and Horsemen will arrive and fight at daytime. So go south. Take the bridge and defend against the enemy closing in from the west. Take out Yellow with a fast assault team (they should take a healer along), but be careful about the leader. Your main force moves west, takes and holds the second bridge, and takes out Blue. Your assault team stays in the south and goes for the last enemy leader - they won't face any serious resistance. The enemy moves north to support Blue. The HI guarding the bridge might gain a level or die, but hopefully not the latter, as they are loyal units in a long campaign. With this approach, you can finish early (around 25 turns) and keep your losses low.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Dark Assault&amp;quot; option: use Footpads.  If you chose to work with the the outlaws in the last round, then this works well.  Footpads are cheap.  And they are fast.  And they have good defensive abilities.  Plus they fight well in the dark and in the forest.  So recruit lots of Footpads-pawns and quickly dispatch them to the upper west and south, followed by more powerful units: Mages, Horsemen, etc.  For the time being, leave the middle enemy alone.  To the upper west, send several Footpads into the forest and capture the village and set up a defensive line.  This cuts down the enemy's gold and increases yours.  Don't attack at first, just defend, until more of your slow higher powered units arrive. The strategy here is to pick off the orcs, and send the Horsemen to capture villages.  While this is going, to the south you send your Footpads to capture any villages you can and, more importantly, put a Footpad on the hex that is adjacent to the bridge, thereby stopping easy advancement of their greater numbered troops. A White Mage, a couple Trappers and some Bowmen would make a good escort. Probably sending a Thief or two would be good too, to help dispatch any enemy that infiltrate the villages north of the river. one enemy got into one of the villages on the north of river, and it took a lot to dislodge him.  The intention is to engage the enemy so that they are fighting from the river squares, at a huge disadvantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Swamp Of Esten====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not hard if you are conservative and don't send important units off alone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall 1-2 quick Knights (or Paladins, if you have them), recruit 1-2 Horsemen, and recall your loyal Shocktroopers or whatever they are now.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next round, recruit/recall Mages to kill Scorpions (and Bats) and at least one White Mage to deal with poison, plus maybe a Poacher or Trapper or two, as they are good in swamp (and you would like a Huntsman eventually, for its markmanship.)&lt;br /&gt;
# A little Thug spam can come next, but you don't need a full third round of recruitment. Then send Prince Haldric off to lend his leadership.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Head to the northeastern leader first. Try to kill Dark Adepts with Burin or horse units before they have a chance to attack you. As you close in on the leader, hover your mouse over him to watch where he can go, as at night his ranged attack is nasty and can be followed up by waves of kamikaze Walking Corpses, which can take out a Knight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After you have killed the northeastern leader and eliminated troops there, you can either send your whole army back across the ford and south or split your army into two halves, sending one part to each leader. If you have lost several units but have lots of turns left, it's probably safer to stick together. This is not a simple mop-up operation, as powerful undead can take out some of your valuable units if you're not careful. On hard, Shadows are a threat at night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Searching the temples is a good idea. Some have gold. There is a free loyal White Mage hiding in (a random) one of the temples - visit the temple close to the keep ASAP, and if not there, try rushing a horse unit or Lady Outlaw to the temple at 19,5. However, some of the temples contain undead, so keep extra troops nearby when you enter one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main challenge in this scenario is keeping your ally alive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your (probably leveled up) Heavy Infantry from The Fall and some quick Spearmen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recruit/recall Thugs, Bowmen, and Spearmen, preferably quick.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round, recall 2-3 White Mages (or Mages of Light) and maybe some quick Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Your forces will have three main combat arenas: the northeast, the south, and the middle.&lt;br /&gt;
# The castle in the middle is inhabited by the tree folk. The orcs have almost the perfect anti-wose force, heavy on fire (Orcish Crossbowmen and Pillagers), so your ally is going to need your help. Send 2-4 units to the castle and another 4-8 units northeast of the castle to block the enemy advancing from that direction.&lt;br /&gt;
# Split the rest of your forces to go northeast and south, 4-6 units each, with a White Mage in each force. Your loyal Heavy Infantry / Shocktroopers should head south. Sending Haldric south might help take some of the heat off the woses.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Tips...&lt;br /&gt;
* If you send a White Mage or Mage of Light to the wose castle, it will let any adjacent wose cure+heal or sometimes regenerate+heal (16 points.) That's because of the side sequence within a turn: player, orcs, woses. For example, after the orcs attack with poison, the woses cure themselves, and then your leveled mage will heal any adjacent wose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The temple contains the entrance to the catacombs, but you need the leader Wose's help to open it, and to get that help you have to win the current scenario, so there is no point in visiting this temple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is in the catacombs, i.e., underground, and it's a tough one, so you need to groom your roster accordingly. Two Mages of Light would make it a whole lot easier. Failing that, level up your fearless loyal Shocktrooper and chaotic outlaw types. Bandits/Highwaymen and Fugitives are especially nice. Quick units of almost any type (except horse units) will be helpful, if leveled and possessing high HP (&amp;gt;50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Temple in the Deep===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be facing undead underground. This is a difficult situation that will prove much easier with proper recruitment. Then the strategy will be fairly straightforward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All in all, what you need is a small elite force. Two rounds of recalls is enough, if you didn't lose Burin in a prior scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers, though their slow movement will prove frustrating. Also on the first round, recall a fast &amp;quot;tank&amp;quot; and someone to grab the holy water.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recall any Mages of Light you might already have, and a total of at least two White Mages or Mages of Light, preferably quick. For the rest of your recruitment, what you need are high movement (6+ MP) non-horse units with high hitpoints (&amp;gt;50 HP). It helps if they are chaotic (or at least neutral) and/or have ranged or impact attacks. Put all the requirements together and it points to Fugitives. Outlaws and quick Arch Mages are worth recalling too. Fill out the rest with other high HP units. Note that horse units are too sluggish in caves and should not be recalled/recruited unless you have a compelling reason.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round (optional), you can add a unit or two for a safety margin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# There are two ways north, but they will meet up together. First thing you will see are Tentacles. You can either ignore the Tentacles for the most part or use them for XP. Your main initial objective is to find a good place to make a stand against the nasty wave of undead coming from the north. The chokepoints and southern shoreline offer good defensive locations. Watch out for the enemy's Bone Shooters, Revenants and Deathblades, as they could easily mess up a level 3 unit. &lt;br /&gt;
# Once the flow of baddies as tapered off, gradually progress northwards. Once you get into the final chamber, the boss should be a piece of cake, although his ranged attack is devastating, so try to attack him with melee units. Be careful if he has recruits around, as their combined damage can take down one of your level 3's. Note that the Ruby can only be picked up by Haldric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Holy water: The best choice for the Holy Water is a quick Bandit, who should level quickly. A quick Highwayman could be used, but won't benefit much from the XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* XP: Use this level to get experience. The early-finish bonus is tiny. The Tentacles are perfect for leveling up units. Keep Burin away from the water at this stage, or he'll kill all tentacles as they attack, depriving those who could benefit from the XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your killed units will be turned into Walking Corpses (or Soulless on hard.) Therefore, spam is not helpful. A Mage or Thug can be okay, if used with great care, but mostly you need to recall leveled troops here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return to Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Clearwater Port===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is easy if you take the first boat out, more and more challenging for the second and third boats, and very difficult (on hard) if you want to take out all three leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers from ''The Fall.'' You will also want several Footpads, for speedy village snatching, coastline defending (under leader supervision), and possibly for filling castle hexes if your lines get too thin.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recruit/recall more low maintenance units. It's a good scenario for leveling troops, so recalling acouple half-leveled Spearmen or similar is a good idea.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third and later turns, start recalling your high maintenance units. The key to winning this scenario is to recall several advanced units that can take a lot of damage and get good defense in castles (no Horsemen). You will also want at least 3 White Mages or Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Backstab your ally, stealing all his villages. Your ally is useless anyway, except for the entertainment value from his troops' suicide runs. The income is much better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
# Send your heavy duty troops with some White Mages over to the line of castle near Lt. Aethyr. (Optionally, you can rush forward past the castle, but you will need to return almost as quickly before the main enemy wave and night arrive.) Aethyr will usually be done recruiting by the second or third turn, before the enemy reaches you, so fill the entire line with your units, and put Knight Sir Rudry in the one non castled tile (or leave it empty, if no enemy are adjacent.) Place the White Mages behind this line. After the enemy has reached you and it is your turn to attack, go mostly for the assasins, as they have a weak melee attack and their poison can be a huge problem. Alternatively to using the castle (from (26,18) to (24,15)) to defend, the front line can lead through the villages at (30,17) and (30,18). This will make your line much shorter, it becomes much more of a bottleneck fight and offsets your enemy's superior numbers, since some of their units just move around with all spots to attack occupied; you only have to give up 1 village and 2 front units instaheal without mages. Place your strongest units on the weakest spot (29,20) and a Mage of Light on (30,19), he will hardly be attacked as the hex before him is used to attack (29,20). This shorter line requires less units on your side and also has the great advantage that there are much less 40% defense spots to attack you. They will flank you at the sides but stand on ice or sand then.&lt;br /&gt;
# Meanwhile, on the northeastern coast, the northern enemy leader will send lots of units to catch your flank unguarded. Send 2 Footpads, a Spearman, Lady Jessene, and Haldric to guard the coast. If Lady Jessene is already level 3, you can substitute a Royal Guard, Swordsman, or Javelineer for Haldric. This coastline defense squad may need help later, so be ready to divert a speedy powerful unit there. If you keep a healthy unit on the village at the tip of the land, then, unless you are very unlucky, you will be able to hold off everything the northern leader sends. After the assault from the water has been crushed, some of your troops may be able to cross the ford north, but be careful not to get attacked in the water with only 20% defense. (Certain of your chaotic units do have 40% defense in water; now is a good time to pay attention to that.) Also, notice that the lighthouse has a similar effect as a Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
# You have two options for the endgame:&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Total victory&amp;quot; strategy: Once you've thinned the enemy to where they only have a few units that are close to your line, usually this happens conveniently around dawn, move your people out and start heading for their leaders. Split your force, sending a few down the southern path, to distract the eney and most of them toward the middle leader, to kill him. Once he's dead, send some of your army down to kill the southern leader and devote a few units to defending the bridge until the rest of your army can rejoin you. A unit or two with a lot of HP with a white mage are usually enough to do this.&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Run like hell&amp;quot; strategy: Alternatively, you can leave your leader near the docks and take one of the boats to end the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fallen Lich Point===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a high variance scenario. It may be very easy or very hard, depending on events beyond your control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit fairly lightly initially, as you will likely have a chance to use the Lich's keep to recruit again.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages, White Mages, and Mages of Light are good, and as are all the other advancements of Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* You automatically should have your loyal Knight. Because of the mountains around &amp;quot;lichland&amp;quot; and frozen ground everywhere else, additional horse units are not recommended, except a single Paladin will come in handy.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Thugs or a Bandit or Highwayman will provide a little extra undead bashing power.&lt;br /&gt;
* Footpads will help with village flagging, after the Wolf Rider types are taken care of, but you can postpone buying Footpads until after killing the Lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy... &lt;br /&gt;
# The Orcs will be busy with the Yetis, so you can walk with a big group south and kill the Lich-Lord. Move Haldric to the stone monument to de-petrify the Lich. It may help to post some units around the undead before doing so. Use several mages to make a hole or two in the ring of undead, and then push in a burly fighter or two and/or Paladin to kill the Lich.&lt;br /&gt;
# After killing the Lich, assess the Orc/Yeti situation (as well as the empty village situation) and decide if you need to use the Lich's keep to recruit some reinforcements.&lt;br /&gt;
# After that, head north and walk into the sewer entrance (the &amp;quot;cave&amp;quot;) or else kill the orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* It is also possible, if you recruit heavily, to split your force and head north to attack the eastern Orcs before they finish with the Yetis.  However, be careful not to be attacked by a Yeti yourself; a Yeti is dangerous even if heavily wounded. A Yeti will attack you if it can get to a unit within one turn (and it doesn't have a more appealing orc target.)&lt;br /&gt;
* When dealing with the Lich, be aware that he has money; if you let him vacate any of his encampment tiles, or if you kill any of his units but do not occupy their tiles, he will be able to recruit.  (This is not necessarily all bad, as it can mean more experience, but depending on the strength of your force you may want to be careful.) &lt;br /&gt;
* Note that this level becomes a lot tougher if the Yetis get poisoned early on and quickly die. If this happens you basically have no other choice than to kill the orc leaders first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sewer of Southbay===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a swampy underground scenario, but with attention to recruitment, it's not very difficult.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* As always underground, you want non-horse units with 6+ MP.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall White Mages / Mages of Light, at least two, three is probably the optimal number.&lt;br /&gt;
* There are quite a few villages in this cave, so an expensive force is supportable, though not necessary. Some players recruit a large and spammy force, while others go with small and elite:&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 1, &amp;quot;Large and spammy&amp;quot; recruitment: Recruit four each of Mages, Thugs, and Poachers. Yes, Poachers normally stink, but here they really shine in a swamp that is permanently dark, underground. If you recruit four Poachers, you could finish with three Trappers and a Huntsman - or you could finish with four dead Poachers. The Thugs are especially likely to die, as they will be facing off against Red Mages, but somebody has to do it.&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 2, &amp;quot;Small and elite&amp;quot; recruitment: Recall something like one Red Mage, one Arch Mage, one Silver Mage, 2 two Royal Guards/Highwaymen/etc, and a Trapper or Huntsman, plus three regular Mages and a Poacher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# After leaving your initial chamber, you will be in a large swamp room with three entrances, through which will be a flood of bad guys. Use two Poachers and a Thug or similar to blockade the southeast, a small elite group to block the north, and then a mix of fighters and mages to handle the west entrance. Give each group a White Mage or Mage of Light, as well as at least one regular Mage. Try to keep the Mages of Light away from your chaotic forces on the front lines, though. Use the leadership of Haldric and Lady Jessene - and Mage of Light illumination or lack thereof - to get the most from each attack.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the initial battle has died down, you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
## If you have enough forces, you can divide into two groups and attack both brothers simultanously, east and west.&lt;br /&gt;
## Otherwise, do them one after the other, and then look for the exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Danger: there is a Giant Spider at the exit. You may wish to keep one or two cannon fodder units in order to be able to save your advanced units.  It is best to use ranged attacks against the spider, so leveled mages are good here.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is a lot easier with a lot of gold, especially on the hardest difficulty level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Southbay in Winter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Final Spring===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a large battle, and any mistake on any front can spell doom, but overall it will be fairly easy on the easier difficulty levels. On hard, it will only be a cakewalk with a lot of starting gold (more than 450 or so.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# On the first turn, recall a Silver Mage to teleport to the island, recruit Footpads for village snatching, recall one or more of your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''The Fall''), and recall one or more Knights or similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, continue with this theme, but it will be nightfall soon, so recall Outlaws, Bandits, Assassins, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn three is a bit more of the same, but you need to start thinking about preserving your income and also keeping a gold reserve. You can spam some peasants to preserve cash and income.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn four turn is more of the same.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn five is similar, but it will be day soon, so lawfuls like Knights and level 1 Mages are a good idea.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn six, you will have new recruitment options (see spoiler at walkthrough end.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy is broken into four fronts...&lt;br /&gt;
# The first front is the south land area. Do a counter-clockwise sweep with mounted units, optionally augmented with Footpads, which can help pad out your lines with forest and village hexes. Note that it will be nightfall soon after game start, so it might be wise to delay any serious mounted assault until the next day, and you can delay your recalls for this.&lt;br /&gt;
# The second front is the walled city. Move slower units and your loyal White Mage / Mage of Light to defend here. Take your ally's villages; your ally wouldn't do much useful with the money anyway. When your mounted units from the second front complete their sweep, you can break the remaining southern forces against the city wall in a hammer and anvil. Then your united forces can move north. On easy, you may be able to push north more quickly than that using just part of your city troops.&lt;br /&gt;
# The third front is the bay and peninsula north of your keep. If you don't protect this area well, Wolf Riders and others will mount an amphibious assault in an effort to flank your troops. On the easier difficulty levels, you may wish to beat the punch and quickly establish a bridgehead on the other side of the bay.&lt;br /&gt;
# The fourth front is the two small islands. Send a Silver Mage there ASAP. (You should have a village already there, so the Silver Mage can teleport over.) Footpads/Outlaws/Fugitives and others will help later. Lady Jessene could be used. A quick White Mage would be useful, either on the coast or on the islands. Do not use Assassins on this front. Assassins have relatively weak defense in water against Orcs and Nagas, they're very weak against blade, which is all orcs and nagas use, and their relatively slow movement in water makes backstab hard to use reliably. Overall, you need to devote more resources to this front than you might think.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* You should have lots of high-level units now, so concentrate on recruiting new ones and levelling them up to fill needs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Peasants are useful as placeholders for villages and distractions for the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 5, a gang of nasty undead show up in the east. So, for your city taskforce, you'll want to recruit/recall units with impact and arcane attacks. Note that if undead capture villages, they will be flagged with the Orc island boss' black flag! This can result in an overwhelming number of Nagas, and it's one reason that you must devote a lot of resources to the island campaign. Flag any black flag villages you can.&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 6, a gang of nasty Mermen show up in the west. Fortunately, they are on your side. You can now recruit Mermen. This is the real reason to keep a gold reserve until this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Peoples in Decline===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a bloody scenario versus Drakes. It can be a real challenge on the hardest difficulty setting, less so on the easier levels. Proper recruitment is more important than strategy here, as you will have little opportunity to maneuver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Drakes can be dangerous, so this is a great scenario to use the time honored technique of cannon fodder. Now that you can recruit level 0 units for cheap, you can protect your higher level units by recruiting endless Peasants to distract the Drakes' firepower.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drakes are vulnerable to pierce attacks, so spam cheap pierce attack units. In addition to Peasants, there are Poachers, Bowmen, Peasants, Spearmen, Merman Fighters, and Merman Hunters. Poachers are key here, due to the swampy terrain and their chaotic alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need about 3 White Mages / Mages of Light in all.&lt;br /&gt;
* On your last turn of recruitment when you have about 80 gold, recall some advanced units, like Master Bowmen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Since you will have a lot of level 1 and 0 units, make sure to use the leadership of Prince Haldric and Lady Jessene.&lt;br /&gt;
* Look for opportunities to heal via leveling up.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pay attention to the day-night cycle in this scenario. Drakes will be strong during day, but become very weak in the night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Take advantage of the mountains for defense, but note that on hard, you need to set up a relatively small perimeter around your base, as you will be hard pressed to even hold a small area.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be careful with your loyals.&lt;br /&gt;
* Because most Drakes have powerful ranged attacks, the roles of your melee and ranged units are reversed from the norm. Whereas usually you would use fighters to protect archers, here you will use archers to protect fighters. Melee-only units should hide behind the lines until they attack, preferably at night (with a Mage of Light supplying illumination.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure you get the Storm Trident in the middle of the sea, but be certain that you've cleared most of the Drakes first, since a Sea Serpent will appear. It's best to have some strong units ready to kill it in 1 or 2 turns. You can give the trident to Lord Typhon, but since he leaves a bit later, you may want to give it to another Merman Fighter. Movement over land is important for Mermen in the campaign as a whole.  If the Merman Fighter to whom you give the storm trident has the Quick attribute, you can make him a Hoplite when he gets to level 3.  Otherwise, make him a Triton, because movement over land is important for Mermen in this campaign as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rough Landing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting Nagas and Vampire Bats, primarily. This is a scenario that may be frustrating on the easier difficulty levels, though on hard it is just par for the course. Good recruitment and strategy will save you from getting slaughtered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are probably going to go negative on gold and be unable to rectify that with the paultry early finish bonus, so you might as will go very negative and be resigned to start the next scenario with minimum gold.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit/recall many Mermen and 1 or 2 White Mages or Mages of Light. A few Peasants can be useful to pad out your force, distract the enemy, and protect villages from stray Bats. A Silver Mage can be useful for island hopping but is not essential. Thieves/Assassins are blade vulnerable, and Nagas only use blades, so it's probably best not to recall them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Knock out the southeastern leader in a blitz. It's important to get that out of the way, because a wave of Nagas is advancing at light speed from the north.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next, hurriedly set up a line in the water alongside your fortress island. Your fortress troops can anchor one flank, while Burin the Dwarf can go to the island to the northeast to anchor the other end of your line. Nobody messes with Burin. Move Lady Jessene behind the lines to lend her support to the Mermen. Your loyal Mage of Light will be able to move back and forth more (to lend illumination) if kept in the fortress area.&lt;br /&gt;
# Finally, once the enemy assault wave has been broken, advance northward to kill the final two leaders in a straightforward mop-up operation. Just be careful not leave isolated units where they can get swarmed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints/Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to level up the mermen; they can be useful in another scenario later.&lt;br /&gt;
* Beware of Sea Serpents. Three of them will appear, one on each of the three turns following your first kill of an enemy unit. Make sure to kill them at once. The Storm Trident from the previous scenario and the Ruby of Fire will come in handy against the Serpents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A New Land===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a non-scenario. The scenario objectives tell you to avoid all confrontation for as long as possible, but actually the faster your units encounter the others the faster the scenario will end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* None necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The optimal strategy for gold carryover is to grab the three closest villages, then retreat to your keep and wait. Once one attack occurs, the non-scenario will be over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* One thing to keep in mind is that this the last chance you have to grab some more Mermen as their king leaves.  They are quite helpful in a later scenario so grabbing a few extra here cannot hurt if you can spare the gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Ka'lian===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story, with your choice of four battles next.  You have to beat them all in whatever order.  The amount of gold you have should be the factor in deciding when you choose to play Cursed Isle (the undead problem).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All four scenarios have to be beaten, but in whatever order you choose.&lt;br /&gt;
====The Dragon====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not as difficult as it looks, though your recruitment and strategy need to be tailored to fight the Saurian Skirmishers and other foes you will face here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Saurians use piercing attacks mostly, so it's better to use units resistant to pierce. Pikemen and Halberdiers have 40% pierce resistance. Javelineers are ideal as Saurians use ranged attacks a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
* You may wish to bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers. They are ineffective against the 70% impact resistant Mudcrawlers, while also vulnerable to the ranged attacks of both Mudcrawlers and Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consider adopting a force of all units with ranged attacks, save for horse and thief units, which can be kept behind the lines when not in use. It is amusing when Saurian Augers are forced to tap your units with their little staffs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers are a necessity to deal with the heavy damage your units will be sustaining. Depending on the strategy you adopt, you will want 2-4 healers. Mages of Light rock here, as they can easily do front line duty in pairs and their illumination blinds the Saurians, reducing their damage.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need something to clean up mud. Versus level 0 Mudcrawlers, Horsemen and their advancements can charge with no counterattack, and likewise Thieves and their advancements can backstab with no counterattack. Mages can be used as well on the fire vulnerable mud.&lt;br /&gt;
* A Merman or two will help with water hexes. An Entangler's slow ability will help tame the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used many different strategies with success:&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Fighting Saurians requires a disciplined formation.  If you're used to stringing out troops to move them into position as they get there, that won't work after Turn 2 or 3. You can use a &amp;quot;healing hedgehog&amp;quot; of ten troops--two white mages next to each other and eight troops completely encircling them.  If someone gets badly injured, move them to the inside and put a white mage on one of the long edges, fighting as you go.  If you're trying for the big bonus, you'll need two hedgehogs.  Try to keep reserves back a bit in cities.  If the terrain favorably protects you, or the wounded is a fast unit, you can try moving wounded back to cities too.  Once the main wave of Saurians is broken, you can string non-wounded troops out a bit in the rush for the leaders. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Triangular Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Switching wounded units to the inside of the hedgehog can be a problem if you are surrounded. ZOC prevents you from creating an open hex to move the inner unit into. You can fix this by creating a triangle with three hexes inside, instead of the standard two of the hedgehog. If you do this on your castle, only three units are in grasslands. If you set it right, you can make most of the hexes adjacent to your triangle be grassland as well, forcing the Saurians into a bad defensive position. In terms of unit positioning, the simplest way is to fill two inner spaces with Mages of Light, a but a better tactic is to put one of the mages on an edge, thereby ensuring that all but one of your units are healing. The remaining unit can either be a Merman Hoplite, (prefereably resilient and carrying a Storm Trident) or Lady Jessene, since she has excellent defense and is chaotic and therefore benefits by not being in the Mages' light. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Giant Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Recruit a lot of units, and then move the whole army as one big bulk. Keep healers in the middle (about four), rotate stronger units outwards, and make sure you leave no gaps. The Saurians will slip through the tiniest gap and kill your weak units. Head first for the east or wast leader, but steer for good terrain, because your force will soon be swarmed until about turn 10, when there should be many few Saurians alive.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Standard Line&amp;quot; strategy: Form a line from the west board edge diagonally up towards your keep across the two villages just in front of the forest. You will probably wish to bend upwards at the forest, rather than running the line all the way to the keep. Whenever the Saurians have a small number of troops at your line and you have enough strength to kill them all, you can advance your whole line one hex south, allowing you to get additional attacks on them from non-frontline troops. Once you advance a unit to the first water hex at west board edge, the west leader will probably come out to greet it, so be ready to fry him with Haldric's ruby. After killing the leader, back up into good terrain to prepare to meet the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Wake the Dragon&amp;quot; strategy: Prematurely wake the dragon (see spoiler below) and back up your troops to north of your keep. When the dragon comes, kill him. The scenario can be over on turn 7. There is no early finish bonus for this, but you can recruit lightly so that you still have gold at the end and will carry-over 40%, if you need it for your next scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* With all these strategies, the Saurians may hold back for quite a while. This is okay, as the Dragon will eventually appear and come to you. Kill it. Then you are given a choice of whether to end the scenario or to try to kill all the enemy leaders before time runs out. You can choose to finish the remaining Saurians for a nice bonus. However, on the hardest difficulty setting the turn limit (33 turns) is insufficient for you to plow through the vast hordes of level 0 spam to get to the leaders, so it's best to simply end the scenario after killing the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The dragon will awake on turn 15 or when you move a unit down around the road north of the mountains. If you wish to wake the dragon prematurely, you can recruit a Horseman on turn 1 and run him down. It's a suicide mission for him, however.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have a fast non-horse unit in position, rush it to the mountain cave after the Dragon leaves to grab the 200 in gold, though that's nothing compared to the Hero bonus for defeating all the Saurian leaders. So focus on killing all of them first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Lizard Beach====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario versus Saurians, Giant Scorpions, and Mudcrawlers, where good recruiting and strategy will save you from massive bloodshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruiting...&lt;br /&gt;
* Mermen are helpful for the swamp and water areas.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers, veterans from ''The Fall.'' They are laughably ineffective against the impact resistant Mudcrawlers - and laughably vulnerable to their ranged attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Thieves, Horsemen, and their advancements are good for mud cleanup, though you must keep them out of range of Saurian skirmishers. Swordsmen and Royal Guards are also good, though overkill.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall a lot of fairly high HP units, preferably with strong non-impact ranged and melee attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages are good. Mages of Light are especially useful, since they can do front line duty. Lots of healing may be necessary, about 3 healers are good, so White Mages can be used too. Raw recruit Mages can be used as well, for disposal of Giant Scorpions and the occasional Saurian Skirmisher that wanders too far. At least one Silver Mage is highly desirable, along with a speedy unit (e.g., Fugitive, Footpad, or Horseman) to capture villages for the Silver Mage to use north of the river.&lt;br /&gt;
* [fredbobsmith2] An alternative strategy that works surprisingly well is to simply use a very mage-heavy army. Recall most or all of your high-level mages, throw in a few peasants, and spend the rest of your gold on recruiting mages. Victory will come with shocking ease.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* General strategy: as Saurians have skirmishers and a lot of movement, be sure to protect your wounded units well. Because of the Saurians unnerving ability to concentrate their fire on one unit, be sure to keep several healers around and try to keep your line straight so only two can mob one guy. Hedgehog tactic also seems to work well.&lt;br /&gt;
* Opening strategy: here are some specific strategies that players have used with success in the early part of the scenario:&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen in center&amp;quot; strategy: Recall 2-4 Mermen, 1-2 Trappers/Huntsmen, and a lot of high HP troops, then form a line. Initially, you can either form a north-south line around the lake area with one flank at the south board edge, or, if you want to be conservative, you can do a diagonal line in the southeast corner, with both flanks tied to board edges. You'll need the Mermen to handle the lake area, and Trappers/Huntsmen/Mermen for the swamp areas. Keep troops in reserve, so that when a few Saurians meet your line, you can advance your whole line over them. Do not be too conservative/defensive on hard, as your time is limited. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen on flank&amp;quot; strategy: Recall several decent land melee units &amp;amp; then 4-5 level 2 Mermen on rounds 2-3. Most of your force forms a line of battle near your keep, Mermen on the north flank in the river, land units extending south, flanks bent back with strongest units at the corners - then let the Saurians break on it. Once their first wave has broken, the rest of their troops come in drips and are no problem, so now you can split up and wipe out the stragglers and claim villages; any L2 units you start with should level up. After you defeat the main force from the south send just one or two guys north to capture towns so your Silver Mages can teleport into the fray. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen feint&amp;quot; strategy: Recall most of your Mermen from before and send them along the river towards the sea. This will harry the saurian troops coming down from the north, allowing your main force to advance on the southern enemy  undisturbed. Beware, though as your mermen will encounter the Saurians at night time (giving you -25% and them +25%), so try to minimize conflict until dawn, just get in their way.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;No Mermen&amp;quot; strategy: On your first two turns recall two keeps of strong, fast veterans like mounted units (not Paladins though; they're pretty ineffective against saurians), Outlaws/Assassins, and Silver Magi along with some other veterans, preferably with a lot of HP: if all goes well (at least on easy and medium) that may be all you need. Dash them across the swamp directly west of your keep, south of the sands, and form a line with strong units at the ends. They'll flank you, but you're stronger than them and you can use your slower units to crush the flanking saurians in a hammer and anvil. The first wave of southern Saurians should get itself killed before the northern Saurians arrive in force. Once the northern Saurians arrive, take them out with your slower units while your quicker ones go for the southern leader.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sacrificial lamb&amp;quot; strategy: In addition to a couple mages, 2 healers, and some other fighters, recruit a castle-full of peasants to draw the Saurians out onto open ground.  Surround a single peasant on 5 sides, with 2 healers behind him. Build your formation around that.&lt;br /&gt;
* Closing strategy: The enemy's onslaught tapers out after their initial wave, so the final push for the southern leader should be quick and clean. Taking out the northern leader is harder, because all of your units will be stuck south of the marshes and the river. If you want to go for a quick win, just march forth with Silver Mages, Mermen, and anyone who's close enough to be a help. If you don't want to lose any of your better units, patience may be the key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units gets as far west as the second bridge, a wave of Nagas will arrive out at sea. You may wish to delay going that far until the second watch, so that the Nagas will make contact with your forces during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
* Killing one leader gives more gold to the other, so when you've defeated pretty much all the southern leader's forces, just plant a level 3 or two in his keep and leave him alive; kill them both in the same turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Troll Hole====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that you cannot win by brute force, because the trolls have more brute force than you. Wise recruitment and strategy are necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* It's underground time again, so as before, mainly recruit mages. The trolls are strong, so hopefully you have lots of levelled up mages. Mages of Light are especially nice, because they are tough enough to survive an attack from most trolls, while simultaneously reducing the damage sustained (due to illumination blinding the trolls.) Level 1 Mages can be used to good effect too, especially if quick. If only attacked by a single Troll Whelp, a healthy level 1 Mage will survive.&lt;br /&gt;
* In addition to mages, your chaotic units can be helpful here again, especially against the occasional Rocklobber, which you will not want to attack with mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Forget about your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''the Fall''). They are too slow. It's not that you'll be running around, but you will be rotating troops due to heavy damage, and they will only get in the way.&lt;br /&gt;
* Putting Mermen in the moat will really help you fend off the first wave of attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are 4 castles, and two of them (randomly placed it seems) are the troll leaders you need to kill.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to use the narrow corridors to your advantage, so the enemy can only place one attack against a strong unit of yours, but you can kill a troll at a time with two mages or Haldric. Also keep an eye at your back since they will try to surround you. And resist the temptation to send single units wandering around in what seems empty caves - they will all die, probably by the fangs of a Giant Spider.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to arrange it so one troll can enter to be attacked by many troops.  Have regular troops in front initially.  Move mages forward to finish the troll, plug the gap where the troll was with Burin or a Royal Guard or an Iron Mauler, and reset the trap on the next turn.  When you've whittled down the enemy, go the direction they came from and kill the leaders, ignoring spider keeps.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alternative: This could be a good choice if you have low gold: recall 2 quick red mages, and 3 quick tough melee units (say 2 royal guards &amp;amp; a L3 chaotic unit like a Fugitive). Play expedition style: abandon the start island, stay fairly close together, with your troops roughly divided in two between those moving forward and those fighting rearguard. Provided you knock out one troll leader early, the rest is manageable, just work your way carefully over to the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cursed Isle====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting undead, mostly of the incorporeal and ghoulish lineages. Victory comes surprisingly easily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit lightly, certainly no more than two castles of troops. You could use 1-3 Paladins, 1-2 Mages, and 1-2 White Mages / Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall your loyal Merman Triton or similar and have him pick up the holy water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* This can be the first or last quest you choose.  If you can wait, do it last, as you will come out of it with a lot of gold, which you will need for the first scenario after the quests, ''The Vanguard''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep a very tight formation for the first night, as Shadows will hit hard and you don't want to get backstabbed or swarmed. By dawn, it should be smooth sailing.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you get anywhere near the enemy leaders' keeps, expect to get rushed by a leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* In one of the three temples there is a Vampire Lady. All you really need is a Paladin or three to rush the temples. Kill her. Game over, you win. One of the other temples has some gold; grab that first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Spy In The Woods===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Vanguard===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting a large number of orcs, trolls and other enemies in a location with a natural defensive line, where presumably an underground river has carved a line of sinkholes. This scenario will be difficult or impossible with minimum gold (200), but quite doable with a large amount of gold (450+) even on the hardest difficulty setting. Recruitment and strategy are fairly straightforward, given the board layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit a lot of units; you will need them.&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall/recruit speedy units: Knights, Lancers, Paladins, Horsemen, Outlaws, and similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recall your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up from ''The Fall'') and Spearmen/Swordsmen/Royal Guards.&lt;br /&gt;
# On subsequent turns, recall/recruit healers and other sorts of Mages, Thugs and their advancements, and Longbowmen. You will need quite a lot of healing power: 3-4 White Mages / Mages of Light and 1-2 Paladins. A Silver Mage would come in handy, since your forces will be widely spaced, but you could start with a couple of Red Mages and try to level up one or both to Silver Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# This map is smaller than fog of war and sinkholes make it appear.  Rush the west and northwest gaps with mounted units, but slow &amp;amp; strong will carry the day once the sun rises and the odds are in your favor.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Seal of all the gaps in the ring of sinkholes. When the onslaught begins, wounded units can retreat back into villages or be cared for by healers - or actually both, since soon you will be out of non-wounded units.&lt;br /&gt;
# A &amp;quot;Sitzkrieg&amp;quot; may develop, where neither side can make progress. Shift units to the southwest and break out there, using the west board edge defensively. From there, sweep northwards, taking out the western orc leader first and then the next orc leader.&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget the chest of gold, which you can see even in fog.&lt;br /&gt;
# End the scenario with the kill of the final leader, a level 3 troll.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill more than half the units of any side, a few tough undead units will appear near that side's stronghold at the edge of the map. So, this will happen three times. Beware the Chocobones. Their double damage from charge means they can take out Commander Aethyr at night just by hitting 2 for 2, and they will certainly try if they get the opportunity.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is much less difficult with extra gold. You can use Peasants to avoid going negative on gold, promoting them to Spearmen only when needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return of the Fleet===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome to the &amp;quot;kitchen sink&amp;quot; defense.  You've made it this far; now the enemy will launch a desperate defense, throwing a little bit of everything at you.  The effect is mostly psychological, but it could be a problem if you came into the scenario with minimum gold or your initial assessment causes you to drastically under-recruit. Time is money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, at least, you don't want to overrecruit. First turn, recall Mermen to assassinate the undead leader; 2 Entanglers/Netcasters and the Triton with the Storm Trident. Later, you should recruit 1 or more Silver Mages also for this taskforce as well as for causing general mayhem. It's also worth recruiting 5-10 L1/L0 units to take the brunt of the first wave of attacks; you can use any combination of Footpads, Poachers, Thugs, Spearmen, and Peasants, as you see fit. You'll want some decent L2 and L3 recalls for healing, to flank your lines, and to start kicking some butt at daybreak. A Mage or Red Mage to blast Trolls and Chocobones will level up by end of scenario. Paladins are good too. In addition to your loyal Mage of Light, you will need a bare minimum of 1 more healer.&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, don't recruit too much for fighting the undead - 2 Paladins at most, 1 or 2 Thugs, the stormy Merman, and the nearest Mage working with your land force are sufficient - the undead commander only gets 5-6 L2 recruits and they come ashore scattered (on medium, anyway). Paladins are so effective against undead that you can wade into the water after them. Just remember, Paladins can't go into deep water and undead can.&lt;br /&gt;
* On hard, you also don't want to recruit too much for fighting the undead, but it's only because going on an offensive early against them will get you crushed by a Chocobone armada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Move the Mermen (including the storm trident) as quickly as possible pretty much straight to the West. (There is a village and swamp hex that can aid your travel if you pick the best route).  Move these guys up the West side once they get there to get to the Undead Leader as quickly as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Your loyal units can do a little village grabbing, but it would be unwise to venture too far north.&lt;br /&gt;
# After nightfall, fog will appear; for the rest of the scenario, the map will become shrouded, like in a cave scenario.  So while you're still amazingly able to see, note the key terrain features, castle and city locations, and troop dispositions (especially Chocobones.)  Also, visually explore the avenues of approach you want to be able to see later.&lt;br /&gt;
# The first wave is largely at night and will have Goblin Knights and Pillagers, and later Chocobones and Troll Warriors. The damage they can cause is bone chilling, so make sure to divert their attention with plenty of spam. You want to meet them on the edge of the woodland, while inducing the orcs to fight from the grassland. Footpads and Poachers are handy here, as they have high defense in woodland. Players have had success setting up the initial line in either the north and northeast woodlands, with respect to the castle. Others have succeeded by fighting mostly from the open plain, retaining mobility by leaving the woodlands to their Footpads.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once your Mermen have taken an island city, teleport over one or more Silver Mages to help kill the undead leader - in addition to a Silver Mage, you will want the storm trident, a Netcaster/Entangler, plus one more leveled unit to be fairly sure to knock him out in one round. Quick striking like this you end up fighting a lot less undead.  You probably end up foddering one of the mermen to the Undead Archers, but the trade off is well worth it.  You can keep cycling your mermen up to fight with any orcs or trolls that come into the water. Silver Mages can assist, since they are not needed much in the other part of the fight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the undead leader is assassinated and the first wave is broken, you may advance cautiously due north or to the northwest along the coast and ultimately finish off the two orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When you are close to the break in the woods at the east board edge, tighten your formation and keep wounded units well away, as a small force of high-level Saurians will appear. Trigger them in daylight if possible, and knock them out fast. Alternatively, you can delay triggering the Saurians as long as possible by moving your force northwest near the water and then onto the small island, though even then it is possible to trigger the Saurians if you are not careful where you step. (Stepping to 10 hexes or less from 34,15 triggers the Saurians.) You can fight the final wave of orcs from the island, then move northeast to the mainland, finally triggering the Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Two cuttlefish appear when you approach the north-central island. Assuming you're sending a strike force through the water to knock out the undead commander, you really don't want to trigger these until that force is on the island - the storm trident Merman is the only thing that can stand up to them in water, and they will avoid him to attack more vulnerable units.&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill one enemy leader, the other gets more gold &amp;amp; recruits a new wave of L2s. This can be useful if you need to kill off surplus L1 units to improve the finish bonus, or if you need the XP more than the gold; otherwise, try to knock out both leaders on the same turn before they can recruit more. Alternatively, if you kill the first one at dawn, the second will be reluctant to attack with his L2s in daylight, and you might jump in and kill him before he uses them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is the final one. Therefore, loyal units are now somewhat disposable. However, you will need plenty of gold. Recruit some Peasants in the current scenario if you need to save some gold. Not only are they cheap, but they have no upkeep and Chocobones love 'em. Send a unit with leadership with them and they can even deal some amount of damage and be used to finish off wounded enemy, though at night you should just let them take the beating passively since otherwise they die too quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rise of Wesnoth===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's the final battle: be patient, recall everybody - the early finish bonus doesn't mean anything. Also, loyal units are no better than other units after your recruitment is finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need at least 300 starting gold, maybe more like 400 on the hardest difficulty level, so if need be, replay the previous scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* To stretch your money, start with loyal Iron Maulers and a couple ready-to-level level 1's and level 2's. Finally, recall as many level 3's as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: 3-6 Mages of Light / White Mages. Your few chaotic units will appreciate a White Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse units: 2-4 Paladins, 3-4 Knights / Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse escorts: about 3 speedy units, like Royal Guards, Fugitives, and Silver Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tanks: at least 6 high HP units, such as Royal Guards, Highwayman, Master Bowmen, and the loyal Iron Maulers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages: at least 3 high level Mages aside from your basic healers, so Arch Mages, Great Mages, and Silver Mages. Additional Mages of Light can be substituted.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Mermen might be useful here, but surprisingly, they're not really necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
* On 1.9.3 and earlier, you can recruit Saurian Skirmishers on medium and Skirmishers plus Ambushers on hard. This appears to be a bug, so ignore the option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will launch a two pronged assault: mounted units will race to the west and then south, while the main army heads due south.&lt;br /&gt;
* With your mounted units, race forwards by day and backwards by night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Along with the mounted units should go some escorts, speedy foot units intended to kill things like Goblin Impalers, which make even Grand Knights nervous. They would also benefit from a quick Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Meanwhile, with your tanks and the rest of your healers and support units, form a line or hedgehog in the woods just south of your keep or next to the river. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep your leaders with the main army, to avoid drawing too much attention to the mounted detachment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Maintain awareness of the overall battlefield. If the main army gets in trouble, you can send some or all of the mounted units to assist. There may be an opportunity to hammer-and-anvil enemy forces trapped in the middle. And you may wish to transfer units, like Paladins may be useful to the main army after it is on the move.&lt;br /&gt;
* You'll need at least two Paladins to kill Jevyan himself; nothing else is half as effective (except perhaps Mages of Light and suicidal Lancers).  Or you can use a pair of Great Mages (unless you are very unlucky, you should be able to kill him in a single turn). Don't forget to sacrifice Aethyr to Jevyan.  If he doesn't want to come out and play, march up to Jevyan and use a crossbow attack.  When Jevyan is dead, the yellow and green leaders may still be alive. You'll have to kill one, leaving at least one orc leader alive. You pick.  Congratulations!  Enjoy the ending!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units is within 8 hexes of a bridge, but you have no units within 2 hexes of the bridge, and there are no units on the bridge, then a Cuttle Fish will appear and destroy the bridge. This is usually disadvantageous. Not only does it leave you with a Cuttle Fish to fight, but it slows your progress south and the bad guys progress north. At least on the hardest difficulty level, it's hard to kill all the spam in time, so you don't want to impede their advance by removing the bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
* When any of your units is killed, it becomes a Walking Corpse. On hard, it becomes a Soulless, which makes it important to be careful with your level 2's, especially Lancers.&lt;br /&gt;
* After the first orc leader is killed, then some gold goes to mister Lich. It's 40, 80, or 120 gold, for easy, medium, and hard, respectively.  The lich will receive some gold once you kill his Familiar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See Also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MainlineCampaigns]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - The Rise of Wesnoth]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55326</id>
		<title>TheRiseOfWesnoth</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55326"/>
		<updated>2014-07-11T11:26:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* Temple in the Deep */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Strategy Guide for The Rise of Wesnoth Campaign ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Campaign strategy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the course of this campaign, you will need to level up to some:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: White Mages/Mages of Light (at least four)&lt;br /&gt;
* Undead killers: Paladins (two)&lt;br /&gt;
* Mobile strikers: Silver Mages (at least one, preferably more), Grand Knights (several), Fugitives (one or more helps)&lt;br /&gt;
* Damage sinks: Royal Guards, Iron Maulers, Highwaymen, Halberdiers, level 3 Burin, and again Grand Knights&lt;br /&gt;
* Leaders: level 3 Haldric, level 3 Lady Outlaw, and much later level 3 Commander Aethyr &lt;br /&gt;
* Ranged attackers: Great Mages (can use several in the last scenario), Longbowmen/Master Bowmen (two), Trapper/Huntsman (one is helpful)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Mage of Light, one Paladin, and five Grand Knights make a perfect assault team!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Horsemen are key for the first three or four scenarios, it's important not to be too reliant on horse units through the middle part of the campaign, as there are many hard levels underground, in swamps, in water, or against Saurians; use XP from the scenario ''The Vanguard'' to get to 2 Paladins and 2+ Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't overlook Pikemen/Halberdiers, which are useful in many levels; pierce attacks work well against Drakes and against the dragon, and they are handy for defensive roles especially repelling Wolf Riders. They are less good against undead, though, and don't get that +1 MP Royal Guard speed bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to many undead opponents, you will want to recruit many Thugs at times, and get a few (the quick ones, since you need them underground) leveled up. Footpads help too, once leveled up. Due to swamps, you will sometimes be spamming Poachers, which get marksmanship once at level 3. These, plus Lady Outlaw, give tactical options at other levels too: some decent chaotic troops form an ideal reserve, since you can attack with your lawful troops at dawn, and by nightfall when you need to heal them, use some chaotic troops to either continue the attack or to shield your healing lawful units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some recommended units to have obtained by specific scenarios:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The Fall - 1 Knight&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. A Harrowing Escape - 1 White Mage, 2 Knights, plus about-to-level troops&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4a. The Midlands - avoid, go to The Swamp of Eden instead&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4b. The Swamp of Eden - level 2 Haldric, level 2 Lady Outlaw, 2 Knights, 2 Shocktroopers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. Temple of the Deep - level 3 Haldric, level 3 Burin, 1-2 Mages of Light or several Outlaws / quick Bandits&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8. Clearwater Port - level 3 Lady Outlaw, 3 White Mages / Mages of Light, 3 Iron Maulers / Royal Guards / Halberdiers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
12. A Final Spring - 1-2 Silver Mages&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
14. Rough Landing - the 3 loyal Mermen from the previous scenario, ''Peoples in Decline''[glandis] In 1.8.6, there was no opportunity for 3 loyal mermen - maybe this was in an older version? And only Merman fighters can be recruited - no Netcaster upgardes are possible&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17a. The Dragon - up to 4 White Mages / Mages of Light&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17d. Cursed Island - 1 Paladin&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
19. The Vanguard - 4 Knights/Lancers/Grand Knights, 2 Paladins (or about-to-level Knights)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
20. Return of the Fleet - 1 Mermen Entangler, 1 Merman Triton with Storm Trident, level 3 Commander Aethyr desirable&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
22. The Rise of Wesnoth - 2 Paladins, 3 Royal Guards, 4 Mages of Light&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because the campaign is long and you won't be able to recall all your level 3's in the final scenario, it pays to create some &amp;quot;uber-units&amp;quot;. An example is a quick, resilient Silver Mage that has been AMLA advanced a few times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
===A Summer Of Storms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively easy scenario, so gear your recruitment and strategy with an eye towards gathering XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# For the first round, recruit 2-3 Horsemen and the rest can be all Spearmen or a mix of Spearmen and Bowmen as you see fit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Then, you should probably hire Bowmen and more Spearmen. Whatever Bowmen you can get advanced will be useful later on for fighting the many trolls, grunts, and riders you will encounter. Note, however, that you will not have any healers until you level up at least one mage to White Mage status, and the sooner you can do that the better. Red mages will also prove very useful in subsequent scenarios, so consider recruiting at least two mages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used at least three strategies with success...&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: Send the horsemen with the king over the bridge, and the others should follow or start going over the mountain, to avoid being attacked from behind. Send subsequent Spearmen and Bowmen on the &amp;quot;over-the-bridge&amp;quot; road, and when the Prince and final troops have just about caught up, march on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;hide in the swamp&amp;quot; strategy: Proceed much like the above, but send the king with 3 Horsemen to capture the nearest houses, then retreat into the swamp area until you have your lawful bonus to kill off troops during the day. To hold them back, you can use a Spearman and a Mage (to level him.)&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sandbagging&amp;quot; strategy: On the hardest difficulty level, the initial enemy assault will only be easy to handle by entrenching your troops behind the river. Use the king to block the bridge initially, while Spearmen handle the shoreline just north and Horsemen carefully flag villages across the river. Run the king around, lending his leadership as you massacre the stupid enemy troops that have jumped like lemmings into the water. &lt;br /&gt;
* For all these options, you will also need to send a squad north into the mountains and around into the flank of the enemy. A quick Spearman, a quick Bowman, and one other unit, possibly a quick Mage, should be more than sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
* When you see that the fronts are under control, stop recruiting and send prince Haldric and your Mages over the bridge on a quest for XP, assisted by the leadership of the king, and converge on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Fall===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that looks scary, but it is only moderately difficult with proper recruitment and strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall or recruit Spearmen and Bowmen to man the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horsemen/Knights are desirable, because you probably do not yet have a White Mage, and the villages are widely spaced.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recalling or recruiting Mages for XP gathering is highly advisable for future scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are three basic approaches to take out the outlaw leader...&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Brute force&amp;quot; strategy: You can march west with a large army and use part of it to hold northwestern orc. Use the rest to fight outlaws and kill the leader. This strategy requires a lot of troops but it can bring you plenty of experience and can bring a quick victory.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: You can assassinate the outlaw leader. One way is to wait until the orcs have killed almost all outlaws and then assassinate the outlaw leader with Knights, rushing over the enemy camp's bridge and into the keep. This strategy is risky because orcs can kill the leader before you.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination via the mountain pass&amp;quot; strategy: Another way to assassinate the leader is to send a squad through the southern mountains to the outlaw keep. Two Mages and three Spearmen are enough. You may wish to substitute one of the Spearmen with a Knight or Horseman, though horse units have only a narrow passage devoid of mountains and could get pinned by the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
* On the hardest difficulty level, you may be forced to assassinate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Saving the loyal Heavy Infantrymen (or Shock Troopers on easy) pays off in later scenarios. To save all three, move them south towards the outlaws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you eliminate the HP of the Lady Outlaw, she offers to help you. If you say yes, she comes back as a loyal unit in future scenarios and you will be able to recruit outlaw units, plus she cannot be killed in the next couple of scenarios (instead, she disappears when she goes to zero HP, and comes back the next scenario.) This is quite valuable. If you say no and try to kill her, you find out she cannot be killed. However, you do get 200 gold that she leaves behind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The following scenario (''A Harrowing Escape'') is a handful on the hardest difficulty level. On hard, your goal should be a carryover of almost 150 gold (so you have 250 starting gold), so although Lady Outlaw's assistance is worth much more than 80 gold (40% of 200), you may be forced to choose the gold. Another thing you need to beat the following scenario on hard is a White Mage at or near the start of the scenario. Also, about-to-level units will be especially nice for their self-healing ability and low initial upkeep. Steer XP accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Harrowing Escape===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much easier on lower difficulty levels, calling for different strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On easy/medium...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: You should recruit/recall at least one, possibly two Mages here, and use them for killing Goblin Spearmen and finishing off injured Wolf Riders in the hills &amp;amp; mountains bordering the valley. Other than the Mages, simply recruit what you want, and go along the road. You get enough villages to pay upkeep for quite some army, and can give some of them a bit of experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Leave a few units in the rear, as the enemy can cross hills quickly. Note that Footpads and Outlaws will also cross hills at reasonable speed, if you need to hunt down some units. There are two castle tiles about halfway down, try to send Lady Outlaw and Brunin the Lost to them, they make good guards in case the enemy tries to come straight up. You can also send a couple groups of units down southeast to the lake, so you can prevent the Green team (southeast) from coming up the river. You can also kill the two Orcish Grunts (or Warriors on medium) on the southern castle tiles and then move Lady Outlaw and Brunin to them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On hard...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: To beat this scenario on the hardest difficulty level, you need some level 2 (or better yet, about-to-level level 1) units already and decent starting gold. It has been beaten on hard with as little as 158 starting gold, 200 is still difficult, and 250+ makes it relatively easy. You can stretch your gold a bit by not going negative on upkeep and waiting until you can't wait any longer to do one last round of recruiting, recalling mostly level 2's. For timing your final recruitment, watch the wolves that are likely trying to flank through the mountains south of your keep. Another requirement for beating this scenario is a White Mage (or two.) If need be, you must promote a Mage (or two) &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;tout de suite&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, as you will be dealing with severe damage and assassins, while only having easy access to 2 or 3 villages initially. Horsemen and Knights are useful for dissipating damage by serving as meat shields against blades and then running off to remote villages to heal. Quick Horsemen are especially nice, as they can transfer between two strategically placed villages in one turn, for healing on the go. Horsemen, Knights, and Swordsmen are useful for swatting assassins. If you can recruit outlaws, a couple of Footpads are nice for village grabbing. Thieves are also good because they are cheap, the Grunts are fond of attacking them, and they often survive on 70% defense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Near the start of combat, it's crucial to kill the first waves quickly: the wolves and assassins. More important than terrain is avoiding getting flanked, so mobility of individual units is key; if you climb up deep into the mountains, you will have a harder time with mobility than staying on or near the valley floor. Additionally, many of your units cannot go on mountain hexes, so it's easier to maintain your lines if everyone stays close to the valley. It's easier to make a stand at the keep and northern river bank, but this approach can be too costly in terms of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium/hard, you can lure out the roadside guard Warriors one at a time by putting a unit within attack range of one (and out of range of the other.) They mostly come at night. Mostly. That is, the Warriors might not bite bait put out during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have Lady Outlaw, note that she has leadership, which will be useful to help promote Prince Haldric, if he is still level 0. It's worth advancing her to level 2, to continue to provide leadership to level 1 Haldric and your other level 1's. You may also make use of her odd ability &amp;quot;distract&amp;quot;, which allows adjacent allied units to ignore ZOCs. And Lady Outlaw allows you to recruit outlaw types. On hard especially, Thugs can be useful as meat shields and to provide strong attacks at night when your lawful forces are crippled. Remember too that Lady Outlaw cannot be permanently killed (at least not yet), so when desperate times call for desperate measures, you can move her into a suicidal position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* It helps that there are two enemy sides as opposed to a twice as strong single enemy side. If one of your units could be attacked by 3 enemies, but 1 of these hexes is currently blocked by the other side, the currently moving enemy decides to attack units which it (they) is (are) actually less likely to kill than that one. AIs don't cooperate, that is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are stuck on this scenario, you may need to replay one or both of the previous scenarios and/or choose to &amp;quot;kill&amp;quot; Lady Outlaw in the previous scenario so you get her gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There is Dwarf Steelclad in the village at 8,5. It's not far from your camp, so send Lady Outlaw there. Dwarf joins you because &amp;quot;It has been a long time since he felt the satisfying crunch of Orcs under his Axe.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you kill the first orc leader, an Orcish Slayer and two Assassins will pop out of nowhere, so you would be wise not to have any wounded units stuck without movement points at that point. Also, the other leader will get an infusion of gold and start recruiting on all available hexes, so if you can sit on some of those hexes first, it will help keep the situation from getting out of control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* At the end, you will be given the choice of the river/swamp road or the midlands/orc road. These fork to the scenarios ''The Swamp of Esten'' and ''The Midlands'', respectively. The swamp scenario is relatively easy, while ''The Midlands'' could cost you some leveled units or even prove impossible to beat if you are low on gold. Also, the swamp gives you a free loyal White Mage, so it's a no brainer, unless you want more of a challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: it would be wise to have at least 1 White Mage before going to the scenario ''The Swamp of Esten''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Midlands====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orcs again. But you chose that way. This scenario may appear impossible, but with a lot of gold and a little strategy, it can be beat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are given plenty of time, so use it wisely. The enemies send lots of orcs, mostly weak ones. So recruit and recall everything you can.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall any White Mages you have. You'll need them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bowmen are good for the wolf units you will be facing.&lt;br /&gt;
* The rest depends on your strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Fast Assault&amp;quot; option: use an assassination team. If you go west, only your Knights and Horsemen will arrive and fight at daytime. So go south. Take the bridge and defend against the enemy closing in from the west. Take out Yellow with a fast assault team (they should take a healer along), but be careful about the leader. Your main force moves west, takes and holds the second bridge, and takes out Blue. Your assault team stays in the south and goes for the last enemy leader - they won't face any serious resistance. The enemy moves north to support Blue. The HI guarding the bridge might gain a level or die, but hopefully not the latter, as they are loyal units in a long campaign. With this approach, you can finish early (around 25 turns) and keep your losses low.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Dark Assault&amp;quot; option: use Footpads.  If you chose to work with the the outlaws in the last round, then this works well.  Footpads are cheap.  And they are fast.  And they have good defensive abilities.  Plus they fight well in the dark and in the forest.  So recruit lots of Footpads-pawns and quickly dispatch them to the upper west and south, followed by more powerful units: Mages, Horsemen, etc.  For the time being, leave the middle enemy alone.  To the upper west, send several Footpads into the forest and capture the village and set up a defensive line.  This cuts down the enemy's gold and increases yours.  Don't attack at first, just defend, until more of your slow higher powered units arrive. The strategy here is to pick off the orcs, and send the Horsemen to capture villages.  While this is going, to the south you send your Footpads to capture any villages you can and, more importantly, put a Footpad on the hex that is adjacent to the bridge, thereby stopping easy advancement of their greater numbered troops. A White Mage, a couple Trappers and some Bowmen would make a good escort. Probably sending a Thief or two would be good too, to help dispatch any enemy that infiltrate the villages north of the river. one enemy got into one of the villages on the north of river, and it took a lot to dislodge him.  The intention is to engage the enemy so that they are fighting from the river squares, at a huge disadvantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Swamp Of Esten====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not hard if you are conservative and don't send important units off alone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall 1-2 quick Knights (or Paladins, if you have them), recruit 1-2 Horsemen, and recall your loyal Shocktroopers or whatever they are now.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next round, recruit/recall Mages to kill Scorpions (and Bats) and at least one White Mage to deal with poison, plus maybe a Poacher or Trapper or two, as they are good in swamp (and you would like a Huntsman eventually, for its markmanship.)&lt;br /&gt;
# A little Thug spam can come next, but you don't need a full third round of recruitment. Then send Prince Haldric off to lend his leadership.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Head to the northeastern leader first. Try to kill Dark Adepts with Burin or horse units before they have a chance to attack you. As you close in on the leader, hover your mouse over him to watch where he can go, as at night his ranged attack is nasty and can be followed up by waves of kamikaze Walking Corpses, which can take out a Knight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After you have killed the northeastern leader and eliminated troops there, you can either send your whole army back across the ford and south or split your army into two halves, sending one part to each leader. If you have lost several units but have lots of turns left, it's probably safer to stick together. This is not a simple mop-up operation, as powerful undead can take out some of your valuable units if you're not careful. On hard, Shadows are a threat at night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Searching the temples is a good idea. Some have gold. There is a free loyal White Mage hiding in (a random) one of the temples - visit the temple close to the keep ASAP, and if not there, try rushing a horse unit or Lady Outlaw to the temple at 19,5. However, some of the temples contain undead, so keep extra troops nearby when you enter one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main challenge in this scenario is keeping your ally alive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your (probably leveled up) Heavy Infantry from The Fall and some quick Spearmen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recruit/recall Thugs, Bowmen, and Spearmen, preferably quick.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round, recall 2-3 White Mages (or Mages of Light) and maybe some quick Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Your forces will have three main combat arenas: the northeast, the south, and the middle.&lt;br /&gt;
# The castle in the middle is inhabited by the tree folk. The orcs have almost the perfect anti-wose force, heavy on fire (Orcish Crossbowmen and Pillagers), so your ally is going to need your help. Send 2-4 units to the castle and another 4-8 units northeast of the castle to block the enemy advancing from that direction.&lt;br /&gt;
# Split the rest of your forces to go northeast and south, 4-6 units each, with a White Mage in each force. Your loyal Heavy Infantry / Shocktroopers should head south. Sending Haldric south might help take some of the heat off the woses.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Tips...&lt;br /&gt;
* If you send a White Mage or Mage of Light to the wose castle, it will let any adjacent wose cure+heal or sometimes regenerate+heal (16 points.) That's because of the side sequence within a turn: player, orcs, woses. For example, after the orcs attack with poison, the woses cure themselves, and then your leveled mage will heal any adjacent wose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The temple contains the entrance to the catacombs, but you need the leader Wose's help to open it, and to get that help you have to win the current scenario, so there is no point in visiting this temple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is in the catacombs, i.e., underground, and it's a tough one, so you need to groom your roster accordingly. Two Mages of Light would make it a whole lot easier. Failing that, level up your fearless loyal Shocktrooper and chaotic outlaw types. Bandits/Highwaymen and Fugitives are especially nice. Quick units of almost any type (except horse units) will be helpful, if leveled and possessing high HP (&amp;gt;50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Temple in the Deep===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be facing undead underground. This is a difficult situation that will prove much easier with proper recruitment. Then the strategy will be fairly straightforward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All in all, what you need is a small elite force. Two rounds of recalls is enough, if you didn't lose Burin in a prior scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers, though their slow movement will prove frustrating. Also on the first round, recall a fast &amp;quot;tank&amp;quot; and someone to grab the holy water.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recall any Mages of Light you might already have, and a total of at least two White Mages or Mages of Light, preferably quick. For the rest of your recruitment, what you need are high movement (6+ MP) non-horse units with high hitpoints (&amp;gt;50 HP). It helps if they are chaotic (or at least neutral) and/or have ranged or impact attacks. Put all the requirements together and it points to Fugitives. Outlaws and quick Arch Mages are worth recalling too. Fill out the rest with other high HP units. Note that horse units are too sluggish in caves and should not be recalled/recruited unless you have a compelling reason.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round (optional), you can add a unit or two for a safety margin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# There are two ways north, but they will meet up together. First thing you will see are Tentacles. You can either ignore the Tentacles for the most part or use them for XP. Your main initial objective is to find a good place to make a stand against the nasty wave of undead coming from the north. The chokepoints and southern shoreline offer good defensive locations. Watch out for the enemy's Bone Shooters, Revenants and Deathblades, as they could easily mess up a level 3 unit. &lt;br /&gt;
# Once the flow of baddies as tapered off, gradually progress northwards. Once you get into the final chamber, the boss should be a piece of cake, although his ranged attack is devastating, so try to attack him with melee units. Be careful if he has recruits around, as their combined damage can take down one of your level 3's. Note that the Ruby can only be picked up by Haldric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Holy water: The best choice for the Holy Water is a quick Bandit, who should level quickly. A quick Highwayman could be used, but won't benefit much from the XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* XP: Use this level to get experience. The early-finish bonus is tiny. The Tentacles are perfect for leveling up units. Keep Burin away from the water at this stage, or he'll kill all tentacles as they attack, depriving those who could benefit from the XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your killed units will be turned into Walking Corpses (or Soulless on hard.) Therefore, spam is not helpful. A Mage or Thug can be okay, if used with great care, but mostly you need to recall leveled troops here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return to Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Clearwater Port===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is easy if you take the first boat out, more and more challenging for the second and third boats, and very difficult (on hard) if you want to take out all three leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers from ''The Fall.'' You will also want several Footpads, for speedy village snatching, coastline defending (under leader supervision), and possibly for filling castle hexes if your lines get too thin.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recruit/recall more low maintenance units. It's a good scenario for leveling troops, so recalling acouple half-leveled Spearmen or similar is a good idea.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third and later turns, start recalling your high maintenance units. The key to winning this scenario is to recall several advanced units that can take a lot of damage and get good defense in castles (no Horsemen). You will also want at least 3 White Mages or Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Backstab your ally, stealing all his villages. Your ally is useless anyway, except for the entertainment value from his troops' suicide runs. The income is much better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
# Send your heavy duty troops with some White Mages over to the line of castle near Lt. Aethyr. (Optionally, you can rush forward past the castle, but you will need to return almost as quickly before the main enemy wave and night arrive.) Aethyr will usually be done recruiting by the second or third turn, before the enemy reaches you, so fill the entire line with your units, and put Knight Sir Rudry in the one non castled tile (or leave it empty, if no enemy are adjacent.) Place the White Mages behind this line. After the enemy has reached you and it is your turn to attack, go mostly for the assasins, as they have a weak melee attack and their poison can be a huge problem. Alternatively to using the castle (from (26,18) to (24,15)) to defend, the front line can lead through the villages at (30,17) and (30,18). This will make your line much shorter, it becomes much more of a bottleneck fight and offsets your enemy's superior numbers, since some of their units just move around with all spots to attack occupied; you only have to give up 1 village and 2 front units instaheal without mages. Place your strongest units on the weakest spot (29,20) and a Mage of Light on (30,19), he will hardly be attacked as the hex before him is used to attack (29,20). This shorter line requires less units on your side and also has the great advantage that there are much less 40% defense spots to attack you. They will flank you at the sides but stand on ice or sand then.&lt;br /&gt;
# Meanwhile, on the northeastern coast, the northern enemy leader will send lots of units to catch your flank unguarded. Send 2 Footpads, a Spearman, Lady Jessene, and Haldric to guard the coast. If Lady Jessene is already level 3, you can substitute a Royal Guard, Swordsman, or Javelineer for Haldric. This coastline defense squad may need help later, so be ready to divert a speedy powerful unit there. If you keep a healthy unit on the village at the tip of the land, then, unless you are very unlucky, you will be able to hold off everything the northern leader sends. After the assault from the water has been crushed, some of your troops may be able to cross the ford north, but be careful not to get attacked in the water with only 20% defense. (Certain of your chaotic units do have 40% defense in water; now is a good time to pay attention to that.) Also, notice that the lighthouse has a similar effect as a Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
# You have two options for the endgame:&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Total victory&amp;quot; strategy: Once you've thinned the enemy to where they only have a few units that are close to your line, usually this happens conveniently around dawn, move your people out and start heading for their leaders. Split your force, sending a few down the southern path, to distract the eney and most of them toward the middle leader, to kill him. Once he's dead, send some of your army down to kill the southern leader and devote a few units to defending the bridge until the rest of your army can rejoin you. A unit or two with a lot of HP with a white mage are usually enough to do this.&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Run like hell&amp;quot; strategy: Alternatively, you can leave your leader near the docks and take one of the boats to end the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fallen Lich Point===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a high variance scenario. It may be very easy or very hard, depending on events beyond your control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit fairly lightly initially, as you will likely have a chance to use the Lich's keep to recruit again.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages, White Mages, and Mages of Light are good, and as are all the other advancements of Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* You automatically should have your loyal Knight. Because of the mountains around &amp;quot;lichland&amp;quot; and frozen ground everywhere else, additional horse units are not recommended, except a single Paladin will come in handy.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Thugs or a Bandit or Highwayman will provide a little extra undead bashing power.&lt;br /&gt;
* Footpads will help with village flagging, after the Wolf Rider types are taken care of, but you can postpone buying Footpads until after killing the Lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy... &lt;br /&gt;
# The Orcs will be busy with the Yetis, so you can walk with a big group south and kill the Lich-Lord. Move Haldric to the stone monument to de-petrify the Lich. It may help to post some units around the undead before doing so. Use several mages to make a hole or two in the ring of undead, and then push in a burly fighter or two and/or Paladin to kill the Lich.&lt;br /&gt;
# After killing the Lich, assess the Orc/Yeti situation (as well as the empty village situation) and decide if you need to use the Lich's keep to recruit some reinforcements.&lt;br /&gt;
# After that, head north and walk into the sewer entrance (the &amp;quot;cave&amp;quot;) or else kill the orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* It is also possible, if you recruit heavily, to split your force and head north to attack the eastern Orcs before they finish with the Yetis.  However, be careful not to be attacked by a Yeti yourself; a Yeti is dangerous even if heavily wounded. A Yeti will attack you if it can get to a unit within one turn (and it doesn't have a more appealing orc target.)&lt;br /&gt;
* When dealing with the Lich, be aware that he has money; if you let him vacate any of his encampment tiles, or if you kill any of his units but do not occupy their tiles, he will be able to recruit.  (This is not necessarily all bad, as it can mean more experience, but depending on the strength of your force you may want to be careful.) &lt;br /&gt;
* Note that this level becomes a lot tougher if the Yetis get poisoned early on and quickly die. If this happens you basically have no other choice than to kill the orc leaders first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sewer of Southbay===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a swampy underground scenario, but with attention to recruitment, it's not very difficult.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* As always underground, you want non-horse units with 6+ MP.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall White Mages / Mages of Light, at least two, three is probably the optimal number.&lt;br /&gt;
* There are quite a few villages in this cave, so an expensive force is supportable, though not necessary. Some players recruit a large and spammy force, while others go with small and elite:&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 1, &amp;quot;Large and spammy&amp;quot; recruitment: Recruit four each of Mages, Thugs, and Poachers. Yes, Poachers normally stink, but here they really shine in a swamp that is permanently dark, underground. If you recruit four Poachers, you could finish with three Trappers and a Huntsman - or you could finish with four dead Poachers. The Thugs are especially likely to die, as they will be facing off against Red Mages, but somebody has to do it.&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 2, &amp;quot;Small and elite&amp;quot; recruitment: Recall something like one Red Mage, one Arch Mage, one Silver Mage, 2 twooyal Guards/Highwaymen/etc, and a Trapper or Huntsman, plus three regular Mages and a Poacher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# After leaving your initial chamber, you will be in a large swamp room with three entrances, through which will be a flood of bad guys. Use two Poachers and a Thug or similar to blockade the southeast, a small elite group to block the north, and then a mix of fighters and mages to handle the west entrance. Give each group a White Mage or Mage of Light, as well as at least one regular Mage. Try to keep the Mages of Light away from your chaotic forces on the front lines, though. Use the leadership of Haldric and Lady Jessene - and Mage of Light illumination or lack thereof - to get the most from each attack.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the initial battle has died down, you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
## If you have enough forces, you can divide into two groups and attack both brothers simultanously, east and west.&lt;br /&gt;
## Otherwise, do them one after the other, and then look for the exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Danger: there is a Giant Spider at the exit. You may wish to keep one or two cannon fodder units in order to be able to save your advanced units.  It is best to use ranged attacks against the spider, so leveled mages are good here.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is a lot easier with a lot of gold, especially on the hardest difficulty level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Southbay in Winter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Final Spring===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a large battle, and any mistake on any front can spell doom, but overall it will be fairly easy on the easier difficulty levels. On hard, it will only be a cakewalk with a lot of starting gold (more than 450 or so.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# On the first turn, recall a Silver Mage to teleport to the island, recruit Footpads for village snatching, recall one or more of your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''The Fall''), and recall one or more Knights or similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, continue with this theme, but it will be nightfall soon, so recall Outlaws, Bandits, Assassins, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn three is a bit more of the same, but you need to start thinking about preserving your income and also keeping a gold reserve. You can spam some peasants to preserve cash and income.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn four turn is more of the same.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn five is similar, but it will be day soon, so lawfuls like Knights and level 1 Mages are a good idea.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn six, you will have new recruitment options (see spoiler at walkthrough end.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy is broken into four fronts...&lt;br /&gt;
# The first front is the south land area. Do a counter-clockwise sweep with mounted units, optionally augmented with Footpads, which can help pad out your lines with forest and village hexes. Note that it will be nightfall soon after game start, so it might be wise to delay any serious mounted assault until the next day, and you can delay your recalls for this.&lt;br /&gt;
# The second front is the walled city. Move slower units and your loyal White Mage / Mage of Light to defend here. Take your ally's villages; your ally wouldn't do much useful with the money anyway. When your mounted units from the second front complete their sweep, you can break the remaining southern forces against the city wall in a hammer and anvil. Then your united forces can move north. On easy, you may be able to push north more quickly than that using just part of your city troops.&lt;br /&gt;
# The third front is the bay and peninsula north of your keep. If you don't protect this area well, Wolf Riders and others will mount an amphibious assault in an effort to flank your troops. On the easier difficulty levels, you may wish to beat the punch and quickly establish a bridgehead on the other side of the bay.&lt;br /&gt;
# The fourth front is the two small islands. Send a Silver Mage there ASAP. (You should have a village already there, so the Silver Mage can teleport over.) Footpads/Outlaws/Fugitives and others will help later. Lady Jessene could be used. A quick White Mage would be useful, either on the coast or on the islands. Do not use Assassins on this front. Assassins have relatively weak defense in water against Orcs and Nagas, they're very weak against blade, which is all orcs and nagas use, and their relatively slow movement in water makes backstab hard to use reliably. Overall, you need to devote more resources to this front than you might think.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* You should have lots of high-level units now, so concentrate on recruiting new ones and levelling them up to fill needs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Peasants are useful as placeholders for villages and distractions for the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 5, a gang of nasty undead show up in the east. So, for your city taskforce, you'll want to recruit/recall units with impact and arcane attacks. Note that if undead capture villages, they will be flagged with the Orc island boss' black flag! This can result in an overwhelming number of Nagas, and it's one reason that you must devote a lot of resources to the island campaign. Flag any black flag villages you can.&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 6, a gang of nasty Mermen show up in the west. Fortunately, they are on your side. You can now recruit Mermen. This is the real reason to keep a gold reserve until this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Peoples in Decline===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a bloody scenario versus Drakes. It can be a real challenge on the hardest difficulty setting, less so on the easier levels. Proper recruitment is more important than strategy here, as you will have little opportunity to maneuver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Drakes can be dangerous, so this is a great scenario to use the time honored technique of cannon fodder. Now that you can recruit level 0 units for cheap, you can protect your higher level units by recruiting endless Peasants to distract the Drakes' firepower.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drakes are vulnerable to pierce attacks, so spam cheap pierce attack units. In addition to Peasants, there are Poachers, Bowmen, Peasants, Spearmen, Merman Fighters, and Merman Hunters. Poachers are key here, due to the swampy terrain and their chaotic alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need about 3 White Mages / Mages of Light in all.&lt;br /&gt;
* On your last turn of recruitment when you have about 80 gold, recall some advanced units, like Master Bowmen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Since you will have a lot of level 1 and 0 units, make sure to use the leadership of Prince Haldric and Lady Jessene.&lt;br /&gt;
* Look for opportunities to heal via leveling up.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pay attention to the day-night cycle in this scenario. Drakes will be strong during day, but become very weak in the night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Take advantage of the mountains for defense, but note that on hard, you need to set up a relatively small perimeter around your base, as you will be hard pressed to even hold a small area.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be careful with your loyals.&lt;br /&gt;
* Because most Drakes have powerful ranged attacks, the roles of your melee and ranged units are reversed from the norm. Whereas usually you would use fighters to protect archers, here you will use archers to protect fighters. Melee-only units should hide behind the lines until they attack, preferably at night (with a Mage of Light supplying illumination.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure you get the Storm Trident in the middle of the sea, but be certain that you've cleared most of the Drakes first, since a Sea Serpent will appear. It's best to have some strong units ready to kill it in 1 or 2 turns. You can give the trident to Lord Typhon, but since he leaves a bit later, you may want to give it to another Merman Fighter. Movement over land is important for Mermen in the campaign as a whole.  If the Merman Fighter to whom you give the storm trident has the Quick attribute, you can make him a Hoplite when he gets to level 3.  Otherwise, make him a Triton, because movement over land is important for Mermen in this campaign as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rough Landing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting Nagas and Vampire Bats, primarily. This is a scenario that may be frustrating on the easier difficulty levels, though on hard it is just par for the course. Good recruitment and strategy will save you from getting slaughtered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are probably going to go negative on gold and be unable to rectify that with the paultry early finish bonus, so you might as will go very negative and be resigned to start the next scenario with minimum gold.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit/recall many Mermen and 1 or 2 White Mages or Mages of Light. A few Peasants can be useful to pad out your force, distract the enemy, and protect villages from stray Bats. A Silver Mage can be useful for island hopping but is not essential. Thieves/Assassins are blade vulnerable, and Nagas only use blades, so it's probably best not to recall them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Knock out the southeastern leader in a blitz. It's important to get that out of the way, because a wave of Nagas is advancing at light speed from the north.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next, hurriedly set up a line in the water alongside your fortress island. Your fortress troops can anchor one flank, while Burin the Dwarf can go to the island to the northeast to anchor the other end of your line. Nobody messes with Burin. Move Lady Jessene behind the lines to lend her support to the Mermen. Your loyal Mage of Light will be able to move back and forth more (to lend illumination) if kept in the fortress area.&lt;br /&gt;
# Finally, once the enemy assault wave has been broken, advance northward to kill the final two leaders in a straightforward mop-up operation. Just be careful not leave isolated units where they can get swarmed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints/Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to level up the mermen; they can be useful in another scenario later.&lt;br /&gt;
* Beware of Sea Serpents. Three of them will appear, one on each of the three turns following your first kill of an enemy unit. Make sure to kill them at once. The Storm Trident from the previous scenario and the Ruby of Fire will come in handy against the Serpents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A New Land===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a non-scenario. The scenario objectives tell you to avoid all confrontation for as long as possible, but actually the faster your units encounter the others the faster the scenario will end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* None necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The optimal strategy for gold carryover is to grab the three closest villages, then retreat to your keep and wait. Once one attack occurs, the non-scenario will be over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* One thing to keep in mind is that this the last chance you have to grab some more Mermen as their king leaves.  They are quite helpful in a later scenario so grabbing a few extra here cannot hurt if you can spare the gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Ka'lian===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story, with your choice of four battles next.  You have to beat them all in whatever order.  The amount of gold you have should be the factor in deciding when you choose to play Cursed Isle (the undead problem).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All four scenarios have to be beaten, but in whatever order you choose.&lt;br /&gt;
====The Dragon====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not as difficult as it looks, though your recruitment and strategy need to be tailored to fight the Saurian Skirmishers and other foes you will face here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Saurians use piercing attacks mostly, so it's better to use units resistant to pierce. Pikemen and Halberdiers have 40% pierce resistance. Javelineers are ideal as Saurians use ranged attacks a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
* You may wish to bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers. They are ineffective against the 70% impact resistant Mudcrawlers, while also vulnerable to the ranged attacks of both Mudcrawlers and Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consider adopting a force of all units with ranged attacks, save for horse and thief units, which can be kept behind the lines when not in use. It is amusing when Saurian Augers are forced to tap your units with their little staffs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers are a necessity to deal with the heavy damage your units will be sustaining. Depending on the strategy you adopt, you will want 2-4 healers. Mages of Light rock here, as they can easily do front line duty in pairs and their illumination blinds the Saurians, reducing their damage.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need something to clean up mud. Versus level 0 Mudcrawlers, Horsemen and their advancements can charge with no counterattack, and likewise Thieves and their advancements can backstab with no counterattack. Mages can be used as well on the fire vulnerable mud.&lt;br /&gt;
* A Merman or two will help with water hexes. An Entangler's slow ability will help tame the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used many different strategies with success:&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Fighting Saurians requires a disciplined formation.  If you're used to stringing out troops to move them into position as they get there, that won't work after Turn 2 or 3. You can use a &amp;quot;healing hedgehog&amp;quot; of ten troops--two white mages next to each other and eight troops completely encircling them.  If someone gets badly injured, move them to the inside and put a white mage on one of the long edges, fighting as you go.  If you're trying for the big bonus, you'll need two hedgehogs.  Try to keep reserves back a bit in cities.  If the terrain favorably protects you, or the wounded is a fast unit, you can try moving wounded back to cities too.  Once the main wave of Saurians is broken, you can string non-wounded troops out a bit in the rush for the leaders. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Triangular Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Switching wounded units to the inside of the hedgehog can be a problem if you are surrounded. ZOC prevents you from creating an open hex to move the inner unit into. You can fix this by creating a triangle with three hexes inside, instead of the standard two of the hedgehog. If you do this on your castle, only three units are in grasslands. If you set it right, you can make most of the hexes adjacent to your triangle be grassland as well, forcing the Saurians into a bad defensive position. In terms of unit positioning, the simplest way is to fill two inner spaces with Mages of Light, a but a better tactic is to put one of the mages on an edge, thereby ensuring that all but one of your units are healing. The remaining unit can either be a Merman Hoplite, (prefereably resilient and carrying a Storm Trident) or Lady Jessene, since she has excellent defense and is chaotic and therefore benefits by not being in the Mages' light. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Giant Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Recruit a lot of units, and then move the whole army as one big bulk. Keep healers in the middle (about four), rotate stronger units outwards, and make sure you leave no gaps. The Saurians will slip through the tiniest gap and kill your weak units. Head first for the east or wast leader, but steer for good terrain, because your force will soon be swarmed until about turn 10, when there should be many few Saurians alive.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Standard Line&amp;quot; strategy: Form a line from the west board edge diagonally up towards your keep across the two villages just in front of the forest. You will probably wish to bend upwards at the forest, rather than running the line all the way to the keep. Whenever the Saurians have a small number of troops at your line and you have enough strength to kill them all, you can advance your whole line one hex south, allowing you to get additional attacks on them from non-frontline troops. Once you advance a unit to the first water hex at west board edge, the west leader will probably come out to greet it, so be ready to fry him with Haldric's ruby. After killing the leader, back up into good terrain to prepare to meet the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Wake the Dragon&amp;quot; strategy: Prematurely wake the dragon (see spoiler below) and back up your troops to north of your keep. When the dragon comes, kill him. The scenario can be over on turn 7. There is no early finish bonus for this, but you can recruit lightly so that you still have gold at the end and will carry-over 40%, if you need it for your next scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* With all these strategies, the Saurians may hold back for quite a while. This is okay, as the Dragon will eventually appear and come to you. Kill it. Then you are given a choice of whether to end the scenario or to try to kill all the enemy leaders before time runs out. You can choose to finish the remaining Saurians for a nice bonus. However, on the hardest difficulty setting the turn limit (33 turns) is insufficient for you to plow through the vast hordes of level 0 spam to get to the leaders, so it's best to simply end the scenario after killing the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The dragon will awake on turn 15 or when you move a unit down around the road north of the mountains. If you wish to wake the dragon prematurely, you can recruit a Horseman on turn 1 and run him down. It's a suicide mission for him, however.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have a fast non-horse unit in position, rush it to the mountain cave after the Dragon leaves to grab the 200 in gold, though that's nothing compared to the Hero bonus for defeating all the Saurian leaders. So focus on killing all of them first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Lizard Beach====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario versus Saurians, Giant Scorpions, and Mudcrawlers, where good recruiting and strategy will save you from massive bloodshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruiting...&lt;br /&gt;
* Mermen are helpful for the swamp and water areas.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers, veterans from ''The Fall.'' They are laughably ineffective against the impact resistant Mudcrawlers - and laughably vulnerable to their ranged attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Thieves, Horsemen, and their advancements are good for mud cleanup, though you must keep them out of range of Saurian skirmishers. Swordsmen and Royal Guards are also good, though overkill.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall a lot of fairly high HP units, preferably with strong non-impact ranged and melee attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages are good. Mages of Light are especially useful, since they can do front line duty. Lots of healing may be necessary, about 3 healers are good, so White Mages can be used too. Raw recruit Mages can be used as well, for disposal of Giant Scorpions and the occasional Saurian Skirmisher that wanders too far. At least one Silver Mage is highly desirable, along with a speedy unit (e.g., Fugitive, Footpad, or Horseman) to capture villages for the Silver Mage to use north of the river.&lt;br /&gt;
* [fredbobsmith2] An alternative strategy that works surprisingly well is to simply use a very mage-heavy army. Recall most or all of your high-level mages, throw in a few peasants, and spend the rest of your gold on recruiting mages. Victory will come with shocking ease.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* General strategy: as Saurians have skirmishers and a lot of movement, be sure to protect your wounded units well. Because of the Saurians unnerving ability to concentrate their fire on one unit, be sure to keep several healers around and try to keep your line straight so only two can mob one guy. Hedgehog tactic also seems to work well.&lt;br /&gt;
* Opening strategy: here are some specific strategies that players have used with success in the early part of the scenario:&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen in center&amp;quot; strategy: Recall 2-4 Mermen, 1-2 Trappers/Huntsmen, and a lot of high HP troops, then form a line. Initially, you can either form a north-south line around the lake area with one flank at the south board edge, or, if you want to be conservative, you can do a diagonal line in the southeast corner, with both flanks tied to board edges. You'll need the Mermen to handle the lake area, and Trappers/Huntsmen/Mermen for the swamp areas. Keep troops in reserve, so that when a few Saurians meet your line, you can advance your whole line over them. Do not be too conservative/defensive on hard, as your time is limited. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen on flank&amp;quot; strategy: Recall several decent land melee units &amp;amp; then 4-5 level 2 Mermen on rounds 2-3. Most of your force forms a line of battle near your keep, Mermen on the north flank in the river, land units extending south, flanks bent back with strongest units at the corners - then let the Saurians break on it. Once their first wave has broken, the rest of their troops come in drips and are no problem, so now you can split up and wipe out the stragglers and claim villages; any L2 units you start with should level up. After you defeat the main force from the south send just one or two guys north to capture towns so your Silver Mages can teleport into the fray. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen feint&amp;quot; strategy: Recall most of your Mermen from before and send them along the river towards the sea. This will harry the saurian troops coming down from the north, allowing your main force to advance on the southern enemy  undisturbed. Beware, though as your mermen will encounter the Saurians at night time (giving you -25% and them +25%), so try to minimize conflict until dawn, just get in their way.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;No Mermen&amp;quot; strategy: On your first two turns recall two keeps of strong, fast veterans like mounted units (not Paladins though; they're pretty ineffective against saurians), Outlaws/Assassins, and Silver Magi along with some other veterans, preferably with a lot of HP: if all goes well (at least on easy and medium) that may be all you need. Dash them across the swamp directly west of your keep, south of the sands, and form a line with strong units at the ends. They'll flank you, but you're stronger than them and you can use your slower units to crush the flanking saurians in a hammer and anvil. The first wave of southern Saurians should get itself killed before the northern Saurians arrive in force. Once the northern Saurians arrive, take them out with your slower units while your quicker ones go for the southern leader.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sacrificial lamb&amp;quot; strategy: In addition to a couple mages, 2 healers, and some other fighters, recruit a castle-full of peasants to draw the Saurians out onto open ground.  Surround a single peasant on 5 sides, with 2 healers behind him. Build your formation around that.&lt;br /&gt;
* Closing strategy: The enemy's onslaught tapers out after their initial wave, so the final push for the southern leader should be quick and clean. Taking out the northern leader is harder, because all of your units will be stuck south of the marshes and the river. If you want to go for a quick win, just march forth with Silver Mages, Mermen, and anyone who's close enough to be a help. If you don't want to lose any of your better units, patience may be the key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units gets as far west as the second bridge, a wave of Nagas will arrive out at sea. You may wish to delay going that far until the second watch, so that the Nagas will make contact with your forces during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
* Killing one leader gives more gold to the other, so when you've defeated pretty much all the southern leader's forces, just plant a level 3 or two in his keep and leave him alive; kill them both in the same turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Troll Hole====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that you cannot win by brute force, because the trolls have more brute force than you. Wise recruitment and strategy are necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* It's underground time again, so as before, mainly recruit mages. The trolls are strong, so hopefully you have lots of levelled up mages. Mages of Light are especially nice, because they are tough enough to survive an attack from most trolls, while simultaneously reducing the damage sustained (due to illumination blinding the trolls.) Level 1 Mages can be used to good effect too, especially if quick. If only attacked by a single Troll Whelp, a healthy level 1 Mage will survive.&lt;br /&gt;
* In addition to mages, your chaotic units can be helpful here again, especially against the occasional Rocklobber, which you will not want to attack with mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Forget about your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''the Fall''). They are too slow. It's not that you'll be running around, but you will be rotating troops due to heavy damage, and they will only get in the way.&lt;br /&gt;
* Putting Mermen in the moat will really help you fend off the first wave of attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are 4 castles, and two of them (randomly placed it seems) are the troll leaders you need to kill.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to use the narrow corridors to your advantage, so the enemy can only place one attack against a strong unit of yours, but you can kill a troll at a time with two mages or Haldric. Also keep an eye at your back since they will try to surround you. And resist the temptation to send single units wandering around in what seems empty caves - they will all die, probably by the fangs of a Giant Spider.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to arrange it so one troll can enter to be attacked by many troops.  Have regular troops in front initially.  Move mages forward to finish the troll, plug the gap where the troll was with Burin or a Royal Guard or an Iron Mauler, and reset the trap on the next turn.  When you've whittled down the enemy, go the direction they came from and kill the leaders, ignoring spider keeps.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alternative: This could be a good choice if you have low gold: recall 2 quick red mages, and 3 quick tough melee units (say 2 royal guards &amp;amp; a L3 chaotic unit like a Fugitive). Play expedition style: abandon the start island, stay fairly close together, with your troops roughly divided in two between those moving forward and those fighting rearguard. Provided you knock out one troll leader early, the rest is manageable, just work your way carefully over to the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cursed Isle====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting undead, mostly of the incorporeal and ghoulish lineages. Victory comes surprisingly easily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit lightly, certainly no more than two castles of troops. You could use 1-3 Paladins, 1-2 Mages, and 1-2 White Mages / Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall your loyal Merman Triton or similar and have him pick up the holy water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* This can be the first or last quest you choose.  If you can wait, do it last, as you will come out of it with a lot of gold, which you will need for the first scenario after the quests, ''The Vanguard''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep a very tight formation for the first night, as Shadows will hit hard and you don't want to get backstabbed or swarmed. By dawn, it should be smooth sailing.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you get anywhere near the enemy leaders' keeps, expect to get rushed by a leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* In one of the three temples there is a Vampire Lady. All you really need is a Paladin or three to rush the temples. Kill her. Game over, you win. One of the other temples has some gold; grab that first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Spy In The Woods===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Vanguard===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting a large number of orcs, trolls and other enemies in a location with a natural defensive line, where presumably an underground river has carved a line of sinkholes. This scenario will be difficult or impossible with minimum gold (200), but quite doable with a large amount of gold (450+) even on the hardest difficulty setting. Recruitment and strategy are fairly straightforward, given the board layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit a lot of units; you will need them.&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall/recruit speedy units: Knights, Lancers, Paladins, Horsemen, Outlaws, and similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recall your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up from ''The Fall'') and Spearmen/Swordsmen/Royal Guards.&lt;br /&gt;
# On subsequent turns, recall/recruit healers and other sorts of Mages, Thugs and their advancements, and Longbowmen. You will need quite a lot of healing power: 3-4 White Mages / Mages of Light and 1-2 Paladins. A Silver Mage would come in handy, since your forces will be widely spaced, but you could start with a couple of Red Mages and try to level up one or both to Silver Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# This map is smaller than fog of war and sinkholes make it appear.  Rush the west and northwest gaps with mounted units, but slow &amp;amp; strong will carry the day once the sun rises and the odds are in your favor.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Seal of all the gaps in the ring of sinkholes. When the onslaught begins, wounded units can retreat back into villages or be cared for by healers - or actually both, since soon you will be out of non-wounded units.&lt;br /&gt;
# A &amp;quot;Sitzkrieg&amp;quot; may develop, where neither side can make progress. Shift units to the southwest and break out there, using the west board edge defensively. From there, sweep northwards, taking out the western orc leader first and then the next orc leader.&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget the chest of gold, which you can see even in fog.&lt;br /&gt;
# End the scenario with the kill of the final leader, a level 3 troll.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill more than half the units of any side, a few tough undead units will appear near that side's stronghold at the edge of the map. So, this will happen three times. Beware the Chocobones. Their double damage from charge means they can take out Commander Aethyr at night just by hitting 2 for 2, and they will certainly try if they get the opportunity.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is much less difficult with extra gold. You can use Peasants to avoid going negative on gold, promoting them to Spearmen only when needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return of the Fleet===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome to the &amp;quot;kitchen sink&amp;quot; defense.  You've made it this far; now the enemy will launch a desperate defense, throwing a little bit of everything at you.  The effect is mostly psychological, but it could be a problem if you came into the scenario with minimum gold or your initial assessment causes you to drastically under-recruit. Time is money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, at least, you don't want to overrecruit. First turn, recall Mermen to assassinate the undead leader; 2 Entanglers/Netcasters and the Triton with the Storm Trident. Later, you should recruit 1 or more Silver Mages also for this taskforce as well as for causing general mayhem. It's also worth recruiting 5-10 L1/L0 units to take the brunt of the first wave of attacks; you can use any combination of Footpads, Poachers, Thugs, Spearmen, and Peasants, as you see fit. You'll want some decent L2 and L3 recalls for healing, to flank your lines, and to start kicking some butt at daybreak. A Mage or Red Mage to blast Trolls and Chocobones will level up by end of scenario. Paladins are good too. In addition to your loyal Mage of Light, you will need a bare minimum of 1 more healer.&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, don't recruit too much for fighting the undead - 2 Paladins at most, 1 or 2 Thugs, the stormy Merman, and the nearest Mage working with your land force are sufficient - the undead commander only gets 5-6 L2 recruits and they come ashore scattered (on medium, anyway). Paladins are so effective against undead that you can wade into the water after them. Just remember, Paladins can't go into deep water and undead can.&lt;br /&gt;
* On hard, you also don't want to recruit too much for fighting the undead, but it's only because going on an offensive early against them will get you crushed by a Chocobone armada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Move the Mermen (including the storm trident) as quickly as possible pretty much straight to the West. (There is a village and swamp hex that can aid your travel if you pick the best route).  Move these guys up the West side once they get there to get to the Undead Leader as quickly as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Your loyal units can do a little village grabbing, but it would be unwise to venture too far north.&lt;br /&gt;
# After nightfall, fog will appear; for the rest of the scenario, the map will become shrouded, like in a cave scenario.  So while you're still amazingly able to see, note the key terrain features, castle and city locations, and troop dispositions (especially Chocobones.)  Also, visually explore the avenues of approach you want to be able to see later.&lt;br /&gt;
# The first wave is largely at night and will have Goblin Knights and Pillagers, and later Chocobones and Troll Warriors. The damage they can cause is bone chilling, so make sure to divert their attention with plenty of spam. You want to meet them on the edge of the woodland, while inducing the orcs to fight from the grassland. Footpads and Poachers are handy here, as they have high defense in woodland. Players have had success setting up the initial line in either the north and northeast woodlands, with respect to the castle. Others have succeeded by fighting mostly from the open plain, retaining mobility by leaving the woodlands to their Footpads.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once your Mermen have taken an island city, teleport over one or more Silver Mages to help kill the undead leader - in addition to a Silver Mage, you will want the storm trident, a Netcaster/Entangler, plus one more leveled unit to be fairly sure to knock him out in one round. Quick striking like this you end up fighting a lot less undead.  You probably end up foddering one of the mermen to the Undead Archers, but the trade off is well worth it.  You can keep cycling your mermen up to fight with any orcs or trolls that come into the water. Silver Mages can assist, since they are not needed much in the other part of the fight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the undead leader is assassinated and the first wave is broken, you may advance cautiously due north or to the northwest along the coast and ultimately finish off the two orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When you are close to the break in the woods at the east board edge, tighten your formation and keep wounded units well away, as a small force of high-level Saurians will appear. Trigger them in daylight if possible, and knock them out fast. Alternatively, you can delay triggering the Saurians as long as possible by moving your force northwest near the water and then onto the small island, though even then it is possible to trigger the Saurians if you are not careful where you step. (Stepping to 10 hexes or less from 34,15 triggers the Saurians.) You can fight the final wave of orcs from the island, then move northeast to the mainland, finally triggering the Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Two cuttlefish appear when you approach the north-central island. Assuming you're sending a strike force through the water to knock out the undead commander, you really don't want to trigger these until that force is on the island - the storm trident Merman is the only thing that can stand up to them in water, and they will avoid him to attack more vulnerable units.&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill one enemy leader, the other gets more gold &amp;amp; recruits a new wave of L2s. This can be useful if you need to kill off surplus L1 units to improve the finish bonus, or if you need the XP more than the gold; otherwise, try to knock out both leaders on the same turn before they can recruit more. Alternatively, if you kill the first one at dawn, the second will be reluctant to attack with his L2s in daylight, and you might jump in and kill him before he uses them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is the final one. Therefore, loyal units are now somewhat disposable. However, you will need plenty of gold. Recruit some Peasants in the current scenario if you need to save some gold. Not only are they cheap, but they have no upkeep and Chocobones love 'em. Send a unit with leadership with them and they can even deal some amount of damage and be used to finish off wounded enemy, though at night you should just let them take the beating passively since otherwise they die too quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rise of Wesnoth===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's the final battle: be patient, recall everybody - the early finish bonus doesn't mean anything. Also, loyal units are no better than other units after your recruitment is finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need at least 300 starting gold, maybe more like 400 on the hardest difficulty level, so if need be, replay the previous scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* To stretch your money, start with loyal Iron Maulers and a couple ready-to-level level 1's and level 2's. Finally, recall as many level 3's as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: 3-6 Mages of Light / White Mages. Your few chaotic units will appreciate a White Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse units: 2-4 Paladins, 3-4 Knights / Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse escorts: about 3 speedy units, like Royal Guards, Fugitives, and Silver Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tanks: at least 6 high HP units, such as Royal Guards, Highwayman, Master Bowmen, and the loyal Iron Maulers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages: at least 3 high level Mages aside from your basic healers, so Arch Mages, Great Mages, and Silver Mages. Additional Mages of Light can be substituted.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Mermen might be useful here, but surprisingly, they're not really necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
* On 1.9.3 and earlier, you can recruit Saurian Skirmishers on medium and Skirmishers plus Ambushers on hard. This appears to be a bug, so ignore the option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will launch a two pronged assault: mounted units will race to the west and then south, while the main army heads due south.&lt;br /&gt;
* With your mounted units, race forwards by day and backwards by night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Along with the mounted units should go some escorts, speedy foot units intended to kill things like Goblin Impalers, which make even Grand Knights nervous. They would also benefit from a quick Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Meanwhile, with your tanks and the rest of your healers and support units, form a line or hedgehog in the woods just south of your keep or next to the river. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep your leaders with the main army, to avoid drawing too much attention to the mounted detachment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Maintain awareness of the overall battlefield. If the main army gets in trouble, you can send some or all of the mounted units to assist. There may be an opportunity to hammer-and-anvil enemy forces trapped in the middle. And you may wish to transfer units, like Paladins may be useful to the main army after it is on the move.&lt;br /&gt;
* You'll need at least two Paladins to kill Jevyan himself; nothing else is half as effective (except perhaps Mages of Light and suicidal Lancers).  Or you can use a pair of Great Mages (unless you are very unlucky, you should be able to kill him in a single turn). Don't forget to sacrifice Aethyr to Jevyan.  If he doesn't want to come out and play, march up to Jevyan and use a crossbow attack.  When Jevyan is dead, the yellow and green leaders may still be alive. You'll have to kill one, leaving at least one orc leader alive. You pick.  Congratulations!  Enjoy the ending!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units is within 8 hexes of a bridge, but you have no units within 2 hexes of the bridge, and there are no units on the bridge, then a Cuttle Fish will appear and destroy the bridge. This is usually disadvantageous. Not only does it leave you with a Cuttle Fish to fight, but it slows your progress south and the bad guys progress north. At least on the hardest difficulty level, it's hard to kill all the spam in time, so you don't want to impede their advance by removing the bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
* When any of your units is killed, it becomes a Walking Corpse. On hard, it becomes a Soulless, which makes it important to be careful with your level 2's, especially Lancers.&lt;br /&gt;
* After the first orc leader is killed, then some gold goes to mister Lich. It's 40, 80, or 120 gold, for easy, medium, and hard, respectively.  The lich will receive some gold once you kill his Familiar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See Also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MainlineCampaigns]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - The Rise of Wesnoth]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55325</id>
		<title>TheRiseOfWesnoth</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55325"/>
		<updated>2014-07-11T11:22:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* Temple in the Deep */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Strategy Guide for The Rise of Wesnoth Campaign ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Campaign strategy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the course of this campaign, you will need to level up to some:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: White Mages/Mages of Light (at least four)&lt;br /&gt;
* Undead killers: Paladins (two)&lt;br /&gt;
* Mobile strikers: Silver Mages (at least one, preferably more), Grand Knights (several), Fugitives (one or more helps)&lt;br /&gt;
* Damage sinks: Royal Guards, Iron Maulers, Highwaymen, Halberdiers, level 3 Burin, and again Grand Knights&lt;br /&gt;
* Leaders: level 3 Haldric, level 3 Lady Outlaw, and much later level 3 Commander Aethyr &lt;br /&gt;
* Ranged attackers: Great Mages (can use several in the last scenario), Longbowmen/Master Bowmen (two), Trapper/Huntsman (one is helpful)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Mage of Light, one Paladin, and five Grand Knights make a perfect assault team!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Horsemen are key for the first three or four scenarios, it's important not to be too reliant on horse units through the middle part of the campaign, as there are many hard levels underground, in swamps, in water, or against Saurians; use XP from the scenario ''The Vanguard'' to get to 2 Paladins and 2+ Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't overlook Pikemen/Halberdiers, which are useful in many levels; pierce attacks work well against Drakes and against the dragon, and they are handy for defensive roles especially repelling Wolf Riders. They are less good against undead, though, and don't get that +1 MP Royal Guard speed bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to many undead opponents, you will want to recruit many Thugs at times, and get a few (the quick ones, since you need them underground) leveled up. Footpads help too, once leveled up. Due to swamps, you will sometimes be spamming Poachers, which get marksmanship once at level 3. These, plus Lady Outlaw, give tactical options at other levels too: some decent chaotic troops form an ideal reserve, since you can attack with your lawful troops at dawn, and by nightfall when you need to heal them, use some chaotic troops to either continue the attack or to shield your healing lawful units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some recommended units to have obtained by specific scenarios:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The Fall - 1 Knight&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. A Harrowing Escape - 1 White Mage, 2 Knights, plus about-to-level troops&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4a. The Midlands - avoid, go to The Swamp of Eden instead&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4b. The Swamp of Eden - level 2 Haldric, level 2 Lady Outlaw, 2 Knights, 2 Shocktroopers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. Temple of the Deep - level 3 Haldric, level 3 Burin, 1-2 Mages of Light or several Outlaws / quick Bandits&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8. Clearwater Port - level 3 Lady Outlaw, 3 White Mages / Mages of Light, 3 Iron Maulers / Royal Guards / Halberdiers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
12. A Final Spring - 1-2 Silver Mages&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
14. Rough Landing - the 3 loyal Mermen from the previous scenario, ''Peoples in Decline''[glandis] In 1.8.6, there was no opportunity for 3 loyal mermen - maybe this was in an older version? And only Merman fighters can be recruited - no Netcaster upgardes are possible&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17a. The Dragon - up to 4 White Mages / Mages of Light&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17d. Cursed Island - 1 Paladin&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
19. The Vanguard - 4 Knights/Lancers/Grand Knights, 2 Paladins (or about-to-level Knights)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
20. Return of the Fleet - 1 Mermen Entangler, 1 Merman Triton with Storm Trident, level 3 Commander Aethyr desirable&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
22. The Rise of Wesnoth - 2 Paladins, 3 Royal Guards, 4 Mages of Light&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because the campaign is long and you won't be able to recall all your level 3's in the final scenario, it pays to create some &amp;quot;uber-units&amp;quot;. An example is a quick, resilient Silver Mage that has been AMLA advanced a few times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
===A Summer Of Storms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively easy scenario, so gear your recruitment and strategy with an eye towards gathering XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# For the first round, recruit 2-3 Horsemen and the rest can be all Spearmen or a mix of Spearmen and Bowmen as you see fit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Then, you should probably hire Bowmen and more Spearmen. Whatever Bowmen you can get advanced will be useful later on for fighting the many trolls, grunts, and riders you will encounter. Note, however, that you will not have any healers until you level up at least one mage to White Mage status, and the sooner you can do that the better. Red mages will also prove very useful in subsequent scenarios, so consider recruiting at least two mages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used at least three strategies with success...&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: Send the horsemen with the king over the bridge, and the others should follow or start going over the mountain, to avoid being attacked from behind. Send subsequent Spearmen and Bowmen on the &amp;quot;over-the-bridge&amp;quot; road, and when the Prince and final troops have just about caught up, march on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;hide in the swamp&amp;quot; strategy: Proceed much like the above, but send the king with 3 Horsemen to capture the nearest houses, then retreat into the swamp area until you have your lawful bonus to kill off troops during the day. To hold them back, you can use a Spearman and a Mage (to level him.)&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sandbagging&amp;quot; strategy: On the hardest difficulty level, the initial enemy assault will only be easy to handle by entrenching your troops behind the river. Use the king to block the bridge initially, while Spearmen handle the shoreline just north and Horsemen carefully flag villages across the river. Run the king around, lending his leadership as you massacre the stupid enemy troops that have jumped like lemmings into the water. &lt;br /&gt;
* For all these options, you will also need to send a squad north into the mountains and around into the flank of the enemy. A quick Spearman, a quick Bowman, and one other unit, possibly a quick Mage, should be more than sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
* When you see that the fronts are under control, stop recruiting and send prince Haldric and your Mages over the bridge on a quest for XP, assisted by the leadership of the king, and converge on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Fall===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that looks scary, but it is only moderately difficult with proper recruitment and strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall or recruit Spearmen and Bowmen to man the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horsemen/Knights are desirable, because you probably do not yet have a White Mage, and the villages are widely spaced.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recalling or recruiting Mages for XP gathering is highly advisable for future scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are three basic approaches to take out the outlaw leader...&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Brute force&amp;quot; strategy: You can march west with a large army and use part of it to hold northwestern orc. Use the rest to fight outlaws and kill the leader. This strategy requires a lot of troops but it can bring you plenty of experience and can bring a quick victory.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: You can assassinate the outlaw leader. One way is to wait until the orcs have killed almost all outlaws and then assassinate the outlaw leader with Knights, rushing over the enemy camp's bridge and into the keep. This strategy is risky because orcs can kill the leader before you.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination via the mountain pass&amp;quot; strategy: Another way to assassinate the leader is to send a squad through the southern mountains to the outlaw keep. Two Mages and three Spearmen are enough. You may wish to substitute one of the Spearmen with a Knight or Horseman, though horse units have only a narrow passage devoid of mountains and could get pinned by the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
* On the hardest difficulty level, you may be forced to assassinate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Saving the loyal Heavy Infantrymen (or Shock Troopers on easy) pays off in later scenarios. To save all three, move them south towards the outlaws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you eliminate the HP of the Lady Outlaw, she offers to help you. If you say yes, she comes back as a loyal unit in future scenarios and you will be able to recruit outlaw units, plus she cannot be killed in the next couple of scenarios (instead, she disappears when she goes to zero HP, and comes back the next scenario.) This is quite valuable. If you say no and try to kill her, you find out she cannot be killed. However, you do get 200 gold that she leaves behind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The following scenario (''A Harrowing Escape'') is a handful on the hardest difficulty level. On hard, your goal should be a carryover of almost 150 gold (so you have 250 starting gold), so although Lady Outlaw's assistance is worth much more than 80 gold (40% of 200), you may be forced to choose the gold. Another thing you need to beat the following scenario on hard is a White Mage at or near the start of the scenario. Also, about-to-level units will be especially nice for their self-healing ability and low initial upkeep. Steer XP accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Harrowing Escape===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much easier on lower difficulty levels, calling for different strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On easy/medium...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: You should recruit/recall at least one, possibly two Mages here, and use them for killing Goblin Spearmen and finishing off injured Wolf Riders in the hills &amp;amp; mountains bordering the valley. Other than the Mages, simply recruit what you want, and go along the road. You get enough villages to pay upkeep for quite some army, and can give some of them a bit of experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Leave a few units in the rear, as the enemy can cross hills quickly. Note that Footpads and Outlaws will also cross hills at reasonable speed, if you need to hunt down some units. There are two castle tiles about halfway down, try to send Lady Outlaw and Brunin the Lost to them, they make good guards in case the enemy tries to come straight up. You can also send a couple groups of units down southeast to the lake, so you can prevent the Green team (southeast) from coming up the river. You can also kill the two Orcish Grunts (or Warriors on medium) on the southern castle tiles and then move Lady Outlaw and Brunin to them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On hard...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: To beat this scenario on the hardest difficulty level, you need some level 2 (or better yet, about-to-level level 1) units already and decent starting gold. It has been beaten on hard with as little as 158 starting gold, 200 is still difficult, and 250+ makes it relatively easy. You can stretch your gold a bit by not going negative on upkeep and waiting until you can't wait any longer to do one last round of recruiting, recalling mostly level 2's. For timing your final recruitment, watch the wolves that are likely trying to flank through the mountains south of your keep. Another requirement for beating this scenario is a White Mage (or two.) If need be, you must promote a Mage (or two) &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;tout de suite&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, as you will be dealing with severe damage and assassins, while only having easy access to 2 or 3 villages initially. Horsemen and Knights are useful for dissipating damage by serving as meat shields against blades and then running off to remote villages to heal. Quick Horsemen are especially nice, as they can transfer between two strategically placed villages in one turn, for healing on the go. Horsemen, Knights, and Swordsmen are useful for swatting assassins. If you can recruit outlaws, a couple of Footpads are nice for village grabbing. Thieves are also good because they are cheap, the Grunts are fond of attacking them, and they often survive on 70% defense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Near the start of combat, it's crucial to kill the first waves quickly: the wolves and assassins. More important than terrain is avoiding getting flanked, so mobility of individual units is key; if you climb up deep into the mountains, you will have a harder time with mobility than staying on or near the valley floor. Additionally, many of your units cannot go on mountain hexes, so it's easier to maintain your lines if everyone stays close to the valley. It's easier to make a stand at the keep and northern river bank, but this approach can be too costly in terms of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium/hard, you can lure out the roadside guard Warriors one at a time by putting a unit within attack range of one (and out of range of the other.) They mostly come at night. Mostly. That is, the Warriors might not bite bait put out during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have Lady Outlaw, note that she has leadership, which will be useful to help promote Prince Haldric, if he is still level 0. It's worth advancing her to level 2, to continue to provide leadership to level 1 Haldric and your other level 1's. You may also make use of her odd ability &amp;quot;distract&amp;quot;, which allows adjacent allied units to ignore ZOCs. And Lady Outlaw allows you to recruit outlaw types. On hard especially, Thugs can be useful as meat shields and to provide strong attacks at night when your lawful forces are crippled. Remember too that Lady Outlaw cannot be permanently killed (at least not yet), so when desperate times call for desperate measures, you can move her into a suicidal position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* It helps that there are two enemy sides as opposed to a twice as strong single enemy side. If one of your units could be attacked by 3 enemies, but 1 of these hexes is currently blocked by the other side, the currently moving enemy decides to attack units which it (they) is (are) actually less likely to kill than that one. AIs don't cooperate, that is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are stuck on this scenario, you may need to replay one or both of the previous scenarios and/or choose to &amp;quot;kill&amp;quot; Lady Outlaw in the previous scenario so you get her gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There is Dwarf Steelclad in the village at 8,5. It's not far from your camp, so send Lady Outlaw there. Dwarf joins you because &amp;quot;It has been a long time since he felt the satisfying crunch of Orcs under his Axe.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you kill the first orc leader, an Orcish Slayer and two Assassins will pop out of nowhere, so you would be wise not to have any wounded units stuck without movement points at that point. Also, the other leader will get an infusion of gold and start recruiting on all available hexes, so if you can sit on some of those hexes first, it will help keep the situation from getting out of control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* At the end, you will be given the choice of the river/swamp road or the midlands/orc road. These fork to the scenarios ''The Swamp of Esten'' and ''The Midlands'', respectively. The swamp scenario is relatively easy, while ''The Midlands'' could cost you some leveled units or even prove impossible to beat if you are low on gold. Also, the swamp gives you a free loyal White Mage, so it's a no brainer, unless you want more of a challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: it would be wise to have at least 1 White Mage before going to the scenario ''The Swamp of Esten''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Midlands====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orcs again. But you chose that way. This scenario may appear impossible, but with a lot of gold and a little strategy, it can be beat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are given plenty of time, so use it wisely. The enemies send lots of orcs, mostly weak ones. So recruit and recall everything you can.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall any White Mages you have. You'll need them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bowmen are good for the wolf units you will be facing.&lt;br /&gt;
* The rest depends on your strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Fast Assault&amp;quot; option: use an assassination team. If you go west, only your Knights and Horsemen will arrive and fight at daytime. So go south. Take the bridge and defend against the enemy closing in from the west. Take out Yellow with a fast assault team (they should take a healer along), but be careful about the leader. Your main force moves west, takes and holds the second bridge, and takes out Blue. Your assault team stays in the south and goes for the last enemy leader - they won't face any serious resistance. The enemy moves north to support Blue. The HI guarding the bridge might gain a level or die, but hopefully not the latter, as they are loyal units in a long campaign. With this approach, you can finish early (around 25 turns) and keep your losses low.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Dark Assault&amp;quot; option: use Footpads.  If you chose to work with the the outlaws in the last round, then this works well.  Footpads are cheap.  And they are fast.  And they have good defensive abilities.  Plus they fight well in the dark and in the forest.  So recruit lots of Footpads-pawns and quickly dispatch them to the upper west and south, followed by more powerful units: Mages, Horsemen, etc.  For the time being, leave the middle enemy alone.  To the upper west, send several Footpads into the forest and capture the village and set up a defensive line.  This cuts down the enemy's gold and increases yours.  Don't attack at first, just defend, until more of your slow higher powered units arrive. The strategy here is to pick off the orcs, and send the Horsemen to capture villages.  While this is going, to the south you send your Footpads to capture any villages you can and, more importantly, put a Footpad on the hex that is adjacent to the bridge, thereby stopping easy advancement of their greater numbered troops. A White Mage, a couple Trappers and some Bowmen would make a good escort. Probably sending a Thief or two would be good too, to help dispatch any enemy that infiltrate the villages north of the river. one enemy got into one of the villages on the north of river, and it took a lot to dislodge him.  The intention is to engage the enemy so that they are fighting from the river squares, at a huge disadvantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Swamp Of Esten====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not hard if you are conservative and don't send important units off alone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall 1-2 quick Knights (or Paladins, if you have them), recruit 1-2 Horsemen, and recall your loyal Shocktroopers or whatever they are now.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next round, recruit/recall Mages to kill Scorpions (and Bats) and at least one White Mage to deal with poison, plus maybe a Poacher or Trapper or two, as they are good in swamp (and you would like a Huntsman eventually, for its markmanship.)&lt;br /&gt;
# A little Thug spam can come next, but you don't need a full third round of recruitment. Then send Prince Haldric off to lend his leadership.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Head to the northeastern leader first. Try to kill Dark Adepts with Burin or horse units before they have a chance to attack you. As you close in on the leader, hover your mouse over him to watch where he can go, as at night his ranged attack is nasty and can be followed up by waves of kamikaze Walking Corpses, which can take out a Knight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After you have killed the northeastern leader and eliminated troops there, you can either send your whole army back across the ford and south or split your army into two halves, sending one part to each leader. If you have lost several units but have lots of turns left, it's probably safer to stick together. This is not a simple mop-up operation, as powerful undead can take out some of your valuable units if you're not careful. On hard, Shadows are a threat at night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Searching the temples is a good idea. Some have gold. There is a free loyal White Mage hiding in (a random) one of the temples - visit the temple close to the keep ASAP, and if not there, try rushing a horse unit or Lady Outlaw to the temple at 19,5. However, some of the temples contain undead, so keep extra troops nearby when you enter one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main challenge in this scenario is keeping your ally alive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your (probably leveled up) Heavy Infantry from The Fall and some quick Spearmen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recruit/recall Thugs, Bowmen, and Spearmen, preferably quick.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round, recall 2-3 White Mages (or Mages of Light) and maybe some quick Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Your forces will have three main combat arenas: the northeast, the south, and the middle.&lt;br /&gt;
# The castle in the middle is inhabited by the tree folk. The orcs have almost the perfect anti-wose force, heavy on fire (Orcish Crossbowmen and Pillagers), so your ally is going to need your help. Send 2-4 units to the castle and another 4-8 units northeast of the castle to block the enemy advancing from that direction.&lt;br /&gt;
# Split the rest of your forces to go northeast and south, 4-6 units each, with a White Mage in each force. Your loyal Heavy Infantry / Shocktroopers should head south. Sending Haldric south might help take some of the heat off the woses.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Tips...&lt;br /&gt;
* If you send a White Mage or Mage of Light to the wose castle, it will let any adjacent wose cure+heal or sometimes regenerate+heal (16 points.) That's because of the side sequence within a turn: player, orcs, woses. For example, after the orcs attack with poison, the woses cure themselves, and then your leveled mage will heal any adjacent wose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The temple contains the entrance to the catacombs, but you need the leader Wose's help to open it, and to get that help you have to win the current scenario, so there is no point in visiting this temple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is in the catacombs, i.e., underground, and it's a tough one, so you need to groom your roster accordingly. Two Mages of Light would make it a whole lot easier. Failing that, level up your fearless loyal Shocktrooper and chaotic outlaw types. Bandits/Highwaymen and Fugitives are especially nice. Quick units of almost any type (except horse units) will be helpful, if leveled and possessing high HP (&amp;gt;50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Temple in the Deep===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be facing undead underground. This is a difficult situation that will prove much easier with proper recruitment. Then the strategy will be fairly straightforward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All in all, what you need is a small elite force. Two rounds of recalls is enough, if you didn't lose Burin in a prior scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers, though their slow movement will prove frustrating. Also on the first round, recall a fast &amp;quot;tank&amp;quot; and someone to grab the holy water.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recall any Mages of Light you might already have, and a total of at least two White Mages or Mages of Light, preferably quick. For the rest of your recruitment, what you need are high movement (6+ MP) non-horse units with high hitpoints (&amp;gt;50 HP). It helps if they are chaotic (or at least neutral) and/or have ranged or impact attacks. Put all the requirements together and it points to Fugitives. Outlaws and quick Arch Mages are worth recalling too. Fill out the rest with other high HP units. Note that horse units are too sluggish in caves and should not be recalled/recruited unless you have a compelling reason.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round (optional), you can add a unit or two for a safety margin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# There are two ways north, but they will meet up together. First thing you will see are Tentacles. You can either ignore the Tentacles for the most part or use them for XP. You main initial objective is to find a good place to make a stand against the nasty wave of undead coming from the north. The chokepoints and/or southern shoreline are good defensive locations. Watch out for the enemy's Bone Shooters, Revenants and Deathblades, as they could easily mess up a level 3 unit. &lt;br /&gt;
# Once the flow of baddies as tapered off, gradually progress northwards. Once you get into the final chamber, the boss should be a piece of cake, although his ranged attack is devastating, so try to attack him with melee units. Be careful if he has recruits around, as their combined damage can take down one of your level 3's. Note that the Ruby can only be picked up by Haldric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Holy water: The best choice for the Holy Water is a quick Bandit, who should level quickly. A quick Highwayman could be used, but won't benefit much from the XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* XP: Use this level to get experience. The early-finish bonus is tiny. The Tentacles are perfect for leveling up units. Keep Burin away from the water at this stage, or he'll kill all tentacles as they attack, depriving those who could benefit from the XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your killed units will be turned into Walking Corpses (or Soulless on hard.) Therefore, spam is not helpful. A Mage or Thug can be okay, if used with great care, but mostly you need to recall leveled troops here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return to Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Clearwater Port===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is easy if you take the first boat out, more and more challenging for the second and third boats, and very difficult (on hard) if you want to take out all three leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers from ''The Fall.'' You will also want several Footpads, for speedy village snatching, coastline defending (under leader supervision), and possibly for filling castle hexes if your lines get too thin.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recruit/recall more low maintenance units. It's a good scenario for leveling troops, so recalling acouple half-leveled Spearmen or similar is a good idea.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third and later turns, start recalling your high maintenance units. The key to winning this scenario is to recall several advanced units that can take a lot of damage and get good defense in castles (no Horsemen). You will also want at least 3 White Mages or Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Backstab your ally, stealing all his villages. Your ally is useless anyway, except for the entertainment value from his troops' suicide runs. The income is much better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
# Send your heavy duty troops with some White Mages over to the line of castle near Lt. Aethyr. (Optionally, you can rush forward past the castle, but you will need to return almost as quickly before the main enemy wave and night arrive.) Aethyr will usually be done recruiting by the second or third turn, before the enemy reaches you, so fill the entire line with your units, and put Knight Sir Rudry in the one non castled tile (or leave it empty, if no enemy are adjacent.) Place the White Mages behind this line. After the enemy has reached you and it is your turn to attack, go mostly for the assasins, as they have a weak melee attack and their poison can be a huge problem. Alternatively to using the castle (from (26,18) to (24,15)) to defend, the front line can lead through the villages at (30,17) and (30,18). This will make your line much shorter, it becomes much more of a bottleneck fight and offsets your enemy's superior numbers, since some of their units just move around with all spots to attack occupied; you only have to give up 1 village and 2 front units instaheal without mages. Place your strongest units on the weakest spot (29,20) and a Mage of Light on (30,19), he will hardly be attacked as the hex before him is used to attack (29,20). This shorter line requires less units on your side and also has the great advantage that there are much less 40% defense spots to attack you. They will flank you at the sides but stand on ice or sand then.&lt;br /&gt;
# Meanwhile, on the northeastern coast, the northern enemy leader will send lots of units to catch your flank unguarded. Send 2 Footpads, a Spearman, Lady Jessene, and Haldric to guard the coast. If Lady Jessene is already level 3, you can substitute a Royal Guard, Swordsman, or Javelineer for Haldric. This coastline defense squad may need help later, so be ready to divert a speedy powerful unit there. If you keep a healthy unit on the village at the tip of the land, then, unless you are very unlucky, you will be able to hold off everything the northern leader sends. After the assault from the water has been crushed, some of your troops may be able to cross the ford north, but be careful not to get attacked in the water with only 20% defense. (Certain of your chaotic units do have 40% defense in water; now is a good time to pay attention to that.) Also, notice that the lighthouse has a similar effect as a Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
# You have two options for the endgame:&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Total victory&amp;quot; strategy: Once you've thinned the enemy to where they only have a few units that are close to your line, usually this happens conveniently around dawn, move your people out and start heading for their leaders. Split your force, sending a few down the southern path, to distract the eney and most of them toward the middle leader, to kill him. Once he's dead, send some of your army down to kill the southern leader and devote a few units to defending the bridge until the rest of your army can rejoin you. A unit or two with a lot of HP with a white mage are usually enough to do this.&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Run like hell&amp;quot; strategy: Alternatively, you can leave your leader near the docks and take one of the boats to end the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fallen Lich Point===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a high variance scenario. It may be very easy or very hard, depending on events beyond your control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit fairly lightly initially, as you will likely have a chance to use the Lich's keep to recruit again.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages, White Mages, and Mages of Light are good, and as are all the other advancements of Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* You automatically should have your loyal Knight. Because of the mountains around &amp;quot;lichland&amp;quot; and frozen ground everywhere else, additional horse units are not recommended, except a single Paladin will come in handy.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Thugs or a Bandit or Highwayman will provide a little extra undead bashing power.&lt;br /&gt;
* Footpads will help with village flagging, after the Wolf Rider types are taken care of, but you can postpone buying Footpads until after killing the Lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy... &lt;br /&gt;
# The Orcs will be busy with the Yetis, so you can walk with a big group south and kill the Lich-Lord. Move Haldric to the stone monument to de-petrify the Lich. It may help to post some units around the undead before doing so. Use several mages to make a hole or two in the ring of undead, and then push in a burly fighter or two and/or Paladin to kill the Lich.&lt;br /&gt;
# After killing the Lich, assess the Orc/Yeti situation (as well as the empty village situation) and decide if you need to use the Lich's keep to recruit some reinforcements.&lt;br /&gt;
# After that, head north and walk into the sewer entrance (the &amp;quot;cave&amp;quot;) or else kill the orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* It is also possible, if you recruit heavily, to split your force and head north to attack the eastern Orcs before they finish with the Yetis.  However, be careful not to be attacked by a Yeti yourself; a Yeti is dangerous even if heavily wounded. A Yeti will attack you if it can get to a unit within one turn (and it doesn't have a more appealing orc target.)&lt;br /&gt;
* When dealing with the Lich, be aware that he has money; if you let him vacate any of his encampment tiles, or if you kill any of his units but do not occupy their tiles, he will be able to recruit.  (This is not necessarily all bad, as it can mean more experience, but depending on the strength of your force you may want to be careful.) &lt;br /&gt;
* Note that this level becomes a lot tougher if the Yetis get poisoned early on and quickly die. If this happens you basically have no other choice than to kill the orc leaders first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sewer of Southbay===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a swampy underground scenario, but with attention to recruitment, it's not very difficult.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* As always underground, you want non-horse units with 6+ MP.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall White Mages / Mages of Light, at least two, three is probably the optimal number.&lt;br /&gt;
* There are quite a few villages in this cave, so an expensive force is supportable, though not necessary. Some players recruit a large and spammy force, while others go with small and elite:&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 1, &amp;quot;Large and spammy&amp;quot; recruitment: Recruit four each of Mages, Thugs, and Poachers. Yes, Poachers normally stink, but here they really shine in a swamp that is permanently dark, underground. If you recruit four Poachers, you could finish with three Trappers and a Huntsman - or you could finish with four dead Poachers. The Thugs are especially likely to die, as they will be facing off against Red Mages, but somebody has to do it.&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 2, &amp;quot;Small and elite&amp;quot; recruitment: Recall something like one Red Mage, one Arch Mage, one Silver Mage, 2 twooyal Guards/Highwaymen/etc, and a Trapper or Huntsman, plus three regular Mages and a Poacher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# After leaving your initial chamber, you will be in a large swamp room with three entrances, through which will be a flood of bad guys. Use two Poachers and a Thug or similar to blockade the southeast, a small elite group to block the north, and then a mix of fighters and mages to handle the west entrance. Give each group a White Mage or Mage of Light, as well as at least one regular Mage. Try to keep the Mages of Light away from your chaotic forces on the front lines, though. Use the leadership of Haldric and Lady Jessene - and Mage of Light illumination or lack thereof - to get the most from each attack.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the initial battle has died down, you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
## If you have enough forces, you can divide into two groups and attack both brothers simultanously, east and west.&lt;br /&gt;
## Otherwise, do them one after the other, and then look for the exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Danger: there is a Giant Spider at the exit. You may wish to keep one or two cannon fodder units in order to be able to save your advanced units.  It is best to use ranged attacks against the spider, so leveled mages are good here.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is a lot easier with a lot of gold, especially on the hardest difficulty level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Southbay in Winter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Final Spring===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a large battle, and any mistake on any front can spell doom, but overall it will be fairly easy on the easier difficulty levels. On hard, it will only be a cakewalk with a lot of starting gold (more than 450 or so.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# On the first turn, recall a Silver Mage to teleport to the island, recruit Footpads for village snatching, recall one or more of your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''The Fall''), and recall one or more Knights or similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, continue with this theme, but it will be nightfall soon, so recall Outlaws, Bandits, Assassins, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn three is a bit more of the same, but you need to start thinking about preserving your income and also keeping a gold reserve. You can spam some peasants to preserve cash and income.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn four turn is more of the same.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn five is similar, but it will be day soon, so lawfuls like Knights and level 1 Mages are a good idea.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn six, you will have new recruitment options (see spoiler at walkthrough end.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy is broken into four fronts...&lt;br /&gt;
# The first front is the south land area. Do a counter-clockwise sweep with mounted units, optionally augmented with Footpads, which can help pad out your lines with forest and village hexes. Note that it will be nightfall soon after game start, so it might be wise to delay any serious mounted assault until the next day, and you can delay your recalls for this.&lt;br /&gt;
# The second front is the walled city. Move slower units and your loyal White Mage / Mage of Light to defend here. Take your ally's villages; your ally wouldn't do much useful with the money anyway. When your mounted units from the second front complete their sweep, you can break the remaining southern forces against the city wall in a hammer and anvil. Then your united forces can move north. On easy, you may be able to push north more quickly than that using just part of your city troops.&lt;br /&gt;
# The third front is the bay and peninsula north of your keep. If you don't protect this area well, Wolf Riders and others will mount an amphibious assault in an effort to flank your troops. On the easier difficulty levels, you may wish to beat the punch and quickly establish a bridgehead on the other side of the bay.&lt;br /&gt;
# The fourth front is the two small islands. Send a Silver Mage there ASAP. (You should have a village already there, so the Silver Mage can teleport over.) Footpads/Outlaws/Fugitives and others will help later. Lady Jessene could be used. A quick White Mage would be useful, either on the coast or on the islands. Do not use Assassins on this front. Assassins have relatively weak defense in water against Orcs and Nagas, they're very weak against blade, which is all orcs and nagas use, and their relatively slow movement in water makes backstab hard to use reliably. Overall, you need to devote more resources to this front than you might think.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* You should have lots of high-level units now, so concentrate on recruiting new ones and levelling them up to fill needs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Peasants are useful as placeholders for villages and distractions for the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 5, a gang of nasty undead show up in the east. So, for your city taskforce, you'll want to recruit/recall units with impact and arcane attacks. Note that if undead capture villages, they will be flagged with the Orc island boss' black flag! This can result in an overwhelming number of Nagas, and it's one reason that you must devote a lot of resources to the island campaign. Flag any black flag villages you can.&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 6, a gang of nasty Mermen show up in the west. Fortunately, they are on your side. You can now recruit Mermen. This is the real reason to keep a gold reserve until this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Peoples in Decline===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a bloody scenario versus Drakes. It can be a real challenge on the hardest difficulty setting, less so on the easier levels. Proper recruitment is more important than strategy here, as you will have little opportunity to maneuver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Drakes can be dangerous, so this is a great scenario to use the time honored technique of cannon fodder. Now that you can recruit level 0 units for cheap, you can protect your higher level units by recruiting endless Peasants to distract the Drakes' firepower.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drakes are vulnerable to pierce attacks, so spam cheap pierce attack units. In addition to Peasants, there are Poachers, Bowmen, Peasants, Spearmen, Merman Fighters, and Merman Hunters. Poachers are key here, due to the swampy terrain and their chaotic alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need about 3 White Mages / Mages of Light in all.&lt;br /&gt;
* On your last turn of recruitment when you have about 80 gold, recall some advanced units, like Master Bowmen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Since you will have a lot of level 1 and 0 units, make sure to use the leadership of Prince Haldric and Lady Jessene.&lt;br /&gt;
* Look for opportunities to heal via leveling up.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pay attention to the day-night cycle in this scenario. Drakes will be strong during day, but become very weak in the night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Take advantage of the mountains for defense, but note that on hard, you need to set up a relatively small perimeter around your base, as you will be hard pressed to even hold a small area.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be careful with your loyals.&lt;br /&gt;
* Because most Drakes have powerful ranged attacks, the roles of your melee and ranged units are reversed from the norm. Whereas usually you would use fighters to protect archers, here you will use archers to protect fighters. Melee-only units should hide behind the lines until they attack, preferably at night (with a Mage of Light supplying illumination.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure you get the Storm Trident in the middle of the sea, but be certain that you've cleared most of the Drakes first, since a Sea Serpent will appear. It's best to have some strong units ready to kill it in 1 or 2 turns. You can give the trident to Lord Typhon, but since he leaves a bit later, you may want to give it to another Merman Fighter. Movement over land is important for Mermen in the campaign as a whole.  If the Merman Fighter to whom you give the storm trident has the Quick attribute, you can make him a Hoplite when he gets to level 3.  Otherwise, make him a Triton, because movement over land is important for Mermen in this campaign as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rough Landing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting Nagas and Vampire Bats, primarily. This is a scenario that may be frustrating on the easier difficulty levels, though on hard it is just par for the course. Good recruitment and strategy will save you from getting slaughtered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are probably going to go negative on gold and be unable to rectify that with the paultry early finish bonus, so you might as will go very negative and be resigned to start the next scenario with minimum gold.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit/recall many Mermen and 1 or 2 White Mages or Mages of Light. A few Peasants can be useful to pad out your force, distract the enemy, and protect villages from stray Bats. A Silver Mage can be useful for island hopping but is not essential. Thieves/Assassins are blade vulnerable, and Nagas only use blades, so it's probably best not to recall them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Knock out the southeastern leader in a blitz. It's important to get that out of the way, because a wave of Nagas is advancing at light speed from the north.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next, hurriedly set up a line in the water alongside your fortress island. Your fortress troops can anchor one flank, while Burin the Dwarf can go to the island to the northeast to anchor the other end of your line. Nobody messes with Burin. Move Lady Jessene behind the lines to lend her support to the Mermen. Your loyal Mage of Light will be able to move back and forth more (to lend illumination) if kept in the fortress area.&lt;br /&gt;
# Finally, once the enemy assault wave has been broken, advance northward to kill the final two leaders in a straightforward mop-up operation. Just be careful not leave isolated units where they can get swarmed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints/Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to level up the mermen; they can be useful in another scenario later.&lt;br /&gt;
* Beware of Sea Serpents. Three of them will appear, one on each of the three turns following your first kill of an enemy unit. Make sure to kill them at once. The Storm Trident from the previous scenario and the Ruby of Fire will come in handy against the Serpents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A New Land===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a non-scenario. The scenario objectives tell you to avoid all confrontation for as long as possible, but actually the faster your units encounter the others the faster the scenario will end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* None necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The optimal strategy for gold carryover is to grab the three closest villages, then retreat to your keep and wait. Once one attack occurs, the non-scenario will be over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* One thing to keep in mind is that this the last chance you have to grab some more Mermen as their king leaves.  They are quite helpful in a later scenario so grabbing a few extra here cannot hurt if you can spare the gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Ka'lian===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story, with your choice of four battles next.  You have to beat them all in whatever order.  The amount of gold you have should be the factor in deciding when you choose to play Cursed Isle (the undead problem).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All four scenarios have to be beaten, but in whatever order you choose.&lt;br /&gt;
====The Dragon====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not as difficult as it looks, though your recruitment and strategy need to be tailored to fight the Saurian Skirmishers and other foes you will face here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Saurians use piercing attacks mostly, so it's better to use units resistant to pierce. Pikemen and Halberdiers have 40% pierce resistance. Javelineers are ideal as Saurians use ranged attacks a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
* You may wish to bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers. They are ineffective against the 70% impact resistant Mudcrawlers, while also vulnerable to the ranged attacks of both Mudcrawlers and Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consider adopting a force of all units with ranged attacks, save for horse and thief units, which can be kept behind the lines when not in use. It is amusing when Saurian Augers are forced to tap your units with their little staffs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers are a necessity to deal with the heavy damage your units will be sustaining. Depending on the strategy you adopt, you will want 2-4 healers. Mages of Light rock here, as they can easily do front line duty in pairs and their illumination blinds the Saurians, reducing their damage.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need something to clean up mud. Versus level 0 Mudcrawlers, Horsemen and their advancements can charge with no counterattack, and likewise Thieves and their advancements can backstab with no counterattack. Mages can be used as well on the fire vulnerable mud.&lt;br /&gt;
* A Merman or two will help with water hexes. An Entangler's slow ability will help tame the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used many different strategies with success:&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Fighting Saurians requires a disciplined formation.  If you're used to stringing out troops to move them into position as they get there, that won't work after Turn 2 or 3. You can use a &amp;quot;healing hedgehog&amp;quot; of ten troops--two white mages next to each other and eight troops completely encircling them.  If someone gets badly injured, move them to the inside and put a white mage on one of the long edges, fighting as you go.  If you're trying for the big bonus, you'll need two hedgehogs.  Try to keep reserves back a bit in cities.  If the terrain favorably protects you, or the wounded is a fast unit, you can try moving wounded back to cities too.  Once the main wave of Saurians is broken, you can string non-wounded troops out a bit in the rush for the leaders. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Triangular Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Switching wounded units to the inside of the hedgehog can be a problem if you are surrounded. ZOC prevents you from creating an open hex to move the inner unit into. You can fix this by creating a triangle with three hexes inside, instead of the standard two of the hedgehog. If you do this on your castle, only three units are in grasslands. If you set it right, you can make most of the hexes adjacent to your triangle be grassland as well, forcing the Saurians into a bad defensive position. In terms of unit positioning, the simplest way is to fill two inner spaces with Mages of Light, a but a better tactic is to put one of the mages on an edge, thereby ensuring that all but one of your units are healing. The remaining unit can either be a Merman Hoplite, (prefereably resilient and carrying a Storm Trident) or Lady Jessene, since she has excellent defense and is chaotic and therefore benefits by not being in the Mages' light. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Giant Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Recruit a lot of units, and then move the whole army as one big bulk. Keep healers in the middle (about four), rotate stronger units outwards, and make sure you leave no gaps. The Saurians will slip through the tiniest gap and kill your weak units. Head first for the east or wast leader, but steer for good terrain, because your force will soon be swarmed until about turn 10, when there should be many few Saurians alive.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Standard Line&amp;quot; strategy: Form a line from the west board edge diagonally up towards your keep across the two villages just in front of the forest. You will probably wish to bend upwards at the forest, rather than running the line all the way to the keep. Whenever the Saurians have a small number of troops at your line and you have enough strength to kill them all, you can advance your whole line one hex south, allowing you to get additional attacks on them from non-frontline troops. Once you advance a unit to the first water hex at west board edge, the west leader will probably come out to greet it, so be ready to fry him with Haldric's ruby. After killing the leader, back up into good terrain to prepare to meet the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Wake the Dragon&amp;quot; strategy: Prematurely wake the dragon (see spoiler below) and back up your troops to north of your keep. When the dragon comes, kill him. The scenario can be over on turn 7. There is no early finish bonus for this, but you can recruit lightly so that you still have gold at the end and will carry-over 40%, if you need it for your next scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* With all these strategies, the Saurians may hold back for quite a while. This is okay, as the Dragon will eventually appear and come to you. Kill it. Then you are given a choice of whether to end the scenario or to try to kill all the enemy leaders before time runs out. You can choose to finish the remaining Saurians for a nice bonus. However, on the hardest difficulty setting the turn limit (33 turns) is insufficient for you to plow through the vast hordes of level 0 spam to get to the leaders, so it's best to simply end the scenario after killing the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The dragon will awake on turn 15 or when you move a unit down around the road north of the mountains. If you wish to wake the dragon prematurely, you can recruit a Horseman on turn 1 and run him down. It's a suicide mission for him, however.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have a fast non-horse unit in position, rush it to the mountain cave after the Dragon leaves to grab the 200 in gold, though that's nothing compared to the Hero bonus for defeating all the Saurian leaders. So focus on killing all of them first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Lizard Beach====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario versus Saurians, Giant Scorpions, and Mudcrawlers, where good recruiting and strategy will save you from massive bloodshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruiting...&lt;br /&gt;
* Mermen are helpful for the swamp and water areas.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers, veterans from ''The Fall.'' They are laughably ineffective against the impact resistant Mudcrawlers - and laughably vulnerable to their ranged attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Thieves, Horsemen, and their advancements are good for mud cleanup, though you must keep them out of range of Saurian skirmishers. Swordsmen and Royal Guards are also good, though overkill.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall a lot of fairly high HP units, preferably with strong non-impact ranged and melee attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages are good. Mages of Light are especially useful, since they can do front line duty. Lots of healing may be necessary, about 3 healers are good, so White Mages can be used too. Raw recruit Mages can be used as well, for disposal of Giant Scorpions and the occasional Saurian Skirmisher that wanders too far. At least one Silver Mage is highly desirable, along with a speedy unit (e.g., Fugitive, Footpad, or Horseman) to capture villages for the Silver Mage to use north of the river.&lt;br /&gt;
* [fredbobsmith2] An alternative strategy that works surprisingly well is to simply use a very mage-heavy army. Recall most or all of your high-level mages, throw in a few peasants, and spend the rest of your gold on recruiting mages. Victory will come with shocking ease.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* General strategy: as Saurians have skirmishers and a lot of movement, be sure to protect your wounded units well. Because of the Saurians unnerving ability to concentrate their fire on one unit, be sure to keep several healers around and try to keep your line straight so only two can mob one guy. Hedgehog tactic also seems to work well.&lt;br /&gt;
* Opening strategy: here are some specific strategies that players have used with success in the early part of the scenario:&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen in center&amp;quot; strategy: Recall 2-4 Mermen, 1-2 Trappers/Huntsmen, and a lot of high HP troops, then form a line. Initially, you can either form a north-south line around the lake area with one flank at the south board edge, or, if you want to be conservative, you can do a diagonal line in the southeast corner, with both flanks tied to board edges. You'll need the Mermen to handle the lake area, and Trappers/Huntsmen/Mermen for the swamp areas. Keep troops in reserve, so that when a few Saurians meet your line, you can advance your whole line over them. Do not be too conservative/defensive on hard, as your time is limited. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen on flank&amp;quot; strategy: Recall several decent land melee units &amp;amp; then 4-5 level 2 Mermen on rounds 2-3. Most of your force forms a line of battle near your keep, Mermen on the north flank in the river, land units extending south, flanks bent back with strongest units at the corners - then let the Saurians break on it. Once their first wave has broken, the rest of their troops come in drips and are no problem, so now you can split up and wipe out the stragglers and claim villages; any L2 units you start with should level up. After you defeat the main force from the south send just one or two guys north to capture towns so your Silver Mages can teleport into the fray. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen feint&amp;quot; strategy: Recall most of your Mermen from before and send them along the river towards the sea. This will harry the saurian troops coming down from the north, allowing your main force to advance on the southern enemy  undisturbed. Beware, though as your mermen will encounter the Saurians at night time (giving you -25% and them +25%), so try to minimize conflict until dawn, just get in their way.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;No Mermen&amp;quot; strategy: On your first two turns recall two keeps of strong, fast veterans like mounted units (not Paladins though; they're pretty ineffective against saurians), Outlaws/Assassins, and Silver Magi along with some other veterans, preferably with a lot of HP: if all goes well (at least on easy and medium) that may be all you need. Dash them across the swamp directly west of your keep, south of the sands, and form a line with strong units at the ends. They'll flank you, but you're stronger than them and you can use your slower units to crush the flanking saurians in a hammer and anvil. The first wave of southern Saurians should get itself killed before the northern Saurians arrive in force. Once the northern Saurians arrive, take them out with your slower units while your quicker ones go for the southern leader.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sacrificial lamb&amp;quot; strategy: In addition to a couple mages, 2 healers, and some other fighters, recruit a castle-full of peasants to draw the Saurians out onto open ground.  Surround a single peasant on 5 sides, with 2 healers behind him. Build your formation around that.&lt;br /&gt;
* Closing strategy: The enemy's onslaught tapers out after their initial wave, so the final push for the southern leader should be quick and clean. Taking out the northern leader is harder, because all of your units will be stuck south of the marshes and the river. If you want to go for a quick win, just march forth with Silver Mages, Mermen, and anyone who's close enough to be a help. If you don't want to lose any of your better units, patience may be the key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units gets as far west as the second bridge, a wave of Nagas will arrive out at sea. You may wish to delay going that far until the second watch, so that the Nagas will make contact with your forces during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
* Killing one leader gives more gold to the other, so when you've defeated pretty much all the southern leader's forces, just plant a level 3 or two in his keep and leave him alive; kill them both in the same turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Troll Hole====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that you cannot win by brute force, because the trolls have more brute force than you. Wise recruitment and strategy are necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* It's underground time again, so as before, mainly recruit mages. The trolls are strong, so hopefully you have lots of levelled up mages. Mages of Light are especially nice, because they are tough enough to survive an attack from most trolls, while simultaneously reducing the damage sustained (due to illumination blinding the trolls.) Level 1 Mages can be used to good effect too, especially if quick. If only attacked by a single Troll Whelp, a healthy level 1 Mage will survive.&lt;br /&gt;
* In addition to mages, your chaotic units can be helpful here again, especially against the occasional Rocklobber, which you will not want to attack with mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Forget about your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''the Fall''). They are too slow. It's not that you'll be running around, but you will be rotating troops due to heavy damage, and they will only get in the way.&lt;br /&gt;
* Putting Mermen in the moat will really help you fend off the first wave of attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are 4 castles, and two of them (randomly placed it seems) are the troll leaders you need to kill.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to use the narrow corridors to your advantage, so the enemy can only place one attack against a strong unit of yours, but you can kill a troll at a time with two mages or Haldric. Also keep an eye at your back since they will try to surround you. And resist the temptation to send single units wandering around in what seems empty caves - they will all die, probably by the fangs of a Giant Spider.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to arrange it so one troll can enter to be attacked by many troops.  Have regular troops in front initially.  Move mages forward to finish the troll, plug the gap where the troll was with Burin or a Royal Guard or an Iron Mauler, and reset the trap on the next turn.  When you've whittled down the enemy, go the direction they came from and kill the leaders, ignoring spider keeps.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alternative: This could be a good choice if you have low gold: recall 2 quick red mages, and 3 quick tough melee units (say 2 royal guards &amp;amp; a L3 chaotic unit like a Fugitive). Play expedition style: abandon the start island, stay fairly close together, with your troops roughly divided in two between those moving forward and those fighting rearguard. Provided you knock out one troll leader early, the rest is manageable, just work your way carefully over to the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cursed Isle====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting undead, mostly of the incorporeal and ghoulish lineages. Victory comes surprisingly easily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit lightly, certainly no more than two castles of troops. You could use 1-3 Paladins, 1-2 Mages, and 1-2 White Mages / Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall your loyal Merman Triton or similar and have him pick up the holy water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* This can be the first or last quest you choose.  If you can wait, do it last, as you will come out of it with a lot of gold, which you will need for the first scenario after the quests, ''The Vanguard''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep a very tight formation for the first night, as Shadows will hit hard and you don't want to get backstabbed or swarmed. By dawn, it should be smooth sailing.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you get anywhere near the enemy leaders' keeps, expect to get rushed by a leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* In one of the three temples there is a Vampire Lady. All you really need is a Paladin or three to rush the temples. Kill her. Game over, you win. One of the other temples has some gold; grab that first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Spy In The Woods===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Vanguard===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting a large number of orcs, trolls and other enemies in a location with a natural defensive line, where presumably an underground river has carved a line of sinkholes. This scenario will be difficult or impossible with minimum gold (200), but quite doable with a large amount of gold (450+) even on the hardest difficulty setting. Recruitment and strategy are fairly straightforward, given the board layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit a lot of units; you will need them.&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall/recruit speedy units: Knights, Lancers, Paladins, Horsemen, Outlaws, and similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recall your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up from ''The Fall'') and Spearmen/Swordsmen/Royal Guards.&lt;br /&gt;
# On subsequent turns, recall/recruit healers and other sorts of Mages, Thugs and their advancements, and Longbowmen. You will need quite a lot of healing power: 3-4 White Mages / Mages of Light and 1-2 Paladins. A Silver Mage would come in handy, since your forces will be widely spaced, but you could start with a couple of Red Mages and try to level up one or both to Silver Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# This map is smaller than fog of war and sinkholes make it appear.  Rush the west and northwest gaps with mounted units, but slow &amp;amp; strong will carry the day once the sun rises and the odds are in your favor.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Seal of all the gaps in the ring of sinkholes. When the onslaught begins, wounded units can retreat back into villages or be cared for by healers - or actually both, since soon you will be out of non-wounded units.&lt;br /&gt;
# A &amp;quot;Sitzkrieg&amp;quot; may develop, where neither side can make progress. Shift units to the southwest and break out there, using the west board edge defensively. From there, sweep northwards, taking out the western orc leader first and then the next orc leader.&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget the chest of gold, which you can see even in fog.&lt;br /&gt;
# End the scenario with the kill of the final leader, a level 3 troll.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill more than half the units of any side, a few tough undead units will appear near that side's stronghold at the edge of the map. So, this will happen three times. Beware the Chocobones. Their double damage from charge means they can take out Commander Aethyr at night just by hitting 2 for 2, and they will certainly try if they get the opportunity.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is much less difficult with extra gold. You can use Peasants to avoid going negative on gold, promoting them to Spearmen only when needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return of the Fleet===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome to the &amp;quot;kitchen sink&amp;quot; defense.  You've made it this far; now the enemy will launch a desperate defense, throwing a little bit of everything at you.  The effect is mostly psychological, but it could be a problem if you came into the scenario with minimum gold or your initial assessment causes you to drastically under-recruit. Time is money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, at least, you don't want to overrecruit. First turn, recall Mermen to assassinate the undead leader; 2 Entanglers/Netcasters and the Triton with the Storm Trident. Later, you should recruit 1 or more Silver Mages also for this taskforce as well as for causing general mayhem. It's also worth recruiting 5-10 L1/L0 units to take the brunt of the first wave of attacks; you can use any combination of Footpads, Poachers, Thugs, Spearmen, and Peasants, as you see fit. You'll want some decent L2 and L3 recalls for healing, to flank your lines, and to start kicking some butt at daybreak. A Mage or Red Mage to blast Trolls and Chocobones will level up by end of scenario. Paladins are good too. In addition to your loyal Mage of Light, you will need a bare minimum of 1 more healer.&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, don't recruit too much for fighting the undead - 2 Paladins at most, 1 or 2 Thugs, the stormy Merman, and the nearest Mage working with your land force are sufficient - the undead commander only gets 5-6 L2 recruits and they come ashore scattered (on medium, anyway). Paladins are so effective against undead that you can wade into the water after them. Just remember, Paladins can't go into deep water and undead can.&lt;br /&gt;
* On hard, you also don't want to recruit too much for fighting the undead, but it's only because going on an offensive early against them will get you crushed by a Chocobone armada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Move the Mermen (including the storm trident) as quickly as possible pretty much straight to the West. (There is a village and swamp hex that can aid your travel if you pick the best route).  Move these guys up the West side once they get there to get to the Undead Leader as quickly as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Your loyal units can do a little village grabbing, but it would be unwise to venture too far north.&lt;br /&gt;
# After nightfall, fog will appear; for the rest of the scenario, the map will become shrouded, like in a cave scenario.  So while you're still amazingly able to see, note the key terrain features, castle and city locations, and troop dispositions (especially Chocobones.)  Also, visually explore the avenues of approach you want to be able to see later.&lt;br /&gt;
# The first wave is largely at night and will have Goblin Knights and Pillagers, and later Chocobones and Troll Warriors. The damage they can cause is bone chilling, so make sure to divert their attention with plenty of spam. You want to meet them on the edge of the woodland, while inducing the orcs to fight from the grassland. Footpads and Poachers are handy here, as they have high defense in woodland. Players have had success setting up the initial line in either the north and northeast woodlands, with respect to the castle. Others have succeeded by fighting mostly from the open plain, retaining mobility by leaving the woodlands to their Footpads.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once your Mermen have taken an island city, teleport over one or more Silver Mages to help kill the undead leader - in addition to a Silver Mage, you will want the storm trident, a Netcaster/Entangler, plus one more leveled unit to be fairly sure to knock him out in one round. Quick striking like this you end up fighting a lot less undead.  You probably end up foddering one of the mermen to the Undead Archers, but the trade off is well worth it.  You can keep cycling your mermen up to fight with any orcs or trolls that come into the water. Silver Mages can assist, since they are not needed much in the other part of the fight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the undead leader is assassinated and the first wave is broken, you may advance cautiously due north or to the northwest along the coast and ultimately finish off the two orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When you are close to the break in the woods at the east board edge, tighten your formation and keep wounded units well away, as a small force of high-level Saurians will appear. Trigger them in daylight if possible, and knock them out fast. Alternatively, you can delay triggering the Saurians as long as possible by moving your force northwest near the water and then onto the small island, though even then it is possible to trigger the Saurians if you are not careful where you step. (Stepping to 10 hexes or less from 34,15 triggers the Saurians.) You can fight the final wave of orcs from the island, then move northeast to the mainland, finally triggering the Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Two cuttlefish appear when you approach the north-central island. Assuming you're sending a strike force through the water to knock out the undead commander, you really don't want to trigger these until that force is on the island - the storm trident Merman is the only thing that can stand up to them in water, and they will avoid him to attack more vulnerable units.&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill one enemy leader, the other gets more gold &amp;amp; recruits a new wave of L2s. This can be useful if you need to kill off surplus L1 units to improve the finish bonus, or if you need the XP more than the gold; otherwise, try to knock out both leaders on the same turn before they can recruit more. Alternatively, if you kill the first one at dawn, the second will be reluctant to attack with his L2s in daylight, and you might jump in and kill him before he uses them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is the final one. Therefore, loyal units are now somewhat disposable. However, you will need plenty of gold. Recruit some Peasants in the current scenario if you need to save some gold. Not only are they cheap, but they have no upkeep and Chocobones love 'em. Send a unit with leadership with them and they can even deal some amount of damage and be used to finish off wounded enemy, though at night you should just let them take the beating passively since otherwise they die too quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rise of Wesnoth===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's the final battle: be patient, recall everybody - the early finish bonus doesn't mean anything. Also, loyal units are no better than other units after your recruitment is finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need at least 300 starting gold, maybe more like 400 on the hardest difficulty level, so if need be, replay the previous scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* To stretch your money, start with loyal Iron Maulers and a couple ready-to-level level 1's and level 2's. Finally, recall as many level 3's as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: 3-6 Mages of Light / White Mages. Your few chaotic units will appreciate a White Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse units: 2-4 Paladins, 3-4 Knights / Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse escorts: about 3 speedy units, like Royal Guards, Fugitives, and Silver Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tanks: at least 6 high HP units, such as Royal Guards, Highwayman, Master Bowmen, and the loyal Iron Maulers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages: at least 3 high level Mages aside from your basic healers, so Arch Mages, Great Mages, and Silver Mages. Additional Mages of Light can be substituted.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Mermen might be useful here, but surprisingly, they're not really necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
* On 1.9.3 and earlier, you can recruit Saurian Skirmishers on medium and Skirmishers plus Ambushers on hard. This appears to be a bug, so ignore the option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will launch a two pronged assault: mounted units will race to the west and then south, while the main army heads due south.&lt;br /&gt;
* With your mounted units, race forwards by day and backwards by night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Along with the mounted units should go some escorts, speedy foot units intended to kill things like Goblin Impalers, which make even Grand Knights nervous. They would also benefit from a quick Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Meanwhile, with your tanks and the rest of your healers and support units, form a line or hedgehog in the woods just south of your keep or next to the river. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep your leaders with the main army, to avoid drawing too much attention to the mounted detachment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Maintain awareness of the overall battlefield. If the main army gets in trouble, you can send some or all of the mounted units to assist. There may be an opportunity to hammer-and-anvil enemy forces trapped in the middle. And you may wish to transfer units, like Paladins may be useful to the main army after it is on the move.&lt;br /&gt;
* You'll need at least two Paladins to kill Jevyan himself; nothing else is half as effective (except perhaps Mages of Light and suicidal Lancers).  Or you can use a pair of Great Mages (unless you are very unlucky, you should be able to kill him in a single turn). Don't forget to sacrifice Aethyr to Jevyan.  If he doesn't want to come out and play, march up to Jevyan and use a crossbow attack.  When Jevyan is dead, the yellow and green leaders may still be alive. You'll have to kill one, leaving at least one orc leader alive. You pick.  Congratulations!  Enjoy the ending!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units is within 8 hexes of a bridge, but you have no units within 2 hexes of the bridge, and there are no units on the bridge, then a Cuttle Fish will appear and destroy the bridge. This is usually disadvantageous. Not only does it leave you with a Cuttle Fish to fight, but it slows your progress south and the bad guys progress north. At least on the hardest difficulty level, it's hard to kill all the spam in time, so you don't want to impede their advance by removing the bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
* When any of your units is killed, it becomes a Walking Corpse. On hard, it becomes a Soulless, which makes it important to be careful with your level 2's, especially Lancers.&lt;br /&gt;
* After the first orc leader is killed, then some gold goes to mister Lich. It's 40, 80, or 120 gold, for easy, medium, and hard, respectively.  The lich will receive some gold once you kill his Familiar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See Also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MainlineCampaigns]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - The Rise of Wesnoth]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55323</id>
		<title>TheRiseOfWesnoth</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55323"/>
		<updated>2014-07-09T21:56:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* The Oldwood */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Strategy Guide for The Rise of Wesnoth Campaign ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Campaign strategy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the course of this campaign, you will need to level up to some:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: White Mages/Mages of Light (at least four)&lt;br /&gt;
* Undead killers: Paladins (two)&lt;br /&gt;
* Mobile strikers: Silver Mages (at least one, preferably more), Grand Knights (several), Fugitives (one or more helps)&lt;br /&gt;
* Damage sinks: Royal Guards, Iron Maulers, Highwaymen, Halberdiers, level 3 Burin, and again Grand Knights&lt;br /&gt;
* Leaders: level 3 Haldric, level 3 Lady Outlaw, and much later level 3 Commander Aethyr &lt;br /&gt;
* Ranged attackers: Great Mages (can use several in the last scenario), Longbowmen/Master Bowmen (two), Trapper/Huntsman (one is helpful)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Mage of Light, one Paladin, and five Grand Knights make a perfect assault team!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Horsemen are key for the first three or four scenarios, it's important not to be too reliant on horse units through the middle part of the campaign, as there are many hard levels underground, in swamps, in water, or against Saurians; use XP from the scenario ''The Vanguard'' to get to 2 Paladins and 2+ Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't overlook Pikemen/Halberdiers, which are useful in many levels; pierce attacks work well against Drakes and against the dragon, and they are handy for defensive roles especially repelling Wolf Riders. They are less good against undead, though, and don't get that +1 MP Royal Guard speed bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to many undead opponents, you will want to recruit many Thugs at times, and get a few (the quick ones, since you need them underground) leveled up. Footpads help too, once leveled up. Due to swamps, you will sometimes be spamming Poachers, which get marksmanship once at level 3. These, plus Lady Outlaw, give tactical options at other levels too: some decent chaotic troops form an ideal reserve, since you can attack with your lawful troops at dawn, and by nightfall when you need to heal them, use some chaotic troops to either continue the attack or to shield your healing lawful units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some recommended units to have obtained by specific scenarios:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The Fall - 1 Knight&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. A Harrowing Escape - 1 White Mage, 2 Knights, plus about-to-level troops&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4a. The Midlands - avoid, go to The Swamp of Eden instead&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4b. The Swamp of Eden - level 2 Haldric, level 2 Lady Outlaw, 2 Knights, 2 Shocktroopers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. Temple of the Deep - level 3 Haldric, level 3 Burin, 1-2 Mages of Light or several Outlaws / quick Bandits&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8. Clearwater Port - level 3 Lady Outlaw, 3 White Mages / Mages of Light, 3 Iron Maulers / Royal Guards / Halberdiers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
12. A Final Spring - 1-2 Silver Mages&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
14. Rough Landing - the 3 loyal Mermen from the previous scenario, ''Peoples in Decline''[glandis] In 1.8.6, there was no opportunity for 3 loyal mermen - maybe this was in an older version? And only Merman fighters can be recruited - no Netcaster upgardes are possible&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17a. The Dragon - up to 4 White Mages / Mages of Light&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17d. Cursed Island - 1 Paladin&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
19. The Vanguard - 4 Knights/Lancers/Grand Knights, 2 Paladins (or about-to-level Knights)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
20. Return of the Fleet - 1 Mermen Entangler, 1 Merman Triton with Storm Trident, level 3 Commander Aethyr desirable&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
22. The Rise of Wesnoth - 2 Paladins, 3 Royal Guards, 4 Mages of Light&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because the campaign is long and you won't be able to recall all your level 3's in the final scenario, it pays to create some &amp;quot;uber-units&amp;quot;. An example is a quick, resilient Silver Mage that has been AMLA advanced a few times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
===A Summer Of Storms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively easy scenario, so gear your recruitment and strategy with an eye towards gathering XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# For the first round, recruit 2-3 Horsemen and the rest can be all Spearmen or a mix of Spearmen and Bowmen as you see fit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Then, you should probably hire Bowmen and more Spearmen. Whatever Bowmen you can get advanced will be useful later on for fighting the many trolls, grunts, and riders you will encounter. Note, however, that you will not have any healers until you level up at least one mage to White Mage status, and the sooner you can do that the better. Red mages will also prove very useful in subsequent scenarios, so consider recruiting at least two mages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used at least three strategies with success...&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: Send the horsemen with the king over the bridge, and the others should follow or start going over the mountain, to avoid being attacked from behind. Send subsequent Spearmen and Bowmen on the &amp;quot;over-the-bridge&amp;quot; road, and when the Prince and final troops have just about caught up, march on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;hide in the swamp&amp;quot; strategy: Proceed much like the above, but send the king with 3 Horsemen to capture the nearest houses, then retreat into the swamp area until you have your lawful bonus to kill off troops during the day. To hold them back, you can use a Spearman and a Mage (to level him.)&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sandbagging&amp;quot; strategy: On the hardest difficulty level, the initial enemy assault will only be easy to handle by entrenching your troops behind the river. Use the king to block the bridge initially, while Spearmen handle the shoreline just north and Horsemen carefully flag villages across the river. Run the king around, lending his leadership as you massacre the stupid enemy troops that have jumped like lemmings into the water. &lt;br /&gt;
* For all these options, you will also need to send a squad north into the mountains and around into the flank of the enemy. A quick Spearman, a quick Bowman, and one other unit, possibly a quick Mage, should be more than sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
* When you see that the fronts are under control, stop recruiting and send prince Haldric and your Mages over the bridge on a quest for XP, assisted by the leadership of the king, and converge on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Fall===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that looks scary, but it is only moderately difficult with proper recruitment and strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall or recruit Spearmen and Bowmen to man the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horsemen/Knights are desirable, because you probably do not yet have a White Mage, and the villages are widely spaced.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recalling or recruiting Mages for XP gathering is highly advisable for future scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are three basic approaches to take out the outlaw leader...&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Brute force&amp;quot; strategy: You can march west with a large army and use part of it to hold northwestern orc. Use the rest to fight outlaws and kill the leader. This strategy requires a lot of troops but it can bring you plenty of experience and can bring a quick victory.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: You can assassinate the outlaw leader. One way is to wait until the orcs have killed almost all outlaws and then assassinate the outlaw leader with Knights, rushing over the enemy camp's bridge and into the keep. This strategy is risky because orcs can kill the leader before you.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination via the mountain pass&amp;quot; strategy: Another way to assassinate the leader is to send a squad through the southern mountains to the outlaw keep. Two Mages and three Spearmen are enough. You may wish to substitute one of the Spearmen with a Knight or Horseman, though horse units have only a narrow passage devoid of mountains and could get pinned by the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
* On the hardest difficulty level, you may be forced to assassinate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Saving the loyal Heavy Infantrymen (or Shock Troopers on easy) pays off in later scenarios. To save all three, move them south towards the outlaws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you eliminate the HP of the Lady Outlaw, she offers to help you. If you say yes, she comes back as a loyal unit in future scenarios and you will be able to recruit outlaw units, plus she cannot be killed in the next couple of scenarios (instead, she disappears when she goes to zero HP, and comes back the next scenario.) This is quite valuable. If you say no and try to kill her, you find out she cannot be killed. However, you do get 200 gold that she leaves behind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The following scenario (''A Harrowing Escape'') is a handful on the hardest difficulty level. On hard, your goal should be a carryover of almost 150 gold (so you have 250 starting gold), so although Lady Outlaw's assistance is worth much more than 80 gold (40% of 200), you may be forced to choose the gold. Another thing you need to beat the following scenario on hard is a White Mage at or near the start of the scenario. Also, about-to-level units will be especially nice for their self-healing ability and low initial upkeep. Steer XP accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Harrowing Escape===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much easier on lower difficulty levels, calling for different strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On easy/medium...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: You should recruit/recall at least one, possibly two Mages here, and use them for killing Goblin Spearmen and finishing off injured Wolf Riders in the hills &amp;amp; mountains bordering the valley. Other than the Mages, simply recruit what you want, and go along the road. You get enough villages to pay upkeep for quite some army, and can give some of them a bit of experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Leave a few units in the rear, as the enemy can cross hills quickly. Note that Footpads and Outlaws will also cross hills at reasonable speed, if you need to hunt down some units. There are two castle tiles about halfway down, try to send Lady Outlaw and Brunin the Lost to them, they make good guards in case the enemy tries to come straight up. You can also send a couple groups of units down southeast to the lake, so you can prevent the Green team (southeast) from coming up the river. You can also kill the two Orcish Grunts (or Warriors on medium) on the southern castle tiles and then move Lady Outlaw and Brunin to them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On hard...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: To beat this scenario on the hardest difficulty level, you need some level 2 (or better yet, about-to-level level 1) units already and decent starting gold. It has been beaten on hard with as little as 158 starting gold, 200 is still difficult, and 250+ makes it relatively easy. You can stretch your gold a bit by not going negative on upkeep and waiting until you can't wait any longer to do one last round of recruiting, recalling mostly level 2's. For timing your final recruitment, watch the wolves that are likely trying to flank through the mountains south of your keep. Another requirement for beating this scenario is a White Mage (or two.) If need be, you must promote a Mage (or two) &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;tout de suite&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, as you will be dealing with severe damage and assassins, while only having easy access to 2 or 3 villages initially. Horsemen and Knights are useful for dissipating damage by serving as meat shields against blades and then running off to remote villages to heal. Quick Horsemen are especially nice, as they can transfer between two strategically placed villages in one turn, for healing on the go. Horsemen, Knights, and Swordsmen are useful for swatting assassins. If you can recruit outlaws, a couple of Footpads are nice for village grabbing. Thieves are also good because they are cheap, the Grunts are fond of attacking them, and they often survive on 70% defense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Near the start of combat, it's crucial to kill the first waves quickly: the wolves and assassins. More important than terrain is avoiding getting flanked, so mobility of individual units is key; if you climb up deep into the mountains, you will have a harder time with mobility than staying on or near the valley floor. Additionally, many of your units cannot go on mountain hexes, so it's easier to maintain your lines if everyone stays close to the valley. It's easier to make a stand at the keep and northern river bank, but this approach can be too costly in terms of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium/hard, you can lure out the roadside guard Warriors one at a time by putting a unit within attack range of one (and out of range of the other.) They mostly come at night. Mostly. That is, the Warriors might not bite bait put out during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have Lady Outlaw, note that she has leadership, which will be useful to help promote Prince Haldric, if he is still level 0. It's worth advancing her to level 2, to continue to provide leadership to level 1 Haldric and your other level 1's. You may also make use of her odd ability &amp;quot;distract&amp;quot;, which allows adjacent allied units to ignore ZOCs. And Lady Outlaw allows you to recruit outlaw types. On hard especially, Thugs can be useful as meat shields and to provide strong attacks at night when your lawful forces are crippled. Remember too that Lady Outlaw cannot be permanently killed (at least not yet), so when desperate times call for desperate measures, you can move her into a suicidal position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* It helps that there are two enemy sides as opposed to a twice as strong single enemy side. If one of your units could be attacked by 3 enemies, but 1 of these hexes is currently blocked by the other side, the currently moving enemy decides to attack units which it (they) is (are) actually less likely to kill than that one. AIs don't cooperate, that is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are stuck on this scenario, you may need to replay one or both of the previous scenarios and/or choose to &amp;quot;kill&amp;quot; Lady Outlaw in the previous scenario so you get her gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There is Dwarf Steelclad in the village at 8,5. It's not far from your camp, so send Lady Outlaw there. Dwarf joins you because &amp;quot;It has been a long time since he felt the satisfying crunch of Orcs under his Axe.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you kill the first orc leader, an Orcish Slayer and two Assassins will pop out of nowhere, so you would be wise not to have any wounded units stuck without movement points at that point. Also, the other leader will get an infusion of gold and start recruiting on all available hexes, so if you can sit on some of those hexes first, it will help keep the situation from getting out of control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* At the end, you will be given the choice of the river/swamp road or the midlands/orc road. These fork to the scenarios ''The Swamp of Esten'' and ''The Midlands'', respectively. The swamp scenario is relatively easy, while ''The Midlands'' could cost you some leveled units or even prove impossible to beat if you are low on gold. Also, the swamp gives you a free loyal White Mage, so it's a no brainer, unless you want more of a challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: it would be wise to have at least 1 White Mage before going to the scenario ''The Swamp of Esten''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Midlands====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orcs again. But you chose that way. This scenario may appear impossible, but with a lot of gold and a little strategy, it can be beat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are given plenty of time, so use it wisely. The enemies send lots of orcs, mostly weak ones. So recruit and recall everything you can.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall any White Mages you have. You'll need them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bowmen are good for the wolf units you will be facing.&lt;br /&gt;
* The rest depends on your strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Fast Assault&amp;quot; option: use an assassination team. If you go west, only your Knights and Horsemen will arrive and fight at daytime. So go south. Take the bridge and defend against the enemy closing in from the west. Take out Yellow with a fast assault team (they should take a healer along), but be careful about the leader. Your main force moves west, takes and holds the second bridge, and takes out Blue. Your assault team stays in the south and goes for the last enemy leader - they won't face any serious resistance. The enemy moves north to support Blue. The HI guarding the bridge might gain a level or die, but hopefully not the latter, as they are loyal units in a long campaign. With this approach, you can finish early (around 25 turns) and keep your losses low.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Dark Assault&amp;quot; option: use Footpads.  If you chose to work with the the outlaws in the last round, then this works well.  Footpads are cheap.  And they are fast.  And they have good defensive abilities.  Plus they fight well in the dark and in the forest.  So recruit lots of Footpads-pawns and quickly dispatch them to the upper west and south, followed by more powerful units: Mages, Horsemen, etc.  For the time being, leave the middle enemy alone.  To the upper west, send several Footpads into the forest and capture the village and set up a defensive line.  This cuts down the enemy's gold and increases yours.  Don't attack at first, just defend, until more of your slow higher powered units arrive. The strategy here is to pick off the orcs, and send the Horsemen to capture villages.  While this is going, to the south you send your Footpads to capture any villages you can and, more importantly, put a Footpad on the hex that is adjacent to the bridge, thereby stopping easy advancement of their greater numbered troops. A White Mage, a couple Trappers and some Bowmen would make a good escort. Probably sending a Thief or two would be good too, to help dispatch any enemy that infiltrate the villages north of the river. one enemy got into one of the villages on the north of river, and it took a lot to dislodge him.  The intention is to engage the enemy so that they are fighting from the river squares, at a huge disadvantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Swamp Of Esten====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not hard if you are conservative and don't send important units off alone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall 1-2 quick Knights (or Paladins, if you have them), recruit 1-2 Horsemen, and recall your loyal Shocktroopers or whatever they are now.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next round, recruit/recall Mages to kill Scorpions (and Bats) and at least one White Mage to deal with poison, plus maybe a Poacher or Trapper or two, as they are good in swamp (and you would like a Huntsman eventually, for its markmanship.)&lt;br /&gt;
# A little Thug spam can come next, but you don't need a full third round of recruitment. Then send Prince Haldric off to lend his leadership.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Head to the northeastern leader first. Try to kill Dark Adepts with Burin or horse units before they have a chance to attack you. As you close in on the leader, hover your mouse over him to watch where he can go, as at night his ranged attack is nasty and can be followed up by waves of kamikaze Walking Corpses, which can take out a Knight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After you have killed the northeastern leader and eliminated troops there, you can either send your whole army back across the ford and south or split your army into two halves, sending one part to each leader. If you have lost several units but have lots of turns left, it's probably safer to stick together. This is not a simple mop-up operation, as powerful undead can take out some of your valuable units if you're not careful. On hard, Shadows are a threat at night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Searching the temples is a good idea. Some have gold. There is a free loyal White Mage hiding in (a random) one of the temples - visit the temple close to the keep ASAP, and if not there, try rushing a horse unit or Lady Outlaw to the temple at 19,5. However, some of the temples contain undead, so keep extra troops nearby when you enter one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main challenge in this scenario is keeping your ally alive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your (probably leveled up) Heavy Infantry from The Fall and some quick Spearmen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recruit/recall Thugs, Bowmen, and Spearmen, preferably quick.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round, recall 2-3 White Mages (or Mages of Light) and maybe some quick Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Your forces will have three main combat arenas: the northeast, the south, and the middle.&lt;br /&gt;
# The castle in the middle is inhabited by the tree folk. The orcs have almost the perfect anti-wose force, heavy on fire (Orcish Crossbowmen and Pillagers), so your ally is going to need your help. Send 2-4 units to the castle and another 4-8 units northeast of the castle to block the enemy advancing from that direction.&lt;br /&gt;
# Split the rest of your forces to go northeast and south, 4-6 units each, with a White Mage in each force. Your loyal Heavy Infantry / Shocktroopers should head south. Sending Haldric south might help take some of the heat off the woses.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Tips...&lt;br /&gt;
* If you send a White Mage or Mage of Light to the wose castle, it will let any adjacent wose cure+heal or sometimes regenerate+heal (16 points.) That's because of the side sequence within a turn: player, orcs, woses. For example, after the orcs attack with poison, the woses cure themselves, and then your leveled mage will heal any adjacent wose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The temple contains the entrance to the catacombs, but you need the leader Wose's help to open it, and to get that help you have to win the current scenario, so there is no point in visiting this temple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is in the catacombs, i.e., underground, and it's a tough one, so you need to groom your roster accordingly. Two Mages of Light would make it a whole lot easier. Failing that, level up your fearless loyal Shocktrooper and chaotic outlaw types. Bandits/Highwaymen and Fugitives are especially nice. Quick units of almost any type (except horse units) will be helpful, if leveled and possessing high HP (&amp;gt;50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Temple in the Deep===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be facing undead underground. This is a difficult situation that will prove much easier with proper recruitment. Then the strategy will be fairly straightforward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All in all, what you need is a small elite force. Two rounds of recalls is enough, if you didn't lose Burin in a prior scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers, especially the fearless one, though their slow movement will prove frustrating. Also on the first round, recall a fast &amp;quot;tank&amp;quot; and someone to grab the holy water (if Burin is not your choice.)&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recall any Mages of Light you might already have, and a total of at least two White Mages or Mages of Light, preferably quick. For the rest of your recruitment, what you need are high movement (6+ MP) non-horse units with high hitpoints (&amp;gt;50 HP), preferably chaotic, preferably with a ranged attack, and preferably impact attacks. Put all the requirements together and it points to Fugitives. Outlaws and quick Arch Mages are worth recalling too. Fill out the rest with Bandits/Highwaymen, Trappers/Huntsmen, and Longbowmen/Master Bowmen, preferably quick. You might think that Red Mages would be good, but they attract melee attacks that they likely will not survive. Note that Horse units are too sluggish to be useful here and should not be recalled/recruited.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round (optional), you can add a unit or two for a safety margin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# There are two ways north, but they will meet up together before you meet any enemies besides the Tentacles. Ignore the tentacles for the most part and only kill them when it's convenient, as you will need to have a strong line set up by the time you engage the undead. Watch out for the enemy's Bone Shooters, Revenants and Deathblades, as they could easily mess up a level 3 unit. Once you see the two choke points, hold them so one of their units is facing 2 of yours (preferably with a White Mage behind them). You may be able to level up a White Mage to a Mage of Light while fighting in the choke point. If your troops are too slow to grab both choke points, you can send Burin and others to the west choke point while your slow troops line up at the southeast shoreline and bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
# Gradually progress northwards once the flow of baddies has tapered off, and once you get into the final chamber, the boss should be a piece of cake, although his ranged attack is devastating, so try to attack him with melee units. Be careful if he has recruits around, as their combined damage can take down one of your level 3's. Note that the Ruby can only be picked up by Haldric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Holy water: Burin is very effective if you give him the holy water; however, it's more helpful to send Burin running to the west choke point without delay. A good alternative is a Highwayman - or a Bandit, who should level quickly. Compared to a Highwayman/Bandit, Prince Haldric or a Royal Guard is not that great a choice for the holy water due to their lawful alignment and -25% penalty, unless you have (or will soon get) a Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* XP: Use this level to get experience. The early-finish bonus is tiny. The tentacles are perfect for leveling up units. If you're hurting for leveled chaotic units, you can even level up two raw recruit Thugs (use Haldric's leadership to assist). Keep Burin away from the water at this stage, or he'll kill all tentacles as they attack, depriving those who could benefit from the XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your killed units will be turned into Walking Corpses (or Soulless on hard.) Therefore, spam is not helpful. A Mage or two can be okay, if used with great care, but mostly you need to recall leveled troops here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return to Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Clearwater Port===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is easy if you take the first boat out, more and more challenging for the second and third boats, and very difficult (on hard) if you want to take out all three leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers from ''The Fall.'' You will also want several Footpads, for speedy village snatching, coastline defending (under leader supervision), and possibly for filling castle hexes if your lines get too thin.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recruit/recall more low maintenance units. It's a good scenario for leveling troops, so recalling acouple half-leveled Spearmen or similar is a good idea.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third and later turns, start recalling your high maintenance units. The key to winning this scenario is to recall several advanced units that can take a lot of damage and get good defense in castles (no Horsemen). You will also want at least 3 White Mages or Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Backstab your ally, stealing all his villages. Your ally is useless anyway, except for the entertainment value from his troops' suicide runs. The income is much better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
# Send your heavy duty troops with some White Mages over to the line of castle near Lt. Aethyr. (Optionally, you can rush forward past the castle, but you will need to return almost as quickly before the main enemy wave and night arrive.) Aethyr will usually be done recruiting by the second or third turn, before the enemy reaches you, so fill the entire line with your units, and put Knight Sir Rudry in the one non castled tile (or leave it empty, if no enemy are adjacent.) Place the White Mages behind this line. After the enemy has reached you and it is your turn to attack, go mostly for the assasins, as they have a weak melee attack and their poison can be a huge problem. Alternatively to using the castle (from (26,18) to (24,15)) to defend, the front line can lead through the villages at (30,17) and (30,18). This will make your line much shorter, it becomes much more of a bottleneck fight and offsets your enemy's superior numbers, since some of their units just move around with all spots to attack occupied; you only have to give up 1 village and 2 front units instaheal without mages. Place your strongest units on the weakest spot (29,20) and a Mage of Light on (30,19), he will hardly be attacked as the hex before him is used to attack (29,20). This shorter line requires less units on your side and also has the great advantage that there are much less 40% defense spots to attack you. They will flank you at the sides but stand on ice or sand then.&lt;br /&gt;
# Meanwhile, on the northeastern coast, the northern enemy leader will send lots of units to catch your flank unguarded. Send 2 Footpads, a Spearman, Lady Jessene, and Haldric to guard the coast. If Lady Jessene is already level 3, you can substitute a Royal Guard, Swordsman, or Javelineer for Haldric. This coastline defense squad may need help later, so be ready to divert a speedy powerful unit there. If you keep a healthy unit on the village at the tip of the land, then, unless you are very unlucky, you will be able to hold off everything the northern leader sends. After the assault from the water has been crushed, some of your troops may be able to cross the ford north, but be careful not to get attacked in the water with only 20% defense. (Certain of your chaotic units do have 40% defense in water; now is a good time to pay attention to that.) Also, notice that the lighthouse has a similar effect as a Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
# You have two options for the endgame:&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Total victory&amp;quot; strategy: Once you've thinned the enemy to where they only have a few units that are close to your line, usually this happens conveniently around dawn, move your people out and start heading for their leaders. Split your force, sending a few down the southern path, to distract the eney and most of them toward the middle leader, to kill him. Once he's dead, send some of your army down to kill the southern leader and devote a few units to defending the bridge until the rest of your army can rejoin you. A unit or two with a lot of HP with a white mage are usually enough to do this.&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Run like hell&amp;quot; strategy: Alternatively, you can leave your leader near the docks and take one of the boats to end the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fallen Lich Point===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a high variance scenario. It may be very easy or very hard, depending on events beyond your control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit fairly lightly initially, as you will likely have a chance to use the Lich's keep to recruit again.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages, White Mages, and Mages of Light are good, and as are all the other advancements of Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* You automatically should have your loyal Knight. Because of the mountains around &amp;quot;lichland&amp;quot; and frozen ground everywhere else, additional horse units are not recommended, except a single Paladin will come in handy.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Thugs or a Bandit or Highwayman will provide a little extra undead bashing power.&lt;br /&gt;
* Footpads will help with village flagging, after the Wolf Rider types are taken care of, but you can postpone buying Footpads until after killing the Lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy... &lt;br /&gt;
# The Orcs will be busy with the Yetis, so you can walk with a big group south and kill the Lich-Lord. Move Haldric to the stone monument to de-petrify the Lich. It may help to post some units around the undead before doing so. Use several mages to make a hole or two in the ring of undead, and then push in a burly fighter or two and/or Paladin to kill the Lich.&lt;br /&gt;
# After killing the Lich, assess the Orc/Yeti situation (as well as the empty village situation) and decide if you need to use the Lich's keep to recruit some reinforcements.&lt;br /&gt;
# After that, head north and walk into the sewer entrance (the &amp;quot;cave&amp;quot;) or else kill the orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* It is also possible, if you recruit heavily, to split your force and head north to attack the eastern Orcs before they finish with the Yetis.  However, be careful not to be attacked by a Yeti yourself; a Yeti is dangerous even if heavily wounded. A Yeti will attack you if it can get to a unit within one turn (and it doesn't have a more appealing orc target.)&lt;br /&gt;
* When dealing with the Lich, be aware that he has money; if you let him vacate any of his encampment tiles, or if you kill any of his units but do not occupy their tiles, he will be able to recruit.  (This is not necessarily all bad, as it can mean more experience, but depending on the strength of your force you may want to be careful.) &lt;br /&gt;
* Note that this level becomes a lot tougher if the Yetis get poisoned early on and quickly die. If this happens you basically have no other choice than to kill the orc leaders first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sewer of Southbay===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a swampy underground scenario, but with attention to recruitment, it's not very difficult.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* As always underground, you want non-horse units with 6+ MP.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall White Mages / Mages of Light, at least two, three is probably the optimal number.&lt;br /&gt;
* There are quite a few villages in this cave, so an expensive force is supportable, though not necessary. Some players recruit a large and spammy force, while others go with small and elite:&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 1, &amp;quot;Large and spammy&amp;quot; recruitment: Recruit four each of Mages, Thugs, and Poachers. Yes, Poachers normally stink, but here they really shine in a swamp that is permanently dark, underground. If you recruit four Poachers, you could finish with three Trappers and a Huntsman - or you could finish with four dead Poachers. The Thugs are especially likely to die, as they will be facing off against Red Mages, but somebody has to do it.&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 2, &amp;quot;Small and elite&amp;quot; recruitment: Recall something like one Red Mage, one Arch Mage, one Silver Mage, 2 twooyal Guards/Highwaymen/etc, and a Trapper or Huntsman, plus three regular Mages and a Poacher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# After leaving your initial chamber, you will be in a large swamp room with three entrances, through which will be a flood of bad guys. Use two Poachers and a Thug or similar to blockade the southeast, a small elite group to block the north, and then a mix of fighters and mages to handle the west entrance. Give each group a White Mage or Mage of Light, as well as at least one regular Mage. Try to keep the Mages of Light away from your chaotic forces on the front lines, though. Use the leadership of Haldric and Lady Jessene - and Mage of Light illumination or lack thereof - to get the most from each attack.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the initial battle has died down, you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
## If you have enough forces, you can divide into two groups and attack both brothers simultanously, east and west.&lt;br /&gt;
## Otherwise, do them one after the other, and then look for the exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Danger: there is a Giant Spider at the exit. You may wish to keep one or two cannon fodder units in order to be able to save your advanced units.  It is best to use ranged attacks against the spider, so leveled mages are good here.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is a lot easier with a lot of gold, especially on the hardest difficulty level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Southbay in Winter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Final Spring===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a large battle, and any mistake on any front can spell doom, but overall it will be fairly easy on the easier difficulty levels. On hard, it will only be a cakewalk with a lot of starting gold (more than 450 or so.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# On the first turn, recall a Silver Mage to teleport to the island, recruit Footpads for village snatching, recall one or more of your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''The Fall''), and recall one or more Knights or similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, continue with this theme, but it will be nightfall soon, so recall Outlaws, Bandits, Assassins, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn three is a bit more of the same, but you need to start thinking about preserving your income and also keeping a gold reserve. You can spam some peasants to preserve cash and income.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn four turn is more of the same.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn five is similar, but it will be day soon, so lawfuls like Knights and level 1 Mages are a good idea.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn six, you will have new recruitment options (see spoiler at walkthrough end.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy is broken into four fronts...&lt;br /&gt;
# The first front is the south land area. Do a counter-clockwise sweep with mounted units, optionally augmented with Footpads, which can help pad out your lines with forest and village hexes. Note that it will be nightfall soon after game start, so it might be wise to delay any serious mounted assault until the next day, and you can delay your recalls for this.&lt;br /&gt;
# The second front is the walled city. Move slower units and your loyal White Mage / Mage of Light to defend here. Take your ally's villages; your ally wouldn't do much useful with the money anyway. When your mounted units from the second front complete their sweep, you can break the remaining southern forces against the city wall in a hammer and anvil. Then your united forces can move north. On easy, you may be able to push north more quickly than that using just part of your city troops.&lt;br /&gt;
# The third front is the bay and peninsula north of your keep. If you don't protect this area well, Wolf Riders and others will mount an amphibious assault in an effort to flank your troops. On the easier difficulty levels, you may wish to beat the punch and quickly establish a bridgehead on the other side of the bay.&lt;br /&gt;
# The fourth front is the two small islands. Send a Silver Mage there ASAP. (You should have a village already there, so the Silver Mage can teleport over.) Footpads/Outlaws/Fugitives and others will help later. Lady Jessene could be used. A quick White Mage would be useful, either on the coast or on the islands. Do not use Assassins on this front. Assassins have relatively weak defense in water against Orcs and Nagas, they're very weak against blade, which is all orcs and nagas use, and their relatively slow movement in water makes backstab hard to use reliably. Overall, you need to devote more resources to this front than you might think.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* You should have lots of high-level units now, so concentrate on recruiting new ones and levelling them up to fill needs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Peasants are useful as placeholders for villages and distractions for the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 5, a gang of nasty undead show up in the east. So, for your city taskforce, you'll want to recruit/recall units with impact and arcane attacks. Note that if undead capture villages, they will be flagged with the Orc island boss' black flag! This can result in an overwhelming number of Nagas, and it's one reason that you must devote a lot of resources to the island campaign. Flag any black flag villages you can.&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 6, a gang of nasty Mermen show up in the west. Fortunately, they are on your side. You can now recruit Mermen. This is the real reason to keep a gold reserve until this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Peoples in Decline===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a bloody scenario versus Drakes. It can be a real challenge on the hardest difficulty setting, less so on the easier levels. Proper recruitment is more important than strategy here, as you will have little opportunity to maneuver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Drakes can be dangerous, so this is a great scenario to use the time honored technique of cannon fodder. Now that you can recruit level 0 units for cheap, you can protect your higher level units by recruiting endless Peasants to distract the Drakes' firepower.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drakes are vulnerable to pierce attacks, so spam cheap pierce attack units. In addition to Peasants, there are Poachers, Bowmen, Peasants, Spearmen, Merman Fighters, and Merman Hunters. Poachers are key here, due to the swampy terrain and their chaotic alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need about 3 White Mages / Mages of Light in all.&lt;br /&gt;
* On your last turn of recruitment when you have about 80 gold, recall some advanced units, like Master Bowmen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Since you will have a lot of level 1 and 0 units, make sure to use the leadership of Prince Haldric and Lady Jessene.&lt;br /&gt;
* Look for opportunities to heal via leveling up.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pay attention to the day-night cycle in this scenario. Drakes will be strong during day, but become very weak in the night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Take advantage of the mountains for defense, but note that on hard, you need to set up a relatively small perimeter around your base, as you will be hard pressed to even hold a small area.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be careful with your loyals.&lt;br /&gt;
* Because most Drakes have powerful ranged attacks, the roles of your melee and ranged units are reversed from the norm. Whereas usually you would use fighters to protect archers, here you will use archers to protect fighters. Melee-only units should hide behind the lines until they attack, preferably at night (with a Mage of Light supplying illumination.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure you get the Storm Trident in the middle of the sea, but be certain that you've cleared most of the Drakes first, since a Sea Serpent will appear. It's best to have some strong units ready to kill it in 1 or 2 turns. You can give the trident to Lord Typhon, but since he leaves a bit later, you may want to give it to another Merman Fighter. Movement over land is important for Mermen in the campaign as a whole.  If the Merman Fighter to whom you give the storm trident has the Quick attribute, you can make him a Hoplite when he gets to level 3.  Otherwise, make him a Triton, because movement over land is important for Mermen in this campaign as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rough Landing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting Nagas and Vampire Bats, primarily. This is a scenario that may be frustrating on the easier difficulty levels, though on hard it is just par for the course. Good recruitment and strategy will save you from getting slaughtered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are probably going to go negative on gold and be unable to rectify that with the paultry early finish bonus, so you might as will go very negative and be resigned to start the next scenario with minimum gold.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit/recall many Mermen and 1 or 2 White Mages or Mages of Light. A few Peasants can be useful to pad out your force, distract the enemy, and protect villages from stray Bats. A Silver Mage can be useful for island hopping but is not essential. Thieves/Assassins are blade vulnerable, and Nagas only use blades, so it's probably best not to recall them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Knock out the southeastern leader in a blitz. It's important to get that out of the way, because a wave of Nagas is advancing at light speed from the north.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next, hurriedly set up a line in the water alongside your fortress island. Your fortress troops can anchor one flank, while Burin the Dwarf can go to the island to the northeast to anchor the other end of your line. Nobody messes with Burin. Move Lady Jessene behind the lines to lend her support to the Mermen. Your loyal Mage of Light will be able to move back and forth more (to lend illumination) if kept in the fortress area.&lt;br /&gt;
# Finally, once the enemy assault wave has been broken, advance northward to kill the final two leaders in a straightforward mop-up operation. Just be careful not leave isolated units where they can get swarmed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints/Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to level up the mermen; they can be useful in another scenario later.&lt;br /&gt;
* Beware of Sea Serpents. Three of them will appear, one on each of the three turns following your first kill of an enemy unit. Make sure to kill them at once. The Storm Trident from the previous scenario and the Ruby of Fire will come in handy against the Serpents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A New Land===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a non-scenario. The scenario objectives tell you to avoid all confrontation for as long as possible, but actually the faster your units encounter the others the faster the scenario will end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* None necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The optimal strategy for gold carryover is to grab the three closest villages, then retreat to your keep and wait. Once one attack occurs, the non-scenario will be over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* One thing to keep in mind is that this the last chance you have to grab some more Mermen as their king leaves.  They are quite helpful in a later scenario so grabbing a few extra here cannot hurt if you can spare the gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Ka'lian===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story, with your choice of four battles next.  You have to beat them all in whatever order.  The amount of gold you have should be the factor in deciding when you choose to play Cursed Isle (the undead problem).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All four scenarios have to be beaten, but in whatever order you choose.&lt;br /&gt;
====The Dragon====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not as difficult as it looks, though your recruitment and strategy need to be tailored to fight the Saurian Skirmishers and other foes you will face here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Saurians use piercing attacks mostly, so it's better to use units resistant to pierce. Pikemen and Halberdiers have 40% pierce resistance. Javelineers are ideal as Saurians use ranged attacks a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
* You may wish to bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers. They are ineffective against the 70% impact resistant Mudcrawlers, while also vulnerable to the ranged attacks of both Mudcrawlers and Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consider adopting a force of all units with ranged attacks, save for horse and thief units, which can be kept behind the lines when not in use. It is amusing when Saurian Augers are forced to tap your units with their little staffs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers are a necessity to deal with the heavy damage your units will be sustaining. Depending on the strategy you adopt, you will want 2-4 healers. Mages of Light rock here, as they can easily do front line duty in pairs and their illumination blinds the Saurians, reducing their damage.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need something to clean up mud. Versus level 0 Mudcrawlers, Horsemen and their advancements can charge with no counterattack, and likewise Thieves and their advancements can backstab with no counterattack. Mages can be used as well on the fire vulnerable mud.&lt;br /&gt;
* A Merman or two will help with water hexes. An Entangler's slow ability will help tame the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used many different strategies with success:&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Fighting Saurians requires a disciplined formation.  If you're used to stringing out troops to move them into position as they get there, that won't work after Turn 2 or 3. You can use a &amp;quot;healing hedgehog&amp;quot; of ten troops--two white mages next to each other and eight troops completely encircling them.  If someone gets badly injured, move them to the inside and put a white mage on one of the long edges, fighting as you go.  If you're trying for the big bonus, you'll need two hedgehogs.  Try to keep reserves back a bit in cities.  If the terrain favorably protects you, or the wounded is a fast unit, you can try moving wounded back to cities too.  Once the main wave of Saurians is broken, you can string non-wounded troops out a bit in the rush for the leaders. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Triangular Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Switching wounded units to the inside of the hedgehog can be a problem if you are surrounded. ZOC prevents you from creating an open hex to move the inner unit into. You can fix this by creating a triangle with three hexes inside, instead of the standard two of the hedgehog. If you do this on your castle, only three units are in grasslands. If you set it right, you can make most of the hexes adjacent to your triangle be grassland as well, forcing the Saurians into a bad defensive position. In terms of unit positioning, the simplest way is to fill two inner spaces with Mages of Light, a but a better tactic is to put one of the mages on an edge, thereby ensuring that all but one of your units are healing. The remaining unit can either be a Merman Hoplite, (prefereably resilient and carrying a Storm Trident) or Lady Jessene, since she has excellent defense and is chaotic and therefore benefits by not being in the Mages' light. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Giant Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Recruit a lot of units, and then move the whole army as one big bulk. Keep healers in the middle (about four), rotate stronger units outwards, and make sure you leave no gaps. The Saurians will slip through the tiniest gap and kill your weak units. Head first for the east or wast leader, but steer for good terrain, because your force will soon be swarmed until about turn 10, when there should be many few Saurians alive.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Standard Line&amp;quot; strategy: Form a line from the west board edge diagonally up towards your keep across the two villages just in front of the forest. You will probably wish to bend upwards at the forest, rather than running the line all the way to the keep. Whenever the Saurians have a small number of troops at your line and you have enough strength to kill them all, you can advance your whole line one hex south, allowing you to get additional attacks on them from non-frontline troops. Once you advance a unit to the first water hex at west board edge, the west leader will probably come out to greet it, so be ready to fry him with Haldric's ruby. After killing the leader, back up into good terrain to prepare to meet the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Wake the Dragon&amp;quot; strategy: Prematurely wake the dragon (see spoiler below) and back up your troops to north of your keep. When the dragon comes, kill him. The scenario can be over on turn 7. There is no early finish bonus for this, but you can recruit lightly so that you still have gold at the end and will carry-over 40%, if you need it for your next scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* With all these strategies, the Saurians may hold back for quite a while. This is okay, as the Dragon will eventually appear and come to you. Kill it. Then you are given a choice of whether to end the scenario or to try to kill all the enemy leaders before time runs out. You can choose to finish the remaining Saurians for a nice bonus. However, on the hardest difficulty setting the turn limit (33 turns) is insufficient for you to plow through the vast hordes of level 0 spam to get to the leaders, so it's best to simply end the scenario after killing the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The dragon will awake on turn 15 or when you move a unit down around the road north of the mountains. If you wish to wake the dragon prematurely, you can recruit a Horseman on turn 1 and run him down. It's a suicide mission for him, however.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have a fast non-horse unit in position, rush it to the mountain cave after the Dragon leaves to grab the 200 in gold, though that's nothing compared to the Hero bonus for defeating all the Saurian leaders. So focus on killing all of them first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Lizard Beach====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario versus Saurians, Giant Scorpions, and Mudcrawlers, where good recruiting and strategy will save you from massive bloodshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruiting...&lt;br /&gt;
* Mermen are helpful for the swamp and water areas.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers, veterans from ''The Fall.'' They are laughably ineffective against the impact resistant Mudcrawlers - and laughably vulnerable to their ranged attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Thieves, Horsemen, and their advancements are good for mud cleanup, though you must keep them out of range of Saurian skirmishers. Swordsmen and Royal Guards are also good, though overkill.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall a lot of fairly high HP units, preferably with strong non-impact ranged and melee attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages are good. Mages of Light are especially useful, since they can do front line duty. Lots of healing may be necessary, about 3 healers are good, so White Mages can be used too. Raw recruit Mages can be used as well, for disposal of Giant Scorpions and the occasional Saurian Skirmisher that wanders too far. At least one Silver Mage is highly desirable, along with a speedy unit (e.g., Fugitive, Footpad, or Horseman) to capture villages for the Silver Mage to use north of the river.&lt;br /&gt;
* [fredbobsmith2] An alternative strategy that works surprisingly well is to simply use a very mage-heavy army. Recall most or all of your high-level mages, throw in a few peasants, and spend the rest of your gold on recruiting mages. Victory will come with shocking ease.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* General strategy: as Saurians have skirmishers and a lot of movement, be sure to protect your wounded units well. Because of the Saurians unnerving ability to concentrate their fire on one unit, be sure to keep several healers around and try to keep your line straight so only two can mob one guy. Hedgehog tactic also seems to work well.&lt;br /&gt;
* Opening strategy: here are some specific strategies that players have used with success in the early part of the scenario:&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen in center&amp;quot; strategy: Recall 2-4 Mermen, 1-2 Trappers/Huntsmen, and a lot of high HP troops, then form a line. Initially, you can either form a north-south line around the lake area with one flank at the south board edge, or, if you want to be conservative, you can do a diagonal line in the southeast corner, with both flanks tied to board edges. You'll need the Mermen to handle the lake area, and Trappers/Huntsmen/Mermen for the swamp areas. Keep troops in reserve, so that when a few Saurians meet your line, you can advance your whole line over them. Do not be too conservative/defensive on hard, as your time is limited. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen on flank&amp;quot; strategy: Recall several decent land melee units &amp;amp; then 4-5 level 2 Mermen on rounds 2-3. Most of your force forms a line of battle near your keep, Mermen on the north flank in the river, land units extending south, flanks bent back with strongest units at the corners - then let the Saurians break on it. Once their first wave has broken, the rest of their troops come in drips and are no problem, so now you can split up and wipe out the stragglers and claim villages; any L2 units you start with should level up. After you defeat the main force from the south send just one or two guys north to capture towns so your Silver Mages can teleport into the fray. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen feint&amp;quot; strategy: Recall most of your Mermen from before and send them along the river towards the sea. This will harry the saurian troops coming down from the north, allowing your main force to advance on the southern enemy  undisturbed. Beware, though as your mermen will encounter the Saurians at night time (giving you -25% and them +25%), so try to minimize conflict until dawn, just get in their way.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;No Mermen&amp;quot; strategy: On your first two turns recall two keeps of strong, fast veterans like mounted units (not Paladins though; they're pretty ineffective against saurians), Outlaws/Assassins, and Silver Magi along with some other veterans, preferably with a lot of HP: if all goes well (at least on easy and medium) that may be all you need. Dash them across the swamp directly west of your keep, south of the sands, and form a line with strong units at the ends. They'll flank you, but you're stronger than them and you can use your slower units to crush the flanking saurians in a hammer and anvil. The first wave of southern Saurians should get itself killed before the northern Saurians arrive in force. Once the northern Saurians arrive, take them out with your slower units while your quicker ones go for the southern leader.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sacrificial lamb&amp;quot; strategy: In addition to a couple mages, 2 healers, and some other fighters, recruit a castle-full of peasants to draw the Saurians out onto open ground.  Surround a single peasant on 5 sides, with 2 healers behind him. Build your formation around that.&lt;br /&gt;
* Closing strategy: The enemy's onslaught tapers out after their initial wave, so the final push for the southern leader should be quick and clean. Taking out the northern leader is harder, because all of your units will be stuck south of the marshes and the river. If you want to go for a quick win, just march forth with Silver Mages, Mermen, and anyone who's close enough to be a help. If you don't want to lose any of your better units, patience may be the key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units gets as far west as the second bridge, a wave of Nagas will arrive out at sea. You may wish to delay going that far until the second watch, so that the Nagas will make contact with your forces during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
* Killing one leader gives more gold to the other, so when you've defeated pretty much all the southern leader's forces, just plant a level 3 or two in his keep and leave him alive; kill them both in the same turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Troll Hole====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that you cannot win by brute force, because the trolls have more brute force than you. Wise recruitment and strategy are necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* It's underground time again, so as before, mainly recruit mages. The trolls are strong, so hopefully you have lots of levelled up mages. Mages of Light are especially nice, because they are tough enough to survive an attack from most trolls, while simultaneously reducing the damage sustained (due to illumination blinding the trolls.) Level 1 Mages can be used to good effect too, especially if quick. If only attacked by a single Troll Whelp, a healthy level 1 Mage will survive.&lt;br /&gt;
* In addition to mages, your chaotic units can be helpful here again, especially against the occasional Rocklobber, which you will not want to attack with mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Forget about your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''the Fall''). They are too slow. It's not that you'll be running around, but you will be rotating troops due to heavy damage, and they will only get in the way.&lt;br /&gt;
* Putting Mermen in the moat will really help you fend off the first wave of attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are 4 castles, and two of them (randomly placed it seems) are the troll leaders you need to kill.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to use the narrow corridors to your advantage, so the enemy can only place one attack against a strong unit of yours, but you can kill a troll at a time with two mages or Haldric. Also keep an eye at your back since they will try to surround you. And resist the temptation to send single units wandering around in what seems empty caves - they will all die, probably by the fangs of a Giant Spider.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to arrange it so one troll can enter to be attacked by many troops.  Have regular troops in front initially.  Move mages forward to finish the troll, plug the gap where the troll was with Burin or a Royal Guard or an Iron Mauler, and reset the trap on the next turn.  When you've whittled down the enemy, go the direction they came from and kill the leaders, ignoring spider keeps.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alternative: This could be a good choice if you have low gold: recall 2 quick red mages, and 3 quick tough melee units (say 2 royal guards &amp;amp; a L3 chaotic unit like a Fugitive). Play expedition style: abandon the start island, stay fairly close together, with your troops roughly divided in two between those moving forward and those fighting rearguard. Provided you knock out one troll leader early, the rest is manageable, just work your way carefully over to the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cursed Isle====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting undead, mostly of the incorporeal and ghoulish lineages. Victory comes surprisingly easily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit lightly, certainly no more than two castles of troops. You could use 1-3 Paladins, 1-2 Mages, and 1-2 White Mages / Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall your loyal Merman Triton or similar and have him pick up the holy water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* This can be the first or last quest you choose.  If you can wait, do it last, as you will come out of it with a lot of gold, which you will need for the first scenario after the quests, ''The Vanguard''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep a very tight formation for the first night, as Shadows will hit hard and you don't want to get backstabbed or swarmed. By dawn, it should be smooth sailing.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you get anywhere near the enemy leaders' keeps, expect to get rushed by a leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* In one of the three temples there is a Vampire Lady. All you really need is a Paladin or three to rush the temples. Kill her. Game over, you win. One of the other temples has some gold; grab that first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Spy In The Woods===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Vanguard===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting a large number of orcs, trolls and other enemies in a location with a natural defensive line, where presumably an underground river has carved a line of sinkholes. This scenario will be difficult or impossible with minimum gold (200), but quite doable with a large amount of gold (450+) even on the hardest difficulty setting. Recruitment and strategy are fairly straightforward, given the board layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit a lot of units; you will need them.&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall/recruit speedy units: Knights, Lancers, Paladins, Horsemen, Outlaws, and similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recall your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up from ''The Fall'') and Spearmen/Swordsmen/Royal Guards.&lt;br /&gt;
# On subsequent turns, recall/recruit healers and other sorts of Mages, Thugs and their advancements, and Longbowmen. You will need quite a lot of healing power: 3-4 White Mages / Mages of Light and 1-2 Paladins. A Silver Mage would come in handy, since your forces will be widely spaced, but you could start with a couple of Red Mages and try to level up one or both to Silver Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# This map is smaller than fog of war and sinkholes make it appear.  Rush the west and northwest gaps with mounted units, but slow &amp;amp; strong will carry the day once the sun rises and the odds are in your favor.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Seal of all the gaps in the ring of sinkholes. When the onslaught begins, wounded units can retreat back into villages or be cared for by healers - or actually both, since soon you will be out of non-wounded units.&lt;br /&gt;
# A &amp;quot;Sitzkrieg&amp;quot; may develop, where neither side can make progress. Shift units to the southwest and break out there, using the west board edge defensively. From there, sweep northwards, taking out the western orc leader first and then the next orc leader.&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget the chest of gold, which you can see even in fog.&lt;br /&gt;
# End the scenario with the kill of the final leader, a level 3 troll.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill more than half the units of any side, a few tough undead units will appear near that side's stronghold at the edge of the map. So, this will happen three times. Beware the Chocobones. Their double damage from charge means they can take out Commander Aethyr at night just by hitting 2 for 2, and they will certainly try if they get the opportunity.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is much less difficult with extra gold. You can use Peasants to avoid going negative on gold, promoting them to Spearmen only when needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return of the Fleet===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome to the &amp;quot;kitchen sink&amp;quot; defense.  You've made it this far; now the enemy will launch a desperate defense, throwing a little bit of everything at you.  The effect is mostly psychological, but it could be a problem if you came into the scenario with minimum gold or your initial assessment causes you to drastically under-recruit. Time is money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, at least, you don't want to overrecruit. First turn, recall Mermen to assassinate the undead leader; 2 Entanglers/Netcasters and the Triton with the Storm Trident. Later, you should recruit 1 or more Silver Mages also for this taskforce as well as for causing general mayhem. It's also worth recruiting 5-10 L1/L0 units to take the brunt of the first wave of attacks; you can use any combination of Footpads, Poachers, Thugs, Spearmen, and Peasants, as you see fit. You'll want some decent L2 and L3 recalls for healing, to flank your lines, and to start kicking some butt at daybreak. A Mage or Red Mage to blast Trolls and Chocobones will level up by end of scenario. Paladins are good too. In addition to your loyal Mage of Light, you will need a bare minimum of 1 more healer.&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, don't recruit too much for fighting the undead - 2 Paladins at most, 1 or 2 Thugs, the stormy Merman, and the nearest Mage working with your land force are sufficient - the undead commander only gets 5-6 L2 recruits and they come ashore scattered (on medium, anyway). Paladins are so effective against undead that you can wade into the water after them. Just remember, Paladins can't go into deep water and undead can.&lt;br /&gt;
* On hard, you also don't want to recruit too much for fighting the undead, but it's only because going on an offensive early against them will get you crushed by a Chocobone armada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Move the Mermen (including the storm trident) as quickly as possible pretty much straight to the West. (There is a village and swamp hex that can aid your travel if you pick the best route).  Move these guys up the West side once they get there to get to the Undead Leader as quickly as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Your loyal units can do a little village grabbing, but it would be unwise to venture too far north.&lt;br /&gt;
# After nightfall, fog will appear; for the rest of the scenario, the map will become shrouded, like in a cave scenario.  So while you're still amazingly able to see, note the key terrain features, castle and city locations, and troop dispositions (especially Chocobones.)  Also, visually explore the avenues of approach you want to be able to see later.&lt;br /&gt;
# The first wave is largely at night and will have Goblin Knights and Pillagers, and later Chocobones and Troll Warriors. The damage they can cause is bone chilling, so make sure to divert their attention with plenty of spam. You want to meet them on the edge of the woodland, while inducing the orcs to fight from the grassland. Footpads and Poachers are handy here, as they have high defense in woodland. Players have had success setting up the initial line in either the north and northeast woodlands, with respect to the castle. Others have succeeded by fighting mostly from the open plain, retaining mobility by leaving the woodlands to their Footpads.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once your Mermen have taken an island city, teleport over one or more Silver Mages to help kill the undead leader - in addition to a Silver Mage, you will want the storm trident, a Netcaster/Entangler, plus one more leveled unit to be fairly sure to knock him out in one round. Quick striking like this you end up fighting a lot less undead.  You probably end up foddering one of the mermen to the Undead Archers, but the trade off is well worth it.  You can keep cycling your mermen up to fight with any orcs or trolls that come into the water. Silver Mages can assist, since they are not needed much in the other part of the fight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the undead leader is assassinated and the first wave is broken, you may advance cautiously due north or to the northwest along the coast and ultimately finish off the two orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When you are close to the break in the woods at the east board edge, tighten your formation and keep wounded units well away, as a small force of high-level Saurians will appear. Trigger them in daylight if possible, and knock them out fast. Alternatively, you can delay triggering the Saurians as long as possible by moving your force northwest near the water and then onto the small island, though even then it is possible to trigger the Saurians if you are not careful where you step. (Stepping to 10 hexes or less from 34,15 triggers the Saurians.) You can fight the final wave of orcs from the island, then move northeast to the mainland, finally triggering the Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Two cuttlefish appear when you approach the north-central island. Assuming you're sending a strike force through the water to knock out the undead commander, you really don't want to trigger these until that force is on the island - the storm trident Merman is the only thing that can stand up to them in water, and they will avoid him to attack more vulnerable units.&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill one enemy leader, the other gets more gold &amp;amp; recruits a new wave of L2s. This can be useful if you need to kill off surplus L1 units to improve the finish bonus, or if you need the XP more than the gold; otherwise, try to knock out both leaders on the same turn before they can recruit more. Alternatively, if you kill the first one at dawn, the second will be reluctant to attack with his L2s in daylight, and you might jump in and kill him before he uses them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is the final one. Therefore, loyal units are now somewhat disposable. However, you will need plenty of gold. Recruit some Peasants in the current scenario if you need to save some gold. Not only are they cheap, but they have no upkeep and Chocobones love 'em. Send a unit with leadership with them and they can even deal some amount of damage and be used to finish off wounded enemy, though at night you should just let them take the beating passively since otherwise they die too quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rise of Wesnoth===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's the final battle: be patient, recall everybody - the early finish bonus doesn't mean anything. Also, loyal units are no better than other units after your recruitment is finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need at least 300 starting gold, maybe more like 400 on the hardest difficulty level, so if need be, replay the previous scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* To stretch your money, start with loyal Iron Maulers and a couple ready-to-level level 1's and level 2's. Finally, recall as many level 3's as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: 3-6 Mages of Light / White Mages. Your few chaotic units will appreciate a White Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse units: 2-4 Paladins, 3-4 Knights / Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse escorts: about 3 speedy units, like Royal Guards, Fugitives, and Silver Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tanks: at least 6 high HP units, such as Royal Guards, Highwayman, Master Bowmen, and the loyal Iron Maulers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages: at least 3 high level Mages aside from your basic healers, so Arch Mages, Great Mages, and Silver Mages. Additional Mages of Light can be substituted.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Mermen might be useful here, but surprisingly, they're not really necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
* On 1.9.3 and earlier, you can recruit Saurian Skirmishers on medium and Skirmishers plus Ambushers on hard. This appears to be a bug, so ignore the option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will launch a two pronged assault: mounted units will race to the west and then south, while the main army heads due south.&lt;br /&gt;
* With your mounted units, race forwards by day and backwards by night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Along with the mounted units should go some escorts, speedy foot units intended to kill things like Goblin Impalers, which make even Grand Knights nervous. They would also benefit from a quick Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Meanwhile, with your tanks and the rest of your healers and support units, form a line or hedgehog in the woods just south of your keep or next to the river. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep your leaders with the main army, to avoid drawing too much attention to the mounted detachment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Maintain awareness of the overall battlefield. If the main army gets in trouble, you can send some or all of the mounted units to assist. There may be an opportunity to hammer-and-anvil enemy forces trapped in the middle. And you may wish to transfer units, like Paladins may be useful to the main army after it is on the move.&lt;br /&gt;
* You'll need at least two Paladins to kill Jevyan himself; nothing else is half as effective (except perhaps Mages of Light and suicidal Lancers).  Or you can use a pair of Great Mages (unless you are very unlucky, you should be able to kill him in a single turn). Don't forget to sacrifice Aethyr to Jevyan.  If he doesn't want to come out and play, march up to Jevyan and use a crossbow attack.  When Jevyan is dead, the yellow and green leaders may still be alive. You'll have to kill one, leaving at least one orc leader alive. You pick.  Congratulations!  Enjoy the ending!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units is within 8 hexes of a bridge, but you have no units within 2 hexes of the bridge, and there are no units on the bridge, then a Cuttle Fish will appear and destroy the bridge. This is usually disadvantageous. Not only does it leave you with a Cuttle Fish to fight, but it slows your progress south and the bad guys progress north. At least on the hardest difficulty level, it's hard to kill all the spam in time, so you don't want to impede their advance by removing the bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
* When any of your units is killed, it becomes a Walking Corpse. On hard, it becomes a Soulless, which makes it important to be careful with your level 2's, especially Lancers.&lt;br /&gt;
* After the first orc leader is killed, then some gold goes to mister Lich. It's 40, 80, or 120 gold, for easy, medium, and hard, respectively.  The lich will receive some gold once you kill his Familiar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See Also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MainlineCampaigns]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - The Rise of Wesnoth]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55322</id>
		<title>TheRiseOfWesnoth</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55322"/>
		<updated>2014-07-09T10:03:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* The Swamp Of Esten */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Strategy Guide for The Rise of Wesnoth Campaign ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Campaign strategy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the course of this campaign, you will need to level up to some:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: White Mages/Mages of Light (at least four)&lt;br /&gt;
* Undead killers: Paladins (two)&lt;br /&gt;
* Mobile strikers: Silver Mages (at least one, preferably more), Grand Knights (several), Fugitives (one or more helps)&lt;br /&gt;
* Damage sinks: Royal Guards, Iron Maulers, Highwaymen, Halberdiers, level 3 Burin, and again Grand Knights&lt;br /&gt;
* Leaders: level 3 Haldric, level 3 Lady Outlaw, and much later level 3 Commander Aethyr &lt;br /&gt;
* Ranged attackers: Great Mages (can use several in the last scenario), Longbowmen/Master Bowmen (two), Trapper/Huntsman (one is helpful)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Mage of Light, one Paladin, and five Grand Knights make a perfect assault team!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Horsemen are key for the first three or four scenarios, it's important not to be too reliant on horse units through the middle part of the campaign, as there are many hard levels underground, in swamps, in water, or against Saurians; use XP from the scenario ''The Vanguard'' to get to 2 Paladins and 2+ Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't overlook Pikemen/Halberdiers, which are useful in many levels; pierce attacks work well against Drakes and against the dragon, and they are handy for defensive roles especially repelling Wolf Riders. They are less good against undead, though, and don't get that +1 MP Royal Guard speed bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to many undead opponents, you will want to recruit many Thugs at times, and get a few (the quick ones, since you need them underground) leveled up. Footpads help too, once leveled up. Due to swamps, you will sometimes be spamming Poachers, which get marksmanship once at level 3. These, plus Lady Outlaw, give tactical options at other levels too: some decent chaotic troops form an ideal reserve, since you can attack with your lawful troops at dawn, and by nightfall when you need to heal them, use some chaotic troops to either continue the attack or to shield your healing lawful units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some recommended units to have obtained by specific scenarios:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The Fall - 1 Knight&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. A Harrowing Escape - 1 White Mage, 2 Knights, plus about-to-level troops&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4a. The Midlands - avoid, go to The Swamp of Eden instead&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4b. The Swamp of Eden - level 2 Haldric, level 2 Lady Outlaw, 2 Knights, 2 Shocktroopers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. Temple of the Deep - level 3 Haldric, level 3 Burin, 1-2 Mages of Light or several Outlaws / quick Bandits&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8. Clearwater Port - level 3 Lady Outlaw, 3 White Mages / Mages of Light, 3 Iron Maulers / Royal Guards / Halberdiers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
12. A Final Spring - 1-2 Silver Mages&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
14. Rough Landing - the 3 loyal Mermen from the previous scenario, ''Peoples in Decline''[glandis] In 1.8.6, there was no opportunity for 3 loyal mermen - maybe this was in an older version? And only Merman fighters can be recruited - no Netcaster upgardes are possible&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17a. The Dragon - up to 4 White Mages / Mages of Light&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17d. Cursed Island - 1 Paladin&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
19. The Vanguard - 4 Knights/Lancers/Grand Knights, 2 Paladins (or about-to-level Knights)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
20. Return of the Fleet - 1 Mermen Entangler, 1 Merman Triton with Storm Trident, level 3 Commander Aethyr desirable&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
22. The Rise of Wesnoth - 2 Paladins, 3 Royal Guards, 4 Mages of Light&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because the campaign is long and you won't be able to recall all your level 3's in the final scenario, it pays to create some &amp;quot;uber-units&amp;quot;. An example is a quick, resilient Silver Mage that has been AMLA advanced a few times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
===A Summer Of Storms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively easy scenario, so gear your recruitment and strategy with an eye towards gathering XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# For the first round, recruit 2-3 Horsemen and the rest can be all Spearmen or a mix of Spearmen and Bowmen as you see fit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Then, you should probably hire Bowmen and more Spearmen. Whatever Bowmen you can get advanced will be useful later on for fighting the many trolls, grunts, and riders you will encounter. Note, however, that you will not have any healers until you level up at least one mage to White Mage status, and the sooner you can do that the better. Red mages will also prove very useful in subsequent scenarios, so consider recruiting at least two mages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used at least three strategies with success...&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: Send the horsemen with the king over the bridge, and the others should follow or start going over the mountain, to avoid being attacked from behind. Send subsequent Spearmen and Bowmen on the &amp;quot;over-the-bridge&amp;quot; road, and when the Prince and final troops have just about caught up, march on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;hide in the swamp&amp;quot; strategy: Proceed much like the above, but send the king with 3 Horsemen to capture the nearest houses, then retreat into the swamp area until you have your lawful bonus to kill off troops during the day. To hold them back, you can use a Spearman and a Mage (to level him.)&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sandbagging&amp;quot; strategy: On the hardest difficulty level, the initial enemy assault will only be easy to handle by entrenching your troops behind the river. Use the king to block the bridge initially, while Spearmen handle the shoreline just north and Horsemen carefully flag villages across the river. Run the king around, lending his leadership as you massacre the stupid enemy troops that have jumped like lemmings into the water. &lt;br /&gt;
* For all these options, you will also need to send a squad north into the mountains and around into the flank of the enemy. A quick Spearman, a quick Bowman, and one other unit, possibly a quick Mage, should be more than sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
* When you see that the fronts are under control, stop recruiting and send prince Haldric and your Mages over the bridge on a quest for XP, assisted by the leadership of the king, and converge on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Fall===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that looks scary, but it is only moderately difficult with proper recruitment and strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall or recruit Spearmen and Bowmen to man the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horsemen/Knights are desirable, because you probably do not yet have a White Mage, and the villages are widely spaced.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recalling or recruiting Mages for XP gathering is highly advisable for future scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are three basic approaches to take out the outlaw leader...&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Brute force&amp;quot; strategy: You can march west with a large army and use part of it to hold northwestern orc. Use the rest to fight outlaws and kill the leader. This strategy requires a lot of troops but it can bring you plenty of experience and can bring a quick victory.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: You can assassinate the outlaw leader. One way is to wait until the orcs have killed almost all outlaws and then assassinate the outlaw leader with Knights, rushing over the enemy camp's bridge and into the keep. This strategy is risky because orcs can kill the leader before you.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination via the mountain pass&amp;quot; strategy: Another way to assassinate the leader is to send a squad through the southern mountains to the outlaw keep. Two Mages and three Spearmen are enough. You may wish to substitute one of the Spearmen with a Knight or Horseman, though horse units have only a narrow passage devoid of mountains and could get pinned by the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
* On the hardest difficulty level, you may be forced to assassinate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Saving the loyal Heavy Infantrymen (or Shock Troopers on easy) pays off in later scenarios. To save all three, move them south towards the outlaws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you eliminate the HP of the Lady Outlaw, she offers to help you. If you say yes, she comes back as a loyal unit in future scenarios and you will be able to recruit outlaw units, plus she cannot be killed in the next couple of scenarios (instead, she disappears when she goes to zero HP, and comes back the next scenario.) This is quite valuable. If you say no and try to kill her, you find out she cannot be killed. However, you do get 200 gold that she leaves behind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The following scenario (''A Harrowing Escape'') is a handful on the hardest difficulty level. On hard, your goal should be a carryover of almost 150 gold (so you have 250 starting gold), so although Lady Outlaw's assistance is worth much more than 80 gold (40% of 200), you may be forced to choose the gold. Another thing you need to beat the following scenario on hard is a White Mage at or near the start of the scenario. Also, about-to-level units will be especially nice for their self-healing ability and low initial upkeep. Steer XP accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Harrowing Escape===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much easier on lower difficulty levels, calling for different strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On easy/medium...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: You should recruit/recall at least one, possibly two Mages here, and use them for killing Goblin Spearmen and finishing off injured Wolf Riders in the hills &amp;amp; mountains bordering the valley. Other than the Mages, simply recruit what you want, and go along the road. You get enough villages to pay upkeep for quite some army, and can give some of them a bit of experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Leave a few units in the rear, as the enemy can cross hills quickly. Note that Footpads and Outlaws will also cross hills at reasonable speed, if you need to hunt down some units. There are two castle tiles about halfway down, try to send Lady Outlaw and Brunin the Lost to them, they make good guards in case the enemy tries to come straight up. You can also send a couple groups of units down southeast to the lake, so you can prevent the Green team (southeast) from coming up the river. You can also kill the two Orcish Grunts (or Warriors on medium) on the southern castle tiles and then move Lady Outlaw and Brunin to them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On hard...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: To beat this scenario on the hardest difficulty level, you need some level 2 (or better yet, about-to-level level 1) units already and decent starting gold. It has been beaten on hard with as little as 158 starting gold, 200 is still difficult, and 250+ makes it relatively easy. You can stretch your gold a bit by not going negative on upkeep and waiting until you can't wait any longer to do one last round of recruiting, recalling mostly level 2's. For timing your final recruitment, watch the wolves that are likely trying to flank through the mountains south of your keep. Another requirement for beating this scenario is a White Mage (or two.) If need be, you must promote a Mage (or two) &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;tout de suite&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, as you will be dealing with severe damage and assassins, while only having easy access to 2 or 3 villages initially. Horsemen and Knights are useful for dissipating damage by serving as meat shields against blades and then running off to remote villages to heal. Quick Horsemen are especially nice, as they can transfer between two strategically placed villages in one turn, for healing on the go. Horsemen, Knights, and Swordsmen are useful for swatting assassins. If you can recruit outlaws, a couple of Footpads are nice for village grabbing. Thieves are also good because they are cheap, the Grunts are fond of attacking them, and they often survive on 70% defense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Near the start of combat, it's crucial to kill the first waves quickly: the wolves and assassins. More important than terrain is avoiding getting flanked, so mobility of individual units is key; if you climb up deep into the mountains, you will have a harder time with mobility than staying on or near the valley floor. Additionally, many of your units cannot go on mountain hexes, so it's easier to maintain your lines if everyone stays close to the valley. It's easier to make a stand at the keep and northern river bank, but this approach can be too costly in terms of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium/hard, you can lure out the roadside guard Warriors one at a time by putting a unit within attack range of one (and out of range of the other.) They mostly come at night. Mostly. That is, the Warriors might not bite bait put out during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have Lady Outlaw, note that she has leadership, which will be useful to help promote Prince Haldric, if he is still level 0. It's worth advancing her to level 2, to continue to provide leadership to level 1 Haldric and your other level 1's. You may also make use of her odd ability &amp;quot;distract&amp;quot;, which allows adjacent allied units to ignore ZOCs. And Lady Outlaw allows you to recruit outlaw types. On hard especially, Thugs can be useful as meat shields and to provide strong attacks at night when your lawful forces are crippled. Remember too that Lady Outlaw cannot be permanently killed (at least not yet), so when desperate times call for desperate measures, you can move her into a suicidal position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* It helps that there are two enemy sides as opposed to a twice as strong single enemy side. If one of your units could be attacked by 3 enemies, but 1 of these hexes is currently blocked by the other side, the currently moving enemy decides to attack units which it (they) is (are) actually less likely to kill than that one. AIs don't cooperate, that is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are stuck on this scenario, you may need to replay one or both of the previous scenarios and/or choose to &amp;quot;kill&amp;quot; Lady Outlaw in the previous scenario so you get her gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There is Dwarf Steelclad in the village at 8,5. It's not far from your camp, so send Lady Outlaw there. Dwarf joins you because &amp;quot;It has been a long time since he felt the satisfying crunch of Orcs under his Axe.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you kill the first orc leader, an Orcish Slayer and two Assassins will pop out of nowhere, so you would be wise not to have any wounded units stuck without movement points at that point. Also, the other leader will get an infusion of gold and start recruiting on all available hexes, so if you can sit on some of those hexes first, it will help keep the situation from getting out of control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* At the end, you will be given the choice of the river/swamp road or the midlands/orc road. These fork to the scenarios ''The Swamp of Esten'' and ''The Midlands'', respectively. The swamp scenario is relatively easy, while ''The Midlands'' could cost you some leveled units or even prove impossible to beat if you are low on gold. Also, the swamp gives you a free loyal White Mage, so it's a no brainer, unless you want more of a challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: it would be wise to have at least 1 White Mage before going to the scenario ''The Swamp of Esten''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Midlands====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orcs again. But you chose that way. This scenario may appear impossible, but with a lot of gold and a little strategy, it can be beat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are given plenty of time, so use it wisely. The enemies send lots of orcs, mostly weak ones. So recruit and recall everything you can.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall any White Mages you have. You'll need them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bowmen are good for the wolf units you will be facing.&lt;br /&gt;
* The rest depends on your strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Fast Assault&amp;quot; option: use an assassination team. If you go west, only your Knights and Horsemen will arrive and fight at daytime. So go south. Take the bridge and defend against the enemy closing in from the west. Take out Yellow with a fast assault team (they should take a healer along), but be careful about the leader. Your main force moves west, takes and holds the second bridge, and takes out Blue. Your assault team stays in the south and goes for the last enemy leader - they won't face any serious resistance. The enemy moves north to support Blue. The HI guarding the bridge might gain a level or die, but hopefully not the latter, as they are loyal units in a long campaign. With this approach, you can finish early (around 25 turns) and keep your losses low.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Dark Assault&amp;quot; option: use Footpads.  If you chose to work with the the outlaws in the last round, then this works well.  Footpads are cheap.  And they are fast.  And they have good defensive abilities.  Plus they fight well in the dark and in the forest.  So recruit lots of Footpads-pawns and quickly dispatch them to the upper west and south, followed by more powerful units: Mages, Horsemen, etc.  For the time being, leave the middle enemy alone.  To the upper west, send several Footpads into the forest and capture the village and set up a defensive line.  This cuts down the enemy's gold and increases yours.  Don't attack at first, just defend, until more of your slow higher powered units arrive. The strategy here is to pick off the orcs, and send the Horsemen to capture villages.  While this is going, to the south you send your Footpads to capture any villages you can and, more importantly, put a Footpad on the hex that is adjacent to the bridge, thereby stopping easy advancement of their greater numbered troops. A White Mage, a couple Trappers and some Bowmen would make a good escort. Probably sending a Thief or two would be good too, to help dispatch any enemy that infiltrate the villages north of the river. one enemy got into one of the villages on the north of river, and it took a lot to dislodge him.  The intention is to engage the enemy so that they are fighting from the river squares, at a huge disadvantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Swamp Of Esten====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not hard if you are conservative and don't send important units off alone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall 1-2 quick Knights (or Paladins, if you have them), recruit 1-2 Horsemen, and recall your loyal Shocktroopers or whatever they are now.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next round, recruit/recall Mages to kill Scorpions (and Bats) and at least one White Mage to deal with poison, plus maybe a Poacher or Trapper or two, as they are good in swamp (and you would like a Huntsman eventually, for its markmanship.)&lt;br /&gt;
# A little Thug spam can come next, but you don't need a full third round of recruitment. Then send Prince Haldric off to lend his leadership.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Head to the northeastern leader first. Try to kill Dark Adepts with Burin or horse units before they have a chance to attack you. As you close in on the leader, hover your mouse over him to watch where he can go, as at night his ranged attack is nasty and can be followed up by waves of kamikaze Walking Corpses, which can take out a Knight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After you have killed the northeastern leader and eliminated troops there, you can either send your whole army back across the ford and south or split your army into two halves, sending one part to each leader. If you have lost several units but have lots of turns left, it's probably safer to stick together. This is not a simple mop-up operation, as powerful undead can take out some of your valuable units if you're not careful. On hard, Shadows are a threat at night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Searching the temples is a good idea. Some have gold. There is a free loyal White Mage hiding in (a random) one of the temples - visit the temple close to the keep ASAP, and if not there, try rushing a horse unit or Lady Outlaw to the temple at 19,5. However, some of the temples contain undead, so keep extra troops nearby when you enter one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively easy scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your (probably leveled up) Heavy Infantry from The Fall and some quick fighters.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recall White Mages and quick Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round, round out with Thugs, Bowmen, and Spearmen, preferably quick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Your forces will have three main combat arenas: the northeast, the south, and the middle.&lt;br /&gt;
# The main bulk of your force, including at least one White Mage, should head east to the orc in the northeastern castle. The leader there recruits a lot of units, and most of them are level 2, so watch out.&lt;br /&gt;
# Haldric, a White Mage, your loyal Heavy Infantry types, and a couple of level 1's (maybe a Mage and a Thug) should head south to the other orc leader. A few effective melee units can easily counter the riders they send early on, and then with a little forethought and patience you can take out their Archers and Crossbowmen without giving them time to shoot. &lt;br /&gt;
# The castle in the middle is inhabited by the tree folk, so don't bother sending troops there; however, you might want to keep a couple speedy units not far off to watch their backs, in case the allied leader gets into trouble, as is usually the case.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The temple contains the entrance to the catacombs, but you need the leader Wose's help to open it, and to get that help you have to win the current scenario, so there is no point in visiting this temple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is in the catacombs, i.e., underground, and it's a tough one, so you need to groom your roster accordingly. Two Mages of Light would make it a whole lot easier. Failing that, level up your fearless loyal Shocktrooper and chaotic outlaw types. Bandits/Highwaymen and Fugitives are especially nice. Quick units of almost any type (except horse units) will be helpful, if leveled and possessing high HP (&amp;gt;50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Temple in the Deep===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be facing undead underground. This is a difficult situation that will prove much easier with proper recruitment. Then the strategy will be fairly straightforward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All in all, what you need is a small elite force. Two rounds of recalls is enough, if you didn't lose Burin in a prior scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers, especially the fearless one, though their slow movement will prove frustrating. Also on the first round, recall a fast &amp;quot;tank&amp;quot; and someone to grab the holy water (if Burin is not your choice.)&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recall any Mages of Light you might already have, and a total of at least two White Mages or Mages of Light, preferably quick. For the rest of your recruitment, what you need are high movement (6+ MP) non-horse units with high hitpoints (&amp;gt;50 HP), preferably chaotic, preferably with a ranged attack, and preferably impact attacks. Put all the requirements together and it points to Fugitives. Outlaws and quick Arch Mages are worth recalling too. Fill out the rest with Bandits/Highwaymen, Trappers/Huntsmen, and Longbowmen/Master Bowmen, preferably quick. You might think that Red Mages would be good, but they attract melee attacks that they likely will not survive. Note that Horse units are too sluggish to be useful here and should not be recalled/recruited.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round (optional), you can add a unit or two for a safety margin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# There are two ways north, but they will meet up together before you meet any enemies besides the Tentacles. Ignore the tentacles for the most part and only kill them when it's convenient, as you will need to have a strong line set up by the time you engage the undead. Watch out for the enemy's Bone Shooters, Revenants and Deathblades, as they could easily mess up a level 3 unit. Once you see the two choke points, hold them so one of their units is facing 2 of yours (preferably with a White Mage behind them). You may be able to level up a White Mage to a Mage of Light while fighting in the choke point. If your troops are too slow to grab both choke points, you can send Burin and others to the west choke point while your slow troops line up at the southeast shoreline and bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
# Gradually progress northwards once the flow of baddies has tapered off, and once you get into the final chamber, the boss should be a piece of cake, although his ranged attack is devastating, so try to attack him with melee units. Be careful if he has recruits around, as their combined damage can take down one of your level 3's. Note that the Ruby can only be picked up by Haldric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Holy water: Burin is very effective if you give him the holy water; however, it's more helpful to send Burin running to the west choke point without delay. A good alternative is a Highwayman - or a Bandit, who should level quickly. Compared to a Highwayman/Bandit, Prince Haldric or a Royal Guard is not that great a choice for the holy water due to their lawful alignment and -25% penalty, unless you have (or will soon get) a Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* XP: Use this level to get experience. The early-finish bonus is tiny. The tentacles are perfect for leveling up units. If you're hurting for leveled chaotic units, you can even level up two raw recruit Thugs (use Haldric's leadership to assist). Keep Burin away from the water at this stage, or he'll kill all tentacles as they attack, depriving those who could benefit from the XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your killed units will be turned into Walking Corpses (or Soulless on hard.) Therefore, spam is not helpful. A Mage or two can be okay, if used with great care, but mostly you need to recall leveled troops here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return to Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Clearwater Port===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is easy if you take the first boat out, more and more challenging for the second and third boats, and very difficult (on hard) if you want to take out all three leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers from ''The Fall.'' You will also want several Footpads, for speedy village snatching, coastline defending (under leader supervision), and possibly for filling castle hexes if your lines get too thin.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recruit/recall more low maintenance units. It's a good scenario for leveling troops, so recalling acouple half-leveled Spearmen or similar is a good idea.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third and later turns, start recalling your high maintenance units. The key to winning this scenario is to recall several advanced units that can take a lot of damage and get good defense in castles (no Horsemen). You will also want at least 3 White Mages or Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Backstab your ally, stealing all his villages. Your ally is useless anyway, except for the entertainment value from his troops' suicide runs. The income is much better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
# Send your heavy duty troops with some White Mages over to the line of castle near Lt. Aethyr. (Optionally, you can rush forward past the castle, but you will need to return almost as quickly before the main enemy wave and night arrive.) Aethyr will usually be done recruiting by the second or third turn, before the enemy reaches you, so fill the entire line with your units, and put Knight Sir Rudry in the one non castled tile (or leave it empty, if no enemy are adjacent.) Place the White Mages behind this line. After the enemy has reached you and it is your turn to attack, go mostly for the assasins, as they have a weak melee attack and their poison can be a huge problem. Alternatively to using the castle (from (26,18) to (24,15)) to defend, the front line can lead through the villages at (30,17) and (30,18). This will make your line much shorter, it becomes much more of a bottleneck fight and offsets your enemy's superior numbers, since some of their units just move around with all spots to attack occupied; you only have to give up 1 village and 2 front units instaheal without mages. Place your strongest units on the weakest spot (29,20) and a Mage of Light on (30,19), he will hardly be attacked as the hex before him is used to attack (29,20). This shorter line requires less units on your side and also has the great advantage that there are much less 40% defense spots to attack you. They will flank you at the sides but stand on ice or sand then.&lt;br /&gt;
# Meanwhile, on the northeastern coast, the northern enemy leader will send lots of units to catch your flank unguarded. Send 2 Footpads, a Spearman, Lady Jessene, and Haldric to guard the coast. If Lady Jessene is already level 3, you can substitute a Royal Guard, Swordsman, or Javelineer for Haldric. This coastline defense squad may need help later, so be ready to divert a speedy powerful unit there. If you keep a healthy unit on the village at the tip of the land, then, unless you are very unlucky, you will be able to hold off everything the northern leader sends. After the assault from the water has been crushed, some of your troops may be able to cross the ford north, but be careful not to get attacked in the water with only 20% defense. (Certain of your chaotic units do have 40% defense in water; now is a good time to pay attention to that.) Also, notice that the lighthouse has a similar effect as a Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
# You have two options for the endgame:&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Total victory&amp;quot; strategy: Once you've thinned the enemy to where they only have a few units that are close to your line, usually this happens conveniently around dawn, move your people out and start heading for their leaders. Split your force, sending a few down the southern path, to distract the eney and most of them toward the middle leader, to kill him. Once he's dead, send some of your army down to kill the southern leader and devote a few units to defending the bridge until the rest of your army can rejoin you. A unit or two with a lot of HP with a white mage are usually enough to do this.&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Run like hell&amp;quot; strategy: Alternatively, you can leave your leader near the docks and take one of the boats to end the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fallen Lich Point===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a high variance scenario. It may be very easy or very hard, depending on events beyond your control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit fairly lightly initially, as you will likely have a chance to use the Lich's keep to recruit again.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages, White Mages, and Mages of Light are good, and as are all the other advancements of Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* You automatically should have your loyal Knight. Because of the mountains around &amp;quot;lichland&amp;quot; and frozen ground everywhere else, additional horse units are not recommended, except a single Paladin will come in handy.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Thugs or a Bandit or Highwayman will provide a little extra undead bashing power.&lt;br /&gt;
* Footpads will help with village flagging, after the Wolf Rider types are taken care of, but you can postpone buying Footpads until after killing the Lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy... &lt;br /&gt;
# The Orcs will be busy with the Yetis, so you can walk with a big group south and kill the Lich-Lord. Move Haldric to the stone monument to de-petrify the Lich. It may help to post some units around the undead before doing so. Use several mages to make a hole or two in the ring of undead, and then push in a burly fighter or two and/or Paladin to kill the Lich.&lt;br /&gt;
# After killing the Lich, assess the Orc/Yeti situation (as well as the empty village situation) and decide if you need to use the Lich's keep to recruit some reinforcements.&lt;br /&gt;
# After that, head north and walk into the sewer entrance (the &amp;quot;cave&amp;quot;) or else kill the orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* It is also possible, if you recruit heavily, to split your force and head north to attack the eastern Orcs before they finish with the Yetis.  However, be careful not to be attacked by a Yeti yourself; a Yeti is dangerous even if heavily wounded. A Yeti will attack you if it can get to a unit within one turn (and it doesn't have a more appealing orc target.)&lt;br /&gt;
* When dealing with the Lich, be aware that he has money; if you let him vacate any of his encampment tiles, or if you kill any of his units but do not occupy their tiles, he will be able to recruit.  (This is not necessarily all bad, as it can mean more experience, but depending on the strength of your force you may want to be careful.) &lt;br /&gt;
* Note that this level becomes a lot tougher if the Yetis get poisoned early on and quickly die. If this happens you basically have no other choice than to kill the orc leaders first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sewer of Southbay===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a swampy underground scenario, but with attention to recruitment, it's not very difficult.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* As always underground, you want non-horse units with 6+ MP.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall White Mages / Mages of Light, at least two, three is probably the optimal number.&lt;br /&gt;
* There are quite a few villages in this cave, so an expensive force is supportable, though not necessary. Some players recruit a large and spammy force, while others go with small and elite:&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 1, &amp;quot;Large and spammy&amp;quot; recruitment: Recruit four each of Mages, Thugs, and Poachers. Yes, Poachers normally stink, but here they really shine in a swamp that is permanently dark, underground. If you recruit four Poachers, you could finish with three Trappers and a Huntsman - or you could finish with four dead Poachers. The Thugs are especially likely to die, as they will be facing off against Red Mages, but somebody has to do it.&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 2, &amp;quot;Small and elite&amp;quot; recruitment: Recall something like one Red Mage, one Arch Mage, one Silver Mage, 2 twooyal Guards/Highwaymen/etc, and a Trapper or Huntsman, plus three regular Mages and a Poacher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# After leaving your initial chamber, you will be in a large swamp room with three entrances, through which will be a flood of bad guys. Use two Poachers and a Thug or similar to blockade the southeast, a small elite group to block the north, and then a mix of fighters and mages to handle the west entrance. Give each group a White Mage or Mage of Light, as well as at least one regular Mage. Try to keep the Mages of Light away from your chaotic forces on the front lines, though. Use the leadership of Haldric and Lady Jessene - and Mage of Light illumination or lack thereof - to get the most from each attack.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the initial battle has died down, you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
## If you have enough forces, you can divide into two groups and attack both brothers simultanously, east and west.&lt;br /&gt;
## Otherwise, do them one after the other, and then look for the exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Danger: there is a Giant Spider at the exit. You may wish to keep one or two cannon fodder units in order to be able to save your advanced units.  It is best to use ranged attacks against the spider, so leveled mages are good here.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is a lot easier with a lot of gold, especially on the hardest difficulty level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Southbay in Winter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Final Spring===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a large battle, and any mistake on any front can spell doom, but overall it will be fairly easy on the easier difficulty levels. On hard, it will only be a cakewalk with a lot of starting gold (more than 450 or so.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# On the first turn, recall a Silver Mage to teleport to the island, recruit Footpads for village snatching, recall one or more of your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''The Fall''), and recall one or more Knights or similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, continue with this theme, but it will be nightfall soon, so recall Outlaws, Bandits, Assassins, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn three is a bit more of the same, but you need to start thinking about preserving your income and also keeping a gold reserve. You can spam some peasants to preserve cash and income.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn four turn is more of the same.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn five is similar, but it will be day soon, so lawfuls like Knights and level 1 Mages are a good idea.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn six, you will have new recruitment options (see spoiler at walkthrough end.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy is broken into four fronts...&lt;br /&gt;
# The first front is the south land area. Do a counter-clockwise sweep with mounted units, optionally augmented with Footpads, which can help pad out your lines with forest and village hexes. Note that it will be nightfall soon after game start, so it might be wise to delay any serious mounted assault until the next day, and you can delay your recalls for this.&lt;br /&gt;
# The second front is the walled city. Move slower units and your loyal White Mage / Mage of Light to defend here. Take your ally's villages; your ally wouldn't do much useful with the money anyway. When your mounted units from the second front complete their sweep, you can break the remaining southern forces against the city wall in a hammer and anvil. Then your united forces can move north. On easy, you may be able to push north more quickly than that using just part of your city troops.&lt;br /&gt;
# The third front is the bay and peninsula north of your keep. If you don't protect this area well, Wolf Riders and others will mount an amphibious assault in an effort to flank your troops. On the easier difficulty levels, you may wish to beat the punch and quickly establish a bridgehead on the other side of the bay.&lt;br /&gt;
# The fourth front is the two small islands. Send a Silver Mage there ASAP. (You should have a village already there, so the Silver Mage can teleport over.) Footpads/Outlaws/Fugitives and others will help later. Lady Jessene could be used. A quick White Mage would be useful, either on the coast or on the islands. Do not use Assassins on this front. Assassins have relatively weak defense in water against Orcs and Nagas, they're very weak against blade, which is all orcs and nagas use, and their relatively slow movement in water makes backstab hard to use reliably. Overall, you need to devote more resources to this front than you might think.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* You should have lots of high-level units now, so concentrate on recruiting new ones and levelling them up to fill needs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Peasants are useful as placeholders for villages and distractions for the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 5, a gang of nasty undead show up in the east. So, for your city taskforce, you'll want to recruit/recall units with impact and arcane attacks. Note that if undead capture villages, they will be flagged with the Orc island boss' black flag! This can result in an overwhelming number of Nagas, and it's one reason that you must devote a lot of resources to the island campaign. Flag any black flag villages you can.&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 6, a gang of nasty Mermen show up in the west. Fortunately, they are on your side. You can now recruit Mermen. This is the real reason to keep a gold reserve until this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Peoples in Decline===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a bloody scenario versus Drakes. It can be a real challenge on the hardest difficulty setting, less so on the easier levels. Proper recruitment is more important than strategy here, as you will have little opportunity to maneuver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Drakes can be dangerous, so this is a great scenario to use the time honored technique of cannon fodder. Now that you can recruit level 0 units for cheap, you can protect your higher level units by recruiting endless Peasants to distract the Drakes' firepower.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drakes are vulnerable to pierce attacks, so spam cheap pierce attack units. In addition to Peasants, there are Poachers, Bowmen, Peasants, Spearmen, Merman Fighters, and Merman Hunters. Poachers are key here, due to the swampy terrain and their chaotic alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need about 3 White Mages / Mages of Light in all.&lt;br /&gt;
* On your last turn of recruitment when you have about 80 gold, recall some advanced units, like Master Bowmen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Since you will have a lot of level 1 and 0 units, make sure to use the leadership of Prince Haldric and Lady Jessene.&lt;br /&gt;
* Look for opportunities to heal via leveling up.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pay attention to the day-night cycle in this scenario. Drakes will be strong during day, but become very weak in the night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Take advantage of the mountains for defense, but note that on hard, you need to set up a relatively small perimeter around your base, as you will be hard pressed to even hold a small area.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be careful with your loyals.&lt;br /&gt;
* Because most Drakes have powerful ranged attacks, the roles of your melee and ranged units are reversed from the norm. Whereas usually you would use fighters to protect archers, here you will use archers to protect fighters. Melee-only units should hide behind the lines until they attack, preferably at night (with a Mage of Light supplying illumination.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure you get the Storm Trident in the middle of the sea, but be certain that you've cleared most of the Drakes first, since a Sea Serpent will appear. It's best to have some strong units ready to kill it in 1 or 2 turns. You can give the trident to Lord Typhon, but since he leaves a bit later, you may want to give it to another Merman Fighter. Movement over land is important for Mermen in the campaign as a whole.  If the Merman Fighter to whom you give the storm trident has the Quick attribute, you can make him a Hoplite when he gets to level 3.  Otherwise, make him a Triton, because movement over land is important for Mermen in this campaign as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rough Landing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting Nagas and Vampire Bats, primarily. This is a scenario that may be frustrating on the easier difficulty levels, though on hard it is just par for the course. Good recruitment and strategy will save you from getting slaughtered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are probably going to go negative on gold and be unable to rectify that with the paultry early finish bonus, so you might as will go very negative and be resigned to start the next scenario with minimum gold.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit/recall many Mermen and 1 or 2 White Mages or Mages of Light. A few Peasants can be useful to pad out your force, distract the enemy, and protect villages from stray Bats. A Silver Mage can be useful for island hopping but is not essential. Thieves/Assassins are blade vulnerable, and Nagas only use blades, so it's probably best not to recall them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Knock out the southeastern leader in a blitz. It's important to get that out of the way, because a wave of Nagas is advancing at light speed from the north.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next, hurriedly set up a line in the water alongside your fortress island. Your fortress troops can anchor one flank, while Burin the Dwarf can go to the island to the northeast to anchor the other end of your line. Nobody messes with Burin. Move Lady Jessene behind the lines to lend her support to the Mermen. Your loyal Mage of Light will be able to move back and forth more (to lend illumination) if kept in the fortress area.&lt;br /&gt;
# Finally, once the enemy assault wave has been broken, advance northward to kill the final two leaders in a straightforward mop-up operation. Just be careful not leave isolated units where they can get swarmed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints/Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to level up the mermen; they can be useful in another scenario later.&lt;br /&gt;
* Beware of Sea Serpents. Three of them will appear, one on each of the three turns following your first kill of an enemy unit. Make sure to kill them at once. The Storm Trident from the previous scenario and the Ruby of Fire will come in handy against the Serpents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A New Land===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a non-scenario. The scenario objectives tell you to avoid all confrontation for as long as possible, but actually the faster your units encounter the others the faster the scenario will end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* None necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The optimal strategy for gold carryover is to grab the three closest villages, then retreat to your keep and wait. Once one attack occurs, the non-scenario will be over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* One thing to keep in mind is that this the last chance you have to grab some more Mermen as their king leaves.  They are quite helpful in a later scenario so grabbing a few extra here cannot hurt if you can spare the gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Ka'lian===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story, with your choice of four battles next.  You have to beat them all in whatever order.  The amount of gold you have should be the factor in deciding when you choose to play Cursed Isle (the undead problem).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All four scenarios have to be beaten, but in whatever order you choose.&lt;br /&gt;
====The Dragon====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not as difficult as it looks, though your recruitment and strategy need to be tailored to fight the Saurian Skirmishers and other foes you will face here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Saurians use piercing attacks mostly, so it's better to use units resistant to pierce. Pikemen and Halberdiers have 40% pierce resistance. Javelineers are ideal as Saurians use ranged attacks a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
* You may wish to bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers. They are ineffective against the 70% impact resistant Mudcrawlers, while also vulnerable to the ranged attacks of both Mudcrawlers and Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consider adopting a force of all units with ranged attacks, save for horse and thief units, which can be kept behind the lines when not in use. It is amusing when Saurian Augers are forced to tap your units with their little staffs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers are a necessity to deal with the heavy damage your units will be sustaining. Depending on the strategy you adopt, you will want 2-4 healers. Mages of Light rock here, as they can easily do front line duty in pairs and their illumination blinds the Saurians, reducing their damage.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need something to clean up mud. Versus level 0 Mudcrawlers, Horsemen and their advancements can charge with no counterattack, and likewise Thieves and their advancements can backstab with no counterattack. Mages can be used as well on the fire vulnerable mud.&lt;br /&gt;
* A Merman or two will help with water hexes. An Entangler's slow ability will help tame the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used many different strategies with success:&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Fighting Saurians requires a disciplined formation.  If you're used to stringing out troops to move them into position as they get there, that won't work after Turn 2 or 3. You can use a &amp;quot;healing hedgehog&amp;quot; of ten troops--two white mages next to each other and eight troops completely encircling them.  If someone gets badly injured, move them to the inside and put a white mage on one of the long edges, fighting as you go.  If you're trying for the big bonus, you'll need two hedgehogs.  Try to keep reserves back a bit in cities.  If the terrain favorably protects you, or the wounded is a fast unit, you can try moving wounded back to cities too.  Once the main wave of Saurians is broken, you can string non-wounded troops out a bit in the rush for the leaders. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Triangular Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Switching wounded units to the inside of the hedgehog can be a problem if you are surrounded. ZOC prevents you from creating an open hex to move the inner unit into. You can fix this by creating a triangle with three hexes inside, instead of the standard two of the hedgehog. If you do this on your castle, only three units are in grasslands. If you set it right, you can make most of the hexes adjacent to your triangle be grassland as well, forcing the Saurians into a bad defensive position. In terms of unit positioning, the simplest way is to fill two inner spaces with Mages of Light, a but a better tactic is to put one of the mages on an edge, thereby ensuring that all but one of your units are healing. The remaining unit can either be a Merman Hoplite, (prefereably resilient and carrying a Storm Trident) or Lady Jessene, since she has excellent defense and is chaotic and therefore benefits by not being in the Mages' light. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Giant Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Recruit a lot of units, and then move the whole army as one big bulk. Keep healers in the middle (about four), rotate stronger units outwards, and make sure you leave no gaps. The Saurians will slip through the tiniest gap and kill your weak units. Head first for the east or wast leader, but steer for good terrain, because your force will soon be swarmed until about turn 10, when there should be many few Saurians alive.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Standard Line&amp;quot; strategy: Form a line from the west board edge diagonally up towards your keep across the two villages just in front of the forest. You will probably wish to bend upwards at the forest, rather than running the line all the way to the keep. Whenever the Saurians have a small number of troops at your line and you have enough strength to kill them all, you can advance your whole line one hex south, allowing you to get additional attacks on them from non-frontline troops. Once you advance a unit to the first water hex at west board edge, the west leader will probably come out to greet it, so be ready to fry him with Haldric's ruby. After killing the leader, back up into good terrain to prepare to meet the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Wake the Dragon&amp;quot; strategy: Prematurely wake the dragon (see spoiler below) and back up your troops to north of your keep. When the dragon comes, kill him. The scenario can be over on turn 7. There is no early finish bonus for this, but you can recruit lightly so that you still have gold at the end and will carry-over 40%, if you need it for your next scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* With all these strategies, the Saurians may hold back for quite a while. This is okay, as the Dragon will eventually appear and come to you. Kill it. Then you are given a choice of whether to end the scenario or to try to kill all the enemy leaders before time runs out. You can choose to finish the remaining Saurians for a nice bonus. However, on the hardest difficulty setting the turn limit (33 turns) is insufficient for you to plow through the vast hordes of level 0 spam to get to the leaders, so it's best to simply end the scenario after killing the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The dragon will awake on turn 15 or when you move a unit down around the road north of the mountains. If you wish to wake the dragon prematurely, you can recruit a Horseman on turn 1 and run him down. It's a suicide mission for him, however.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have a fast non-horse unit in position, rush it to the mountain cave after the Dragon leaves to grab the 200 in gold, though that's nothing compared to the Hero bonus for defeating all the Saurian leaders. So focus on killing all of them first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Lizard Beach====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario versus Saurians, Giant Scorpions, and Mudcrawlers, where good recruiting and strategy will save you from massive bloodshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruiting...&lt;br /&gt;
* Mermen are helpful for the swamp and water areas.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers, veterans from ''The Fall.'' They are laughably ineffective against the impact resistant Mudcrawlers - and laughably vulnerable to their ranged attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Thieves, Horsemen, and their advancements are good for mud cleanup, though you must keep them out of range of Saurian skirmishers. Swordsmen and Royal Guards are also good, though overkill.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall a lot of fairly high HP units, preferably with strong non-impact ranged and melee attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages are good. Mages of Light are especially useful, since they can do front line duty. Lots of healing may be necessary, about 3 healers are good, so White Mages can be used too. Raw recruit Mages can be used as well, for disposal of Giant Scorpions and the occasional Saurian Skirmisher that wanders too far. At least one Silver Mage is highly desirable, along with a speedy unit (e.g., Fugitive, Footpad, or Horseman) to capture villages for the Silver Mage to use north of the river.&lt;br /&gt;
* [fredbobsmith2] An alternative strategy that works surprisingly well is to simply use a very mage-heavy army. Recall most or all of your high-level mages, throw in a few peasants, and spend the rest of your gold on recruiting mages. Victory will come with shocking ease.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* General strategy: as Saurians have skirmishers and a lot of movement, be sure to protect your wounded units well. Because of the Saurians unnerving ability to concentrate their fire on one unit, be sure to keep several healers around and try to keep your line straight so only two can mob one guy. Hedgehog tactic also seems to work well.&lt;br /&gt;
* Opening strategy: here are some specific strategies that players have used with success in the early part of the scenario:&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen in center&amp;quot; strategy: Recall 2-4 Mermen, 1-2 Trappers/Huntsmen, and a lot of high HP troops, then form a line. Initially, you can either form a north-south line around the lake area with one flank at the south board edge, or, if you want to be conservative, you can do a diagonal line in the southeast corner, with both flanks tied to board edges. You'll need the Mermen to handle the lake area, and Trappers/Huntsmen/Mermen for the swamp areas. Keep troops in reserve, so that when a few Saurians meet your line, you can advance your whole line over them. Do not be too conservative/defensive on hard, as your time is limited. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen on flank&amp;quot; strategy: Recall several decent land melee units &amp;amp; then 4-5 level 2 Mermen on rounds 2-3. Most of your force forms a line of battle near your keep, Mermen on the north flank in the river, land units extending south, flanks bent back with strongest units at the corners - then let the Saurians break on it. Once their first wave has broken, the rest of their troops come in drips and are no problem, so now you can split up and wipe out the stragglers and claim villages; any L2 units you start with should level up. After you defeat the main force from the south send just one or two guys north to capture towns so your Silver Mages can teleport into the fray. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen feint&amp;quot; strategy: Recall most of your Mermen from before and send them along the river towards the sea. This will harry the saurian troops coming down from the north, allowing your main force to advance on the southern enemy  undisturbed. Beware, though as your mermen will encounter the Saurians at night time (giving you -25% and them +25%), so try to minimize conflict until dawn, just get in their way.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;No Mermen&amp;quot; strategy: On your first two turns recall two keeps of strong, fast veterans like mounted units (not Paladins though; they're pretty ineffective against saurians), Outlaws/Assassins, and Silver Magi along with some other veterans, preferably with a lot of HP: if all goes well (at least on easy and medium) that may be all you need. Dash them across the swamp directly west of your keep, south of the sands, and form a line with strong units at the ends. They'll flank you, but you're stronger than them and you can use your slower units to crush the flanking saurians in a hammer and anvil. The first wave of southern Saurians should get itself killed before the northern Saurians arrive in force. Once the northern Saurians arrive, take them out with your slower units while your quicker ones go for the southern leader.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sacrificial lamb&amp;quot; strategy: In addition to a couple mages, 2 healers, and some other fighters, recruit a castle-full of peasants to draw the Saurians out onto open ground.  Surround a single peasant on 5 sides, with 2 healers behind him. Build your formation around that.&lt;br /&gt;
* Closing strategy: The enemy's onslaught tapers out after their initial wave, so the final push for the southern leader should be quick and clean. Taking out the northern leader is harder, because all of your units will be stuck south of the marshes and the river. If you want to go for a quick win, just march forth with Silver Mages, Mermen, and anyone who's close enough to be a help. If you don't want to lose any of your better units, patience may be the key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units gets as far west as the second bridge, a wave of Nagas will arrive out at sea. You may wish to delay going that far until the second watch, so that the Nagas will make contact with your forces during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
* Killing one leader gives more gold to the other, so when you've defeated pretty much all the southern leader's forces, just plant a level 3 or two in his keep and leave him alive; kill them both in the same turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Troll Hole====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that you cannot win by brute force, because the trolls have more brute force than you. Wise recruitment and strategy are necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* It's underground time again, so as before, mainly recruit mages. The trolls are strong, so hopefully you have lots of levelled up mages. Mages of Light are especially nice, because they are tough enough to survive an attack from most trolls, while simultaneously reducing the damage sustained (due to illumination blinding the trolls.) Level 1 Mages can be used to good effect too, especially if quick. If only attacked by a single Troll Whelp, a healthy level 1 Mage will survive.&lt;br /&gt;
* In addition to mages, your chaotic units can be helpful here again, especially against the occasional Rocklobber, which you will not want to attack with mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Forget about your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''the Fall''). They are too slow. It's not that you'll be running around, but you will be rotating troops due to heavy damage, and they will only get in the way.&lt;br /&gt;
* Putting Mermen in the moat will really help you fend off the first wave of attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are 4 castles, and two of them (randomly placed it seems) are the troll leaders you need to kill.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to use the narrow corridors to your advantage, so the enemy can only place one attack against a strong unit of yours, but you can kill a troll at a time with two mages or Haldric. Also keep an eye at your back since they will try to surround you. And resist the temptation to send single units wandering around in what seems empty caves - they will all die, probably by the fangs of a Giant Spider.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to arrange it so one troll can enter to be attacked by many troops.  Have regular troops in front initially.  Move mages forward to finish the troll, plug the gap where the troll was with Burin or a Royal Guard or an Iron Mauler, and reset the trap on the next turn.  When you've whittled down the enemy, go the direction they came from and kill the leaders, ignoring spider keeps.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alternative: This could be a good choice if you have low gold: recall 2 quick red mages, and 3 quick tough melee units (say 2 royal guards &amp;amp; a L3 chaotic unit like a Fugitive). Play expedition style: abandon the start island, stay fairly close together, with your troops roughly divided in two between those moving forward and those fighting rearguard. Provided you knock out one troll leader early, the rest is manageable, just work your way carefully over to the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cursed Isle====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting undead, mostly of the incorporeal and ghoulish lineages. Victory comes surprisingly easily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit lightly, certainly no more than two castles of troops. You could use 1-3 Paladins, 1-2 Mages, and 1-2 White Mages / Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall your loyal Merman Triton or similar and have him pick up the holy water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* This can be the first or last quest you choose.  If you can wait, do it last, as you will come out of it with a lot of gold, which you will need for the first scenario after the quests, ''The Vanguard''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep a very tight formation for the first night, as Shadows will hit hard and you don't want to get backstabbed or swarmed. By dawn, it should be smooth sailing.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you get anywhere near the enemy leaders' keeps, expect to get rushed by a leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* In one of the three temples there is a Vampire Lady. All you really need is a Paladin or three to rush the temples. Kill her. Game over, you win. One of the other temples has some gold; grab that first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Spy In The Woods===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Vanguard===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting a large number of orcs, trolls and other enemies in a location with a natural defensive line, where presumably an underground river has carved a line of sinkholes. This scenario will be difficult or impossible with minimum gold (200), but quite doable with a large amount of gold (450+) even on the hardest difficulty setting. Recruitment and strategy are fairly straightforward, given the board layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit a lot of units; you will need them.&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall/recruit speedy units: Knights, Lancers, Paladins, Horsemen, Outlaws, and similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recall your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up from ''The Fall'') and Spearmen/Swordsmen/Royal Guards.&lt;br /&gt;
# On subsequent turns, recall/recruit healers and other sorts of Mages, Thugs and their advancements, and Longbowmen. You will need quite a lot of healing power: 3-4 White Mages / Mages of Light and 1-2 Paladins. A Silver Mage would come in handy, since your forces will be widely spaced, but you could start with a couple of Red Mages and try to level up one or both to Silver Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# This map is smaller than fog of war and sinkholes make it appear.  Rush the west and northwest gaps with mounted units, but slow &amp;amp; strong will carry the day once the sun rises and the odds are in your favor.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Seal of all the gaps in the ring of sinkholes. When the onslaught begins, wounded units can retreat back into villages or be cared for by healers - or actually both, since soon you will be out of non-wounded units.&lt;br /&gt;
# A &amp;quot;Sitzkrieg&amp;quot; may develop, where neither side can make progress. Shift units to the southwest and break out there, using the west board edge defensively. From there, sweep northwards, taking out the western orc leader first and then the next orc leader.&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget the chest of gold, which you can see even in fog.&lt;br /&gt;
# End the scenario with the kill of the final leader, a level 3 troll.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill more than half the units of any side, a few tough undead units will appear near that side's stronghold at the edge of the map. So, this will happen three times. Beware the Chocobones. Their double damage from charge means they can take out Commander Aethyr at night just by hitting 2 for 2, and they will certainly try if they get the opportunity.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is much less difficult with extra gold. You can use Peasants to avoid going negative on gold, promoting them to Spearmen only when needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return of the Fleet===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome to the &amp;quot;kitchen sink&amp;quot; defense.  You've made it this far; now the enemy will launch a desperate defense, throwing a little bit of everything at you.  The effect is mostly psychological, but it could be a problem if you came into the scenario with minimum gold or your initial assessment causes you to drastically under-recruit. Time is money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, at least, you don't want to overrecruit. First turn, recall Mermen to assassinate the undead leader; 2 Entanglers/Netcasters and the Triton with the Storm Trident. Later, you should recruit 1 or more Silver Mages also for this taskforce as well as for causing general mayhem. It's also worth recruiting 5-10 L1/L0 units to take the brunt of the first wave of attacks; you can use any combination of Footpads, Poachers, Thugs, Spearmen, and Peasants, as you see fit. You'll want some decent L2 and L3 recalls for healing, to flank your lines, and to start kicking some butt at daybreak. A Mage or Red Mage to blast Trolls and Chocobones will level up by end of scenario. Paladins are good too. In addition to your loyal Mage of Light, you will need a bare minimum of 1 more healer.&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, don't recruit too much for fighting the undead - 2 Paladins at most, 1 or 2 Thugs, the stormy Merman, and the nearest Mage working with your land force are sufficient - the undead commander only gets 5-6 L2 recruits and they come ashore scattered (on medium, anyway). Paladins are so effective against undead that you can wade into the water after them. Just remember, Paladins can't go into deep water and undead can.&lt;br /&gt;
* On hard, you also don't want to recruit too much for fighting the undead, but it's only because going on an offensive early against them will get you crushed by a Chocobone armada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Move the Mermen (including the storm trident) as quickly as possible pretty much straight to the West. (There is a village and swamp hex that can aid your travel if you pick the best route).  Move these guys up the West side once they get there to get to the Undead Leader as quickly as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Your loyal units can do a little village grabbing, but it would be unwise to venture too far north.&lt;br /&gt;
# After nightfall, fog will appear; for the rest of the scenario, the map will become shrouded, like in a cave scenario.  So while you're still amazingly able to see, note the key terrain features, castle and city locations, and troop dispositions (especially Chocobones.)  Also, visually explore the avenues of approach you want to be able to see later.&lt;br /&gt;
# The first wave is largely at night and will have Goblin Knights and Pillagers, and later Chocobones and Troll Warriors. The damage they can cause is bone chilling, so make sure to divert their attention with plenty of spam. You want to meet them on the edge of the woodland, while inducing the orcs to fight from the grassland. Footpads and Poachers are handy here, as they have high defense in woodland. Players have had success setting up the initial line in either the north and northeast woodlands, with respect to the castle. Others have succeeded by fighting mostly from the open plain, retaining mobility by leaving the woodlands to their Footpads.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once your Mermen have taken an island city, teleport over one or more Silver Mages to help kill the undead leader - in addition to a Silver Mage, you will want the storm trident, a Netcaster/Entangler, plus one more leveled unit to be fairly sure to knock him out in one round. Quick striking like this you end up fighting a lot less undead.  You probably end up foddering one of the mermen to the Undead Archers, but the trade off is well worth it.  You can keep cycling your mermen up to fight with any orcs or trolls that come into the water. Silver Mages can assist, since they are not needed much in the other part of the fight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the undead leader is assassinated and the first wave is broken, you may advance cautiously due north or to the northwest along the coast and ultimately finish off the two orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When you are close to the break in the woods at the east board edge, tighten your formation and keep wounded units well away, as a small force of high-level Saurians will appear. Trigger them in daylight if possible, and knock them out fast. Alternatively, you can delay triggering the Saurians as long as possible by moving your force northwest near the water and then onto the small island, though even then it is possible to trigger the Saurians if you are not careful where you step. (Stepping to 10 hexes or less from 34,15 triggers the Saurians.) You can fight the final wave of orcs from the island, then move northeast to the mainland, finally triggering the Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Two cuttlefish appear when you approach the north-central island. Assuming you're sending a strike force through the water to knock out the undead commander, you really don't want to trigger these until that force is on the island - the storm trident Merman is the only thing that can stand up to them in water, and they will avoid him to attack more vulnerable units.&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill one enemy leader, the other gets more gold &amp;amp; recruits a new wave of L2s. This can be useful if you need to kill off surplus L1 units to improve the finish bonus, or if you need the XP more than the gold; otherwise, try to knock out both leaders on the same turn before they can recruit more. Alternatively, if you kill the first one at dawn, the second will be reluctant to attack with his L2s in daylight, and you might jump in and kill him before he uses them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is the final one. Therefore, loyal units are now somewhat disposable. However, you will need plenty of gold. Recruit some Peasants in the current scenario if you need to save some gold. Not only are they cheap, but they have no upkeep and Chocobones love 'em. Send a unit with leadership with them and they can even deal some amount of damage and be used to finish off wounded enemy, though at night you should just let them take the beating passively since otherwise they die too quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rise of Wesnoth===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's the final battle: be patient, recall everybody - the early finish bonus doesn't mean anything. Also, loyal units are no better than other units after your recruitment is finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need at least 300 starting gold, maybe more like 400 on the hardest difficulty level, so if need be, replay the previous scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* To stretch your money, start with loyal Iron Maulers and a couple ready-to-level level 1's and level 2's. Finally, recall as many level 3's as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: 3-6 Mages of Light / White Mages. Your few chaotic units will appreciate a White Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse units: 2-4 Paladins, 3-4 Knights / Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse escorts: about 3 speedy units, like Royal Guards, Fugitives, and Silver Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tanks: at least 6 high HP units, such as Royal Guards, Highwayman, Master Bowmen, and the loyal Iron Maulers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages: at least 3 high level Mages aside from your basic healers, so Arch Mages, Great Mages, and Silver Mages. Additional Mages of Light can be substituted.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Mermen might be useful here, but surprisingly, they're not really necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
* On 1.9.3 and earlier, you can recruit Saurian Skirmishers on medium and Skirmishers plus Ambushers on hard. This appears to be a bug, so ignore the option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will launch a two pronged assault: mounted units will race to the west and then south, while the main army heads due south.&lt;br /&gt;
* With your mounted units, race forwards by day and backwards by night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Along with the mounted units should go some escorts, speedy foot units intended to kill things like Goblin Impalers, which make even Grand Knights nervous. They would also benefit from a quick Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Meanwhile, with your tanks and the rest of your healers and support units, form a line or hedgehog in the woods just south of your keep or next to the river. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep your leaders with the main army, to avoid drawing too much attention to the mounted detachment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Maintain awareness of the overall battlefield. If the main army gets in trouble, you can send some or all of the mounted units to assist. There may be an opportunity to hammer-and-anvil enemy forces trapped in the middle. And you may wish to transfer units, like Paladins may be useful to the main army after it is on the move.&lt;br /&gt;
* You'll need at least two Paladins to kill Jevyan himself; nothing else is half as effective (except perhaps Mages of Light and suicidal Lancers).  Or you can use a pair of Great Mages (unless you are very unlucky, you should be able to kill him in a single turn). Don't forget to sacrifice Aethyr to Jevyan.  If he doesn't want to come out and play, march up to Jevyan and use a crossbow attack.  When Jevyan is dead, the yellow and green leaders may still be alive. You'll have to kill one, leaving at least one orc leader alive. You pick.  Congratulations!  Enjoy the ending!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units is within 8 hexes of a bridge, but you have no units within 2 hexes of the bridge, and there are no units on the bridge, then a Cuttle Fish will appear and destroy the bridge. This is usually disadvantageous. Not only does it leave you with a Cuttle Fish to fight, but it slows your progress south and the bad guys progress north. At least on the hardest difficulty level, it's hard to kill all the spam in time, so you don't want to impede their advance by removing the bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
* When any of your units is killed, it becomes a Walking Corpse. On hard, it becomes a Soulless, which makes it important to be careful with your level 2's, especially Lancers.&lt;br /&gt;
* After the first orc leader is killed, then some gold goes to mister Lich. It's 40, 80, or 120 gold, for easy, medium, and hard, respectively.  The lich will receive some gold once you kill his Familiar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See Also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MainlineCampaigns]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - The Rise of Wesnoth]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55321</id>
		<title>TheRiseOfWesnoth</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55321"/>
		<updated>2014-07-09T10:01:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* The Swamp Of Esten */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Strategy Guide for The Rise of Wesnoth Campaign ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Campaign strategy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the course of this campaign, you will need to level up to some:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: White Mages/Mages of Light (at least four)&lt;br /&gt;
* Undead killers: Paladins (two)&lt;br /&gt;
* Mobile strikers: Silver Mages (at least one, preferably more), Grand Knights (several), Fugitives (one or more helps)&lt;br /&gt;
* Damage sinks: Royal Guards, Iron Maulers, Highwaymen, Halberdiers, level 3 Burin, and again Grand Knights&lt;br /&gt;
* Leaders: level 3 Haldric, level 3 Lady Outlaw, and much later level 3 Commander Aethyr &lt;br /&gt;
* Ranged attackers: Great Mages (can use several in the last scenario), Longbowmen/Master Bowmen (two), Trapper/Huntsman (one is helpful)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Mage of Light, one Paladin, and five Grand Knights make a perfect assault team!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Horsemen are key for the first three or four scenarios, it's important not to be too reliant on horse units through the middle part of the campaign, as there are many hard levels underground, in swamps, in water, or against Saurians; use XP from the scenario ''The Vanguard'' to get to 2 Paladins and 2+ Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't overlook Pikemen/Halberdiers, which are useful in many levels; pierce attacks work well against Drakes and against the dragon, and they are handy for defensive roles especially repelling Wolf Riders. They are less good against undead, though, and don't get that +1 MP Royal Guard speed bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to many undead opponents, you will want to recruit many Thugs at times, and get a few (the quick ones, since you need them underground) leveled up. Footpads help too, once leveled up. Due to swamps, you will sometimes be spamming Poachers, which get marksmanship once at level 3. These, plus Lady Outlaw, give tactical options at other levels too: some decent chaotic troops form an ideal reserve, since you can attack with your lawful troops at dawn, and by nightfall when you need to heal them, use some chaotic troops to either continue the attack or to shield your healing lawful units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some recommended units to have obtained by specific scenarios:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The Fall - 1 Knight&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. A Harrowing Escape - 1 White Mage, 2 Knights, plus about-to-level troops&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4a. The Midlands - avoid, go to The Swamp of Eden instead&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4b. The Swamp of Eden - level 2 Haldric, level 2 Lady Outlaw, 2 Knights, 2 Shocktroopers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. Temple of the Deep - level 3 Haldric, level 3 Burin, 1-2 Mages of Light or several Outlaws / quick Bandits&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8. Clearwater Port - level 3 Lady Outlaw, 3 White Mages / Mages of Light, 3 Iron Maulers / Royal Guards / Halberdiers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
12. A Final Spring - 1-2 Silver Mages&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
14. Rough Landing - the 3 loyal Mermen from the previous scenario, ''Peoples in Decline''[glandis] In 1.8.6, there was no opportunity for 3 loyal mermen - maybe this was in an older version? And only Merman fighters can be recruited - no Netcaster upgardes are possible&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17a. The Dragon - up to 4 White Mages / Mages of Light&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17d. Cursed Island - 1 Paladin&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
19. The Vanguard - 4 Knights/Lancers/Grand Knights, 2 Paladins (or about-to-level Knights)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
20. Return of the Fleet - 1 Mermen Entangler, 1 Merman Triton with Storm Trident, level 3 Commander Aethyr desirable&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
22. The Rise of Wesnoth - 2 Paladins, 3 Royal Guards, 4 Mages of Light&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because the campaign is long and you won't be able to recall all your level 3's in the final scenario, it pays to create some &amp;quot;uber-units&amp;quot;. An example is a quick, resilient Silver Mage that has been AMLA advanced a few times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
===A Summer Of Storms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively easy scenario, so gear your recruitment and strategy with an eye towards gathering XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# For the first round, recruit 2-3 Horsemen and the rest can be all Spearmen or a mix of Spearmen and Bowmen as you see fit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Then, you should probably hire Bowmen and more Spearmen. Whatever Bowmen you can get advanced will be useful later on for fighting the many trolls, grunts, and riders you will encounter. Note, however, that you will not have any healers until you level up at least one mage to White Mage status, and the sooner you can do that the better. Red mages will also prove very useful in subsequent scenarios, so consider recruiting at least two mages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used at least three strategies with success...&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: Send the horsemen with the king over the bridge, and the others should follow or start going over the mountain, to avoid being attacked from behind. Send subsequent Spearmen and Bowmen on the &amp;quot;over-the-bridge&amp;quot; road, and when the Prince and final troops have just about caught up, march on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;hide in the swamp&amp;quot; strategy: Proceed much like the above, but send the king with 3 Horsemen to capture the nearest houses, then retreat into the swamp area until you have your lawful bonus to kill off troops during the day. To hold them back, you can use a Spearman and a Mage (to level him.)&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sandbagging&amp;quot; strategy: On the hardest difficulty level, the initial enemy assault will only be easy to handle by entrenching your troops behind the river. Use the king to block the bridge initially, while Spearmen handle the shoreline just north and Horsemen carefully flag villages across the river. Run the king around, lending his leadership as you massacre the stupid enemy troops that have jumped like lemmings into the water. &lt;br /&gt;
* For all these options, you will also need to send a squad north into the mountains and around into the flank of the enemy. A quick Spearman, a quick Bowman, and one other unit, possibly a quick Mage, should be more than sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
* When you see that the fronts are under control, stop recruiting and send prince Haldric and your Mages over the bridge on a quest for XP, assisted by the leadership of the king, and converge on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Fall===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that looks scary, but it is only moderately difficult with proper recruitment and strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall or recruit Spearmen and Bowmen to man the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horsemen/Knights are desirable, because you probably do not yet have a White Mage, and the villages are widely spaced.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recalling or recruiting Mages for XP gathering is highly advisable for future scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are three basic approaches to take out the outlaw leader...&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Brute force&amp;quot; strategy: You can march west with a large army and use part of it to hold northwestern orc. Use the rest to fight outlaws and kill the leader. This strategy requires a lot of troops but it can bring you plenty of experience and can bring a quick victory.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: You can assassinate the outlaw leader. One way is to wait until the orcs have killed almost all outlaws and then assassinate the outlaw leader with Knights, rushing over the enemy camp's bridge and into the keep. This strategy is risky because orcs can kill the leader before you.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination via the mountain pass&amp;quot; strategy: Another way to assassinate the leader is to send a squad through the southern mountains to the outlaw keep. Two Mages and three Spearmen are enough. You may wish to substitute one of the Spearmen with a Knight or Horseman, though horse units have only a narrow passage devoid of mountains and could get pinned by the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
* On the hardest difficulty level, you may be forced to assassinate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Saving the loyal Heavy Infantrymen (or Shock Troopers on easy) pays off in later scenarios. To save all three, move them south towards the outlaws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you eliminate the HP of the Lady Outlaw, she offers to help you. If you say yes, she comes back as a loyal unit in future scenarios and you will be able to recruit outlaw units, plus she cannot be killed in the next couple of scenarios (instead, she disappears when she goes to zero HP, and comes back the next scenario.) This is quite valuable. If you say no and try to kill her, you find out she cannot be killed. However, you do get 200 gold that she leaves behind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The following scenario (''A Harrowing Escape'') is a handful on the hardest difficulty level. On hard, your goal should be a carryover of almost 150 gold (so you have 250 starting gold), so although Lady Outlaw's assistance is worth much more than 80 gold (40% of 200), you may be forced to choose the gold. Another thing you need to beat the following scenario on hard is a White Mage at or near the start of the scenario. Also, about-to-level units will be especially nice for their self-healing ability and low initial upkeep. Steer XP accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Harrowing Escape===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much easier on lower difficulty levels, calling for different strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On easy/medium...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: You should recruit/recall at least one, possibly two Mages here, and use them for killing Goblin Spearmen and finishing off injured Wolf Riders in the hills &amp;amp; mountains bordering the valley. Other than the Mages, simply recruit what you want, and go along the road. You get enough villages to pay upkeep for quite some army, and can give some of them a bit of experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Leave a few units in the rear, as the enemy can cross hills quickly. Note that Footpads and Outlaws will also cross hills at reasonable speed, if you need to hunt down some units. There are two castle tiles about halfway down, try to send Lady Outlaw and Brunin the Lost to them, they make good guards in case the enemy tries to come straight up. You can also send a couple groups of units down southeast to the lake, so you can prevent the Green team (southeast) from coming up the river. You can also kill the two Orcish Grunts (or Warriors on medium) on the southern castle tiles and then move Lady Outlaw and Brunin to them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On hard...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: To beat this scenario on the hardest difficulty level, you need some level 2 (or better yet, about-to-level level 1) units already and decent starting gold. It has been beaten on hard with as little as 158 starting gold, 200 is still difficult, and 250+ makes it relatively easy. You can stretch your gold a bit by not going negative on upkeep and waiting until you can't wait any longer to do one last round of recruiting, recalling mostly level 2's. For timing your final recruitment, watch the wolves that are likely trying to flank through the mountains south of your keep. Another requirement for beating this scenario is a White Mage (or two.) If need be, you must promote a Mage (or two) &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;tout de suite&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, as you will be dealing with severe damage and assassins, while only having easy access to 2 or 3 villages initially. Horsemen and Knights are useful for dissipating damage by serving as meat shields against blades and then running off to remote villages to heal. Quick Horsemen are especially nice, as they can transfer between two strategically placed villages in one turn, for healing on the go. Horsemen, Knights, and Swordsmen are useful for swatting assassins. If you can recruit outlaws, a couple of Footpads are nice for village grabbing. Thieves are also good because they are cheap, the Grunts are fond of attacking them, and they often survive on 70% defense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Near the start of combat, it's crucial to kill the first waves quickly: the wolves and assassins. More important than terrain is avoiding getting flanked, so mobility of individual units is key; if you climb up deep into the mountains, you will have a harder time with mobility than staying on or near the valley floor. Additionally, many of your units cannot go on mountain hexes, so it's easier to maintain your lines if everyone stays close to the valley. It's easier to make a stand at the keep and northern river bank, but this approach can be too costly in terms of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium/hard, you can lure out the roadside guard Warriors one at a time by putting a unit within attack range of one (and out of range of the other.) They mostly come at night. Mostly. That is, the Warriors might not bite bait put out during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have Lady Outlaw, note that she has leadership, which will be useful to help promote Prince Haldric, if he is still level 0. It's worth advancing her to level 2, to continue to provide leadership to level 1 Haldric and your other level 1's. You may also make use of her odd ability &amp;quot;distract&amp;quot;, which allows adjacent allied units to ignore ZOCs. And Lady Outlaw allows you to recruit outlaw types. On hard especially, Thugs can be useful as meat shields and to provide strong attacks at night when your lawful forces are crippled. Remember too that Lady Outlaw cannot be permanently killed (at least not yet), so when desperate times call for desperate measures, you can move her into a suicidal position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* It helps that there are two enemy sides as opposed to a twice as strong single enemy side. If one of your units could be attacked by 3 enemies, but 1 of these hexes is currently blocked by the other side, the currently moving enemy decides to attack units which it (they) is (are) actually less likely to kill than that one. AIs don't cooperate, that is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are stuck on this scenario, you may need to replay one or both of the previous scenarios and/or choose to &amp;quot;kill&amp;quot; Lady Outlaw in the previous scenario so you get her gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There is Dwarf Steelclad in the village at 8,5. It's not far from your camp, so send Lady Outlaw there. Dwarf joins you because &amp;quot;It has been a long time since he felt the satisfying crunch of Orcs under his Axe.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you kill the first orc leader, an Orcish Slayer and two Assassins will pop out of nowhere, so you would be wise not to have any wounded units stuck without movement points at that point. Also, the other leader will get an infusion of gold and start recruiting on all available hexes, so if you can sit on some of those hexes first, it will help keep the situation from getting out of control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* At the end, you will be given the choice of the river/swamp road or the midlands/orc road. These fork to the scenarios ''The Swamp of Esten'' and ''The Midlands'', respectively. The swamp scenario is relatively easy, while ''The Midlands'' could cost you some leveled units or even prove impossible to beat if you are low on gold. Also, the swamp gives you a free loyal White Mage, so it's a no brainer, unless you want more of a challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: it would be wise to have at least 1 White Mage before going to the scenario ''The Swamp of Esten''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Midlands====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orcs again. But you chose that way. This scenario may appear impossible, but with a lot of gold and a little strategy, it can be beat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are given plenty of time, so use it wisely. The enemies send lots of orcs, mostly weak ones. So recruit and recall everything you can.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall any White Mages you have. You'll need them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bowmen are good for the wolf units you will be facing.&lt;br /&gt;
* The rest depends on your strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Fast Assault&amp;quot; option: use an assassination team. If you go west, only your Knights and Horsemen will arrive and fight at daytime. So go south. Take the bridge and defend against the enemy closing in from the west. Take out Yellow with a fast assault team (they should take a healer along), but be careful about the leader. Your main force moves west, takes and holds the second bridge, and takes out Blue. Your assault team stays in the south and goes for the last enemy leader - they won't face any serious resistance. The enemy moves north to support Blue. The HI guarding the bridge might gain a level or die, but hopefully not the latter, as they are loyal units in a long campaign. With this approach, you can finish early (around 25 turns) and keep your losses low.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Dark Assault&amp;quot; option: use Footpads.  If you chose to work with the the outlaws in the last round, then this works well.  Footpads are cheap.  And they are fast.  And they have good defensive abilities.  Plus they fight well in the dark and in the forest.  So recruit lots of Footpads-pawns and quickly dispatch them to the upper west and south, followed by more powerful units: Mages, Horsemen, etc.  For the time being, leave the middle enemy alone.  To the upper west, send several Footpads into the forest and capture the village and set up a defensive line.  This cuts down the enemy's gold and increases yours.  Don't attack at first, just defend, until more of your slow higher powered units arrive. The strategy here is to pick off the orcs, and send the Horsemen to capture villages.  While this is going, to the south you send your Footpads to capture any villages you can and, more importantly, put a Footpad on the hex that is adjacent to the bridge, thereby stopping easy advancement of their greater numbered troops. A White Mage, a couple Trappers and some Bowmen would make a good escort. Probably sending a Thief or two would be good too, to help dispatch any enemy that infiltrate the villages north of the river. one enemy got into one of the villages on the north of river, and it took a lot to dislodge him.  The intention is to engage the enemy so that they are fighting from the river squares, at a huge disadvantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Swamp Of Esten====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not hard if you are conservative and don't send important units off alone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall 1-2 quick Knights (or Paladins, if you have them), recruit 1-2 Horsemen, and recall your loyal Shocktroopers or whatever they are now.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next round, recruit/recall Mages to kill Scorpions (and Bats) and at least one White Mage to deal with poison, plus maybe a Poacher or Trapper or two, as they are good in swamp (and you would like a Huntsman eventually, for its markmanship.)&lt;br /&gt;
# A little Thug spam can come next, but you don't need a full third round of recruitment. Then send Prince Haldric off to lend his leadership.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Head to the northeastern leader first. Try to kill Dark Adepts with Burin or horse units before they have a chance to attack you. As you close in on the leader, hover your mouse over him to watch where he can go, as his ranged attack is nasty and can be followed up by waves of kamikaze Walking Corpses, which can take out a Knight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After you have killed the northeastern leader and eliminated troops there, you can either send your whole army back across the ford and south or split your army into two halves, sending one part to each leader. If you have lost several units but have lots of turns left, it's probably safer to stick together. This is not a simple mop-up operation, as powerful undead can take out some of your valuable units if you're not careful. On hard, Shadows are a threat at night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Searching the temples is a good idea. Some have gold. There is a free loyal White Mage hiding in (a random) one of the temples - visit the temple close to the keep ASAP, and if not there, try rushing a horse unit or Lady Outlaw to the temple at 19,5. However, some of the temples contain undead, so keep extra troops nearby when you enter one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively easy scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your (probably leveled up) Heavy Infantry from The Fall and some quick fighters.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recall White Mages and quick Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round, round out with Thugs, Bowmen, and Spearmen, preferably quick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Your forces will have three main combat arenas: the northeast, the south, and the middle.&lt;br /&gt;
# The main bulk of your force, including at least one White Mage, should head east to the orc in the northeastern castle. The leader there recruits a lot of units, and most of them are level 2, so watch out.&lt;br /&gt;
# Haldric, a White Mage, your loyal Heavy Infantry types, and a couple of level 1's (maybe a Mage and a Thug) should head south to the other orc leader. A few effective melee units can easily counter the riders they send early on, and then with a little forethought and patience you can take out their Archers and Crossbowmen without giving them time to shoot. &lt;br /&gt;
# The castle in the middle is inhabited by the tree folk, so don't bother sending troops there; however, you might want to keep a couple speedy units not far off to watch their backs, in case the allied leader gets into trouble, as is usually the case.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The temple contains the entrance to the catacombs, but you need the leader Wose's help to open it, and to get that help you have to win the current scenario, so there is no point in visiting this temple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is in the catacombs, i.e., underground, and it's a tough one, so you need to groom your roster accordingly. Two Mages of Light would make it a whole lot easier. Failing that, level up your fearless loyal Shocktrooper and chaotic outlaw types. Bandits/Highwaymen and Fugitives are especially nice. Quick units of almost any type (except horse units) will be helpful, if leveled and possessing high HP (&amp;gt;50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Temple in the Deep===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be facing undead underground. This is a difficult situation that will prove much easier with proper recruitment. Then the strategy will be fairly straightforward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All in all, what you need is a small elite force. Two rounds of recalls is enough, if you didn't lose Burin in a prior scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers, especially the fearless one, though their slow movement will prove frustrating. Also on the first round, recall a fast &amp;quot;tank&amp;quot; and someone to grab the holy water (if Burin is not your choice.)&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recall any Mages of Light you might already have, and a total of at least two White Mages or Mages of Light, preferably quick. For the rest of your recruitment, what you need are high movement (6+ MP) non-horse units with high hitpoints (&amp;gt;50 HP), preferably chaotic, preferably with a ranged attack, and preferably impact attacks. Put all the requirements together and it points to Fugitives. Outlaws and quick Arch Mages are worth recalling too. Fill out the rest with Bandits/Highwaymen, Trappers/Huntsmen, and Longbowmen/Master Bowmen, preferably quick. You might think that Red Mages would be good, but they attract melee attacks that they likely will not survive. Note that Horse units are too sluggish to be useful here and should not be recalled/recruited.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round (optional), you can add a unit or two for a safety margin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# There are two ways north, but they will meet up together before you meet any enemies besides the Tentacles. Ignore the tentacles for the most part and only kill them when it's convenient, as you will need to have a strong line set up by the time you engage the undead. Watch out for the enemy's Bone Shooters, Revenants and Deathblades, as they could easily mess up a level 3 unit. Once you see the two choke points, hold them so one of their units is facing 2 of yours (preferably with a White Mage behind them). You may be able to level up a White Mage to a Mage of Light while fighting in the choke point. If your troops are too slow to grab both choke points, you can send Burin and others to the west choke point while your slow troops line up at the southeast shoreline and bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
# Gradually progress northwards once the flow of baddies has tapered off, and once you get into the final chamber, the boss should be a piece of cake, although his ranged attack is devastating, so try to attack him with melee units. Be careful if he has recruits around, as their combined damage can take down one of your level 3's. Note that the Ruby can only be picked up by Haldric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Holy water: Burin is very effective if you give him the holy water; however, it's more helpful to send Burin running to the west choke point without delay. A good alternative is a Highwayman - or a Bandit, who should level quickly. Compared to a Highwayman/Bandit, Prince Haldric or a Royal Guard is not that great a choice for the holy water due to their lawful alignment and -25% penalty, unless you have (or will soon get) a Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* XP: Use this level to get experience. The early-finish bonus is tiny. The tentacles are perfect for leveling up units. If you're hurting for leveled chaotic units, you can even level up two raw recruit Thugs (use Haldric's leadership to assist). Keep Burin away from the water at this stage, or he'll kill all tentacles as they attack, depriving those who could benefit from the XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your killed units will be turned into Walking Corpses (or Soulless on hard.) Therefore, spam is not helpful. A Mage or two can be okay, if used with great care, but mostly you need to recall leveled troops here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return to Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Clearwater Port===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is easy if you take the first boat out, more and more challenging for the second and third boats, and very difficult (on hard) if you want to take out all three leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers from ''The Fall.'' You will also want several Footpads, for speedy village snatching, coastline defending (under leader supervision), and possibly for filling castle hexes if your lines get too thin.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recruit/recall more low maintenance units. It's a good scenario for leveling troops, so recalling acouple half-leveled Spearmen or similar is a good idea.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third and later turns, start recalling your high maintenance units. The key to winning this scenario is to recall several advanced units that can take a lot of damage and get good defense in castles (no Horsemen). You will also want at least 3 White Mages or Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Backstab your ally, stealing all his villages. Your ally is useless anyway, except for the entertainment value from his troops' suicide runs. The income is much better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
# Send your heavy duty troops with some White Mages over to the line of castle near Lt. Aethyr. (Optionally, you can rush forward past the castle, but you will need to return almost as quickly before the main enemy wave and night arrive.) Aethyr will usually be done recruiting by the second or third turn, before the enemy reaches you, so fill the entire line with your units, and put Knight Sir Rudry in the one non castled tile (or leave it empty, if no enemy are adjacent.) Place the White Mages behind this line. After the enemy has reached you and it is your turn to attack, go mostly for the assasins, as they have a weak melee attack and their poison can be a huge problem. Alternatively to using the castle (from (26,18) to (24,15)) to defend, the front line can lead through the villages at (30,17) and (30,18). This will make your line much shorter, it becomes much more of a bottleneck fight and offsets your enemy's superior numbers, since some of their units just move around with all spots to attack occupied; you only have to give up 1 village and 2 front units instaheal without mages. Place your strongest units on the weakest spot (29,20) and a Mage of Light on (30,19), he will hardly be attacked as the hex before him is used to attack (29,20). This shorter line requires less units on your side and also has the great advantage that there are much less 40% defense spots to attack you. They will flank you at the sides but stand on ice or sand then.&lt;br /&gt;
# Meanwhile, on the northeastern coast, the northern enemy leader will send lots of units to catch your flank unguarded. Send 2 Footpads, a Spearman, Lady Jessene, and Haldric to guard the coast. If Lady Jessene is already level 3, you can substitute a Royal Guard, Swordsman, or Javelineer for Haldric. This coastline defense squad may need help later, so be ready to divert a speedy powerful unit there. If you keep a healthy unit on the village at the tip of the land, then, unless you are very unlucky, you will be able to hold off everything the northern leader sends. After the assault from the water has been crushed, some of your troops may be able to cross the ford north, but be careful not to get attacked in the water with only 20% defense. (Certain of your chaotic units do have 40% defense in water; now is a good time to pay attention to that.) Also, notice that the lighthouse has a similar effect as a Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
# You have two options for the endgame:&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Total victory&amp;quot; strategy: Once you've thinned the enemy to where they only have a few units that are close to your line, usually this happens conveniently around dawn, move your people out and start heading for their leaders. Split your force, sending a few down the southern path, to distract the eney and most of them toward the middle leader, to kill him. Once he's dead, send some of your army down to kill the southern leader and devote a few units to defending the bridge until the rest of your army can rejoin you. A unit or two with a lot of HP with a white mage are usually enough to do this.&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Run like hell&amp;quot; strategy: Alternatively, you can leave your leader near the docks and take one of the boats to end the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fallen Lich Point===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a high variance scenario. It may be very easy or very hard, depending on events beyond your control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit fairly lightly initially, as you will likely have a chance to use the Lich's keep to recruit again.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages, White Mages, and Mages of Light are good, and as are all the other advancements of Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* You automatically should have your loyal Knight. Because of the mountains around &amp;quot;lichland&amp;quot; and frozen ground everywhere else, additional horse units are not recommended, except a single Paladin will come in handy.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Thugs or a Bandit or Highwayman will provide a little extra undead bashing power.&lt;br /&gt;
* Footpads will help with village flagging, after the Wolf Rider types are taken care of, but you can postpone buying Footpads until after killing the Lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy... &lt;br /&gt;
# The Orcs will be busy with the Yetis, so you can walk with a big group south and kill the Lich-Lord. Move Haldric to the stone monument to de-petrify the Lich. It may help to post some units around the undead before doing so. Use several mages to make a hole or two in the ring of undead, and then push in a burly fighter or two and/or Paladin to kill the Lich.&lt;br /&gt;
# After killing the Lich, assess the Orc/Yeti situation (as well as the empty village situation) and decide if you need to use the Lich's keep to recruit some reinforcements.&lt;br /&gt;
# After that, head north and walk into the sewer entrance (the &amp;quot;cave&amp;quot;) or else kill the orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* It is also possible, if you recruit heavily, to split your force and head north to attack the eastern Orcs before they finish with the Yetis.  However, be careful not to be attacked by a Yeti yourself; a Yeti is dangerous even if heavily wounded. A Yeti will attack you if it can get to a unit within one turn (and it doesn't have a more appealing orc target.)&lt;br /&gt;
* When dealing with the Lich, be aware that he has money; if you let him vacate any of his encampment tiles, or if you kill any of his units but do not occupy their tiles, he will be able to recruit.  (This is not necessarily all bad, as it can mean more experience, but depending on the strength of your force you may want to be careful.) &lt;br /&gt;
* Note that this level becomes a lot tougher if the Yetis get poisoned early on and quickly die. If this happens you basically have no other choice than to kill the orc leaders first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sewer of Southbay===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a swampy underground scenario, but with attention to recruitment, it's not very difficult.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* As always underground, you want non-horse units with 6+ MP.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall White Mages / Mages of Light, at least two, three is probably the optimal number.&lt;br /&gt;
* There are quite a few villages in this cave, so an expensive force is supportable, though not necessary. Some players recruit a large and spammy force, while others go with small and elite:&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 1, &amp;quot;Large and spammy&amp;quot; recruitment: Recruit four each of Mages, Thugs, and Poachers. Yes, Poachers normally stink, but here they really shine in a swamp that is permanently dark, underground. If you recruit four Poachers, you could finish with three Trappers and a Huntsman - or you could finish with four dead Poachers. The Thugs are especially likely to die, as they will be facing off against Red Mages, but somebody has to do it.&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 2, &amp;quot;Small and elite&amp;quot; recruitment: Recall something like one Red Mage, one Arch Mage, one Silver Mage, 2 twooyal Guards/Highwaymen/etc, and a Trapper or Huntsman, plus three regular Mages and a Poacher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# After leaving your initial chamber, you will be in a large swamp room with three entrances, through which will be a flood of bad guys. Use two Poachers and a Thug or similar to blockade the southeast, a small elite group to block the north, and then a mix of fighters and mages to handle the west entrance. Give each group a White Mage or Mage of Light, as well as at least one regular Mage. Try to keep the Mages of Light away from your chaotic forces on the front lines, though. Use the leadership of Haldric and Lady Jessene - and Mage of Light illumination or lack thereof - to get the most from each attack.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the initial battle has died down, you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
## If you have enough forces, you can divide into two groups and attack both brothers simultanously, east and west.&lt;br /&gt;
## Otherwise, do them one after the other, and then look for the exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Danger: there is a Giant Spider at the exit. You may wish to keep one or two cannon fodder units in order to be able to save your advanced units.  It is best to use ranged attacks against the spider, so leveled mages are good here.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is a lot easier with a lot of gold, especially on the hardest difficulty level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Southbay in Winter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Final Spring===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a large battle, and any mistake on any front can spell doom, but overall it will be fairly easy on the easier difficulty levels. On hard, it will only be a cakewalk with a lot of starting gold (more than 450 or so.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# On the first turn, recall a Silver Mage to teleport to the island, recruit Footpads for village snatching, recall one or more of your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''The Fall''), and recall one or more Knights or similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, continue with this theme, but it will be nightfall soon, so recall Outlaws, Bandits, Assassins, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn three is a bit more of the same, but you need to start thinking about preserving your income and also keeping a gold reserve. You can spam some peasants to preserve cash and income.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn four turn is more of the same.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn five is similar, but it will be day soon, so lawfuls like Knights and level 1 Mages are a good idea.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn six, you will have new recruitment options (see spoiler at walkthrough end.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy is broken into four fronts...&lt;br /&gt;
# The first front is the south land area. Do a counter-clockwise sweep with mounted units, optionally augmented with Footpads, which can help pad out your lines with forest and village hexes. Note that it will be nightfall soon after game start, so it might be wise to delay any serious mounted assault until the next day, and you can delay your recalls for this.&lt;br /&gt;
# The second front is the walled city. Move slower units and your loyal White Mage / Mage of Light to defend here. Take your ally's villages; your ally wouldn't do much useful with the money anyway. When your mounted units from the second front complete their sweep, you can break the remaining southern forces against the city wall in a hammer and anvil. Then your united forces can move north. On easy, you may be able to push north more quickly than that using just part of your city troops.&lt;br /&gt;
# The third front is the bay and peninsula north of your keep. If you don't protect this area well, Wolf Riders and others will mount an amphibious assault in an effort to flank your troops. On the easier difficulty levels, you may wish to beat the punch and quickly establish a bridgehead on the other side of the bay.&lt;br /&gt;
# The fourth front is the two small islands. Send a Silver Mage there ASAP. (You should have a village already there, so the Silver Mage can teleport over.) Footpads/Outlaws/Fugitives and others will help later. Lady Jessene could be used. A quick White Mage would be useful, either on the coast or on the islands. Do not use Assassins on this front. Assassins have relatively weak defense in water against Orcs and Nagas, they're very weak against blade, which is all orcs and nagas use, and their relatively slow movement in water makes backstab hard to use reliably. Overall, you need to devote more resources to this front than you might think.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* You should have lots of high-level units now, so concentrate on recruiting new ones and levelling them up to fill needs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Peasants are useful as placeholders for villages and distractions for the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 5, a gang of nasty undead show up in the east. So, for your city taskforce, you'll want to recruit/recall units with impact and arcane attacks. Note that if undead capture villages, they will be flagged with the Orc island boss' black flag! This can result in an overwhelming number of Nagas, and it's one reason that you must devote a lot of resources to the island campaign. Flag any black flag villages you can.&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 6, a gang of nasty Mermen show up in the west. Fortunately, they are on your side. You can now recruit Mermen. This is the real reason to keep a gold reserve until this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Peoples in Decline===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a bloody scenario versus Drakes. It can be a real challenge on the hardest difficulty setting, less so on the easier levels. Proper recruitment is more important than strategy here, as you will have little opportunity to maneuver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Drakes can be dangerous, so this is a great scenario to use the time honored technique of cannon fodder. Now that you can recruit level 0 units for cheap, you can protect your higher level units by recruiting endless Peasants to distract the Drakes' firepower.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drakes are vulnerable to pierce attacks, so spam cheap pierce attack units. In addition to Peasants, there are Poachers, Bowmen, Peasants, Spearmen, Merman Fighters, and Merman Hunters. Poachers are key here, due to the swampy terrain and their chaotic alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need about 3 White Mages / Mages of Light in all.&lt;br /&gt;
* On your last turn of recruitment when you have about 80 gold, recall some advanced units, like Master Bowmen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Since you will have a lot of level 1 and 0 units, make sure to use the leadership of Prince Haldric and Lady Jessene.&lt;br /&gt;
* Look for opportunities to heal via leveling up.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pay attention to the day-night cycle in this scenario. Drakes will be strong during day, but become very weak in the night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Take advantage of the mountains for defense, but note that on hard, you need to set up a relatively small perimeter around your base, as you will be hard pressed to even hold a small area.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be careful with your loyals.&lt;br /&gt;
* Because most Drakes have powerful ranged attacks, the roles of your melee and ranged units are reversed from the norm. Whereas usually you would use fighters to protect archers, here you will use archers to protect fighters. Melee-only units should hide behind the lines until they attack, preferably at night (with a Mage of Light supplying illumination.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure you get the Storm Trident in the middle of the sea, but be certain that you've cleared most of the Drakes first, since a Sea Serpent will appear. It's best to have some strong units ready to kill it in 1 or 2 turns. You can give the trident to Lord Typhon, but since he leaves a bit later, you may want to give it to another Merman Fighter. Movement over land is important for Mermen in the campaign as a whole.  If the Merman Fighter to whom you give the storm trident has the Quick attribute, you can make him a Hoplite when he gets to level 3.  Otherwise, make him a Triton, because movement over land is important for Mermen in this campaign as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rough Landing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting Nagas and Vampire Bats, primarily. This is a scenario that may be frustrating on the easier difficulty levels, though on hard it is just par for the course. Good recruitment and strategy will save you from getting slaughtered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are probably going to go negative on gold and be unable to rectify that with the paultry early finish bonus, so you might as will go very negative and be resigned to start the next scenario with minimum gold.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit/recall many Mermen and 1 or 2 White Mages or Mages of Light. A few Peasants can be useful to pad out your force, distract the enemy, and protect villages from stray Bats. A Silver Mage can be useful for island hopping but is not essential. Thieves/Assassins are blade vulnerable, and Nagas only use blades, so it's probably best not to recall them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Knock out the southeastern leader in a blitz. It's important to get that out of the way, because a wave of Nagas is advancing at light speed from the north.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next, hurriedly set up a line in the water alongside your fortress island. Your fortress troops can anchor one flank, while Burin the Dwarf can go to the island to the northeast to anchor the other end of your line. Nobody messes with Burin. Move Lady Jessene behind the lines to lend her support to the Mermen. Your loyal Mage of Light will be able to move back and forth more (to lend illumination) if kept in the fortress area.&lt;br /&gt;
# Finally, once the enemy assault wave has been broken, advance northward to kill the final two leaders in a straightforward mop-up operation. Just be careful not leave isolated units where they can get swarmed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints/Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to level up the mermen; they can be useful in another scenario later.&lt;br /&gt;
* Beware of Sea Serpents. Three of them will appear, one on each of the three turns following your first kill of an enemy unit. Make sure to kill them at once. The Storm Trident from the previous scenario and the Ruby of Fire will come in handy against the Serpents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A New Land===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a non-scenario. The scenario objectives tell you to avoid all confrontation for as long as possible, but actually the faster your units encounter the others the faster the scenario will end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* None necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The optimal strategy for gold carryover is to grab the three closest villages, then retreat to your keep and wait. Once one attack occurs, the non-scenario will be over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* One thing to keep in mind is that this the last chance you have to grab some more Mermen as their king leaves.  They are quite helpful in a later scenario so grabbing a few extra here cannot hurt if you can spare the gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Ka'lian===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story, with your choice of four battles next.  You have to beat them all in whatever order.  The amount of gold you have should be the factor in deciding when you choose to play Cursed Isle (the undead problem).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All four scenarios have to be beaten, but in whatever order you choose.&lt;br /&gt;
====The Dragon====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not as difficult as it looks, though your recruitment and strategy need to be tailored to fight the Saurian Skirmishers and other foes you will face here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Saurians use piercing attacks mostly, so it's better to use units resistant to pierce. Pikemen and Halberdiers have 40% pierce resistance. Javelineers are ideal as Saurians use ranged attacks a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
* You may wish to bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers. They are ineffective against the 70% impact resistant Mudcrawlers, while also vulnerable to the ranged attacks of both Mudcrawlers and Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consider adopting a force of all units with ranged attacks, save for horse and thief units, which can be kept behind the lines when not in use. It is amusing when Saurian Augers are forced to tap your units with their little staffs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers are a necessity to deal with the heavy damage your units will be sustaining. Depending on the strategy you adopt, you will want 2-4 healers. Mages of Light rock here, as they can easily do front line duty in pairs and their illumination blinds the Saurians, reducing their damage.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need something to clean up mud. Versus level 0 Mudcrawlers, Horsemen and their advancements can charge with no counterattack, and likewise Thieves and their advancements can backstab with no counterattack. Mages can be used as well on the fire vulnerable mud.&lt;br /&gt;
* A Merman or two will help with water hexes. An Entangler's slow ability will help tame the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used many different strategies with success:&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Fighting Saurians requires a disciplined formation.  If you're used to stringing out troops to move them into position as they get there, that won't work after Turn 2 or 3. You can use a &amp;quot;healing hedgehog&amp;quot; of ten troops--two white mages next to each other and eight troops completely encircling them.  If someone gets badly injured, move them to the inside and put a white mage on one of the long edges, fighting as you go.  If you're trying for the big bonus, you'll need two hedgehogs.  Try to keep reserves back a bit in cities.  If the terrain favorably protects you, or the wounded is a fast unit, you can try moving wounded back to cities too.  Once the main wave of Saurians is broken, you can string non-wounded troops out a bit in the rush for the leaders. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Triangular Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Switching wounded units to the inside of the hedgehog can be a problem if you are surrounded. ZOC prevents you from creating an open hex to move the inner unit into. You can fix this by creating a triangle with three hexes inside, instead of the standard two of the hedgehog. If you do this on your castle, only three units are in grasslands. If you set it right, you can make most of the hexes adjacent to your triangle be grassland as well, forcing the Saurians into a bad defensive position. In terms of unit positioning, the simplest way is to fill two inner spaces with Mages of Light, a but a better tactic is to put one of the mages on an edge, thereby ensuring that all but one of your units are healing. The remaining unit can either be a Merman Hoplite, (prefereably resilient and carrying a Storm Trident) or Lady Jessene, since she has excellent defense and is chaotic and therefore benefits by not being in the Mages' light. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Giant Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Recruit a lot of units, and then move the whole army as one big bulk. Keep healers in the middle (about four), rotate stronger units outwards, and make sure you leave no gaps. The Saurians will slip through the tiniest gap and kill your weak units. Head first for the east or wast leader, but steer for good terrain, because your force will soon be swarmed until about turn 10, when there should be many few Saurians alive.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Standard Line&amp;quot; strategy: Form a line from the west board edge diagonally up towards your keep across the two villages just in front of the forest. You will probably wish to bend upwards at the forest, rather than running the line all the way to the keep. Whenever the Saurians have a small number of troops at your line and you have enough strength to kill them all, you can advance your whole line one hex south, allowing you to get additional attacks on them from non-frontline troops. Once you advance a unit to the first water hex at west board edge, the west leader will probably come out to greet it, so be ready to fry him with Haldric's ruby. After killing the leader, back up into good terrain to prepare to meet the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Wake the Dragon&amp;quot; strategy: Prematurely wake the dragon (see spoiler below) and back up your troops to north of your keep. When the dragon comes, kill him. The scenario can be over on turn 7. There is no early finish bonus for this, but you can recruit lightly so that you still have gold at the end and will carry-over 40%, if you need it for your next scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* With all these strategies, the Saurians may hold back for quite a while. This is okay, as the Dragon will eventually appear and come to you. Kill it. Then you are given a choice of whether to end the scenario or to try to kill all the enemy leaders before time runs out. You can choose to finish the remaining Saurians for a nice bonus. However, on the hardest difficulty setting the turn limit (33 turns) is insufficient for you to plow through the vast hordes of level 0 spam to get to the leaders, so it's best to simply end the scenario after killing the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The dragon will awake on turn 15 or when you move a unit down around the road north of the mountains. If you wish to wake the dragon prematurely, you can recruit a Horseman on turn 1 and run him down. It's a suicide mission for him, however.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have a fast non-horse unit in position, rush it to the mountain cave after the Dragon leaves to grab the 200 in gold, though that's nothing compared to the Hero bonus for defeating all the Saurian leaders. So focus on killing all of them first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Lizard Beach====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario versus Saurians, Giant Scorpions, and Mudcrawlers, where good recruiting and strategy will save you from massive bloodshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruiting...&lt;br /&gt;
* Mermen are helpful for the swamp and water areas.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers, veterans from ''The Fall.'' They are laughably ineffective against the impact resistant Mudcrawlers - and laughably vulnerable to their ranged attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Thieves, Horsemen, and their advancements are good for mud cleanup, though you must keep them out of range of Saurian skirmishers. Swordsmen and Royal Guards are also good, though overkill.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall a lot of fairly high HP units, preferably with strong non-impact ranged and melee attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages are good. Mages of Light are especially useful, since they can do front line duty. Lots of healing may be necessary, about 3 healers are good, so White Mages can be used too. Raw recruit Mages can be used as well, for disposal of Giant Scorpions and the occasional Saurian Skirmisher that wanders too far. At least one Silver Mage is highly desirable, along with a speedy unit (e.g., Fugitive, Footpad, or Horseman) to capture villages for the Silver Mage to use north of the river.&lt;br /&gt;
* [fredbobsmith2] An alternative strategy that works surprisingly well is to simply use a very mage-heavy army. Recall most or all of your high-level mages, throw in a few peasants, and spend the rest of your gold on recruiting mages. Victory will come with shocking ease.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* General strategy: as Saurians have skirmishers and a lot of movement, be sure to protect your wounded units well. Because of the Saurians unnerving ability to concentrate their fire on one unit, be sure to keep several healers around and try to keep your line straight so only two can mob one guy. Hedgehog tactic also seems to work well.&lt;br /&gt;
* Opening strategy: here are some specific strategies that players have used with success in the early part of the scenario:&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen in center&amp;quot; strategy: Recall 2-4 Mermen, 1-2 Trappers/Huntsmen, and a lot of high HP troops, then form a line. Initially, you can either form a north-south line around the lake area with one flank at the south board edge, or, if you want to be conservative, you can do a diagonal line in the southeast corner, with both flanks tied to board edges. You'll need the Mermen to handle the lake area, and Trappers/Huntsmen/Mermen for the swamp areas. Keep troops in reserve, so that when a few Saurians meet your line, you can advance your whole line over them. Do not be too conservative/defensive on hard, as your time is limited. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen on flank&amp;quot; strategy: Recall several decent land melee units &amp;amp; then 4-5 level 2 Mermen on rounds 2-3. Most of your force forms a line of battle near your keep, Mermen on the north flank in the river, land units extending south, flanks bent back with strongest units at the corners - then let the Saurians break on it. Once their first wave has broken, the rest of their troops come in drips and are no problem, so now you can split up and wipe out the stragglers and claim villages; any L2 units you start with should level up. After you defeat the main force from the south send just one or two guys north to capture towns so your Silver Mages can teleport into the fray. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen feint&amp;quot; strategy: Recall most of your Mermen from before and send them along the river towards the sea. This will harry the saurian troops coming down from the north, allowing your main force to advance on the southern enemy  undisturbed. Beware, though as your mermen will encounter the Saurians at night time (giving you -25% and them +25%), so try to minimize conflict until dawn, just get in their way.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;No Mermen&amp;quot; strategy: On your first two turns recall two keeps of strong, fast veterans like mounted units (not Paladins though; they're pretty ineffective against saurians), Outlaws/Assassins, and Silver Magi along with some other veterans, preferably with a lot of HP: if all goes well (at least on easy and medium) that may be all you need. Dash them across the swamp directly west of your keep, south of the sands, and form a line with strong units at the ends. They'll flank you, but you're stronger than them and you can use your slower units to crush the flanking saurians in a hammer and anvil. The first wave of southern Saurians should get itself killed before the northern Saurians arrive in force. Once the northern Saurians arrive, take them out with your slower units while your quicker ones go for the southern leader.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sacrificial lamb&amp;quot; strategy: In addition to a couple mages, 2 healers, and some other fighters, recruit a castle-full of peasants to draw the Saurians out onto open ground.  Surround a single peasant on 5 sides, with 2 healers behind him. Build your formation around that.&lt;br /&gt;
* Closing strategy: The enemy's onslaught tapers out after their initial wave, so the final push for the southern leader should be quick and clean. Taking out the northern leader is harder, because all of your units will be stuck south of the marshes and the river. If you want to go for a quick win, just march forth with Silver Mages, Mermen, and anyone who's close enough to be a help. If you don't want to lose any of your better units, patience may be the key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units gets as far west as the second bridge, a wave of Nagas will arrive out at sea. You may wish to delay going that far until the second watch, so that the Nagas will make contact with your forces during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
* Killing one leader gives more gold to the other, so when you've defeated pretty much all the southern leader's forces, just plant a level 3 or two in his keep and leave him alive; kill them both in the same turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Troll Hole====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that you cannot win by brute force, because the trolls have more brute force than you. Wise recruitment and strategy are necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* It's underground time again, so as before, mainly recruit mages. The trolls are strong, so hopefully you have lots of levelled up mages. Mages of Light are especially nice, because they are tough enough to survive an attack from most trolls, while simultaneously reducing the damage sustained (due to illumination blinding the trolls.) Level 1 Mages can be used to good effect too, especially if quick. If only attacked by a single Troll Whelp, a healthy level 1 Mage will survive.&lt;br /&gt;
* In addition to mages, your chaotic units can be helpful here again, especially against the occasional Rocklobber, which you will not want to attack with mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Forget about your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''the Fall''). They are too slow. It's not that you'll be running around, but you will be rotating troops due to heavy damage, and they will only get in the way.&lt;br /&gt;
* Putting Mermen in the moat will really help you fend off the first wave of attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are 4 castles, and two of them (randomly placed it seems) are the troll leaders you need to kill.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to use the narrow corridors to your advantage, so the enemy can only place one attack against a strong unit of yours, but you can kill a troll at a time with two mages or Haldric. Also keep an eye at your back since they will try to surround you. And resist the temptation to send single units wandering around in what seems empty caves - they will all die, probably by the fangs of a Giant Spider.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to arrange it so one troll can enter to be attacked by many troops.  Have regular troops in front initially.  Move mages forward to finish the troll, plug the gap where the troll was with Burin or a Royal Guard or an Iron Mauler, and reset the trap on the next turn.  When you've whittled down the enemy, go the direction they came from and kill the leaders, ignoring spider keeps.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alternative: This could be a good choice if you have low gold: recall 2 quick red mages, and 3 quick tough melee units (say 2 royal guards &amp;amp; a L3 chaotic unit like a Fugitive). Play expedition style: abandon the start island, stay fairly close together, with your troops roughly divided in two between those moving forward and those fighting rearguard. Provided you knock out one troll leader early, the rest is manageable, just work your way carefully over to the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cursed Isle====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting undead, mostly of the incorporeal and ghoulish lineages. Victory comes surprisingly easily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit lightly, certainly no more than two castles of troops. You could use 1-3 Paladins, 1-2 Mages, and 1-2 White Mages / Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall your loyal Merman Triton or similar and have him pick up the holy water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* This can be the first or last quest you choose.  If you can wait, do it last, as you will come out of it with a lot of gold, which you will need for the first scenario after the quests, ''The Vanguard''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep a very tight formation for the first night, as Shadows will hit hard and you don't want to get backstabbed or swarmed. By dawn, it should be smooth sailing.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you get anywhere near the enemy leaders' keeps, expect to get rushed by a leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* In one of the three temples there is a Vampire Lady. All you really need is a Paladin or three to rush the temples. Kill her. Game over, you win. One of the other temples has some gold; grab that first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Spy In The Woods===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Vanguard===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting a large number of orcs, trolls and other enemies in a location with a natural defensive line, where presumably an underground river has carved a line of sinkholes. This scenario will be difficult or impossible with minimum gold (200), but quite doable with a large amount of gold (450+) even on the hardest difficulty setting. Recruitment and strategy are fairly straightforward, given the board layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit a lot of units; you will need them.&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall/recruit speedy units: Knights, Lancers, Paladins, Horsemen, Outlaws, and similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recall your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up from ''The Fall'') and Spearmen/Swordsmen/Royal Guards.&lt;br /&gt;
# On subsequent turns, recall/recruit healers and other sorts of Mages, Thugs and their advancements, and Longbowmen. You will need quite a lot of healing power: 3-4 White Mages / Mages of Light and 1-2 Paladins. A Silver Mage would come in handy, since your forces will be widely spaced, but you could start with a couple of Red Mages and try to level up one or both to Silver Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# This map is smaller than fog of war and sinkholes make it appear.  Rush the west and northwest gaps with mounted units, but slow &amp;amp; strong will carry the day once the sun rises and the odds are in your favor.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Seal of all the gaps in the ring of sinkholes. When the onslaught begins, wounded units can retreat back into villages or be cared for by healers - or actually both, since soon you will be out of non-wounded units.&lt;br /&gt;
# A &amp;quot;Sitzkrieg&amp;quot; may develop, where neither side can make progress. Shift units to the southwest and break out there, using the west board edge defensively. From there, sweep northwards, taking out the western orc leader first and then the next orc leader.&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget the chest of gold, which you can see even in fog.&lt;br /&gt;
# End the scenario with the kill of the final leader, a level 3 troll.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill more than half the units of any side, a few tough undead units will appear near that side's stronghold at the edge of the map. So, this will happen three times. Beware the Chocobones. Their double damage from charge means they can take out Commander Aethyr at night just by hitting 2 for 2, and they will certainly try if they get the opportunity.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is much less difficult with extra gold. You can use Peasants to avoid going negative on gold, promoting them to Spearmen only when needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return of the Fleet===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome to the &amp;quot;kitchen sink&amp;quot; defense.  You've made it this far; now the enemy will launch a desperate defense, throwing a little bit of everything at you.  The effect is mostly psychological, but it could be a problem if you came into the scenario with minimum gold or your initial assessment causes you to drastically under-recruit. Time is money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, at least, you don't want to overrecruit. First turn, recall Mermen to assassinate the undead leader; 2 Entanglers/Netcasters and the Triton with the Storm Trident. Later, you should recruit 1 or more Silver Mages also for this taskforce as well as for causing general mayhem. It's also worth recruiting 5-10 L1/L0 units to take the brunt of the first wave of attacks; you can use any combination of Footpads, Poachers, Thugs, Spearmen, and Peasants, as you see fit. You'll want some decent L2 and L3 recalls for healing, to flank your lines, and to start kicking some butt at daybreak. A Mage or Red Mage to blast Trolls and Chocobones will level up by end of scenario. Paladins are good too. In addition to your loyal Mage of Light, you will need a bare minimum of 1 more healer.&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, don't recruit too much for fighting the undead - 2 Paladins at most, 1 or 2 Thugs, the stormy Merman, and the nearest Mage working with your land force are sufficient - the undead commander only gets 5-6 L2 recruits and they come ashore scattered (on medium, anyway). Paladins are so effective against undead that you can wade into the water after them. Just remember, Paladins can't go into deep water and undead can.&lt;br /&gt;
* On hard, you also don't want to recruit too much for fighting the undead, but it's only because going on an offensive early against them will get you crushed by a Chocobone armada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Move the Mermen (including the storm trident) as quickly as possible pretty much straight to the West. (There is a village and swamp hex that can aid your travel if you pick the best route).  Move these guys up the West side once they get there to get to the Undead Leader as quickly as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Your loyal units can do a little village grabbing, but it would be unwise to venture too far north.&lt;br /&gt;
# After nightfall, fog will appear; for the rest of the scenario, the map will become shrouded, like in a cave scenario.  So while you're still amazingly able to see, note the key terrain features, castle and city locations, and troop dispositions (especially Chocobones.)  Also, visually explore the avenues of approach you want to be able to see later.&lt;br /&gt;
# The first wave is largely at night and will have Goblin Knights and Pillagers, and later Chocobones and Troll Warriors. The damage they can cause is bone chilling, so make sure to divert their attention with plenty of spam. You want to meet them on the edge of the woodland, while inducing the orcs to fight from the grassland. Footpads and Poachers are handy here, as they have high defense in woodland. Players have had success setting up the initial line in either the north and northeast woodlands, with respect to the castle. Others have succeeded by fighting mostly from the open plain, retaining mobility by leaving the woodlands to their Footpads.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once your Mermen have taken an island city, teleport over one or more Silver Mages to help kill the undead leader - in addition to a Silver Mage, you will want the storm trident, a Netcaster/Entangler, plus one more leveled unit to be fairly sure to knock him out in one round. Quick striking like this you end up fighting a lot less undead.  You probably end up foddering one of the mermen to the Undead Archers, but the trade off is well worth it.  You can keep cycling your mermen up to fight with any orcs or trolls that come into the water. Silver Mages can assist, since they are not needed much in the other part of the fight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the undead leader is assassinated and the first wave is broken, you may advance cautiously due north or to the northwest along the coast and ultimately finish off the two orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When you are close to the break in the woods at the east board edge, tighten your formation and keep wounded units well away, as a small force of high-level Saurians will appear. Trigger them in daylight if possible, and knock them out fast. Alternatively, you can delay triggering the Saurians as long as possible by moving your force northwest near the water and then onto the small island, though even then it is possible to trigger the Saurians if you are not careful where you step. (Stepping to 10 hexes or less from 34,15 triggers the Saurians.) You can fight the final wave of orcs from the island, then move northeast to the mainland, finally triggering the Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Two cuttlefish appear when you approach the north-central island. Assuming you're sending a strike force through the water to knock out the undead commander, you really don't want to trigger these until that force is on the island - the storm trident Merman is the only thing that can stand up to them in water, and they will avoid him to attack more vulnerable units.&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill one enemy leader, the other gets more gold &amp;amp; recruits a new wave of L2s. This can be useful if you need to kill off surplus L1 units to improve the finish bonus, or if you need the XP more than the gold; otherwise, try to knock out both leaders on the same turn before they can recruit more. Alternatively, if you kill the first one at dawn, the second will be reluctant to attack with his L2s in daylight, and you might jump in and kill him before he uses them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is the final one. Therefore, loyal units are now somewhat disposable. However, you will need plenty of gold. Recruit some Peasants in the current scenario if you need to save some gold. Not only are they cheap, but they have no upkeep and Chocobones love 'em. Send a unit with leadership with them and they can even deal some amount of damage and be used to finish off wounded enemy, though at night you should just let them take the beating passively since otherwise they die too quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rise of Wesnoth===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's the final battle: be patient, recall everybody - the early finish bonus doesn't mean anything. Also, loyal units are no better than other units after your recruitment is finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need at least 300 starting gold, maybe more like 400 on the hardest difficulty level, so if need be, replay the previous scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* To stretch your money, start with loyal Iron Maulers and a couple ready-to-level level 1's and level 2's. Finally, recall as many level 3's as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: 3-6 Mages of Light / White Mages. Your few chaotic units will appreciate a White Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse units: 2-4 Paladins, 3-4 Knights / Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse escorts: about 3 speedy units, like Royal Guards, Fugitives, and Silver Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tanks: at least 6 high HP units, such as Royal Guards, Highwayman, Master Bowmen, and the loyal Iron Maulers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages: at least 3 high level Mages aside from your basic healers, so Arch Mages, Great Mages, and Silver Mages. Additional Mages of Light can be substituted.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Mermen might be useful here, but surprisingly, they're not really necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
* On 1.9.3 and earlier, you can recruit Saurian Skirmishers on medium and Skirmishers plus Ambushers on hard. This appears to be a bug, so ignore the option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will launch a two pronged assault: mounted units will race to the west and then south, while the main army heads due south.&lt;br /&gt;
* With your mounted units, race forwards by day and backwards by night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Along with the mounted units should go some escorts, speedy foot units intended to kill things like Goblin Impalers, which make even Grand Knights nervous. They would also benefit from a quick Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Meanwhile, with your tanks and the rest of your healers and support units, form a line or hedgehog in the woods just south of your keep or next to the river. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep your leaders with the main army, to avoid drawing too much attention to the mounted detachment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Maintain awareness of the overall battlefield. If the main army gets in trouble, you can send some or all of the mounted units to assist. There may be an opportunity to hammer-and-anvil enemy forces trapped in the middle. And you may wish to transfer units, like Paladins may be useful to the main army after it is on the move.&lt;br /&gt;
* You'll need at least two Paladins to kill Jevyan himself; nothing else is half as effective (except perhaps Mages of Light and suicidal Lancers).  Or you can use a pair of Great Mages (unless you are very unlucky, you should be able to kill him in a single turn). Don't forget to sacrifice Aethyr to Jevyan.  If he doesn't want to come out and play, march up to Jevyan and use a crossbow attack.  When Jevyan is dead, the yellow and green leaders may still be alive. You'll have to kill one, leaving at least one orc leader alive. You pick.  Congratulations!  Enjoy the ending!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units is within 8 hexes of a bridge, but you have no units within 2 hexes of the bridge, and there are no units on the bridge, then a Cuttle Fish will appear and destroy the bridge. This is usually disadvantageous. Not only does it leave you with a Cuttle Fish to fight, but it slows your progress south and the bad guys progress north. At least on the hardest difficulty level, it's hard to kill all the spam in time, so you don't want to impede their advance by removing the bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
* When any of your units is killed, it becomes a Walking Corpse. On hard, it becomes a Soulless, which makes it important to be careful with your level 2's, especially Lancers.&lt;br /&gt;
* After the first orc leader is killed, then some gold goes to mister Lich. It's 40, 80, or 120 gold, for easy, medium, and hard, respectively.  The lich will receive some gold once you kill his Familiar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See Also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MainlineCampaigns]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - The Rise of Wesnoth]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55320</id>
		<title>TheRiseOfWesnoth</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55320"/>
		<updated>2014-07-09T05:42:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* The Fall */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Strategy Guide for The Rise of Wesnoth Campaign ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Campaign strategy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the course of this campaign, you will need to level up to some:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: White Mages/Mages of Light (at least four)&lt;br /&gt;
* Undead killers: Paladins (two)&lt;br /&gt;
* Mobile strikers: Silver Mages (at least one, preferably more), Grand Knights (several), Fugitives (one or more helps)&lt;br /&gt;
* Damage sinks: Royal Guards, Iron Maulers, Highwaymen, Halberdiers, level 3 Burin, and again Grand Knights&lt;br /&gt;
* Leaders: level 3 Haldric, level 3 Lady Outlaw, and much later level 3 Commander Aethyr &lt;br /&gt;
* Ranged attackers: Great Mages (can use several in the last scenario), Longbowmen/Master Bowmen (two), Trapper/Huntsman (one is helpful)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Mage of Light, one Paladin, and five Grand Knights make a perfect assault team!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Horsemen are key for the first three or four scenarios, it's important not to be too reliant on horse units through the middle part of the campaign, as there are many hard levels underground, in swamps, in water, or against Saurians; use XP from the scenario ''The Vanguard'' to get to 2 Paladins and 2+ Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't overlook Pikemen/Halberdiers, which are useful in many levels; pierce attacks work well against Drakes and against the dragon, and they are handy for defensive roles especially repelling Wolf Riders. They are less good against undead, though, and don't get that +1 MP Royal Guard speed bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to many undead opponents, you will want to recruit many Thugs at times, and get a few (the quick ones, since you need them underground) leveled up. Footpads help too, once leveled up. Due to swamps, you will sometimes be spamming Poachers, which get marksmanship once at level 3. These, plus Lady Outlaw, give tactical options at other levels too: some decent chaotic troops form an ideal reserve, since you can attack with your lawful troops at dawn, and by nightfall when you need to heal them, use some chaotic troops to either continue the attack or to shield your healing lawful units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some recommended units to have obtained by specific scenarios:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The Fall - 1 Knight&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. A Harrowing Escape - 1 White Mage, 2 Knights, plus about-to-level troops&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4a. The Midlands - avoid, go to The Swamp of Eden instead&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4b. The Swamp of Eden - level 2 Haldric, level 2 Lady Outlaw, 2 Knights, 2 Shocktroopers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. Temple of the Deep - level 3 Haldric, level 3 Burin, 1-2 Mages of Light or several Outlaws / quick Bandits&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8. Clearwater Port - level 3 Lady Outlaw, 3 White Mages / Mages of Light, 3 Iron Maulers / Royal Guards / Halberdiers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
12. A Final Spring - 1-2 Silver Mages&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
14. Rough Landing - the 3 loyal Mermen from the previous scenario, ''Peoples in Decline''[glandis] In 1.8.6, there was no opportunity for 3 loyal mermen - maybe this was in an older version? And only Merman fighters can be recruited - no Netcaster upgardes are possible&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17a. The Dragon - up to 4 White Mages / Mages of Light&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17d. Cursed Island - 1 Paladin&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
19. The Vanguard - 4 Knights/Lancers/Grand Knights, 2 Paladins (or about-to-level Knights)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
20. Return of the Fleet - 1 Mermen Entangler, 1 Merman Triton with Storm Trident, level 3 Commander Aethyr desirable&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
22. The Rise of Wesnoth - 2 Paladins, 3 Royal Guards, 4 Mages of Light&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because the campaign is long and you won't be able to recall all your level 3's in the final scenario, it pays to create some &amp;quot;uber-units&amp;quot;. An example is a quick, resilient Silver Mage that has been AMLA advanced a few times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
===A Summer Of Storms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively easy scenario, so gear your recruitment and strategy with an eye towards gathering XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# For the first round, recruit 2-3 Horsemen and the rest can be all Spearmen or a mix of Spearmen and Bowmen as you see fit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Then, you should probably hire Bowmen and more Spearmen. Whatever Bowmen you can get advanced will be useful later on for fighting the many trolls, grunts, and riders you will encounter. Note, however, that you will not have any healers until you level up at least one mage to White Mage status, and the sooner you can do that the better. Red mages will also prove very useful in subsequent scenarios, so consider recruiting at least two mages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used at least three strategies with success...&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: Send the horsemen with the king over the bridge, and the others should follow or start going over the mountain, to avoid being attacked from behind. Send subsequent Spearmen and Bowmen on the &amp;quot;over-the-bridge&amp;quot; road, and when the Prince and final troops have just about caught up, march on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;hide in the swamp&amp;quot; strategy: Proceed much like the above, but send the king with 3 Horsemen to capture the nearest houses, then retreat into the swamp area until you have your lawful bonus to kill off troops during the day. To hold them back, you can use a Spearman and a Mage (to level him.)&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sandbagging&amp;quot; strategy: On the hardest difficulty level, the initial enemy assault will only be easy to handle by entrenching your troops behind the river. Use the king to block the bridge initially, while Spearmen handle the shoreline just north and Horsemen carefully flag villages across the river. Run the king around, lending his leadership as you massacre the stupid enemy troops that have jumped like lemmings into the water. &lt;br /&gt;
* For all these options, you will also need to send a squad north into the mountains and around into the flank of the enemy. A quick Spearman, a quick Bowman, and one other unit, possibly a quick Mage, should be more than sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
* When you see that the fronts are under control, stop recruiting and send prince Haldric and your Mages over the bridge on a quest for XP, assisted by the leadership of the king, and converge on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Fall===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that looks scary, but it is only moderately difficult with proper recruitment and strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall or recruit Spearmen and Bowmen to man the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horsemen/Knights are desirable, because you probably do not yet have a White Mage, and the villages are widely spaced.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recalling or recruiting Mages for XP gathering is highly advisable for future scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are three basic approaches to take out the outlaw leader...&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Brute force&amp;quot; strategy: You can march west with a large army and use part of it to hold northwestern orc. Use the rest to fight outlaws and kill the leader. This strategy requires a lot of troops but it can bring you plenty of experience and can bring a quick victory.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: You can assassinate the outlaw leader. One way is to wait until the orcs have killed almost all outlaws and then assassinate the outlaw leader with Knights, rushing over the enemy camp's bridge and into the keep. This strategy is risky because orcs can kill the leader before you.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination via the mountain pass&amp;quot; strategy: Another way to assassinate the leader is to send a squad through the southern mountains to the outlaw keep. Two Mages and three Spearmen are enough. You may wish to substitute one of the Spearmen with a Knight or Horseman, though horse units have only a narrow passage devoid of mountains and could get pinned by the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
* On the hardest difficulty level, you may be forced to assassinate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Saving the loyal Heavy Infantrymen (or Shock Troopers on easy) pays off in later scenarios. To save all three, move them south towards the outlaws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you eliminate the HP of the Lady Outlaw, she offers to help you. If you say yes, she comes back as a loyal unit in future scenarios and you will be able to recruit outlaw units, plus she cannot be killed in the next couple of scenarios (instead, she disappears when she goes to zero HP, and comes back the next scenario.) This is quite valuable. If you say no and try to kill her, you find out she cannot be killed. However, you do get 200 gold that she leaves behind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The following scenario (''A Harrowing Escape'') is a handful on the hardest difficulty level. On hard, your goal should be a carryover of almost 150 gold (so you have 250 starting gold), so although Lady Outlaw's assistance is worth much more than 80 gold (40% of 200), you may be forced to choose the gold. Another thing you need to beat the following scenario on hard is a White Mage at or near the start of the scenario. Also, about-to-level units will be especially nice for their self-healing ability and low initial upkeep. Steer XP accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Harrowing Escape===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much easier on lower difficulty levels, calling for different strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On easy/medium...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: You should recruit/recall at least one, possibly two Mages here, and use them for killing Goblin Spearmen and finishing off injured Wolf Riders in the hills &amp;amp; mountains bordering the valley. Other than the Mages, simply recruit what you want, and go along the road. You get enough villages to pay upkeep for quite some army, and can give some of them a bit of experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Leave a few units in the rear, as the enemy can cross hills quickly. Note that Footpads and Outlaws will also cross hills at reasonable speed, if you need to hunt down some units. There are two castle tiles about halfway down, try to send Lady Outlaw and Brunin the Lost to them, they make good guards in case the enemy tries to come straight up. You can also send a couple groups of units down southeast to the lake, so you can prevent the Green team (southeast) from coming up the river. You can also kill the two Orcish Grunts (or Warriors on medium) on the southern castle tiles and then move Lady Outlaw and Brunin to them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On hard...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: To beat this scenario on the hardest difficulty level, you need some level 2 (or better yet, about-to-level level 1) units already and decent starting gold. It has been beaten on hard with as little as 158 starting gold, 200 is still difficult, and 250+ makes it relatively easy. You can stretch your gold a bit by not going negative on upkeep and waiting until you can't wait any longer to do one last round of recruiting, recalling mostly level 2's. For timing your final recruitment, watch the wolves that are likely trying to flank through the mountains south of your keep. Another requirement for beating this scenario is a White Mage (or two.) If need be, you must promote a Mage (or two) &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;tout de suite&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, as you will be dealing with severe damage and assassins, while only having easy access to 2 or 3 villages initially. Horsemen and Knights are useful for dissipating damage by serving as meat shields against blades and then running off to remote villages to heal. Quick Horsemen are especially nice, as they can transfer between two strategically placed villages in one turn, for healing on the go. Horsemen, Knights, and Swordsmen are useful for swatting assassins. If you can recruit outlaws, a couple of Footpads are nice for village grabbing. Thieves are also good because they are cheap, the Grunts are fond of attacking them, and they often survive on 70% defense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Near the start of combat, it's crucial to kill the first waves quickly: the wolves and assassins. More important than terrain is avoiding getting flanked, so mobility of individual units is key; if you climb up deep into the mountains, you will have a harder time with mobility than staying on or near the valley floor. Additionally, many of your units cannot go on mountain hexes, so it's easier to maintain your lines if everyone stays close to the valley. It's easier to make a stand at the keep and northern river bank, but this approach can be too costly in terms of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium/hard, you can lure out the roadside guard Warriors one at a time by putting a unit within attack range of one (and out of range of the other.) They mostly come at night. Mostly. That is, the Warriors might not bite bait put out during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have Lady Outlaw, note that she has leadership, which will be useful to help promote Prince Haldric, if he is still level 0. It's worth advancing her to level 2, to continue to provide leadership to level 1 Haldric and your other level 1's. You may also make use of her odd ability &amp;quot;distract&amp;quot;, which allows adjacent allied units to ignore ZOCs. And Lady Outlaw allows you to recruit outlaw types. On hard especially, Thugs can be useful as meat shields and to provide strong attacks at night when your lawful forces are crippled. Remember too that Lady Outlaw cannot be permanently killed (at least not yet), so when desperate times call for desperate measures, you can move her into a suicidal position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* It helps that there are two enemy sides as opposed to a twice as strong single enemy side. If one of your units could be attacked by 3 enemies, but 1 of these hexes is currently blocked by the other side, the currently moving enemy decides to attack units which it (they) is (are) actually less likely to kill than that one. AIs don't cooperate, that is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are stuck on this scenario, you may need to replay one or both of the previous scenarios and/or choose to &amp;quot;kill&amp;quot; Lady Outlaw in the previous scenario so you get her gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There is Dwarf Steelclad in the village at 8,5. It's not far from your camp, so send Lady Outlaw there. Dwarf joins you because &amp;quot;It has been a long time since he felt the satisfying crunch of Orcs under his Axe.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you kill the first orc leader, an Orcish Slayer and two Assassins will pop out of nowhere, so you would be wise not to have any wounded units stuck without movement points at that point. Also, the other leader will get an infusion of gold and start recruiting on all available hexes, so if you can sit on some of those hexes first, it will help keep the situation from getting out of control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* At the end, you will be given the choice of the river/swamp road or the midlands/orc road. These fork to the scenarios ''The Swamp of Esten'' and ''The Midlands'', respectively. The swamp scenario is relatively easy, while ''The Midlands'' could cost you some leveled units or even prove impossible to beat if you are low on gold. Also, the swamp gives you a free loyal White Mage, so it's a no brainer, unless you want more of a challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: it would be wise to have at least 1 White Mage before going to the scenario ''The Swamp of Esten''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Midlands====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orcs again. But you chose that way. This scenario may appear impossible, but with a lot of gold and a little strategy, it can be beat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are given plenty of time, so use it wisely. The enemies send lots of orcs, mostly weak ones. So recruit and recall everything you can.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall any White Mages you have. You'll need them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bowmen are good for the wolf units you will be facing.&lt;br /&gt;
* The rest depends on your strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Fast Assault&amp;quot; option: use an assassination team. If you go west, only your Knights and Horsemen will arrive and fight at daytime. So go south. Take the bridge and defend against the enemy closing in from the west. Take out Yellow with a fast assault team (they should take a healer along), but be careful about the leader. Your main force moves west, takes and holds the second bridge, and takes out Blue. Your assault team stays in the south and goes for the last enemy leader - they won't face any serious resistance. The enemy moves north to support Blue. The HI guarding the bridge might gain a level or die, but hopefully not the latter, as they are loyal units in a long campaign. With this approach, you can finish early (around 25 turns) and keep your losses low.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Dark Assault&amp;quot; option: use Footpads.  If you chose to work with the the outlaws in the last round, then this works well.  Footpads are cheap.  And they are fast.  And they have good defensive abilities.  Plus they fight well in the dark and in the forest.  So recruit lots of Footpads-pawns and quickly dispatch them to the upper west and south, followed by more powerful units: Mages, Horsemen, etc.  For the time being, leave the middle enemy alone.  To the upper west, send several Footpads into the forest and capture the village and set up a defensive line.  This cuts down the enemy's gold and increases yours.  Don't attack at first, just defend, until more of your slow higher powered units arrive. The strategy here is to pick off the orcs, and send the Horsemen to capture villages.  While this is going, to the south you send your Footpads to capture any villages you can and, more importantly, put a Footpad on the hex that is adjacent to the bridge, thereby stopping easy advancement of their greater numbered troops. A White Mage, a couple Trappers and some Bowmen would make a good escort. Probably sending a Thief or two would be good too, to help dispatch any enemy that infiltrate the villages north of the river. one enemy got into one of the villages on the north of river, and it took a lot to dislodge him.  The intention is to engage the enemy so that they are fighting from the river squares, at a huge disadvantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Swamp Of Esten====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not too hard if you are conservative and don't send important units off alone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall 1-2 quick Knights (or Paladins, if you have them), recruit 1-2 Horsemen, and recall your loyal Shocktroopers or whatever they are now.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next round, recruit/recall Mages to kill Scorpions (and Bats) and at least one White Mage to deal with poison, plus maybe a Poacher, as they are good in swamp (and you would like a Huntsman eventually, for its markmanship.)&lt;br /&gt;
# A little Thug spam can come next, but you don't need a full third round of recruitment. Then send Prince Haldric off to lend his leadership.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# You must blitz the northeastern leader, or risk getting bogged down on bad terrain facing a swarm of undead spam, which can be nasty at night. Quickly send Knights (or Paladins) and Burin over the ford to start wailing on undead. A disposable Horseman can try to take out Scorpions in this area at first. On the way is your proper Scorpion disposal unit, the Mages and White Mage. Try to kill Dark Adepts with Burin or horse units before they have chance to attack you. As you close in on the leader, hover your mouse over him to watch where he can go, as his ranged attack is nasty and can be followed up by waves of kamikaze Walking Corpses, which can take out a Knight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After you have killed the northeastern leader and eliminated troops there, you can either send your whole army back across the ford and south or split your army into two halves, sending one part to each leader. If you have lost several units but have lots of turns left, it's probably safer to stick together. This is not a simple mop-up operation, as powerful undead can take out some of your valuable units if you're not careful. On hard, Shadows are a constant threat at night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Searching the temples is a good idea. Some have gold. There is a free loyal White Mage hiding in (a random) one of the temples - visit the temple close to the keep ASAP, and if not there, try rushing a horse unit or Lady Outlaw to the temple at 19,5. However, some of the temples contain undead, so keep extra troops nearby when you enter one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively easy scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your (probably leveled up) Heavy Infantry from The Fall and some quick fighters.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recall White Mages and quick Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round, round out with Thugs, Bowmen, and Spearmen, preferably quick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Your forces will have three main combat arenas: the northeast, the south, and the middle.&lt;br /&gt;
# The main bulk of your force, including at least one White Mage, should head east to the orc in the northeastern castle. The leader there recruits a lot of units, and most of them are level 2, so watch out.&lt;br /&gt;
# Haldric, a White Mage, your loyal Heavy Infantry types, and a couple of level 1's (maybe a Mage and a Thug) should head south to the other orc leader. A few effective melee units can easily counter the riders they send early on, and then with a little forethought and patience you can take out their Archers and Crossbowmen without giving them time to shoot. &lt;br /&gt;
# The castle in the middle is inhabited by the tree folk, so don't bother sending troops there; however, you might want to keep a couple speedy units not far off to watch their backs, in case the allied leader gets into trouble, as is usually the case.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The temple contains the entrance to the catacombs, but you need the leader Wose's help to open it, and to get that help you have to win the current scenario, so there is no point in visiting this temple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is in the catacombs, i.e., underground, and it's a tough one, so you need to groom your roster accordingly. Two Mages of Light would make it a whole lot easier. Failing that, level up your fearless loyal Shocktrooper and chaotic outlaw types. Bandits/Highwaymen and Fugitives are especially nice. Quick units of almost any type (except horse units) will be helpful, if leveled and possessing high HP (&amp;gt;50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Temple in the Deep===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be facing undead underground. This is a difficult situation that will prove much easier with proper recruitment. Then the strategy will be fairly straightforward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All in all, what you need is a small elite force. Two rounds of recalls is enough, if you didn't lose Burin in a prior scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers, especially the fearless one, though their slow movement will prove frustrating. Also on the first round, recall a fast &amp;quot;tank&amp;quot; and someone to grab the holy water (if Burin is not your choice.)&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recall any Mages of Light you might already have, and a total of at least two White Mages or Mages of Light, preferably quick. For the rest of your recruitment, what you need are high movement (6+ MP) non-horse units with high hitpoints (&amp;gt;50 HP), preferably chaotic, preferably with a ranged attack, and preferably impact attacks. Put all the requirements together and it points to Fugitives. Outlaws and quick Arch Mages are worth recalling too. Fill out the rest with Bandits/Highwaymen, Trappers/Huntsmen, and Longbowmen/Master Bowmen, preferably quick. You might think that Red Mages would be good, but they attract melee attacks that they likely will not survive. Note that Horse units are too sluggish to be useful here and should not be recalled/recruited.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round (optional), you can add a unit or two for a safety margin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# There are two ways north, but they will meet up together before you meet any enemies besides the Tentacles. Ignore the tentacles for the most part and only kill them when it's convenient, as you will need to have a strong line set up by the time you engage the undead. Watch out for the enemy's Bone Shooters, Revenants and Deathblades, as they could easily mess up a level 3 unit. Once you see the two choke points, hold them so one of their units is facing 2 of yours (preferably with a White Mage behind them). You may be able to level up a White Mage to a Mage of Light while fighting in the choke point. If your troops are too slow to grab both choke points, you can send Burin and others to the west choke point while your slow troops line up at the southeast shoreline and bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
# Gradually progress northwards once the flow of baddies has tapered off, and once you get into the final chamber, the boss should be a piece of cake, although his ranged attack is devastating, so try to attack him with melee units. Be careful if he has recruits around, as their combined damage can take down one of your level 3's. Note that the Ruby can only be picked up by Haldric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Holy water: Burin is very effective if you give him the holy water; however, it's more helpful to send Burin running to the west choke point without delay. A good alternative is a Highwayman - or a Bandit, who should level quickly. Compared to a Highwayman/Bandit, Prince Haldric or a Royal Guard is not that great a choice for the holy water due to their lawful alignment and -25% penalty, unless you have (or will soon get) a Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* XP: Use this level to get experience. The early-finish bonus is tiny. The tentacles are perfect for leveling up units. If you're hurting for leveled chaotic units, you can even level up two raw recruit Thugs (use Haldric's leadership to assist). Keep Burin away from the water at this stage, or he'll kill all tentacles as they attack, depriving those who could benefit from the XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your killed units will be turned into Walking Corpses (or Soulless on hard.) Therefore, spam is not helpful. A Mage or two can be okay, if used with great care, but mostly you need to recall leveled troops here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return to Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Clearwater Port===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is easy if you take the first boat out, more and more challenging for the second and third boats, and very difficult (on hard) if you want to take out all three leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers from ''The Fall.'' You will also want several Footpads, for speedy village snatching, coastline defending (under leader supervision), and possibly for filling castle hexes if your lines get too thin.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recruit/recall more low maintenance units. It's a good scenario for leveling troops, so recalling acouple half-leveled Spearmen or similar is a good idea.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third and later turns, start recalling your high maintenance units. The key to winning this scenario is to recall several advanced units that can take a lot of damage and get good defense in castles (no Horsemen). You will also want at least 3 White Mages or Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Backstab your ally, stealing all his villages. Your ally is useless anyway, except for the entertainment value from his troops' suicide runs. The income is much better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
# Send your heavy duty troops with some White Mages over to the line of castle near Lt. Aethyr. (Optionally, you can rush forward past the castle, but you will need to return almost as quickly before the main enemy wave and night arrive.) Aethyr will usually be done recruiting by the second or third turn, before the enemy reaches you, so fill the entire line with your units, and put Knight Sir Rudry in the one non castled tile (or leave it empty, if no enemy are adjacent.) Place the White Mages behind this line. After the enemy has reached you and it is your turn to attack, go mostly for the assasins, as they have a weak melee attack and their poison can be a huge problem. Alternatively to using the castle (from (26,18) to (24,15)) to defend, the front line can lead through the villages at (30,17) and (30,18). This will make your line much shorter, it becomes much more of a bottleneck fight and offsets your enemy's superior numbers, since some of their units just move around with all spots to attack occupied; you only have to give up 1 village and 2 front units instaheal without mages. Place your strongest units on the weakest spot (29,20) and a Mage of Light on (30,19), he will hardly be attacked as the hex before him is used to attack (29,20). This shorter line requires less units on your side and also has the great advantage that there are much less 40% defense spots to attack you. They will flank you at the sides but stand on ice or sand then.&lt;br /&gt;
# Meanwhile, on the northeastern coast, the northern enemy leader will send lots of units to catch your flank unguarded. Send 2 Footpads, a Spearman, Lady Jessene, and Haldric to guard the coast. If Lady Jessene is already level 3, you can substitute a Royal Guard, Swordsman, or Javelineer for Haldric. This coastline defense squad may need help later, so be ready to divert a speedy powerful unit there. If you keep a healthy unit on the village at the tip of the land, then, unless you are very unlucky, you will be able to hold off everything the northern leader sends. After the assault from the water has been crushed, some of your troops may be able to cross the ford north, but be careful not to get attacked in the water with only 20% defense. (Certain of your chaotic units do have 40% defense in water; now is a good time to pay attention to that.) Also, notice that the lighthouse has a similar effect as a Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
# You have two options for the endgame:&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Total victory&amp;quot; strategy: Once you've thinned the enemy to where they only have a few units that are close to your line, usually this happens conveniently around dawn, move your people out and start heading for their leaders. Split your force, sending a few down the southern path, to distract the eney and most of them toward the middle leader, to kill him. Once he's dead, send some of your army down to kill the southern leader and devote a few units to defending the bridge until the rest of your army can rejoin you. A unit or two with a lot of HP with a white mage are usually enough to do this.&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Run like hell&amp;quot; strategy: Alternatively, you can leave your leader near the docks and take one of the boats to end the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fallen Lich Point===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a high variance scenario. It may be very easy or very hard, depending on events beyond your control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit fairly lightly initially, as you will likely have a chance to use the Lich's keep to recruit again.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages, White Mages, and Mages of Light are good, and as are all the other advancements of Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* You automatically should have your loyal Knight. Because of the mountains around &amp;quot;lichland&amp;quot; and frozen ground everywhere else, additional horse units are not recommended, except a single Paladin will come in handy.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Thugs or a Bandit or Highwayman will provide a little extra undead bashing power.&lt;br /&gt;
* Footpads will help with village flagging, after the Wolf Rider types are taken care of, but you can postpone buying Footpads until after killing the Lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy... &lt;br /&gt;
# The Orcs will be busy with the Yetis, so you can walk with a big group south and kill the Lich-Lord. Move Haldric to the stone monument to de-petrify the Lich. It may help to post some units around the undead before doing so. Use several mages to make a hole or two in the ring of undead, and then push in a burly fighter or two and/or Paladin to kill the Lich.&lt;br /&gt;
# After killing the Lich, assess the Orc/Yeti situation (as well as the empty village situation) and decide if you need to use the Lich's keep to recruit some reinforcements.&lt;br /&gt;
# After that, head north and walk into the sewer entrance (the &amp;quot;cave&amp;quot;) or else kill the orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* It is also possible, if you recruit heavily, to split your force and head north to attack the eastern Orcs before they finish with the Yetis.  However, be careful not to be attacked by a Yeti yourself; a Yeti is dangerous even if heavily wounded. A Yeti will attack you if it can get to a unit within one turn (and it doesn't have a more appealing orc target.)&lt;br /&gt;
* When dealing with the Lich, be aware that he has money; if you let him vacate any of his encampment tiles, or if you kill any of his units but do not occupy their tiles, he will be able to recruit.  (This is not necessarily all bad, as it can mean more experience, but depending on the strength of your force you may want to be careful.) &lt;br /&gt;
* Note that this level becomes a lot tougher if the Yetis get poisoned early on and quickly die. If this happens you basically have no other choice than to kill the orc leaders first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sewer of Southbay===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a swampy underground scenario, but with attention to recruitment, it's not very difficult.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* As always underground, you want non-horse units with 6+ MP.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall White Mages / Mages of Light, at least two, three is probably the optimal number.&lt;br /&gt;
* There are quite a few villages in this cave, so an expensive force is supportable, though not necessary. Some players recruit a large and spammy force, while others go with small and elite:&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 1, &amp;quot;Large and spammy&amp;quot; recruitment: Recruit four each of Mages, Thugs, and Poachers. Yes, Poachers normally stink, but here they really shine in a swamp that is permanently dark, underground. If you recruit four Poachers, you could finish with three Trappers and a Huntsman - or you could finish with four dead Poachers. The Thugs are especially likely to die, as they will be facing off against Red Mages, but somebody has to do it.&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 2, &amp;quot;Small and elite&amp;quot; recruitment: Recall something like one Red Mage, one Arch Mage, one Silver Mage, 2 twooyal Guards/Highwaymen/etc, and a Trapper or Huntsman, plus three regular Mages and a Poacher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# After leaving your initial chamber, you will be in a large swamp room with three entrances, through which will be a flood of bad guys. Use two Poachers and a Thug or similar to blockade the southeast, a small elite group to block the north, and then a mix of fighters and mages to handle the west entrance. Give each group a White Mage or Mage of Light, as well as at least one regular Mage. Try to keep the Mages of Light away from your chaotic forces on the front lines, though. Use the leadership of Haldric and Lady Jessene - and Mage of Light illumination or lack thereof - to get the most from each attack.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the initial battle has died down, you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
## If you have enough forces, you can divide into two groups and attack both brothers simultanously, east and west.&lt;br /&gt;
## Otherwise, do them one after the other, and then look for the exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Danger: there is a Giant Spider at the exit. You may wish to keep one or two cannon fodder units in order to be able to save your advanced units.  It is best to use ranged attacks against the spider, so leveled mages are good here.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is a lot easier with a lot of gold, especially on the hardest difficulty level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Southbay in Winter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Final Spring===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a large battle, and any mistake on any front can spell doom, but overall it will be fairly easy on the easier difficulty levels. On hard, it will only be a cakewalk with a lot of starting gold (more than 450 or so.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# On the first turn, recall a Silver Mage to teleport to the island, recruit Footpads for village snatching, recall one or more of your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''The Fall''), and recall one or more Knights or similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, continue with this theme, but it will be nightfall soon, so recall Outlaws, Bandits, Assassins, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn three is a bit more of the same, but you need to start thinking about preserving your income and also keeping a gold reserve. You can spam some peasants to preserve cash and income.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn four turn is more of the same.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn five is similar, but it will be day soon, so lawfuls like Knights and level 1 Mages are a good idea.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn six, you will have new recruitment options (see spoiler at walkthrough end.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy is broken into four fronts...&lt;br /&gt;
# The first front is the south land area. Do a counter-clockwise sweep with mounted units, optionally augmented with Footpads, which can help pad out your lines with forest and village hexes. Note that it will be nightfall soon after game start, so it might be wise to delay any serious mounted assault until the next day, and you can delay your recalls for this.&lt;br /&gt;
# The second front is the walled city. Move slower units and your loyal White Mage / Mage of Light to defend here. Take your ally's villages; your ally wouldn't do much useful with the money anyway. When your mounted units from the second front complete their sweep, you can break the remaining southern forces against the city wall in a hammer and anvil. Then your united forces can move north. On easy, you may be able to push north more quickly than that using just part of your city troops.&lt;br /&gt;
# The third front is the bay and peninsula north of your keep. If you don't protect this area well, Wolf Riders and others will mount an amphibious assault in an effort to flank your troops. On the easier difficulty levels, you may wish to beat the punch and quickly establish a bridgehead on the other side of the bay.&lt;br /&gt;
# The fourth front is the two small islands. Send a Silver Mage there ASAP. (You should have a village already there, so the Silver Mage can teleport over.) Footpads/Outlaws/Fugitives and others will help later. Lady Jessene could be used. A quick White Mage would be useful, either on the coast or on the islands. Do not use Assassins on this front. Assassins have relatively weak defense in water against Orcs and Nagas, they're very weak against blade, which is all orcs and nagas use, and their relatively slow movement in water makes backstab hard to use reliably. Overall, you need to devote more resources to this front than you might think.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* You should have lots of high-level units now, so concentrate on recruiting new ones and levelling them up to fill needs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Peasants are useful as placeholders for villages and distractions for the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 5, a gang of nasty undead show up in the east. So, for your city taskforce, you'll want to recruit/recall units with impact and arcane attacks. Note that if undead capture villages, they will be flagged with the Orc island boss' black flag! This can result in an overwhelming number of Nagas, and it's one reason that you must devote a lot of resources to the island campaign. Flag any black flag villages you can.&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 6, a gang of nasty Mermen show up in the west. Fortunately, they are on your side. You can now recruit Mermen. This is the real reason to keep a gold reserve until this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Peoples in Decline===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a bloody scenario versus Drakes. It can be a real challenge on the hardest difficulty setting, less so on the easier levels. Proper recruitment is more important than strategy here, as you will have little opportunity to maneuver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Drakes can be dangerous, so this is a great scenario to use the time honored technique of cannon fodder. Now that you can recruit level 0 units for cheap, you can protect your higher level units by recruiting endless Peasants to distract the Drakes' firepower.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drakes are vulnerable to pierce attacks, so spam cheap pierce attack units. In addition to Peasants, there are Poachers, Bowmen, Peasants, Spearmen, Merman Fighters, and Merman Hunters. Poachers are key here, due to the swampy terrain and their chaotic alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need about 3 White Mages / Mages of Light in all.&lt;br /&gt;
* On your last turn of recruitment when you have about 80 gold, recall some advanced units, like Master Bowmen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Since you will have a lot of level 1 and 0 units, make sure to use the leadership of Prince Haldric and Lady Jessene.&lt;br /&gt;
* Look for opportunities to heal via leveling up.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pay attention to the day-night cycle in this scenario. Drakes will be strong during day, but become very weak in the night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Take advantage of the mountains for defense, but note that on hard, you need to set up a relatively small perimeter around your base, as you will be hard pressed to even hold a small area.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be careful with your loyals.&lt;br /&gt;
* Because most Drakes have powerful ranged attacks, the roles of your melee and ranged units are reversed from the norm. Whereas usually you would use fighters to protect archers, here you will use archers to protect fighters. Melee-only units should hide behind the lines until they attack, preferably at night (with a Mage of Light supplying illumination.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure you get the Storm Trident in the middle of the sea, but be certain that you've cleared most of the Drakes first, since a Sea Serpent will appear. It's best to have some strong units ready to kill it in 1 or 2 turns. You can give the trident to Lord Typhon, but since he leaves a bit later, you may want to give it to another Merman Fighter. Movement over land is important for Mermen in the campaign as a whole.  If the Merman Fighter to whom you give the storm trident has the Quick attribute, you can make him a Hoplite when he gets to level 3.  Otherwise, make him a Triton, because movement over land is important for Mermen in this campaign as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rough Landing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting Nagas and Vampire Bats, primarily. This is a scenario that may be frustrating on the easier difficulty levels, though on hard it is just par for the course. Good recruitment and strategy will save you from getting slaughtered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are probably going to go negative on gold and be unable to rectify that with the paultry early finish bonus, so you might as will go very negative and be resigned to start the next scenario with minimum gold.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit/recall many Mermen and 1 or 2 White Mages or Mages of Light. A few Peasants can be useful to pad out your force, distract the enemy, and protect villages from stray Bats. A Silver Mage can be useful for island hopping but is not essential. Thieves/Assassins are blade vulnerable, and Nagas only use blades, so it's probably best not to recall them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Knock out the southeastern leader in a blitz. It's important to get that out of the way, because a wave of Nagas is advancing at light speed from the north.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next, hurriedly set up a line in the water alongside your fortress island. Your fortress troops can anchor one flank, while Burin the Dwarf can go to the island to the northeast to anchor the other end of your line. Nobody messes with Burin. Move Lady Jessene behind the lines to lend her support to the Mermen. Your loyal Mage of Light will be able to move back and forth more (to lend illumination) if kept in the fortress area.&lt;br /&gt;
# Finally, once the enemy assault wave has been broken, advance northward to kill the final two leaders in a straightforward mop-up operation. Just be careful not leave isolated units where they can get swarmed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints/Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to level up the mermen; they can be useful in another scenario later.&lt;br /&gt;
* Beware of Sea Serpents. Three of them will appear, one on each of the three turns following your first kill of an enemy unit. Make sure to kill them at once. The Storm Trident from the previous scenario and the Ruby of Fire will come in handy against the Serpents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A New Land===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a non-scenario. The scenario objectives tell you to avoid all confrontation for as long as possible, but actually the faster your units encounter the others the faster the scenario will end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* None necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The optimal strategy for gold carryover is to grab the three closest villages, then retreat to your keep and wait. Once one attack occurs, the non-scenario will be over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* One thing to keep in mind is that this the last chance you have to grab some more Mermen as their king leaves.  They are quite helpful in a later scenario so grabbing a few extra here cannot hurt if you can spare the gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Ka'lian===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story, with your choice of four battles next.  You have to beat them all in whatever order.  The amount of gold you have should be the factor in deciding when you choose to play Cursed Isle (the undead problem).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All four scenarios have to be beaten, but in whatever order you choose.&lt;br /&gt;
====The Dragon====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not as difficult as it looks, though your recruitment and strategy need to be tailored to fight the Saurian Skirmishers and other foes you will face here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Saurians use piercing attacks mostly, so it's better to use units resistant to pierce. Pikemen and Halberdiers have 40% pierce resistance. Javelineers are ideal as Saurians use ranged attacks a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
* You may wish to bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers. They are ineffective against the 70% impact resistant Mudcrawlers, while also vulnerable to the ranged attacks of both Mudcrawlers and Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consider adopting a force of all units with ranged attacks, save for horse and thief units, which can be kept behind the lines when not in use. It is amusing when Saurian Augers are forced to tap your units with their little staffs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers are a necessity to deal with the heavy damage your units will be sustaining. Depending on the strategy you adopt, you will want 2-4 healers. Mages of Light rock here, as they can easily do front line duty in pairs and their illumination blinds the Saurians, reducing their damage.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need something to clean up mud. Versus level 0 Mudcrawlers, Horsemen and their advancements can charge with no counterattack, and likewise Thieves and their advancements can backstab with no counterattack. Mages can be used as well on the fire vulnerable mud.&lt;br /&gt;
* A Merman or two will help with water hexes. An Entangler's slow ability will help tame the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used many different strategies with success:&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Fighting Saurians requires a disciplined formation.  If you're used to stringing out troops to move them into position as they get there, that won't work after Turn 2 or 3. You can use a &amp;quot;healing hedgehog&amp;quot; of ten troops--two white mages next to each other and eight troops completely encircling them.  If someone gets badly injured, move them to the inside and put a white mage on one of the long edges, fighting as you go.  If you're trying for the big bonus, you'll need two hedgehogs.  Try to keep reserves back a bit in cities.  If the terrain favorably protects you, or the wounded is a fast unit, you can try moving wounded back to cities too.  Once the main wave of Saurians is broken, you can string non-wounded troops out a bit in the rush for the leaders. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Triangular Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Switching wounded units to the inside of the hedgehog can be a problem if you are surrounded. ZOC prevents you from creating an open hex to move the inner unit into. You can fix this by creating a triangle with three hexes inside, instead of the standard two of the hedgehog. If you do this on your castle, only three units are in grasslands. If you set it right, you can make most of the hexes adjacent to your triangle be grassland as well, forcing the Saurians into a bad defensive position. In terms of unit positioning, the simplest way is to fill two inner spaces with Mages of Light, a but a better tactic is to put one of the mages on an edge, thereby ensuring that all but one of your units are healing. The remaining unit can either be a Merman Hoplite, (prefereably resilient and carrying a Storm Trident) or Lady Jessene, since she has excellent defense and is chaotic and therefore benefits by not being in the Mages' light. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Giant Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Recruit a lot of units, and then move the whole army as one big bulk. Keep healers in the middle (about four), rotate stronger units outwards, and make sure you leave no gaps. The Saurians will slip through the tiniest gap and kill your weak units. Head first for the east or wast leader, but steer for good terrain, because your force will soon be swarmed until about turn 10, when there should be many few Saurians alive.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Standard Line&amp;quot; strategy: Form a line from the west board edge diagonally up towards your keep across the two villages just in front of the forest. You will probably wish to bend upwards at the forest, rather than running the line all the way to the keep. Whenever the Saurians have a small number of troops at your line and you have enough strength to kill them all, you can advance your whole line one hex south, allowing you to get additional attacks on them from non-frontline troops. Once you advance a unit to the first water hex at west board edge, the west leader will probably come out to greet it, so be ready to fry him with Haldric's ruby. After killing the leader, back up into good terrain to prepare to meet the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Wake the Dragon&amp;quot; strategy: Prematurely wake the dragon (see spoiler below) and back up your troops to north of your keep. When the dragon comes, kill him. The scenario can be over on turn 7. There is no early finish bonus for this, but you can recruit lightly so that you still have gold at the end and will carry-over 40%, if you need it for your next scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* With all these strategies, the Saurians may hold back for quite a while. This is okay, as the Dragon will eventually appear and come to you. Kill it. Then you are given a choice of whether to end the scenario or to try to kill all the enemy leaders before time runs out. You can choose to finish the remaining Saurians for a nice bonus. However, on the hardest difficulty setting the turn limit (33 turns) is insufficient for you to plow through the vast hordes of level 0 spam to get to the leaders, so it's best to simply end the scenario after killing the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The dragon will awake on turn 15 or when you move a unit down around the road north of the mountains. If you wish to wake the dragon prematurely, you can recruit a Horseman on turn 1 and run him down. It's a suicide mission for him, however.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have a fast non-horse unit in position, rush it to the mountain cave after the Dragon leaves to grab the 200 in gold, though that's nothing compared to the Hero bonus for defeating all the Saurian leaders. So focus on killing all of them first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Lizard Beach====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario versus Saurians, Giant Scorpions, and Mudcrawlers, where good recruiting and strategy will save you from massive bloodshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruiting...&lt;br /&gt;
* Mermen are helpful for the swamp and water areas.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers, veterans from ''The Fall.'' They are laughably ineffective against the impact resistant Mudcrawlers - and laughably vulnerable to their ranged attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Thieves, Horsemen, and their advancements are good for mud cleanup, though you must keep them out of range of Saurian skirmishers. Swordsmen and Royal Guards are also good, though overkill.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall a lot of fairly high HP units, preferably with strong non-impact ranged and melee attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages are good. Mages of Light are especially useful, since they can do front line duty. Lots of healing may be necessary, about 3 healers are good, so White Mages can be used too. Raw recruit Mages can be used as well, for disposal of Giant Scorpions and the occasional Saurian Skirmisher that wanders too far. At least one Silver Mage is highly desirable, along with a speedy unit (e.g., Fugitive, Footpad, or Horseman) to capture villages for the Silver Mage to use north of the river.&lt;br /&gt;
* [fredbobsmith2] An alternative strategy that works surprisingly well is to simply use a very mage-heavy army. Recall most or all of your high-level mages, throw in a few peasants, and spend the rest of your gold on recruiting mages. Victory will come with shocking ease.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* General strategy: as Saurians have skirmishers and a lot of movement, be sure to protect your wounded units well. Because of the Saurians unnerving ability to concentrate their fire on one unit, be sure to keep several healers around and try to keep your line straight so only two can mob one guy. Hedgehog tactic also seems to work well.&lt;br /&gt;
* Opening strategy: here are some specific strategies that players have used with success in the early part of the scenario:&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen in center&amp;quot; strategy: Recall 2-4 Mermen, 1-2 Trappers/Huntsmen, and a lot of high HP troops, then form a line. Initially, you can either form a north-south line around the lake area with one flank at the south board edge, or, if you want to be conservative, you can do a diagonal line in the southeast corner, with both flanks tied to board edges. You'll need the Mermen to handle the lake area, and Trappers/Huntsmen/Mermen for the swamp areas. Keep troops in reserve, so that when a few Saurians meet your line, you can advance your whole line over them. Do not be too conservative/defensive on hard, as your time is limited. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen on flank&amp;quot; strategy: Recall several decent land melee units &amp;amp; then 4-5 level 2 Mermen on rounds 2-3. Most of your force forms a line of battle near your keep, Mermen on the north flank in the river, land units extending south, flanks bent back with strongest units at the corners - then let the Saurians break on it. Once their first wave has broken, the rest of their troops come in drips and are no problem, so now you can split up and wipe out the stragglers and claim villages; any L2 units you start with should level up. After you defeat the main force from the south send just one or two guys north to capture towns so your Silver Mages can teleport into the fray. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen feint&amp;quot; strategy: Recall most of your Mermen from before and send them along the river towards the sea. This will harry the saurian troops coming down from the north, allowing your main force to advance on the southern enemy  undisturbed. Beware, though as your mermen will encounter the Saurians at night time (giving you -25% and them +25%), so try to minimize conflict until dawn, just get in their way.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;No Mermen&amp;quot; strategy: On your first two turns recall two keeps of strong, fast veterans like mounted units (not Paladins though; they're pretty ineffective against saurians), Outlaws/Assassins, and Silver Magi along with some other veterans, preferably with a lot of HP: if all goes well (at least on easy and medium) that may be all you need. Dash them across the swamp directly west of your keep, south of the sands, and form a line with strong units at the ends. They'll flank you, but you're stronger than them and you can use your slower units to crush the flanking saurians in a hammer and anvil. The first wave of southern Saurians should get itself killed before the northern Saurians arrive in force. Once the northern Saurians arrive, take them out with your slower units while your quicker ones go for the southern leader.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sacrificial lamb&amp;quot; strategy: In addition to a couple mages, 2 healers, and some other fighters, recruit a castle-full of peasants to draw the Saurians out onto open ground.  Surround a single peasant on 5 sides, with 2 healers behind him. Build your formation around that.&lt;br /&gt;
* Closing strategy: The enemy's onslaught tapers out after their initial wave, so the final push for the southern leader should be quick and clean. Taking out the northern leader is harder, because all of your units will be stuck south of the marshes and the river. If you want to go for a quick win, just march forth with Silver Mages, Mermen, and anyone who's close enough to be a help. If you don't want to lose any of your better units, patience may be the key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units gets as far west as the second bridge, a wave of Nagas will arrive out at sea. You may wish to delay going that far until the second watch, so that the Nagas will make contact with your forces during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
* Killing one leader gives more gold to the other, so when you've defeated pretty much all the southern leader's forces, just plant a level 3 or two in his keep and leave him alive; kill them both in the same turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Troll Hole====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that you cannot win by brute force, because the trolls have more brute force than you. Wise recruitment and strategy are necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* It's underground time again, so as before, mainly recruit mages. The trolls are strong, so hopefully you have lots of levelled up mages. Mages of Light are especially nice, because they are tough enough to survive an attack from most trolls, while simultaneously reducing the damage sustained (due to illumination blinding the trolls.) Level 1 Mages can be used to good effect too, especially if quick. If only attacked by a single Troll Whelp, a healthy level 1 Mage will survive.&lt;br /&gt;
* In addition to mages, your chaotic units can be helpful here again, especially against the occasional Rocklobber, which you will not want to attack with mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Forget about your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''the Fall''). They are too slow. It's not that you'll be running around, but you will be rotating troops due to heavy damage, and they will only get in the way.&lt;br /&gt;
* Putting Mermen in the moat will really help you fend off the first wave of attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are 4 castles, and two of them (randomly placed it seems) are the troll leaders you need to kill.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to use the narrow corridors to your advantage, so the enemy can only place one attack against a strong unit of yours, but you can kill a troll at a time with two mages or Haldric. Also keep an eye at your back since they will try to surround you. And resist the temptation to send single units wandering around in what seems empty caves - they will all die, probably by the fangs of a Giant Spider.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to arrange it so one troll can enter to be attacked by many troops.  Have regular troops in front initially.  Move mages forward to finish the troll, plug the gap where the troll was with Burin or a Royal Guard or an Iron Mauler, and reset the trap on the next turn.  When you've whittled down the enemy, go the direction they came from and kill the leaders, ignoring spider keeps.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alternative: This could be a good choice if you have low gold: recall 2 quick red mages, and 3 quick tough melee units (say 2 royal guards &amp;amp; a L3 chaotic unit like a Fugitive). Play expedition style: abandon the start island, stay fairly close together, with your troops roughly divided in two between those moving forward and those fighting rearguard. Provided you knock out one troll leader early, the rest is manageable, just work your way carefully over to the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cursed Isle====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting undead, mostly of the incorporeal and ghoulish lineages. Victory comes surprisingly easily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit lightly, certainly no more than two castles of troops. You could use 1-3 Paladins, 1-2 Mages, and 1-2 White Mages / Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall your loyal Merman Triton or similar and have him pick up the holy water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* This can be the first or last quest you choose.  If you can wait, do it last, as you will come out of it with a lot of gold, which you will need for the first scenario after the quests, ''The Vanguard''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep a very tight formation for the first night, as Shadows will hit hard and you don't want to get backstabbed or swarmed. By dawn, it should be smooth sailing.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you get anywhere near the enemy leaders' keeps, expect to get rushed by a leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* In one of the three temples there is a Vampire Lady. All you really need is a Paladin or three to rush the temples. Kill her. Game over, you win. One of the other temples has some gold; grab that first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Spy In The Woods===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Vanguard===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting a large number of orcs, trolls and other enemies in a location with a natural defensive line, where presumably an underground river has carved a line of sinkholes. This scenario will be difficult or impossible with minimum gold (200), but quite doable with a large amount of gold (450+) even on the hardest difficulty setting. Recruitment and strategy are fairly straightforward, given the board layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit a lot of units; you will need them.&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall/recruit speedy units: Knights, Lancers, Paladins, Horsemen, Outlaws, and similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recall your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up from ''The Fall'') and Spearmen/Swordsmen/Royal Guards.&lt;br /&gt;
# On subsequent turns, recall/recruit healers and other sorts of Mages, Thugs and their advancements, and Longbowmen. You will need quite a lot of healing power: 3-4 White Mages / Mages of Light and 1-2 Paladins. A Silver Mage would come in handy, since your forces will be widely spaced, but you could start with a couple of Red Mages and try to level up one or both to Silver Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# This map is smaller than fog of war and sinkholes make it appear.  Rush the west and northwest gaps with mounted units, but slow &amp;amp; strong will carry the day once the sun rises and the odds are in your favor.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Seal of all the gaps in the ring of sinkholes. When the onslaught begins, wounded units can retreat back into villages or be cared for by healers - or actually both, since soon you will be out of non-wounded units.&lt;br /&gt;
# A &amp;quot;Sitzkrieg&amp;quot; may develop, where neither side can make progress. Shift units to the southwest and break out there, using the west board edge defensively. From there, sweep northwards, taking out the western orc leader first and then the next orc leader.&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget the chest of gold, which you can see even in fog.&lt;br /&gt;
# End the scenario with the kill of the final leader, a level 3 troll.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill more than half the units of any side, a few tough undead units will appear near that side's stronghold at the edge of the map. So, this will happen three times. Beware the Chocobones. Their double damage from charge means they can take out Commander Aethyr at night just by hitting 2 for 2, and they will certainly try if they get the opportunity.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is much less difficult with extra gold. You can use Peasants to avoid going negative on gold, promoting them to Spearmen only when needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return of the Fleet===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome to the &amp;quot;kitchen sink&amp;quot; defense.  You've made it this far; now the enemy will launch a desperate defense, throwing a little bit of everything at you.  The effect is mostly psychological, but it could be a problem if you came into the scenario with minimum gold or your initial assessment causes you to drastically under-recruit. Time is money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, at least, you don't want to overrecruit. First turn, recall Mermen to assassinate the undead leader; 2 Entanglers/Netcasters and the Triton with the Storm Trident. Later, you should recruit 1 or more Silver Mages also for this taskforce as well as for causing general mayhem. It's also worth recruiting 5-10 L1/L0 units to take the brunt of the first wave of attacks; you can use any combination of Footpads, Poachers, Thugs, Spearmen, and Peasants, as you see fit. You'll want some decent L2 and L3 recalls for healing, to flank your lines, and to start kicking some butt at daybreak. A Mage or Red Mage to blast Trolls and Chocobones will level up by end of scenario. Paladins are good too. In addition to your loyal Mage of Light, you will need a bare minimum of 1 more healer.&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, don't recruit too much for fighting the undead - 2 Paladins at most, 1 or 2 Thugs, the stormy Merman, and the nearest Mage working with your land force are sufficient - the undead commander only gets 5-6 L2 recruits and they come ashore scattered (on medium, anyway). Paladins are so effective against undead that you can wade into the water after them. Just remember, Paladins can't go into deep water and undead can.&lt;br /&gt;
* On hard, you also don't want to recruit too much for fighting the undead, but it's only because going on an offensive early against them will get you crushed by a Chocobone armada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Move the Mermen (including the storm trident) as quickly as possible pretty much straight to the West. (There is a village and swamp hex that can aid your travel if you pick the best route).  Move these guys up the West side once they get there to get to the Undead Leader as quickly as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Your loyal units can do a little village grabbing, but it would be unwise to venture too far north.&lt;br /&gt;
# After nightfall, fog will appear; for the rest of the scenario, the map will become shrouded, like in a cave scenario.  So while you're still amazingly able to see, note the key terrain features, castle and city locations, and troop dispositions (especially Chocobones.)  Also, visually explore the avenues of approach you want to be able to see later.&lt;br /&gt;
# The first wave is largely at night and will have Goblin Knights and Pillagers, and later Chocobones and Troll Warriors. The damage they can cause is bone chilling, so make sure to divert their attention with plenty of spam. You want to meet them on the edge of the woodland, while inducing the orcs to fight from the grassland. Footpads and Poachers are handy here, as they have high defense in woodland. Players have had success setting up the initial line in either the north and northeast woodlands, with respect to the castle. Others have succeeded by fighting mostly from the open plain, retaining mobility by leaving the woodlands to their Footpads.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once your Mermen have taken an island city, teleport over one or more Silver Mages to help kill the undead leader - in addition to a Silver Mage, you will want the storm trident, a Netcaster/Entangler, plus one more leveled unit to be fairly sure to knock him out in one round. Quick striking like this you end up fighting a lot less undead.  You probably end up foddering one of the mermen to the Undead Archers, but the trade off is well worth it.  You can keep cycling your mermen up to fight with any orcs or trolls that come into the water. Silver Mages can assist, since they are not needed much in the other part of the fight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the undead leader is assassinated and the first wave is broken, you may advance cautiously due north or to the northwest along the coast and ultimately finish off the two orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When you are close to the break in the woods at the east board edge, tighten your formation and keep wounded units well away, as a small force of high-level Saurians will appear. Trigger them in daylight if possible, and knock them out fast. Alternatively, you can delay triggering the Saurians as long as possible by moving your force northwest near the water and then onto the small island, though even then it is possible to trigger the Saurians if you are not careful where you step. (Stepping to 10 hexes or less from 34,15 triggers the Saurians.) You can fight the final wave of orcs from the island, then move northeast to the mainland, finally triggering the Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Two cuttlefish appear when you approach the north-central island. Assuming you're sending a strike force through the water to knock out the undead commander, you really don't want to trigger these until that force is on the island - the storm trident Merman is the only thing that can stand up to them in water, and they will avoid him to attack more vulnerable units.&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill one enemy leader, the other gets more gold &amp;amp; recruits a new wave of L2s. This can be useful if you need to kill off surplus L1 units to improve the finish bonus, or if you need the XP more than the gold; otherwise, try to knock out both leaders on the same turn before they can recruit more. Alternatively, if you kill the first one at dawn, the second will be reluctant to attack with his L2s in daylight, and you might jump in and kill him before he uses them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is the final one. Therefore, loyal units are now somewhat disposable. However, you will need plenty of gold. Recruit some Peasants in the current scenario if you need to save some gold. Not only are they cheap, but they have no upkeep and Chocobones love 'em. Send a unit with leadership with them and they can even deal some amount of damage and be used to finish off wounded enemy, though at night you should just let them take the beating passively since otherwise they die too quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rise of Wesnoth===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's the final battle: be patient, recall everybody - the early finish bonus doesn't mean anything. Also, loyal units are no better than other units after your recruitment is finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need at least 300 starting gold, maybe more like 400 on the hardest difficulty level, so if need be, replay the previous scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* To stretch your money, start with loyal Iron Maulers and a couple ready-to-level level 1's and level 2's. Finally, recall as many level 3's as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: 3-6 Mages of Light / White Mages. Your few chaotic units will appreciate a White Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse units: 2-4 Paladins, 3-4 Knights / Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse escorts: about 3 speedy units, like Royal Guards, Fugitives, and Silver Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tanks: at least 6 high HP units, such as Royal Guards, Highwayman, Master Bowmen, and the loyal Iron Maulers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages: at least 3 high level Mages aside from your basic healers, so Arch Mages, Great Mages, and Silver Mages. Additional Mages of Light can be substituted.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Mermen might be useful here, but surprisingly, they're not really necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
* On 1.9.3 and earlier, you can recruit Saurian Skirmishers on medium and Skirmishers plus Ambushers on hard. This appears to be a bug, so ignore the option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will launch a two pronged assault: mounted units will race to the west and then south, while the main army heads due south.&lt;br /&gt;
* With your mounted units, race forwards by day and backwards by night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Along with the mounted units should go some escorts, speedy foot units intended to kill things like Goblin Impalers, which make even Grand Knights nervous. They would also benefit from a quick Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Meanwhile, with your tanks and the rest of your healers and support units, form a line or hedgehog in the woods just south of your keep or next to the river. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep your leaders with the main army, to avoid drawing too much attention to the mounted detachment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Maintain awareness of the overall battlefield. If the main army gets in trouble, you can send some or all of the mounted units to assist. There may be an opportunity to hammer-and-anvil enemy forces trapped in the middle. And you may wish to transfer units, like Paladins may be useful to the main army after it is on the move.&lt;br /&gt;
* You'll need at least two Paladins to kill Jevyan himself; nothing else is half as effective (except perhaps Mages of Light and suicidal Lancers).  Or you can use a pair of Great Mages (unless you are very unlucky, you should be able to kill him in a single turn). Don't forget to sacrifice Aethyr to Jevyan.  If he doesn't want to come out and play, march up to Jevyan and use a crossbow attack.  When Jevyan is dead, the yellow and green leaders may still be alive. You'll have to kill one, leaving at least one orc leader alive. You pick.  Congratulations!  Enjoy the ending!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units is within 8 hexes of a bridge, but you have no units within 2 hexes of the bridge, and there are no units on the bridge, then a Cuttle Fish will appear and destroy the bridge. This is usually disadvantageous. Not only does it leave you with a Cuttle Fish to fight, but it slows your progress south and the bad guys progress north. At least on the hardest difficulty level, it's hard to kill all the spam in time, so you don't want to impede their advance by removing the bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
* When any of your units is killed, it becomes a Walking Corpse. On hard, it becomes a Soulless, which makes it important to be careful with your level 2's, especially Lancers.&lt;br /&gt;
* After the first orc leader is killed, then some gold goes to mister Lich. It's 40, 80, or 120 gold, for easy, medium, and hard, respectively.  The lich will receive some gold once you kill his Familiar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See Also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MainlineCampaigns]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - The Rise of Wesnoth]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55319</id>
		<title>TheRiseOfWesnoth</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=TheRiseOfWesnoth&amp;diff=55319"/>
		<updated>2014-07-09T05:33:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* A Harrowing Escape */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Strategy Guide for The Rise of Wesnoth Campaign ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Campaign strategy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the course of this campaign, you will need to level up to some:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: White Mages/Mages of Light (at least four)&lt;br /&gt;
* Undead killers: Paladins (two)&lt;br /&gt;
* Mobile strikers: Silver Mages (at least one, preferably more), Grand Knights (several), Fugitives (one or more helps)&lt;br /&gt;
* Damage sinks: Royal Guards, Iron Maulers, Highwaymen, Halberdiers, level 3 Burin, and again Grand Knights&lt;br /&gt;
* Leaders: level 3 Haldric, level 3 Lady Outlaw, and much later level 3 Commander Aethyr &lt;br /&gt;
* Ranged attackers: Great Mages (can use several in the last scenario), Longbowmen/Master Bowmen (two), Trapper/Huntsman (one is helpful)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Mage of Light, one Paladin, and five Grand Knights make a perfect assault team!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Horsemen are key for the first three or four scenarios, it's important not to be too reliant on horse units through the middle part of the campaign, as there are many hard levels underground, in swamps, in water, or against Saurians; use XP from the scenario ''The Vanguard'' to get to 2 Paladins and 2+ Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't overlook Pikemen/Halberdiers, which are useful in many levels; pierce attacks work well against Drakes and against the dragon, and they are handy for defensive roles especially repelling Wolf Riders. They are less good against undead, though, and don't get that +1 MP Royal Guard speed bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to many undead opponents, you will want to recruit many Thugs at times, and get a few (the quick ones, since you need them underground) leveled up. Footpads help too, once leveled up. Due to swamps, you will sometimes be spamming Poachers, which get marksmanship once at level 3. These, plus Lady Outlaw, give tactical options at other levels too: some decent chaotic troops form an ideal reserve, since you can attack with your lawful troops at dawn, and by nightfall when you need to heal them, use some chaotic troops to either continue the attack or to shield your healing lawful units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some recommended units to have obtained by specific scenarios:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The Fall - 1 Knight&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. A Harrowing Escape - 1 White Mage, 2 Knights, plus about-to-level troops&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4a. The Midlands - avoid, go to The Swamp of Eden instead&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4b. The Swamp of Eden - level 2 Haldric, level 2 Lady Outlaw, 2 Knights, 2 Shocktroopers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. Temple of the Deep - level 3 Haldric, level 3 Burin, 1-2 Mages of Light or several Outlaws / quick Bandits&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8. Clearwater Port - level 3 Lady Outlaw, 3 White Mages / Mages of Light, 3 Iron Maulers / Royal Guards / Halberdiers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
12. A Final Spring - 1-2 Silver Mages&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
14. Rough Landing - the 3 loyal Mermen from the previous scenario, ''Peoples in Decline''[glandis] In 1.8.6, there was no opportunity for 3 loyal mermen - maybe this was in an older version? And only Merman fighters can be recruited - no Netcaster upgardes are possible&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17a. The Dragon - up to 4 White Mages / Mages of Light&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
17d. Cursed Island - 1 Paladin&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
19. The Vanguard - 4 Knights/Lancers/Grand Knights, 2 Paladins (or about-to-level Knights)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
20. Return of the Fleet - 1 Mermen Entangler, 1 Merman Triton with Storm Trident, level 3 Commander Aethyr desirable&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
22. The Rise of Wesnoth - 2 Paladins, 3 Royal Guards, 4 Mages of Light&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because the campaign is long and you won't be able to recall all your level 3's in the final scenario, it pays to create some &amp;quot;uber-units&amp;quot;. An example is a quick, resilient Silver Mage that has been AMLA advanced a few times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
===A Summer Of Storms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively easy scenario, so gear your recruitment and strategy with an eye towards gathering XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# For the first round, recruit 2-3 Horsemen and the rest can be all Spearmen or a mix of Spearmen and Bowmen as you see fit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Then, you should probably hire Bowmen and more Spearmen. Whatever Bowmen you can get advanced will be useful later on for fighting the many trolls, grunts, and riders you will encounter. Note, however, that you will not have any healers until you level up at least one mage to White Mage status, and the sooner you can do that the better. Red mages will also prove very useful in subsequent scenarios, so consider recruiting at least two mages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used at least three strategies with success...&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: Send the horsemen with the king over the bridge, and the others should follow or start going over the mountain, to avoid being attacked from behind. Send subsequent Spearmen and Bowmen on the &amp;quot;over-the-bridge&amp;quot; road, and when the Prince and final troops have just about caught up, march on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;hide in the swamp&amp;quot; strategy: Proceed much like the above, but send the king with 3 Horsemen to capture the nearest houses, then retreat into the swamp area until you have your lawful bonus to kill off troops during the day. To hold them back, you can use a Spearman and a Mage (to level him.)&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sandbagging&amp;quot; strategy: On the hardest difficulty level, the initial enemy assault will only be easy to handle by entrenching your troops behind the river. Use the king to block the bridge initially, while Spearmen handle the shoreline just north and Horsemen carefully flag villages across the river. Run the king around, lending his leadership as you massacre the stupid enemy troops that have jumped like lemmings into the water. &lt;br /&gt;
* For all these options, you will also need to send a squad north into the mountains and around into the flank of the enemy. A quick Spearman, a quick Bowman, and one other unit, possibly a quick Mage, should be more than sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
* When you see that the fronts are under control, stop recruiting and send prince Haldric and your Mages over the bridge on a quest for XP, assisted by the leadership of the king, and converge on the enemy camp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Fall===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that looks scary, but it is only moderately difficult with proper recruitment and strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall or recruit Spearmen and Bowmen to man the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horsemen/Knights are desirable, because you probably do not yet have a White Mage, and the villages are widely spaced.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recalling or recruiting Mages for XP gathering is highly advisable for future scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are three basic approaches to take out the outlaw leader...&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Brute force&amp;quot; strategy: You can march west with a large army and use part of it to hold northwestern orc. Use the rest to fight outlaws and kill the leader. This strategy requires a lot of troops but it can bring you plenty of experience and can bring a quick victory.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination over the bridge&amp;quot; strategy: You can assassinate the outlaw leader. One way is to wait until the orcs have killed almost all outlaws and then assassinate the outlaw leader with Knights, rushing over the enemy camp's bridge and into the keep. This strategy is risky because orcs can kill the leader before you.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Assassination via the mountain pass&amp;quot; strategy: Another way to assassinate the leader is to send a squad through the southern mountains to the outlaw keep. Two Mages and three Spearmen are enough. You may wish to substitute one of the Spearmen with a Knight or Horseman, though horse units have only a narrow passage devoid of mountains and could get pinned by the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
* On the hardest difficulty level, you may be forced to assassinate. For either of the assassination strategies, it is a good idea to fight against the northeastern orc nearby your keep. This way, you can secure your back and earn experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Saving the loyal Heavy Infantrymen (or Shock Troopers on easy) pays off in later scenarios. To save all three, move them south towards the outlaws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you eliminate the HP of the Lady Outlaw, she offers to help you. If you say yes, she comes back as a loyal unit in future scenarios and you will be able to recruit outlaw units, plus she cannot be killed in the next couple of scenarios (instead, she disappears when she goes to zero HP, and comes back the next scenario.) This is quite valuable. If you say no and try to kill her, you find out she cannot be killed. However, you do get 200 gold that she leaves behind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The following scenario (''A Harrowing Escape'') is a handful on the hardest difficulty level. On hard, a carryover of almost 150 gold (so you have 250 starting gold) would be wise, so although Lady Outlaw's assistance is worth much more than 200 gold, you may be forced to choose the gold. Another thing you need to beat the following scenario on hard is a White Mage at or near the start of the scenario. Also, about-to-level units will be especially nice for their self-healing ability and low initial upkeep. Steer XP accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Harrowing Escape===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much easier on lower difficulty levels, calling for different strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On easy/medium...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: You should recruit/recall at least one, possibly two Mages here, and use them for killing Goblin Spearmen and finishing off injured Wolf Riders in the hills &amp;amp; mountains bordering the valley. Other than the Mages, simply recruit what you want, and go along the road. You get enough villages to pay upkeep for quite some army, and can give some of them a bit of experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Leave a few units in the rear, as the enemy can cross hills quickly. Note that Footpads and Outlaws will also cross hills at reasonable speed, if you need to hunt down some units. There are two castle tiles about halfway down, try to send Lady Outlaw and Brunin the Lost to them, they make good guards in case the enemy tries to come straight up. You can also send a couple groups of units down southeast to the lake, so you can prevent the Green team (southeast) from coming up the river. You can also kill the two Orcish Grunts (or Warriors on medium) on the southern castle tiles and then move Lady Outlaw and Brunin to them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On hard...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruitment: To beat this scenario on the hardest difficulty level, you need some level 2 (or better yet, about-to-level level 1) units already and decent starting gold. It has been beaten on hard with as little as 158 starting gold, 200 is still difficult, and 250+ makes it relatively easy. You can stretch your gold a bit by not going negative on upkeep and waiting until you can't wait any longer to do one last round of recruiting, recalling mostly level 2's. For timing your final recruitment, watch the wolves that are likely trying to flank through the mountains south of your keep. Another requirement for beating this scenario is a White Mage (or two.) If need be, you must promote a Mage (or two) &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;tout de suite&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, as you will be dealing with severe damage and assassins, while only having easy access to 2 or 3 villages initially. Horsemen and Knights are useful for dissipating damage by serving as meat shields against blades and then running off to remote villages to heal. Quick Horsemen are especially nice, as they can transfer between two strategically placed villages in one turn, for healing on the go. Horsemen, Knights, and Swordsmen are useful for swatting assassins. If you can recruit outlaws, a couple of Footpads are nice for village grabbing. Thieves are also good because they are cheap, the Grunts are fond of attacking them, and they often survive on 70% defense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Strategy: Near the start of combat, it's crucial to kill the first waves quickly: the wolves and assassins. More important than terrain is avoiding getting flanked, so mobility of individual units is key; if you climb up deep into the mountains, you will have a harder time with mobility than staying on or near the valley floor. Additionally, many of your units cannot go on mountain hexes, so it's easier to maintain your lines if everyone stays close to the valley. It's easier to make a stand at the keep and northern river bank, but this approach can be too costly in terms of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium/hard, you can lure out the roadside guard Warriors one at a time by putting a unit within attack range of one (and out of range of the other.) They mostly come at night. Mostly. That is, the Warriors might not bite bait put out during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have Lady Outlaw, note that she has leadership, which will be useful to help promote Prince Haldric, if he is still level 0. It's worth advancing her to level 2, to continue to provide leadership to level 1 Haldric and your other level 1's. You may also make use of her odd ability &amp;quot;distract&amp;quot;, which allows adjacent allied units to ignore ZOCs. And Lady Outlaw allows you to recruit outlaw types. On hard especially, Thugs can be useful as meat shields and to provide strong attacks at night when your lawful forces are crippled. Remember too that Lady Outlaw cannot be permanently killed (at least not yet), so when desperate times call for desperate measures, you can move her into a suicidal position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* It helps that there are two enemy sides as opposed to a twice as strong single enemy side. If one of your units could be attacked by 3 enemies, but 1 of these hexes is currently blocked by the other side, the currently moving enemy decides to attack units which it (they) is (are) actually less likely to kill than that one. AIs don't cooperate, that is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are stuck on this scenario, you may need to replay one or both of the previous scenarios and/or choose to &amp;quot;kill&amp;quot; Lady Outlaw in the previous scenario so you get her gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There is Dwarf Steelclad in the village at 8,5. It's not far from your camp, so send Lady Outlaw there. Dwarf joins you because &amp;quot;It has been a long time since he felt the satisfying crunch of Orcs under his Axe.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you kill the first orc leader, an Orcish Slayer and two Assassins will pop out of nowhere, so you would be wise not to have any wounded units stuck without movement points at that point. Also, the other leader will get an infusion of gold and start recruiting on all available hexes, so if you can sit on some of those hexes first, it will help keep the situation from getting out of control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* At the end, you will be given the choice of the river/swamp road or the midlands/orc road. These fork to the scenarios ''The Swamp of Esten'' and ''The Midlands'', respectively. The swamp scenario is relatively easy, while ''The Midlands'' could cost you some leveled units or even prove impossible to beat if you are low on gold. Also, the swamp gives you a free loyal White Mage, so it's a no brainer, unless you want more of a challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: it would be wise to have at least 1 White Mage before going to the scenario ''The Swamp of Esten''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Midlands====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orcs again. But you chose that way. This scenario may appear impossible, but with a lot of gold and a little strategy, it can be beat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are given plenty of time, so use it wisely. The enemies send lots of orcs, mostly weak ones. So recruit and recall everything you can.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall any White Mages you have. You'll need them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bowmen are good for the wolf units you will be facing.&lt;br /&gt;
* The rest depends on your strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Fast Assault&amp;quot; option: use an assassination team. If you go west, only your Knights and Horsemen will arrive and fight at daytime. So go south. Take the bridge and defend against the enemy closing in from the west. Take out Yellow with a fast assault team (they should take a healer along), but be careful about the leader. Your main force moves west, takes and holds the second bridge, and takes out Blue. Your assault team stays in the south and goes for the last enemy leader - they won't face any serious resistance. The enemy moves north to support Blue. The HI guarding the bridge might gain a level or die, but hopefully not the latter, as they are loyal units in a long campaign. With this approach, you can finish early (around 25 turns) and keep your losses low.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Dark Assault&amp;quot; option: use Footpads.  If you chose to work with the the outlaws in the last round, then this works well.  Footpads are cheap.  And they are fast.  And they have good defensive abilities.  Plus they fight well in the dark and in the forest.  So recruit lots of Footpads-pawns and quickly dispatch them to the upper west and south, followed by more powerful units: Mages, Horsemen, etc.  For the time being, leave the middle enemy alone.  To the upper west, send several Footpads into the forest and capture the village and set up a defensive line.  This cuts down the enemy's gold and increases yours.  Don't attack at first, just defend, until more of your slow higher powered units arrive. The strategy here is to pick off the orcs, and send the Horsemen to capture villages.  While this is going, to the south you send your Footpads to capture any villages you can and, more importantly, put a Footpad on the hex that is adjacent to the bridge, thereby stopping easy advancement of their greater numbered troops. A White Mage, a couple Trappers and some Bowmen would make a good escort. Probably sending a Thief or two would be good too, to help dispatch any enemy that infiltrate the villages north of the river. one enemy got into one of the villages on the north of river, and it took a lot to dislodge him.  The intention is to engage the enemy so that they are fighting from the river squares, at a huge disadvantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Swamp Of Esten====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not too hard if you are conservative and don't send important units off alone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall 1-2 quick Knights (or Paladins, if you have them), recruit 1-2 Horsemen, and recall your loyal Shocktroopers or whatever they are now.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next round, recruit/recall Mages to kill Scorpions (and Bats) and at least one White Mage to deal with poison, plus maybe a Poacher, as they are good in swamp (and you would like a Huntsman eventually, for its markmanship.)&lt;br /&gt;
# A little Thug spam can come next, but you don't need a full third round of recruitment. Then send Prince Haldric off to lend his leadership.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# You must blitz the northeastern leader, or risk getting bogged down on bad terrain facing a swarm of undead spam, which can be nasty at night. Quickly send Knights (or Paladins) and Burin over the ford to start wailing on undead. A disposable Horseman can try to take out Scorpions in this area at first. On the way is your proper Scorpion disposal unit, the Mages and White Mage. Try to kill Dark Adepts with Burin or horse units before they have chance to attack you. As you close in on the leader, hover your mouse over him to watch where he can go, as his ranged attack is nasty and can be followed up by waves of kamikaze Walking Corpses, which can take out a Knight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After you have killed the northeastern leader and eliminated troops there, you can either send your whole army back across the ford and south or split your army into two halves, sending one part to each leader. If you have lost several units but have lots of turns left, it's probably safer to stick together. This is not a simple mop-up operation, as powerful undead can take out some of your valuable units if you're not careful. On hard, Shadows are a constant threat at night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Searching the temples is a good idea. Some have gold. There is a free loyal White Mage hiding in (a random) one of the temples - visit the temple close to the keep ASAP, and if not there, try rushing a horse unit or Lady Outlaw to the temple at 19,5. However, some of the temples contain undead, so keep extra troops nearby when you enter one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a relatively easy scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your (probably leveled up) Heavy Infantry from The Fall and some quick fighters.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recall White Mages and quick Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round, round out with Thugs, Bowmen, and Spearmen, preferably quick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Your forces will have three main combat arenas: the northeast, the south, and the middle.&lt;br /&gt;
# The main bulk of your force, including at least one White Mage, should head east to the orc in the northeastern castle. The leader there recruits a lot of units, and most of them are level 2, so watch out.&lt;br /&gt;
# Haldric, a White Mage, your loyal Heavy Infantry types, and a couple of level 1's (maybe a Mage and a Thug) should head south to the other orc leader. A few effective melee units can easily counter the riders they send early on, and then with a little forethought and patience you can take out their Archers and Crossbowmen without giving them time to shoot. &lt;br /&gt;
# The castle in the middle is inhabited by the tree folk, so don't bother sending troops there; however, you might want to keep a couple speedy units not far off to watch their backs, in case the allied leader gets into trouble, as is usually the case.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The temple contains the entrance to the catacombs, but you need the leader Wose's help to open it, and to get that help you have to win the current scenario, so there is no point in visiting this temple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is in the catacombs, i.e., underground, and it's a tough one, so you need to groom your roster accordingly. Two Mages of Light would make it a whole lot easier. Failing that, level up your fearless loyal Shocktrooper and chaotic outlaw types. Bandits/Highwaymen and Fugitives are especially nice. Quick units of almost any type (except horse units) will be helpful, if leveled and possessing high HP (&amp;gt;50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Temple in the Deep===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be facing undead underground. This is a difficult situation that will prove much easier with proper recruitment. Then the strategy will be fairly straightforward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All in all, what you need is a small elite force. Two rounds of recalls is enough, if you didn't lose Burin in a prior scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
# First round, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers, especially the fearless one, though their slow movement will prove frustrating. Also on the first round, recall a fast &amp;quot;tank&amp;quot; and someone to grab the holy water (if Burin is not your choice.)&lt;br /&gt;
# Second round, recall any Mages of Light you might already have, and a total of at least two White Mages or Mages of Light, preferably quick. For the rest of your recruitment, what you need are high movement (6+ MP) non-horse units with high hitpoints (&amp;gt;50 HP), preferably chaotic, preferably with a ranged attack, and preferably impact attacks. Put all the requirements together and it points to Fugitives. Outlaws and quick Arch Mages are worth recalling too. Fill out the rest with Bandits/Highwaymen, Trappers/Huntsmen, and Longbowmen/Master Bowmen, preferably quick. You might think that Red Mages would be good, but they attract melee attacks that they likely will not survive. Note that Horse units are too sluggish to be useful here and should not be recalled/recruited.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third round (optional), you can add a unit or two for a safety margin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# There are two ways north, but they will meet up together before you meet any enemies besides the Tentacles. Ignore the tentacles for the most part and only kill them when it's convenient, as you will need to have a strong line set up by the time you engage the undead. Watch out for the enemy's Bone Shooters, Revenants and Deathblades, as they could easily mess up a level 3 unit. Once you see the two choke points, hold them so one of their units is facing 2 of yours (preferably with a White Mage behind them). You may be able to level up a White Mage to a Mage of Light while fighting in the choke point. If your troops are too slow to grab both choke points, you can send Burin and others to the west choke point while your slow troops line up at the southeast shoreline and bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
# Gradually progress northwards once the flow of baddies has tapered off, and once you get into the final chamber, the boss should be a piece of cake, although his ranged attack is devastating, so try to attack him with melee units. Be careful if he has recruits around, as their combined damage can take down one of your level 3's. Note that the Ruby can only be picked up by Haldric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Holy water: Burin is very effective if you give him the holy water; however, it's more helpful to send Burin running to the west choke point without delay. A good alternative is a Highwayman - or a Bandit, who should level quickly. Compared to a Highwayman/Bandit, Prince Haldric or a Royal Guard is not that great a choice for the holy water due to their lawful alignment and -25% penalty, unless you have (or will soon get) a Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* XP: Use this level to get experience. The early-finish bonus is tiny. The tentacles are perfect for leveling up units. If you're hurting for leveled chaotic units, you can even level up two raw recruit Thugs (use Haldric's leadership to assist). Keep Burin away from the water at this stage, or he'll kill all tentacles as they attack, depriving those who could benefit from the XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your killed units will be turned into Walking Corpses (or Soulless on hard.) Therefore, spam is not helpful. A Mage or two can be okay, if used with great care, but mostly you need to recall leveled troops here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return to Oldwood===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Clearwater Port===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is easy if you take the first boat out, more and more challenging for the second and third boats, and very difficult (on hard) if you want to take out all three leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall your loyal Shocktroopers / Iron Maulers from ''The Fall.'' You will also want several Footpads, for speedy village snatching, coastline defending (under leader supervision), and possibly for filling castle hexes if your lines get too thin.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recruit/recall more low maintenance units. It's a good scenario for leveling troops, so recalling acouple half-leveled Spearmen or similar is a good idea.&lt;br /&gt;
# Third and later turns, start recalling your high maintenance units. The key to winning this scenario is to recall several advanced units that can take a lot of damage and get good defense in castles (no Horsemen). You will also want at least 3 White Mages or Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Backstab your ally, stealing all his villages. Your ally is useless anyway, except for the entertainment value from his troops' suicide runs. The income is much better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
# Send your heavy duty troops with some White Mages over to the line of castle near Lt. Aethyr. (Optionally, you can rush forward past the castle, but you will need to return almost as quickly before the main enemy wave and night arrive.) Aethyr will usually be done recruiting by the second or third turn, before the enemy reaches you, so fill the entire line with your units, and put Knight Sir Rudry in the one non castled tile (or leave it empty, if no enemy are adjacent.) Place the White Mages behind this line. After the enemy has reached you and it is your turn to attack, go mostly for the assasins, as they have a weak melee attack and their poison can be a huge problem. Alternatively to using the castle (from (26,18) to (24,15)) to defend, the front line can lead through the villages at (30,17) and (30,18). This will make your line much shorter, it becomes much more of a bottleneck fight and offsets your enemy's superior numbers, since some of their units just move around with all spots to attack occupied; you only have to give up 1 village and 2 front units instaheal without mages. Place your strongest units on the weakest spot (29,20) and a Mage of Light on (30,19), he will hardly be attacked as the hex before him is used to attack (29,20). This shorter line requires less units on your side and also has the great advantage that there are much less 40% defense spots to attack you. They will flank you at the sides but stand on ice or sand then.&lt;br /&gt;
# Meanwhile, on the northeastern coast, the northern enemy leader will send lots of units to catch your flank unguarded. Send 2 Footpads, a Spearman, Lady Jessene, and Haldric to guard the coast. If Lady Jessene is already level 3, you can substitute a Royal Guard, Swordsman, or Javelineer for Haldric. This coastline defense squad may need help later, so be ready to divert a speedy powerful unit there. If you keep a healthy unit on the village at the tip of the land, then, unless you are very unlucky, you will be able to hold off everything the northern leader sends. After the assault from the water has been crushed, some of your troops may be able to cross the ford north, but be careful not to get attacked in the water with only 20% defense. (Certain of your chaotic units do have 40% defense in water; now is a good time to pay attention to that.) Also, notice that the lighthouse has a similar effect as a Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
# You have two options for the endgame:&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Total victory&amp;quot; strategy: Once you've thinned the enemy to where they only have a few units that are close to your line, usually this happens conveniently around dawn, move your people out and start heading for their leaders. Split your force, sending a few down the southern path, to distract the eney and most of them toward the middle leader, to kill him. Once he's dead, send some of your army down to kill the southern leader and devote a few units to defending the bridge until the rest of your army can rejoin you. A unit or two with a lot of HP with a white mage are usually enough to do this.&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;quot;Run like hell&amp;quot; strategy: Alternatively, you can leave your leader near the docks and take one of the boats to end the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fallen Lich Point===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a high variance scenario. It may be very easy or very hard, depending on events beyond your control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit fairly lightly initially, as you will likely have a chance to use the Lich's keep to recruit again.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages, White Mages, and Mages of Light are good, and as are all the other advancements of Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* You automatically should have your loyal Knight. Because of the mountains around &amp;quot;lichland&amp;quot; and frozen ground everywhere else, additional horse units are not recommended, except a single Paladin will come in handy.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Thugs or a Bandit or Highwayman will provide a little extra undead bashing power.&lt;br /&gt;
* Footpads will help with village flagging, after the Wolf Rider types are taken care of, but you can postpone buying Footpads until after killing the Lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy... &lt;br /&gt;
# The Orcs will be busy with the Yetis, so you can walk with a big group south and kill the Lich-Lord. Move Haldric to the stone monument to de-petrify the Lich. It may help to post some units around the undead before doing so. Use several mages to make a hole or two in the ring of undead, and then push in a burly fighter or two and/or Paladin to kill the Lich.&lt;br /&gt;
# After killing the Lich, assess the Orc/Yeti situation (as well as the empty village situation) and decide if you need to use the Lich's keep to recruit some reinforcements.&lt;br /&gt;
# After that, head north and walk into the sewer entrance (the &amp;quot;cave&amp;quot;) or else kill the orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* It is also possible, if you recruit heavily, to split your force and head north to attack the eastern Orcs before they finish with the Yetis.  However, be careful not to be attacked by a Yeti yourself; a Yeti is dangerous even if heavily wounded. A Yeti will attack you if it can get to a unit within one turn (and it doesn't have a more appealing orc target.)&lt;br /&gt;
* When dealing with the Lich, be aware that he has money; if you let him vacate any of his encampment tiles, or if you kill any of his units but do not occupy their tiles, he will be able to recruit.  (This is not necessarily all bad, as it can mean more experience, but depending on the strength of your force you may want to be careful.) &lt;br /&gt;
* Note that this level becomes a lot tougher if the Yetis get poisoned early on and quickly die. If this happens you basically have no other choice than to kill the orc leaders first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sewer of Southbay===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a swampy underground scenario, but with attention to recruitment, it's not very difficult.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* As always underground, you want non-horse units with 6+ MP.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall White Mages / Mages of Light, at least two, three is probably the optimal number.&lt;br /&gt;
* There are quite a few villages in this cave, so an expensive force is supportable, though not necessary. Some players recruit a large and spammy force, while others go with small and elite:&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 1, &amp;quot;Large and spammy&amp;quot; recruitment: Recruit four each of Mages, Thugs, and Poachers. Yes, Poachers normally stink, but here they really shine in a swamp that is permanently dark, underground. If you recruit four Poachers, you could finish with three Trappers and a Huntsman - or you could finish with four dead Poachers. The Thugs are especially likely to die, as they will be facing off against Red Mages, but somebody has to do it.&lt;br /&gt;
** Option 2, &amp;quot;Small and elite&amp;quot; recruitment: Recall something like one Red Mage, one Arch Mage, one Silver Mage, 2 twooyal Guards/Highwaymen/etc, and a Trapper or Huntsman, plus three regular Mages and a Poacher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# After leaving your initial chamber, you will be in a large swamp room with three entrances, through which will be a flood of bad guys. Use two Poachers and a Thug or similar to blockade the southeast, a small elite group to block the north, and then a mix of fighters and mages to handle the west entrance. Give each group a White Mage or Mage of Light, as well as at least one regular Mage. Try to keep the Mages of Light away from your chaotic forces on the front lines, though. Use the leadership of Haldric and Lady Jessene - and Mage of Light illumination or lack thereof - to get the most from each attack.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the initial battle has died down, you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
## If you have enough forces, you can divide into two groups and attack both brothers simultanously, east and west.&lt;br /&gt;
## Otherwise, do them one after the other, and then look for the exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Danger: there is a Giant Spider at the exit. You may wish to keep one or two cannon fodder units in order to be able to save your advanced units.  It is best to use ranged attacks against the spider, so leveled mages are good here.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is a lot easier with a lot of gold, especially on the hardest difficulty level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Southbay in Winter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Final Spring===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a large battle, and any mistake on any front can spell doom, but overall it will be fairly easy on the easier difficulty levels. On hard, it will only be a cakewalk with a lot of starting gold (more than 450 or so.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
# On the first turn, recall a Silver Mage to teleport to the island, recruit Footpads for village snatching, recall one or more of your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''The Fall''), and recall one or more Knights or similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, continue with this theme, but it will be nightfall soon, so recall Outlaws, Bandits, Assassins, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn three is a bit more of the same, but you need to start thinking about preserving your income and also keeping a gold reserve. You can spam some peasants to preserve cash and income.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn four turn is more of the same.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn five is similar, but it will be day soon, so lawfuls like Knights and level 1 Mages are a good idea.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn six, you will have new recruitment options (see spoiler at walkthrough end.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy is broken into four fronts...&lt;br /&gt;
# The first front is the south land area. Do a counter-clockwise sweep with mounted units, optionally augmented with Footpads, which can help pad out your lines with forest and village hexes. Note that it will be nightfall soon after game start, so it might be wise to delay any serious mounted assault until the next day, and you can delay your recalls for this.&lt;br /&gt;
# The second front is the walled city. Move slower units and your loyal White Mage / Mage of Light to defend here. Take your ally's villages; your ally wouldn't do much useful with the money anyway. When your mounted units from the second front complete their sweep, you can break the remaining southern forces against the city wall in a hammer and anvil. Then your united forces can move north. On easy, you may be able to push north more quickly than that using just part of your city troops.&lt;br /&gt;
# The third front is the bay and peninsula north of your keep. If you don't protect this area well, Wolf Riders and others will mount an amphibious assault in an effort to flank your troops. On the easier difficulty levels, you may wish to beat the punch and quickly establish a bridgehead on the other side of the bay.&lt;br /&gt;
# The fourth front is the two small islands. Send a Silver Mage there ASAP. (You should have a village already there, so the Silver Mage can teleport over.) Footpads/Outlaws/Fugitives and others will help later. Lady Jessene could be used. A quick White Mage would be useful, either on the coast or on the islands. Do not use Assassins on this front. Assassins have relatively weak defense in water against Orcs and Nagas, they're very weak against blade, which is all orcs and nagas use, and their relatively slow movement in water makes backstab hard to use reliably. Overall, you need to devote more resources to this front than you might think.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints...&lt;br /&gt;
* You should have lots of high-level units now, so concentrate on recruiting new ones and levelling them up to fill needs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Peasants are useful as placeholders for villages and distractions for the enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 5, a gang of nasty undead show up in the east. So, for your city taskforce, you'll want to recruit/recall units with impact and arcane attacks. Note that if undead capture villages, they will be flagged with the Orc island boss' black flag! This can result in an overwhelming number of Nagas, and it's one reason that you must devote a lot of resources to the island campaign. Flag any black flag villages you can.&lt;br /&gt;
* On turn 6, a gang of nasty Mermen show up in the west. Fortunately, they are on your side. You can now recruit Mermen. This is the real reason to keep a gold reserve until this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Peoples in Decline===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a bloody scenario versus Drakes. It can be a real challenge on the hardest difficulty setting, less so on the easier levels. Proper recruitment is more important than strategy here, as you will have little opportunity to maneuver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Drakes can be dangerous, so this is a great scenario to use the time honored technique of cannon fodder. Now that you can recruit level 0 units for cheap, you can protect your higher level units by recruiting endless Peasants to distract the Drakes' firepower.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drakes are vulnerable to pierce attacks, so spam cheap pierce attack units. In addition to Peasants, there are Poachers, Bowmen, Peasants, Spearmen, Merman Fighters, and Merman Hunters. Poachers are key here, due to the swampy terrain and their chaotic alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need about 3 White Mages / Mages of Light in all.&lt;br /&gt;
* On your last turn of recruitment when you have about 80 gold, recall some advanced units, like Master Bowmen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Since you will have a lot of level 1 and 0 units, make sure to use the leadership of Prince Haldric and Lady Jessene.&lt;br /&gt;
* Look for opportunities to heal via leveling up.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pay attention to the day-night cycle in this scenario. Drakes will be strong during day, but become very weak in the night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Take advantage of the mountains for defense, but note that on hard, you need to set up a relatively small perimeter around your base, as you will be hard pressed to even hold a small area.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be careful with your loyals.&lt;br /&gt;
* Because most Drakes have powerful ranged attacks, the roles of your melee and ranged units are reversed from the norm. Whereas usually you would use fighters to protect archers, here you will use archers to protect fighters. Melee-only units should hide behind the lines until they attack, preferably at night (with a Mage of Light supplying illumination.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure you get the Storm Trident in the middle of the sea, but be certain that you've cleared most of the Drakes first, since a Sea Serpent will appear. It's best to have some strong units ready to kill it in 1 or 2 turns. You can give the trident to Lord Typhon, but since he leaves a bit later, you may want to give it to another Merman Fighter. Movement over land is important for Mermen in the campaign as a whole.  If the Merman Fighter to whom you give the storm trident has the Quick attribute, you can make him a Hoplite when he gets to level 3.  Otherwise, make him a Triton, because movement over land is important for Mermen in this campaign as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rough Landing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting Nagas and Vampire Bats, primarily. This is a scenario that may be frustrating on the easier difficulty levels, though on hard it is just par for the course. Good recruitment and strategy will save you from getting slaughtered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You are probably going to go negative on gold and be unable to rectify that with the paultry early finish bonus, so you might as will go very negative and be resigned to start the next scenario with minimum gold.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit/recall many Mermen and 1 or 2 White Mages or Mages of Light. A few Peasants can be useful to pad out your force, distract the enemy, and protect villages from stray Bats. A Silver Mage can be useful for island hopping but is not essential. Thieves/Assassins are blade vulnerable, and Nagas only use blades, so it's probably best not to recall them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Knock out the southeastern leader in a blitz. It's important to get that out of the way, because a wave of Nagas is advancing at light speed from the north.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next, hurriedly set up a line in the water alongside your fortress island. Your fortress troops can anchor one flank, while Burin the Dwarf can go to the island to the northeast to anchor the other end of your line. Nobody messes with Burin. Move Lady Jessene behind the lines to lend her support to the Mermen. Your loyal Mage of Light will be able to move back and forth more (to lend illumination) if kept in the fortress area.&lt;br /&gt;
# Finally, once the enemy assault wave has been broken, advance northward to kill the final two leaders in a straightforward mop-up operation. Just be careful not leave isolated units where they can get swarmed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hints/Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to level up the mermen; they can be useful in another scenario later.&lt;br /&gt;
* Beware of Sea Serpents. Three of them will appear, one on each of the three turns following your first kill of an enemy unit. Make sure to kill them at once. The Storm Trident from the previous scenario and the Ruby of Fire will come in handy against the Serpents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A New Land===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a non-scenario. The scenario objectives tell you to avoid all confrontation for as long as possible, but actually the faster your units encounter the others the faster the scenario will end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* None necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* The optimal strategy for gold carryover is to grab the three closest villages, then retreat to your keep and wait. Once one attack occurs, the non-scenario will be over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* One thing to keep in mind is that this the last chance you have to grab some more Mermen as their king leaves.  They are quite helpful in a later scenario so grabbing a few extra here cannot hurt if you can spare the gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Ka'lian===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story, with your choice of four battles next.  You have to beat them all in whatever order.  The amount of gold you have should be the factor in deciding when you choose to play Cursed Isle (the undead problem).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diverging Campaign Path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All four scenarios have to be beaten, but in whatever order you choose.&lt;br /&gt;
====The Dragon====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is not as difficult as it looks, though your recruitment and strategy need to be tailored to fight the Saurian Skirmishers and other foes you will face here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Saurians use piercing attacks mostly, so it's better to use units resistant to pierce. Pikemen and Halberdiers have 40% pierce resistance. Javelineers are ideal as Saurians use ranged attacks a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
* You may wish to bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers. They are ineffective against the 70% impact resistant Mudcrawlers, while also vulnerable to the ranged attacks of both Mudcrawlers and Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consider adopting a force of all units with ranged attacks, save for horse and thief units, which can be kept behind the lines when not in use. It is amusing when Saurian Augers are forced to tap your units with their little staffs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers are a necessity to deal with the heavy damage your units will be sustaining. Depending on the strategy you adopt, you will want 2-4 healers. Mages of Light rock here, as they can easily do front line duty in pairs and their illumination blinds the Saurians, reducing their damage.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need something to clean up mud. Versus level 0 Mudcrawlers, Horsemen and their advancements can charge with no counterattack, and likewise Thieves and their advancements can backstab with no counterattack. Mages can be used as well on the fire vulnerable mud.&lt;br /&gt;
* A Merman or two will help with water hexes. An Entangler's slow ability will help tame the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* Players have used many different strategies with success:&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Fighting Saurians requires a disciplined formation.  If you're used to stringing out troops to move them into position as they get there, that won't work after Turn 2 or 3. You can use a &amp;quot;healing hedgehog&amp;quot; of ten troops--two white mages next to each other and eight troops completely encircling them.  If someone gets badly injured, move them to the inside and put a white mage on one of the long edges, fighting as you go.  If you're trying for the big bonus, you'll need two hedgehogs.  Try to keep reserves back a bit in cities.  If the terrain favorably protects you, or the wounded is a fast unit, you can try moving wounded back to cities too.  Once the main wave of Saurians is broken, you can string non-wounded troops out a bit in the rush for the leaders. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Triangular Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Switching wounded units to the inside of the hedgehog can be a problem if you are surrounded. ZOC prevents you from creating an open hex to move the inner unit into. You can fix this by creating a triangle with three hexes inside, instead of the standard two of the hedgehog. If you do this on your castle, only three units are in grasslands. If you set it right, you can make most of the hexes adjacent to your triangle be grassland as well, forcing the Saurians into a bad defensive position. In terms of unit positioning, the simplest way is to fill two inner spaces with Mages of Light, a but a better tactic is to put one of the mages on an edge, thereby ensuring that all but one of your units are healing. The remaining unit can either be a Merman Hoplite, (prefereably resilient and carrying a Storm Trident) or Lady Jessene, since she has excellent defense and is chaotic and therefore benefits by not being in the Mages' light. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Giant Hedgehog&amp;quot; strategy: Recruit a lot of units, and then move the whole army as one big bulk. Keep healers in the middle (about four), rotate stronger units outwards, and make sure you leave no gaps. The Saurians will slip through the tiniest gap and kill your weak units. Head first for the east or wast leader, but steer for good terrain, because your force will soon be swarmed until about turn 10, when there should be many few Saurians alive.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Standard Line&amp;quot; strategy: Form a line from the west board edge diagonally up towards your keep across the two villages just in front of the forest. You will probably wish to bend upwards at the forest, rather than running the line all the way to the keep. Whenever the Saurians have a small number of troops at your line and you have enough strength to kill them all, you can advance your whole line one hex south, allowing you to get additional attacks on them from non-frontline troops. Once you advance a unit to the first water hex at west board edge, the west leader will probably come out to greet it, so be ready to fry him with Haldric's ruby. After killing the leader, back up into good terrain to prepare to meet the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Wake the Dragon&amp;quot; strategy: Prematurely wake the dragon (see spoiler below) and back up your troops to north of your keep. When the dragon comes, kill him. The scenario can be over on turn 7. There is no early finish bonus for this, but you can recruit lightly so that you still have gold at the end and will carry-over 40%, if you need it for your next scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* With all these strategies, the Saurians may hold back for quite a while. This is okay, as the Dragon will eventually appear and come to you. Kill it. Then you are given a choice of whether to end the scenario or to try to kill all the enemy leaders before time runs out. You can choose to finish the remaining Saurians for a nice bonus. However, on the hardest difficulty setting the turn limit (33 turns) is insufficient for you to plow through the vast hordes of level 0 spam to get to the leaders, so it's best to simply end the scenario after killing the dragon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* The dragon will awake on turn 15 or when you move a unit down around the road north of the mountains. If you wish to wake the dragon prematurely, you can recruit a Horseman on turn 1 and run him down. It's a suicide mission for him, however.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have a fast non-horse unit in position, rush it to the mountain cave after the Dragon leaves to grab the 200 in gold, though that's nothing compared to the Hero bonus for defeating all the Saurian leaders. So focus on killing all of them first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Lizard Beach====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario versus Saurians, Giant Scorpions, and Mudcrawlers, where good recruiting and strategy will save you from massive bloodshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruiting...&lt;br /&gt;
* Mermen are helpful for the swamp and water areas.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bench some or all of your loyal Iron Maulers, veterans from ''The Fall.'' They are laughably ineffective against the impact resistant Mudcrawlers - and laughably vulnerable to their ranged attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Thieves, Horsemen, and their advancements are good for mud cleanup, though you must keep them out of range of Saurian skirmishers. Swordsmen and Royal Guards are also good, though overkill.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall a lot of fairly high HP units, preferably with strong non-impact ranged and melee attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages are good. Mages of Light are especially useful, since they can do front line duty. Lots of healing may be necessary, about 3 healers are good, so White Mages can be used too. Raw recruit Mages can be used as well, for disposal of Giant Scorpions and the occasional Saurian Skirmisher that wanders too far. At least one Silver Mage is highly desirable, along with a speedy unit (e.g., Fugitive, Footpad, or Horseman) to capture villages for the Silver Mage to use north of the river.&lt;br /&gt;
* [fredbobsmith2] An alternative strategy that works surprisingly well is to simply use a very mage-heavy army. Recall most or all of your high-level mages, throw in a few peasants, and spend the rest of your gold on recruiting mages. Victory will come with shocking ease.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* General strategy: as Saurians have skirmishers and a lot of movement, be sure to protect your wounded units well. Because of the Saurians unnerving ability to concentrate their fire on one unit, be sure to keep several healers around and try to keep your line straight so only two can mob one guy. Hedgehog tactic also seems to work well.&lt;br /&gt;
* Opening strategy: here are some specific strategies that players have used with success in the early part of the scenario:&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen in center&amp;quot; strategy: Recall 2-4 Mermen, 1-2 Trappers/Huntsmen, and a lot of high HP troops, then form a line. Initially, you can either form a north-south line around the lake area with one flank at the south board edge, or, if you want to be conservative, you can do a diagonal line in the southeast corner, with both flanks tied to board edges. You'll need the Mermen to handle the lake area, and Trappers/Huntsmen/Mermen for the swamp areas. Keep troops in reserve, so that when a few Saurians meet your line, you can advance your whole line over them. Do not be too conservative/defensive on hard, as your time is limited. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen on flank&amp;quot; strategy: Recall several decent land melee units &amp;amp; then 4-5 level 2 Mermen on rounds 2-3. Most of your force forms a line of battle near your keep, Mermen on the north flank in the river, land units extending south, flanks bent back with strongest units at the corners - then let the Saurians break on it. Once their first wave has broken, the rest of their troops come in drips and are no problem, so now you can split up and wipe out the stragglers and claim villages; any L2 units you start with should level up. After you defeat the main force from the south send just one or two guys north to capture towns so your Silver Mages can teleport into the fray. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Mermen feint&amp;quot; strategy: Recall most of your Mermen from before and send them along the river towards the sea. This will harry the saurian troops coming down from the north, allowing your main force to advance on the southern enemy  undisturbed. Beware, though as your mermen will encounter the Saurians at night time (giving you -25% and them +25%), so try to minimize conflict until dawn, just get in their way.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;No Mermen&amp;quot; strategy: On your first two turns recall two keeps of strong, fast veterans like mounted units (not Paladins though; they're pretty ineffective against saurians), Outlaws/Assassins, and Silver Magi along with some other veterans, preferably with a lot of HP: if all goes well (at least on easy and medium) that may be all you need. Dash them across the swamp directly west of your keep, south of the sands, and form a line with strong units at the ends. They'll flank you, but you're stronger than them and you can use your slower units to crush the flanking saurians in a hammer and anvil. The first wave of southern Saurians should get itself killed before the northern Saurians arrive in force. Once the northern Saurians arrive, take them out with your slower units while your quicker ones go for the southern leader.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Sacrificial lamb&amp;quot; strategy: In addition to a couple mages, 2 healers, and some other fighters, recruit a castle-full of peasants to draw the Saurians out onto open ground.  Surround a single peasant on 5 sides, with 2 healers behind him. Build your formation around that.&lt;br /&gt;
* Closing strategy: The enemy's onslaught tapers out after their initial wave, so the final push for the southern leader should be quick and clean. Taking out the northern leader is harder, because all of your units will be stuck south of the marshes and the river. If you want to go for a quick win, just march forth with Silver Mages, Mermen, and anyone who's close enough to be a help. If you don't want to lose any of your better units, patience may be the key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units gets as far west as the second bridge, a wave of Nagas will arrive out at sea. You may wish to delay going that far until the second watch, so that the Nagas will make contact with your forces during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
* Killing one leader gives more gold to the other, so when you've defeated pretty much all the southern leader's forces, just plant a level 3 or two in his keep and leave him alive; kill them both in the same turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Troll Hole====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a scenario that you cannot win by brute force, because the trolls have more brute force than you. Wise recruitment and strategy are necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* It's underground time again, so as before, mainly recruit mages. The trolls are strong, so hopefully you have lots of levelled up mages. Mages of Light are especially nice, because they are tough enough to survive an attack from most trolls, while simultaneously reducing the damage sustained (due to illumination blinding the trolls.) Level 1 Mages can be used to good effect too, especially if quick. If only attacked by a single Troll Whelp, a healthy level 1 Mage will survive.&lt;br /&gt;
* In addition to mages, your chaotic units can be helpful here again, especially against the occasional Rocklobber, which you will not want to attack with mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Forget about your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up Heavy Infantrymen from ''the Fall''). They are too slow. It's not that you'll be running around, but you will be rotating troops due to heavy damage, and they will only get in the way.&lt;br /&gt;
* Putting Mermen in the moat will really help you fend off the first wave of attacks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* There are 4 castles, and two of them (randomly placed it seems) are the troll leaders you need to kill.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to use the narrow corridors to your advantage, so the enemy can only place one attack against a strong unit of yours, but you can kill a troll at a time with two mages or Haldric. Also keep an eye at your back since they will try to surround you. And resist the temptation to send single units wandering around in what seems empty caves - they will all die, probably by the fangs of a Giant Spider.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try to arrange it so one troll can enter to be attacked by many troops.  Have regular troops in front initially.  Move mages forward to finish the troll, plug the gap where the troll was with Burin or a Royal Guard or an Iron Mauler, and reset the trap on the next turn.  When you've whittled down the enemy, go the direction they came from and kill the leaders, ignoring spider keeps.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alternative: This could be a good choice if you have low gold: recall 2 quick red mages, and 3 quick tough melee units (say 2 royal guards &amp;amp; a L3 chaotic unit like a Fugitive). Play expedition style: abandon the start island, stay fairly close together, with your troops roughly divided in two between those moving forward and those fighting rearguard. Provided you knock out one troll leader early, the rest is manageable, just work your way carefully over to the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cursed Isle====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting undead, mostly of the incorporeal and ghoulish lineages. Victory comes surprisingly easily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit lightly, certainly no more than two castles of troops. You could use 1-3 Paladins, 1-2 Mages, and 1-2 White Mages / Mages of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recall your loyal Merman Triton or similar and have him pick up the holy water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* This can be the first or last quest you choose.  If you can wait, do it last, as you will come out of it with a lot of gold, which you will need for the first scenario after the quests, ''The Vanguard''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep a very tight formation for the first night, as Shadows will hit hard and you don't want to get backstabbed or swarmed. By dawn, it should be smooth sailing.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you get anywhere near the enemy leaders' keeps, expect to get rushed by a leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler...&lt;br /&gt;
* In one of the three temples there is a Vampire Lady. All you really need is a Paladin or three to rush the temples. Kill her. Game over, you win. One of the other temples has some gold; grab that first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Spy In The Woods===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plot only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Vanguard===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be fighting a large number of orcs, trolls and other enemies in a location with a natural defensive line, where presumably an underground river has carved a line of sinkholes. This scenario will be difficult or impossible with minimum gold (200), but quite doable with a large amount of gold (450+) even on the hardest difficulty setting. Recruitment and strategy are fairly straightforward, given the board layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruit a lot of units; you will need them.&lt;br /&gt;
# First turn, recall/recruit speedy units: Knights, Lancers, Paladins, Horsemen, Outlaws, and similar.&lt;br /&gt;
# Second turn, recall your loyal Iron Maulers (leveled up from ''The Fall'') and Spearmen/Swordsmen/Royal Guards.&lt;br /&gt;
# On subsequent turns, recall/recruit healers and other sorts of Mages, Thugs and their advancements, and Longbowmen. You will need quite a lot of healing power: 3-4 White Mages / Mages of Light and 1-2 Paladins. A Silver Mage would come in handy, since your forces will be widely spaced, but you could start with a couple of Red Mages and try to level up one or both to Silver Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# This map is smaller than fog of war and sinkholes make it appear.  Rush the west and northwest gaps with mounted units, but slow &amp;amp; strong will carry the day once the sun rises and the odds are in your favor.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Seal of all the gaps in the ring of sinkholes. When the onslaught begins, wounded units can retreat back into villages or be cared for by healers - or actually both, since soon you will be out of non-wounded units.&lt;br /&gt;
# A &amp;quot;Sitzkrieg&amp;quot; may develop, where neither side can make progress. Shift units to the southwest and break out there, using the west board edge defensively. From there, sweep northwards, taking out the western orc leader first and then the next orc leader.&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget the chest of gold, which you can see even in fog.&lt;br /&gt;
# End the scenario with the kill of the final leader, a level 3 troll.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill more than half the units of any side, a few tough undead units will appear near that side's stronghold at the edge of the map. So, this will happen three times. Beware the Chocobones. Their double damage from charge means they can take out Commander Aethyr at night just by hitting 2 for 2, and they will certainly try if they get the opportunity.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: the next scenario is much less difficult with extra gold. You can use Peasants to avoid going negative on gold, promoting them to Spearmen only when needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Return of the Fleet===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome to the &amp;quot;kitchen sink&amp;quot; defense.  You've made it this far; now the enemy will launch a desperate defense, throwing a little bit of everything at you.  The effect is mostly psychological, but it could be a problem if you came into the scenario with minimum gold or your initial assessment causes you to drastically under-recruit. Time is money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, at least, you don't want to overrecruit. First turn, recall Mermen to assassinate the undead leader; 2 Entanglers/Netcasters and the Triton with the Storm Trident. Later, you should recruit 1 or more Silver Mages also for this taskforce as well as for causing general mayhem. It's also worth recruiting 5-10 L1/L0 units to take the brunt of the first wave of attacks; you can use any combination of Footpads, Poachers, Thugs, Spearmen, and Peasants, as you see fit. You'll want some decent L2 and L3 recalls for healing, to flank your lines, and to start kicking some butt at daybreak. A Mage or Red Mage to blast Trolls and Chocobones will level up by end of scenario. Paladins are good too. In addition to your loyal Mage of Light, you will need a bare minimum of 1 more healer.&lt;br /&gt;
* On medium, don't recruit too much for fighting the undead - 2 Paladins at most, 1 or 2 Thugs, the stormy Merman, and the nearest Mage working with your land force are sufficient - the undead commander only gets 5-6 L2 recruits and they come ashore scattered (on medium, anyway). Paladins are so effective against undead that you can wade into the water after them. Just remember, Paladins can't go into deep water and undead can.&lt;br /&gt;
* On hard, you also don't want to recruit too much for fighting the undead, but it's only because going on an offensive early against them will get you crushed by a Chocobone armada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
# Move the Mermen (including the storm trident) as quickly as possible pretty much straight to the West. (There is a village and swamp hex that can aid your travel if you pick the best route).  Move these guys up the West side once they get there to get to the Undead Leader as quickly as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Your loyal units can do a little village grabbing, but it would be unwise to venture too far north.&lt;br /&gt;
# After nightfall, fog will appear; for the rest of the scenario, the map will become shrouded, like in a cave scenario.  So while you're still amazingly able to see, note the key terrain features, castle and city locations, and troop dispositions (especially Chocobones.)  Also, visually explore the avenues of approach you want to be able to see later.&lt;br /&gt;
# The first wave is largely at night and will have Goblin Knights and Pillagers, and later Chocobones and Troll Warriors. The damage they can cause is bone chilling, so make sure to divert their attention with plenty of spam. You want to meet them on the edge of the woodland, while inducing the orcs to fight from the grassland. Footpads and Poachers are handy here, as they have high defense in woodland. Players have had success setting up the initial line in either the north and northeast woodlands, with respect to the castle. Others have succeeded by fighting mostly from the open plain, retaining mobility by leaving the woodlands to their Footpads.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once your Mermen have taken an island city, teleport over one or more Silver Mages to help kill the undead leader - in addition to a Silver Mage, you will want the storm trident, a Netcaster/Entangler, plus one more leveled unit to be fairly sure to knock him out in one round. Quick striking like this you end up fighting a lot less undead.  You probably end up foddering one of the mermen to the Undead Archers, but the trade off is well worth it.  You can keep cycling your mermen up to fight with any orcs or trolls that come into the water. Silver Mages can assist, since they are not needed much in the other part of the fight.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the undead leader is assassinated and the first wave is broken, you may advance cautiously due north or to the northwest along the coast and ultimately finish off the two orc leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When you are close to the break in the woods at the east board edge, tighten your formation and keep wounded units well away, as a small force of high-level Saurians will appear. Trigger them in daylight if possible, and knock them out fast. Alternatively, you can delay triggering the Saurians as long as possible by moving your force northwest near the water and then onto the small island, though even then it is possible to trigger the Saurians if you are not careful where you step. (Stepping to 10 hexes or less from 34,15 triggers the Saurians.) You can fight the final wave of orcs from the island, then move northeast to the mainland, finally triggering the Saurians.&lt;br /&gt;
* Two cuttlefish appear when you approach the north-central island. Assuming you're sending a strike force through the water to knock out the undead commander, you really don't want to trigger these until that force is on the island - the storm trident Merman is the only thing that can stand up to them in water, and they will avoid him to attack more vulnerable units.&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you kill one enemy leader, the other gets more gold &amp;amp; recruits a new wave of L2s. This can be useful if you need to kill off surplus L1 units to improve the finish bonus, or if you need the XP more than the gold; otherwise, try to knock out both leaders on the same turn before they can recruit more. Alternatively, if you kill the first one at dawn, the second will be reluctant to attack with his L2s in daylight, and you might jump in and kill him before he uses them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Heads up: The next scenario is the final one. Therefore, loyal units are now somewhat disposable. However, you will need plenty of gold. Recruit some Peasants in the current scenario if you need to save some gold. Not only are they cheap, but they have no upkeep and Chocobones love 'em. Send a unit with leadership with them and they can even deal some amount of damage and be used to finish off wounded enemy, though at night you should just let them take the beating passively since otherwise they die too quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rise of Wesnoth===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's the final battle: be patient, recall everybody - the early finish bonus doesn't mean anything. Also, loyal units are no better than other units after your recruitment is finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruitment...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will need at least 300 starting gold, maybe more like 400 on the hardest difficulty level, so if need be, replay the previous scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
* To stretch your money, start with loyal Iron Maulers and a couple ready-to-level level 1's and level 2's. Finally, recall as many level 3's as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Healers: 3-6 Mages of Light / White Mages. Your few chaotic units will appreciate a White Mage.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse units: 2-4 Paladins, 3-4 Knights / Grand Knights.&lt;br /&gt;
* Horse escorts: about 3 speedy units, like Royal Guards, Fugitives, and Silver Mages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tanks: at least 6 high HP units, such as Royal Guards, Highwayman, Master Bowmen, and the loyal Iron Maulers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mages: at least 3 high level Mages aside from your basic healers, so Arch Mages, Great Mages, and Silver Mages. Additional Mages of Light can be substituted.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some Mermen might be useful here, but surprisingly, they're not really necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
* On 1.9.3 and earlier, you can recruit Saurian Skirmishers on medium and Skirmishers plus Ambushers on hard. This appears to be a bug, so ignore the option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategy...&lt;br /&gt;
* You will launch a two pronged assault: mounted units will race to the west and then south, while the main army heads due south.&lt;br /&gt;
* With your mounted units, race forwards by day and backwards by night.&lt;br /&gt;
* Along with the mounted units should go some escorts, speedy foot units intended to kill things like Goblin Impalers, which make even Grand Knights nervous. They would also benefit from a quick Mage of Light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Meanwhile, with your tanks and the rest of your healers and support units, form a line or hedgehog in the woods just south of your keep or next to the river. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep your leaders with the main army, to avoid drawing too much attention to the mounted detachment.&lt;br /&gt;
* Maintain awareness of the overall battlefield. If the main army gets in trouble, you can send some or all of the mounted units to assist. There may be an opportunity to hammer-and-anvil enemy forces trapped in the middle. And you may wish to transfer units, like Paladins may be useful to the main army after it is on the move.&lt;br /&gt;
* You'll need at least two Paladins to kill Jevyan himself; nothing else is half as effective (except perhaps Mages of Light and suicidal Lancers).  Or you can use a pair of Great Mages (unless you are very unlucky, you should be able to kill him in a single turn). Don't forget to sacrifice Aethyr to Jevyan.  If he doesn't want to come out and play, march up to Jevyan and use a crossbow attack.  When Jevyan is dead, the yellow and green leaders may still be alive. You'll have to kill one, leaving at least one orc leader alive. You pick.  Congratulations!  Enjoy the ending!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoilers...&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of your units is within 8 hexes of a bridge, but you have no units within 2 hexes of the bridge, and there are no units on the bridge, then a Cuttle Fish will appear and destroy the bridge. This is usually disadvantageous. Not only does it leave you with a Cuttle Fish to fight, but it slows your progress south and the bad guys progress north. At least on the hardest difficulty level, it's hard to kill all the spam in time, so you don't want to impede their advance by removing the bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
* When any of your units is killed, it becomes a Walking Corpse. On hard, it becomes a Soulless, which makes it important to be careful with your level 2's, especially Lancers.&lt;br /&gt;
* After the first orc leader is killed, then some gold goes to mister Lich. It's 40, 80, or 120 gold, for easy, medium, and hard, respectively.  The lich will receive some gold once you kill his Familiar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See Also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MainlineCampaigns]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - The Rise of Wesnoth]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55289</id>
		<title>LegendofWesmere</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55289"/>
		<updated>2014-07-01T00:09:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* Northern Battle */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;General Note:  Throughout this campaign, if your elves need to make a stand and you have a choice of options, choose the one that will put most of them in the woods.  Not only will this give you the best chance of survival, it will ensure that the AI playing your allies will do useful things.  This matters a lot, because many of the scenarios in this campaign involve allies you cannot control whose death results in your defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategical Note: This is a long campaign where you play elves. So take a look at the top level units: There are two units capable of flight! One of them is a curing healer +8, the other one is level 4. Both of them can do magic, and both of them can slow their enemies! If you can team up two shydes and two sylphs, you get a magically hard hitting, regenerating, slowing air force that can ZoC-lock an enemy. As if that wasn't enough, late in the campaign you'll lose access to most of your veteran troops, but not your sylphs and shydes. So it really pays to level shamans. However, they are not recruitable during the first four scenarios (since version 1.9.x) --you will still have enough opportunity to level them up, but it requires some effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loyal troops are even more valuable in this campaign than in most others, partially because they get three traits, but mainly because you'll get to keep them when your other troops are unavailable. With that in mind, you should strongly consider leveling one (or both!) of your loyal fighters into a marshal. His leadership skills will prove invaluable when you are stuck with a level 1 army. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Uprooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill any of the orc leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/17/14 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like the first scenario in Heir to the Throne, this scenario begins with the hero in a forest with enemies preparing to close in on all sides. You might want to simply run away (and previously you could), but you have to kill one enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The keep directly to the east is one option. If you keep most of his stronghold hexes plugged up with your units or your enemy's, then he will not be able to spend all his gold before you kill the leader, possibly when he dives in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good alternative is going southwest, as this puts the maximum distance between you and the troops of the other orcish leaders, and only level 1 orcs will come from that corner. It also allows you to use the units of Velon more efficiently; they come under your control after they are first attacked by an orc. The villages will also become yours at that point, so you don't need to worry too much about them (except for healing, of course).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can only recruit fighters and archers. Use fighters to shield yourself and archers to kill the grunts (and warriors on hard.) Keep loyals and leaders safe - if only one unit shields them, remember that it can be killed by a single lucky L2 orc. If you manage to level up units choose captain for fighters and marksman for archers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hostile Mountains ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the troll leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing to do is get the dwarves to fight the trolls. The trolls will go to the east bank without any bait, just take care you don't lure them away or worse anger the dwarves yourself. Even after they fight with the trolls, do not go to the east bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruit fighters to die, archers to do damage. The trolls will tend to go for the fighters when given the option. If you don't have a captain yet, level up a fighter as soon as possible, and use his leadership on your archers. You will need marksmen to kill trolls on mountains, so keep your archers safe (well, at least on reasonable terrain). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not, under any circumstances, cross the river—if you do, Olurf will attack you, and the trolls will cut both you and the dwarves to pieces.  You can have units stand in the river if necessary to reach a particular unit, but since your enemies are more powerful than your units avoid doing so if you are likely to be counterattacked.  Instead, send out an archer or two (preferably ''quick'' ones) to grab the villages in the far northern reaches of the board while you move your troops onto the wooded island in the middle of the river, directly south of your keep.  From here, you can help the dwarves whittle down the trolls while you slowly wend your way southwest toward the troll keep.  The scenario will end if you succeed in killing the troll leader.  Note:  Olurf's death counts as a defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a reason the middle island has so much forest. The western bank of the river has a narrow swath of forest surrounded by mountains and hills. This is not ideal terrain for fighting trolls. Trolls move faster than elves on hills and mountains and have comparable defense. A much better idea is to try to occupy the middle island, forcing the trolls to attack from water. Chances are you'll only be able to claim the northern tip of the island at first, so half your army will spill over to the forest on the west bank. The dwarves help by putting units in water and doing other things to distract the trolls and draw fire away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is preferable to aim to kill the troll leader rather than get to the signpost as the experience is most important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ka'lian Under Attack ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive the initial attack with Galtrid, then defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 5/7/9 initially, then 35/30/25 extra (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take careful note of this map; you'll be fighting on it again later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first turns (original turn limit) you play the defenders of the Ka'lian. See all those Orcish Assassins in the water? Make sure they receive as much retaliation as possible when they poison your units (archers). As you can heal only 2 units per turn, make sure they can't poison your fresh recruits as well. Also, you can kill Assassins with some of your poisoned units, as long as they have still enough hitpoints. Distribute XP carefully; units heal upon level up; rarely is this more useful than in this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't just hit Ctrl-R to recruit; you have a massive keep so put your new units in the right place. Don't let the orcs in good defense terrain and you should be fine. Use Galtrids leadership carefully by moving him multiple times per turn to support different areas of the castle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz arrives, the orcs just pile up in the northwestern corner ''if'' you defended the Ka'lian well. Control the map, by trapping and killing the village stealing wolf riders, heal your poisoned Ka'lian defenders and let them do some work. Close in carefully - it will be very hard avoiding casualties, but when the time comes, let them be L1 fighters and not your L2. You can level a number of units, but don't wait too long, because you will need gold for the next scenario. (250+ carryover)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The behaviour of the orcs will depend directly on your ability to hold out the invasion of your fortress. If you manage to repel somewhat successfully their initial attack, the orcs will assume a defensive stance for the second part of the battle (usually triggered when Kalenz arrives). If, on the other hand, the orcs have a more successful start, they then become more aggressive and the battle becomes much more lively on the second part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A special feature of this particular scenario --something not very common in a campaign-- is that you will control two armies simultaneously after Kalenz' arrival. You start by assuming the role of Galtrid, and later Kalenz joins the party, at which time you will switch between your two roles. However, you won't control Galtrid's army anymore in the future, so don't grow too attached to it and remember that they are expendable here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Elvish Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two main ways to play this scenario. The most straightforward solution is to send your army en masse to the keep in the northwest first; that's where Cleodil (an Elvish Shyde) is. Then turn east to take out the other saurian. Recruit plenty of Fighters, use leadership to full extent and try to heal by leveling up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is alternatively possible to kill the eastern leader with Rangers/Avengers. The AI will completely ignore them once they are in the woods again. This allows you to play more defensively in the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When fighting the saurians, there are three things to remember:  1) Don't send out isolated units, because they'll be swarmed and killed; 2) Try to keep the saurians on bad terrain 3) watch the day/night cycle (it doesn't affect your elves, but the saurians are significantly weaker by day and you can turn that fact to great advantage). Kill the Augurs as soon as possible with your fighter line. The skirmishers have a lot of movement points; make sure that wounded units are safe or meant to be sacrificed. In general, take your time to experiment and figure out what works best on your strategy against saurians, as you'll be seeing many more of them in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Along with Cleodil, two other units will be freed from the prison. All of them become loyal to your cause, so by the end of this scenario you'll have a small loyal army on your hands. Protect them well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's a couple of things worth noting regarding Cleodil: one is that she has a special ability labeled ''elates Kalenz'' which works basically like leadership, but only works on Kalenz. What this means is that from now on it's a good idea to keep those two close to each other in the battle field. The other one is that she can recruit Shamans and Woses. You may try it out in this scenario, in the small keep to the north. This works out nicely if your strategy for this scenario is to concentrate on the northwestern enemy first. With a little effort, you can free Cleodil relatively quickly, and then her recruits can be very helpful for the rest of the battle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Saurian Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/20/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With Cleodil on your side now, you may finally recruit Shamans, as well as Woses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much trickier than the last one because here you have to fight the saurians on terrain that's hostile to your elves (desert and swamp). Try to confront them on favorable terrain and form a defensive line (against Skirmishers) each turn. Woses are very effective against saurians, so if you have trouble with this scenario, try recruiting at least 6 Woses. Also, the ''slows'' attribute of Shamans' ranged attacks limits the damage potential and mobility of Skirmishers. Kill the southern leader first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you've dealt with the southern leader and the treasury (the single saurian sitting on a village and not moving) you can either take an Elvish Scout to the treasury to pick up the gold and return it to the sign post (but traveling more slowly than usual) or just go kill the northern leader. Killing the leader is preferable. You'll get XP and any loss in gold from early finish is dwarfed by the 1800 gold you get for beating the level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep an eye on the turn limit. The enemy leaders are easily lured out with an Elvish Scout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acquaintance in Need ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another troll leader to kill, so it is an XP opportunity, like for your shamans. For recruiting, you need to make sure that you neither overrecruit nor underrecruit. With too few units, you will take too long to finish your enemies (as always), while too many units won't help you in the fight, and you will need the money!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start with the green enemy, who is the closest one to you. The dwarves, who are your allies for this scenario, should provide substantial help in doing so. While you finish off the first orc, you should start sending a fair amount of relatively unexperienced archers/shamans west to take on the troll. Then move north over the mountains in a broad line to take out the orcs. A broad front line will help you to quickly overrun the orcs and allow you to finish in good time. Of course, you need sufficient numbers to do this without overstretching yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dwarves will get a lot of kills/occupy the enemy quite a bit. Their high mountain defense and mobility ensure this. You may need to resign yourself to softening the orcs up and letting the dwarves get the kills.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this scenario you'll be able to ask Olurf to move to a specific location inside the map (using right-click), which may be useful in case you want his help in some particularly tight spot. This is one of the ways in which you can control the behaviour of your allies (you'll see another in the next scenario). Notice, however, that this command only applies to Olurf himself, and his troops will continue to move freely as they please, often taking experience away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the end of the scenario, you will end up &amp;quot;hiring&amp;quot; Olurf --paying him 400 gold-- but if you've been careful with your finances, you probably won't miss that amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elves' Last Stand ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives:&lt;br /&gt;
** Defeat all of the enemy leaders ''and''&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Own the field,&amp;quot; which means having more than 25 units while the enemy has under 15.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as in Kal'ian Under Attack, but with many more enemies. You'll be facing vast numbers of trolls, orcs, and naga.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario formerly had AI-controlled allies that you could &amp;quot;instruct&amp;quot; in various ways, probably unsuccessfully, but it has been changed (circa 1.11.*) so that you have direct control of allied forces, alternating with yours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For recruitment, spamming Fighters and Archers is essential. Supplement them with Elder Woses or just plain Woses. You'll be facing the poison of Assassins, Slayers, and Water Serpents as well the damage of L2 and L3 Trolls, so recall as many healers as you have, plus a lot of Shamans. Mix some in with your ally's forces, since he has no Shaman line units. Finish your recruitment by recalling whatever L3 units you have.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that you have control of your allies, it makes most sense to let him have all the villages. Have your ally recruit a couple of Elf Scouts to keep reflagging villages after you use them for healing or the enemy captures them. It's literally impossible for you or your ally to have gold carryover from this scenario, so spend it or lose it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To save Eradion (your elf ally to the west), you likely either need to evacuate him to the Ka'lian or send reinforcements from the Ka'lian to him. Another option is to have Eradion recall veteran troops; yes, your allies have their own recall list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to keep control of the Ka'lian, you'll need to maintain considerable forces there. However, this island fortress is not much of a defense against the droves of Water Serpents and L1, L2 and maybe L3 Naga headed its way. They get 60% defense in water, so your moat is like a fortress for them. Therefore, abandoning the Ka'lian after your initial recruiting is an option to consider. Fortunately, there is good terrain (forest) to the west and north/northeast of the Ka'lian. Note that if you avoid waterfront hexes, the Water Serpents will crawl onto land, where they are much easier to kill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good tactics are essential. Don't get sloppy about formation and protecting the wounded. Maintain mostly straight lines early on. Don't get flanked. Try to keep loyals and criticals ''off'' the front line, especially at night versus trolls. If you're careful, you can use the heavy fighting to level units. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some versions of this scenario, Olurf will show up on turn 12 to lend considerable support. In newer versions, Olurf does not show up until the battle is won. If he does not show on turn 12, it is indeed still possible to win. 700 starting gold is sufficient, barely. Try abandoning the Ka'lian, sending your allied troops west to Eradion's keep area, while your main army digs in within the forest northeast of the Ka'lian. Good luck!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council of Hard Choices ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bounty Hunters ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz across the river&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only thing you gain from defeating the saurians is experience. If you are having trouble beating this level, just recruit one round, and run north as fast as you can with your criticals. To slow down the saurians, you can divide your recruits and send half left and half right. When you reach the river, sea monsters (Water Serpents and Cuttle Fish) will attack. You may try distracting the monsters by tossing threm some tasty Elvish Scouts. The saurians will catch up as you're crossing the river, but at least a few of the saurians will focus on killing any remaining sea monsters before worrying about your leaders. Make use of the island to get Kalenz across as quickly as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By getting Kalenz quickly across the river, you'll get a hefty early finish bonus, rebuilding your gold reserve. Gold will become very important by the time you reach the ''Human Alliance'' scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to claim some experience as well, a small cadre of Elder Woses and Rangers can lure units one or two at a time to their deaths in the southern woods. They can hide in forest terrain if too many enemy units are in the area. Meanwhile, three Dwarf Guardsmen can serve as a disposable rear guard for your leaders fleeing to the north.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cliffs of Thoria ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three tricky elements about this one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, if you want Kalenz to get to the signpost, he'll have to climb there over high mountains, so the going will be very slow; watch the turn clock carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the &amp;quot;fog of war&amp;quot; applies so you won't know much about your enemies until you actually bump into them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, among your enemies you will find level 4 Yetis (which pack quite a punch) and Gryphons (which move very quickly through any terrain). Keep your Shamans ready to slow Yetis before you attack them with other units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For recruitment, you can probably get by with one round of raw recruits. However, note that dwarves do well in the mountains, so you may want more than three dwarf recruits. Avoid Ulfserkers and Berzerkers, though, as they are too vulnerable in this scenario, where things tend to jump out of the fog at you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heed the dialog; proceed with caution. After the initial battle, you can split your forces, sending a group to each enemy stronghold (northwest and east), while optionally sending a third group with Kalenz directly to the signpost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Battle of the Book ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Aquagar the drake wizard&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Crelanu or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/34/38 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The drakes, commanded by Aquagar (the foe you must defeat), are at the northwest corner, while a keep of trolls is located at the northeast. Crelanu, the wise mage for whom you came, is by the lake. You can send a quick unit (e.g. Cleodil) towards that keep in the middle of the map to trigger the dialogue with Crelanu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For recalling, especially useful units include Steelclads, Pathfinders, Marksmen, Rangers, Sorceresses, Thungerguards, and Stalwarts. A good mix of impact and ranged fighters is essential, because a lot of drakes breathe fire. One round of recruiting/recalling should be more than sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may try splitting your forces, sending half of your troops east along the road first to Crelanu's keep to save him and kill the troll leader (whose keep is close by). Take the remaining troops west to kill the drake leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it will take some time for the trolls to reach Crelanu, so it's probably better to focus all your power towards Aquagar to finish him as quickly as possible, and then Crelanu won't need any assistance. A quick finish means a big win bonus. You'll need it for the next scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Revelations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News from the Front ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Human Alliance ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive until the end of turns&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Aldar (the human leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 18/20/22 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hold onto your butts. This is going to be rough. This scenario is the unofficial finale; the following scenarios are pretty much a sequel, and easier too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enemy is in three places: the northwest, the northeast (trolls) and the southwest. The northeast trolls will not receive reinforcements, so you should concentrate on eliminating their army first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most challenging aspect of this scenario is that your army has to do three things practically simultaneously: contain the northwest orcs (this is not that hard due to favorable terrain), aid your human allies to the south, and eliminate the trolls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trolls should be pretty easy to kill. Their leader doesn't have much money, so there will not be many trolls to face. Slowing with some Shaman and using the forest (and mountain tiles for placing your dwarves) to your benefit leads to a quick victory. Afterwards, send the units to reinforce your other two fronts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your allies can hold their own against the first wave of southern attackers, but after that they'll be toast. One option is to join their banzai charge in order to crush the first wave. This should leave you better able to hold off the later waves, especially with your victorious anti-troll army coming to help.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The northwest orcs are numerous but should be kept in check by strong units in the bottlenecks. You'll need some tanks (like Champions and Marshals) and healers. Avengers and Rangers are also great for their 70% defense in forest and ambush ability, allowing you to trick the orcs into jumping into water at blocked locations. When the orc reinforcements arrive, you risk getting swarmed. By this time you should have some help coming from your anti-troll army, but your tactical situation will improve if you withdraw to the east during the night of turns 11 and 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first wave of reinforcements for the orcs will arrive by the end of turn 5. The second wave will come at turn 12. By the end of the battle, the number of orcs will be overwhelming, and the action will take quite some time between turns. By the second half of the battle, your complete focus should probably be on protecting your ally general, who by then will be out of money, occasionally recruiting one or two fodder units. He will remain immovable on his castle keep.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On turn 9, some of the elves you had left on Ka'lian will return. However, they will show up a little to the west of the keep where you start this scenario. It is a strange location for them to show up, and by that point of the battle it will probably be surrounded by enemies; therefore, keeping these reinforcements alive may be very challenging, if you don't have at least some of your forces making a stand near that location. Any isolated Avengers can go hide, if need be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should spend all your gold upfront --there is no much point in saving it for later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In most scenarios it's best to stab your ally in the back and steal his villages. Here, it may be preferable to let your ally keep his villages, when convenient, because you probably can't avoid going negative on gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Treaty ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Chief Must Die ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill the orc chief then return to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/32/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz and Landar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You get no keep, and no chance to recruit, in this one.  The only units you have are Kalenz and Landar, and their only task is to assassinate the Orc Sovereign (in the middle) and then return to the signpost at the southwestern corner of the map.  Your units will have special attributes (invisible, 80% dodge) for this scenario only that will make this easy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz takes the potion he changes into a level 2 Elvish Lord (as you might remember him if you have played [[HeirToTheThrone|HttT]]). He will now possess an arcane-magical attack, which proves very useful against many enemies. You should easily be able to get him to level up during this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should have plenty of turns. The only units that will bother you are the Wolf Rider line. They don't pose much threat thanks to Landar's bow and your 80% dodge. Go to the orc leader, kill him and return to the signpost. There is no point in grabbing villages as you get no income from them. There is also no point in finishing early so go ahead and level Kalenz.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Breaking the Siege ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Uradredia (the elf leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stick to recruiting units with lots of mobility, since the map is large and mostly snow-covered, hampering most of your unit types (don't even bother to recruit dwarves—they won't get to the scene of the action in time to strike any blows). Sylphs and Shydes are best, of course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is essential that you reach your ally quickly. Otherwise he might be dead before you even see him. Despite the fact that fog of war is turned on for this scenario, it's pretty simple to figure out from the geography which keep belongs to your ally (the one in the middle of the forest). You will want to finish this level quickly or/and to grab as soon as possible all the villages to have lots of gold for the next scenario (on medium you'll probably want at least 500 gold). Send some fast units north to keep your ally alive and send the rest straight west. The western units can sweep up after taking out the southern orc boss. A few of Direwolf Riders come as reinforcements when you get to close to the southern orc, so be careful. Alternatively just send everyone north and fan out from there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With good units this level shouldn't be tough to beat. Just make sure you beat it in good standing for the next scenario. At this point, this campaign becomes a very good example of why keeping your loyal units alive is very much worth it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hour of Glory ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Costly Revenge ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy units and destroy all enemy villages&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/35/30 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
* Other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as The Saurian Treasury, but with most of the terrain snow-covered. Since you're fighting the saurians again, most of the advice from that scenario still applies. Mobility is not a great issue, even though one of the enemy keeps is near the top northeastern corner of the map, because by the time you can dispose of your southern enemy he will have already sent most of his troops south after you. Numbers are an issue, however. So, whatever you do, do not underrecruit! (You don't need more than minimal gold in the next recruiting scenario.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best place to make a stand is probably near the patch of forest in the middle (high casualty approach) or the forest with the big ice plain in front of it (low casualty approach). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to put units in the swamp to keep the saurians out of there. The only poor-defense terrain for the saurians is the ice, so keep them on it. The Oracles/Soothsayers will use their ranged attack on your melee units and the Skirmishers/Flankers will use their melee attack on your archers. You will take heavy losses but this is actually good (more on that in a second).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like to send Kalenz and a couple of fast units (Scouts/Riders) along the northern forest and then have them cut across the top of the map. This accomplishes three things: one, you torch some out of the way villages; two, you can distract the northern saurians long enough to keep your main force (in the middle of the map) in control; three, you can move them over to kill the northern leader at the end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a weird twist to this level. After this the elvish civil war breaks out. All your units except loyal ones and scouts defect and serve Landar. So, see that Elvish Champion racking up the kills? Next time he's in battle he will be killing ''your'' units. After the tide of the battle has turned try and get the non-loyal high level units killed (attack those last two Oracles with ranged attack, etc).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enough gold your main worries will be getting to the villages in time (scouts come in handy), getting to the northern leader in time and leaving as few good units for the civil war as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Low casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.10.1 (hard): It is not necessary to get your units killed consciously and this scenario is possible with fairly low gold (220 gold for me) by recruiting mainly veterans and exploiting the horrible saurian movement / defence on ice (low casualty approach). As the turn limit isn't very long, it is useful to send some rangers/avengers behind the saurian lines to start burning villages, as soon as they hide in a forest they are invisible to the AI. Constantly check the turn clock, and be as aggresive as possible during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council Ruling == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elvish Assassins ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/16/12 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's no need to recruit - Kalenz can make it to the signpost with just the units you're given.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You might feel tempted to take this scenario as an opportunity to level up some new recruits from scratch, but this may not be a good idea. After a few turns, one of your elf allies (chosen at random) will turn against you, making the battle unpredictable and risky, for not a lot of gain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's just a couple of extra scenarios left in this campaign, and if you feel like leveling up units for the final battle, it's better to do it in the next scenario, where you can recall Cleodil's troops again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Northern Battle ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders or survive for six days&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Cleodil or Uradredia dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as Breaking the Siege, but since it's not winter, most of the board is grassland and woods, and much easier for your elves to fight on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Landar, now one of your enemies, will be in the far southwest, while another enemy elf has a keep a little to the north from yours. Approximately two thirds of your non-loyal veterans, chosen at random, will go with Landar, while the remaining third will go with Uradredia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have been building a formidable &amp;quot;air force&amp;quot; (shaman line) you can beat this level very easily. Moreover, the objective description is not very faithful, since you don't really have to kill all enemy leaders. It suffices to move any of your units adjacent to Landar. This makes this scenario quite easy to beat. If you still have Huraldur (your loyal quick elvish rider) on your side and you have leveled him up, you can take him straight to Landar's keep, and --thanks to the vulnerable design of Landar's keep-- place him next to Landar by turn 3, finishing the scenario with a huge gold reward. Alternatively, you may try a similar strategy with a group of new scout recruits or other quick units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, you can take the opportunity to level up a few recruits. Particularly, now could be a good time to level up any shamans/woses from Cleodil's old recall list to their maximum. Keep in mind that you need to put Cleodil in the ''Encampment Keep'' tile so you can recall those units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of Landar's betrayal and the loss of most of your veterans, you will be working mostly with first level units. Consequently, don't try to take on either enemy on the naked grasslands where their keeps lie; recruit as much as you can, then head for your ally's keep in the north central region of the board, taking as many villages during the process as possible. If you need to, make a stand in and about your ally's keep, though depending upon how well you delay Crintil's army you may be able to pick off your enemy a few at a time in the forest long enough to survive until the end of the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Playing this scenario patiently has a nice side-effect: by killing Landar's strong veterans here, they won't be available to him in the final battle. As a consequence, if you completely wipe up his army now, he'll be stuck with just fresh level-1 and level-2 elves to recruit by then (unless you're playing on ''hard'' difficulty). Also, all of Uradredia's units will become yours, so if you have the chance to save some of his veterans in this scenario, it's worth doing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have some experienced woses (highly resistant against pierce damage!), you can as well crush all the traitors frontally - as long as you engage them outside the forest - for an early finish and large bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== End of War ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Landar&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/21/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A relatively short and simple battle, considering this is the final scenario. Recall/recruit all worthy veterans, and don't worry about gold or grabbing villages. If you've made it this far, surely you have the necessary strategic/tactical skills necessary to deal with Landar's army. Now is the time to try risky ideas; this is the last stop for you and your army, so give them the chance to act heroically on the battle field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A straightforward strategy involves recalling any remaining veteran troops, then recruiting an army of level 1 elves. Form up your line of battle at the edge of the forest to maximize the difference in defense (70% vs. 40%, while trying to hold the shore is only 40% vs. 20%).  The forest defense bonus also means that your level 1 troops stand a good chace of surviving at least one round of two level 2 attacks (which they are unlikely to survive on open ground). If any enemy elves make it into the forest the best approach is to use magic attacks to smoke them out (a slyph works wonders). Once Landar's army has been dealt with, sweep your troops down to the enemy keep to deliver the coup de grace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again experienced woses dominate your enemies outside of forests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Epilogue ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55288</id>
		<title>LegendofWesmere</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55288"/>
		<updated>2014-07-01T00:08:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* End of War */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;General Note:  Throughout this campaign, if your elves need to make a stand and you have a choice of options, choose the one that will put most of them in the woods.  Not only will this give you the best chance of survival, it will ensure that the AI playing your allies will do useful things.  This matters a lot, because many of the scenarios in this campaign involve allies you cannot control whose death results in your defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategical Note: This is a long campaign where you play elves. So take a look at the top level units: There are two units capable of flight! One of them is a curing healer +8, the other one is level 4. Both of them can do magic, and both of them can slow their enemies! If you can team up two shydes and two sylphs, you get a magically hard hitting, regenerating, slowing air force that can ZoC-lock an enemy. As if that wasn't enough, late in the campaign you'll lose access to most of your veteran troops, but not your sylphs and shydes. So it really pays to level shamans. However, they are not recruitable during the first four scenarios (since version 1.9.x) --you will still have enough opportunity to level them up, but it requires some effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loyal troops are even more valuable in this campaign than in most others, partially because they get three traits, but mainly because you'll get to keep them when your other troops are unavailable. With that in mind, you should strongly consider leveling one (or both!) of your loyal fighters into a marshal. His leadership skills will prove invaluable when you are stuck with a level 1 army. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Uprooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill any of the orc leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/17/14 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like the first scenario in Heir to the Throne, this scenario begins with the hero in a forest with enemies preparing to close in on all sides. You might want to simply run away (and previously you could), but you have to kill one enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The keep directly to the east is one option. If you keep most of his stronghold hexes plugged up with your units or your enemy's, then he will not be able to spend all his gold before you kill the leader, possibly when he dives in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good alternative is going southwest, as this puts the maximum distance between you and the troops of the other orcish leaders, and only level 1 orcs will come from that corner. It also allows you to use the units of Velon more efficiently; they come under your control after they are first attacked by an orc. The villages will also become yours at that point, so you don't need to worry too much about them (except for healing, of course).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can only recruit fighters and archers. Use fighters to shield yourself and archers to kill the grunts (and warriors on hard.) Keep loyals and leaders safe - if only one unit shields them, remember that it can be killed by a single lucky L2 orc. If you manage to level up units choose captain for fighters and marksman for archers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hostile Mountains ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the troll leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing to do is get the dwarves to fight the trolls. The trolls will go to the east bank without any bait, just take care you don't lure them away or worse anger the dwarves yourself. Even after they fight with the trolls, do not go to the east bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruit fighters to die, archers to do damage. The trolls will tend to go for the fighters when given the option. If you don't have a captain yet, level up a fighter as soon as possible, and use his leadership on your archers. You will need marksmen to kill trolls on mountains, so keep your archers safe (well, at least on reasonable terrain). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not, under any circumstances, cross the river—if you do, Olurf will attack you, and the trolls will cut both you and the dwarves to pieces.  You can have units stand in the river if necessary to reach a particular unit, but since your enemies are more powerful than your units avoid doing so if you are likely to be counterattacked.  Instead, send out an archer or two (preferably ''quick'' ones) to grab the villages in the far northern reaches of the board while you move your troops onto the wooded island in the middle of the river, directly south of your keep.  From here, you can help the dwarves whittle down the trolls while you slowly wend your way southwest toward the troll keep.  The scenario will end if you succeed in killing the troll leader.  Note:  Olurf's death counts as a defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a reason the middle island has so much forest. The western bank of the river has a narrow swath of forest surrounded by mountains and hills. This is not ideal terrain for fighting trolls. Trolls move faster than elves on hills and mountains and have comparable defense. A much better idea is to try to occupy the middle island, forcing the trolls to attack from water. Chances are you'll only be able to claim the northern tip of the island at first, so half your army will spill over to the forest on the west bank. The dwarves help by putting units in water and doing other things to distract the trolls and draw fire away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is preferable to aim to kill the troll leader rather than get to the signpost as the experience is most important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ka'lian Under Attack ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive the initial attack with Galtrid, then defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 5/7/9 initially, then 35/30/25 extra (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take careful note of this map; you'll be fighting on it again later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first turns (original turn limit) you play the defenders of the Ka'lian. See all those Orcish Assassins in the water? Make sure they receive as much retaliation as possible when they poison your units (archers). As you can heal only 2 units per turn, make sure they can't poison your fresh recruits as well. Also, you can kill Assassins with some of your poisoned units, as long as they have still enough hitpoints. Distribute XP carefully; units heal upon level up; rarely is this more useful than in this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't just hit Ctrl-R to recruit; you have a massive keep so put your new units in the right place. Don't let the orcs in good defense terrain and you should be fine. Use Galtrids leadership carefully by moving him multiple times per turn to support different areas of the castle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz arrives, the orcs just pile up in the northwestern corner ''if'' you defended the Ka'lian well. Control the map, by trapping and killing the village stealing wolf riders, heal your poisoned Ka'lian defenders and let them do some work. Close in carefully - it will be very hard avoiding casualties, but when the time comes, let them be L1 fighters and not your L2. You can level a number of units, but don't wait too long, because you will need gold for the next scenario. (250+ carryover)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The behaviour of the orcs will depend directly on your ability to hold out the invasion of your fortress. If you manage to repel somewhat successfully their initial attack, the orcs will assume a defensive stance for the second part of the battle (usually triggered when Kalenz arrives). If, on the other hand, the orcs have a more successful start, they then become more aggressive and the battle becomes much more lively on the second part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A special feature of this particular scenario --something not very common in a campaign-- is that you will control two armies simultaneously after Kalenz' arrival. You start by assuming the role of Galtrid, and later Kalenz joins the party, at which time you will switch between your two roles. However, you won't control Galtrid's army anymore in the future, so don't grow too attached to it and remember that they are expendable here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Elvish Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two main ways to play this scenario. The most straightforward solution is to send your army en masse to the keep in the northwest first; that's where Cleodil (an Elvish Shyde) is. Then turn east to take out the other saurian. Recruit plenty of Fighters, use leadership to full extent and try to heal by leveling up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is alternatively possible to kill the eastern leader with Rangers/Avengers. The AI will completely ignore them once they are in the woods again. This allows you to play more defensively in the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When fighting the saurians, there are three things to remember:  1) Don't send out isolated units, because they'll be swarmed and killed; 2) Try to keep the saurians on bad terrain 3) watch the day/night cycle (it doesn't affect your elves, but the saurians are significantly weaker by day and you can turn that fact to great advantage). Kill the Augurs as soon as possible with your fighter line. The skirmishers have a lot of movement points; make sure that wounded units are safe or meant to be sacrificed. In general, take your time to experiment and figure out what works best on your strategy against saurians, as you'll be seeing many more of them in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Along with Cleodil, two other units will be freed from the prison. All of them become loyal to your cause, so by the end of this scenario you'll have a small loyal army on your hands. Protect them well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's a couple of things worth noting regarding Cleodil: one is that she has a special ability labeled ''elates Kalenz'' which works basically like leadership, but only works on Kalenz. What this means is that from now on it's a good idea to keep those two close to each other in the battle field. The other one is that she can recruit Shamans and Woses. You may try it out in this scenario, in the small keep to the north. This works out nicely if your strategy for this scenario is to concentrate on the northwestern enemy first. With a little effort, you can free Cleodil relatively quickly, and then her recruits can be very helpful for the rest of the battle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Saurian Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/20/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With Cleodil on your side now, you may finally recruit Shamans, as well as Woses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much trickier than the last one because here you have to fight the saurians on terrain that's hostile to your elves (desert and swamp). Try to confront them on favorable terrain and form a defensive line (against Skirmishers) each turn. Woses are very effective against saurians, so if you have trouble with this scenario, try recruiting at least 6 Woses. Also, the ''slows'' attribute of Shamans' ranged attacks limits the damage potential and mobility of Skirmishers. Kill the southern leader first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you've dealt with the southern leader and the treasury (the single saurian sitting on a village and not moving) you can either take an Elvish Scout to the treasury to pick up the gold and return it to the sign post (but traveling more slowly than usual) or just go kill the northern leader. Killing the leader is preferable. You'll get XP and any loss in gold from early finish is dwarfed by the 1800 gold you get for beating the level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep an eye on the turn limit. The enemy leaders are easily lured out with an Elvish Scout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acquaintance in Need ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another troll leader to kill, so it is an XP opportunity, like for your shamans. For recruiting, you need to make sure that you neither overrecruit nor underrecruit. With too few units, you will take too long to finish your enemies (as always), while too many units won't help you in the fight, and you will need the money!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start with the green enemy, who is the closest one to you. The dwarves, who are your allies for this scenario, should provide substantial help in doing so. While you finish off the first orc, you should start sending a fair amount of relatively unexperienced archers/shamans west to take on the troll. Then move north over the mountains in a broad line to take out the orcs. A broad front line will help you to quickly overrun the orcs and allow you to finish in good time. Of course, you need sufficient numbers to do this without overstretching yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dwarves will get a lot of kills/occupy the enemy quite a bit. Their high mountain defense and mobility ensure this. You may need to resign yourself to softening the orcs up and letting the dwarves get the kills.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this scenario you'll be able to ask Olurf to move to a specific location inside the map (using right-click), which may be useful in case you want his help in some particularly tight spot. This is one of the ways in which you can control the behaviour of your allies (you'll see another in the next scenario). Notice, however, that this command only applies to Olurf himself, and his troops will continue to move freely as they please, often taking experience away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the end of the scenario, you will end up &amp;quot;hiring&amp;quot; Olurf --paying him 400 gold-- but if you've been careful with your finances, you probably won't miss that amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elves' Last Stand ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives:&lt;br /&gt;
** Defeat all of the enemy leaders ''and''&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Own the field,&amp;quot; which means having more than 25 units while the enemy has under 15.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as in Kal'ian Under Attack, but with many more enemies. You'll be facing vast numbers of trolls, orcs, and naga.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario formerly had AI-controlled allies that you could &amp;quot;instruct&amp;quot; in various ways, probably unsuccessfully, but it has been changed (circa 1.11.*) so that you have direct control of allied forces, alternating with yours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For recruitment, spamming Fighters and Archers is essential. Supplement them with Elder Woses or just plain Woses. You'll be facing the poison of Assassins, Slayers, and Water Serpents as well the damage of L2 and L3 Trolls, so recall as many healers as you have, plus a lot of Shamans. Mix some in with your ally's forces, since he has no Shaman line units. Finish your recruitment by recalling whatever L3 units you have.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that you have control of your allies, it makes most sense to let him have all the villages. Have your ally recruit a couple of Elf Scouts to keep reflagging villages after you use them for healing or the enemy captures them. It's literally impossible for you or your ally to have gold carryover from this scenario, so spend it or lose it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To save Eradion (your elf ally to the west), you likely either need to evacuate him to the Ka'lian or send reinforcements from the Ka'lian to him. Another option is to have Eradion recall veteran troops; yes, your allies have their own recall list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to keep control of the Ka'lian, you'll need to maintain considerable forces there. However, this island fortress is not much of a defense against the droves of Water Serpents and L1, L2 and maybe L3 Naga headed its way. They get 60% defense in water, so your moat is like a fortress for them. Therefore, abandoning the Ka'lian after your initial recruiting is an option to consider. Fortunately, there is good terrain (forest) to the west and north/northeast of the Ka'lian. Note that if you avoid waterfront hexes, the Water Serpents will crawl onto land, where they are much easier to kill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good tactics are essential. Don't get sloppy about formation and protecting the wounded. Maintain mostly straight lines early on. Don't get flanked. Try to keep loyals and criticals ''off'' the front line, especially at night versus trolls. If you're careful, you can use the heavy fighting to level units. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some versions of this scenario, Olurf will show up on turn 12 to lend considerable support. In newer versions, Olurf does not show up until the battle is won. If he does not show on turn 12, it is indeed still possible to win. 700 starting gold is sufficient, barely. Try abandoning the Ka'lian, sending your allied troops west to Eradion's keep area, while your main army digs in within the forest northeast of the Ka'lian. Good luck!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council of Hard Choices ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bounty Hunters ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz across the river&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only thing you gain from defeating the saurians is experience. If you are having trouble beating this level, just recruit one round, and run north as fast as you can with your criticals. To slow down the saurians, you can divide your recruits and send half left and half right. When you reach the river, sea monsters (Water Serpents and Cuttle Fish) will attack. You may try distracting the monsters by tossing threm some tasty Elvish Scouts. The saurians will catch up as you're crossing the river, but at least a few of the saurians will focus on killing any remaining sea monsters before worrying about your leaders. Make use of the island to get Kalenz across as quickly as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By getting Kalenz quickly across the river, you'll get a hefty early finish bonus, rebuilding your gold reserve. Gold will become very important by the time you reach the ''Human Alliance'' scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to claim some experience as well, a small cadre of Elder Woses and Rangers can lure units one or two at a time to their deaths in the southern woods. They can hide in forest terrain if too many enemy units are in the area. Meanwhile, three Dwarf Guardsmen can serve as a disposable rear guard for your leaders fleeing to the north.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cliffs of Thoria ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three tricky elements about this one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, if you want Kalenz to get to the signpost, he'll have to climb there over high mountains, so the going will be very slow; watch the turn clock carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the &amp;quot;fog of war&amp;quot; applies so you won't know much about your enemies until you actually bump into them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, among your enemies you will find level 4 Yetis (which pack quite a punch) and Gryphons (which move very quickly through any terrain). Keep your Shamans ready to slow Yetis before you attack them with other units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For recruitment, you can probably get by with one round of raw recruits. However, note that dwarves do well in the mountains, so you may want more than three dwarf recruits. Avoid Ulfserkers and Berzerkers, though, as they are too vulnerable in this scenario, where things tend to jump out of the fog at you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heed the dialog; proceed with caution. After the initial battle, you can split your forces, sending a group to each enemy stronghold (northwest and east), while optionally sending a third group with Kalenz directly to the signpost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Battle of the Book ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Aquagar the drake wizard&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Crelanu or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/34/38 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The drakes, commanded by Aquagar (the foe you must defeat), are at the northwest corner, while a keep of trolls is located at the northeast. Crelanu, the wise mage for whom you came, is by the lake. You can send a quick unit (e.g. Cleodil) towards that keep in the middle of the map to trigger the dialogue with Crelanu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For recalling, especially useful units include Steelclads, Pathfinders, Marksmen, Rangers, Sorceresses, Thungerguards, and Stalwarts. A good mix of impact and ranged fighters is essential, because a lot of drakes breathe fire. One round of recruiting/recalling should be more than sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may try splitting your forces, sending half of your troops east along the road first to Crelanu's keep to save him and kill the troll leader (whose keep is close by). Take the remaining troops west to kill the drake leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it will take some time for the trolls to reach Crelanu, so it's probably better to focus all your power towards Aquagar to finish him as quickly as possible, and then Crelanu won't need any assistance. A quick finish means a big win bonus. You'll need it for the next scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Revelations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News from the Front ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Human Alliance ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive until the end of turns&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Aldar (the human leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 18/20/22 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hold onto your butts. This is going to be rough. This scenario is the unofficial finale; the following scenarios are pretty much a sequel, and easier too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enemy is in three places: the northwest, the northeast (trolls) and the southwest. The northeast trolls will not receive reinforcements, so you should concentrate on eliminating their army first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most challenging aspect of this scenario is that your army has to do three things practically simultaneously: contain the northwest orcs (this is not that hard due to favorable terrain), aid your human allies to the south, and eliminate the trolls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trolls should be pretty easy to kill. Their leader doesn't have much money, so there will not be many trolls to face. Slowing with some Shaman and using the forest (and mountain tiles for placing your dwarves) to your benefit leads to a quick victory. Afterwards, send the units to reinforce your other two fronts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your allies can hold their own against the first wave of southern attackers, but after that they'll be toast. One option is to join their banzai charge in order to crush the first wave. This should leave you better able to hold off the later waves, especially with your victorious anti-troll army coming to help.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The northwest orcs are numerous but should be kept in check by strong units in the bottlenecks. You'll need some tanks (like Champions and Marshals) and healers. Avengers and Rangers are also great for their 70% defense in forest and ambush ability, allowing you to trick the orcs into jumping into water at blocked locations. When the orc reinforcements arrive, you risk getting swarmed. By this time you should have some help coming from your anti-troll army, but your tactical situation will improve if you withdraw to the east during the night of turns 11 and 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first wave of reinforcements for the orcs will arrive by the end of turn 5. The second wave will come at turn 12. By the end of the battle, the number of orcs will be overwhelming, and the action will take quite some time between turns. By the second half of the battle, your complete focus should probably be on protecting your ally general, who by then will be out of money, occasionally recruiting one or two fodder units. He will remain immovable on his castle keep.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On turn 9, some of the elves you had left on Ka'lian will return. However, they will show up a little to the west of the keep where you start this scenario. It is a strange location for them to show up, and by that point of the battle it will probably be surrounded by enemies; therefore, keeping these reinforcements alive may be very challenging, if you don't have at least some of your forces making a stand near that location. Any isolated Avengers can go hide, if need be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should spend all your gold upfront --there is no much point in saving it for later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In most scenarios it's best to stab your ally in the back and steal his villages. Here, it may be preferable to let your ally keep his villages, when convenient, because you probably can't avoid going negative on gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Treaty ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Chief Must Die ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill the orc chief then return to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/32/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz and Landar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You get no keep, and no chance to recruit, in this one.  The only units you have are Kalenz and Landar, and their only task is to assassinate the Orc Sovereign (in the middle) and then return to the signpost at the southwestern corner of the map.  Your units will have special attributes (invisible, 80% dodge) for this scenario only that will make this easy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz takes the potion he changes into a level 2 Elvish Lord (as you might remember him if you have played [[HeirToTheThrone|HttT]]). He will now possess an arcane-magical attack, which proves very useful against many enemies. You should easily be able to get him to level up during this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should have plenty of turns. The only units that will bother you are the Wolf Rider line. They don't pose much threat thanks to Landar's bow and your 80% dodge. Go to the orc leader, kill him and return to the signpost. There is no point in grabbing villages as you get no income from them. There is also no point in finishing early so go ahead and level Kalenz.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Breaking the Siege ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Uradredia (the elf leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stick to recruiting units with lots of mobility, since the map is large and mostly snow-covered, hampering most of your unit types (don't even bother to recruit dwarves—they won't get to the scene of the action in time to strike any blows). Sylphs and Shydes are best, of course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is essential that you reach your ally quickly. Otherwise he might be dead before you even see him. Despite the fact that fog of war is turned on for this scenario, it's pretty simple to figure out from the geography which keep belongs to your ally (the one in the middle of the forest). You will want to finish this level quickly or/and to grab as soon as possible all the villages to have lots of gold for the next scenario (on medium you'll probably want at least 500 gold). Send some fast units north to keep your ally alive and send the rest straight west. The western units can sweep up after taking out the southern orc boss. A few of Direwolf Riders come as reinforcements when you get to close to the southern orc, so be careful. Alternatively just send everyone north and fan out from there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With good units this level shouldn't be tough to beat. Just make sure you beat it in good standing for the next scenario. At this point, this campaign becomes a very good example of why keeping your loyal units alive is very much worth it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hour of Glory ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Costly Revenge ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy units and destroy all enemy villages&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/35/30 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
* Other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as The Saurian Treasury, but with most of the terrain snow-covered. Since you're fighting the saurians again, most of the advice from that scenario still applies. Mobility is not a great issue, even though one of the enemy keeps is near the top northeastern corner of the map, because by the time you can dispose of your southern enemy he will have already sent most of his troops south after you. Numbers are an issue, however. So, whatever you do, do not underrecruit! (You don't need more than minimal gold in the next recruiting scenario.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best place to make a stand is probably near the patch of forest in the middle (high casualty approach) or the forest with the big ice plain in front of it (low casualty approach). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to put units in the swamp to keep the saurians out of there. The only poor-defense terrain for the saurians is the ice, so keep them on it. The Oracles/Soothsayers will use their ranged attack on your melee units and the Skirmishers/Flankers will use their melee attack on your archers. You will take heavy losses but this is actually good (more on that in a second).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like to send Kalenz and a couple of fast units (Scouts/Riders) along the northern forest and then have them cut across the top of the map. This accomplishes three things: one, you torch some out of the way villages; two, you can distract the northern saurians long enough to keep your main force (in the middle of the map) in control; three, you can move them over to kill the northern leader at the end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a weird twist to this level. After this the elvish civil war breaks out. All your units except loyal ones and scouts defect and serve Landar. So, see that Elvish Champion racking up the kills? Next time he's in battle he will be killing ''your'' units. After the tide of the battle has turned try and get the non-loyal high level units killed (attack those last two Oracles with ranged attack, etc).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enough gold your main worries will be getting to the villages in time (scouts come in handy), getting to the northern leader in time and leaving as few good units for the civil war as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Low casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.10.1 (hard): It is not necessary to get your units killed consciously and this scenario is possible with fairly low gold (220 gold for me) by recruiting mainly veterans and exploiting the horrible saurian movement / defence on ice (low casualty approach). As the turn limit isn't very long, it is useful to send some rangers/avengers behind the saurian lines to start burning villages, as soon as they hide in a forest they are invisible to the AI. Constantly check the turn clock, and be as aggresive as possible during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council Ruling == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elvish Assassins ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/16/12 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's no need to recruit - Kalenz can make it to the signpost with just the units you're given.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You might feel tempted to take this scenario as an opportunity to level up some new recruits from scratch, but this may not be a good idea. After a few turns, one of your elf allies (chosen at random) will turn against you, making the battle unpredictable and risky, for not a lot of gain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's just a couple of extra scenarios left in this campaign, and if you feel like leveling up units for the final battle, it's better to do it in the next scenario, where you can recall Cleodil's troops again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Northern Battle ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders or survive for six days&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Cleodil or Uradredia dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as Breaking the Siege, but since it's not winter, most of the board is grassland and woods, and much easier for your elves to fight on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Landar, now one of your enemies, will be in the far southwest, while another enemy elf has a keep a little to the north from yours. Approximately two thirds of your non-loyal veterans, chosen at random, will go with Landar, while the remaining third will go with Uradredia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have been building a formidable &amp;quot;air force&amp;quot; (shaman line) you can beat this level very easily. Moreover, the objective description is not very faithful, since you don't really have to kill all enemy leaders. It suffices to move any of your units adjacent to Landar. This makes this scenario quite easy to beat. If you still have Huraldur (your loyal quick elvish rider) on your side and you have leveled him up, you can take him straight to Landar's keep, and --thanks to the vulnerable design of Landar's keep-- place him next to Landar by turn 3, finishing the scenario with a huge gold reward. Alternatively, you may try a similar strategy with a group of new scout recruits or other quick units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, you can take the opportunity to level up a few recruits. Particularly, now could be a good time to level up any shamans/woses from Cleodil's old recall list to their maximum. Keep in mind that you need to put Cleodil in the ''Encampment Keep'' tile so you can recall those units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of Landar's betrayal and the loss of most of your veterans, you will be working mostly with first level units. Consequently, don't try to take on either enemy on the naked grasslands where their keeps lie; recruit as much as you can, then head for your ally's keep in the north central region of the board, taking as many villages during the process as possible. If you need to, make a stand in and about your ally's keep, though depending upon how well you delay Crintil's army you may be able to pick off your enemy a few at a time in the forest long enough to survive until the end of the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Playing this scenario patiently has a nice side-effect: by killing Landar's strong veterans here, they won't be available to him in the final battle. As a consequence, if you completely wipe up his army now, he'll be stuck with just fresh level-1 and level-2 elves to recruit by then (unless you're playing on ''hard'' difficulty). Also, all of Uradredia's units will become yours, so if you have the chance to save some of his veterans in this scenario, it's worth doing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[On version 1.8.2, all my levelled shaman-line had also disappeared - some for my ally, other for Landar. I could only recruit some shaman about to level. And some of my warriors had gone to my ally, not to Landar. With only first level units, killing the south-east level at turn 2 or 3 is not possible... but you can still buy some second-level warriors who will do the job. After that, most of Landar's units will go toward your ally's keep, which makes you able to reach Landar and end the scenario. Careful, he will be able to deal a final blow to the unit who assaulted him ! ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have some experienced woses (highly resistant against pierce damage!), you can as well crush all the traitors frontally - as long as you engage them outside the forest - for an early finish and large bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== End of War ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Landar&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/21/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A relatively short and simple battle, considering this is the final scenario. Recall/recruit all worthy veterans, and don't worry about gold or grabbing villages. If you've made it this far, surely you have the necessary strategic/tactical skills necessary to deal with Landar's army. Now is the time to try risky ideas; this is the last stop for you and your army, so give them the chance to act heroically on the battle field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A straightforward strategy involves recalling any remaining veteran troops, then recruiting an army of level 1 elves. Form up your line of battle at the edge of the forest to maximize the difference in defense (70% vs. 40%, while trying to hold the shore is only 40% vs. 20%).  The forest defense bonus also means that your level 1 troops stand a good chace of surviving at least one round of two level 2 attacks (which they are unlikely to survive on open ground). If any enemy elves make it into the forest the best approach is to use magic attacks to smoke them out (a slyph works wonders). Once Landar's army has been dealt with, sweep your troops down to the enemy keep to deliver the coup de grace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again experienced woses dominate your enemies outside of forests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Epilogue ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55286</id>
		<title>LegendofWesmere</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55286"/>
		<updated>2014-06-29T17:30:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* The Chief Must Die */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;General Note:  Throughout this campaign, if your elves need to make a stand and you have a choice of options, choose the one that will put most of them in the woods.  Not only will this give you the best chance of survival, it will ensure that the AI playing your allies will do useful things.  This matters a lot, because many of the scenarios in this campaign involve allies you cannot control whose death results in your defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategical Note: This is a long campaign where you play elves. So take a look at the top level units: There are two units capable of flight! One of them is a curing healer +8, the other one is level 4. Both of them can do magic, and both of them can slow their enemies! If you can team up two shydes and two sylphs, you get a magically hard hitting, regenerating, slowing air force that can ZoC-lock an enemy. As if that wasn't enough, late in the campaign you'll lose access to most of your veteran troops, but not your sylphs and shydes. So it really pays to level shamans. However, they are not recruitable during the first four scenarios (since version 1.9.x) --you will still have enough opportunity to level them up, but it requires some effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loyal troops are even more valuable in this campaign than in most others, partially because they get three traits, but mainly because you'll get to keep them when your other troops are unavailable. With that in mind, you should strongly consider leveling one (or both!) of your loyal fighters into a marshal. His leadership skills will prove invaluable when you are stuck with a level 1 army. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Uprooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill any of the orc leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/17/14 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like the first scenario in Heir to the Throne, this scenario begins with the hero in a forest with enemies preparing to close in on all sides. You might want to simply run away (and previously you could), but you have to kill one enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The keep directly to the east is one option. If you keep most of his stronghold hexes plugged up with your units or your enemy's, then he will not be able to spend all his gold before you kill the leader, possibly when he dives in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good alternative is going southwest, as this puts the maximum distance between you and the troops of the other orcish leaders, and only level 1 orcs will come from that corner. It also allows you to use the units of Velon more efficiently; they come under your control after they are first attacked by an orc. The villages will also become yours at that point, so you don't need to worry too much about them (except for healing, of course).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can only recruit fighters and archers. Use fighters to shield yourself and archers to kill the grunts (and warriors on hard.) Keep loyals and leaders safe - if only one unit shields them, remember that it can be killed by a single lucky L2 orc. If you manage to level up units choose captain for fighters and marksman for archers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hostile Mountains ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the troll leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing to do is get the dwarves to fight the trolls. The trolls will go to the east bank without any bait, just take care you don't lure them away or worse anger the dwarves yourself. Even after they fight with the trolls, do not go to the east bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruit fighters to die, archers to do damage. The trolls will tend to go for the fighters when given the option. If you don't have a captain yet, level up a fighter as soon as possible, and use his leadership on your archers. You will need marksmen to kill trolls on mountains, so keep your archers safe (well, at least on reasonable terrain). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not, under any circumstances, cross the river—if you do, Olurf will attack you, and the trolls will cut both you and the dwarves to pieces.  You can have units stand in the river if necessary to reach a particular unit, but since your enemies are more powerful than your units avoid doing so if you are likely to be counterattacked.  Instead, send out an archer or two (preferably ''quick'' ones) to grab the villages in the far northern reaches of the board while you move your troops onto the wooded island in the middle of the river, directly south of your keep.  From here, you can help the dwarves whittle down the trolls while you slowly wend your way southwest toward the troll keep.  The scenario will end if you succeed in killing the troll leader.  Note:  Olurf's death counts as a defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a reason the middle island has so much forest. The western bank of the river has a narrow swath of forest surrounded by mountains and hills. This is not ideal terrain for fighting trolls. Trolls move faster than elves on hills and mountains and have comparable defense. A much better idea is to try to occupy the middle island, forcing the trolls to attack from water. Chances are you'll only be able to claim the northern tip of the island at first, so half your army will spill over to the forest on the west bank. The dwarves help by putting units in water and doing other things to distract the trolls and draw fire away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is preferable to aim to kill the troll leader rather than get to the signpost as the experience is most important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ka'lian Under Attack ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive the initial attack with Galtrid, then defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 5/7/9 initially, then 35/30/25 extra (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take careful note of this map; you'll be fighting on it again later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first turns (original turn limit) you play the defenders of the Ka'lian. See all those Orcish Assassins in the water? Make sure they receive as much retaliation as possible when they poison your units (archers). As you can heal only 2 units per turn, make sure they can't poison your fresh recruits as well. Also, you can kill Assassins with some of your poisoned units, as long as they have still enough hitpoints. Distribute XP carefully; units heal upon level up; rarely is this more useful than in this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't just hit Ctrl-R to recruit; you have a massive keep so put your new units in the right place. Don't let the orcs in good defense terrain and you should be fine. Use Galtrids leadership carefully by moving him multiple times per turn to support different areas of the castle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz arrives, the orcs just pile up in the northwestern corner ''if'' you defended the Ka'lian well. Control the map, by trapping and killing the village stealing wolf riders, heal your poisoned Ka'lian defenders and let them do some work. Close in carefully - it will be very hard avoiding casualties, but when the time comes, let them be L1 fighters and not your L2. You can level a number of units, but don't wait too long, because you will need gold for the next scenario. (250+ carryover)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The behaviour of the orcs will depend directly on your ability to hold out the invasion of your fortress. If you manage to repel somewhat successfully their initial attack, the orcs will assume a defensive stance for the second part of the battle (usually triggered when Kalenz arrives). If, on the other hand, the orcs have a more successful start, they then become more aggressive and the battle becomes much more lively on the second part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A special feature of this particular scenario --something not very common in a campaign-- is that you will control two armies simultaneously after Kalenz' arrival. You start by assuming the role of Galtrid, and later Kalenz joins the party, at which time you will switch between your two roles. However, you won't control Galtrid's army anymore in the future, so don't grow too attached to it and remember that they are expendable here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Elvish Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two main ways to play this scenario. The most straightforward solution is to send your army en masse to the keep in the northwest first; that's where Cleodil (an Elvish Shyde) is. Then turn east to take out the other saurian. Recruit plenty of Fighters, use leadership to full extent and try to heal by leveling up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is alternatively possible to kill the eastern leader with Rangers/Avengers. The AI will completely ignore them once they are in the woods again. This allows you to play more defensively in the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When fighting the saurians, there are three things to remember:  1) Don't send out isolated units, because they'll be swarmed and killed; 2) Try to keep the saurians on bad terrain 3) watch the day/night cycle (it doesn't affect your elves, but the saurians are significantly weaker by day and you can turn that fact to great advantage). Kill the Augurs as soon as possible with your fighter line. The skirmishers have a lot of movement points; make sure that wounded units are safe or meant to be sacrificed. In general, take your time to experiment and figure out what works best on your strategy against saurians, as you'll be seeing many more of them in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Along with Cleodil, two other units will be freed from the prison. All of them become loyal to your cause, so by the end of this scenario you'll have a small loyal army on your hands. Protect them well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's a couple of things worth noting regarding Cleodil: one is that she has a special ability labeled ''elates Kalenz'' which works basically like leadership, but only works on Kalenz. What this means is that from now on it's a good idea to keep those two close to each other in the battle field. The other one is that she can recruit Shamans and Woses. You may try it out in this scenario, in the small keep to the north. This works out nicely if your strategy for this scenario is to concentrate on the northwestern enemy first. With a little effort, you can free Cleodil relatively quickly, and then her recruits can be very helpful for the rest of the battle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Saurian Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/20/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With Cleodil on your side now, you may finally recruit Shamans, as well as Woses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much trickier than the last one because here you have to fight the saurians on terrain that's hostile to your elves (desert and swamp). Try to confront them on favorable terrain and form a defensive line (against Skirmishers) each turn. Woses are very effective against saurians, so if you have trouble with this scenario, try recruiting at least 6 Woses. Also, the ''slows'' attribute of Shamans' ranged attacks limits the damage potential and mobility of Skirmishers. Kill the southern leader first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you've dealt with the southern leader and the treasury (the single saurian sitting on a village and not moving) you can either take an Elvish Scout to the treasury to pick up the gold and return it to the sign post (but traveling more slowly than usual) or just go kill the northern leader. Killing the leader is preferable. You'll get XP and any loss in gold from early finish is dwarfed by the 1800 gold you get for beating the level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep an eye on the turn limit. The enemy leaders are easily lured out with an Elvish Scout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acquaintance in Need ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another troll leader to kill, so it is an XP opportunity, like for your shamans. For recruiting, you need to make sure that you neither overrecruit nor underrecruit. With too few units, you will take too long to finish your enemies (as always), while too many units won't help you in the fight, and you will need the money!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start with the green enemy, who is the closest one to you. The dwarves, who are your allies for this scenario, should provide substantial help in doing so. While you finish off the first orc, you should start sending a fair amount of relatively unexperienced archers/shamans west to take on the troll. Then move north over the mountains in a broad line to take out the orcs. A broad front line will help you to quickly overrun the orcs and allow you to finish in good time. Of course, you need sufficient numbers to do this without overstretching yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dwarves will get a lot of kills/occupy the enemy quite a bit. Their high mountain defense and mobility ensure this. You may need to resign yourself to softening the orcs up and letting the dwarves get the kills.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this scenario you'll be able to ask Olurf to move to a specific location inside the map (using right-click), which may be useful in case you want his help in some particularly tight spot. This is one of the ways in which you can control the behaviour of your allies (you'll see another in the next scenario). Notice, however, that this command only applies to Olurf himself, and his troops will continue to move freely as they please, often taking experience away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the end of the scenario, you will end up &amp;quot;hiring&amp;quot; Olurf --paying him 400 gold-- but if you've been careful with your finances, you probably won't miss that amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elves' Last Stand ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives:&lt;br /&gt;
** Defeat all of the enemy leaders ''and''&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Own the field,&amp;quot; which means having more than 25 units while the enemy has under 15.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as in Kal'ian Under Attack, but with many more enemies. You'll be facing vast numbers of trolls, orcs, and naga.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario formerly had AI-controlled allies that you could &amp;quot;instruct&amp;quot; in various ways, probably unsuccessfully, but it has been changed (circa 1.11.*) so that you have direct control of allied forces, alternating with yours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For recruitment, spamming Fighters and Archers is essential. Supplement them with Elder Woses or just plain Woses. You'll be facing the poison of Assassins, Slayers, and Water Serpents as well the damage of L2 and L3 Trolls, so recall as many healers as you have, plus a lot of Shamans. Mix some in with your ally's forces, since he has no Shaman line units. Finish your recruitment by recalling whatever L3 units you have.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that you have control of your allies, it makes most sense to let him have all the villages. Have your ally recruit a couple of Elf Scouts to keep reflagging villages after you use them for healing or the enemy captures them. It's literally impossible for you or your ally to have gold carryover from this scenario, so spend it or lose it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To save Eradion (your elf ally to the west), you likely either need to evacuate him to the Ka'lian or send reinforcements from the Ka'lian to him. Another option is to have Eradion recall veteran troops; yes, your allies have their own recall list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to keep control of the Ka'lian, you'll need to maintain considerable forces there. However, this island fortress is not much of a defense against the droves of Water Serpents and L1, L2 and maybe L3 Naga headed its way. They get 60% defense in water, so your moat is like a fortress for them. Therefore, abandoning the Ka'lian after your initial recruiting is an option to consider. Fortunately, there is good terrain (forest) to the west and north/northeast of the Ka'lian. Note that if you avoid waterfront hexes, the Water Serpents will crawl onto land, where they are much easier to kill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good tactics are essential. Don't get sloppy about formation and protecting the wounded. Maintain mostly straight lines early on. Don't get flanked. Try to keep loyals and criticals ''off'' the front line, especially at night versus trolls. If you're careful, you can use the heavy fighting to level units. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some versions of this scenario, Olurf will show up on turn 12 to lend considerable support. In newer versions, Olurf does not show up until the battle is won. If he does not show on turn 12, it is indeed still possible to win. 700 starting gold is sufficient, barely. Try abandoning the Ka'lian, sending your allied troops west to Eradion's keep area, while your main army digs in within the forest northeast of the Ka'lian. Good luck!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council of Hard Choices ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bounty Hunters ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz across the river&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only thing you gain from defeating the saurians is experience. If you are having trouble beating this level, just recruit one round, and run north as fast as you can with your criticals. To slow down the saurians, you can divide your recruits and send half left and half right. When you reach the river, sea monsters (Water Serpents and Cuttle Fish) will attack. You may try distracting the monsters by tossing threm some tasty Elvish Scouts. The saurians will catch up as you're crossing the river, but at least a few of the saurians will focus on killing any remaining sea monsters before worrying about your leaders. Make use of the island to get Kalenz across as quickly as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By getting Kalenz quickly across the river, you'll get a hefty early finish bonus, rebuilding your gold reserve. Gold will become very important by the time you reach the ''Human Alliance'' scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to claim some experience as well, a small cadre of Elder Woses and Rangers can lure units one or two at a time to their deaths in the southern woods. They can hide in forest terrain if too many enemy units are in the area. Meanwhile, three Dwarf Guardsmen can serve as a disposable rear guard for your leaders fleeing to the north.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cliffs of Thoria ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three tricky elements about this one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, if you want Kalenz to get to the signpost, he'll have to climb there over high mountains, so the going will be very slow; watch the turn clock carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the &amp;quot;fog of war&amp;quot; applies so you won't know much about your enemies until you actually bump into them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, among your enemies you will find level 4 Yetis (which pack quite a punch) and Gryphons (which move very quickly through any terrain). Keep your Shamans ready to slow Yetis before you attack them with other units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For recruitment, you can probably get by with one round of raw recruits. However, note that dwarves do well in the mountains, so you may want more than three dwarf recruits. Avoid Ulfserkers and Berzerkers, though, as they are too vulnerable in this scenario, where things tend to jump out of the fog at you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heed the dialog; proceed with caution. After the initial battle, you can split your forces, sending a group to each enemy stronghold (northwest and east), while optionally sending a third group with Kalenz directly to the signpost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Battle of the Book ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Aquagar the drake wizard&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Crelanu or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/34/38 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The drakes, commanded by Aquagar (the foe you must defeat), are at the northwest corner, while a keep of trolls is located at the northeast. Crelanu, the wise mage for whom you came, is by the lake. You can send a quick unit (e.g. Cleodil) towards that keep in the middle of the map to trigger the dialogue with Crelanu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For recalling, especially useful units include Steelclads, Pathfinders, Marksmen, Rangers, Sorceresses, Thungerguards, and Stalwarts. A good mix of impact and ranged fighters is essential, because a lot of drakes breathe fire. One round of recruiting/recalling should be more than sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may try splitting your forces, sending half of your troops east along the road first to Crelanu's keep to save him and kill the troll leader (whose keep is close by). Take the remaining troops west to kill the drake leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it will take some time for the trolls to reach Crelanu, so it's probably better to focus all your power towards Aquagar to finish him as quickly as possible, and then Crelanu won't need any assistance. A quick finish means a big win bonus. You'll need it for the next scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Revelations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News from the Front ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Human Alliance ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive until the end of turns&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Aldar (the human leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 18/20/22 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hold onto your butts. This is going to be rough. This scenario is the unofficial finale; the following scenarios are pretty much a sequel, and easier too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enemy is in three places: the northwest, the northeast (trolls) and the southwest. The northeast trolls will not receive reinforcements, so you should concentrate on eliminating their army first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most challenging aspect of this scenario is that your army has to do three things practically simultaneously: contain the northwest orcs (this is not that hard due to favorable terrain), aid your human allies to the south, and eliminate the trolls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trolls should be pretty easy to kill. Their leader doesn't have much money, so there will not be many trolls to face. Slowing with some Shaman and using the forest (and mountain tiles for placing your dwarves) to your benefit leads to a quick victory. Afterwards, send the units to reinforce your other two fronts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your allies can hold their own against the first wave of southern attackers, but after that they'll be toast. One option is to join their banzai charge in order to crush the first wave. This should leave you better able to hold off the later waves, especially with your victorious anti-troll army coming to help.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The northwest orcs are numerous but should be kept in check by strong units in the bottlenecks. You'll need some tanks (like Champions and Marshals) and healers. Avengers and Rangers are also great for their 70% defense in forest and ambush ability, allowing you to trick the orcs into jumping into water at blocked locations. When the orc reinforcements arrive, you risk getting swarmed. By this time you should have some help coming from your anti-troll army, but your tactical situation will improve if you withdraw to the east during the night of turns 11 and 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first wave of reinforcements for the orcs will arrive by the end of turn 5. The second wave will come at turn 12. By the end of the battle, the number of orcs will be overwhelming, and the action will take quite some time between turns. By the second half of the battle, your complete focus should probably be on protecting your ally general, who by then will be out of money, occasionally recruiting one or two fodder units. He will remain immovable on his castle keep.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On turn 9, some of the elves you had left on Ka'lian will return. However, they will show up a little to the west of the keep where you start this scenario. It is a strange location for them to show up, and by that point of the battle it will probably be surrounded by enemies; therefore, keeping these reinforcements alive may be very challenging, if you don't have at least some of your forces making a stand near that location. Any isolated Avengers can go hide, if need be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should spend all your gold upfront --there is no much point in saving it for later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In most scenarios it's best to stab your ally in the back and steal his villages. Here, it may be preferable to let your ally keep his villages, when convenient, because you probably can't avoid going negative on gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Treaty ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Chief Must Die ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill the orc chief then return to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/32/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz and Landar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You get no keep, and no chance to recruit, in this one.  The only units you have are Kalenz and Landar, and their only task is to assassinate the Orc Sovereign (in the middle) and then return to the signpost at the southwestern corner of the map.  Your units will have special attributes (invisible, 80% dodge) for this scenario only that will make this easy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz takes the potion he changes into a level 2 Elvish Lord (as you might remember him if you have played [[HeirToTheThrone|HttT]]). He will now possess an arcane-magical attack, which proves very useful against many enemies. You should easily be able to get him to level up during this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should have plenty of turns. The only units that will bother you are the Wolf Rider line. They don't pose much threat thanks to Landar's bow and your 80% dodge. Go to the orc leader, kill him and return to the signpost. There is no point in grabbing villages as you get no income from them. There is also no point in finishing early so go ahead and level Kalenz.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Breaking the Siege ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Uradredia (the elf leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stick to recruiting units with lots of mobility, since the map is large and mostly snow-covered, hampering most of your unit types (don't even bother to recruit dwarves—they won't get to the scene of the action in time to strike any blows). Sylphs and Shydes are best, of course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is essential that you reach your ally quickly. Otherwise he might be dead before you even see him. Despite the fact that fog of war is turned on for this scenario, it's pretty simple to figure out from the geography which keep belongs to your ally (the one in the middle of the forest). You will want to finish this level quickly or/and to grab as soon as possible all the villages to have lots of gold for the next scenario (on medium you'll probably want at least 500 gold). Send some fast units north to keep your ally alive and send the rest straight west. The western units can sweep up after taking out the southern orc boss. A few of Direwolf Riders come as reinforcements when you get to close to the southern orc, so be careful. Alternatively just send everyone north and fan out from there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With good units this level shouldn't be tough to beat. Just make sure you beat it in good standing for the next scenario. At this point, this campaign becomes a very good example of why keeping your loyal units alive is very much worth it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hour of Glory ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Costly Revenge ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy units and destroy all enemy villages&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/35/30 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
* Other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as The Saurian Treasury, but with most of the terrain snow-covered. Since you're fighting the saurians again, most of the advice from that scenario still applies. Mobility is not a great issue, even though one of the enemy keeps is near the top northeastern corner of the map, because by the time you can dispose of your southern enemy he will have already sent most of his troops south after you. Numbers are an issue, however. So, whatever you do, do not underrecruit! (You don't need more than minimal gold in the next recruiting scenario.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best place to make a stand is probably near the patch of forest in the middle (high casualty approach) or the forest with the big ice plain in front of it (low casualty approach). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to put units in the swamp to keep the saurians out of there. The only poor-defense terrain for the saurians is the ice, so keep them on it. The Oracles/Soothsayers will use their ranged attack on your melee units and the Skirmishers/Flankers will use their melee attack on your archers. You will take heavy losses but this is actually good (more on that in a second).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like to send Kalenz and a couple of fast units (Scouts/Riders) along the northern forest and then have them cut across the top of the map. This accomplishes three things: one, you torch some out of the way villages; two, you can distract the northern saurians long enough to keep your main force (in the middle of the map) in control; three, you can move them over to kill the northern leader at the end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a weird twist to this level. After this the elvish civil war breaks out. All your units except loyal ones and scouts defect and serve Landar. So, see that Elvish Champion racking up the kills? Next time he's in battle he will be killing ''your'' units. After the tide of the battle has turned try and get the non-loyal high level units killed (attack those last two Oracles with ranged attack, etc).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enough gold your main worries will be getting to the villages in time (scouts come in handy), getting to the northern leader in time and leaving as few good units for the civil war as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Low casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.10.1 (hard): It is not necessary to get your units killed consciously and this scenario is possible with fairly low gold (220 gold for me) by recruiting mainly veterans and exploiting the horrible saurian movement / defence on ice (low casualty approach). As the turn limit isn't very long, it is useful to send some rangers/avengers behind the saurian lines to start burning villages, as soon as they hide in a forest they are invisible to the AI. Constantly check the turn clock, and be as aggresive as possible during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council Ruling == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elvish Assassins ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/16/12 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's no need to recruit - Kalenz can make it to the signpost with just the units you're given.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You might feel tempted to take this scenario as an opportunity to level up some new recruits from scratch, but this may not be a good idea. After a few turns, one of your elf allies (chosen at random) will turn against you, making the battle unpredictable and risky, for not a lot of gain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's just a couple of extra scenarios left in this campaign, and if you feel like leveling up units for the final battle, it's better to do it in the next scenario, where you can recall Cleodil's troops again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Northern Battle ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders or survive for six days&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Cleodil or Uradredia dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as Breaking the Siege, but since it's not winter, most of the board is grassland and woods, and much easier for your elves to fight on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Landar, now one of your enemies, will be in the far southwest, while another enemy elf has a keep a little to the north from yours. Approximately two thirds of your non-loyal veterans, chosen at random, will go with Landar, while the remaining third will go with Uradredia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have been building a formidable &amp;quot;air force&amp;quot; (shaman line) you can beat this level very easily. Moreover, the objective description is not very faithful, since you don't really have to kill all enemy leaders. It suffices to move any of your units adjacent to Landar. This makes this scenario quite easy to beat. If you still have Huraldur (your loyal quick elvish rider) on your side and you have leveled him up, you can take him straight to Landar's keep, and --thanks to the vulnerable design of Landar's keep-- place him next to Landar by turn 3, finishing the scenario with a huge gold reward. Alternatively, you may try a similar strategy with a group of new scout recruits or other quick units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, you can take the opportunity to level up a few recruits. Particularly, now could be a good time to level up any shamans/woses from Cleodil's old recall list to their maximum. Keep in mind that you need to put Cleodil in the ''Encampment Keep'' tile so you can recall those units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of Landar's betrayal and the loss of most of your veterans, you will be working mostly with first level units. Consequently, don't try to take on either enemy on the naked grasslands where their keeps lie; recruit as much as you can, then head for your ally's keep in the north central region of the board, taking as many villages during the process as possible. If you need to, make a stand in and about your ally's keep, though depending upon how well you delay Crintil's army you may be able to pick off your enemy a few at a time in the forest long enough to survive until the end of the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Playing this scenario patiently has a nice side-effect: by killing Landar's strong veterans here, they won't be available to him in the final battle. As a consequence, if you completely wipe up his army now, he'll be stuck with just fresh level-1 and level-2 elves to recruit by then (unless you're playing on ''hard'' difficulty). Also, all of Uradredia's units will become yours, so if you have the chance to save some of his veterans in this scenario, it's worth doing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[On version 1.8.2, all my levelled shaman-line had also disappeared - some for my ally, other for Landar. I could only recruit some shaman about to level. And some of my warriors had gone to my ally, not to Landar. With only first level units, killing the south-east level at turn 2 or 3 is not possible... but you can still buy some second-level warriors who will do the job. After that, most of Landar's units will go toward your ally's keep, which makes you able to reach Landar and end the scenario. Careful, he will be able to deal a final blow to the unit who assaulted him ! ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have some experienced woses (highly resistant against pierce damage!), you can as well crush all the traitors frontally - as long as you engage them outside the forest - for an early finish and large bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== End of War ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Landar&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/21/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A relatively short and simple battle, considering this is the final scenario. Recall/recruit all worthy veterans, and don't worry about gold or grabbing villages. If you've made it this far, surely you have the necessary strategic/tactical skills necessary to deal with Landar's army. Now is the time to try risky ideas; this is the last stop for you and your army, so give them the chance to act heroically on the battle field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A straightforward strategy involves recalling any remaining veteran troops, then recruiting an army of level 1 elves. Form up your line of battle at the edge of the forest to maximize the difference in defense (70% vs. 40%, while trying to hold the shore is only 40% vs. 20%).  The forest defense bonus also means that your level 1 troops stand a good chace of surviving at least one round of two level 2 attacks (which they are unlikely to survive on open ground). If any enemy elves make it into the forest the best approach is to use magic attacks to smoke them out (a slyph works wonders). Once Landar's army has been dealt with, sweep your troops down to the enemy keep to deliver the coup de grace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[version 1.8.2 : on medium, you can just buy loads of level 1 warriors, and keep - most of the time - in the woods. Landar start with about the same money as you do, but doing this, you just suffocate him under numbers.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again experienced woses dominate your enemies outside of forests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Epilogue ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55285</id>
		<title>LegendofWesmere</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55285"/>
		<updated>2014-06-29T12:58:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* Human Alliance */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;General Note:  Throughout this campaign, if your elves need to make a stand and you have a choice of options, choose the one that will put most of them in the woods.  Not only will this give you the best chance of survival, it will ensure that the AI playing your allies will do useful things.  This matters a lot, because many of the scenarios in this campaign involve allies you cannot control whose death results in your defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategical Note: This is a long campaign where you play elves. So take a look at the top level units: There are two units capable of flight! One of them is a curing healer +8, the other one is level 4. Both of them can do magic, and both of them can slow their enemies! If you can team up two shydes and two sylphs, you get a magically hard hitting, regenerating, slowing air force that can ZoC-lock an enemy. As if that wasn't enough, late in the campaign you'll lose access to most of your veteran troops, but not your sylphs and shydes. So it really pays to level shamans. However, they are not recruitable during the first four scenarios (since version 1.9.x) --you will still have enough opportunity to level them up, but it requires some effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loyal troops are even more valuable in this campaign than in most others, partially because they get three traits, but mainly because you'll get to keep them when your other troops are unavailable. With that in mind, you should strongly consider leveling one (or both!) of your loyal fighters into a marshal. His leadership skills will prove invaluable when you are stuck with a level 1 army. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Uprooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill any of the orc leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/17/14 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like the first scenario in Heir to the Throne, this scenario begins with the hero in a forest with enemies preparing to close in on all sides. You might want to simply run away (and previously you could), but you have to kill one enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The keep directly to the east is one option. If you keep most of his stronghold hexes plugged up with your units or your enemy's, then he will not be able to spend all his gold before you kill the leader, possibly when he dives in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good alternative is going southwest, as this puts the maximum distance between you and the troops of the other orcish leaders, and only level 1 orcs will come from that corner. It also allows you to use the units of Velon more efficiently; they come under your control after they are first attacked by an orc. The villages will also become yours at that point, so you don't need to worry too much about them (except for healing, of course).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can only recruit fighters and archers. Use fighters to shield yourself and archers to kill the grunts (and warriors on hard.) Keep loyals and leaders safe - if only one unit shields them, remember that it can be killed by a single lucky L2 orc. If you manage to level up units choose captain for fighters and marksman for archers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hostile Mountains ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the troll leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing to do is get the dwarves to fight the trolls. The trolls will go to the east bank without any bait, just take care you don't lure them away or worse anger the dwarves yourself. Even after they fight with the trolls, do not go to the east bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruit fighters to die, archers to do damage. The trolls will tend to go for the fighters when given the option. If you don't have a captain yet, level up a fighter as soon as possible, and use his leadership on your archers. You will need marksmen to kill trolls on mountains, so keep your archers safe (well, at least on reasonable terrain). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not, under any circumstances, cross the river—if you do, Olurf will attack you, and the trolls will cut both you and the dwarves to pieces.  You can have units stand in the river if necessary to reach a particular unit, but since your enemies are more powerful than your units avoid doing so if you are likely to be counterattacked.  Instead, send out an archer or two (preferably ''quick'' ones) to grab the villages in the far northern reaches of the board while you move your troops onto the wooded island in the middle of the river, directly south of your keep.  From here, you can help the dwarves whittle down the trolls while you slowly wend your way southwest toward the troll keep.  The scenario will end if you succeed in killing the troll leader.  Note:  Olurf's death counts as a defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a reason the middle island has so much forest. The western bank of the river has a narrow swath of forest surrounded by mountains and hills. This is not ideal terrain for fighting trolls. Trolls move faster than elves on hills and mountains and have comparable defense. A much better idea is to try to occupy the middle island, forcing the trolls to attack from water. Chances are you'll only be able to claim the northern tip of the island at first, so half your army will spill over to the forest on the west bank. The dwarves help by putting units in water and doing other things to distract the trolls and draw fire away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is preferable to aim to kill the troll leader rather than get to the signpost as the experience is most important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ka'lian Under Attack ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive the initial attack with Galtrid, then defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 5/7/9 initially, then 35/30/25 extra (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take careful note of this map; you'll be fighting on it again later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first turns (original turn limit) you play the defenders of the Ka'lian. See all those Orcish Assassins in the water? Make sure they receive as much retaliation as possible when they poison your units (archers). As you can heal only 2 units per turn, make sure they can't poison your fresh recruits as well. Also, you can kill Assassins with some of your poisoned units, as long as they have still enough hitpoints. Distribute XP carefully; units heal upon level up; rarely is this more useful than in this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't just hit Ctrl-R to recruit; you have a massive keep so put your new units in the right place. Don't let the orcs in good defense terrain and you should be fine. Use Galtrids leadership carefully by moving him multiple times per turn to support different areas of the castle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz arrives, the orcs just pile up in the northwestern corner ''if'' you defended the Ka'lian well. Control the map, by trapping and killing the village stealing wolf riders, heal your poisoned Ka'lian defenders and let them do some work. Close in carefully - it will be very hard avoiding casualties, but when the time comes, let them be L1 fighters and not your L2. You can level a number of units, but don't wait too long, because you will need gold for the next scenario. (250+ carryover)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The behaviour of the orcs will depend directly on your ability to hold out the invasion of your fortress. If you manage to repel somewhat successfully their initial attack, the orcs will assume a defensive stance for the second part of the battle (usually triggered when Kalenz arrives). If, on the other hand, the orcs have a more successful start, they then become more aggressive and the battle becomes much more lively on the second part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A special feature of this particular scenario --something not very common in a campaign-- is that you will control two armies simultaneously after Kalenz' arrival. You start by assuming the role of Galtrid, and later Kalenz joins the party, at which time you will switch between your two roles. However, you won't control Galtrid's army anymore in the future, so don't grow too attached to it and remember that they are expendable here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Elvish Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two main ways to play this scenario. The most straightforward solution is to send your army en masse to the keep in the northwest first; that's where Cleodil (an Elvish Shyde) is. Then turn east to take out the other saurian. Recruit plenty of Fighters, use leadership to full extent and try to heal by leveling up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is alternatively possible to kill the eastern leader with Rangers/Avengers. The AI will completely ignore them once they are in the woods again. This allows you to play more defensively in the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When fighting the saurians, there are three things to remember:  1) Don't send out isolated units, because they'll be swarmed and killed; 2) Try to keep the saurians on bad terrain 3) watch the day/night cycle (it doesn't affect your elves, but the saurians are significantly weaker by day and you can turn that fact to great advantage). Kill the Augurs as soon as possible with your fighter line. The skirmishers have a lot of movement points; make sure that wounded units are safe or meant to be sacrificed. In general, take your time to experiment and figure out what works best on your strategy against saurians, as you'll be seeing many more of them in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Along with Cleodil, two other units will be freed from the prison. All of them become loyal to your cause, so by the end of this scenario you'll have a small loyal army on your hands. Protect them well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's a couple of things worth noting regarding Cleodil: one is that she has a special ability labeled ''elates Kalenz'' which works basically like leadership, but only works on Kalenz. What this means is that from now on it's a good idea to keep those two close to each other in the battle field. The other one is that she can recruit Shamans and Woses. You may try it out in this scenario, in the small keep to the north. This works out nicely if your strategy for this scenario is to concentrate on the northwestern enemy first. With a little effort, you can free Cleodil relatively quickly, and then her recruits can be very helpful for the rest of the battle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Saurian Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/20/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With Cleodil on your side now, you may finally recruit Shamans, as well as Woses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much trickier than the last one because here you have to fight the saurians on terrain that's hostile to your elves (desert and swamp). Try to confront them on favorable terrain and form a defensive line (against Skirmishers) each turn. Woses are very effective against saurians, so if you have trouble with this scenario, try recruiting at least 6 Woses. Also, the ''slows'' attribute of Shamans' ranged attacks limits the damage potential and mobility of Skirmishers. Kill the southern leader first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you've dealt with the southern leader and the treasury (the single saurian sitting on a village and not moving) you can either take an Elvish Scout to the treasury to pick up the gold and return it to the sign post (but traveling more slowly than usual) or just go kill the northern leader. Killing the leader is preferable. You'll get XP and any loss in gold from early finish is dwarfed by the 1800 gold you get for beating the level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep an eye on the turn limit. The enemy leaders are easily lured out with an Elvish Scout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acquaintance in Need ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another troll leader to kill, so it is an XP opportunity, like for your shamans. For recruiting, you need to make sure that you neither overrecruit nor underrecruit. With too few units, you will take too long to finish your enemies (as always), while too many units won't help you in the fight, and you will need the money!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start with the green enemy, who is the closest one to you. The dwarves, who are your allies for this scenario, should provide substantial help in doing so. While you finish off the first orc, you should start sending a fair amount of relatively unexperienced archers/shamans west to take on the troll. Then move north over the mountains in a broad line to take out the orcs. A broad front line will help you to quickly overrun the orcs and allow you to finish in good time. Of course, you need sufficient numbers to do this without overstretching yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dwarves will get a lot of kills/occupy the enemy quite a bit. Their high mountain defense and mobility ensure this. You may need to resign yourself to softening the orcs up and letting the dwarves get the kills.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this scenario you'll be able to ask Olurf to move to a specific location inside the map (using right-click), which may be useful in case you want his help in some particularly tight spot. This is one of the ways in which you can control the behaviour of your allies (you'll see another in the next scenario). Notice, however, that this command only applies to Olurf himself, and his troops will continue to move freely as they please, often taking experience away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the end of the scenario, you will end up &amp;quot;hiring&amp;quot; Olurf --paying him 400 gold-- but if you've been careful with your finances, you probably won't miss that amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elves' Last Stand ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives:&lt;br /&gt;
** Defeat all of the enemy leaders ''and''&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Own the field,&amp;quot; which means having more than 25 units while the enemy has under 15.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as in Kal'ian Under Attack, but with many more enemies. You'll be facing vast numbers of trolls, orcs, and naga.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario formerly had AI-controlled allies that you could &amp;quot;instruct&amp;quot; in various ways, probably unsuccessfully, but it has been changed (circa 1.11.*) so that you have direct control of allied forces, alternating with yours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For recruitment, spamming Fighters and Archers is essential. Supplement them with Elder Woses or just plain Woses. You'll be facing the poison of Assassins, Slayers, and Water Serpents as well the damage of L2 and L3 Trolls, so recall as many healers as you have, plus a lot of Shamans. Mix some in with your ally's forces, since he has no Shaman line units. Finish your recruitment by recalling whatever L3 units you have.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that you have control of your allies, it makes most sense to let him have all the villages. Have your ally recruit a couple of Elf Scouts to keep reflagging villages after you use them for healing or the enemy captures them. It's literally impossible for you or your ally to have gold carryover from this scenario, so spend it or lose it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To save Eradion (your elf ally to the west), you likely either need to evacuate him to the Ka'lian or send reinforcements from the Ka'lian to him. Another option is to have Eradion recall veteran troops; yes, your allies have their own recall list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to keep control of the Ka'lian, you'll need to maintain considerable forces there. However, this island fortress is not much of a defense against the droves of Water Serpents and L1, L2 and maybe L3 Naga headed its way. They get 60% defense in water, so your moat is like a fortress for them. Therefore, abandoning the Ka'lian after your initial recruiting is an option to consider. Fortunately, there is good terrain (forest) to the west and north/northeast of the Ka'lian. Note that if you avoid waterfront hexes, the Water Serpents will crawl onto land, where they are much easier to kill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good tactics are essential. Don't get sloppy about formation and protecting the wounded. Maintain mostly straight lines early on. Don't get flanked. Try to keep loyals and criticals ''off'' the front line, especially at night versus trolls. If you're careful, you can use the heavy fighting to level units. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some versions of this scenario, Olurf will show up on turn 12 to lend considerable support. In newer versions, Olurf does not show up until the battle is won. If he does not show on turn 12, it is indeed still possible to win. 700 starting gold is sufficient, barely. Try abandoning the Ka'lian, sending your allied troops west to Eradion's keep area, while your main army digs in within the forest northeast of the Ka'lian. Good luck!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council of Hard Choices ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bounty Hunters ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz across the river&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only thing you gain from defeating the saurians is experience. If you are having trouble beating this level, just recruit one round, and run north as fast as you can with your criticals. To slow down the saurians, you can divide your recruits and send half left and half right. When you reach the river, sea monsters (Water Serpents and Cuttle Fish) will attack. You may try distracting the monsters by tossing threm some tasty Elvish Scouts. The saurians will catch up as you're crossing the river, but at least a few of the saurians will focus on killing any remaining sea monsters before worrying about your leaders. Make use of the island to get Kalenz across as quickly as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By getting Kalenz quickly across the river, you'll get a hefty early finish bonus, rebuilding your gold reserve. Gold will become very important by the time you reach the ''Human Alliance'' scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to claim some experience as well, a small cadre of Elder Woses and Rangers can lure units one or two at a time to their deaths in the southern woods. They can hide in forest terrain if too many enemy units are in the area. Meanwhile, three Dwarf Guardsmen can serve as a disposable rear guard for your leaders fleeing to the north.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cliffs of Thoria ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three tricky elements about this one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, if you want Kalenz to get to the signpost, he'll have to climb there over high mountains, so the going will be very slow; watch the turn clock carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the &amp;quot;fog of war&amp;quot; applies so you won't know much about your enemies until you actually bump into them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, among your enemies you will find level 4 Yetis (which pack quite a punch) and Gryphons (which move very quickly through any terrain). Keep your Shamans ready to slow Yetis before you attack them with other units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For recruitment, you can probably get by with one round of raw recruits. However, note that dwarves do well in the mountains, so you may want more than three dwarf recruits. Avoid Ulfserkers and Berzerkers, though, as they are too vulnerable in this scenario, where things tend to jump out of the fog at you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heed the dialog; proceed with caution. After the initial battle, you can split your forces, sending a group to each enemy stronghold (northwest and east), while optionally sending a third group with Kalenz directly to the signpost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Battle of the Book ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Aquagar the drake wizard&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Crelanu or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/34/38 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The drakes, commanded by Aquagar (the foe you must defeat), are at the northwest corner, while a keep of trolls is located at the northeast. Crelanu, the wise mage for whom you came, is by the lake. You can send a quick unit (e.g. Cleodil) towards that keep in the middle of the map to trigger the dialogue with Crelanu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For recalling, especially useful units include Steelclads, Pathfinders, Marksmen, Rangers, Sorceresses, Thungerguards, and Stalwarts. A good mix of impact and ranged fighters is essential, because a lot of drakes breathe fire. One round of recruiting/recalling should be more than sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may try splitting your forces, sending half of your troops east along the road first to Crelanu's keep to save him and kill the troll leader (whose keep is close by). Take the remaining troops west to kill the drake leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it will take some time for the trolls to reach Crelanu, so it's probably better to focus all your power towards Aquagar to finish him as quickly as possible, and then Crelanu won't need any assistance. A quick finish means a big win bonus. You'll need it for the next scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Revelations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News from the Front ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Human Alliance ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive until the end of turns&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Aldar (the human leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 18/20/22 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hold onto your butts. This is going to be rough. This scenario is the unofficial finale; the following scenarios are pretty much a sequel, and easier too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enemy is in three places: the northwest, the northeast (trolls) and the southwest. The northeast trolls will not receive reinforcements, so you should concentrate on eliminating their army first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most challenging aspect of this scenario is that your army has to do three things practically simultaneously: contain the northwest orcs (this is not that hard due to favorable terrain), aid your human allies to the south, and eliminate the trolls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trolls should be pretty easy to kill. Their leader doesn't have much money, so there will not be many trolls to face. Slowing with some Shaman and using the forest (and mountain tiles for placing your dwarves) to your benefit leads to a quick victory. Afterwards, send the units to reinforce your other two fronts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your allies can hold their own against the first wave of southern attackers, but after that they'll be toast. One option is to join their banzai charge in order to crush the first wave. This should leave you better able to hold off the later waves, especially with your victorious anti-troll army coming to help.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The northwest orcs are numerous but should be kept in check by strong units in the bottlenecks. You'll need some tanks (like Champions and Marshals) and healers. Avengers and Rangers are also great for their 70% defense in forest and ambush ability, allowing you to trick the orcs into jumping into water at blocked locations. When the orc reinforcements arrive, you risk getting swarmed. By this time you should have some help coming from your anti-troll army, but your tactical situation will improve if you withdraw to the east during the night of turns 11 and 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first wave of reinforcements for the orcs will arrive by the end of turn 5. The second wave will come at turn 12. By the end of the battle, the number of orcs will be overwhelming, and the action will take quite some time between turns. By the second half of the battle, your complete focus should probably be on protecting your ally general, who by then will be out of money, occasionally recruiting one or two fodder units. He will remain immovable on his castle keep.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On turn 9, some of the elves you had left on Ka'lian will return. However, they will show up a little to the west of the keep where you start this scenario. It is a strange location for them to show up, and by that point of the battle it will probably be surrounded by enemies; therefore, keeping these reinforcements alive may be very challenging, if you don't have at least some of your forces making a stand near that location. Any isolated Avengers can go hide, if need be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should spend all your gold upfront --there is no much point in saving it for later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In most scenarios it's best to stab your ally in the back and steal his villages. Here, it may be preferable to let your ally keep his villages, when convenient, because you probably can't avoid going negative on gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Treaty ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Chief Must Die ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill the orc chief then return to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/32/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz and Landar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You get no keep, and no chance to recruit, in this one.  The only units you have are Kalenz and Landar, and their only task is to assassinate the Orc Sovereign (in the middle) and then return to the signpost at the southwestern corner of the map.  Your units will have special attributes (invisible, 80% dodge) for this scenario only that will make this fairly easy, particularly if you have managed to get Landar to level 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz takes the potion he changes into an Elvish Lord (as you might remember him if you have played [[HeirToTheThrone|HttT]]). He will now possess an arcane-magical attack, which proves very useful against many enemies. You should easily be able to get him to level up during this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should have plenty of turns. The only units that will attack you are the Wolf Rider line. They don't pose much threat thanks to Landar's bow and your 80% dodge. Go to the orc leader, kill him and return to the signpost. There is no point in grabbing villages as you get no income from them. There is also no point in finishing early so go ahead and level Kalenz.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Breaking the Siege ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Uradredia (the elf leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stick to recruiting units with lots of mobility, since the map is large and mostly snow-covered, hampering most of your unit types (don't even bother to recruit dwarves—they won't get to the scene of the action in time to strike any blows). Sylphs and Shydes are best, of course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is essential that you reach your ally quickly. Otherwise he might be dead before you even see him. Despite the fact that fog of war is turned on for this scenario, it's pretty simple to figure out from the geography which keep belongs to your ally (the one in the middle of the forest). You will want to finish this level quickly or/and to grab as soon as possible all the villages to have lots of gold for the next scenario (on medium you'll probably want at least 500 gold). Send some fast units north to keep your ally alive and send the rest straight west. The western units can sweep up after taking out the southern orc boss. A few of Direwolf Riders come as reinforcements when you get to close to the southern orc, so be careful. Alternatively just send everyone north and fan out from there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With good units this level shouldn't be tough to beat. Just make sure you beat it in good standing for the next scenario. At this point, this campaign becomes a very good example of why keeping your loyal units alive is very much worth it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hour of Glory ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Costly Revenge ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy units and destroy all enemy villages&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/35/30 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
* Other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as The Saurian Treasury, but with most of the terrain snow-covered. Since you're fighting the saurians again, most of the advice from that scenario still applies. Mobility is not a great issue, even though one of the enemy keeps is near the top northeastern corner of the map, because by the time you can dispose of your southern enemy he will have already sent most of his troops south after you. Numbers are an issue, however. So, whatever you do, do not underrecruit! (You don't need more than minimal gold in the next recruiting scenario.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best place to make a stand is probably near the patch of forest in the middle (high casualty approach) or the forest with the big ice plain in front of it (low casualty approach). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to put units in the swamp to keep the saurians out of there. The only poor-defense terrain for the saurians is the ice, so keep them on it. The Oracles/Soothsayers will use their ranged attack on your melee units and the Skirmishers/Flankers will use their melee attack on your archers. You will take heavy losses but this is actually good (more on that in a second).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like to send Kalenz and a couple of fast units (Scouts/Riders) along the northern forest and then have them cut across the top of the map. This accomplishes three things: one, you torch some out of the way villages; two, you can distract the northern saurians long enough to keep your main force (in the middle of the map) in control; three, you can move them over to kill the northern leader at the end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a weird twist to this level. After this the elvish civil war breaks out. All your units except loyal ones and scouts defect and serve Landar. So, see that Elvish Champion racking up the kills? Next time he's in battle he will be killing ''your'' units. After the tide of the battle has turned try and get the non-loyal high level units killed (attack those last two Oracles with ranged attack, etc).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enough gold your main worries will be getting to the villages in time (scouts come in handy), getting to the northern leader in time and leaving as few good units for the civil war as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Low casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.10.1 (hard): It is not necessary to get your units killed consciously and this scenario is possible with fairly low gold (220 gold for me) by recruiting mainly veterans and exploiting the horrible saurian movement / defence on ice (low casualty approach). As the turn limit isn't very long, it is useful to send some rangers/avengers behind the saurian lines to start burning villages, as soon as they hide in a forest they are invisible to the AI. Constantly check the turn clock, and be as aggresive as possible during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council Ruling == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elvish Assassins ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/16/12 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's no need to recruit - Kalenz can make it to the signpost with just the units you're given.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You might feel tempted to take this scenario as an opportunity to level up some new recruits from scratch, but this may not be a good idea. After a few turns, one of your elf allies (chosen at random) will turn against you, making the battle unpredictable and risky, for not a lot of gain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's just a couple of extra scenarios left in this campaign, and if you feel like leveling up units for the final battle, it's better to do it in the next scenario, where you can recall Cleodil's troops again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Northern Battle ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders or survive for six days&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Cleodil or Uradredia dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as Breaking the Siege, but since it's not winter, most of the board is grassland and woods, and much easier for your elves to fight on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Landar, now one of your enemies, will be in the far southwest, while another enemy elf has a keep a little to the north from yours. Approximately two thirds of your non-loyal veterans, chosen at random, will go with Landar, while the remaining third will go with Uradredia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have been building a formidable &amp;quot;air force&amp;quot; (shaman line) you can beat this level very easily. Moreover, the objective description is not very faithful, since you don't really have to kill all enemy leaders. It suffices to move any of your units adjacent to Landar. This makes this scenario quite easy to beat. If you still have Huraldur (your loyal quick elvish rider) on your side and you have leveled him up, you can take him straight to Landar's keep, and --thanks to the vulnerable design of Landar's keep-- place him next to Landar by turn 3, finishing the scenario with a huge gold reward. Alternatively, you may try a similar strategy with a group of new scout recruits or other quick units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, you can take the opportunity to level up a few recruits. Particularly, now could be a good time to level up any shamans/woses from Cleodil's old recall list to their maximum. Keep in mind that you need to put Cleodil in the ''Encampment Keep'' tile so you can recall those units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of Landar's betrayal and the loss of most of your veterans, you will be working mostly with first level units. Consequently, don't try to take on either enemy on the naked grasslands where their keeps lie; recruit as much as you can, then head for your ally's keep in the north central region of the board, taking as many villages during the process as possible. If you need to, make a stand in and about your ally's keep, though depending upon how well you delay Crintil's army you may be able to pick off your enemy a few at a time in the forest long enough to survive until the end of the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Playing this scenario patiently has a nice side-effect: by killing Landar's strong veterans here, they won't be available to him in the final battle. As a consequence, if you completely wipe up his army now, he'll be stuck with just fresh level-1 and level-2 elves to recruit by then (unless you're playing on ''hard'' difficulty). Also, all of Uradredia's units will become yours, so if you have the chance to save some of his veterans in this scenario, it's worth doing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[On version 1.8.2, all my levelled shaman-line had also disappeared - some for my ally, other for Landar. I could only recruit some shaman about to level. And some of my warriors had gone to my ally, not to Landar. With only first level units, killing the south-east level at turn 2 or 3 is not possible... but you can still buy some second-level warriors who will do the job. After that, most of Landar's units will go toward your ally's keep, which makes you able to reach Landar and end the scenario. Careful, he will be able to deal a final blow to the unit who assaulted him ! ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have some experienced woses (highly resistant against pierce damage!), you can as well crush all the traitors frontally - as long as you engage them outside the forest - for an early finish and large bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== End of War ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Landar&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/21/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A relatively short and simple battle, considering this is the final scenario. Recall/recruit all worthy veterans, and don't worry about gold or grabbing villages. If you've made it this far, surely you have the necessary strategic/tactical skills necessary to deal with Landar's army. Now is the time to try risky ideas; this is the last stop for you and your army, so give them the chance to act heroically on the battle field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A straightforward strategy involves recalling any remaining veteran troops, then recruiting an army of level 1 elves. Form up your line of battle at the edge of the forest to maximize the difference in defense (70% vs. 40%, while trying to hold the shore is only 40% vs. 20%).  The forest defense bonus also means that your level 1 troops stand a good chace of surviving at least one round of two level 2 attacks (which they are unlikely to survive on open ground). If any enemy elves make it into the forest the best approach is to use magic attacks to smoke them out (a slyph works wonders). Once Landar's army has been dealt with, sweep your troops down to the enemy keep to deliver the coup de grace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[version 1.8.2 : on medium, you can just buy loads of level 1 warriors, and keep - most of the time - in the woods. Landar start with about the same money as you do, but doing this, you just suffocate him under numbers.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again experienced woses dominate your enemies outside of forests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Epilogue ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55282</id>
		<title>LegendofWesmere</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55282"/>
		<updated>2014-06-26T21:06:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* Elves' Last Stand */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;General Note:  Throughout this campaign, if your elves need to make a stand and you have a choice of options, choose the one that will put most of them in the woods.  Not only will this give you the best chance of survival, it will ensure that the AI playing your allies will do useful things.  This matters a lot, because many of the scenarios in this campaign involve allies you cannot control whose death results in your defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategical Note: This is a long campaign where you play elves. So take a look at the top level units: There are two units capable of flight! One of them is a curing healer +8, the other one is level 4. Both of them can do magic, and both of them can slow their enemies! If you can team up two shydes and two sylphs, you get a magically hard hitting, regenerating, slowing air force that can ZoC-lock an enemy. As if that wasn't enough, late in the campaign you'll lose access to most of your veteran troops, but not your sylphs and shydes. So it really pays to level shamans. However, they are not recruitable during the first four scenarios (since version 1.9.x) --you will still have enough opportunity to level them up, but it requires some effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loyal troops are even more valuable in this campaign than in most others, partially because they get three traits, but mainly because you'll get to keep them when your other troops are unavailable. With that in mind, you should strongly consider leveling one (or both!) of your loyal fighters into a marshal. His leadership skills will prove invaluable when you are stuck with a level 1 army. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Uprooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill any of the orc leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/17/14 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like the first scenario in Heir to the Throne, this scenario begins with the hero in a forest with enemies preparing to close in on all sides. You might want to simply run away (and previously you could), but you have to kill one enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The keep directly to the east is one option. If you keep most of his stronghold hexes plugged up with your units or your enemy's, then he will not be able to spend all his gold before you kill the leader, possibly when he dives in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good alternative is going southwest, as this puts the maximum distance between you and the troops of the other orcish leaders, and only level 1 orcs will come from that corner. It also allows you to use the units of Velon more efficiently; they come under your control after they are first attacked by an orc. The villages will also become yours at that point, so you don't need to worry too much about them (except for healing, of course).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can only recruit fighters and archers. Use fighters to shield yourself and archers to kill the grunts (and warriors on hard.) Keep loyals and leaders safe - if only one unit shields them, remember that it can be killed by a single lucky L2 orc. If you manage to level up units choose captain for fighters and marksman for archers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hostile Mountains ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the troll leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing to do is get the dwarves to fight the trolls. The trolls will go to the east bank without any bait, just take care you don't lure them away or worse anger the dwarves yourself. Even after they fight with the trolls, do not go to the east bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruit fighters to die, archers to do damage. The trolls will tend to go for the fighters when given the option. If you don't have a captain yet, level up a fighter as soon as possible, and use his leadership on your archers. You will need marksmen to kill trolls on mountains, so keep your archers safe (well, at least on reasonable terrain). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not, under any circumstances, cross the river—if you do, Olurf will attack you, and the trolls will cut both you and the dwarves to pieces.  You can have units stand in the river if necessary to reach a particular unit, but since your enemies are more powerful than your units avoid doing so if you are likely to be counterattacked.  Instead, send out an archer or two (preferably ''quick'' ones) to grab the villages in the far northern reaches of the board while you move your troops onto the wooded island in the middle of the river, directly south of your keep.  From here, you can help the dwarves whittle down the trolls while you slowly wend your way southwest toward the troll keep.  The scenario will end if you succeed in killing the troll leader.  Note:  Olurf's death counts as a defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a reason the middle island has so much forest. The western bank of the river has a narrow swath of forest surrounded by mountains and hills. This is not ideal terrain for fighting trolls. Trolls move faster than elves on hills and mountains and have comparable defense. A much better idea is to try to occupy the middle island, forcing the trolls to attack from water. Chances are you'll only be able to claim the northern tip of the island at first, so half your army will spill over to the forest on the west bank. The dwarves help by putting units in water and doing other things to distract the trolls and draw fire away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is preferable to aim to kill the troll leader rather than get to the signpost as the experience is most important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ka'lian Under Attack ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive the initial attack with Galtrid, then defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 5/7/9 initially, then 35/30/25 extra (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take careful note of this map; you'll be fighting on it again later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first turns (original turn limit) you play the defenders of the Ka'lian. See all those Orcish Assassins in the water? Make sure they receive as much retaliation as possible when they poison your units (archers). As you can heal only 2 units per turn, make sure they can't poison your fresh recruits as well. Also, you can kill Assassins with some of your poisoned units, as long as they have still enough hitpoints. Distribute XP carefully; units heal upon level up; rarely is this more useful than in this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't just hit Ctrl-R to recruit; you have a massive keep so put your new units in the right place. Don't let the orcs in good defense terrain and you should be fine. Use Galtrids leadership carefully by moving him multiple times per turn to support different areas of the castle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz arrives, the orcs just pile up in the northwestern corner ''if'' you defended the Ka'lian well. Control the map, by trapping and killing the village stealing wolf riders, heal your poisoned Ka'lian defenders and let them do some work. Close in carefully - it will be very hard avoiding casualties, but when the time comes, let them be L1 fighters and not your L2. You can level a number of units, but don't wait too long, because you will need gold for the next scenario. (250+ carryover)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The behaviour of the orcs will depend directly on your ability to hold out the invasion of your fortress. If you manage to repel somewhat successfully their initial attack, the orcs will assume a defensive stance for the second part of the battle (usually triggered when Kalenz arrives). If, on the other hand, the orcs have a more successful start, they then become more aggressive and the battle becomes much more lively on the second part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A special feature of this particular scenario --something not very common in a campaign-- is that you will control two armies simultaneously after Kalenz' arrival. You start by assuming the role of Galtrid, and later Kalenz joins the party, at which time you will switch between your two roles. However, you won't control Galtrid's army anymore in the future, so don't grow too attached to it and remember that they are expendable here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Elvish Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two main ways to play this scenario. The most straightforward solution is to send your army en masse to the keep in the northwest first; that's where Cleodil (an Elvish Shyde) is. Then turn east to take out the other saurian. Recruit plenty of Fighters, use leadership to full extent and try to heal by leveling up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is alternatively possible to kill the eastern leader with Rangers/Avengers. The AI will completely ignore them once they are in the woods again. This allows you to play more defensively in the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When fighting the saurians, there are three things to remember:  1) Don't send out isolated units, because they'll be swarmed and killed; 2) Try to keep the saurians on bad terrain 3) watch the day/night cycle (it doesn't affect your elves, but the saurians are significantly weaker by day and you can turn that fact to great advantage). Kill the Augurs as soon as possible with your fighter line. The skirmishers have a lot of movement points; make sure that wounded units are safe or meant to be sacrificed. In general, take your time to experiment and figure out what works best on your strategy against saurians, as you'll be seeing many more of them in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Along with Cleodil, two other units will be freed from the prison. All of them become loyal to your cause, so by the end of this scenario you'll have a small loyal army on your hands. Protect them well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's a couple of things worth noting regarding Cleodil: one is that she has a special ability labeled ''elates Kalenz'' which works basically like leadership, but only works on Kalenz. What this means is that from now on it's a good idea to keep those two close to each other in the battle field. The other one is that she can recruit Shamans and Woses. You may try it out in this scenario, in the small keep to the north. This works out nicely if your strategy for this scenario is to concentrate on the northwestern enemy first. With a little effort, you can free Cleodil relatively quickly, and then her recruits can be very helpful for the rest of the battle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Saurian Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/20/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With Cleodil on your side now, you may finally recruit Shamans, as well as Woses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much trickier than the last one because here you have to fight the saurians on terrain that's hostile to your elves (desert and swamp). Try to confront them on favorable terrain and form a defensive line (against Skirmishers) each turn. Woses are very effective against saurians, so if you have trouble with this scenario, try recruiting at least 6 Woses. Also, the ''slows'' attribute of Shamans' ranged attacks limits the damage potential and mobility of Skirmishers. Kill the southern leader first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you've dealt with the southern leader and the treasury (the single saurian sitting on a village and not moving) you can either take an Elvish Scout to the treasury to pick up the gold and return it to the sign post (but traveling more slowly than usual) or just go kill the northern leader. Killing the leader is preferable. You'll get XP and any loss in gold from early finish is dwarfed by the 1800 gold you get for beating the level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep an eye on the turn limit. The enemy leaders are easily lured out with an Elvish Scout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acquaintance in Need ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another troll leader to kill, so it is an XP opportunity, like for your shamans. For recruiting, you need to make sure that you neither overrecruit nor underrecruit. With too few units, you will take too long to finish your enemies (as always), while too many units won't help you in the fight, and you will need the money!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start with the green enemy, who is the closest one to you. The dwarves, who are your allies for this scenario, should provide substantial help in doing so. While you finish off the first orc, you should start sending a fair amount of relatively unexperienced archers/shamans west to take on the troll. Then move north over the mountains in a broad line to take out the orcs. A broad front line will help you to quickly overrun the orcs and allow you to finish in good time. Of course, you need sufficient numbers to do this without overstretching yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dwarves will get a lot of kills/occupy the enemy quite a bit. Their high mountain defense and mobility ensure this. You may need to resign yourself to softening the orcs up and letting the dwarves get the kills.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this scenario you'll be able to ask Olurf to move to a specific location inside the map (using right-click), which may be useful in case you want his help in some particularly tight spot. This is one of the ways in which you can control the behaviour of your allies (you'll see another in the next scenario). Notice, however, that this command only applies to Olurf himself, and his troops will continue to move freely as they please, often taking experience away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the end of the scenario, you will end up &amp;quot;hiring&amp;quot; Olurf --paying him 400 gold-- but if you've been careful with your finances, you probably won't miss that amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elves' Last Stand ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives:&lt;br /&gt;
** Defeat all of the enemy leaders ''and''&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Own the field,&amp;quot; which means having more than 25 units while the enemy has under 15.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as in Kal'ian Under Attack, but with many more enemies. You'll be facing vast numbers of trolls, orcs, and naga.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario formerly had AI-controlled allies that you could &amp;quot;instruct&amp;quot; in various ways, probably unsuccessfully, but it has been changed (circa 1.11.*) so that you have direct control of allied forces, alternating with yours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For recruitment, spamming Fighters and Archers is essential. Supplement them with Elder Woses or just plain Woses. You'll be facing the poison of Assassins, Slayers, and Water Serpents as well the damage of L2 and L3 Trolls, so recall as many healers as you have, plus a lot of Shamans. Mix some in with your ally's forces, since he has no Shaman line units. Finish your recruitment by recalling whatever L3 units you have.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that you have control of your allies, it makes most sense to let him have all the villages. Have your ally recruit a couple of Elf Scouts to keep reflagging villages after you use them for healing or the enemy captures them. It's literally impossible for you or your ally to have gold carryover from this scenario, so spend it or lose it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To save Eradion (your elf ally to the west), you likely either need to evacuate him to the Ka'lian or send reinforcements from the Ka'lian to him. Another option is to have Eradion recall veteran troops; yes, your allies have their own recall list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to keep control of the Ka'lian, you'll need to maintain considerable forces there. However, this island fortress is not much of a defense against the droves of Water Serpents and L1, L2 and maybe L3 Naga headed its way. They get 60% defense in water, so your moat is like a fortress for them. Therefore, abandoning the Ka'lian after your initial recruiting is an option to consider. Fortunately, there is good terrain (forest) to the west and north/northeast of the Ka'lian. Note that if you avoid waterfront hexes, the Water Serpents will crawl onto land, where they are much easier to kill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good tactics are essential. Don't get sloppy about formation and protecting the wounded. Maintain mostly straight lines early on. Don't get flanked. Try to keep loyals and criticals ''off'' the front line, especially at night versus trolls. If you're careful, you can use the heavy fighting to level units. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some versions of this scenario, Olurf will show up on turn 12 to lend considerable support. In newer versions, Olurf does not show up until the battle is won. If he does not show on turn 12, it is indeed still possible to win. 700 starting gold is sufficient, barely. Try abandoning the Ka'lian, sending your allied troops west to Eradion's keep area, while your main army digs in within the forest northeast of the Ka'lian. Good luck!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council of Hard Choices ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bounty Hunters ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz across the river&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only thing you gain from defeating the saurians is experience. If you are having trouble beating this level, just recruit one round, and run north as fast as you can with your criticals. To slow down the saurians, you can divide your recruits and send half left and half right. When you reach the river, sea monsters (Water Serpents and Cuttle Fish) will attack. You may try distracting the monsters by tossing threm some tasty Elvish Scouts. The saurians will catch up as you're crossing the river, but at least a few of the saurians will focus on killing any remaining sea monsters before worrying about your leaders. Make use of the island to get Kalenz across as quickly as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By getting Kalenz quickly across the river, you'll get a hefty early finish bonus, rebuilding your gold reserve. Gold will become very important by the time you reach the ''Human Alliance'' scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to claim some experience as well, a small cadre of Elder Woses and Rangers can lure units one or two at a time to their deaths in the southern woods. They can hide in forest terrain if too many enemy units are in the area. Meanwhile, three Dwarf Guardsmen can serve as a disposable rear guard for your leaders fleeing to the north.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cliffs of Thoria ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three tricky elements about this one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, if you want Kalenz to get to the signpost, he'll have to climb there over high mountains, so the going will be very slow; watch the turn clock carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the &amp;quot;fog of war&amp;quot; applies so you won't know much about your enemies until you actually bump into them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, among your enemies you will find level 4 Yetis (which pack quite a punch) and Gryphons (which move very quickly through any terrain). Keep your Shamans ready to slow Yetis before you attack them with other units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For recruitment, you can probably get by with one round of raw recruits. However, note that dwarves do well in the mountains, so you may want more than three dwarf recruits. Avoid Ulfserkers and Berzerkers, though, as they are too vulnerable in this scenario, where things tend to jump out of the fog at you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heed the dialog; proceed with caution. After the initial battle, you can split your forces, sending a group to each enemy stronghold (northwest and east), while optionally sending a third group with Kalenz directly to the signpost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Battle of the Book ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Aquagar the drake wizard&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Crelanu or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/34/38 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The drakes, commanded by Aquagar (the foe you must defeat), are at the northwest corner, while a keep of trolls is located at the northeast. Crelanu, the wise mage for whom you came, is by the lake. You can send a quick unit (e.g. Cleodil) towards that keep in the middle of the map to trigger the dialogue with Crelanu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For recalling, especially useful units include Steelclads, Pathfinders, Marksmen, Rangers, Sorceresses, Thungerguards, and Stalwarts. A good mix of impact and ranged fighters is essential, because a lot of drakes breathe fire. One round of recruiting/recalling should be more than sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may try splitting your forces, sending half of your troops east along the road first to Crelanu's keep to save him and kill the troll leader (whose keep is close by). Take the remaining troops west to kill the drake leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it will take some time for the trolls to reach Crelanu, so it's probably better to focus all your power towards Aquagar to finish him as quickly as possible, and then Crelanu won't need any assistance. A quick finish means a big win bonus. You'll need it for the next scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Revelations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News from the Front ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Human Alliance ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive until the end of turns&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Aldar (the human leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 18/20/22 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is the unofficial final, the following scenarios are pretty much a sequel, and easier too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enemy is in three places: the northwest, the northeast (trolls) and the southwest. The northeast trolls will not receive reinforcements, so you should concentrate on eliminating their army first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most challenging aspect of this scenario is that your army has to do three things practically simultaneously: contain the northwest orcs (this is not that hard due to favorable terrain), aid your human allies to the south, and eliminate the trolls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trolls should be pretty easy to kill. Their leader doesn't have much money, so there will not be many trolls to face. Slowing with some shaman and using the forest (and mountain tiles for placing your dwarves) to your benefit leads to a quick victory. Afterwards, send the units to reinforce your other two fronts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your allies can hold their own against the first wave of southern attackers but after that they'll be toast. A much better course of action is to team up with them and crush the first wave. When the reinforcements come you should be in a good position to defeat the orcs (especially with your victorious anti-troll army coming to help).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The northwest orcs are numerous but should be kept in check by strong units in the bottlenecks. You'll need some tanks (Champions/Marshals or Steelclads) and healers. When the orc reinforcements arrive you may get swarmed. By this time you should have some help coming from your anti-troll army.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first wave of reinforcements for the orcs will arrive by the end of turn 5. The second wave will come at turn 12. By the end of the battle, the number of orcs will be overwhelming, and the action will take quite some time between turns. By the second half of the battle your complete focus should probably be on protecting your ally general, who by then will be out of money, occasionally recruiting one or two fodder units, and will remain immovable on his castle keep.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On turn 9, some of the elves you had left on Ka'lian will make a come back (including your loyals!). However, they will show up a little to the west of the keep where you start this scenario. It is a strange location for them to show up, and by that point of the battle it will probably be surrounded by enemies, so keeping these reinforcements alive may be very challenging if you don't have at least some of your forces making a stand near that location. If you can save just some of them, aim for the loyal units, and sacrifice the others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should spend all your gold upfront --there is no much point in saving it for later. You may want to recruit a scout or two at the beginning, if you think the investment will be profitable. They can capture a village almost every turn. Don't bother leaving villages for your ally. The money is better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Treaty ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Chief Must Die ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill the orc chief then return to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/32/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz and Landar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You get no keep, and no chance to recruit, in this one.  The only units you have are Kalenz and Landar, and their only task is to assassinate the Orc Sovereign (in the middle) and then return to the signpost at the southwestern corner of the map.  Your units will have special attributes (invisible, 80% dodge) for this scenario only that will make this fairly easy, particularly if you have managed to get Landar to level 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz takes the potion he changes into an Elvish Lord (as you might remember him if you have played [[HeirToTheThrone|HttT]]). He will now possess an arcane-magical attack, which proves very useful against many enemies. You should easily be able to get him to level up during this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should have plenty of turns. The only units that will attack you are the Wolf Rider line. They don't pose much threat thanks to Landar's bow and your 80% dodge. Go to the orc leader, kill him and return to the signpost. There is no point in grabbing villages as you get no income from them. There is also no point in finishing early so go ahead and level Kalenz.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Breaking the Siege ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Uradredia (the elf leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stick to recruiting units with lots of mobility, since the map is large and mostly snow-covered, hampering most of your unit types (don't even bother to recruit dwarves—they won't get to the scene of the action in time to strike any blows). Sylphs and Shydes are best, of course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is essential that you reach your ally quickly. Otherwise he might be dead before you even see him. Despite the fact that fog of war is turned on for this scenario, it's pretty simple to figure out from the geography which keep belongs to your ally (the one in the middle of the forest). You will want to finish this level quickly or/and to grab as soon as possible all the villages to have lots of gold for the next scenario (on medium you'll probably want at least 500 gold). Send some fast units north to keep your ally alive and send the rest straight west. The western units can sweep up after taking out the southern orc boss. A few of Direwolf Riders come as reinforcements when you get to close to the southern orc, so be careful. Alternatively just send everyone north and fan out from there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With good units this level shouldn't be tough to beat. Just make sure you beat it in good standing for the next scenario. At this point, this campaign becomes a very good example of why keeping your loyal units alive is very much worth it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hour of Glory ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Costly Revenge ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy units and destroy all enemy villages&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/35/30 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
* Other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as The Saurian Treasury, but with most of the terrain snow-covered. Since you're fighting the saurians again, most of the advice from that scenario still applies. Mobility is not a great issue, even though one of the enemy keeps is near the top northeastern corner of the map, because by the time you can dispose of your southern enemy he will have already sent most of his troops south after you. Numbers are an issue, however. So, whatever you do, do not underrecruit! (You don't need more than minimal gold in the next recruiting scenario.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best place to make a stand is probably near the patch of forest in the middle (high casualty approach) or the forest with the big ice plain in front of it (low casualty approach). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to put units in the swamp to keep the saurians out of there. The only poor-defense terrain for the saurians is the ice, so keep them on it. The Oracles/Soothsayers will use their ranged attack on your melee units and the Skirmishers/Flankers will use their melee attack on your archers. You will take heavy losses but this is actually good (more on that in a second).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like to send Kalenz and a couple of fast units (Scouts/Riders) along the northern forest and then have them cut across the top of the map. This accomplishes three things: one, you torch some out of the way villages; two, you can distract the northern saurians long enough to keep your main force (in the middle of the map) in control; three, you can move them over to kill the northern leader at the end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a weird twist to this level. After this the elvish civil war breaks out. All your units except loyal ones and scouts defect and serve Landar. So, see that Elvish Champion racking up the kills? Next time he's in battle he will be killing ''your'' units. After the tide of the battle has turned try and get the non-loyal high level units killed (attack those last two Oracles with ranged attack, etc).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enough gold your main worries will be getting to the villages in time (scouts come in handy), getting to the northern leader in time and leaving as few good units for the civil war as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Low casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.10.1 (hard): It is not necessary to get your units killed consciously and this scenario is possible with fairly low gold (220 gold for me) by recruiting mainly veterans and exploiting the horrible saurian movement / defence on ice (low casualty approach). As the turn limit isn't very long, it is useful to send some rangers/avengers behind the saurian lines to start burning villages, as soon as they hide in a forest they are invisible to the AI. Constantly check the turn clock, and be as aggresive as possible during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council Ruling == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elvish Assassins ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/16/12 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's no need to recruit - Kalenz can make it to the signpost with just the units you're given.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You might feel tempted to take this scenario as an opportunity to level up some new recruits from scratch, but this may not be a good idea. After a few turns, one of your elf allies (chosen at random) will turn against you, making the battle unpredictable and risky, for not a lot of gain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's just a couple of extra scenarios left in this campaign, and if you feel like leveling up units for the final battle, it's better to do it in the next scenario, where you can recall Cleodil's troops again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Northern Battle ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders or survive for six days&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Cleodil or Uradredia dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as Breaking the Siege, but since it's not winter, most of the board is grassland and woods, and much easier for your elves to fight on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Landar, now one of your enemies, will be in the far southwest, while another enemy elf has a keep a little to the north from yours. Approximately two thirds of your non-loyal veterans, chosen at random, will go with Landar, while the remaining third will go with Uradredia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have been building a formidable &amp;quot;air force&amp;quot; (shaman line) you can beat this level very easily. Moreover, the objective description is not very faithful, since you don't really have to kill all enemy leaders. It suffices to move any of your units adjacent to Landar. This makes this scenario quite easy to beat. If you still have Huraldur (your loyal quick elvish rider) on your side and you have leveled him up, you can take him straight to Landar's keep, and --thanks to the vulnerable design of Landar's keep-- place him next to Landar by turn 3, finishing the scenario with a huge gold reward. Alternatively, you may try a similar strategy with a group of new scout recruits or other quick units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, you can take the opportunity to level up a few recruits. Particularly, now could be a good time to level up any shamans/woses from Cleodil's old recall list to their maximum. Keep in mind that you need to put Cleodil in the ''Encampment Keep'' tile so you can recall those units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of Landar's betrayal and the loss of most of your veterans, you will be working mostly with first level units. Consequently, don't try to take on either enemy on the naked grasslands where their keeps lie; recruit as much as you can, then head for your ally's keep in the north central region of the board, taking as many villages during the process as possible. If you need to, make a stand in and about your ally's keep, though depending upon how well you delay Crintil's army you may be able to pick off your enemy a few at a time in the forest long enough to survive until the end of the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Playing this scenario patiently has a nice side-effect: by killing Landar's strong veterans here, they won't be available to him in the final battle. As a consequence, if you completely wipe up his army now, he'll be stuck with just fresh level-1 and level-2 elves to recruit by then (unless you're playing on ''hard'' difficulty). Also, all of Uradredia's units will become yours, so if you have the chance to save some of his veterans in this scenario, it's worth doing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[On version 1.8.2, all my levelled shaman-line had also disappeared - some for my ally, other for Landar. I could only recruit some shaman about to level. And some of my warriors had gone to my ally, not to Landar. With only first level units, killing the south-east level at turn 2 or 3 is not possible... but you can still buy some second-level warriors who will do the job. After that, most of Landar's units will go toward your ally's keep, which makes you able to reach Landar and end the scenario. Careful, he will be able to deal a final blow to the unit who assaulted him ! ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have some experienced woses (highly resistant against pierce damage!), you can as well crush all the traitors frontally - as long as you engage them outside the forest - for an early finish and large bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== End of War ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Landar&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/21/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A relatively short and simple battle, considering this is the final scenario. Recall/recruit all worthy veterans, and don't worry about gold or grabbing villages. If you've made it this far, surely you have the necessary strategic/tactical skills necessary to deal with Landar's army. Now is the time to try risky ideas; this is the last stop for you and your army, so give them the chance to act heroically on the battle field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A straightforward strategy involves recalling any remaining veteran troops, then recruiting an army of level 1 elves. Form up your line of battle at the edge of the forest to maximize the difference in defense (70% vs. 40%, while trying to hold the shore is only 40% vs. 20%).  The forest defense bonus also means that your level 1 troops stand a good chace of surviving at least one round of two level 2 attacks (which they are unlikely to survive on open ground). If any enemy elves make it into the forest the best approach is to use magic attacks to smoke them out (a slyph works wonders). Once Landar's army has been dealt with, sweep your troops down to the enemy keep to deliver the coup de grace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[version 1.8.2 : on medium, you can just buy loads of level 1 warriors, and keep - most of the time - in the woods. Landar start with about the same money as you do, but doing this, you just suffocate him under numbers.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again experienced woses dominate your enemies outside of forests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Epilogue ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55281</id>
		<title>LegendofWesmere</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55281"/>
		<updated>2014-06-26T20:47:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* Elves' Last Stand */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;General Note:  Throughout this campaign, if your elves need to make a stand and you have a choice of options, choose the one that will put most of them in the woods.  Not only will this give you the best chance of survival, it will ensure that the AI playing your allies will do useful things.  This matters a lot, because many of the scenarios in this campaign involve allies you cannot control whose death results in your defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategical Note: This is a long campaign where you play elves. So take a look at the top level units: There are two units capable of flight! One of them is a curing healer +8, the other one is level 4. Both of them can do magic, and both of them can slow their enemies! If you can team up two shydes and two sylphs, you get a magically hard hitting, regenerating, slowing air force that can ZoC-lock an enemy. As if that wasn't enough, late in the campaign you'll lose access to most of your veteran troops, but not your sylphs and shydes. So it really pays to level shamans. However, they are not recruitable during the first four scenarios (since version 1.9.x) --you will still have enough opportunity to level them up, but it requires some effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loyal troops are even more valuable in this campaign than in most others, partially because they get three traits, but mainly because you'll get to keep them when your other troops are unavailable. With that in mind, you should strongly consider leveling one (or both!) of your loyal fighters into a marshal. His leadership skills will prove invaluable when you are stuck with a level 1 army. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Uprooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill any of the orc leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/17/14 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like the first scenario in Heir to the Throne, this scenario begins with the hero in a forest with enemies preparing to close in on all sides. You might want to simply run away (and previously you could), but you have to kill one enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The keep directly to the east is one option. If you keep most of his stronghold hexes plugged up with your units or your enemy's, then he will not be able to spend all his gold before you kill the leader, possibly when he dives in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good alternative is going southwest, as this puts the maximum distance between you and the troops of the other orcish leaders, and only level 1 orcs will come from that corner. It also allows you to use the units of Velon more efficiently; they come under your control after they are first attacked by an orc. The villages will also become yours at that point, so you don't need to worry too much about them (except for healing, of course).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can only recruit fighters and archers. Use fighters to shield yourself and archers to kill the grunts (and warriors on hard.) Keep loyals and leaders safe - if only one unit shields them, remember that it can be killed by a single lucky L2 orc. If you manage to level up units choose captain for fighters and marksman for archers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hostile Mountains ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the troll leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing to do is get the dwarves to fight the trolls. The trolls will go to the east bank without any bait, just take care you don't lure them away or worse anger the dwarves yourself. Even after they fight with the trolls, do not go to the east bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruit fighters to die, archers to do damage. The trolls will tend to go for the fighters when given the option. If you don't have a captain yet, level up a fighter as soon as possible, and use his leadership on your archers. You will need marksmen to kill trolls on mountains, so keep your archers safe (well, at least on reasonable terrain). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not, under any circumstances, cross the river—if you do, Olurf will attack you, and the trolls will cut both you and the dwarves to pieces.  You can have units stand in the river if necessary to reach a particular unit, but since your enemies are more powerful than your units avoid doing so if you are likely to be counterattacked.  Instead, send out an archer or two (preferably ''quick'' ones) to grab the villages in the far northern reaches of the board while you move your troops onto the wooded island in the middle of the river, directly south of your keep.  From here, you can help the dwarves whittle down the trolls while you slowly wend your way southwest toward the troll keep.  The scenario will end if you succeed in killing the troll leader.  Note:  Olurf's death counts as a defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a reason the middle island has so much forest. The western bank of the river has a narrow swath of forest surrounded by mountains and hills. This is not ideal terrain for fighting trolls. Trolls move faster than elves on hills and mountains and have comparable defense. A much better idea is to try to occupy the middle island, forcing the trolls to attack from water. Chances are you'll only be able to claim the northern tip of the island at first, so half your army will spill over to the forest on the west bank. The dwarves help by putting units in water and doing other things to distract the trolls and draw fire away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is preferable to aim to kill the troll leader rather than get to the signpost as the experience is most important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ka'lian Under Attack ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive the initial attack with Galtrid, then defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 5/7/9 initially, then 35/30/25 extra (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take careful note of this map; you'll be fighting on it again later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first turns (original turn limit) you play the defenders of the Ka'lian. See all those Orcish Assassins in the water? Make sure they receive as much retaliation as possible when they poison your units (archers). As you can heal only 2 units per turn, make sure they can't poison your fresh recruits as well. Also, you can kill Assassins with some of your poisoned units, as long as they have still enough hitpoints. Distribute XP carefully; units heal upon level up; rarely is this more useful than in this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't just hit Ctrl-R to recruit; you have a massive keep so put your new units in the right place. Don't let the orcs in good defense terrain and you should be fine. Use Galtrids leadership carefully by moving him multiple times per turn to support different areas of the castle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz arrives, the orcs just pile up in the northwestern corner ''if'' you defended the Ka'lian well. Control the map, by trapping and killing the village stealing wolf riders, heal your poisoned Ka'lian defenders and let them do some work. Close in carefully - it will be very hard avoiding casualties, but when the time comes, let them be L1 fighters and not your L2. You can level a number of units, but don't wait too long, because you will need gold for the next scenario. (250+ carryover)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The behaviour of the orcs will depend directly on your ability to hold out the invasion of your fortress. If you manage to repel somewhat successfully their initial attack, the orcs will assume a defensive stance for the second part of the battle (usually triggered when Kalenz arrives). If, on the other hand, the orcs have a more successful start, they then become more aggressive and the battle becomes much more lively on the second part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A special feature of this particular scenario --something not very common in a campaign-- is that you will control two armies simultaneously after Kalenz' arrival. You start by assuming the role of Galtrid, and later Kalenz joins the party, at which time you will switch between your two roles. However, you won't control Galtrid's army anymore in the future, so don't grow too attached to it and remember that they are expendable here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Elvish Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two main ways to play this scenario. The most straightforward solution is to send your army en masse to the keep in the northwest first; that's where Cleodil (an Elvish Shyde) is. Then turn east to take out the other saurian. Recruit plenty of Fighters, use leadership to full extent and try to heal by leveling up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is alternatively possible to kill the eastern leader with Rangers/Avengers. The AI will completely ignore them once they are in the woods again. This allows you to play more defensively in the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When fighting the saurians, there are three things to remember:  1) Don't send out isolated units, because they'll be swarmed and killed; 2) Try to keep the saurians on bad terrain 3) watch the day/night cycle (it doesn't affect your elves, but the saurians are significantly weaker by day and you can turn that fact to great advantage). Kill the Augurs as soon as possible with your fighter line. The skirmishers have a lot of movement points; make sure that wounded units are safe or meant to be sacrificed. In general, take your time to experiment and figure out what works best on your strategy against saurians, as you'll be seeing many more of them in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Along with Cleodil, two other units will be freed from the prison. All of them become loyal to your cause, so by the end of this scenario you'll have a small loyal army on your hands. Protect them well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's a couple of things worth noting regarding Cleodil: one is that she has a special ability labeled ''elates Kalenz'' which works basically like leadership, but only works on Kalenz. What this means is that from now on it's a good idea to keep those two close to each other in the battle field. The other one is that she can recruit Shamans and Woses. You may try it out in this scenario, in the small keep to the north. This works out nicely if your strategy for this scenario is to concentrate on the northwestern enemy first. With a little effort, you can free Cleodil relatively quickly, and then her recruits can be very helpful for the rest of the battle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Saurian Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/20/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With Cleodil on your side now, you may finally recruit Shamans, as well as Woses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much trickier than the last one because here you have to fight the saurians on terrain that's hostile to your elves (desert and swamp). Try to confront them on favorable terrain and form a defensive line (against Skirmishers) each turn. Woses are very effective against saurians, so if you have trouble with this scenario, try recruiting at least 6 Woses. Also, the ''slows'' attribute of Shamans' ranged attacks limits the damage potential and mobility of Skirmishers. Kill the southern leader first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you've dealt with the southern leader and the treasury (the single saurian sitting on a village and not moving) you can either take an Elvish Scout to the treasury to pick up the gold and return it to the sign post (but traveling more slowly than usual) or just go kill the northern leader. Killing the leader is preferable. You'll get XP and any loss in gold from early finish is dwarfed by the 1800 gold you get for beating the level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep an eye on the turn limit. The enemy leaders are easily lured out with an Elvish Scout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acquaintance in Need ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another troll leader to kill, so it is an XP opportunity, like for your shamans. For recruiting, you need to make sure that you neither overrecruit nor underrecruit. With too few units, you will take too long to finish your enemies (as always), while too many units won't help you in the fight, and you will need the money!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start with the green enemy, who is the closest one to you. The dwarves, who are your allies for this scenario, should provide substantial help in doing so. While you finish off the first orc, you should start sending a fair amount of relatively unexperienced archers/shamans west to take on the troll. Then move north over the mountains in a broad line to take out the orcs. A broad front line will help you to quickly overrun the orcs and allow you to finish in good time. Of course, you need sufficient numbers to do this without overstretching yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dwarves will get a lot of kills/occupy the enemy quite a bit. Their high mountain defense and mobility ensure this. You may need to resign yourself to softening the orcs up and letting the dwarves get the kills.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this scenario you'll be able to ask Olurf to move to a specific location inside the map (using right-click), which may be useful in case you want his help in some particularly tight spot. This is one of the ways in which you can control the behaviour of your allies (you'll see another in the next scenario). Notice, however, that this command only applies to Olurf himself, and his troops will continue to move freely as they please, often taking experience away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the end of the scenario, you will end up &amp;quot;hiring&amp;quot; Olurf --paying him 400 gold-- but if you've been careful with your finances, you probably won't miss that amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elves' Last Stand ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives:&lt;br /&gt;
** Defeat all of the enemy leaders ''and''&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Own the field,&amp;quot; which means having more than 25 units while the enemy has under 15.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as in Kal'ian Under Attack, but with many more enemies. You'll be facing vast numbers of trolls, orcs, and naga.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario formerly had AI-controlled allies that you could &amp;quot;instruct&amp;quot; in various ways, probably unsuccessfully, but it has been changed (circa 1.11.*) so that you have direct control of allied forces, alternating with yours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For recruitment, spamming Fighters and Archers is essential. Supplement them with Elder Woses or just plain Woses. You'll be facing the poison of Assassins, Slayers, and Water Serpents as well the damage of L2 and L3 Trolls, so recall as many healers as you have, plus a lot of Shamans. Mix some in with your ally's forces, since he has no Shaman line units. Finish your recruitment by recalling whatever L3 units you have.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that you have control of your allies, it makes most sense to let him have all the villages. Have your ally recruit a couple of Elf Scouts to keep reflagging villages after you use them for healing or the enemy captures them. It's literally impossible for you or your ally to have gold carryover from this scenario, so spend it or lose it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To save Eradion (your elf ally to the west), you likely either need to evacuate him to the Ka'lian or send reinforcements from the Ka'lian to him. Another option is to have Eradion recall veteran troops; yes, your allies have their own recall list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to keep control of the Ka'lian, you'll need to maintain considerable forces there. However, this island fortress is not much of a defense against the droves of Water Serpents and L1, L2 and maybe L3 Naga headed its way. They get 60% defense in water, so your moat is like a fortress for them. Therefore, abandoning the Ka'lian after your initial recruiting is an option to consider. Fortunately, there is good terrain (forest) to the west and north/northeast of the Ka'lian. Note that if you avoid waterfront hexes, the Water Serpents will crawl onto land, where they are much easier to kill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good tactics are essential. Don't get sloppy about formation and protecting the wounded. Maintain mostly straight lines early on. Don't get flanked. Try to keep loyals and criticals ''off'' the front line, especially at night versus trolls. If you're careful, you can use the heavy fighting to level units. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some versions of this scenario, Olurf will show up on turn 12 to lend considerable support. In newer versions, Olurf does not show up until the battle is won. If he does not show on turn 12, it is indeed still possible to win. 700 starting gold is sufficient. Try abandoning the Ka'lian, sending your allied troops west to Eradion's keep area, while your main army digs in within the forest northeast of the Ka'lian. Good luck!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council of Hard Choices ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bounty Hunters ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz across the river&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only thing you gain from defeating the saurians is experience. If you are having trouble beating this level, just recruit one round, and run north as fast as you can with your criticals. To slow down the saurians, you can divide your recruits and send half left and half right. When you reach the river, sea monsters (Water Serpents and Cuttle Fish) will attack. You may try distracting the monsters by tossing threm some tasty Elvish Scouts. The saurians will catch up as you're crossing the river, but at least a few of the saurians will focus on killing any remaining sea monsters before worrying about your leaders. Make use of the island to get Kalenz across as quickly as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By getting Kalenz quickly across the river, you'll get a hefty early finish bonus, rebuilding your gold reserve. Gold will become very important by the time you reach the ''Human Alliance'' scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to claim some experience as well, a small cadre of Elder Woses and Rangers can lure units one or two at a time to their deaths in the southern woods. They can hide in forest terrain if too many enemy units are in the area. Meanwhile, three Dwarf Guardsmen can serve as a disposable rear guard for your leaders fleeing to the north.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cliffs of Thoria ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three tricky elements about this one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, if you want Kalenz to get to the signpost, he'll have to climb there over high mountains, so the going will be very slow; watch the turn clock carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the &amp;quot;fog of war&amp;quot; applies so you won't know much about your enemies until you actually bump into them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, among your enemies you will find level 4 Yetis (which pack quite a punch) and Gryphons (which move very quickly through any terrain). Keep your Shamans ready to slow Yetis before you attack them with other units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For recruitment, you can probably get by with one round of raw recruits. However, note that dwarves do well in the mountains, so you may want more than three dwarf recruits. Avoid Ulfserkers and Berzerkers, though, as they are too vulnerable in this scenario, where things tend to jump out of the fog at you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heed the dialog; proceed with caution. After the initial battle, you can split your forces, sending a group to each enemy stronghold (northwest and east), while optionally sending a third group with Kalenz directly to the signpost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Battle of the Book ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Aquagar the drake wizard&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Crelanu or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/34/38 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The drakes, commanded by Aquagar (the foe you must defeat), are at the northwest corner, while a keep of trolls is located at the northeast. Crelanu, the wise mage for whom you came, is by the lake. You can send a quick unit (e.g. Cleodil) towards that keep in the middle of the map to trigger the dialogue with Crelanu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For recalling, especially useful units include Steelclads, Pathfinders, Marksmen, Rangers, Sorceresses, Thungerguards, and Stalwarts. A good mix of impact and ranged fighters is essential, because a lot of drakes breathe fire. One round of recruiting/recalling should be more than sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may try splitting your forces, sending half of your troops east along the road first to Crelanu's keep to save him and kill the troll leader (whose keep is close by). Take the remaining troops west to kill the drake leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it will take some time for the trolls to reach Crelanu, so it's probably better to focus all your power towards Aquagar to finish him as quickly as possible, and then Crelanu won't need any assistance. A quick finish means a big win bonus. You'll need it for the next scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Revelations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News from the Front ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Human Alliance ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive until the end of turns&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Aldar (the human leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 18/20/22 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is the unofficial final, the following scenarios are pretty much a sequel, and easier too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enemy is in three places: the northwest, the northeast (trolls) and the southwest. The northeast trolls will not receive reinforcements, so you should concentrate on eliminating their army first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most challenging aspect of this scenario is that your army has to do three things practically simultaneously: contain the northwest orcs (this is not that hard due to favorable terrain), aid your human allies to the south, and eliminate the trolls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trolls should be pretty easy to kill. Their leader doesn't have much money, so there will not be many trolls to face. Slowing with some shaman and using the forest (and mountain tiles for placing your dwarves) to your benefit leads to a quick victory. Afterwards, send the units to reinforce your other two fronts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your allies can hold their own against the first wave of southern attackers but after that they'll be toast. A much better course of action is to team up with them and crush the first wave. When the reinforcements come you should be in a good position to defeat the orcs (especially with your victorious anti-troll army coming to help).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The northwest orcs are numerous but should be kept in check by strong units in the bottlenecks. You'll need some tanks (Champions/Marshals or Steelclads) and healers. When the orc reinforcements arrive you may get swarmed. By this time you should have some help coming from your anti-troll army.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first wave of reinforcements for the orcs will arrive by the end of turn 5. The second wave will come at turn 12. By the end of the battle, the number of orcs will be overwhelming, and the action will take quite some time between turns. By the second half of the battle your complete focus should probably be on protecting your ally general, who by then will be out of money, occasionally recruiting one or two fodder units, and will remain immovable on his castle keep.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On turn 9, some of the elves you had left on Ka'lian will make a come back (including your loyals!). However, they will show up a little to the west of the keep where you start this scenario. It is a strange location for them to show up, and by that point of the battle it will probably be surrounded by enemies, so keeping these reinforcements alive may be very challenging if you don't have at least some of your forces making a stand near that location. If you can save just some of them, aim for the loyal units, and sacrifice the others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should spend all your gold upfront --there is no much point in saving it for later. You may want to recruit a scout or two at the beginning, if you think the investment will be profitable. They can capture a village almost every turn. Don't bother leaving villages for your ally. The money is better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Treaty ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Chief Must Die ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill the orc chief then return to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/32/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz and Landar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You get no keep, and no chance to recruit, in this one.  The only units you have are Kalenz and Landar, and their only task is to assassinate the Orc Sovereign (in the middle) and then return to the signpost at the southwestern corner of the map.  Your units will have special attributes (invisible, 80% dodge) for this scenario only that will make this fairly easy, particularly if you have managed to get Landar to level 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz takes the potion he changes into an Elvish Lord (as you might remember him if you have played [[HeirToTheThrone|HttT]]). He will now possess an arcane-magical attack, which proves very useful against many enemies. You should easily be able to get him to level up during this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should have plenty of turns. The only units that will attack you are the Wolf Rider line. They don't pose much threat thanks to Landar's bow and your 80% dodge. Go to the orc leader, kill him and return to the signpost. There is no point in grabbing villages as you get no income from them. There is also no point in finishing early so go ahead and level Kalenz.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Breaking the Siege ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Uradredia (the elf leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stick to recruiting units with lots of mobility, since the map is large and mostly snow-covered, hampering most of your unit types (don't even bother to recruit dwarves—they won't get to the scene of the action in time to strike any blows). Sylphs and Shydes are best, of course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is essential that you reach your ally quickly. Otherwise he might be dead before you even see him. Despite the fact that fog of war is turned on for this scenario, it's pretty simple to figure out from the geography which keep belongs to your ally (the one in the middle of the forest). You will want to finish this level quickly or/and to grab as soon as possible all the villages to have lots of gold for the next scenario (on medium you'll probably want at least 500 gold). Send some fast units north to keep your ally alive and send the rest straight west. The western units can sweep up after taking out the southern orc boss. A few of Direwolf Riders come as reinforcements when you get to close to the southern orc, so be careful. Alternatively just send everyone north and fan out from there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With good units this level shouldn't be tough to beat. Just make sure you beat it in good standing for the next scenario. At this point, this campaign becomes a very good example of why keeping your loyal units alive is very much worth it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hour of Glory ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Costly Revenge ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy units and destroy all enemy villages&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/35/30 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
* Other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as The Saurian Treasury, but with most of the terrain snow-covered. Since you're fighting the saurians again, most of the advice from that scenario still applies. Mobility is not a great issue, even though one of the enemy keeps is near the top northeastern corner of the map, because by the time you can dispose of your southern enemy he will have already sent most of his troops south after you. Numbers are an issue, however. So, whatever you do, do not underrecruit! (You don't need more than minimal gold in the next recruiting scenario.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best place to make a stand is probably near the patch of forest in the middle (high casualty approach) or the forest with the big ice plain in front of it (low casualty approach). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to put units in the swamp to keep the saurians out of there. The only poor-defense terrain for the saurians is the ice, so keep them on it. The Oracles/Soothsayers will use their ranged attack on your melee units and the Skirmishers/Flankers will use their melee attack on your archers. You will take heavy losses but this is actually good (more on that in a second).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like to send Kalenz and a couple of fast units (Scouts/Riders) along the northern forest and then have them cut across the top of the map. This accomplishes three things: one, you torch some out of the way villages; two, you can distract the northern saurians long enough to keep your main force (in the middle of the map) in control; three, you can move them over to kill the northern leader at the end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a weird twist to this level. After this the elvish civil war breaks out. All your units except loyal ones and scouts defect and serve Landar. So, see that Elvish Champion racking up the kills? Next time he's in battle he will be killing ''your'' units. After the tide of the battle has turned try and get the non-loyal high level units killed (attack those last two Oracles with ranged attack, etc).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enough gold your main worries will be getting to the villages in time (scouts come in handy), getting to the northern leader in time and leaving as few good units for the civil war as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Low casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.10.1 (hard): It is not necessary to get your units killed consciously and this scenario is possible with fairly low gold (220 gold for me) by recruiting mainly veterans and exploiting the horrible saurian movement / defence on ice (low casualty approach). As the turn limit isn't very long, it is useful to send some rangers/avengers behind the saurian lines to start burning villages, as soon as they hide in a forest they are invisible to the AI. Constantly check the turn clock, and be as aggresive as possible during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council Ruling == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elvish Assassins ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/16/12 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's no need to recruit - Kalenz can make it to the signpost with just the units you're given.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You might feel tempted to take this scenario as an opportunity to level up some new recruits from scratch, but this may not be a good idea. After a few turns, one of your elf allies (chosen at random) will turn against you, making the battle unpredictable and risky, for not a lot of gain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's just a couple of extra scenarios left in this campaign, and if you feel like leveling up units for the final battle, it's better to do it in the next scenario, where you can recall Cleodil's troops again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Northern Battle ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders or survive for six days&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Cleodil or Uradredia dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as Breaking the Siege, but since it's not winter, most of the board is grassland and woods, and much easier for your elves to fight on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Landar, now one of your enemies, will be in the far southwest, while another enemy elf has a keep a little to the north from yours. Approximately two thirds of your non-loyal veterans, chosen at random, will go with Landar, while the remaining third will go with Uradredia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have been building a formidable &amp;quot;air force&amp;quot; (shaman line) you can beat this level very easily. Moreover, the objective description is not very faithful, since you don't really have to kill all enemy leaders. It suffices to move any of your units adjacent to Landar. This makes this scenario quite easy to beat. If you still have Huraldur (your loyal quick elvish rider) on your side and you have leveled him up, you can take him straight to Landar's keep, and --thanks to the vulnerable design of Landar's keep-- place him next to Landar by turn 3, finishing the scenario with a huge gold reward. Alternatively, you may try a similar strategy with a group of new scout recruits or other quick units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, you can take the opportunity to level up a few recruits. Particularly, now could be a good time to level up any shamans/woses from Cleodil's old recall list to their maximum. Keep in mind that you need to put Cleodil in the ''Encampment Keep'' tile so you can recall those units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of Landar's betrayal and the loss of most of your veterans, you will be working mostly with first level units. Consequently, don't try to take on either enemy on the naked grasslands where their keeps lie; recruit as much as you can, then head for your ally's keep in the north central region of the board, taking as many villages during the process as possible. If you need to, make a stand in and about your ally's keep, though depending upon how well you delay Crintil's army you may be able to pick off your enemy a few at a time in the forest long enough to survive until the end of the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Playing this scenario patiently has a nice side-effect: by killing Landar's strong veterans here, they won't be available to him in the final battle. As a consequence, if you completely wipe up his army now, he'll be stuck with just fresh level-1 and level-2 elves to recruit by then (unless you're playing on ''hard'' difficulty). Also, all of Uradredia's units will become yours, so if you have the chance to save some of his veterans in this scenario, it's worth doing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[On version 1.8.2, all my levelled shaman-line had also disappeared - some for my ally, other for Landar. I could only recruit some shaman about to level. And some of my warriors had gone to my ally, not to Landar. With only first level units, killing the south-east level at turn 2 or 3 is not possible... but you can still buy some second-level warriors who will do the job. After that, most of Landar's units will go toward your ally's keep, which makes you able to reach Landar and end the scenario. Careful, he will be able to deal a final blow to the unit who assaulted him ! ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have some experienced woses (highly resistant against pierce damage!), you can as well crush all the traitors frontally - as long as you engage them outside the forest - for an early finish and large bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== End of War ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Landar&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/21/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A relatively short and simple battle, considering this is the final scenario. Recall/recruit all worthy veterans, and don't worry about gold or grabbing villages. If you've made it this far, surely you have the necessary strategic/tactical skills necessary to deal with Landar's army. Now is the time to try risky ideas; this is the last stop for you and your army, so give them the chance to act heroically on the battle field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A straightforward strategy involves recalling any remaining veteran troops, then recruiting an army of level 1 elves. Form up your line of battle at the edge of the forest to maximize the difference in defense (70% vs. 40%, while trying to hold the shore is only 40% vs. 20%).  The forest defense bonus also means that your level 1 troops stand a good chace of surviving at least one round of two level 2 attacks (which they are unlikely to survive on open ground). If any enemy elves make it into the forest the best approach is to use magic attacks to smoke them out (a slyph works wonders). Once Landar's army has been dealt with, sweep your troops down to the enemy keep to deliver the coup de grace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[version 1.8.2 : on medium, you can just buy loads of level 1 warriors, and keep - most of the time - in the woods. Landar start with about the same money as you do, but doing this, you just suffocate him under numbers.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again experienced woses dominate your enemies outside of forests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Epilogue ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55280</id>
		<title>LegendofWesmere</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55280"/>
		<updated>2014-06-26T18:47:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* Battle of the Book */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;General Note:  Throughout this campaign, if your elves need to make a stand and you have a choice of options, choose the one that will put most of them in the woods.  Not only will this give you the best chance of survival, it will ensure that the AI playing your allies will do useful things.  This matters a lot, because many of the scenarios in this campaign involve allies you cannot control whose death results in your defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategical Note: This is a long campaign where you play elves. So take a look at the top level units: There are two units capable of flight! One of them is a curing healer +8, the other one is level 4. Both of them can do magic, and both of them can slow their enemies! If you can team up two shydes and two sylphs, you get a magically hard hitting, regenerating, slowing air force that can ZoC-lock an enemy. As if that wasn't enough, late in the campaign you'll lose access to most of your veteran troops, but not your sylphs and shydes. So it really pays to level shamans. However, they are not recruitable during the first four scenarios (since version 1.9.x) --you will still have enough opportunity to level them up, but it requires some effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loyal troops are even more valuable in this campaign than in most others, partially because they get three traits, but mainly because you'll get to keep them when your other troops are unavailable. With that in mind, you should strongly consider leveling one (or both!) of your loyal fighters into a marshal. His leadership skills will prove invaluable when you are stuck with a level 1 army. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Uprooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill any of the orc leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/17/14 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like the first scenario in Heir to the Throne, this scenario begins with the hero in a forest with enemies preparing to close in on all sides. You might want to simply run away (and previously you could), but you have to kill one enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The keep directly to the east is one option. If you keep most of his stronghold hexes plugged up with your units or your enemy's, then he will not be able to spend all his gold before you kill the leader, possibly when he dives in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good alternative is going southwest, as this puts the maximum distance between you and the troops of the other orcish leaders, and only level 1 orcs will come from that corner. It also allows you to use the units of Velon more efficiently; they come under your control after they are first attacked by an orc. The villages will also become yours at that point, so you don't need to worry too much about them (except for healing, of course).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can only recruit fighters and archers. Use fighters to shield yourself and archers to kill the grunts (and warriors on hard.) Keep loyals and leaders safe - if only one unit shields them, remember that it can be killed by a single lucky L2 orc. If you manage to level up units choose captain for fighters and marksman for archers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hostile Mountains ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the troll leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing to do is get the dwarves to fight the trolls. The trolls will go to the east bank without any bait, just take care you don't lure them away or worse anger the dwarves yourself. Even after they fight with the trolls, do not go to the east bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruit fighters to die, archers to do damage. The trolls will tend to go for the fighters when given the option. If you don't have a captain yet, level up a fighter as soon as possible, and use his leadership on your archers. You will need marksmen to kill trolls on mountains, so keep your archers safe (well, at least on reasonable terrain). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not, under any circumstances, cross the river—if you do, Olurf will attack you, and the trolls will cut both you and the dwarves to pieces.  You can have units stand in the river if necessary to reach a particular unit, but since your enemies are more powerful than your units avoid doing so if you are likely to be counterattacked.  Instead, send out an archer or two (preferably ''quick'' ones) to grab the villages in the far northern reaches of the board while you move your troops onto the wooded island in the middle of the river, directly south of your keep.  From here, you can help the dwarves whittle down the trolls while you slowly wend your way southwest toward the troll keep.  The scenario will end if you succeed in killing the troll leader.  Note:  Olurf's death counts as a defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a reason the middle island has so much forest. The western bank of the river has a narrow swath of forest surrounded by mountains and hills. This is not ideal terrain for fighting trolls. Trolls move faster than elves on hills and mountains and have comparable defense. A much better idea is to try to occupy the middle island, forcing the trolls to attack from water. Chances are you'll only be able to claim the northern tip of the island at first, so half your army will spill over to the forest on the west bank. The dwarves help by putting units in water and doing other things to distract the trolls and draw fire away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is preferable to aim to kill the troll leader rather than get to the signpost as the experience is most important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ka'lian Under Attack ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive the initial attack with Galtrid, then defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 5/7/9 initially, then 35/30/25 extra (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take careful note of this map; you'll be fighting on it again later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first turns (original turn limit) you play the defenders of the Ka'lian. See all those Orcish Assassins in the water? Make sure they receive as much retaliation as possible when they poison your units (archers). As you can heal only 2 units per turn, make sure they can't poison your fresh recruits as well. Also, you can kill Assassins with some of your poisoned units, as long as they have still enough hitpoints. Distribute XP carefully; units heal upon level up; rarely is this more useful than in this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't just hit Ctrl-R to recruit; you have a massive keep so put your new units in the right place. Don't let the orcs in good defense terrain and you should be fine. Use Galtrids leadership carefully by moving him multiple times per turn to support different areas of the castle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz arrives, the orcs just pile up in the northwestern corner ''if'' you defended the Ka'lian well. Control the map, by trapping and killing the village stealing wolf riders, heal your poisoned Ka'lian defenders and let them do some work. Close in carefully - it will be very hard avoiding casualties, but when the time comes, let them be L1 fighters and not your L2. You can level a number of units, but don't wait too long, because you will need gold for the next scenario. (250+ carryover)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The behaviour of the orcs will depend directly on your ability to hold out the invasion of your fortress. If you manage to repel somewhat successfully their initial attack, the orcs will assume a defensive stance for the second part of the battle (usually triggered when Kalenz arrives). If, on the other hand, the orcs have a more successful start, they then become more aggressive and the battle becomes much more lively on the second part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A special feature of this particular scenario --something not very common in a campaign-- is that you will control two armies simultaneously after Kalenz' arrival. You start by assuming the role of Galtrid, and later Kalenz joins the party, at which time you will switch between your two roles. However, you won't control Galtrid's army anymore in the future, so don't grow too attached to it and remember that they are expendable here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Elvish Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two main ways to play this scenario. The most straightforward solution is to send your army en masse to the keep in the northwest first; that's where Cleodil (an Elvish Shyde) is. Then turn east to take out the other saurian. Recruit plenty of Fighters, use leadership to full extent and try to heal by leveling up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is alternatively possible to kill the eastern leader with Rangers/Avengers. The AI will completely ignore them once they are in the woods again. This allows you to play more defensively in the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When fighting the saurians, there are three things to remember:  1) Don't send out isolated units, because they'll be swarmed and killed; 2) Try to keep the saurians on bad terrain 3) watch the day/night cycle (it doesn't affect your elves, but the saurians are significantly weaker by day and you can turn that fact to great advantage). Kill the Augurs as soon as possible with your fighter line. The skirmishers have a lot of movement points; make sure that wounded units are safe or meant to be sacrificed. In general, take your time to experiment and figure out what works best on your strategy against saurians, as you'll be seeing many more of them in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Along with Cleodil, two other units will be freed from the prison. All of them become loyal to your cause, so by the end of this scenario you'll have a small loyal army on your hands. Protect them well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's a couple of things worth noting regarding Cleodil: one is that she has a special ability labeled ''elates Kalenz'' which works basically like leadership, but only works on Kalenz. What this means is that from now on it's a good idea to keep those two close to each other in the battle field. The other one is that she can recruit Shamans and Woses. You may try it out in this scenario, in the small keep to the north. This works out nicely if your strategy for this scenario is to concentrate on the northwestern enemy first. With a little effort, you can free Cleodil relatively quickly, and then her recruits can be very helpful for the rest of the battle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Saurian Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/20/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With Cleodil on your side now, you may finally recruit Shamans, as well as Woses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much trickier than the last one because here you have to fight the saurians on terrain that's hostile to your elves (desert and swamp). Try to confront them on favorable terrain and form a defensive line (against Skirmishers) each turn. Woses are very effective against saurians, so if you have trouble with this scenario, try recruiting at least 6 Woses. Also, the ''slows'' attribute of Shamans' ranged attacks limits the damage potential and mobility of Skirmishers. Kill the southern leader first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you've dealt with the southern leader and the treasury (the single saurian sitting on a village and not moving) you can either take an Elvish Scout to the treasury to pick up the gold and return it to the sign post (but traveling more slowly than usual) or just go kill the northern leader. Killing the leader is preferable. You'll get XP and any loss in gold from early finish is dwarfed by the 1800 gold you get for beating the level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep an eye on the turn limit. The enemy leaders are easily lured out with an Elvish Scout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acquaintance in Need ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another troll leader to kill, so it is an XP opportunity, like for your shamans. For recruiting, you need to make sure that you neither overrecruit nor underrecruit. With too few units, you will take too long to finish your enemies (as always), while too many units won't help you in the fight, and you will need the money!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start with the green enemy, who is the closest one to you. The dwarves, who are your allies for this scenario, should provide substantial help in doing so. While you finish off the first orc, you should start sending a fair amount of relatively unexperienced archers/shamans west to take on the troll. Then move north over the mountains in a broad line to take out the orcs. A broad front line will help you to quickly overrun the orcs and allow you to finish in good time. Of course, you need sufficient numbers to do this without overstretching yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dwarves will get a lot of kills/occupy the enemy quite a bit. Their high mountain defense and mobility ensure this. You may need to resign yourself to softening the orcs up and letting the dwarves get the kills.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this scenario you'll be able to ask Olurf to move to a specific location inside the map (using right-click), which may be useful in case you want his help in some particularly tight spot. This is one of the ways in which you can control the behaviour of your allies (you'll see another in the next scenario). Notice, however, that this command only applies to Olurf himself, and his troops will continue to move freely as they please, often taking experience away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the end of the scenario, you will end up &amp;quot;hiring&amp;quot; Olurf --paying him 400 gold-- but if you've been careful with your finances, you probably won't miss that amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elves' Last Stand ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives:&lt;br /&gt;
** Defeat all of the enemy leaders ''and''&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Own the field,&amp;quot; which means having more than 25 units while the enemy has under 15.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as in Kal'ian Under Attack, but with many more enemies. You'll be facing vast numbers of trolls, orcs, and naga.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario formerly had AI-controlled allies that you could &amp;quot;instruct&amp;quot; in various ways, probably unsuccessfully, but it has been changed (circa 1.11.*) so that you have direct control of allied forces, alternating with yours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For recruitment, spamming Fighters and Archers is essential. Supplement them with Elder Woses or just plain Woses. You'll be facing the poison of Assassins, Slayers, and Water Serpents as well the damage of L2 and L3 Trolls, so recall as many healers as you have, plus a lot of Shamans. Mix some in with your ally's forces, since he has no Shaman line units. Finish your recruitment by recalling whatever L3 units you have.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that you have control of your allies, it makes most sense to let him have all the villages. Have your ally recruit a couple of Elf Scouts to keep reflagging villages after you use them for healing or the enemy captures them. It's literally impossible for you or your ally to have gold carryover from this scenario, so spend it or lose it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To save Eradion (your elf ally to the west), you likely either need to evacuate him to the Ka'lian or send reinforcements from the Ka'lian to him. Another option is to have Eradion recall veteran troops; yes, your allies have their own recall list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to keep control of the Ka'lian, you'll need to maintain considerable forces there. However, this island fortress is not much of a defense against the droves of Water Serpents and L1, L2 and maybe L3 Naga headed its way. They get 60% defense in water, so your moat is like a fortress for them. Therefore, abandoning the Ka'lian after your initial recruiting is an option to consider. Fortunately, there is good terrain (forest) to the west and north/northeast of the Ka'lian. Note that if you avoid waterfront hexes, the Water Serpents will crawl onto land, where they are much easier to kill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good tactics are essential. Don't get sloppy about formation and protecting the wounded. Maintain mostly straight lines early on. Don't get flanked. Try to keep loyals and criticals ''off'' the front line, especially at night versus trolls. If you're careful, you can use the heavy fighting to level units. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Much to your relief, Olurf will show up on turn 12. (Or not, as sometimes happened in 1.11.*, despite having paid him 400 gold the previous scenario. If he does not show on turn 12, it is still possible to win. 700 starting gold is sufficient. Try abandoning the Ka'lian, sending your ally west and your main army to the forest northeast of the Ka'lian. Good luck!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council of Hard Choices ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bounty Hunters ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz across the river&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only thing you gain from defeating the saurians is experience. If you are having trouble beating this level, just recruit one round, and run north as fast as you can with your criticals. To slow down the saurians, you can divide your recruits and send half left and half right. When you reach the river, sea monsters (Water Serpents and Cuttle Fish) will attack. You may try distracting the monsters by tossing threm some tasty Elvish Scouts. The saurians will catch up as you're crossing the river, but at least a few of the saurians will focus on killing any remaining sea monsters before worrying about your leaders. Make use of the island to get Kalenz across as quickly as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By getting Kalenz quickly across the river, you'll get a hefty early finish bonus, rebuilding your gold reserve. Gold will become very important by the time you reach the ''Human Alliance'' scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to claim some experience as well, a small cadre of Elder Woses and Rangers can lure units one or two at a time to their deaths in the southern woods. They can hide in forest terrain if too many enemy units are in the area. Meanwhile, three Dwarf Guardsmen can serve as a disposable rear guard for your leaders fleeing to the north.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cliffs of Thoria ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three tricky elements about this one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, if you want Kalenz to get to the signpost, he'll have to climb there over high mountains, so the going will be very slow; watch the turn clock carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the &amp;quot;fog of war&amp;quot; applies so you won't know much about your enemies until you actually bump into them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, among your enemies you will find level 4 Yetis (which pack quite a punch) and Gryphons (which move very quickly through any terrain). Keep your Shamans ready to slow Yetis before you attack them with other units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For recruitment, you can probably get by with one round of raw recruits. However, note that dwarves do well in the mountains, so you may want more than three dwarf recruits. Avoid Ulfserkers and Berzerkers, though, as they are too vulnerable in this scenario, where things tend to jump out of the fog at you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heed the dialog; proceed with caution. After the initial battle, you can split your forces, sending a group to each enemy stronghold (northwest and east), while optionally sending a third group with Kalenz directly to the signpost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Battle of the Book ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Aquagar the drake wizard&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Crelanu or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/34/38 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The drakes, commanded by Aquagar (the foe you must defeat), are at the northwest corner, while a keep of trolls is located at the northeast. Crelanu, the wise mage for whom you came, is by the lake. You can send a quick unit (e.g. Cleodil) towards that keep in the middle of the map to trigger the dialogue with Crelanu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For recalling, especially useful units include Steelclads, Pathfinders, Marksmen, Rangers, Sorceresses, Thungerguards, and Stalwarts. A good mix of impact and ranged fighters is essential, because a lot of drakes breathe fire. One round of recruiting/recalling should be more than sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may try splitting your forces, sending half of your troops east along the road first to Crelanu's keep to save him and kill the troll leader (whose keep is close by). Take the remaining troops west to kill the drake leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it will take some time for the trolls to reach Crelanu, so it's probably better to focus all your power towards Aquagar to finish him as quickly as possible, and then Crelanu won't need any assistance. A quick finish means a big win bonus. You'll need it for the next scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Revelations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News from the Front ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Human Alliance ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive until the end of turns&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Aldar (the human leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 18/20/22 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is the unofficial final, the following scenarios are pretty much a sequel, and easier too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enemy is in three places: the northwest, the northeast (trolls) and the southwest. The northeast trolls will not receive reinforcements, so you should concentrate on eliminating their army first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most challenging aspect of this scenario is that your army has to do three things practically simultaneously: contain the northwest orcs (this is not that hard due to favorable terrain), aid your human allies to the south, and eliminate the trolls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trolls should be pretty easy to kill. Their leader doesn't have much money, so there will not be many trolls to face. Slowing with some shaman and using the forest (and mountain tiles for placing your dwarves) to your benefit leads to a quick victory. Afterwards, send the units to reinforce your other two fronts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your allies can hold their own against the first wave of southern attackers but after that they'll be toast. A much better course of action is to team up with them and crush the first wave. When the reinforcements come you should be in a good position to defeat the orcs (especially with your victorious anti-troll army coming to help).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The northwest orcs are numerous but should be kept in check by strong units in the bottlenecks. You'll need some tanks (Champions/Marshals or Steelclads) and healers. When the orc reinforcements arrive you may get swarmed. By this time you should have some help coming from your anti-troll army.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first wave of reinforcements for the orcs will arrive by the end of turn 5. The second wave will come at turn 12. By the end of the battle, the number of orcs will be overwhelming, and the action will take quite some time between turns. By the second half of the battle your complete focus should probably be on protecting your ally general, who by then will be out of money, occasionally recruiting one or two fodder units, and will remain immovable on his castle keep.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On turn 9, some of the elves you had left on Ka'lian will make a come back (including your loyals!). However, they will show up a little to the west of the keep where you start this scenario. It is a strange location for them to show up, and by that point of the battle it will probably be surrounded by enemies, so keeping these reinforcements alive may be very challenging if you don't have at least some of your forces making a stand near that location. If you can save just some of them, aim for the loyal units, and sacrifice the others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should spend all your gold upfront --there is no much point in saving it for later. You may want to recruit a scout or two at the beginning, if you think the investment will be profitable. They can capture a village almost every turn. Don't bother leaving villages for your ally. The money is better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Treaty ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Chief Must Die ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill the orc chief then return to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/32/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz and Landar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You get no keep, and no chance to recruit, in this one.  The only units you have are Kalenz and Landar, and their only task is to assassinate the Orc Sovereign (in the middle) and then return to the signpost at the southwestern corner of the map.  Your units will have special attributes (invisible, 80% dodge) for this scenario only that will make this fairly easy, particularly if you have managed to get Landar to level 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz takes the potion he changes into an Elvish Lord (as you might remember him if you have played [[HeirToTheThrone|HttT]]). He will now possess an arcane-magical attack, which proves very useful against many enemies. You should easily be able to get him to level up during this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should have plenty of turns. The only units that will attack you are the Wolf Rider line. They don't pose much threat thanks to Landar's bow and your 80% dodge. Go to the orc leader, kill him and return to the signpost. There is no point in grabbing villages as you get no income from them. There is also no point in finishing early so go ahead and level Kalenz.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Breaking the Siege ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Uradredia (the elf leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stick to recruiting units with lots of mobility, since the map is large and mostly snow-covered, hampering most of your unit types (don't even bother to recruit dwarves—they won't get to the scene of the action in time to strike any blows). Sylphs and Shydes are best, of course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is essential that you reach your ally quickly. Otherwise he might be dead before you even see him. Despite the fact that fog of war is turned on for this scenario, it's pretty simple to figure out from the geography which keep belongs to your ally (the one in the middle of the forest). You will want to finish this level quickly or/and to grab as soon as possible all the villages to have lots of gold for the next scenario (on medium you'll probably want at least 500 gold). Send some fast units north to keep your ally alive and send the rest straight west. The western units can sweep up after taking out the southern orc boss. A few of Direwolf Riders come as reinforcements when you get to close to the southern orc, so be careful. Alternatively just send everyone north and fan out from there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With good units this level shouldn't be tough to beat. Just make sure you beat it in good standing for the next scenario. At this point, this campaign becomes a very good example of why keeping your loyal units alive is very much worth it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hour of Glory ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Costly Revenge ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy units and destroy all enemy villages&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/35/30 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
* Other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as The Saurian Treasury, but with most of the terrain snow-covered. Since you're fighting the saurians again, most of the advice from that scenario still applies. Mobility is not a great issue, even though one of the enemy keeps is near the top northeastern corner of the map, because by the time you can dispose of your southern enemy he will have already sent most of his troops south after you. Numbers are an issue, however. So, whatever you do, do not underrecruit! (You don't need more than minimal gold in the next recruiting scenario.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best place to make a stand is probably near the patch of forest in the middle (high casualty approach) or the forest with the big ice plain in front of it (low casualty approach). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to put units in the swamp to keep the saurians out of there. The only poor-defense terrain for the saurians is the ice, so keep them on it. The Oracles/Soothsayers will use their ranged attack on your melee units and the Skirmishers/Flankers will use their melee attack on your archers. You will take heavy losses but this is actually good (more on that in a second).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like to send Kalenz and a couple of fast units (Scouts/Riders) along the northern forest and then have them cut across the top of the map. This accomplishes three things: one, you torch some out of the way villages; two, you can distract the northern saurians long enough to keep your main force (in the middle of the map) in control; three, you can move them over to kill the northern leader at the end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a weird twist to this level. After this the elvish civil war breaks out. All your units except loyal ones and scouts defect and serve Landar. So, see that Elvish Champion racking up the kills? Next time he's in battle he will be killing ''your'' units. After the tide of the battle has turned try and get the non-loyal high level units killed (attack those last two Oracles with ranged attack, etc).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enough gold your main worries will be getting to the villages in time (scouts come in handy), getting to the northern leader in time and leaving as few good units for the civil war as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Low casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.10.1 (hard): It is not necessary to get your units killed consciously and this scenario is possible with fairly low gold (220 gold for me) by recruiting mainly veterans and exploiting the horrible saurian movement / defence on ice (low casualty approach). As the turn limit isn't very long, it is useful to send some rangers/avengers behind the saurian lines to start burning villages, as soon as they hide in a forest they are invisible to the AI. Constantly check the turn clock, and be as aggresive as possible during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council Ruling == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elvish Assassins ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/16/12 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's no need to recruit - Kalenz can make it to the signpost with just the units you're given.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You might feel tempted to take this scenario as an opportunity to level up some new recruits from scratch, but this may not be a good idea. After a few turns, one of your elf allies (chosen at random) will turn against you, making the battle unpredictable and risky, for not a lot of gain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's just a couple of extra scenarios left in this campaign, and if you feel like leveling up units for the final battle, it's better to do it in the next scenario, where you can recall Cleodil's troops again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Northern Battle ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders or survive for six days&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Cleodil or Uradredia dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as Breaking the Siege, but since it's not winter, most of the board is grassland and woods, and much easier for your elves to fight on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Landar, now one of your enemies, will be in the far southwest, while another enemy elf has a keep a little to the north from yours. Approximately two thirds of your non-loyal veterans, chosen at random, will go with Landar, while the remaining third will go with Uradredia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have been building a formidable &amp;quot;air force&amp;quot; (shaman line) you can beat this level very easily. Moreover, the objective description is not very faithful, since you don't really have to kill all enemy leaders. It suffices to move any of your units adjacent to Landar. This makes this scenario quite easy to beat. If you still have Huraldur (your loyal quick elvish rider) on your side and you have leveled him up, you can take him straight to Landar's keep, and --thanks to the vulnerable design of Landar's keep-- place him next to Landar by turn 3, finishing the scenario with a huge gold reward. Alternatively, you may try a similar strategy with a group of new scout recruits or other quick units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, you can take the opportunity to level up a few recruits. Particularly, now could be a good time to level up any shamans/woses from Cleodil's old recall list to their maximum. Keep in mind that you need to put Cleodil in the ''Encampment Keep'' tile so you can recall those units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of Landar's betrayal and the loss of most of your veterans, you will be working mostly with first level units. Consequently, don't try to take on either enemy on the naked grasslands where their keeps lie; recruit as much as you can, then head for your ally's keep in the north central region of the board, taking as many villages during the process as possible. If you need to, make a stand in and about your ally's keep, though depending upon how well you delay Crintil's army you may be able to pick off your enemy a few at a time in the forest long enough to survive until the end of the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Playing this scenario patiently has a nice side-effect: by killing Landar's strong veterans here, they won't be available to him in the final battle. As a consequence, if you completely wipe up his army now, he'll be stuck with just fresh level-1 and level-2 elves to recruit by then (unless you're playing on ''hard'' difficulty). Also, all of Uradredia's units will become yours, so if you have the chance to save some of his veterans in this scenario, it's worth doing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[On version 1.8.2, all my levelled shaman-line had also disappeared - some for my ally, other for Landar. I could only recruit some shaman about to level. And some of my warriors had gone to my ally, not to Landar. With only first level units, killing the south-east level at turn 2 or 3 is not possible... but you can still buy some second-level warriors who will do the job. After that, most of Landar's units will go toward your ally's keep, which makes you able to reach Landar and end the scenario. Careful, he will be able to deal a final blow to the unit who assaulted him ! ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have some experienced woses (highly resistant against pierce damage!), you can as well crush all the traitors frontally - as long as you engage them outside the forest - for an early finish and large bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== End of War ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Landar&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/21/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A relatively short and simple battle, considering this is the final scenario. Recall/recruit all worthy veterans, and don't worry about gold or grabbing villages. If you've made it this far, surely you have the necessary strategic/tactical skills necessary to deal with Landar's army. Now is the time to try risky ideas; this is the last stop for you and your army, so give them the chance to act heroically on the battle field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A straightforward strategy involves recalling any remaining veteran troops, then recruiting an army of level 1 elves. Form up your line of battle at the edge of the forest to maximize the difference in defense (70% vs. 40%, while trying to hold the shore is only 40% vs. 20%).  The forest defense bonus also means that your level 1 troops stand a good chace of surviving at least one round of two level 2 attacks (which they are unlikely to survive on open ground). If any enemy elves make it into the forest the best approach is to use magic attacks to smoke them out (a slyph works wonders). Once Landar's army has been dealt with, sweep your troops down to the enemy keep to deliver the coup de grace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[version 1.8.2 : on medium, you can just buy loads of level 1 warriors, and keep - most of the time - in the woods. Landar start with about the same money as you do, but doing this, you just suffocate him under numbers.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again experienced woses dominate your enemies outside of forests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Epilogue ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55279</id>
		<title>LegendofWesmere</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55279"/>
		<updated>2014-06-26T17:41:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* Bounty Hunters */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;General Note:  Throughout this campaign, if your elves need to make a stand and you have a choice of options, choose the one that will put most of them in the woods.  Not only will this give you the best chance of survival, it will ensure that the AI playing your allies will do useful things.  This matters a lot, because many of the scenarios in this campaign involve allies you cannot control whose death results in your defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategical Note: This is a long campaign where you play elves. So take a look at the top level units: There are two units capable of flight! One of them is a curing healer +8, the other one is level 4. Both of them can do magic, and both of them can slow their enemies! If you can team up two shydes and two sylphs, you get a magically hard hitting, regenerating, slowing air force that can ZoC-lock an enemy. As if that wasn't enough, late in the campaign you'll lose access to most of your veteran troops, but not your sylphs and shydes. So it really pays to level shamans. However, they are not recruitable during the first four scenarios (since version 1.9.x) --you will still have enough opportunity to level them up, but it requires some effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loyal troops are even more valuable in this campaign than in most others, partially because they get three traits, but mainly because you'll get to keep them when your other troops are unavailable. With that in mind, you should strongly consider leveling one (or both!) of your loyal fighters into a marshal. His leadership skills will prove invaluable when you are stuck with a level 1 army. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Uprooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill any of the orc leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/17/14 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like the first scenario in Heir to the Throne, this scenario begins with the hero in a forest with enemies preparing to close in on all sides. You might want to simply run away (and previously you could), but you have to kill one enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The keep directly to the east is one option. If you keep most of his stronghold hexes plugged up with your units or your enemy's, then he will not be able to spend all his gold before you kill the leader, possibly when he dives in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good alternative is going southwest, as this puts the maximum distance between you and the troops of the other orcish leaders, and only level 1 orcs will come from that corner. It also allows you to use the units of Velon more efficiently; they come under your control after they are first attacked by an orc. The villages will also become yours at that point, so you don't need to worry too much about them (except for healing, of course).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can only recruit fighters and archers. Use fighters to shield yourself and archers to kill the grunts (and warriors on hard.) Keep loyals and leaders safe - if only one unit shields them, remember that it can be killed by a single lucky L2 orc. If you manage to level up units choose captain for fighters and marksman for archers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hostile Mountains ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the troll leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing to do is get the dwarves to fight the trolls. The trolls will go to the east bank without any bait, just take care you don't lure them away or worse anger the dwarves yourself. Even after they fight with the trolls, do not go to the east bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruit fighters to die, archers to do damage. The trolls will tend to go for the fighters when given the option. If you don't have a captain yet, level up a fighter as soon as possible, and use his leadership on your archers. You will need marksmen to kill trolls on mountains, so keep your archers safe (well, at least on reasonable terrain). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not, under any circumstances, cross the river—if you do, Olurf will attack you, and the trolls will cut both you and the dwarves to pieces.  You can have units stand in the river if necessary to reach a particular unit, but since your enemies are more powerful than your units avoid doing so if you are likely to be counterattacked.  Instead, send out an archer or two (preferably ''quick'' ones) to grab the villages in the far northern reaches of the board while you move your troops onto the wooded island in the middle of the river, directly south of your keep.  From here, you can help the dwarves whittle down the trolls while you slowly wend your way southwest toward the troll keep.  The scenario will end if you succeed in killing the troll leader.  Note:  Olurf's death counts as a defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a reason the middle island has so much forest. The western bank of the river has a narrow swath of forest surrounded by mountains and hills. This is not ideal terrain for fighting trolls. Trolls move faster than elves on hills and mountains and have comparable defense. A much better idea is to try to occupy the middle island, forcing the trolls to attack from water. Chances are you'll only be able to claim the northern tip of the island at first, so half your army will spill over to the forest on the west bank. The dwarves help by putting units in water and doing other things to distract the trolls and draw fire away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is preferable to aim to kill the troll leader rather than get to the signpost as the experience is most important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ka'lian Under Attack ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive the initial attack with Galtrid, then defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 5/7/9 initially, then 35/30/25 extra (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take careful note of this map; you'll be fighting on it again later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first turns (original turn limit) you play the defenders of the Ka'lian. See all those Orcish Assassins in the water? Make sure they receive as much retaliation as possible when they poison your units (archers). As you can heal only 2 units per turn, make sure they can't poison your fresh recruits as well. Also, you can kill Assassins with some of your poisoned units, as long as they have still enough hitpoints. Distribute XP carefully; units heal upon level up; rarely is this more useful than in this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't just hit Ctrl-R to recruit; you have a massive keep so put your new units in the right place. Don't let the orcs in good defense terrain and you should be fine. Use Galtrids leadership carefully by moving him multiple times per turn to support different areas of the castle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz arrives, the orcs just pile up in the northwestern corner ''if'' you defended the Ka'lian well. Control the map, by trapping and killing the village stealing wolf riders, heal your poisoned Ka'lian defenders and let them do some work. Close in carefully - it will be very hard avoiding casualties, but when the time comes, let them be L1 fighters and not your L2. You can level a number of units, but don't wait too long, because you will need gold for the next scenario. (250+ carryover)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The behaviour of the orcs will depend directly on your ability to hold out the invasion of your fortress. If you manage to repel somewhat successfully their initial attack, the orcs will assume a defensive stance for the second part of the battle (usually triggered when Kalenz arrives). If, on the other hand, the orcs have a more successful start, they then become more aggressive and the battle becomes much more lively on the second part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A special feature of this particular scenario --something not very common in a campaign-- is that you will control two armies simultaneously after Kalenz' arrival. You start by assuming the role of Galtrid, and later Kalenz joins the party, at which time you will switch between your two roles. However, you won't control Galtrid's army anymore in the future, so don't grow too attached to it and remember that they are expendable here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Elvish Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two main ways to play this scenario. The most straightforward solution is to send your army en masse to the keep in the northwest first; that's where Cleodil (an Elvish Shyde) is. Then turn east to take out the other saurian. Recruit plenty of Fighters, use leadership to full extent and try to heal by leveling up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is alternatively possible to kill the eastern leader with Rangers/Avengers. The AI will completely ignore them once they are in the woods again. This allows you to play more defensively in the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When fighting the saurians, there are three things to remember:  1) Don't send out isolated units, because they'll be swarmed and killed; 2) Try to keep the saurians on bad terrain 3) watch the day/night cycle (it doesn't affect your elves, but the saurians are significantly weaker by day and you can turn that fact to great advantage). Kill the Augurs as soon as possible with your fighter line. The skirmishers have a lot of movement points; make sure that wounded units are safe or meant to be sacrificed. In general, take your time to experiment and figure out what works best on your strategy against saurians, as you'll be seeing many more of them in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Along with Cleodil, two other units will be freed from the prison. All of them become loyal to your cause, so by the end of this scenario you'll have a small loyal army on your hands. Protect them well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's a couple of things worth noting regarding Cleodil: one is that she has a special ability labeled ''elates Kalenz'' which works basically like leadership, but only works on Kalenz. What this means is that from now on it's a good idea to keep those two close to each other in the battle field. The other one is that she can recruit Shamans and Woses. You may try it out in this scenario, in the small keep to the north. This works out nicely if your strategy for this scenario is to concentrate on the northwestern enemy first. With a little effort, you can free Cleodil relatively quickly, and then her recruits can be very helpful for the rest of the battle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Saurian Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/20/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With Cleodil on your side now, you may finally recruit Shamans, as well as Woses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much trickier than the last one because here you have to fight the saurians on terrain that's hostile to your elves (desert and swamp). Try to confront them on favorable terrain and form a defensive line (against Skirmishers) each turn. Woses are very effective against saurians, so if you have trouble with this scenario, try recruiting at least 6 Woses. Also, the ''slows'' attribute of Shamans' ranged attacks limits the damage potential and mobility of Skirmishers. Kill the southern leader first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you've dealt with the southern leader and the treasury (the single saurian sitting on a village and not moving) you can either take an Elvish Scout to the treasury to pick up the gold and return it to the sign post (but traveling more slowly than usual) or just go kill the northern leader. Killing the leader is preferable. You'll get XP and any loss in gold from early finish is dwarfed by the 1800 gold you get for beating the level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep an eye on the turn limit. The enemy leaders are easily lured out with an Elvish Scout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acquaintance in Need ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another troll leader to kill, so it is an XP opportunity, like for your shamans. For recruiting, you need to make sure that you neither overrecruit nor underrecruit. With too few units, you will take too long to finish your enemies (as always), while too many units won't help you in the fight, and you will need the money!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start with the green enemy, who is the closest one to you. The dwarves, who are your allies for this scenario, should provide substantial help in doing so. While you finish off the first orc, you should start sending a fair amount of relatively unexperienced archers/shamans west to take on the troll. Then move north over the mountains in a broad line to take out the orcs. A broad front line will help you to quickly overrun the orcs and allow you to finish in good time. Of course, you need sufficient numbers to do this without overstretching yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dwarves will get a lot of kills/occupy the enemy quite a bit. Their high mountain defense and mobility ensure this. You may need to resign yourself to softening the orcs up and letting the dwarves get the kills.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this scenario you'll be able to ask Olurf to move to a specific location inside the map (using right-click), which may be useful in case you want his help in some particularly tight spot. This is one of the ways in which you can control the behaviour of your allies (you'll see another in the next scenario). Notice, however, that this command only applies to Olurf himself, and his troops will continue to move freely as they please, often taking experience away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the end of the scenario, you will end up &amp;quot;hiring&amp;quot; Olurf --paying him 400 gold-- but if you've been careful with your finances, you probably won't miss that amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elves' Last Stand ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives:&lt;br /&gt;
** Defeat all of the enemy leaders ''and''&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Own the field,&amp;quot; which means having more than 25 units while the enemy has under 15.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as in Kal'ian Under Attack, but with many more enemies. You'll be facing vast numbers of trolls, orcs, and naga.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario formerly had AI-controlled allies that you could &amp;quot;instruct&amp;quot; in various ways, probably unsuccessfully, but it has been changed (circa 1.11.*) so that you have direct control of allied forces, alternating with yours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For recruitment, spamming Fighters and Archers is essential. Supplement them with Elder Woses or just plain Woses. You'll be facing the poison of Assassins, Slayers, and Water Serpents as well the damage of L2 and L3 Trolls, so recall as many healers as you have, plus a lot of Shamans. Mix some in with your ally's forces, since he has no Shaman line units. Finish your recruitment by recalling whatever L3 units you have.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that you have control of your allies, it makes most sense to let him have all the villages. Have your ally recruit a couple of Elf Scouts to keep reflagging villages after you use them for healing or the enemy captures them. It's literally impossible for you or your ally to have gold carryover from this scenario, so spend it or lose it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To save Eradion (your elf ally to the west), you likely either need to evacuate him to the Ka'lian or send reinforcements from the Ka'lian to him. Another option is to have Eradion recall veteran troops; yes, your allies have their own recall list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to keep control of the Ka'lian, you'll need to maintain considerable forces there. However, this island fortress is not much of a defense against the droves of Water Serpents and L1, L2 and maybe L3 Naga headed its way. They get 60% defense in water, so your moat is like a fortress for them. Therefore, abandoning the Ka'lian after your initial recruiting is an option to consider. Fortunately, there is good terrain (forest) to the west and north/northeast of the Ka'lian. Note that if you avoid waterfront hexes, the Water Serpents will crawl onto land, where they are much easier to kill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good tactics are essential. Don't get sloppy about formation and protecting the wounded. Maintain mostly straight lines early on. Don't get flanked. Try to keep loyals and criticals ''off'' the front line, especially at night versus trolls. If you're careful, you can use the heavy fighting to level units. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Much to your relief, Olurf will show up on turn 12. (Or not, as sometimes happened in 1.11.*, despite having paid him 400 gold the previous scenario. If he does not show on turn 12, it is still possible to win. 700 starting gold is sufficient. Try abandoning the Ka'lian, sending your ally west and your main army to the forest northeast of the Ka'lian. Good luck!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council of Hard Choices ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bounty Hunters ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz across the river&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only thing you gain from defeating the saurians is experience. If you are having trouble beating this level, just recruit one round, and run north as fast as you can with your criticals. To slow down the saurians, you can divide your recruits and send half left and half right. When you reach the river, sea monsters (Water Serpents and Cuttle Fish) will attack. You may try distracting the monsters by tossing threm some tasty Elvish Scouts. The saurians will catch up as you're crossing the river, but at least a few of the saurians will focus on killing any remaining sea monsters before worrying about your leaders. Make use of the island to get Kalenz across as quickly as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By getting Kalenz quickly across the river, you'll get a hefty early finish bonus, rebuilding your gold reserve. Gold will become very important by the time you reach the ''Human Alliance'' scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to claim some experience as well, a small cadre of Elder Woses and Rangers can lure units one or two at a time to their deaths in the southern woods. They can hide in forest terrain if too many enemy units are in the area. Meanwhile, three Dwarf Guardsmen can serve as a disposable rear guard for your leaders fleeing to the north.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cliffs of Thoria ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three tricky elements about this one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, if you want Kalenz to get to the signpost, he'll have to climb there over high mountains, so the going will be very slow; watch the turn clock carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the &amp;quot;fog of war&amp;quot; applies so you won't know much about your enemies until you actually bump into them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, among your enemies you will find level 4 Yetis (which pack quite a punch) and Gryphons (which move very quickly through any terrain). Keep your Shamans ready to slow Yetis before you attack them with other units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For recruitment, you can probably get by with one round of raw recruits. However, note that dwarves do well in the mountains, so you may want more than three dwarf recruits. Avoid Ulfserkers and Berzerkers, though, as they are too vulnerable in this scenario, where things tend to jump out of the fog at you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heed the dialog; proceed with caution. After the initial battle, you can split your forces, sending a group to each enemy stronghold (northwest and east), while optionally sending a third group with Kalenz directly to the signpost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Battle of the Book ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Aquagar the drake wizard&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Crelanu or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/34/38 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The drakes, commanded by Aquagar (the foe you have to defeat) are at the northwest corner, while a keep of trolls is located at the northeast. Crelanu, the wise mage you came here for, is by the lake. You can send a quick unit (e.g. Cleodil) towards that keep in the middle of the map to trigger the dialogue with Crelanu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may try splitting your forces, sending half of your troops east along the road first to Crelanu's keep to save him and kill the troll leader (whose keep is close by). Take the remaining troops west to kill the drake leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it will take some time for the trolls to reach Crelanu, so you may try focusing all your power towards Aquagar to finish him as quickly as possible, and then Crelanu won't need any assistance. If you go for killing Aquagar quickly, you might manage with just a few units, so you can save some gold by not over-recruiting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Be careful about using archers, since some of the drakes breathe fire and do more damage that way than your units can with their arrows.  A good mix of impact and ranged fighters is essential.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''For 1.9.x'''&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, you only have to kill Aquagar. So you just focus attacking the drakes. Send some Steelclads, Pathfinders to aid Crelanu. Marksmen, Rangers, Druids, Thunderguards, Stalwarts are extremely useful here. I killed Aquagar by turn 5. ~~Knyghtmare.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Revelations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News from the Front ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Human Alliance ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive until the end of turns&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Aldar (the human leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 18/20/22 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is the unofficial final, the following scenarios are pretty much a sequel, and easier too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enemy is in three places: the northwest, the northeast (trolls) and the southwest. The northeast trolls will not receive reinforcements, so you should concentrate on eliminating their army first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most challenging aspect of this scenario is that your army has to do three things practically simultaneously: contain the northwest orcs (this is not that hard due to favorable terrain), aid your human allies to the south, and eliminate the trolls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trolls should be pretty easy to kill. Their leader doesn't have much money, so there will not be many trolls to face. Slowing with some shaman and using the forest (and mountain tiles for placing your dwarves) to your benefit leads to a quick victory. Afterwards, send the units to reinforce your other two fronts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your allies can hold their own against the first wave of southern attackers but after that they'll be toast. A much better course of action is to team up with them and crush the first wave. When the reinforcements come you should be in a good position to defeat the orcs (especially with your victorious anti-troll army coming to help).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The northwest orcs are numerous but should be kept in check by strong units in the bottlenecks. You'll need some tanks (Champions/Marshals or Steelclads) and healers. When the orc reinforcements arrive you may get swarmed. By this time you should have some help coming from your anti-troll army.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first wave of reinforcements for the orcs will arrive by the end of turn 5. The second wave will come at turn 12. By the end of the battle, the number of orcs will be overwhelming, and the action will take quite some time between turns. By the second half of the battle your complete focus should probably be on protecting your ally general, who by then will be out of money, occasionally recruiting one or two fodder units, and will remain immovable on his castle keep.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On turn 9, some of the elves you had left on Ka'lian will make a come back (including your loyals!). However, they will show up a little to the west of the keep where you start this scenario. It is a strange location for them to show up, and by that point of the battle it will probably be surrounded by enemies, so keeping these reinforcements alive may be very challenging if you don't have at least some of your forces making a stand near that location. If you can save just some of them, aim for the loyal units, and sacrifice the others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should spend all your gold upfront --there is no much point in saving it for later. You may want to recruit a scout or two at the beginning, if you think the investment will be profitable. They can capture a village almost every turn. Don't bother leaving villages for your ally. The money is better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Treaty ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Chief Must Die ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill the orc chief then return to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/32/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz and Landar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You get no keep, and no chance to recruit, in this one.  The only units you have are Kalenz and Landar, and their only task is to assassinate the Orc Sovereign (in the middle) and then return to the signpost at the southwestern corner of the map.  Your units will have special attributes (invisible, 80% dodge) for this scenario only that will make this fairly easy, particularly if you have managed to get Landar to level 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz takes the potion he changes into an Elvish Lord (as you might remember him if you have played [[HeirToTheThrone|HttT]]). He will now possess an arcane-magical attack, which proves very useful against many enemies. You should easily be able to get him to level up during this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should have plenty of turns. The only units that will attack you are the Wolf Rider line. They don't pose much threat thanks to Landar's bow and your 80% dodge. Go to the orc leader, kill him and return to the signpost. There is no point in grabbing villages as you get no income from them. There is also no point in finishing early so go ahead and level Kalenz.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Breaking the Siege ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Uradredia (the elf leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stick to recruiting units with lots of mobility, since the map is large and mostly snow-covered, hampering most of your unit types (don't even bother to recruit dwarves—they won't get to the scene of the action in time to strike any blows). Sylphs and Shydes are best, of course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is essential that you reach your ally quickly. Otherwise he might be dead before you even see him. Despite the fact that fog of war is turned on for this scenario, it's pretty simple to figure out from the geography which keep belongs to your ally (the one in the middle of the forest). You will want to finish this level quickly or/and to grab as soon as possible all the villages to have lots of gold for the next scenario (on medium you'll probably want at least 500 gold). Send some fast units north to keep your ally alive and send the rest straight west. The western units can sweep up after taking out the southern orc boss. A few of Direwolf Riders come as reinforcements when you get to close to the southern orc, so be careful. Alternatively just send everyone north and fan out from there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With good units this level shouldn't be tough to beat. Just make sure you beat it in good standing for the next scenario. At this point, this campaign becomes a very good example of why keeping your loyal units alive is very much worth it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hour of Glory ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Costly Revenge ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy units and destroy all enemy villages&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/35/30 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
* Other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as The Saurian Treasury, but with most of the terrain snow-covered. Since you're fighting the saurians again, most of the advice from that scenario still applies. Mobility is not a great issue, even though one of the enemy keeps is near the top northeastern corner of the map, because by the time you can dispose of your southern enemy he will have already sent most of his troops south after you. Numbers are an issue, however. So, whatever you do, do not underrecruit! (You don't need more than minimal gold in the next recruiting scenario.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best place to make a stand is probably near the patch of forest in the middle (high casualty approach) or the forest with the big ice plain in front of it (low casualty approach). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to put units in the swamp to keep the saurians out of there. The only poor-defense terrain for the saurians is the ice, so keep them on it. The Oracles/Soothsayers will use their ranged attack on your melee units and the Skirmishers/Flankers will use their melee attack on your archers. You will take heavy losses but this is actually good (more on that in a second).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like to send Kalenz and a couple of fast units (Scouts/Riders) along the northern forest and then have them cut across the top of the map. This accomplishes three things: one, you torch some out of the way villages; two, you can distract the northern saurians long enough to keep your main force (in the middle of the map) in control; three, you can move them over to kill the northern leader at the end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a weird twist to this level. After this the elvish civil war breaks out. All your units except loyal ones and scouts defect and serve Landar. So, see that Elvish Champion racking up the kills? Next time he's in battle he will be killing ''your'' units. After the tide of the battle has turned try and get the non-loyal high level units killed (attack those last two Oracles with ranged attack, etc).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enough gold your main worries will be getting to the villages in time (scouts come in handy), getting to the northern leader in time and leaving as few good units for the civil war as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Low casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.10.1 (hard): It is not necessary to get your units killed consciously and this scenario is possible with fairly low gold (220 gold for me) by recruiting mainly veterans and exploiting the horrible saurian movement / defence on ice (low casualty approach). As the turn limit isn't very long, it is useful to send some rangers/avengers behind the saurian lines to start burning villages, as soon as they hide in a forest they are invisible to the AI. Constantly check the turn clock, and be as aggresive as possible during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council Ruling == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elvish Assassins ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/16/12 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's no need to recruit - Kalenz can make it to the signpost with just the units you're given.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You might feel tempted to take this scenario as an opportunity to level up some new recruits from scratch, but this may not be a good idea. After a few turns, one of your elf allies (chosen at random) will turn against you, making the battle unpredictable and risky, for not a lot of gain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's just a couple of extra scenarios left in this campaign, and if you feel like leveling up units for the final battle, it's better to do it in the next scenario, where you can recall Cleodil's troops again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Northern Battle ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders or survive for six days&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Cleodil or Uradredia dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as Breaking the Siege, but since it's not winter, most of the board is grassland and woods, and much easier for your elves to fight on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Landar, now one of your enemies, will be in the far southwest, while another enemy elf has a keep a little to the north from yours. Approximately two thirds of your non-loyal veterans, chosen at random, will go with Landar, while the remaining third will go with Uradredia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have been building a formidable &amp;quot;air force&amp;quot; (shaman line) you can beat this level very easily. Moreover, the objective description is not very faithful, since you don't really have to kill all enemy leaders. It suffices to move any of your units adjacent to Landar. This makes this scenario quite easy to beat. If you still have Huraldur (your loyal quick elvish rider) on your side and you have leveled him up, you can take him straight to Landar's keep, and --thanks to the vulnerable design of Landar's keep-- place him next to Landar by turn 3, finishing the scenario with a huge gold reward. Alternatively, you may try a similar strategy with a group of new scout recruits or other quick units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, you can take the opportunity to level up a few recruits. Particularly, now could be a good time to level up any shamans/woses from Cleodil's old recall list to their maximum. Keep in mind that you need to put Cleodil in the ''Encampment Keep'' tile so you can recall those units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of Landar's betrayal and the loss of most of your veterans, you will be working mostly with first level units. Consequently, don't try to take on either enemy on the naked grasslands where their keeps lie; recruit as much as you can, then head for your ally's keep in the north central region of the board, taking as many villages during the process as possible. If you need to, make a stand in and about your ally's keep, though depending upon how well you delay Crintil's army you may be able to pick off your enemy a few at a time in the forest long enough to survive until the end of the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Playing this scenario patiently has a nice side-effect: by killing Landar's strong veterans here, they won't be available to him in the final battle. As a consequence, if you completely wipe up his army now, he'll be stuck with just fresh level-1 and level-2 elves to recruit by then (unless you're playing on ''hard'' difficulty). Also, all of Uradredia's units will become yours, so if you have the chance to save some of his veterans in this scenario, it's worth doing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[On version 1.8.2, all my levelled shaman-line had also disappeared - some for my ally, other for Landar. I could only recruit some shaman about to level. And some of my warriors had gone to my ally, not to Landar. With only first level units, killing the south-east level at turn 2 or 3 is not possible... but you can still buy some second-level warriors who will do the job. After that, most of Landar's units will go toward your ally's keep, which makes you able to reach Landar and end the scenario. Careful, he will be able to deal a final blow to the unit who assaulted him ! ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have some experienced woses (highly resistant against pierce damage!), you can as well crush all the traitors frontally - as long as you engage them outside the forest - for an early finish and large bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== End of War ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Landar&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/21/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A relatively short and simple battle, considering this is the final scenario. Recall/recruit all worthy veterans, and don't worry about gold or grabbing villages. If you've made it this far, surely you have the necessary strategic/tactical skills necessary to deal with Landar's army. Now is the time to try risky ideas; this is the last stop for you and your army, so give them the chance to act heroically on the battle field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A straightforward strategy involves recalling any remaining veteran troops, then recruiting an army of level 1 elves. Form up your line of battle at the edge of the forest to maximize the difference in defense (70% vs. 40%, while trying to hold the shore is only 40% vs. 20%).  The forest defense bonus also means that your level 1 troops stand a good chace of surviving at least one round of two level 2 attacks (which they are unlikely to survive on open ground). If any enemy elves make it into the forest the best approach is to use magic attacks to smoke them out (a slyph works wonders). Once Landar's army has been dealt with, sweep your troops down to the enemy keep to deliver the coup de grace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[version 1.8.2 : on medium, you can just buy loads of level 1 warriors, and keep - most of the time - in the woods. Landar start with about the same money as you do, but doing this, you just suffocate him under numbers.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again experienced woses dominate your enemies outside of forests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Epilogue ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55278</id>
		<title>LegendofWesmere</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55278"/>
		<updated>2014-06-26T17:38:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* Elves' Last Stand */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;General Note:  Throughout this campaign, if your elves need to make a stand and you have a choice of options, choose the one that will put most of them in the woods.  Not only will this give you the best chance of survival, it will ensure that the AI playing your allies will do useful things.  This matters a lot, because many of the scenarios in this campaign involve allies you cannot control whose death results in your defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategical Note: This is a long campaign where you play elves. So take a look at the top level units: There are two units capable of flight! One of them is a curing healer +8, the other one is level 4. Both of them can do magic, and both of them can slow their enemies! If you can team up two shydes and two sylphs, you get a magically hard hitting, regenerating, slowing air force that can ZoC-lock an enemy. As if that wasn't enough, late in the campaign you'll lose access to most of your veteran troops, but not your sylphs and shydes. So it really pays to level shamans. However, they are not recruitable during the first four scenarios (since version 1.9.x) --you will still have enough opportunity to level them up, but it requires some effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loyal troops are even more valuable in this campaign than in most others, partially because they get three traits, but mainly because you'll get to keep them when your other troops are unavailable. With that in mind, you should strongly consider leveling one (or both!) of your loyal fighters into a marshal. His leadership skills will prove invaluable when you are stuck with a level 1 army. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Uprooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill any of the orc leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/17/14 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like the first scenario in Heir to the Throne, this scenario begins with the hero in a forest with enemies preparing to close in on all sides. You might want to simply run away (and previously you could), but you have to kill one enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The keep directly to the east is one option. If you keep most of his stronghold hexes plugged up with your units or your enemy's, then he will not be able to spend all his gold before you kill the leader, possibly when he dives in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good alternative is going southwest, as this puts the maximum distance between you and the troops of the other orcish leaders, and only level 1 orcs will come from that corner. It also allows you to use the units of Velon more efficiently; they come under your control after they are first attacked by an orc. The villages will also become yours at that point, so you don't need to worry too much about them (except for healing, of course).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can only recruit fighters and archers. Use fighters to shield yourself and archers to kill the grunts (and warriors on hard.) Keep loyals and leaders safe - if only one unit shields them, remember that it can be killed by a single lucky L2 orc. If you manage to level up units choose captain for fighters and marksman for archers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hostile Mountains ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the troll leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing to do is get the dwarves to fight the trolls. The trolls will go to the east bank without any bait, just take care you don't lure them away or worse anger the dwarves yourself. Even after they fight with the trolls, do not go to the east bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruit fighters to die, archers to do damage. The trolls will tend to go for the fighters when given the option. If you don't have a captain yet, level up a fighter as soon as possible, and use his leadership on your archers. You will need marksmen to kill trolls on mountains, so keep your archers safe (well, at least on reasonable terrain). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not, under any circumstances, cross the river—if you do, Olurf will attack you, and the trolls will cut both you and the dwarves to pieces.  You can have units stand in the river if necessary to reach a particular unit, but since your enemies are more powerful than your units avoid doing so if you are likely to be counterattacked.  Instead, send out an archer or two (preferably ''quick'' ones) to grab the villages in the far northern reaches of the board while you move your troops onto the wooded island in the middle of the river, directly south of your keep.  From here, you can help the dwarves whittle down the trolls while you slowly wend your way southwest toward the troll keep.  The scenario will end if you succeed in killing the troll leader.  Note:  Olurf's death counts as a defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a reason the middle island has so much forest. The western bank of the river has a narrow swath of forest surrounded by mountains and hills. This is not ideal terrain for fighting trolls. Trolls move faster than elves on hills and mountains and have comparable defense. A much better idea is to try to occupy the middle island, forcing the trolls to attack from water. Chances are you'll only be able to claim the northern tip of the island at first, so half your army will spill over to the forest on the west bank. The dwarves help by putting units in water and doing other things to distract the trolls and draw fire away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is preferable to aim to kill the troll leader rather than get to the signpost as the experience is most important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ka'lian Under Attack ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive the initial attack with Galtrid, then defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 5/7/9 initially, then 35/30/25 extra (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take careful note of this map; you'll be fighting on it again later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first turns (original turn limit) you play the defenders of the Ka'lian. See all those Orcish Assassins in the water? Make sure they receive as much retaliation as possible when they poison your units (archers). As you can heal only 2 units per turn, make sure they can't poison your fresh recruits as well. Also, you can kill Assassins with some of your poisoned units, as long as they have still enough hitpoints. Distribute XP carefully; units heal upon level up; rarely is this more useful than in this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't just hit Ctrl-R to recruit; you have a massive keep so put your new units in the right place. Don't let the orcs in good defense terrain and you should be fine. Use Galtrids leadership carefully by moving him multiple times per turn to support different areas of the castle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz arrives, the orcs just pile up in the northwestern corner ''if'' you defended the Ka'lian well. Control the map, by trapping and killing the village stealing wolf riders, heal your poisoned Ka'lian defenders and let them do some work. Close in carefully - it will be very hard avoiding casualties, but when the time comes, let them be L1 fighters and not your L2. You can level a number of units, but don't wait too long, because you will need gold for the next scenario. (250+ carryover)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The behaviour of the orcs will depend directly on your ability to hold out the invasion of your fortress. If you manage to repel somewhat successfully their initial attack, the orcs will assume a defensive stance for the second part of the battle (usually triggered when Kalenz arrives). If, on the other hand, the orcs have a more successful start, they then become more aggressive and the battle becomes much more lively on the second part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A special feature of this particular scenario --something not very common in a campaign-- is that you will control two armies simultaneously after Kalenz' arrival. You start by assuming the role of Galtrid, and later Kalenz joins the party, at which time you will switch between your two roles. However, you won't control Galtrid's army anymore in the future, so don't grow too attached to it and remember that they are expendable here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Elvish Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two main ways to play this scenario. The most straightforward solution is to send your army en masse to the keep in the northwest first; that's where Cleodil (an Elvish Shyde) is. Then turn east to take out the other saurian. Recruit plenty of Fighters, use leadership to full extent and try to heal by leveling up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is alternatively possible to kill the eastern leader with Rangers/Avengers. The AI will completely ignore them once they are in the woods again. This allows you to play more defensively in the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When fighting the saurians, there are three things to remember:  1) Don't send out isolated units, because they'll be swarmed and killed; 2) Try to keep the saurians on bad terrain 3) watch the day/night cycle (it doesn't affect your elves, but the saurians are significantly weaker by day and you can turn that fact to great advantage). Kill the Augurs as soon as possible with your fighter line. The skirmishers have a lot of movement points; make sure that wounded units are safe or meant to be sacrificed. In general, take your time to experiment and figure out what works best on your strategy against saurians, as you'll be seeing many more of them in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Along with Cleodil, two other units will be freed from the prison. All of them become loyal to your cause, so by the end of this scenario you'll have a small loyal army on your hands. Protect them well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's a couple of things worth noting regarding Cleodil: one is that she has a special ability labeled ''elates Kalenz'' which works basically like leadership, but only works on Kalenz. What this means is that from now on it's a good idea to keep those two close to each other in the battle field. The other one is that she can recruit Shamans and Woses. You may try it out in this scenario, in the small keep to the north. This works out nicely if your strategy for this scenario is to concentrate on the northwestern enemy first. With a little effort, you can free Cleodil relatively quickly, and then her recruits can be very helpful for the rest of the battle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Saurian Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/20/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With Cleodil on your side now, you may finally recruit Shamans, as well as Woses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much trickier than the last one because here you have to fight the saurians on terrain that's hostile to your elves (desert and swamp). Try to confront them on favorable terrain and form a defensive line (against Skirmishers) each turn. Woses are very effective against saurians, so if you have trouble with this scenario, try recruiting at least 6 Woses. Also, the ''slows'' attribute of Shamans' ranged attacks limits the damage potential and mobility of Skirmishers. Kill the southern leader first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you've dealt with the southern leader and the treasury (the single saurian sitting on a village and not moving) you can either take an Elvish Scout to the treasury to pick up the gold and return it to the sign post (but traveling more slowly than usual) or just go kill the northern leader. Killing the leader is preferable. You'll get XP and any loss in gold from early finish is dwarfed by the 1800 gold you get for beating the level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep an eye on the turn limit. The enemy leaders are easily lured out with an Elvish Scout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acquaintance in Need ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another troll leader to kill, so it is an XP opportunity, like for your shamans. For recruiting, you need to make sure that you neither overrecruit nor underrecruit. With too few units, you will take too long to finish your enemies (as always), while too many units won't help you in the fight, and you will need the money!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start with the green enemy, who is the closest one to you. The dwarves, who are your allies for this scenario, should provide substantial help in doing so. While you finish off the first orc, you should start sending a fair amount of relatively unexperienced archers/shamans west to take on the troll. Then move north over the mountains in a broad line to take out the orcs. A broad front line will help you to quickly overrun the orcs and allow you to finish in good time. Of course, you need sufficient numbers to do this without overstretching yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dwarves will get a lot of kills/occupy the enemy quite a bit. Their high mountain defense and mobility ensure this. You may need to resign yourself to softening the orcs up and letting the dwarves get the kills.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this scenario you'll be able to ask Olurf to move to a specific location inside the map (using right-click), which may be useful in case you want his help in some particularly tight spot. This is one of the ways in which you can control the behaviour of your allies (you'll see another in the next scenario). Notice, however, that this command only applies to Olurf himself, and his troops will continue to move freely as they please, often taking experience away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the end of the scenario, you will end up &amp;quot;hiring&amp;quot; Olurf --paying him 400 gold-- but if you've been careful with your finances, you probably won't miss that amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elves' Last Stand ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives:&lt;br /&gt;
** Defeat all of the enemy leaders ''and''&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Own the field,&amp;quot; which means having more than 25 units while the enemy has under 15.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as in Kal'ian Under Attack, but with many more enemies. You'll be facing vast numbers of trolls, orcs, and naga.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario formerly had AI-controlled allies that you could &amp;quot;instruct&amp;quot; in various ways, probably unsuccessfully, but it has been changed (circa 1.11.*) so that you have direct control of allied forces, alternating with yours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For recruitment, spamming Fighters and Archers is essential. Supplement them with Elder Woses or just plain Woses. You'll be facing the poison of Assassins, Slayers, and Water Serpents as well the damage of L2 and L3 Trolls, so recall as many healers as you have, plus a lot of Shamans. Mix some in with your ally's forces, since he has no Shaman line units. Finish your recruitment by recalling whatever L3 units you have.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that you have control of your allies, it makes most sense to let him have all the villages. Have your ally recruit a couple of Elf Scouts to keep reflagging villages after you use them for healing or the enemy captures them. It's literally impossible for you or your ally to have gold carryover from this scenario, so spend it or lose it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To save Eradion (your elf ally to the west), you likely either need to evacuate him to the Ka'lian or send reinforcements from the Ka'lian to him. Another option is to have Eradion recall veteran troops; yes, your allies have their own recall list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to keep control of the Ka'lian, you'll need to maintain considerable forces there. However, this island fortress is not much of a defense against the droves of Water Serpents and L1, L2 and maybe L3 Naga headed its way. They get 60% defense in water, so your moat is like a fortress for them. Therefore, abandoning the Ka'lian after your initial recruiting is an option to consider. Fortunately, there is good terrain (forest) to the west and north/northeast of the Ka'lian. Note that if you avoid waterfront hexes, the Water Serpents will crawl onto land, where they are much easier to kill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good tactics are essential. Don't get sloppy about formation and protecting the wounded. Maintain mostly straight lines early on. Don't get flanked. Try to keep loyals and criticals ''off'' the front line, especially at night versus trolls. If you're careful, you can use the heavy fighting to level units. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Much to your relief, Olurf will show up on turn 12. (Or not, as sometimes happened in 1.11.*, despite having paid him 400 gold the previous scenario. If he does not show on turn 12, it is still possible to win. 700 starting gold is sufficient. Try abandoning the Ka'lian, sending your ally west and your main army to the forest northeast of the Ka'lian. Good luck!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council of Hard Choices ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bounty Hunters ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz across the river&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only thing you gain from defeating the saurians is experience. If you are having trouble beating this level, just recruit one round, and run north as fast as you can with your criticals. To slow down the saurians, you can divide your recruits and send half left and half right. When you reach the river, sea monsters (Water Serpents and Cuttle Fish) will attack. You may try distracting the monsters and saurians with tasty Elvish Scouts. The saurians will catch up as you're crossing the river, but at least a few of the saurians will focus on killing any remaining sea monsters before worrying about your leaders. Make use of the island to get Kalenz across as quickly as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By getting Kalenz quickly across the river, you'll get a hefty early finish bonus, rebuilding your gold reserve. Gold will become very important by the time you reach the ''Human Alliance'' scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to claim some experience as well, a small cadre of Elder Woses and Rangers can lure units one or two at a time to their deaths in the southern woods. They can hide in forest terrain if too many enemy units are in the area. Meanwhile, three Dwarf Guardsmen can serve as a disposable rear guard for your leaders fleeing to the north.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cliffs of Thoria ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three tricky elements about this one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, if you want Kalenz to get to the signpost, he'll have to climb there over high mountains, so the going will be very slow; watch the turn clock carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the &amp;quot;fog of war&amp;quot; applies so you won't know much about your enemies until you actually bump into them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, among your enemies you will find level 4 Yetis (which pack quite a punch) and Gryphons (which move very quickly through any terrain). Keep your Shamans ready to slow Yetis before you attack them with other units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For recruitment, you can probably get by with one round of raw recruits. However, note that dwarves do well in the mountains, so you may want more than three dwarf recruits. Avoid Ulfserkers and Berzerkers, though, as they are too vulnerable in this scenario, where things tend to jump out of the fog at you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heed the dialog; proceed with caution. After the initial battle, you can split your forces, sending a group to each enemy stronghold (northwest and east), while optionally sending a third group with Kalenz directly to the signpost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Battle of the Book ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Aquagar the drake wizard&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Crelanu or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/34/38 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The drakes, commanded by Aquagar (the foe you have to defeat) are at the northwest corner, while a keep of trolls is located at the northeast. Crelanu, the wise mage you came here for, is by the lake. You can send a quick unit (e.g. Cleodil) towards that keep in the middle of the map to trigger the dialogue with Crelanu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may try splitting your forces, sending half of your troops east along the road first to Crelanu's keep to save him and kill the troll leader (whose keep is close by). Take the remaining troops west to kill the drake leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it will take some time for the trolls to reach Crelanu, so you may try focusing all your power towards Aquagar to finish him as quickly as possible, and then Crelanu won't need any assistance. If you go for killing Aquagar quickly, you might manage with just a few units, so you can save some gold by not over-recruiting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Be careful about using archers, since some of the drakes breathe fire and do more damage that way than your units can with their arrows.  A good mix of impact and ranged fighters is essential.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''For 1.9.x'''&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, you only have to kill Aquagar. So you just focus attacking the drakes. Send some Steelclads, Pathfinders to aid Crelanu. Marksmen, Rangers, Druids, Thunderguards, Stalwarts are extremely useful here. I killed Aquagar by turn 5. ~~Knyghtmare.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Revelations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News from the Front ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Human Alliance ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive until the end of turns&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Aldar (the human leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 18/20/22 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is the unofficial final, the following scenarios are pretty much a sequel, and easier too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enemy is in three places: the northwest, the northeast (trolls) and the southwest. The northeast trolls will not receive reinforcements, so you should concentrate on eliminating their army first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most challenging aspect of this scenario is that your army has to do three things practically simultaneously: contain the northwest orcs (this is not that hard due to favorable terrain), aid your human allies to the south, and eliminate the trolls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trolls should be pretty easy to kill. Their leader doesn't have much money, so there will not be many trolls to face. Slowing with some shaman and using the forest (and mountain tiles for placing your dwarves) to your benefit leads to a quick victory. Afterwards, send the units to reinforce your other two fronts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your allies can hold their own against the first wave of southern attackers but after that they'll be toast. A much better course of action is to team up with them and crush the first wave. When the reinforcements come you should be in a good position to defeat the orcs (especially with your victorious anti-troll army coming to help).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The northwest orcs are numerous but should be kept in check by strong units in the bottlenecks. You'll need some tanks (Champions/Marshals or Steelclads) and healers. When the orc reinforcements arrive you may get swarmed. By this time you should have some help coming from your anti-troll army.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first wave of reinforcements for the orcs will arrive by the end of turn 5. The second wave will come at turn 12. By the end of the battle, the number of orcs will be overwhelming, and the action will take quite some time between turns. By the second half of the battle your complete focus should probably be on protecting your ally general, who by then will be out of money, occasionally recruiting one or two fodder units, and will remain immovable on his castle keep.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On turn 9, some of the elves you had left on Ka'lian will make a come back (including your loyals!). However, they will show up a little to the west of the keep where you start this scenario. It is a strange location for them to show up, and by that point of the battle it will probably be surrounded by enemies, so keeping these reinforcements alive may be very challenging if you don't have at least some of your forces making a stand near that location. If you can save just some of them, aim for the loyal units, and sacrifice the others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should spend all your gold upfront --there is no much point in saving it for later. You may want to recruit a scout or two at the beginning, if you think the investment will be profitable. They can capture a village almost every turn. Don't bother leaving villages for your ally. The money is better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Treaty ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Chief Must Die ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill the orc chief then return to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/32/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz and Landar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You get no keep, and no chance to recruit, in this one.  The only units you have are Kalenz and Landar, and their only task is to assassinate the Orc Sovereign (in the middle) and then return to the signpost at the southwestern corner of the map.  Your units will have special attributes (invisible, 80% dodge) for this scenario only that will make this fairly easy, particularly if you have managed to get Landar to level 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz takes the potion he changes into an Elvish Lord (as you might remember him if you have played [[HeirToTheThrone|HttT]]). He will now possess an arcane-magical attack, which proves very useful against many enemies. You should easily be able to get him to level up during this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should have plenty of turns. The only units that will attack you are the Wolf Rider line. They don't pose much threat thanks to Landar's bow and your 80% dodge. Go to the orc leader, kill him and return to the signpost. There is no point in grabbing villages as you get no income from them. There is also no point in finishing early so go ahead and level Kalenz.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Breaking the Siege ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Uradredia (the elf leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stick to recruiting units with lots of mobility, since the map is large and mostly snow-covered, hampering most of your unit types (don't even bother to recruit dwarves—they won't get to the scene of the action in time to strike any blows). Sylphs and Shydes are best, of course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is essential that you reach your ally quickly. Otherwise he might be dead before you even see him. Despite the fact that fog of war is turned on for this scenario, it's pretty simple to figure out from the geography which keep belongs to your ally (the one in the middle of the forest). You will want to finish this level quickly or/and to grab as soon as possible all the villages to have lots of gold for the next scenario (on medium you'll probably want at least 500 gold). Send some fast units north to keep your ally alive and send the rest straight west. The western units can sweep up after taking out the southern orc boss. A few of Direwolf Riders come as reinforcements when you get to close to the southern orc, so be careful. Alternatively just send everyone north and fan out from there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With good units this level shouldn't be tough to beat. Just make sure you beat it in good standing for the next scenario. At this point, this campaign becomes a very good example of why keeping your loyal units alive is very much worth it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hour of Glory ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Costly Revenge ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy units and destroy all enemy villages&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/35/30 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
* Other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as The Saurian Treasury, but with most of the terrain snow-covered. Since you're fighting the saurians again, most of the advice from that scenario still applies. Mobility is not a great issue, even though one of the enemy keeps is near the top northeastern corner of the map, because by the time you can dispose of your southern enemy he will have already sent most of his troops south after you. Numbers are an issue, however. So, whatever you do, do not underrecruit! (You don't need more than minimal gold in the next recruiting scenario.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best place to make a stand is probably near the patch of forest in the middle (high casualty approach) or the forest with the big ice plain in front of it (low casualty approach). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to put units in the swamp to keep the saurians out of there. The only poor-defense terrain for the saurians is the ice, so keep them on it. The Oracles/Soothsayers will use their ranged attack on your melee units and the Skirmishers/Flankers will use their melee attack on your archers. You will take heavy losses but this is actually good (more on that in a second).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like to send Kalenz and a couple of fast units (Scouts/Riders) along the northern forest and then have them cut across the top of the map. This accomplishes three things: one, you torch some out of the way villages; two, you can distract the northern saurians long enough to keep your main force (in the middle of the map) in control; three, you can move them over to kill the northern leader at the end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a weird twist to this level. After this the elvish civil war breaks out. All your units except loyal ones and scouts defect and serve Landar. So, see that Elvish Champion racking up the kills? Next time he's in battle he will be killing ''your'' units. After the tide of the battle has turned try and get the non-loyal high level units killed (attack those last two Oracles with ranged attack, etc).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enough gold your main worries will be getting to the villages in time (scouts come in handy), getting to the northern leader in time and leaving as few good units for the civil war as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Low casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.10.1 (hard): It is not necessary to get your units killed consciously and this scenario is possible with fairly low gold (220 gold for me) by recruiting mainly veterans and exploiting the horrible saurian movement / defence on ice (low casualty approach). As the turn limit isn't very long, it is useful to send some rangers/avengers behind the saurian lines to start burning villages, as soon as they hide in a forest they are invisible to the AI. Constantly check the turn clock, and be as aggresive as possible during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council Ruling == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elvish Assassins ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/16/12 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's no need to recruit - Kalenz can make it to the signpost with just the units you're given.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You might feel tempted to take this scenario as an opportunity to level up some new recruits from scratch, but this may not be a good idea. After a few turns, one of your elf allies (chosen at random) will turn against you, making the battle unpredictable and risky, for not a lot of gain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's just a couple of extra scenarios left in this campaign, and if you feel like leveling up units for the final battle, it's better to do it in the next scenario, where you can recall Cleodil's troops again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Northern Battle ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders or survive for six days&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Cleodil or Uradredia dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as Breaking the Siege, but since it's not winter, most of the board is grassland and woods, and much easier for your elves to fight on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Landar, now one of your enemies, will be in the far southwest, while another enemy elf has a keep a little to the north from yours. Approximately two thirds of your non-loyal veterans, chosen at random, will go with Landar, while the remaining third will go with Uradredia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have been building a formidable &amp;quot;air force&amp;quot; (shaman line) you can beat this level very easily. Moreover, the objective description is not very faithful, since you don't really have to kill all enemy leaders. It suffices to move any of your units adjacent to Landar. This makes this scenario quite easy to beat. If you still have Huraldur (your loyal quick elvish rider) on your side and you have leveled him up, you can take him straight to Landar's keep, and --thanks to the vulnerable design of Landar's keep-- place him next to Landar by turn 3, finishing the scenario with a huge gold reward. Alternatively, you may try a similar strategy with a group of new scout recruits or other quick units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, you can take the opportunity to level up a few recruits. Particularly, now could be a good time to level up any shamans/woses from Cleodil's old recall list to their maximum. Keep in mind that you need to put Cleodil in the ''Encampment Keep'' tile so you can recall those units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of Landar's betrayal and the loss of most of your veterans, you will be working mostly with first level units. Consequently, don't try to take on either enemy on the naked grasslands where their keeps lie; recruit as much as you can, then head for your ally's keep in the north central region of the board, taking as many villages during the process as possible. If you need to, make a stand in and about your ally's keep, though depending upon how well you delay Crintil's army you may be able to pick off your enemy a few at a time in the forest long enough to survive until the end of the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Playing this scenario patiently has a nice side-effect: by killing Landar's strong veterans here, they won't be available to him in the final battle. As a consequence, if you completely wipe up his army now, he'll be stuck with just fresh level-1 and level-2 elves to recruit by then (unless you're playing on ''hard'' difficulty). Also, all of Uradredia's units will become yours, so if you have the chance to save some of his veterans in this scenario, it's worth doing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[On version 1.8.2, all my levelled shaman-line had also disappeared - some for my ally, other for Landar. I could only recruit some shaman about to level. And some of my warriors had gone to my ally, not to Landar. With only first level units, killing the south-east level at turn 2 or 3 is not possible... but you can still buy some second-level warriors who will do the job. After that, most of Landar's units will go toward your ally's keep, which makes you able to reach Landar and end the scenario. Careful, he will be able to deal a final blow to the unit who assaulted him ! ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have some experienced woses (highly resistant against pierce damage!), you can as well crush all the traitors frontally - as long as you engage them outside the forest - for an early finish and large bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== End of War ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Landar&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/21/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A relatively short and simple battle, considering this is the final scenario. Recall/recruit all worthy veterans, and don't worry about gold or grabbing villages. If you've made it this far, surely you have the necessary strategic/tactical skills necessary to deal with Landar's army. Now is the time to try risky ideas; this is the last stop for you and your army, so give them the chance to act heroically on the battle field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A straightforward strategy involves recalling any remaining veteran troops, then recruiting an army of level 1 elves. Form up your line of battle at the edge of the forest to maximize the difference in defense (70% vs. 40%, while trying to hold the shore is only 40% vs. 20%).  The forest defense bonus also means that your level 1 troops stand a good chace of surviving at least one round of two level 2 attacks (which they are unlikely to survive on open ground). If any enemy elves make it into the forest the best approach is to use magic attacks to smoke them out (a slyph works wonders). Once Landar's army has been dealt with, sweep your troops down to the enemy keep to deliver the coup de grace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[version 1.8.2 : on medium, you can just buy loads of level 1 warriors, and keep - most of the time - in the woods. Landar start with about the same money as you do, but doing this, you just suffocate him under numbers.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again experienced woses dominate your enemies outside of forests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Epilogue ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55277</id>
		<title>LegendofWesmere</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55277"/>
		<updated>2014-06-26T17:16:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* The Saurian Treasury */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;General Note:  Throughout this campaign, if your elves need to make a stand and you have a choice of options, choose the one that will put most of them in the woods.  Not only will this give you the best chance of survival, it will ensure that the AI playing your allies will do useful things.  This matters a lot, because many of the scenarios in this campaign involve allies you cannot control whose death results in your defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategical Note: This is a long campaign where you play elves. So take a look at the top level units: There are two units capable of flight! One of them is a curing healer +8, the other one is level 4. Both of them can do magic, and both of them can slow their enemies! If you can team up two shydes and two sylphs, you get a magically hard hitting, regenerating, slowing air force that can ZoC-lock an enemy. As if that wasn't enough, late in the campaign you'll lose access to most of your veteran troops, but not your sylphs and shydes. So it really pays to level shamans. However, they are not recruitable during the first four scenarios (since version 1.9.x) --you will still have enough opportunity to level them up, but it requires some effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loyal troops are even more valuable in this campaign than in most others, partially because they get three traits, but mainly because you'll get to keep them when your other troops are unavailable. With that in mind, you should strongly consider leveling one (or both!) of your loyal fighters into a marshal. His leadership skills will prove invaluable when you are stuck with a level 1 army. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Uprooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill any of the orc leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/17/14 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like the first scenario in Heir to the Throne, this scenario begins with the hero in a forest with enemies preparing to close in on all sides. You might want to simply run away (and previously you could), but you have to kill one enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The keep directly to the east is one option. If you keep most of his stronghold hexes plugged up with your units or your enemy's, then he will not be able to spend all his gold before you kill the leader, possibly when he dives in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good alternative is going southwest, as this puts the maximum distance between you and the troops of the other orcish leaders, and only level 1 orcs will come from that corner. It also allows you to use the units of Velon more efficiently; they come under your control after they are first attacked by an orc. The villages will also become yours at that point, so you don't need to worry too much about them (except for healing, of course).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can only recruit fighters and archers. Use fighters to shield yourself and archers to kill the grunts (and warriors on hard.) Keep loyals and leaders safe - if only one unit shields them, remember that it can be killed by a single lucky L2 orc. If you manage to level up units choose captain for fighters and marksman for archers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hostile Mountains ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the troll leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing to do is get the dwarves to fight the trolls. The trolls will go to the east bank without any bait, just take care you don't lure them away or worse anger the dwarves yourself. Even after they fight with the trolls, do not go to the east bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruit fighters to die, archers to do damage. The trolls will tend to go for the fighters when given the option. If you don't have a captain yet, level up a fighter as soon as possible, and use his leadership on your archers. You will need marksmen to kill trolls on mountains, so keep your archers safe (well, at least on reasonable terrain). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not, under any circumstances, cross the river—if you do, Olurf will attack you, and the trolls will cut both you and the dwarves to pieces.  You can have units stand in the river if necessary to reach a particular unit, but since your enemies are more powerful than your units avoid doing so if you are likely to be counterattacked.  Instead, send out an archer or two (preferably ''quick'' ones) to grab the villages in the far northern reaches of the board while you move your troops onto the wooded island in the middle of the river, directly south of your keep.  From here, you can help the dwarves whittle down the trolls while you slowly wend your way southwest toward the troll keep.  The scenario will end if you succeed in killing the troll leader.  Note:  Olurf's death counts as a defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a reason the middle island has so much forest. The western bank of the river has a narrow swath of forest surrounded by mountains and hills. This is not ideal terrain for fighting trolls. Trolls move faster than elves on hills and mountains and have comparable defense. A much better idea is to try to occupy the middle island, forcing the trolls to attack from water. Chances are you'll only be able to claim the northern tip of the island at first, so half your army will spill over to the forest on the west bank. The dwarves help by putting units in water and doing other things to distract the trolls and draw fire away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is preferable to aim to kill the troll leader rather than get to the signpost as the experience is most important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ka'lian Under Attack ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive the initial attack with Galtrid, then defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 5/7/9 initially, then 35/30/25 extra (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take careful note of this map; you'll be fighting on it again later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first turns (original turn limit) you play the defenders of the Ka'lian. See all those Orcish Assassins in the water? Make sure they receive as much retaliation as possible when they poison your units (archers). As you can heal only 2 units per turn, make sure they can't poison your fresh recruits as well. Also, you can kill Assassins with some of your poisoned units, as long as they have still enough hitpoints. Distribute XP carefully; units heal upon level up; rarely is this more useful than in this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't just hit Ctrl-R to recruit; you have a massive keep so put your new units in the right place. Don't let the orcs in good defense terrain and you should be fine. Use Galtrids leadership carefully by moving him multiple times per turn to support different areas of the castle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz arrives, the orcs just pile up in the northwestern corner ''if'' you defended the Ka'lian well. Control the map, by trapping and killing the village stealing wolf riders, heal your poisoned Ka'lian defenders and let them do some work. Close in carefully - it will be very hard avoiding casualties, but when the time comes, let them be L1 fighters and not your L2. You can level a number of units, but don't wait too long, because you will need gold for the next scenario. (250+ carryover)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The behaviour of the orcs will depend directly on your ability to hold out the invasion of your fortress. If you manage to repel somewhat successfully their initial attack, the orcs will assume a defensive stance for the second part of the battle (usually triggered when Kalenz arrives). If, on the other hand, the orcs have a more successful start, they then become more aggressive and the battle becomes much more lively on the second part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A special feature of this particular scenario --something not very common in a campaign-- is that you will control two armies simultaneously after Kalenz' arrival. You start by assuming the role of Galtrid, and later Kalenz joins the party, at which time you will switch between your two roles. However, you won't control Galtrid's army anymore in the future, so don't grow too attached to it and remember that they are expendable here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Elvish Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two main ways to play this scenario. The most straightforward solution is to send your army en masse to the keep in the northwest first; that's where Cleodil (an Elvish Shyde) is. Then turn east to take out the other saurian. Recruit plenty of Fighters, use leadership to full extent and try to heal by leveling up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is alternatively possible to kill the eastern leader with Rangers/Avengers. The AI will completely ignore them once they are in the woods again. This allows you to play more defensively in the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When fighting the saurians, there are three things to remember:  1) Don't send out isolated units, because they'll be swarmed and killed; 2) Try to keep the saurians on bad terrain 3) watch the day/night cycle (it doesn't affect your elves, but the saurians are significantly weaker by day and you can turn that fact to great advantage). Kill the Augurs as soon as possible with your fighter line. The skirmishers have a lot of movement points; make sure that wounded units are safe or meant to be sacrificed. In general, take your time to experiment and figure out what works best on your strategy against saurians, as you'll be seeing many more of them in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Along with Cleodil, two other units will be freed from the prison. All of them become loyal to your cause, so by the end of this scenario you'll have a small loyal army on your hands. Protect them well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's a couple of things worth noting regarding Cleodil: one is that she has a special ability labeled ''elates Kalenz'' which works basically like leadership, but only works on Kalenz. What this means is that from now on it's a good idea to keep those two close to each other in the battle field. The other one is that she can recruit Shamans and Woses. You may try it out in this scenario, in the small keep to the north. This works out nicely if your strategy for this scenario is to concentrate on the northwestern enemy first. With a little effort, you can free Cleodil relatively quickly, and then her recruits can be very helpful for the rest of the battle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Saurian Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/20/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With Cleodil on your side now, you may finally recruit Shamans, as well as Woses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much trickier than the last one because here you have to fight the saurians on terrain that's hostile to your elves (desert and swamp). Try to confront them on favorable terrain and form a defensive line (against Skirmishers) each turn. Woses are very effective against saurians, so if you have trouble with this scenario, try recruiting at least 6 Woses. Also, the ''slows'' attribute of Shamans' ranged attacks limits the damage potential and mobility of Skirmishers. Kill the southern leader first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you've dealt with the southern leader and the treasury (the single saurian sitting on a village and not moving) you can either take an Elvish Scout to the treasury to pick up the gold and return it to the sign post (but traveling more slowly than usual) or just go kill the northern leader. Killing the leader is preferable. You'll get XP and any loss in gold from early finish is dwarfed by the 1800 gold you get for beating the level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep an eye on the turn limit. The enemy leaders are easily lured out with an Elvish Scout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acquaintance in Need ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another troll leader to kill, so it is an XP opportunity, like for your shamans. For recruiting, you need to make sure that you neither overrecruit nor underrecruit. With too few units, you will take too long to finish your enemies (as always), while too many units won't help you in the fight, and you will need the money!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start with the green enemy, who is the closest one to you. The dwarves, who are your allies for this scenario, should provide substantial help in doing so. While you finish off the first orc, you should start sending a fair amount of relatively unexperienced archers/shamans west to take on the troll. Then move north over the mountains in a broad line to take out the orcs. A broad front line will help you to quickly overrun the orcs and allow you to finish in good time. Of course, you need sufficient numbers to do this without overstretching yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dwarves will get a lot of kills/occupy the enemy quite a bit. Their high mountain defense and mobility ensure this. You may need to resign yourself to softening the orcs up and letting the dwarves get the kills.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this scenario you'll be able to ask Olurf to move to a specific location inside the map (using right-click), which may be useful in case you want his help in some particularly tight spot. This is one of the ways in which you can control the behaviour of your allies (you'll see another in the next scenario). Notice, however, that this command only applies to Olurf himself, and his troops will continue to move freely as they please, often taking experience away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the end of the scenario, you will end up &amp;quot;hiring&amp;quot; Olurf --paying him 400 gold-- but if you've been careful with your finances, you probably won't miss that amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elves' Last Stand ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives:&lt;br /&gt;
** Defeat all of the enemy leaders ''and''&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Own the field,&amp;quot; which means having more than 25 units while the enemy has under 15.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as in Kal'ian Under Attack, but with many more enemies. You'll be facing vast numbers of trolls, orcs, and naga.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario formerly had AI-controlled allies that you could &amp;quot;instruct&amp;quot; in various ways, probably unsuccessfully, but by 1.11.* it has been changed so that you have direct control of allied forces, alternating with yours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For recruitment, spamming Fighters and Archers is essential. Supplement them with Elder Woses or just plain Woses. You'll be facing the poison of Assassins, Slayers, and Water Serpents as well the damage of L2 and L3 Trolls, so recall as many healers as you have, plus a lot of Shamans. Mix some in with your ally's forces, since he has no Shaman line units. Finish your recruitment by recalling with whatever L3 units you have.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that you have control of your allies, it makes most sense to let him have all the villages. Have your ally recruit a couple of Elf Scouts to keep reflagging villages after you use them for healing or the enemy captures them. It's literally impossible for you or your ally to have gold carryover from this scenario, so spend it or lose it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To save Eradion (your elf ally to the west), you likely either need to evacuate him to the Ka'lian or send reinforcements from the Ka'lian to him. Another option is to have Eradion recall veteran troops; yes, your allies have their own recall list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to keep control of the Ka'lian, you'll need to maintain considerable forces there. However, this island fortress is not much of a defense against the droves of Water Serpents and L1, L2 and maybe L3 Naga headed its way. They get 60% defense in water, so your moat is like a fortress for them. Therefore, abandoning the Ka'lian after your initial recruiting is an option to consider. Fortunately, there is good terrain (forest) to the west and north/northeast of the Ka'lian. Note that if you avoid waterfront hexes, the Water Serpents will crawl onto land, where they are much easier to kill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good tactics are essential. Don't get sloppy about formation and protecting the wounded. Maintain mostly straight lines early on. Don't get flanked. Try to keep loyals and criticals ''off'' the front line, especially at night versus trolls. If you're careful, you can use the heavy fighting to level units. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Much to your relief, Olurf will show up on turn 12. (Or not, as sometimes happened in 1.11.*, despite having paid him 400 gold the previous scenario. If he does not show on turn 12, it is still possible to win. 700 starting gold is sufficient. Try abandoning the Ka'lian, sending your ally west and your main army to the forest northeast of the Ka'lian. Good luck!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council of Hard Choices ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bounty Hunters ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz across the river&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only thing you gain from defeating the saurians is experience. If you are having trouble beating this level, just recruit one round, and run north as fast as you can with your criticals. To slow down the saurians, you can divide your recruits and send half left and half right. When you reach the river, sea monsters (Water Serpents and Cuttle Fish) will attack. You may try distracting the monsters and saurians with tasty Elvish Scouts. The saurians will catch up as you're crossing the river, but at least a few of the saurians will focus on killing any remaining sea monsters before worrying about your leaders. Make use of the island to get Kalenz across as quickly as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By getting Kalenz quickly across the river, you'll get a hefty early finish bonus, rebuilding your gold reserve. Gold will become very important by the time you reach the ''Human Alliance'' scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to claim some experience as well, a small cadre of Elder Woses and Rangers can lure units one or two at a time to their deaths in the southern woods. They can hide in forest terrain if too many enemy units are in the area. Meanwhile, three Dwarf Guardsmen can serve as a disposable rear guard for your leaders fleeing to the north.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cliffs of Thoria ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three tricky elements about this one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, if you want Kalenz to get to the signpost, he'll have to climb there over high mountains, so the going will be very slow; watch the turn clock carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the &amp;quot;fog of war&amp;quot; applies so you won't know much about your enemies until you actually bump into them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, among your enemies you will find level 4 Yetis (which pack quite a punch) and Gryphons (which move very quickly through any terrain). Keep your Shamans ready to slow Yetis before you attack them with other units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For recruitment, you can probably get by with one round of raw recruits. However, note that dwarves do well in the mountains, so you may want more than three dwarf recruits. Avoid Ulfserkers and Berzerkers, though, as they are too vulnerable in this scenario, where things tend to jump out of the fog at you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heed the dialog; proceed with caution. After the initial battle, you can split your forces, sending a group to each enemy stronghold (northwest and east), while optionally sending a third group with Kalenz directly to the signpost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Battle of the Book ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Aquagar the drake wizard&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Crelanu or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/34/38 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The drakes, commanded by Aquagar (the foe you have to defeat) are at the northwest corner, while a keep of trolls is located at the northeast. Crelanu, the wise mage you came here for, is by the lake. You can send a quick unit (e.g. Cleodil) towards that keep in the middle of the map to trigger the dialogue with Crelanu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may try splitting your forces, sending half of your troops east along the road first to Crelanu's keep to save him and kill the troll leader (whose keep is close by). Take the remaining troops west to kill the drake leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it will take some time for the trolls to reach Crelanu, so you may try focusing all your power towards Aquagar to finish him as quickly as possible, and then Crelanu won't need any assistance. If you go for killing Aquagar quickly, you might manage with just a few units, so you can save some gold by not over-recruiting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Be careful about using archers, since some of the drakes breathe fire and do more damage that way than your units can with their arrows.  A good mix of impact and ranged fighters is essential.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''For 1.9.x'''&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, you only have to kill Aquagar. So you just focus attacking the drakes. Send some Steelclads, Pathfinders to aid Crelanu. Marksmen, Rangers, Druids, Thunderguards, Stalwarts are extremely useful here. I killed Aquagar by turn 5. ~~Knyghtmare.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Revelations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News from the Front ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Human Alliance ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive until the end of turns&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Aldar (the human leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 18/20/22 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is the unofficial final, the following scenarios are pretty much a sequel, and easier too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enemy is in three places: the northwest, the northeast (trolls) and the southwest. The northeast trolls will not receive reinforcements, so you should concentrate on eliminating their army first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most challenging aspect of this scenario is that your army has to do three things practically simultaneously: contain the northwest orcs (this is not that hard due to favorable terrain), aid your human allies to the south, and eliminate the trolls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trolls should be pretty easy to kill. Their leader doesn't have much money, so there will not be many trolls to face. Slowing with some shaman and using the forest (and mountain tiles for placing your dwarves) to your benefit leads to a quick victory. Afterwards, send the units to reinforce your other two fronts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your allies can hold their own against the first wave of southern attackers but after that they'll be toast. A much better course of action is to team up with them and crush the first wave. When the reinforcements come you should be in a good position to defeat the orcs (especially with your victorious anti-troll army coming to help).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The northwest orcs are numerous but should be kept in check by strong units in the bottlenecks. You'll need some tanks (Champions/Marshals or Steelclads) and healers. When the orc reinforcements arrive you may get swarmed. By this time you should have some help coming from your anti-troll army.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first wave of reinforcements for the orcs will arrive by the end of turn 5. The second wave will come at turn 12. By the end of the battle, the number of orcs will be overwhelming, and the action will take quite some time between turns. By the second half of the battle your complete focus should probably be on protecting your ally general, who by then will be out of money, occasionally recruiting one or two fodder units, and will remain immovable on his castle keep.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On turn 9, some of the elves you had left on Ka'lian will make a come back (including your loyals!). However, they will show up a little to the west of the keep where you start this scenario. It is a strange location for them to show up, and by that point of the battle it will probably be surrounded by enemies, so keeping these reinforcements alive may be very challenging if you don't have at least some of your forces making a stand near that location. If you can save just some of them, aim for the loyal units, and sacrifice the others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should spend all your gold upfront --there is no much point in saving it for later. You may want to recruit a scout or two at the beginning, if you think the investment will be profitable. They can capture a village almost every turn. Don't bother leaving villages for your ally. The money is better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Treaty ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Chief Must Die ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill the orc chief then return to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/32/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz and Landar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You get no keep, and no chance to recruit, in this one.  The only units you have are Kalenz and Landar, and their only task is to assassinate the Orc Sovereign (in the middle) and then return to the signpost at the southwestern corner of the map.  Your units will have special attributes (invisible, 80% dodge) for this scenario only that will make this fairly easy, particularly if you have managed to get Landar to level 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz takes the potion he changes into an Elvish Lord (as you might remember him if you have played [[HeirToTheThrone|HttT]]). He will now possess an arcane-magical attack, which proves very useful against many enemies. You should easily be able to get him to level up during this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should have plenty of turns. The only units that will attack you are the Wolf Rider line. They don't pose much threat thanks to Landar's bow and your 80% dodge. Go to the orc leader, kill him and return to the signpost. There is no point in grabbing villages as you get no income from them. There is also no point in finishing early so go ahead and level Kalenz.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Breaking the Siege ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Uradredia (the elf leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stick to recruiting units with lots of mobility, since the map is large and mostly snow-covered, hampering most of your unit types (don't even bother to recruit dwarves—they won't get to the scene of the action in time to strike any blows). Sylphs and Shydes are best, of course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is essential that you reach your ally quickly. Otherwise he might be dead before you even see him. Despite the fact that fog of war is turned on for this scenario, it's pretty simple to figure out from the geography which keep belongs to your ally (the one in the middle of the forest). You will want to finish this level quickly or/and to grab as soon as possible all the villages to have lots of gold for the next scenario (on medium you'll probably want at least 500 gold). Send some fast units north to keep your ally alive and send the rest straight west. The western units can sweep up after taking out the southern orc boss. A few of Direwolf Riders come as reinforcements when you get to close to the southern orc, so be careful. Alternatively just send everyone north and fan out from there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With good units this level shouldn't be tough to beat. Just make sure you beat it in good standing for the next scenario. At this point, this campaign becomes a very good example of why keeping your loyal units alive is very much worth it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hour of Glory ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Costly Revenge ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy units and destroy all enemy villages&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/35/30 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
* Other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as The Saurian Treasury, but with most of the terrain snow-covered. Since you're fighting the saurians again, most of the advice from that scenario still applies. Mobility is not a great issue, even though one of the enemy keeps is near the top northeastern corner of the map, because by the time you can dispose of your southern enemy he will have already sent most of his troops south after you. Numbers are an issue, however. So, whatever you do, do not underrecruit! (You don't need more than minimal gold in the next recruiting scenario.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best place to make a stand is probably near the patch of forest in the middle (high casualty approach) or the forest with the big ice plain in front of it (low casualty approach). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to put units in the swamp to keep the saurians out of there. The only poor-defense terrain for the saurians is the ice, so keep them on it. The Oracles/Soothsayers will use their ranged attack on your melee units and the Skirmishers/Flankers will use their melee attack on your archers. You will take heavy losses but this is actually good (more on that in a second).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like to send Kalenz and a couple of fast units (Scouts/Riders) along the northern forest and then have them cut across the top of the map. This accomplishes three things: one, you torch some out of the way villages; two, you can distract the northern saurians long enough to keep your main force (in the middle of the map) in control; three, you can move them over to kill the northern leader at the end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a weird twist to this level. After this the elvish civil war breaks out. All your units except loyal ones and scouts defect and serve Landar. So, see that Elvish Champion racking up the kills? Next time he's in battle he will be killing ''your'' units. After the tide of the battle has turned try and get the non-loyal high level units killed (attack those last two Oracles with ranged attack, etc).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enough gold your main worries will be getting to the villages in time (scouts come in handy), getting to the northern leader in time and leaving as few good units for the civil war as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Low casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.10.1 (hard): It is not necessary to get your units killed consciously and this scenario is possible with fairly low gold (220 gold for me) by recruiting mainly veterans and exploiting the horrible saurian movement / defence on ice (low casualty approach). As the turn limit isn't very long, it is useful to send some rangers/avengers behind the saurian lines to start burning villages, as soon as they hide in a forest they are invisible to the AI. Constantly check the turn clock, and be as aggresive as possible during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council Ruling == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elvish Assassins ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/16/12 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's no need to recruit - Kalenz can make it to the signpost with just the units you're given.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You might feel tempted to take this scenario as an opportunity to level up some new recruits from scratch, but this may not be a good idea. After a few turns, one of your elf allies (chosen at random) will turn against you, making the battle unpredictable and risky, for not a lot of gain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's just a couple of extra scenarios left in this campaign, and if you feel like leveling up units for the final battle, it's better to do it in the next scenario, where you can recall Cleodil's troops again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Northern Battle ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders or survive for six days&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Cleodil or Uradredia dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as Breaking the Siege, but since it's not winter, most of the board is grassland and woods, and much easier for your elves to fight on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Landar, now one of your enemies, will be in the far southwest, while another enemy elf has a keep a little to the north from yours. Approximately two thirds of your non-loyal veterans, chosen at random, will go with Landar, while the remaining third will go with Uradredia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have been building a formidable &amp;quot;air force&amp;quot; (shaman line) you can beat this level very easily. Moreover, the objective description is not very faithful, since you don't really have to kill all enemy leaders. It suffices to move any of your units adjacent to Landar. This makes this scenario quite easy to beat. If you still have Huraldur (your loyal quick elvish rider) on your side and you have leveled him up, you can take him straight to Landar's keep, and --thanks to the vulnerable design of Landar's keep-- place him next to Landar by turn 3, finishing the scenario with a huge gold reward. Alternatively, you may try a similar strategy with a group of new scout recruits or other quick units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, you can take the opportunity to level up a few recruits. Particularly, now could be a good time to level up any shamans/woses from Cleodil's old recall list to their maximum. Keep in mind that you need to put Cleodil in the ''Encampment Keep'' tile so you can recall those units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of Landar's betrayal and the loss of most of your veterans, you will be working mostly with first level units. Consequently, don't try to take on either enemy on the naked grasslands where their keeps lie; recruit as much as you can, then head for your ally's keep in the north central region of the board, taking as many villages during the process as possible. If you need to, make a stand in and about your ally's keep, though depending upon how well you delay Crintil's army you may be able to pick off your enemy a few at a time in the forest long enough to survive until the end of the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Playing this scenario patiently has a nice side-effect: by killing Landar's strong veterans here, they won't be available to him in the final battle. As a consequence, if you completely wipe up his army now, he'll be stuck with just fresh level-1 and level-2 elves to recruit by then (unless you're playing on ''hard'' difficulty). Also, all of Uradredia's units will become yours, so if you have the chance to save some of his veterans in this scenario, it's worth doing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[On version 1.8.2, all my levelled shaman-line had also disappeared - some for my ally, other for Landar. I could only recruit some shaman about to level. And some of my warriors had gone to my ally, not to Landar. With only first level units, killing the south-east level at turn 2 or 3 is not possible... but you can still buy some second-level warriors who will do the job. After that, most of Landar's units will go toward your ally's keep, which makes you able to reach Landar and end the scenario. Careful, he will be able to deal a final blow to the unit who assaulted him ! ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have some experienced woses (highly resistant against pierce damage!), you can as well crush all the traitors frontally - as long as you engage them outside the forest - for an early finish and large bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== End of War ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Landar&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/21/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A relatively short and simple battle, considering this is the final scenario. Recall/recruit all worthy veterans, and don't worry about gold or grabbing villages. If you've made it this far, surely you have the necessary strategic/tactical skills necessary to deal with Landar's army. Now is the time to try risky ideas; this is the last stop for you and your army, so give them the chance to act heroically on the battle field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A straightforward strategy involves recalling any remaining veteran troops, then recruiting an army of level 1 elves. Form up your line of battle at the edge of the forest to maximize the difference in defense (70% vs. 40%, while trying to hold the shore is only 40% vs. 20%).  The forest defense bonus also means that your level 1 troops stand a good chace of surviving at least one round of two level 2 attacks (which they are unlikely to survive on open ground). If any enemy elves make it into the forest the best approach is to use magic attacks to smoke them out (a slyph works wonders). Once Landar's army has been dealt with, sweep your troops down to the enemy keep to deliver the coup de grace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[version 1.8.2 : on medium, you can just buy loads of level 1 warriors, and keep - most of the time - in the woods. Landar start with about the same money as you do, but doing this, you just suffocate him under numbers.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again experienced woses dominate your enemies outside of forests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Epilogue ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55276</id>
		<title>LegendofWesmere</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55276"/>
		<updated>2014-06-26T17:11:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* The Elvish Treasury */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;General Note:  Throughout this campaign, if your elves need to make a stand and you have a choice of options, choose the one that will put most of them in the woods.  Not only will this give you the best chance of survival, it will ensure that the AI playing your allies will do useful things.  This matters a lot, because many of the scenarios in this campaign involve allies you cannot control whose death results in your defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategical Note: This is a long campaign where you play elves. So take a look at the top level units: There are two units capable of flight! One of them is a curing healer +8, the other one is level 4. Both of them can do magic, and both of them can slow their enemies! If you can team up two shydes and two sylphs, you get a magically hard hitting, regenerating, slowing air force that can ZoC-lock an enemy. As if that wasn't enough, late in the campaign you'll lose access to most of your veteran troops, but not your sylphs and shydes. So it really pays to level shamans. However, they are not recruitable during the first four scenarios (since version 1.9.x) --you will still have enough opportunity to level them up, but it requires some effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loyal troops are even more valuable in this campaign than in most others, partially because they get three traits, but mainly because you'll get to keep them when your other troops are unavailable. With that in mind, you should strongly consider leveling one (or both!) of your loyal fighters into a marshal. His leadership skills will prove invaluable when you are stuck with a level 1 army. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Uprooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill any of the orc leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/17/14 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like the first scenario in Heir to the Throne, this scenario begins with the hero in a forest with enemies preparing to close in on all sides. You might want to simply run away (and previously you could), but you have to kill one enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The keep directly to the east is one option. If you keep most of his stronghold hexes plugged up with your units or your enemy's, then he will not be able to spend all his gold before you kill the leader, possibly when he dives in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good alternative is going southwest, as this puts the maximum distance between you and the troops of the other orcish leaders, and only level 1 orcs will come from that corner. It also allows you to use the units of Velon more efficiently; they come under your control after they are first attacked by an orc. The villages will also become yours at that point, so you don't need to worry too much about them (except for healing, of course).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can only recruit fighters and archers. Use fighters to shield yourself and archers to kill the grunts (and warriors on hard.) Keep loyals and leaders safe - if only one unit shields them, remember that it can be killed by a single lucky L2 orc. If you manage to level up units choose captain for fighters and marksman for archers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hostile Mountains ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the troll leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing to do is get the dwarves to fight the trolls. The trolls will go to the east bank without any bait, just take care you don't lure them away or worse anger the dwarves yourself. Even after they fight with the trolls, do not go to the east bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruit fighters to die, archers to do damage. The trolls will tend to go for the fighters when given the option. If you don't have a captain yet, level up a fighter as soon as possible, and use his leadership on your archers. You will need marksmen to kill trolls on mountains, so keep your archers safe (well, at least on reasonable terrain). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not, under any circumstances, cross the river—if you do, Olurf will attack you, and the trolls will cut both you and the dwarves to pieces.  You can have units stand in the river if necessary to reach a particular unit, but since your enemies are more powerful than your units avoid doing so if you are likely to be counterattacked.  Instead, send out an archer or two (preferably ''quick'' ones) to grab the villages in the far northern reaches of the board while you move your troops onto the wooded island in the middle of the river, directly south of your keep.  From here, you can help the dwarves whittle down the trolls while you slowly wend your way southwest toward the troll keep.  The scenario will end if you succeed in killing the troll leader.  Note:  Olurf's death counts as a defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a reason the middle island has so much forest. The western bank of the river has a narrow swath of forest surrounded by mountains and hills. This is not ideal terrain for fighting trolls. Trolls move faster than elves on hills and mountains and have comparable defense. A much better idea is to try to occupy the middle island, forcing the trolls to attack from water. Chances are you'll only be able to claim the northern tip of the island at first, so half your army will spill over to the forest on the west bank. The dwarves help by putting units in water and doing other things to distract the trolls and draw fire away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is preferable to aim to kill the troll leader rather than get to the signpost as the experience is most important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ka'lian Under Attack ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive the initial attack with Galtrid, then defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 5/7/9 initially, then 35/30/25 extra (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take careful note of this map; you'll be fighting on it again later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first turns (original turn limit) you play the defenders of the Ka'lian. See all those Orcish Assassins in the water? Make sure they receive as much retaliation as possible when they poison your units (archers). As you can heal only 2 units per turn, make sure they can't poison your fresh recruits as well. Also, you can kill Assassins with some of your poisoned units, as long as they have still enough hitpoints. Distribute XP carefully; units heal upon level up; rarely is this more useful than in this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't just hit Ctrl-R to recruit; you have a massive keep so put your new units in the right place. Don't let the orcs in good defense terrain and you should be fine. Use Galtrids leadership carefully by moving him multiple times per turn to support different areas of the castle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz arrives, the orcs just pile up in the northwestern corner ''if'' you defended the Ka'lian well. Control the map, by trapping and killing the village stealing wolf riders, heal your poisoned Ka'lian defenders and let them do some work. Close in carefully - it will be very hard avoiding casualties, but when the time comes, let them be L1 fighters and not your L2. You can level a number of units, but don't wait too long, because you will need gold for the next scenario. (250+ carryover)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The behaviour of the orcs will depend directly on your ability to hold out the invasion of your fortress. If you manage to repel somewhat successfully their initial attack, the orcs will assume a defensive stance for the second part of the battle (usually triggered when Kalenz arrives). If, on the other hand, the orcs have a more successful start, they then become more aggressive and the battle becomes much more lively on the second part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A special feature of this particular scenario --something not very common in a campaign-- is that you will control two armies simultaneously after Kalenz' arrival. You start by assuming the role of Galtrid, and later Kalenz joins the party, at which time you will switch between your two roles. However, you won't control Galtrid's army anymore in the future, so don't grow too attached to it and remember that they are expendable here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Elvish Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two main ways to play this scenario. The most straightforward solution is to send your army en masse to the keep in the northwest first; that's where Cleodil (an Elvish Shyde) is. Then turn east to take out the other saurian. Recruit plenty of Fighters, use leadership to full extent and try to heal by leveling up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is alternatively possible to kill the eastern leader with Rangers/Avengers. The AI will completely ignore them once they are in the woods again. This allows you to play more defensively in the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When fighting the saurians, there are three things to remember:  1) Don't send out isolated units, because they'll be swarmed and killed; 2) Try to keep the saurians on bad terrain 3) watch the day/night cycle (it doesn't affect your elves, but the saurians are significantly weaker by day and you can turn that fact to great advantage). Kill the Augurs as soon as possible with your fighter line. The skirmishers have a lot of movement points; make sure that wounded units are safe or meant to be sacrificed. In general, take your time to experiment and figure out what works best on your strategy against saurians, as you'll be seeing many more of them in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Along with Cleodil, two other units will be freed from the prison. All of them become loyal to your cause, so by the end of this scenario you'll have a small loyal army on your hands. Protect them well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's a couple of things worth noting regarding Cleodil: one is that she has a special ability labeled ''elates Kalenz'' which works basically like leadership, but only works on Kalenz. What this means is that from now on it's a good idea to keep those two close to each other in the battle field. The other one is that she can recruit Shamans and Woses. You may try it out in this scenario, in the small keep to the north. This works out nicely if your strategy for this scenario is to concentrate on the northwestern enemy first. With a little effort, you can free Cleodil relatively quickly, and then her recruits can be very helpful for the rest of the battle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Saurian Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/20/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With Cleodil on your side now, you may finally recruit shamans, as well as woses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much trickier than the last one because here you have to fight the saurians on terrain that's hostile to your elves (desert and swamp). Try to confront them on favorable terrain and form a defensive line (against skirmishers) each turn. Woses are very effective against saurians, and the ''slows'' attribute of shamans' ranged attacks limits the damage potential and mobility of skirmishers. Kill the southern leader first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you've dealt with the southern leader and the treasury (the single saurian sitting on a village and not moving) you can either take an Elvish Scout to the treasury to pick up the gold and return it to the sign post (you will have only have the movement points after taking up the treasure) or just go kill the northern leader. Killing the leader is preferable. You'll get XP and any loss in gold from early finish is dwarfed by the 1800 gold you get for beating the level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep an eye on the turn limit. The enemy leaders are easily lured out with a scout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acquaintance in Need ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another troll leader to kill, so it is an XP opportunity, like for your shamans. For recruiting, you need to make sure that you neither overrecruit nor underrecruit. With too few units, you will take too long to finish your enemies (as always), while too many units won't help you in the fight, and you will need the money!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start with the green enemy, who is the closest one to you. The dwarves, who are your allies for this scenario, should provide substantial help in doing so. While you finish off the first orc, you should start sending a fair amount of relatively unexperienced archers/shamans west to take on the troll. Then move north over the mountains in a broad line to take out the orcs. A broad front line will help you to quickly overrun the orcs and allow you to finish in good time. Of course, you need sufficient numbers to do this without overstretching yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dwarves will get a lot of kills/occupy the enemy quite a bit. Their high mountain defense and mobility ensure this. You may need to resign yourself to softening the orcs up and letting the dwarves get the kills.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this scenario you'll be able to ask Olurf to move to a specific location inside the map (using right-click), which may be useful in case you want his help in some particularly tight spot. This is one of the ways in which you can control the behaviour of your allies (you'll see another in the next scenario). Notice, however, that this command only applies to Olurf himself, and his troops will continue to move freely as they please, often taking experience away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the end of the scenario, you will end up &amp;quot;hiring&amp;quot; Olurf --paying him 400 gold-- but if you've been careful with your finances, you probably won't miss that amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elves' Last Stand ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives:&lt;br /&gt;
** Defeat all of the enemy leaders ''and''&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Own the field,&amp;quot; which means having more than 25 units while the enemy has under 15.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as in Kal'ian Under Attack, but with many more enemies. You'll be facing vast numbers of trolls, orcs, and naga.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario formerly had AI-controlled allies that you could &amp;quot;instruct&amp;quot; in various ways, probably unsuccessfully, but by 1.11.* it has been changed so that you have direct control of allied forces, alternating with yours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For recruitment, spamming Fighters and Archers is essential. Supplement them with Elder Woses or just plain Woses. You'll be facing the poison of Assassins, Slayers, and Water Serpents as well the damage of L2 and L3 Trolls, so recall as many healers as you have, plus a lot of Shamans. Mix some in with your ally's forces, since he has no Shaman line units. Finish your recruitment by recalling with whatever L3 units you have.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that you have control of your allies, it makes most sense to let him have all the villages. Have your ally recruit a couple of Elf Scouts to keep reflagging villages after you use them for healing or the enemy captures them. It's literally impossible for you or your ally to have gold carryover from this scenario, so spend it or lose it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To save Eradion (your elf ally to the west), you likely either need to evacuate him to the Ka'lian or send reinforcements from the Ka'lian to him. Another option is to have Eradion recall veteran troops; yes, your allies have their own recall list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to keep control of the Ka'lian, you'll need to maintain considerable forces there. However, this island fortress is not much of a defense against the droves of Water Serpents and L1, L2 and maybe L3 Naga headed its way. They get 60% defense in water, so your moat is like a fortress for them. Therefore, abandoning the Ka'lian after your initial recruiting is an option to consider. Fortunately, there is good terrain (forest) to the west and north/northeast of the Ka'lian. Note that if you avoid waterfront hexes, the Water Serpents will crawl onto land, where they are much easier to kill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good tactics are essential. Don't get sloppy about formation and protecting the wounded. Maintain mostly straight lines early on. Don't get flanked. Try to keep loyals and criticals ''off'' the front line, especially at night versus trolls. If you're careful, you can use the heavy fighting to level units. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Much to your relief, Olurf will show up on turn 12. (Or not, as sometimes happened in 1.11.*, despite having paid him 400 gold the previous scenario. If he does not show on turn 12, it is still possible to win. 700 starting gold is sufficient. Try abandoning the Ka'lian, sending your ally west and your main army to the forest northeast of the Ka'lian. Good luck!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council of Hard Choices ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bounty Hunters ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz across the river&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only thing you gain from defeating the saurians is experience. If you are having trouble beating this level, just recruit one round, and run north as fast as you can with your criticals. To slow down the saurians, you can divide your recruits and send half left and half right. When you reach the river, sea monsters (Water Serpents and Cuttle Fish) will attack. You may try distracting the monsters and saurians with tasty Elvish Scouts. The saurians will catch up as you're crossing the river, but at least a few of the saurians will focus on killing any remaining sea monsters before worrying about your leaders. Make use of the island to get Kalenz across as quickly as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By getting Kalenz quickly across the river, you'll get a hefty early finish bonus, rebuilding your gold reserve. Gold will become very important by the time you reach the ''Human Alliance'' scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to claim some experience as well, a small cadre of Elder Woses and Rangers can lure units one or two at a time to their deaths in the southern woods. They can hide in forest terrain if too many enemy units are in the area. Meanwhile, three Dwarf Guardsmen can serve as a disposable rear guard for your leaders fleeing to the north.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cliffs of Thoria ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three tricky elements about this one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, if you want Kalenz to get to the signpost, he'll have to climb there over high mountains, so the going will be very slow; watch the turn clock carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the &amp;quot;fog of war&amp;quot; applies so you won't know much about your enemies until you actually bump into them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, among your enemies you will find level 4 Yetis (which pack quite a punch) and Gryphons (which move very quickly through any terrain). Keep your Shamans ready to slow Yetis before you attack them with other units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For recruitment, you can probably get by with one round of raw recruits. However, note that dwarves do well in the mountains, so you may want more than three dwarf recruits. Avoid Ulfserkers and Berzerkers, though, as they are too vulnerable in this scenario, where things tend to jump out of the fog at you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heed the dialog; proceed with caution. After the initial battle, you can split your forces, sending a group to each enemy stronghold (northwest and east), while optionally sending a third group with Kalenz directly to the signpost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Battle of the Book ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Aquagar the drake wizard&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Crelanu or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/34/38 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The drakes, commanded by Aquagar (the foe you have to defeat) are at the northwest corner, while a keep of trolls is located at the northeast. Crelanu, the wise mage you came here for, is by the lake. You can send a quick unit (e.g. Cleodil) towards that keep in the middle of the map to trigger the dialogue with Crelanu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may try splitting your forces, sending half of your troops east along the road first to Crelanu's keep to save him and kill the troll leader (whose keep is close by). Take the remaining troops west to kill the drake leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it will take some time for the trolls to reach Crelanu, so you may try focusing all your power towards Aquagar to finish him as quickly as possible, and then Crelanu won't need any assistance. If you go for killing Aquagar quickly, you might manage with just a few units, so you can save some gold by not over-recruiting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Be careful about using archers, since some of the drakes breathe fire and do more damage that way than your units can with their arrows.  A good mix of impact and ranged fighters is essential.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''For 1.9.x'''&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, you only have to kill Aquagar. So you just focus attacking the drakes. Send some Steelclads, Pathfinders to aid Crelanu. Marksmen, Rangers, Druids, Thunderguards, Stalwarts are extremely useful here. I killed Aquagar by turn 5. ~~Knyghtmare.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Revelations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News from the Front ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Human Alliance ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive until the end of turns&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Aldar (the human leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 18/20/22 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is the unofficial final, the following scenarios are pretty much a sequel, and easier too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enemy is in three places: the northwest, the northeast (trolls) and the southwest. The northeast trolls will not receive reinforcements, so you should concentrate on eliminating their army first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most challenging aspect of this scenario is that your army has to do three things practically simultaneously: contain the northwest orcs (this is not that hard due to favorable terrain), aid your human allies to the south, and eliminate the trolls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trolls should be pretty easy to kill. Their leader doesn't have much money, so there will not be many trolls to face. Slowing with some shaman and using the forest (and mountain tiles for placing your dwarves) to your benefit leads to a quick victory. Afterwards, send the units to reinforce your other two fronts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your allies can hold their own against the first wave of southern attackers but after that they'll be toast. A much better course of action is to team up with them and crush the first wave. When the reinforcements come you should be in a good position to defeat the orcs (especially with your victorious anti-troll army coming to help).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The northwest orcs are numerous but should be kept in check by strong units in the bottlenecks. You'll need some tanks (Champions/Marshals or Steelclads) and healers. When the orc reinforcements arrive you may get swarmed. By this time you should have some help coming from your anti-troll army.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first wave of reinforcements for the orcs will arrive by the end of turn 5. The second wave will come at turn 12. By the end of the battle, the number of orcs will be overwhelming, and the action will take quite some time between turns. By the second half of the battle your complete focus should probably be on protecting your ally general, who by then will be out of money, occasionally recruiting one or two fodder units, and will remain immovable on his castle keep.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On turn 9, some of the elves you had left on Ka'lian will make a come back (including your loyals!). However, they will show up a little to the west of the keep where you start this scenario. It is a strange location for them to show up, and by that point of the battle it will probably be surrounded by enemies, so keeping these reinforcements alive may be very challenging if you don't have at least some of your forces making a stand near that location. If you can save just some of them, aim for the loyal units, and sacrifice the others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should spend all your gold upfront --there is no much point in saving it for later. You may want to recruit a scout or two at the beginning, if you think the investment will be profitable. They can capture a village almost every turn. Don't bother leaving villages for your ally. The money is better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Treaty ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Chief Must Die ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill the orc chief then return to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/32/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz and Landar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You get no keep, and no chance to recruit, in this one.  The only units you have are Kalenz and Landar, and their only task is to assassinate the Orc Sovereign (in the middle) and then return to the signpost at the southwestern corner of the map.  Your units will have special attributes (invisible, 80% dodge) for this scenario only that will make this fairly easy, particularly if you have managed to get Landar to level 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz takes the potion he changes into an Elvish Lord (as you might remember him if you have played [[HeirToTheThrone|HttT]]). He will now possess an arcane-magical attack, which proves very useful against many enemies. You should easily be able to get him to level up during this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should have plenty of turns. The only units that will attack you are the Wolf Rider line. They don't pose much threat thanks to Landar's bow and your 80% dodge. Go to the orc leader, kill him and return to the signpost. There is no point in grabbing villages as you get no income from them. There is also no point in finishing early so go ahead and level Kalenz.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Breaking the Siege ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Uradredia (the elf leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stick to recruiting units with lots of mobility, since the map is large and mostly snow-covered, hampering most of your unit types (don't even bother to recruit dwarves—they won't get to the scene of the action in time to strike any blows). Sylphs and Shydes are best, of course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is essential that you reach your ally quickly. Otherwise he might be dead before you even see him. Despite the fact that fog of war is turned on for this scenario, it's pretty simple to figure out from the geography which keep belongs to your ally (the one in the middle of the forest). You will want to finish this level quickly or/and to grab as soon as possible all the villages to have lots of gold for the next scenario (on medium you'll probably want at least 500 gold). Send some fast units north to keep your ally alive and send the rest straight west. The western units can sweep up after taking out the southern orc boss. A few of Direwolf Riders come as reinforcements when you get to close to the southern orc, so be careful. Alternatively just send everyone north and fan out from there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With good units this level shouldn't be tough to beat. Just make sure you beat it in good standing for the next scenario. At this point, this campaign becomes a very good example of why keeping your loyal units alive is very much worth it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hour of Glory ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Costly Revenge ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy units and destroy all enemy villages&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/35/30 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
* Other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as The Saurian Treasury, but with most of the terrain snow-covered. Since you're fighting the saurians again, most of the advice from that scenario still applies. Mobility is not a great issue, even though one of the enemy keeps is near the top northeastern corner of the map, because by the time you can dispose of your southern enemy he will have already sent most of his troops south after you. Numbers are an issue, however. So, whatever you do, do not underrecruit! (You don't need more than minimal gold in the next recruiting scenario.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best place to make a stand is probably near the patch of forest in the middle (high casualty approach) or the forest with the big ice plain in front of it (low casualty approach). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to put units in the swamp to keep the saurians out of there. The only poor-defense terrain for the saurians is the ice, so keep them on it. The Oracles/Soothsayers will use their ranged attack on your melee units and the Skirmishers/Flankers will use their melee attack on your archers. You will take heavy losses but this is actually good (more on that in a second).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like to send Kalenz and a couple of fast units (Scouts/Riders) along the northern forest and then have them cut across the top of the map. This accomplishes three things: one, you torch some out of the way villages; two, you can distract the northern saurians long enough to keep your main force (in the middle of the map) in control; three, you can move them over to kill the northern leader at the end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a weird twist to this level. After this the elvish civil war breaks out. All your units except loyal ones and scouts defect and serve Landar. So, see that Elvish Champion racking up the kills? Next time he's in battle he will be killing ''your'' units. After the tide of the battle has turned try and get the non-loyal high level units killed (attack those last two Oracles with ranged attack, etc).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enough gold your main worries will be getting to the villages in time (scouts come in handy), getting to the northern leader in time and leaving as few good units for the civil war as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Low casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.10.1 (hard): It is not necessary to get your units killed consciously and this scenario is possible with fairly low gold (220 gold for me) by recruiting mainly veterans and exploiting the horrible saurian movement / defence on ice (low casualty approach). As the turn limit isn't very long, it is useful to send some rangers/avengers behind the saurian lines to start burning villages, as soon as they hide in a forest they are invisible to the AI. Constantly check the turn clock, and be as aggresive as possible during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council Ruling == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elvish Assassins ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/16/12 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's no need to recruit - Kalenz can make it to the signpost with just the units you're given.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You might feel tempted to take this scenario as an opportunity to level up some new recruits from scratch, but this may not be a good idea. After a few turns, one of your elf allies (chosen at random) will turn against you, making the battle unpredictable and risky, for not a lot of gain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's just a couple of extra scenarios left in this campaign, and if you feel like leveling up units for the final battle, it's better to do it in the next scenario, where you can recall Cleodil's troops again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Northern Battle ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders or survive for six days&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Cleodil or Uradredia dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as Breaking the Siege, but since it's not winter, most of the board is grassland and woods, and much easier for your elves to fight on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Landar, now one of your enemies, will be in the far southwest, while another enemy elf has a keep a little to the north from yours. Approximately two thirds of your non-loyal veterans, chosen at random, will go with Landar, while the remaining third will go with Uradredia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have been building a formidable &amp;quot;air force&amp;quot; (shaman line) you can beat this level very easily. Moreover, the objective description is not very faithful, since you don't really have to kill all enemy leaders. It suffices to move any of your units adjacent to Landar. This makes this scenario quite easy to beat. If you still have Huraldur (your loyal quick elvish rider) on your side and you have leveled him up, you can take him straight to Landar's keep, and --thanks to the vulnerable design of Landar's keep-- place him next to Landar by turn 3, finishing the scenario with a huge gold reward. Alternatively, you may try a similar strategy with a group of new scout recruits or other quick units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, you can take the opportunity to level up a few recruits. Particularly, now could be a good time to level up any shamans/woses from Cleodil's old recall list to their maximum. Keep in mind that you need to put Cleodil in the ''Encampment Keep'' tile so you can recall those units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of Landar's betrayal and the loss of most of your veterans, you will be working mostly with first level units. Consequently, don't try to take on either enemy on the naked grasslands where their keeps lie; recruit as much as you can, then head for your ally's keep in the north central region of the board, taking as many villages during the process as possible. If you need to, make a stand in and about your ally's keep, though depending upon how well you delay Crintil's army you may be able to pick off your enemy a few at a time in the forest long enough to survive until the end of the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Playing this scenario patiently has a nice side-effect: by killing Landar's strong veterans here, they won't be available to him in the final battle. As a consequence, if you completely wipe up his army now, he'll be stuck with just fresh level-1 and level-2 elves to recruit by then (unless you're playing on ''hard'' difficulty). Also, all of Uradredia's units will become yours, so if you have the chance to save some of his veterans in this scenario, it's worth doing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[On version 1.8.2, all my levelled shaman-line had also disappeared - some for my ally, other for Landar. I could only recruit some shaman about to level. And some of my warriors had gone to my ally, not to Landar. With only first level units, killing the south-east level at turn 2 or 3 is not possible... but you can still buy some second-level warriors who will do the job. After that, most of Landar's units will go toward your ally's keep, which makes you able to reach Landar and end the scenario. Careful, he will be able to deal a final blow to the unit who assaulted him ! ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have some experienced woses (highly resistant against pierce damage!), you can as well crush all the traitors frontally - as long as you engage them outside the forest - for an early finish and large bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== End of War ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Landar&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/21/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A relatively short and simple battle, considering this is the final scenario. Recall/recruit all worthy veterans, and don't worry about gold or grabbing villages. If you've made it this far, surely you have the necessary strategic/tactical skills necessary to deal with Landar's army. Now is the time to try risky ideas; this is the last stop for you and your army, so give them the chance to act heroically on the battle field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A straightforward strategy involves recalling any remaining veteran troops, then recruiting an army of level 1 elves. Form up your line of battle at the edge of the forest to maximize the difference in defense (70% vs. 40%, while trying to hold the shore is only 40% vs. 20%).  The forest defense bonus also means that your level 1 troops stand a good chace of surviving at least one round of two level 2 attacks (which they are unlikely to survive on open ground). If any enemy elves make it into the forest the best approach is to use magic attacks to smoke them out (a slyph works wonders). Once Landar's army has been dealt with, sweep your troops down to the enemy keep to deliver the coup de grace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[version 1.8.2 : on medium, you can just buy loads of level 1 warriors, and keep - most of the time - in the woods. Landar start with about the same money as you do, but doing this, you just suffocate him under numbers.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again experienced woses dominate your enemies outside of forests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Epilogue ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55275</id>
		<title>LegendofWesmere</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55275"/>
		<updated>2014-06-26T17:03:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* Cliffs of Thoria */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;General Note:  Throughout this campaign, if your elves need to make a stand and you have a choice of options, choose the one that will put most of them in the woods.  Not only will this give you the best chance of survival, it will ensure that the AI playing your allies will do useful things.  This matters a lot, because many of the scenarios in this campaign involve allies you cannot control whose death results in your defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategical Note: This is a long campaign where you play elves. So take a look at the top level units: There are two units capable of flight! One of them is a curing healer +8, the other one is level 4. Both of them can do magic, and both of them can slow their enemies! If you can team up two shydes and two sylphs, you get a magically hard hitting, regenerating, slowing air force that can ZoC-lock an enemy. As if that wasn't enough, late in the campaign you'll lose access to most of your veteran troops, but not your sylphs and shydes. So it really pays to level shamans. However, they are not recruitable during the first four scenarios (since version 1.9.x) --you will still have enough opportunity to level them up, but it requires some effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loyal troops are even more valuable in this campaign than in most others, partially because they get three traits, but mainly because you'll get to keep them when your other troops are unavailable. With that in mind, you should strongly consider leveling one (or both!) of your loyal fighters into a marshal. His leadership skills will prove invaluable when you are stuck with a level 1 army. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Uprooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill any of the orc leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/17/14 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like the first scenario in Heir to the Throne, this scenario begins with the hero in a forest with enemies preparing to close in on all sides. You might want to simply run away (and previously you could), but you have to kill one enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The keep directly to the east is one option. If you keep most of his stronghold hexes plugged up with your units or your enemy's, then he will not be able to spend all his gold before you kill the leader, possibly when he dives in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good alternative is going southwest, as this puts the maximum distance between you and the troops of the other orcish leaders, and only level 1 orcs will come from that corner. It also allows you to use the units of Velon more efficiently; they come under your control after they are first attacked by an orc. The villages will also become yours at that point, so you don't need to worry too much about them (except for healing, of course).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can only recruit fighters and archers. Use fighters to shield yourself and archers to kill the grunts (and warriors on hard.) Keep loyals and leaders safe - if only one unit shields them, remember that it can be killed by a single lucky L2 orc. If you manage to level up units choose captain for fighters and marksman for archers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hostile Mountains ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the troll leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing to do is get the dwarves to fight the trolls. The trolls will go to the east bank without any bait, just take care you don't lure them away or worse anger the dwarves yourself. Even after they fight with the trolls, do not go to the east bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruit fighters to die, archers to do damage. The trolls will tend to go for the fighters when given the option. If you don't have a captain yet, level up a fighter as soon as possible, and use his leadership on your archers. You will need marksmen to kill trolls on mountains, so keep your archers safe (well, at least on reasonable terrain). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not, under any circumstances, cross the river—if you do, Olurf will attack you, and the trolls will cut both you and the dwarves to pieces.  You can have units stand in the river if necessary to reach a particular unit, but since your enemies are more powerful than your units avoid doing so if you are likely to be counterattacked.  Instead, send out an archer or two (preferably ''quick'' ones) to grab the villages in the far northern reaches of the board while you move your troops onto the wooded island in the middle of the river, directly south of your keep.  From here, you can help the dwarves whittle down the trolls while you slowly wend your way southwest toward the troll keep.  The scenario will end if you succeed in killing the troll leader.  Note:  Olurf's death counts as a defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a reason the middle island has so much forest. The western bank of the river has a narrow swath of forest surrounded by mountains and hills. This is not ideal terrain for fighting trolls. Trolls move faster than elves on hills and mountains and have comparable defense. A much better idea is to try to occupy the middle island, forcing the trolls to attack from water. Chances are you'll only be able to claim the northern tip of the island at first, so half your army will spill over to the forest on the west bank. The dwarves help by putting units in water and doing other things to distract the trolls and draw fire away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is preferable to aim to kill the troll leader rather than get to the signpost as the experience is most important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ka'lian Under Attack ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive the initial attack with Galtrid, then defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 5/7/9 initially, then 35/30/25 extra (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take careful note of this map; you'll be fighting on it again later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first turns (original turn limit) you play the defenders of the Ka'lian. See all those Orcish Assassins in the water? Make sure they receive as much retaliation as possible when they poison your units (archers). As you can heal only 2 units per turn, make sure they can't poison your fresh recruits as well. Also, you can kill Assassins with some of your poisoned units, as long as they have still enough hitpoints. Distribute XP carefully; units heal upon level up; rarely is this more useful than in this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't just hit Ctrl-R to recruit; you have a massive keep so put your new units in the right place. Don't let the orcs in good defense terrain and you should be fine. Use Galtrids leadership carefully by moving him multiple times per turn to support different areas of the castle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz arrives, the orcs just pile up in the northwestern corner ''if'' you defended the Ka'lian well. Control the map, by trapping and killing the village stealing wolf riders, heal your poisoned Ka'lian defenders and let them do some work. Close in carefully - it will be very hard avoiding casualties, but when the time comes, let them be L1 fighters and not your L2. You can level a number of units, but don't wait too long, because you will need gold for the next scenario. (250+ carryover)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The behaviour of the orcs will depend directly on your ability to hold out the invasion of your fortress. If you manage to repel somewhat successfully their initial attack, the orcs will assume a defensive stance for the second part of the battle (usually triggered when Kalenz arrives). If, on the other hand, the orcs have a more successful start, they then become more aggressive and the battle becomes much more lively on the second part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A special feature of this particular scenario --something not very common in a campaign-- is that you will control two armies simultaneously after Kalenz' arrival. You start by assuming the role of Galtrid, and later Kalenz joins the party, at which time you will switch between your two roles. However, you won't control Galtrid's army anymore in the future, so don't grow too attached to it and remember that they are expendable here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Elvish Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to play this scenario. The most straightforward solution is to send your army en masse to the keep in the northwest first; that's where Cleodil (an Elvish Shyde) is. Then turn east to take out the other saurian. Recruit plenty of fighters, use leadership to full extent and try to heal by level up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is alternatively possible to kill the eastern leader with rangers/avengers, the AI will completely ignore them once they are in the woods again. This allows to play more defensively in the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When fighting the saurians, there are three things to remember:  1) Don't send out isolated units, because they'll be swarmed and killed; 2) Try to keep the saurians on bad terrain 3) watch the day/night cycle (it doesn't affect your elves, but the saurians are significantly weaker by day and you can turn that fact to great advantage). Kill the Augurs as soon as possible with your fighter line. The skirmishers have a lot of movement points; make sure that wounded units are safe or meant to be sacrificed. In general, take your time to experiment and figure out what works best on your strategy against saurians, as you'll be seeing many more of them in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Along with Cleodil, one fighter and one archer (2 on ''easy'') will be freed from their prison. All of them become loyal to your cause, so by the end of this scenario you'll have a small loyal army on your hands. Protect them well and plan carefully how you are going to level them up, since they will become the core of your troops from now on until the very end (although you will be occasionally separated from them).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's a couple of things worth noting regarding Cleodil: one is that she has a special ability labeled ''elates Kalenz'' which works basically like leadership, but only works on Kalenz. What this means is that from now on it's a good idea to keep those two close to each other in the battle field. The other one is that she can recruit shamans and woses. You may try it out in this scenario, in the small keep to the north. This works out nicely if your strategy for this scenario is to concentrate on the northwestern enemy first. With a little effort, you can free Cleodil relatively quickly, and then her recruits can be very helpful for the rest of the battle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Saurian Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/20/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With Cleodil on your side now, you may finally recruit shamans, as well as woses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much trickier than the last one because here you have to fight the saurians on terrain that's hostile to your elves (desert and swamp). Try to confront them on favorable terrain and form a defensive line (against skirmishers) each turn. Woses are very effective against saurians, and the ''slows'' attribute of shamans' ranged attacks limits the damage potential and mobility of skirmishers. Kill the southern leader first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you've dealt with the southern leader and the treasury (the single saurian sitting on a village and not moving) you can either take an Elvish Scout to the treasury to pick up the gold and return it to the sign post (you will have only have the movement points after taking up the treasure) or just go kill the northern leader. Killing the leader is preferable. You'll get XP and any loss in gold from early finish is dwarfed by the 1800 gold you get for beating the level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep an eye on the turn limit. The enemy leaders are easily lured out with a scout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acquaintance in Need ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another troll leader to kill, so it is an XP opportunity, like for your shamans. For recruiting, you need to make sure that you neither overrecruit nor underrecruit. With too few units, you will take too long to finish your enemies (as always), while too many units won't help you in the fight, and you will need the money!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start with the green enemy, who is the closest one to you. The dwarves, who are your allies for this scenario, should provide substantial help in doing so. While you finish off the first orc, you should start sending a fair amount of relatively unexperienced archers/shamans west to take on the troll. Then move north over the mountains in a broad line to take out the orcs. A broad front line will help you to quickly overrun the orcs and allow you to finish in good time. Of course, you need sufficient numbers to do this without overstretching yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dwarves will get a lot of kills/occupy the enemy quite a bit. Their high mountain defense and mobility ensure this. You may need to resign yourself to softening the orcs up and letting the dwarves get the kills.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this scenario you'll be able to ask Olurf to move to a specific location inside the map (using right-click), which may be useful in case you want his help in some particularly tight spot. This is one of the ways in which you can control the behaviour of your allies (you'll see another in the next scenario). Notice, however, that this command only applies to Olurf himself, and his troops will continue to move freely as they please, often taking experience away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the end of the scenario, you will end up &amp;quot;hiring&amp;quot; Olurf --paying him 400 gold-- but if you've been careful with your finances, you probably won't miss that amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elves' Last Stand ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives:&lt;br /&gt;
** Defeat all of the enemy leaders ''and''&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Own the field,&amp;quot; which means having more than 25 units while the enemy has under 15.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as in Kal'ian Under Attack, but with many more enemies. You'll be facing vast numbers of trolls, orcs, and naga.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario formerly had AI-controlled allies that you could &amp;quot;instruct&amp;quot; in various ways, probably unsuccessfully, but by 1.11.* it has been changed so that you have direct control of allied forces, alternating with yours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For recruitment, spamming Fighters and Archers is essential. Supplement them with Elder Woses or just plain Woses. You'll be facing the poison of Assassins, Slayers, and Water Serpents as well the damage of L2 and L3 Trolls, so recall as many healers as you have, plus a lot of Shamans. Mix some in with your ally's forces, since he has no Shaman line units. Finish your recruitment by recalling with whatever L3 units you have.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that you have control of your allies, it makes most sense to let him have all the villages. Have your ally recruit a couple of Elf Scouts to keep reflagging villages after you use them for healing or the enemy captures them. It's literally impossible for you or your ally to have gold carryover from this scenario, so spend it or lose it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To save Eradion (your elf ally to the west), you likely either need to evacuate him to the Ka'lian or send reinforcements from the Ka'lian to him. Another option is to have Eradion recall veteran troops; yes, your allies have their own recall list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to keep control of the Ka'lian, you'll need to maintain considerable forces there. However, this island fortress is not much of a defense against the droves of Water Serpents and L1, L2 and maybe L3 Naga headed its way. They get 60% defense in water, so your moat is like a fortress for them. Therefore, abandoning the Ka'lian after your initial recruiting is an option to consider. Fortunately, there is good terrain (forest) to the west and north/northeast of the Ka'lian. Note that if you avoid waterfront hexes, the Water Serpents will crawl onto land, where they are much easier to kill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good tactics are essential. Don't get sloppy about formation and protecting the wounded. Maintain mostly straight lines early on. Don't get flanked. Try to keep loyals and criticals ''off'' the front line, especially at night versus trolls. If you're careful, you can use the heavy fighting to level units. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Much to your relief, Olurf will show up on turn 12. (Or not, as sometimes happened in 1.11.*, despite having paid him 400 gold the previous scenario. If he does not show on turn 12, it is still possible to win. 700 starting gold is sufficient. Try abandoning the Ka'lian, sending your ally west and your main army to the forest northeast of the Ka'lian. Good luck!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council of Hard Choices ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bounty Hunters ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz across the river&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only thing you gain from defeating the saurians is experience. If you are having trouble beating this level, just recruit one round, and run north as fast as you can with your criticals. To slow down the saurians, you can divide your recruits and send half left and half right. When you reach the river, sea monsters (Water Serpents and Cuttle Fish) will attack. You may try distracting the monsters and saurians with tasty Elvish Scouts. The saurians will catch up as you're crossing the river, but at least a few of the saurians will focus on killing any remaining sea monsters before worrying about your leaders. Make use of the island to get Kalenz across as quickly as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By getting Kalenz quickly across the river, you'll get a hefty early finish bonus, rebuilding your gold reserve. Gold will become very important by the time you reach the ''Human Alliance'' scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to claim some experience as well, a small cadre of Elder Woses and Rangers can lure units one or two at a time to their deaths in the southern woods. They can hide in forest terrain if too many enemy units are in the area. Meanwhile, three Dwarf Guardsmen can serve as a disposable rear guard for your leaders fleeing to the north.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cliffs of Thoria ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three tricky elements about this one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, if you want Kalenz to get to the signpost, he'll have to climb there over high mountains, so the going will be very slow; watch the turn clock carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the &amp;quot;fog of war&amp;quot; applies so you won't know much about your enemies until you actually bump into them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, among your enemies you will find level 4 Yetis (which pack quite a punch) and Gryphons (which move very quickly through any terrain). Keep your Shamans ready to slow Yetis before you attack them with other units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For recruitment, you can probably get by with one round of raw recruits. However, note that dwarves do well in the mountains, so you may want more than three dwarf recruits. Avoid Ulfserkers and Berzerkers, though, as they are too vulnerable in this scenario, where things tend to jump out of the fog at you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heed the dialog; proceed with caution. After the initial battle, you can split your forces, sending a group to each enemy stronghold (northwest and east), while optionally sending a third group with Kalenz directly to the signpost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Battle of the Book ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Aquagar the drake wizard&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Crelanu or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/34/38 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The drakes, commanded by Aquagar (the foe you have to defeat) are at the northwest corner, while a keep of trolls is located at the northeast. Crelanu, the wise mage you came here for, is by the lake. You can send a quick unit (e.g. Cleodil) towards that keep in the middle of the map to trigger the dialogue with Crelanu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may try splitting your forces, sending half of your troops east along the road first to Crelanu's keep to save him and kill the troll leader (whose keep is close by). Take the remaining troops west to kill the drake leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it will take some time for the trolls to reach Crelanu, so you may try focusing all your power towards Aquagar to finish him as quickly as possible, and then Crelanu won't need any assistance. If you go for killing Aquagar quickly, you might manage with just a few units, so you can save some gold by not over-recruiting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Be careful about using archers, since some of the drakes breathe fire and do more damage that way than your units can with their arrows.  A good mix of impact and ranged fighters is essential.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''For 1.9.x'''&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, you only have to kill Aquagar. So you just focus attacking the drakes. Send some Steelclads, Pathfinders to aid Crelanu. Marksmen, Rangers, Druids, Thunderguards, Stalwarts are extremely useful here. I killed Aquagar by turn 5. ~~Knyghtmare.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Revelations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News from the Front ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Human Alliance ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive until the end of turns&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Aldar (the human leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 18/20/22 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is the unofficial final, the following scenarios are pretty much a sequel, and easier too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enemy is in three places: the northwest, the northeast (trolls) and the southwest. The northeast trolls will not receive reinforcements, so you should concentrate on eliminating their army first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most challenging aspect of this scenario is that your army has to do three things practically simultaneously: contain the northwest orcs (this is not that hard due to favorable terrain), aid your human allies to the south, and eliminate the trolls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trolls should be pretty easy to kill. Their leader doesn't have much money, so there will not be many trolls to face. Slowing with some shaman and using the forest (and mountain tiles for placing your dwarves) to your benefit leads to a quick victory. Afterwards, send the units to reinforce your other two fronts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your allies can hold their own against the first wave of southern attackers but after that they'll be toast. A much better course of action is to team up with them and crush the first wave. When the reinforcements come you should be in a good position to defeat the orcs (especially with your victorious anti-troll army coming to help).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The northwest orcs are numerous but should be kept in check by strong units in the bottlenecks. You'll need some tanks (Champions/Marshals or Steelclads) and healers. When the orc reinforcements arrive you may get swarmed. By this time you should have some help coming from your anti-troll army.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first wave of reinforcements for the orcs will arrive by the end of turn 5. The second wave will come at turn 12. By the end of the battle, the number of orcs will be overwhelming, and the action will take quite some time between turns. By the second half of the battle your complete focus should probably be on protecting your ally general, who by then will be out of money, occasionally recruiting one or two fodder units, and will remain immovable on his castle keep.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On turn 9, some of the elves you had left on Ka'lian will make a come back (including your loyals!). However, they will show up a little to the west of the keep where you start this scenario. It is a strange location for them to show up, and by that point of the battle it will probably be surrounded by enemies, so keeping these reinforcements alive may be very challenging if you don't have at least some of your forces making a stand near that location. If you can save just some of them, aim for the loyal units, and sacrifice the others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should spend all your gold upfront --there is no much point in saving it for later. You may want to recruit a scout or two at the beginning, if you think the investment will be profitable. They can capture a village almost every turn. Don't bother leaving villages for your ally. The money is better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Treaty ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Chief Must Die ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill the orc chief then return to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/32/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz and Landar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You get no keep, and no chance to recruit, in this one.  The only units you have are Kalenz and Landar, and their only task is to assassinate the Orc Sovereign (in the middle) and then return to the signpost at the southwestern corner of the map.  Your units will have special attributes (invisible, 80% dodge) for this scenario only that will make this fairly easy, particularly if you have managed to get Landar to level 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz takes the potion he changes into an Elvish Lord (as you might remember him if you have played [[HeirToTheThrone|HttT]]). He will now possess an arcane-magical attack, which proves very useful against many enemies. You should easily be able to get him to level up during this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should have plenty of turns. The only units that will attack you are the Wolf Rider line. They don't pose much threat thanks to Landar's bow and your 80% dodge. Go to the orc leader, kill him and return to the signpost. There is no point in grabbing villages as you get no income from them. There is also no point in finishing early so go ahead and level Kalenz.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Breaking the Siege ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Uradredia (the elf leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stick to recruiting units with lots of mobility, since the map is large and mostly snow-covered, hampering most of your unit types (don't even bother to recruit dwarves—they won't get to the scene of the action in time to strike any blows). Sylphs and Shydes are best, of course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is essential that you reach your ally quickly. Otherwise he might be dead before you even see him. Despite the fact that fog of war is turned on for this scenario, it's pretty simple to figure out from the geography which keep belongs to your ally (the one in the middle of the forest). You will want to finish this level quickly or/and to grab as soon as possible all the villages to have lots of gold for the next scenario (on medium you'll probably want at least 500 gold). Send some fast units north to keep your ally alive and send the rest straight west. The western units can sweep up after taking out the southern orc boss. A few of Direwolf Riders come as reinforcements when you get to close to the southern orc, so be careful. Alternatively just send everyone north and fan out from there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With good units this level shouldn't be tough to beat. Just make sure you beat it in good standing for the next scenario. At this point, this campaign becomes a very good example of why keeping your loyal units alive is very much worth it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hour of Glory ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Costly Revenge ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy units and destroy all enemy villages&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/35/30 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
* Other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as The Saurian Treasury, but with most of the terrain snow-covered. Since you're fighting the saurians again, most of the advice from that scenario still applies. Mobility is not a great issue, even though one of the enemy keeps is near the top northeastern corner of the map, because by the time you can dispose of your southern enemy he will have already sent most of his troops south after you. Numbers are an issue, however. So, whatever you do, do not underrecruit! (You don't need more than minimal gold in the next recruiting scenario.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best place to make a stand is probably near the patch of forest in the middle (high casualty approach) or the forest with the big ice plain in front of it (low casualty approach). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to put units in the swamp to keep the saurians out of there. The only poor-defense terrain for the saurians is the ice, so keep them on it. The Oracles/Soothsayers will use their ranged attack on your melee units and the Skirmishers/Flankers will use their melee attack on your archers. You will take heavy losses but this is actually good (more on that in a second).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like to send Kalenz and a couple of fast units (Scouts/Riders) along the northern forest and then have them cut across the top of the map. This accomplishes three things: one, you torch some out of the way villages; two, you can distract the northern saurians long enough to keep your main force (in the middle of the map) in control; three, you can move them over to kill the northern leader at the end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a weird twist to this level. After this the elvish civil war breaks out. All your units except loyal ones and scouts defect and serve Landar. So, see that Elvish Champion racking up the kills? Next time he's in battle he will be killing ''your'' units. After the tide of the battle has turned try and get the non-loyal high level units killed (attack those last two Oracles with ranged attack, etc).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enough gold your main worries will be getting to the villages in time (scouts come in handy), getting to the northern leader in time and leaving as few good units for the civil war as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Low casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.10.1 (hard): It is not necessary to get your units killed consciously and this scenario is possible with fairly low gold (220 gold for me) by recruiting mainly veterans and exploiting the horrible saurian movement / defence on ice (low casualty approach). As the turn limit isn't very long, it is useful to send some rangers/avengers behind the saurian lines to start burning villages, as soon as they hide in a forest they are invisible to the AI. Constantly check the turn clock, and be as aggresive as possible during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council Ruling == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elvish Assassins ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/16/12 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's no need to recruit - Kalenz can make it to the signpost with just the units you're given.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You might feel tempted to take this scenario as an opportunity to level up some new recruits from scratch, but this may not be a good idea. After a few turns, one of your elf allies (chosen at random) will turn against you, making the battle unpredictable and risky, for not a lot of gain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's just a couple of extra scenarios left in this campaign, and if you feel like leveling up units for the final battle, it's better to do it in the next scenario, where you can recall Cleodil's troops again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Northern Battle ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders or survive for six days&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Cleodil or Uradredia dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as Breaking the Siege, but since it's not winter, most of the board is grassland and woods, and much easier for your elves to fight on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Landar, now one of your enemies, will be in the far southwest, while another enemy elf has a keep a little to the north from yours. Approximately two thirds of your non-loyal veterans, chosen at random, will go with Landar, while the remaining third will go with Uradredia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have been building a formidable &amp;quot;air force&amp;quot; (shaman line) you can beat this level very easily. Moreover, the objective description is not very faithful, since you don't really have to kill all enemy leaders. It suffices to move any of your units adjacent to Landar. This makes this scenario quite easy to beat. If you still have Huraldur (your loyal quick elvish rider) on your side and you have leveled him up, you can take him straight to Landar's keep, and --thanks to the vulnerable design of Landar's keep-- place him next to Landar by turn 3, finishing the scenario with a huge gold reward. Alternatively, you may try a similar strategy with a group of new scout recruits or other quick units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, you can take the opportunity to level up a few recruits. Particularly, now could be a good time to level up any shamans/woses from Cleodil's old recall list to their maximum. Keep in mind that you need to put Cleodil in the ''Encampment Keep'' tile so you can recall those units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of Landar's betrayal and the loss of most of your veterans, you will be working mostly with first level units. Consequently, don't try to take on either enemy on the naked grasslands where their keeps lie; recruit as much as you can, then head for your ally's keep in the north central region of the board, taking as many villages during the process as possible. If you need to, make a stand in and about your ally's keep, though depending upon how well you delay Crintil's army you may be able to pick off your enemy a few at a time in the forest long enough to survive until the end of the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Playing this scenario patiently has a nice side-effect: by killing Landar's strong veterans here, they won't be available to him in the final battle. As a consequence, if you completely wipe up his army now, he'll be stuck with just fresh level-1 and level-2 elves to recruit by then (unless you're playing on ''hard'' difficulty). Also, all of Uradredia's units will become yours, so if you have the chance to save some of his veterans in this scenario, it's worth doing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[On version 1.8.2, all my levelled shaman-line had also disappeared - some for my ally, other for Landar. I could only recruit some shaman about to level. And some of my warriors had gone to my ally, not to Landar. With only first level units, killing the south-east level at turn 2 or 3 is not possible... but you can still buy some second-level warriors who will do the job. After that, most of Landar's units will go toward your ally's keep, which makes you able to reach Landar and end the scenario. Careful, he will be able to deal a final blow to the unit who assaulted him ! ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have some experienced woses (highly resistant against pierce damage!), you can as well crush all the traitors frontally - as long as you engage them outside the forest - for an early finish and large bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== End of War ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Landar&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/21/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A relatively short and simple battle, considering this is the final scenario. Recall/recruit all worthy veterans, and don't worry about gold or grabbing villages. If you've made it this far, surely you have the necessary strategic/tactical skills necessary to deal with Landar's army. Now is the time to try risky ideas; this is the last stop for you and your army, so give them the chance to act heroically on the battle field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A straightforward strategy involves recalling any remaining veteran troops, then recruiting an army of level 1 elves. Form up your line of battle at the edge of the forest to maximize the difference in defense (70% vs. 40%, while trying to hold the shore is only 40% vs. 20%).  The forest defense bonus also means that your level 1 troops stand a good chace of surviving at least one round of two level 2 attacks (which they are unlikely to survive on open ground). If any enemy elves make it into the forest the best approach is to use magic attacks to smoke them out (a slyph works wonders). Once Landar's army has been dealt with, sweep your troops down to the enemy keep to deliver the coup de grace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[version 1.8.2 : on medium, you can just buy loads of level 1 warriors, and keep - most of the time - in the woods. Landar start with about the same money as you do, but doing this, you just suffocate him under numbers.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again experienced woses dominate your enemies outside of forests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Epilogue ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55274</id>
		<title>LegendofWesmere</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55274"/>
		<updated>2014-06-26T13:41:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* Bounty Hunters */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;General Note:  Throughout this campaign, if your elves need to make a stand and you have a choice of options, choose the one that will put most of them in the woods.  Not only will this give you the best chance of survival, it will ensure that the AI playing your allies will do useful things.  This matters a lot, because many of the scenarios in this campaign involve allies you cannot control whose death results in your defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategical Note: This is a long campaign where you play elves. So take a look at the top level units: There are two units capable of flight! One of them is a curing healer +8, the other one is level 4. Both of them can do magic, and both of them can slow their enemies! If you can team up two shydes and two sylphs, you get a magically hard hitting, regenerating, slowing air force that can ZoC-lock an enemy. As if that wasn't enough, late in the campaign you'll lose access to most of your veteran troops, but not your sylphs and shydes. So it really pays to level shamans. However, they are not recruitable during the first four scenarios (since version 1.9.x) --you will still have enough opportunity to level them up, but it requires some effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loyal troops are even more valuable in this campaign than in most others, partially because they get three traits, but mainly because you'll get to keep them when your other troops are unavailable. With that in mind, you should strongly consider leveling one (or both!) of your loyal fighters into a marshal. His leadership skills will prove invaluable when you are stuck with a level 1 army. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Uprooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill any of the orc leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/17/14 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like the first scenario in Heir to the Throne, this scenario begins with the hero in a forest with enemies preparing to close in on all sides. You might want to simply run away (and previously you could), but you have to kill one enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The keep directly to the east is one option. If you keep most of his stronghold hexes plugged up with your units or your enemy's, then he will not be able to spend all his gold before you kill the leader, possibly when he dives in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good alternative is going southwest, as this puts the maximum distance between you and the troops of the other orcish leaders, and only level 1 orcs will come from that corner. It also allows you to use the units of Velon more efficiently; they come under your control after they are first attacked by an orc. The villages will also become yours at that point, so you don't need to worry too much about them (except for healing, of course).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can only recruit fighters and archers. Use fighters to shield yourself and archers to kill the grunts (and warriors on hard.) Keep loyals and leaders safe - if only one unit shields them, remember that it can be killed by a single lucky L2 orc. If you manage to level up units choose captain for fighters and marksman for archers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hostile Mountains ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the troll leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing to do is get the dwarves to fight the trolls. The trolls will go to the east bank without any bait, just take care you don't lure them away or worse anger the dwarves yourself. Even after they fight with the trolls, do not go to the east bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruit fighters to die, archers to do damage. The trolls will tend to go for the fighters when given the option. If you don't have a captain yet, level up a fighter as soon as possible, and use his leadership on your archers. You will need marksmen to kill trolls on mountains, so keep your archers safe (well, at least on reasonable terrain). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not, under any circumstances, cross the river—if you do, Olurf will attack you, and the trolls will cut both you and the dwarves to pieces.  You can have units stand in the river if necessary to reach a particular unit, but since your enemies are more powerful than your units avoid doing so if you are likely to be counterattacked.  Instead, send out an archer or two (preferably ''quick'' ones) to grab the villages in the far northern reaches of the board while you move your troops onto the wooded island in the middle of the river, directly south of your keep.  From here, you can help the dwarves whittle down the trolls while you slowly wend your way southwest toward the troll keep.  The scenario will end if you succeed in killing the troll leader.  Note:  Olurf's death counts as a defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a reason the middle island has so much forest. The western bank of the river has a narrow swath of forest surrounded by mountains and hills. This is not ideal terrain for fighting trolls. Trolls move faster than elves on hills and mountains and have comparable defense. A much better idea is to try to occupy the middle island, forcing the trolls to attack from water. Chances are you'll only be able to claim the northern tip of the island at first, so half your army will spill over to the forest on the west bank. The dwarves help by putting units in water and doing other things to distract the trolls and draw fire away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is preferable to aim to kill the troll leader rather than get to the signpost as the experience is most important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ka'lian Under Attack ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive the initial attack with Galtrid, then defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 5/7/9 initially, then 35/30/25 extra (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take careful note of this map; you'll be fighting on it again later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first turns (original turn limit) you play the defenders of the Ka'lian. See all those Orcish Assassins in the water? Make sure they receive as much retaliation as possible when they poison your units (archers). As you can heal only 2 units per turn, make sure they can't poison your fresh recruits as well. Also, you can kill Assassins with some of your poisoned units, as long as they have still enough hitpoints. Distribute XP carefully; units heal upon level up; rarely is this more useful than in this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't just hit Ctrl-R to recruit; you have a massive keep so put your new units in the right place. Don't let the orcs in good defense terrain and you should be fine. Use Galtrids leadership carefully by moving him multiple times per turn to support different areas of the castle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz arrives, the orcs just pile up in the northwestern corner ''if'' you defended the Ka'lian well. Control the map, by trapping and killing the village stealing wolf riders, heal your poisoned Ka'lian defenders and let them do some work. Close in carefully - it will be very hard avoiding casualties, but when the time comes, let them be L1 fighters and not your L2. You can level a number of units, but don't wait too long, because you will need gold for the next scenario. (250+ carryover)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The behaviour of the orcs will depend directly on your ability to hold out the invasion of your fortress. If you manage to repel somewhat successfully their initial attack, the orcs will assume a defensive stance for the second part of the battle (usually triggered when Kalenz arrives). If, on the other hand, the orcs have a more successful start, they then become more aggressive and the battle becomes much more lively on the second part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A special feature of this particular scenario --something not very common in a campaign-- is that you will control two armies simultaneously after Kalenz' arrival. You start by assuming the role of Galtrid, and later Kalenz joins the party, at which time you will switch between your two roles. However, you won't control Galtrid's army anymore in the future, so don't grow too attached to it and remember that they are expendable here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Elvish Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to play this scenario. The most straightforward solution is to send your army en masse to the keep in the northwest first; that's where Cleodil (an Elvish Shyde) is. Then turn east to take out the other saurian. Recruit plenty of fighters, use leadership to full extent and try to heal by level up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is alternatively possible to kill the eastern leader with rangers/avengers, the AI will completely ignore them once they are in the woods again. This allows to play more defensively in the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When fighting the saurians, there are three things to remember:  1) Don't send out isolated units, because they'll be swarmed and killed; 2) Try to keep the saurians on bad terrain 3) watch the day/night cycle (it doesn't affect your elves, but the saurians are significantly weaker by day and you can turn that fact to great advantage). Kill the Augurs as soon as possible with your fighter line. The skirmishers have a lot of movement points; make sure that wounded units are safe or meant to be sacrificed. In general, take your time to experiment and figure out what works best on your strategy against saurians, as you'll be seeing many more of them in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Along with Cleodil, one fighter and one archer (2 on ''easy'') will be freed from their prison. All of them become loyal to your cause, so by the end of this scenario you'll have a small loyal army on your hands. Protect them well and plan carefully how you are going to level them up, since they will become the core of your troops from now on until the very end (although you will be occasionally separated from them).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's a couple of things worth noting regarding Cleodil: one is that she has a special ability labeled ''elates Kalenz'' which works basically like leadership, but only works on Kalenz. What this means is that from now on it's a good idea to keep those two close to each other in the battle field. The other one is that she can recruit shamans and woses. You may try it out in this scenario, in the small keep to the north. This works out nicely if your strategy for this scenario is to concentrate on the northwestern enemy first. With a little effort, you can free Cleodil relatively quickly, and then her recruits can be very helpful for the rest of the battle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Saurian Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/20/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With Cleodil on your side now, you may finally recruit shamans, as well as woses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much trickier than the last one because here you have to fight the saurians on terrain that's hostile to your elves (desert and swamp). Try to confront them on favorable terrain and form a defensive line (against skirmishers) each turn. Woses are very effective against saurians, and the ''slows'' attribute of shamans' ranged attacks limits the damage potential and mobility of skirmishers. Kill the southern leader first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you've dealt with the southern leader and the treasury (the single saurian sitting on a village and not moving) you can either take an Elvish Scout to the treasury to pick up the gold and return it to the sign post (you will have only have the movement points after taking up the treasure) or just go kill the northern leader. Killing the leader is preferable. You'll get XP and any loss in gold from early finish is dwarfed by the 1800 gold you get for beating the level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep an eye on the turn limit. The enemy leaders are easily lured out with a scout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acquaintance in Need ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another troll leader to kill, so it is an XP opportunity, like for your shamans. For recruiting, you need to make sure that you neither overrecruit nor underrecruit. With too few units, you will take too long to finish your enemies (as always), while too many units won't help you in the fight, and you will need the money!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start with the green enemy, who is the closest one to you. The dwarves, who are your allies for this scenario, should provide substantial help in doing so. While you finish off the first orc, you should start sending a fair amount of relatively unexperienced archers/shamans west to take on the troll. Then move north over the mountains in a broad line to take out the orcs. A broad front line will help you to quickly overrun the orcs and allow you to finish in good time. Of course, you need sufficient numbers to do this without overstretching yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dwarves will get a lot of kills/occupy the enemy quite a bit. Their high mountain defense and mobility ensure this. You may need to resign yourself to softening the orcs up and letting the dwarves get the kills.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this scenario you'll be able to ask Olurf to move to a specific location inside the map (using right-click), which may be useful in case you want his help in some particularly tight spot. This is one of the ways in which you can control the behaviour of your allies (you'll see another in the next scenario). Notice, however, that this command only applies to Olurf himself, and his troops will continue to move freely as they please, often taking experience away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the end of the scenario, you will end up &amp;quot;hiring&amp;quot; Olurf --paying him 400 gold-- but if you've been careful with your finances, you probably won't miss that amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elves' Last Stand ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives:&lt;br /&gt;
** Defeat all of the enemy leaders ''and''&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Own the field,&amp;quot; which means having more than 25 units while the enemy has under 15.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as in Kal'ian Under Attack, but with many more enemies. You'll be facing vast numbers of trolls, orcs, and naga.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario formerly had AI-controlled allies that you could &amp;quot;instruct&amp;quot; in various ways, probably unsuccessfully, but by 1.11.* it has been changed so that you have direct control of allied forces, alternating with yours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For recruitment, spamming Fighters and Archers is essential. Supplement them with Elder Woses or just plain Woses. You'll be facing the poison of Assassins, Slayers, and Water Serpents as well the damage of L2 and L3 Trolls, so recall as many healers as you have, plus a lot of Shamans. Mix some in with your ally's forces, since he has no Shaman line units. Finish your recruitment by recalling with whatever L3 units you have.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that you have control of your allies, it makes most sense to let him have all the villages. Have your ally recruit a couple of Elf Scouts to keep reflagging villages after you use them for healing or the enemy captures them. It's literally impossible for you or your ally to have gold carryover from this scenario, so spend it or lose it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To save Eradion (your elf ally to the west), you likely either need to evacuate him to the Ka'lian or send reinforcements from the Ka'lian to him. Another option is to have Eradion recall veteran troops; yes, your allies have their own recall list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to keep control of the Ka'lian, you'll need to maintain considerable forces there. However, this island fortress is not much of a defense against the droves of Water Serpents and L1, L2 and maybe L3 Naga headed its way. They get 60% defense in water, so your moat is like a fortress for them. Therefore, abandoning the Ka'lian after your initial recruiting is an option to consider. Fortunately, there is good terrain (forest) to the west and north/northeast of the Ka'lian. Note that if you avoid waterfront hexes, the Water Serpents will crawl onto land, where they are much easier to kill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good tactics are essential. Don't get sloppy about formation and protecting the wounded. Maintain mostly straight lines early on. Don't get flanked. Try to keep loyals and criticals ''off'' the front line, especially at night versus trolls. If you're careful, you can use the heavy fighting to level units. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Much to your relief, Olurf will show up on turn 12. (Or not, as sometimes happened in 1.11.*, despite having paid him 400 gold the previous scenario. If he does not show on turn 12, it is still possible to win. 700 starting gold is sufficient. Try abandoning the Ka'lian, sending your ally west and your main army to the forest northeast of the Ka'lian. Good luck!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council of Hard Choices ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bounty Hunters ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz across the river&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only thing you gain from defeating the saurians is experience. If you are having trouble beating this level, just recruit one round, and run north as fast as you can with your criticals. To slow down the saurians, you can divide your recruits and send half left and half right. When you reach the river, sea monsters (Water Serpents and Cuttle Fish) will attack. You may try distracting the monsters and saurians with tasty Elvish Scouts. The saurians will catch up as you're crossing the river, but at least a few of the saurians will focus on killing any remaining sea monsters before worrying about your leaders. Make use of the island to get Kalenz across as quickly as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By getting Kalenz quickly across the river, you'll get a hefty early finish bonus, rebuilding your gold reserve. Gold will become very important by the time you reach the ''Human Alliance'' scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to claim some experience as well, a small cadre of Elder Woses and Rangers can lure units one or two at a time to their deaths in the southern woods. They can hide in forest terrain if too many enemy units are in the area. Meanwhile, three Dwarf Guardsmen can serve as a disposable rear guard for your leaders fleeing to the north.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cliffs of Thoria ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three tricky elements about this one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, you have to climb to your destination (the signpost at the top northeast corner of the map) over high mountains, so the going will be very slow for your elves; watch the turn clock carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the &amp;quot;fog of war&amp;quot; applies so you won't know much about your enemies until you actually bump into them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, among your enemies you will find level 4 Yetis (which pack quite a punch), and Gryphons (which move very quickly through any terrain). Keep your shamans ready to slow Yetis before you attack them with other units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may try splitting your forces, sending one group west.  The other group, with Kalenz, goes directly north, deals with the nearest enemy, and continues to the signpost.  This group should be large enough that you can peel off 4-6 units once you get most of the way north to take out the enemy in the far northwestern keep.  Note:  dwarves do well in the mountains, but don't recruit a lot of ulfserkers, not even the second-level ones—they tend to take out the unit they attack but then are very vulnerable to attacks by other units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another strategy could be sending your full army northwest through the forest, using a quick unit to scout the way until you encounter the Yetis (there are 3 in total), and try to dispatch them quickly, before the trolls catch up with you from the east. Then send a few units to deal with the Gryphon leader on the northwest, while your main force goes east to fight the trolls, and Kalenz goes northeast to reach the sign post. If you want to gain as much XP as possible, move Kalenz ''near'' the signpost while you fight the remaining enemies. You can win the scenario by defeating the leaders, but if things get too hairy, you can always finish by moving Kalenz to its destination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Battle of the Book ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Aquagar the drake wizard&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Crelanu or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/34/38 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The drakes, commanded by Aquagar (the foe you have to defeat) are at the northwest corner, while a keep of trolls is located at the northeast. Crelanu, the wise mage you came here for, is by the lake. You can send a quick unit (e.g. Cleodil) towards that keep in the middle of the map to trigger the dialogue with Crelanu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may try splitting your forces, sending half of your troops east along the road first to Crelanu's keep to save him and kill the troll leader (whose keep is close by). Take the remaining troops west to kill the drake leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it will take some time for the trolls to reach Crelanu, so you may try focusing all your power towards Aquagar to finish him as quickly as possible, and then Crelanu won't need any assistance. If you go for killing Aquagar quickly, you might manage with just a few units, so you can save some gold by not over-recruiting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Be careful about using archers, since some of the drakes breathe fire and do more damage that way than your units can with their arrows.  A good mix of impact and ranged fighters is essential.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''For 1.9.x'''&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, you only have to kill Aquagar. So you just focus attacking the drakes. Send some Steelclads, Pathfinders to aid Crelanu. Marksmen, Rangers, Druids, Thunderguards, Stalwarts are extremely useful here. I killed Aquagar by turn 5. ~~Knyghtmare.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Revelations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News from the Front ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Human Alliance ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive until the end of turns&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Aldar (the human leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 18/20/22 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is the unofficial final, the following scenarios are pretty much a sequel, and easier too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enemy is in three places: the northwest, the northeast (trolls) and the southwest. The northeast trolls will not receive reinforcements, so you should concentrate on eliminating their army first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most challenging aspect of this scenario is that your army has to do three things practically simultaneously: contain the northwest orcs (this is not that hard due to favorable terrain), aid your human allies to the south, and eliminate the trolls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trolls should be pretty easy to kill. Their leader doesn't have much money, so there will not be many trolls to face. Slowing with some shaman and using the forest (and mountain tiles for placing your dwarves) to your benefit leads to a quick victory. Afterwards, send the units to reinforce your other two fronts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your allies can hold their own against the first wave of southern attackers but after that they'll be toast. A much better course of action is to team up with them and crush the first wave. When the reinforcements come you should be in a good position to defeat the orcs (especially with your victorious anti-troll army coming to help).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The northwest orcs are numerous but should be kept in check by strong units in the bottlenecks. You'll need some tanks (Champions/Marshals or Steelclads) and healers. When the orc reinforcements arrive you may get swarmed. By this time you should have some help coming from your anti-troll army.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first wave of reinforcements for the orcs will arrive by the end of turn 5. The second wave will come at turn 12. By the end of the battle, the number of orcs will be overwhelming, and the action will take quite some time between turns. By the second half of the battle your complete focus should probably be on protecting your ally general, who by then will be out of money, occasionally recruiting one or two fodder units, and will remain immovable on his castle keep.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On turn 9, some of the elves you had left on Ka'lian will make a come back (including your loyals!). However, they will show up a little to the west of the keep where you start this scenario. It is a strange location for them to show up, and by that point of the battle it will probably be surrounded by enemies, so keeping these reinforcements alive may be very challenging if you don't have at least some of your forces making a stand near that location. If you can save just some of them, aim for the loyal units, and sacrifice the others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should spend all your gold upfront --there is no much point in saving it for later. You may want to recruit a scout or two at the beginning, if you think the investment will be profitable. They can capture a village almost every turn. Don't bother leaving villages for your ally. The money is better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Treaty ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Chief Must Die ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill the orc chief then return to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/32/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz and Landar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You get no keep, and no chance to recruit, in this one.  The only units you have are Kalenz and Landar, and their only task is to assassinate the Orc Sovereign (in the middle) and then return to the signpost at the southwestern corner of the map.  Your units will have special attributes (invisible, 80% dodge) for this scenario only that will make this fairly easy, particularly if you have managed to get Landar to level 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz takes the potion he changes into an Elvish Lord (as you might remember him if you have played [[HeirToTheThrone|HttT]]). He will now possess an arcane-magical attack, which proves very useful against many enemies. You should easily be able to get him to level up during this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should have plenty of turns. The only units that will attack you are the Wolf Rider line. They don't pose much threat thanks to Landar's bow and your 80% dodge. Go to the orc leader, kill him and return to the signpost. There is no point in grabbing villages as you get no income from them. There is also no point in finishing early so go ahead and level Kalenz.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Breaking the Siege ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Uradredia (the elf leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stick to recruiting units with lots of mobility, since the map is large and mostly snow-covered, hampering most of your unit types (don't even bother to recruit dwarves—they won't get to the scene of the action in time to strike any blows). Sylphs and Shydes are best, of course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is essential that you reach your ally quickly. Otherwise he might be dead before you even see him. Despite the fact that fog of war is turned on for this scenario, it's pretty simple to figure out from the geography which keep belongs to your ally (the one in the middle of the forest). You will want to finish this level quickly or/and to grab as soon as possible all the villages to have lots of gold for the next scenario (on medium you'll probably want at least 500 gold). Send some fast units north to keep your ally alive and send the rest straight west. The western units can sweep up after taking out the southern orc boss. A few of Direwolf Riders come as reinforcements when you get to close to the southern orc, so be careful. Alternatively just send everyone north and fan out from there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With good units this level shouldn't be tough to beat. Just make sure you beat it in good standing for the next scenario. At this point, this campaign becomes a very good example of why keeping your loyal units alive is very much worth it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hour of Glory ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Costly Revenge ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy units and destroy all enemy villages&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/35/30 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
* Other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as The Saurian Treasury, but with most of the terrain snow-covered. Since you're fighting the saurians again, most of the advice from that scenario still applies. Mobility is not a great issue, even though one of the enemy keeps is near the top northeastern corner of the map, because by the time you can dispose of your southern enemy he will have already sent most of his troops south after you. Numbers are an issue, however. So, whatever you do, do not underrecruit! (You don't need more than minimal gold in the next recruiting scenario.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best place to make a stand is probably near the patch of forest in the middle (high casualty approach) or the forest with the big ice plain in front of it (low casualty approach). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to put units in the swamp to keep the saurians out of there. The only poor-defense terrain for the saurians is the ice, so keep them on it. The Oracles/Soothsayers will use their ranged attack on your melee units and the Skirmishers/Flankers will use their melee attack on your archers. You will take heavy losses but this is actually good (more on that in a second).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like to send Kalenz and a couple of fast units (Scouts/Riders) along the northern forest and then have them cut across the top of the map. This accomplishes three things: one, you torch some out of the way villages; two, you can distract the northern saurians long enough to keep your main force (in the middle of the map) in control; three, you can move them over to kill the northern leader at the end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a weird twist to this level. After this the elvish civil war breaks out. All your units except loyal ones and scouts defect and serve Landar. So, see that Elvish Champion racking up the kills? Next time he's in battle he will be killing ''your'' units. After the tide of the battle has turned try and get the non-loyal high level units killed (attack those last two Oracles with ranged attack, etc).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enough gold your main worries will be getting to the villages in time (scouts come in handy), getting to the northern leader in time and leaving as few good units for the civil war as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Low casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.10.1 (hard): It is not necessary to get your units killed consciously and this scenario is possible with fairly low gold (220 gold for me) by recruiting mainly veterans and exploiting the horrible saurian movement / defence on ice (low casualty approach). As the turn limit isn't very long, it is useful to send some rangers/avengers behind the saurian lines to start burning villages, as soon as they hide in a forest they are invisible to the AI. Constantly check the turn clock, and be as aggresive as possible during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council Ruling == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elvish Assassins ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/16/12 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's no need to recruit - Kalenz can make it to the signpost with just the units you're given.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You might feel tempted to take this scenario as an opportunity to level up some new recruits from scratch, but this may not be a good idea. After a few turns, one of your elf allies (chosen at random) will turn against you, making the battle unpredictable and risky, for not a lot of gain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's just a couple of extra scenarios left in this campaign, and if you feel like leveling up units for the final battle, it's better to do it in the next scenario, where you can recall Cleodil's troops again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Northern Battle ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders or survive for six days&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Cleodil or Uradredia dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as Breaking the Siege, but since it's not winter, most of the board is grassland and woods, and much easier for your elves to fight on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Landar, now one of your enemies, will be in the far southwest, while another enemy elf has a keep a little to the north from yours. Approximately two thirds of your non-loyal veterans, chosen at random, will go with Landar, while the remaining third will go with Uradredia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have been building a formidable &amp;quot;air force&amp;quot; (shaman line) you can beat this level very easily. Moreover, the objective description is not very faithful, since you don't really have to kill all enemy leaders. It suffices to move any of your units adjacent to Landar. This makes this scenario quite easy to beat. If you still have Huraldur (your loyal quick elvish rider) on your side and you have leveled him up, you can take him straight to Landar's keep, and --thanks to the vulnerable design of Landar's keep-- place him next to Landar by turn 3, finishing the scenario with a huge gold reward. Alternatively, you may try a similar strategy with a group of new scout recruits or other quick units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, you can take the opportunity to level up a few recruits. Particularly, now could be a good time to level up any shamans/woses from Cleodil's old recall list to their maximum. Keep in mind that you need to put Cleodil in the ''Encampment Keep'' tile so you can recall those units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of Landar's betrayal and the loss of most of your veterans, you will be working mostly with first level units. Consequently, don't try to take on either enemy on the naked grasslands where their keeps lie; recruit as much as you can, then head for your ally's keep in the north central region of the board, taking as many villages during the process as possible. If you need to, make a stand in and about your ally's keep, though depending upon how well you delay Crintil's army you may be able to pick off your enemy a few at a time in the forest long enough to survive until the end of the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Playing this scenario patiently has a nice side-effect: by killing Landar's strong veterans here, they won't be available to him in the final battle. As a consequence, if you completely wipe up his army now, he'll be stuck with just fresh level-1 and level-2 elves to recruit by then (unless you're playing on ''hard'' difficulty). Also, all of Uradredia's units will become yours, so if you have the chance to save some of his veterans in this scenario, it's worth doing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[On version 1.8.2, all my levelled shaman-line had also disappeared - some for my ally, other for Landar. I could only recruit some shaman about to level. And some of my warriors had gone to my ally, not to Landar. With only first level units, killing the south-east level at turn 2 or 3 is not possible... but you can still buy some second-level warriors who will do the job. After that, most of Landar's units will go toward your ally's keep, which makes you able to reach Landar and end the scenario. Careful, he will be able to deal a final blow to the unit who assaulted him ! ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have some experienced woses (highly resistant against pierce damage!), you can as well crush all the traitors frontally - as long as you engage them outside the forest - for an early finish and large bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== End of War ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Landar&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/21/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A relatively short and simple battle, considering this is the final scenario. Recall/recruit all worthy veterans, and don't worry about gold or grabbing villages. If you've made it this far, surely you have the necessary strategic/tactical skills necessary to deal with Landar's army. Now is the time to try risky ideas; this is the last stop for you and your army, so give them the chance to act heroically on the battle field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A straightforward strategy involves recalling any remaining veteran troops, then recruiting an army of level 1 elves. Form up your line of battle at the edge of the forest to maximize the difference in defense (70% vs. 40%, while trying to hold the shore is only 40% vs. 20%).  The forest defense bonus also means that your level 1 troops stand a good chace of surviving at least one round of two level 2 attacks (which they are unlikely to survive on open ground). If any enemy elves make it into the forest the best approach is to use magic attacks to smoke them out (a slyph works wonders). Once Landar's army has been dealt with, sweep your troops down to the enemy keep to deliver the coup de grace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[version 1.8.2 : on medium, you can just buy loads of level 1 warriors, and keep - most of the time - in the woods. Landar start with about the same money as you do, but doing this, you just suffocate him under numbers.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again experienced woses dominate your enemies outside of forests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Epilogue ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55273</id>
		<title>LegendofWesmere</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55273"/>
		<updated>2014-06-26T10:46:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* Elves' Last Stand */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;General Note:  Throughout this campaign, if your elves need to make a stand and you have a choice of options, choose the one that will put most of them in the woods.  Not only will this give you the best chance of survival, it will ensure that the AI playing your allies will do useful things.  This matters a lot, because many of the scenarios in this campaign involve allies you cannot control whose death results in your defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategical Note: This is a long campaign where you play elves. So take a look at the top level units: There are two units capable of flight! One of them is a curing healer +8, the other one is level 4. Both of them can do magic, and both of them can slow their enemies! If you can team up two shydes and two sylphs, you get a magically hard hitting, regenerating, slowing air force that can ZoC-lock an enemy. As if that wasn't enough, late in the campaign you'll lose access to most of your veteran troops, but not your sylphs and shydes. So it really pays to level shamans. However, they are not recruitable during the first four scenarios (since version 1.9.x) --you will still have enough opportunity to level them up, but it requires some effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loyal troops are even more valuable in this campaign than in most others, partially because they get three traits, but mainly because you'll get to keep them when your other troops are unavailable. With that in mind, you should strongly consider leveling one (or both!) of your loyal fighters into a marshal. His leadership skills will prove invaluable when you are stuck with a level 1 army. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Uprooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill any of the orc leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/17/14 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like the first scenario in Heir to the Throne, this scenario begins with the hero in a forest with enemies preparing to close in on all sides. You might want to simply run away (and previously you could), but you have to kill one enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The keep directly to the east is one option. If you keep most of his stronghold hexes plugged up with your units or your enemy's, then he will not be able to spend all his gold before you kill the leader, possibly when he dives in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good alternative is going southwest, as this puts the maximum distance between you and the troops of the other orcish leaders, and only level 1 orcs will come from that corner. It also allows you to use the units of Velon more efficiently; they come under your control after they are first attacked by an orc. The villages will also become yours at that point, so you don't need to worry too much about them (except for healing, of course).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can only recruit fighters and archers. Use fighters to shield yourself and archers to kill the grunts (and warriors on hard.) Keep loyals and leaders safe - if only one unit shields them, remember that it can be killed by a single lucky L2 orc. If you manage to level up units choose captain for fighters and marksman for archers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hostile Mountains ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the troll leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing to do is get the dwarves to fight the trolls. The trolls will go to the east bank without any bait, just take care you don't lure them away or worse anger the dwarves yourself. Even after they fight with the trolls, do not go to the east bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruit fighters to die, archers to do damage. The trolls will tend to go for the fighters when given the option. If you don't have a captain yet, level up a fighter as soon as possible, and use his leadership on your archers. You will need marksmen to kill trolls on mountains, so keep your archers safe (well, at least on reasonable terrain). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not, under any circumstances, cross the river—if you do, Olurf will attack you, and the trolls will cut both you and the dwarves to pieces.  You can have units stand in the river if necessary to reach a particular unit, but since your enemies are more powerful than your units avoid doing so if you are likely to be counterattacked.  Instead, send out an archer or two (preferably ''quick'' ones) to grab the villages in the far northern reaches of the board while you move your troops onto the wooded island in the middle of the river, directly south of your keep.  From here, you can help the dwarves whittle down the trolls while you slowly wend your way southwest toward the troll keep.  The scenario will end if you succeed in killing the troll leader.  Note:  Olurf's death counts as a defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a reason the middle island has so much forest. The western bank of the river has a narrow swath of forest surrounded by mountains and hills. This is not ideal terrain for fighting trolls. Trolls move faster than elves on hills and mountains and have comparable defense. A much better idea is to try to occupy the middle island, forcing the trolls to attack from water. Chances are you'll only be able to claim the northern tip of the island at first, so half your army will spill over to the forest on the west bank. The dwarves help by putting units in water and doing other things to distract the trolls and draw fire away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is preferable to aim to kill the troll leader rather than get to the signpost as the experience is most important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ka'lian Under Attack ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive the initial attack with Galtrid, then defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 5/7/9 initially, then 35/30/25 extra (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take careful note of this map; you'll be fighting on it again later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first turns (original turn limit) you play the defenders of the Ka'lian. See all those Orcish Assassins in the water? Make sure they receive as much retaliation as possible when they poison your units (archers). As you can heal only 2 units per turn, make sure they can't poison your fresh recruits as well. Also, you can kill Assassins with some of your poisoned units, as long as they have still enough hitpoints. Distribute XP carefully; units heal upon level up; rarely is this more useful than in this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't just hit Ctrl-R to recruit; you have a massive keep so put your new units in the right place. Don't let the orcs in good defense terrain and you should be fine. Use Galtrids leadership carefully by moving him multiple times per turn to support different areas of the castle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz arrives, the orcs just pile up in the northwestern corner ''if'' you defended the Ka'lian well. Control the map, by trapping and killing the village stealing wolf riders, heal your poisoned Ka'lian defenders and let them do some work. Close in carefully - it will be very hard avoiding casualties, but when the time comes, let them be L1 fighters and not your L2. You can level a number of units, but don't wait too long, because you will need gold for the next scenario. (250+ carryover)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The behaviour of the orcs will depend directly on your ability to hold out the invasion of your fortress. If you manage to repel somewhat successfully their initial attack, the orcs will assume a defensive stance for the second part of the battle (usually triggered when Kalenz arrives). If, on the other hand, the orcs have a more successful start, they then become more aggressive and the battle becomes much more lively on the second part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A special feature of this particular scenario --something not very common in a campaign-- is that you will control two armies simultaneously after Kalenz' arrival. You start by assuming the role of Galtrid, and later Kalenz joins the party, at which time you will switch between your two roles. However, you won't control Galtrid's army anymore in the future, so don't grow too attached to it and remember that they are expendable here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Elvish Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to play this scenario. The most straightforward solution is to send your army en masse to the keep in the northwest first; that's where Cleodil (an Elvish Shyde) is. Then turn east to take out the other saurian. Recruit plenty of fighters, use leadership to full extent and try to heal by level up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is alternatively possible to kill the eastern leader with rangers/avengers, the AI will completely ignore them once they are in the woods again. This allows to play more defensively in the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When fighting the saurians, there are three things to remember:  1) Don't send out isolated units, because they'll be swarmed and killed; 2) Try to keep the saurians on bad terrain 3) watch the day/night cycle (it doesn't affect your elves, but the saurians are significantly weaker by day and you can turn that fact to great advantage). Kill the Augurs as soon as possible with your fighter line. The skirmishers have a lot of movement points; make sure that wounded units are safe or meant to be sacrificed. In general, take your time to experiment and figure out what works best on your strategy against saurians, as you'll be seeing many more of them in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Along with Cleodil, one fighter and one archer (2 on ''easy'') will be freed from their prison. All of them become loyal to your cause, so by the end of this scenario you'll have a small loyal army on your hands. Protect them well and plan carefully how you are going to level them up, since they will become the core of your troops from now on until the very end (although you will be occasionally separated from them).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's a couple of things worth noting regarding Cleodil: one is that she has a special ability labeled ''elates Kalenz'' which works basically like leadership, but only works on Kalenz. What this means is that from now on it's a good idea to keep those two close to each other in the battle field. The other one is that she can recruit shamans and woses. You may try it out in this scenario, in the small keep to the north. This works out nicely if your strategy for this scenario is to concentrate on the northwestern enemy first. With a little effort, you can free Cleodil relatively quickly, and then her recruits can be very helpful for the rest of the battle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Saurian Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/20/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With Cleodil on your side now, you may finally recruit shamans, as well as woses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much trickier than the last one because here you have to fight the saurians on terrain that's hostile to your elves (desert and swamp). Try to confront them on favorable terrain and form a defensive line (against skirmishers) each turn. Woses are very effective against saurians, and the ''slows'' attribute of shamans' ranged attacks limits the damage potential and mobility of skirmishers. Kill the southern leader first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you've dealt with the southern leader and the treasury (the single saurian sitting on a village and not moving) you can either take an Elvish Scout to the treasury to pick up the gold and return it to the sign post (you will have only have the movement points after taking up the treasure) or just go kill the northern leader. Killing the leader is preferable. You'll get XP and any loss in gold from early finish is dwarfed by the 1800 gold you get for beating the level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep an eye on the turn limit. The enemy leaders are easily lured out with a scout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acquaintance in Need ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another troll leader to kill, so it is an XP opportunity, like for your shamans. For recruiting, you need to make sure that you neither overrecruit nor underrecruit. With too few units, you will take too long to finish your enemies (as always), while too many units won't help you in the fight, and you will need the money!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start with the green enemy, who is the closest one to you. The dwarves, who are your allies for this scenario, should provide substantial help in doing so. While you finish off the first orc, you should start sending a fair amount of relatively unexperienced archers/shamans west to take on the troll. Then move north over the mountains in a broad line to take out the orcs. A broad front line will help you to quickly overrun the orcs and allow you to finish in good time. Of course, you need sufficient numbers to do this without overstretching yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dwarves will get a lot of kills/occupy the enemy quite a bit. Their high mountain defense and mobility ensure this. You may need to resign yourself to softening the orcs up and letting the dwarves get the kills.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this scenario you'll be able to ask Olurf to move to a specific location inside the map (using right-click), which may be useful in case you want his help in some particularly tight spot. This is one of the ways in which you can control the behaviour of your allies (you'll see another in the next scenario). Notice, however, that this command only applies to Olurf himself, and his troops will continue to move freely as they please, often taking experience away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the end of the scenario, you will end up &amp;quot;hiring&amp;quot; Olurf --paying him 400 gold-- but if you've been careful with your finances, you probably won't miss that amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elves' Last Stand ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives:&lt;br /&gt;
** Defeat all of the enemy leaders ''and''&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Own the field,&amp;quot; which means having more than 25 units while the enemy has under 15.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as in Kal'ian Under Attack, but with many more enemies. You'll be facing vast numbers of trolls, orcs, and naga.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario formerly had AI-controlled allies that you could &amp;quot;instruct&amp;quot; in various ways, probably unsuccessfully, but by 1.11.* it has been changed so that you have direct control of allied forces, alternating with yours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For recruitment, spamming Fighters and Archers is essential. Supplement them with Elder Woses or just plain Woses. You'll be facing the poison of Assassins, Slayers, and Water Serpents as well the damage of L2 and L3 Trolls, so recall as many healers as you have, plus a lot of Shamans. Mix some in with your ally's forces, since he has no Shaman line units. Finish your recruitment by recalling with whatever L3 units you have.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that you have control of your allies, it makes most sense to let him have all the villages. Have your ally recruit a couple of Elf Scouts to keep reflagging villages after you use them for healing or the enemy captures them. It's literally impossible for you or your ally to have gold carryover from this scenario, so spend it or lose it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To save Eradion (your elf ally to the west), you likely either need to evacuate him to the Ka'lian or send reinforcements from the Ka'lian to him. Another option is to have Eradion recall veteran troops; yes, your allies have their own recall list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to keep control of the Ka'lian, you'll need to maintain considerable forces there. However, this island fortress is not much of a defense against the droves of Water Serpents and L1, L2 and maybe L3 Naga headed its way. They get 60% defense in water, so your moat is like a fortress for them. Therefore, abandoning the Ka'lian after your initial recruiting is an option to consider. Fortunately, there is good terrain (forest) to the west and north/northeast of the Ka'lian. Note that if you avoid waterfront hexes, the Water Serpents will crawl onto land, where they are much easier to kill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good tactics are essential. Don't get sloppy about formation and protecting the wounded. Maintain mostly straight lines early on. Don't get flanked. Try to keep loyals and criticals ''off'' the front line, especially at night versus trolls. If you're careful, you can use the heavy fighting to level units. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Much to your relief, Olurf will show up on turn 12. (Or not, as sometimes happened in 1.11.*, despite having paid him 400 gold the previous scenario. If he does not show on turn 12, it is still possible to win. 700 starting gold is sufficient. Try abandoning the Ka'lian, sending your ally west and your main army to the forest northeast of the Ka'lian. Good luck!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council of Hard Choices ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bounty Hunters ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz across the river&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only thing you gain from defeating the saurians is experience. Since you just left a lot of your troops at the Ka'lian, experience may be worth your effort. Nonetheless, if you are having trouble beating this level just run north as fast as you can. You should be able to cross the river with little trouble. You probably don't even need to recruit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to claim some experience, you can form a small army --gold will be the main limitation, since the considerable treasure you had was left on Ka'lian in the previous scenario-- and then either split it into two fronts, or take it all to one of the saurian keeps first if you don't feel comfortable splitting such a small army. If you do split it, send a dwarf-heavy squad to the left (closer mountains) and an elf-heavy one to the right (more forest).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enemy recruits some relatively low HP level 2s and 3s. You can level units quickly after killing a couple of Saurian Oracles. Of course those Oracles have strong magical attacks (especially at night) negating your high defense. Luckily for you the battles start during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Focus on killing the Oracles and Augurs first. They are easy to kill and do a lot of damage. Instead of throwing 3 or 4 units at a level 3 Flanker, just slow it and rack up kills. Try and kill as many units as you can before nightfall, when the attacks become much more ferocious.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The battles will be on high defense terrain, so they will go slowly. If you recruit more than one keepful Kalenz will have a much tougher time crossing the river.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if you already have good units that don't need a lot of extra experience, it might be better to aim for an early finish, in order to amass a good gold reserve again. Gold will become very important by the time you reach the ''Human Alliance'' scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you reach the river, a few sea creatures will show up (water serpents and cuttle fish), but they are usually not much of a challenge. Make use of the small islands to get Kalenz across as quickly as possible. You may also try distracting the monsters with elvish scouts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Comment from Olafstar] If you are going straight to the north without defeating the saurians, it is best to recruit four full keeps (I used Elvish and Dwarvish scouts) on turn 1. Have the leaders start running at the end of turn 1. On turn 2, divide your recruits evenly and send one half to the left, the other half to the right to slow the saurians down, giving your leaders a much better chance of surviving the run. Be sure to move any surviving recruits to strategic hexes on turn 3,4, etc. in order to slow the saurians down as much as possible. The Saurians will catch up as you're crossing the river, but they probably won't kill you as long as you're careful enough while crossing, especially since at least a few of the saurians will focus on killing any remaining sea monsters before worrying about your leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, as of 1.10.7 on easy, the saurian leaders do not recruit level 3s. It is a mixture of level 1 and level 2. One of the leaders is level 3, but that's it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cliffs of Thoria ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three tricky elements about this one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, you have to climb to your destination (the signpost at the top northeast corner of the map) over high mountains, so the going will be very slow for your elves; watch the turn clock carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the &amp;quot;fog of war&amp;quot; applies so you won't know much about your enemies until you actually bump into them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, among your enemies you will find level 4 Yetis (which pack quite a punch), and Gryphons (which move very quickly through any terrain). Keep your shamans ready to slow Yetis before you attack them with other units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may try splitting your forces, sending one group west.  The other group, with Kalenz, goes directly north, deals with the nearest enemy, and continues to the signpost.  This group should be large enough that you can peel off 4-6 units once you get most of the way north to take out the enemy in the far northwestern keep.  Note:  dwarves do well in the mountains, but don't recruit a lot of ulfserkers, not even the second-level ones—they tend to take out the unit they attack but then are very vulnerable to attacks by other units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another strategy could be sending your full army northwest through the forest, using a quick unit to scout the way until you encounter the Yetis (there are 3 in total), and try to dispatch them quickly, before the trolls catch up with you from the east. Then send a few units to deal with the Gryphon leader on the northwest, while your main force goes east to fight the trolls, and Kalenz goes northeast to reach the sign post. If you want to gain as much XP as possible, move Kalenz ''near'' the signpost while you fight the remaining enemies. You can win the scenario by defeating the leaders, but if things get too hairy, you can always finish by moving Kalenz to its destination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Battle of the Book ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Aquagar the drake wizard&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Crelanu or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/34/38 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The drakes, commanded by Aquagar (the foe you have to defeat) are at the northwest corner, while a keep of trolls is located at the northeast. Crelanu, the wise mage you came here for, is by the lake. You can send a quick unit (e.g. Cleodil) towards that keep in the middle of the map to trigger the dialogue with Crelanu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may try splitting your forces, sending half of your troops east along the road first to Crelanu's keep to save him and kill the troll leader (whose keep is close by). Take the remaining troops west to kill the drake leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it will take some time for the trolls to reach Crelanu, so you may try focusing all your power towards Aquagar to finish him as quickly as possible, and then Crelanu won't need any assistance. If you go for killing Aquagar quickly, you might manage with just a few units, so you can save some gold by not over-recruiting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Be careful about using archers, since some of the drakes breathe fire and do more damage that way than your units can with their arrows.  A good mix of impact and ranged fighters is essential.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''For 1.9.x'''&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, you only have to kill Aquagar. So you just focus attacking the drakes. Send some Steelclads, Pathfinders to aid Crelanu. Marksmen, Rangers, Druids, Thunderguards, Stalwarts are extremely useful here. I killed Aquagar by turn 5. ~~Knyghtmare.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Revelations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News from the Front ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Human Alliance ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive until the end of turns&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Aldar (the human leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 18/20/22 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is the unofficial final, the following scenarios are pretty much a sequel, and easier too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enemy is in three places: the northwest, the northeast (trolls) and the southwest. The northeast trolls will not receive reinforcements, so you should concentrate on eliminating their army first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most challenging aspect of this scenario is that your army has to do three things practically simultaneously: contain the northwest orcs (this is not that hard due to favorable terrain), aid your human allies to the south, and eliminate the trolls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trolls should be pretty easy to kill. Their leader doesn't have much money, so there will not be many trolls to face. Slowing with some shaman and using the forest (and mountain tiles for placing your dwarves) to your benefit leads to a quick victory. Afterwards, send the units to reinforce your other two fronts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your allies can hold their own against the first wave of southern attackers but after that they'll be toast. A much better course of action is to team up with them and crush the first wave. When the reinforcements come you should be in a good position to defeat the orcs (especially with your victorious anti-troll army coming to help).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The northwest orcs are numerous but should be kept in check by strong units in the bottlenecks. You'll need some tanks (Champions/Marshals or Steelclads) and healers. When the orc reinforcements arrive you may get swarmed. By this time you should have some help coming from your anti-troll army.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first wave of reinforcements for the orcs will arrive by the end of turn 5. The second wave will come at turn 12. By the end of the battle, the number of orcs will be overwhelming, and the action will take quite some time between turns. By the second half of the battle your complete focus should probably be on protecting your ally general, who by then will be out of money, occasionally recruiting one or two fodder units, and will remain immovable on his castle keep.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On turn 9, some of the elves you had left on Ka'lian will make a come back (including your loyals!). However, they will show up a little to the west of the keep where you start this scenario. It is a strange location for them to show up, and by that point of the battle it will probably be surrounded by enemies, so keeping these reinforcements alive may be very challenging if you don't have at least some of your forces making a stand near that location. If you can save just some of them, aim for the loyal units, and sacrifice the others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should spend all your gold upfront --there is no much point in saving it for later. You may want to recruit a scout or two at the beginning, if you think the investment will be profitable. They can capture a village almost every turn. Don't bother leaving villages for your ally. The money is better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Treaty ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Chief Must Die ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill the orc chief then return to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/32/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz and Landar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You get no keep, and no chance to recruit, in this one.  The only units you have are Kalenz and Landar, and their only task is to assassinate the Orc Sovereign (in the middle) and then return to the signpost at the southwestern corner of the map.  Your units will have special attributes (invisible, 80% dodge) for this scenario only that will make this fairly easy, particularly if you have managed to get Landar to level 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz takes the potion he changes into an Elvish Lord (as you might remember him if you have played [[HeirToTheThrone|HttT]]). He will now possess an arcane-magical attack, which proves very useful against many enemies. You should easily be able to get him to level up during this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should have plenty of turns. The only units that will attack you are the Wolf Rider line. They don't pose much threat thanks to Landar's bow and your 80% dodge. Go to the orc leader, kill him and return to the signpost. There is no point in grabbing villages as you get no income from them. There is also no point in finishing early so go ahead and level Kalenz.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Breaking the Siege ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Uradredia (the elf leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stick to recruiting units with lots of mobility, since the map is large and mostly snow-covered, hampering most of your unit types (don't even bother to recruit dwarves—they won't get to the scene of the action in time to strike any blows). Sylphs and Shydes are best, of course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is essential that you reach your ally quickly. Otherwise he might be dead before you even see him. Despite the fact that fog of war is turned on for this scenario, it's pretty simple to figure out from the geography which keep belongs to your ally (the one in the middle of the forest). You will want to finish this level quickly or/and to grab as soon as possible all the villages to have lots of gold for the next scenario (on medium you'll probably want at least 500 gold). Send some fast units north to keep your ally alive and send the rest straight west. The western units can sweep up after taking out the southern orc boss. A few of Direwolf Riders come as reinforcements when you get to close to the southern orc, so be careful. Alternatively just send everyone north and fan out from there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With good units this level shouldn't be tough to beat. Just make sure you beat it in good standing for the next scenario. At this point, this campaign becomes a very good example of why keeping your loyal units alive is very much worth it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hour of Glory ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Costly Revenge ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy units and destroy all enemy villages&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/35/30 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
* Other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as The Saurian Treasury, but with most of the terrain snow-covered. Since you're fighting the saurians again, most of the advice from that scenario still applies. Mobility is not a great issue, even though one of the enemy keeps is near the top northeastern corner of the map, because by the time you can dispose of your southern enemy he will have already sent most of his troops south after you. Numbers are an issue, however. So, whatever you do, do not underrecruit! (You don't need more than minimal gold in the next recruiting scenario.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best place to make a stand is probably near the patch of forest in the middle (high casualty approach) or the forest with the big ice plain in front of it (low casualty approach). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to put units in the swamp to keep the saurians out of there. The only poor-defense terrain for the saurians is the ice, so keep them on it. The Oracles/Soothsayers will use their ranged attack on your melee units and the Skirmishers/Flankers will use their melee attack on your archers. You will take heavy losses but this is actually good (more on that in a second).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like to send Kalenz and a couple of fast units (Scouts/Riders) along the northern forest and then have them cut across the top of the map. This accomplishes three things: one, you torch some out of the way villages; two, you can distract the northern saurians long enough to keep your main force (in the middle of the map) in control; three, you can move them over to kill the northern leader at the end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a weird twist to this level. After this the elvish civil war breaks out. All your units except loyal ones and scouts defect and serve Landar. So, see that Elvish Champion racking up the kills? Next time he's in battle he will be killing ''your'' units. After the tide of the battle has turned try and get the non-loyal high level units killed (attack those last two Oracles with ranged attack, etc).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enough gold your main worries will be getting to the villages in time (scouts come in handy), getting to the northern leader in time and leaving as few good units for the civil war as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Low casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.10.1 (hard): It is not necessary to get your units killed consciously and this scenario is possible with fairly low gold (220 gold for me) by recruiting mainly veterans and exploiting the horrible saurian movement / defence on ice (low casualty approach). As the turn limit isn't very long, it is useful to send some rangers/avengers behind the saurian lines to start burning villages, as soon as they hide in a forest they are invisible to the AI. Constantly check the turn clock, and be as aggresive as possible during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council Ruling == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elvish Assassins ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/16/12 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's no need to recruit - Kalenz can make it to the signpost with just the units you're given.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You might feel tempted to take this scenario as an opportunity to level up some new recruits from scratch, but this may not be a good idea. After a few turns, one of your elf allies (chosen at random) will turn against you, making the battle unpredictable and risky, for not a lot of gain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's just a couple of extra scenarios left in this campaign, and if you feel like leveling up units for the final battle, it's better to do it in the next scenario, where you can recall Cleodil's troops again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Northern Battle ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders or survive for six days&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Cleodil or Uradredia dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as Breaking the Siege, but since it's not winter, most of the board is grassland and woods, and much easier for your elves to fight on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Landar, now one of your enemies, will be in the far southwest, while another enemy elf has a keep a little to the north from yours. Approximately two thirds of your non-loyal veterans, chosen at random, will go with Landar, while the remaining third will go with Uradredia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have been building a formidable &amp;quot;air force&amp;quot; (shaman line) you can beat this level very easily. Moreover, the objective description is not very faithful, since you don't really have to kill all enemy leaders. It suffices to move any of your units adjacent to Landar. This makes this scenario quite easy to beat. If you still have Huraldur (your loyal quick elvish rider) on your side and you have leveled him up, you can take him straight to Landar's keep, and --thanks to the vulnerable design of Landar's keep-- place him next to Landar by turn 3, finishing the scenario with a huge gold reward. Alternatively, you may try a similar strategy with a group of new scout recruits or other quick units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, you can take the opportunity to level up a few recruits. Particularly, now could be a good time to level up any shamans/woses from Cleodil's old recall list to their maximum. Keep in mind that you need to put Cleodil in the ''Encampment Keep'' tile so you can recall those units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of Landar's betrayal and the loss of most of your veterans, you will be working mostly with first level units. Consequently, don't try to take on either enemy on the naked grasslands where their keeps lie; recruit as much as you can, then head for your ally's keep in the north central region of the board, taking as many villages during the process as possible. If you need to, make a stand in and about your ally's keep, though depending upon how well you delay Crintil's army you may be able to pick off your enemy a few at a time in the forest long enough to survive until the end of the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Playing this scenario patiently has a nice side-effect: by killing Landar's strong veterans here, they won't be available to him in the final battle. As a consequence, if you completely wipe up his army now, he'll be stuck with just fresh level-1 and level-2 elves to recruit by then (unless you're playing on ''hard'' difficulty). Also, all of Uradredia's units will become yours, so if you have the chance to save some of his veterans in this scenario, it's worth doing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[On version 1.8.2, all my levelled shaman-line had also disappeared - some for my ally, other for Landar. I could only recruit some shaman about to level. And some of my warriors had gone to my ally, not to Landar. With only first level units, killing the south-east level at turn 2 or 3 is not possible... but you can still buy some second-level warriors who will do the job. After that, most of Landar's units will go toward your ally's keep, which makes you able to reach Landar and end the scenario. Careful, he will be able to deal a final blow to the unit who assaulted him ! ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have some experienced woses (highly resistant against pierce damage!), you can as well crush all the traitors frontally - as long as you engage them outside the forest - for an early finish and large bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== End of War ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Landar&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/21/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A relatively short and simple battle, considering this is the final scenario. Recall/recruit all worthy veterans, and don't worry about gold or grabbing villages. If you've made it this far, surely you have the necessary strategic/tactical skills necessary to deal with Landar's army. Now is the time to try risky ideas; this is the last stop for you and your army, so give them the chance to act heroically on the battle field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A straightforward strategy involves recalling any remaining veteran troops, then recruiting an army of level 1 elves. Form up your line of battle at the edge of the forest to maximize the difference in defense (70% vs. 40%, while trying to hold the shore is only 40% vs. 20%).  The forest defense bonus also means that your level 1 troops stand a good chace of surviving at least one round of two level 2 attacks (which they are unlikely to survive on open ground). If any enemy elves make it into the forest the best approach is to use magic attacks to smoke them out (a slyph works wonders). Once Landar's army has been dealt with, sweep your troops down to the enemy keep to deliver the coup de grace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[version 1.8.2 : on medium, you can just buy loads of level 1 warriors, and keep - most of the time - in the woods. Landar start with about the same money as you do, but doing this, you just suffocate him under numbers.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again experienced woses dominate your enemies outside of forests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Epilogue ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55272</id>
		<title>LegendofWesmere</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55272"/>
		<updated>2014-06-26T07:30:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* Elves' Last Stand */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;General Note:  Throughout this campaign, if your elves need to make a stand and you have a choice of options, choose the one that will put most of them in the woods.  Not only will this give you the best chance of survival, it will ensure that the AI playing your allies will do useful things.  This matters a lot, because many of the scenarios in this campaign involve allies you cannot control whose death results in your defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategical Note: This is a long campaign where you play elves. So take a look at the top level units: There are two units capable of flight! One of them is a curing healer +8, the other one is level 4. Both of them can do magic, and both of them can slow their enemies! If you can team up two shydes and two sylphs, you get a magically hard hitting, regenerating, slowing air force that can ZoC-lock an enemy. As if that wasn't enough, late in the campaign you'll lose access to most of your veteran troops, but not your sylphs and shydes. So it really pays to level shamans. However, they are not recruitable during the first four scenarios (since version 1.9.x) --you will still have enough opportunity to level them up, but it requires some effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loyal troops are even more valuable in this campaign than in most others, partially because they get three traits, but mainly because you'll get to keep them when your other troops are unavailable. With that in mind, you should strongly consider leveling one (or both!) of your loyal fighters into a marshal. His leadership skills will prove invaluable when you are stuck with a level 1 army. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Uprooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill any of the orc leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/17/14 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like the first scenario in Heir to the Throne, this scenario begins with the hero in a forest with enemies preparing to close in on all sides. You might want to simply run away (and previously you could), but you have to kill one enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The keep directly to the east is one option. If you keep most of his stronghold hexes plugged up with your units or your enemy's, then he will not be able to spend all his gold before you kill the leader, possibly when he dives in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good alternative is going southwest, as this puts the maximum distance between you and the troops of the other orcish leaders, and only level 1 orcs will come from that corner. It also allows you to use the units of Velon more efficiently; they come under your control after they are first attacked by an orc. The villages will also become yours at that point, so you don't need to worry too much about them (except for healing, of course).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can only recruit fighters and archers. Use fighters to shield yourself and archers to kill the grunts (and warriors on hard.) Keep loyals and leaders safe - if only one unit shields them, remember that it can be killed by a single lucky L2 orc. If you manage to level up units choose captain for fighters and marksman for archers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hostile Mountains ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the troll leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing to do is get the dwarves to fight the trolls. The trolls will go to the east bank without any bait, just take care you don't lure them away or worse anger the dwarves yourself. Even after they fight with the trolls, do not go to the east bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruit fighters to die, archers to do damage. The trolls will tend to go for the fighters when given the option. If you don't have a captain yet, level up a fighter as soon as possible, and use his leadership on your archers. You will need marksmen to kill trolls on mountains, so keep your archers safe (well, at least on reasonable terrain). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not, under any circumstances, cross the river—if you do, Olurf will attack you, and the trolls will cut both you and the dwarves to pieces.  You can have units stand in the river if necessary to reach a particular unit, but since your enemies are more powerful than your units avoid doing so if you are likely to be counterattacked.  Instead, send out an archer or two (preferably ''quick'' ones) to grab the villages in the far northern reaches of the board while you move your troops onto the wooded island in the middle of the river, directly south of your keep.  From here, you can help the dwarves whittle down the trolls while you slowly wend your way southwest toward the troll keep.  The scenario will end if you succeed in killing the troll leader.  Note:  Olurf's death counts as a defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a reason the middle island has so much forest. The western bank of the river has a narrow swath of forest surrounded by mountains and hills. This is not ideal terrain for fighting trolls. Trolls move faster than elves on hills and mountains and have comparable defense. A much better idea is to try to occupy the middle island, forcing the trolls to attack from water. Chances are you'll only be able to claim the northern tip of the island at first, so half your army will spill over to the forest on the west bank. The dwarves help by putting units in water and doing other things to distract the trolls and draw fire away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is preferable to aim to kill the troll leader rather than get to the signpost as the experience is most important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ka'lian Under Attack ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive the initial attack with Galtrid, then defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 5/7/9 initially, then 35/30/25 extra (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take careful note of this map; you'll be fighting on it again later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first turns (original turn limit) you play the defenders of the Ka'lian. See all those Orcish Assassins in the water? Make sure they receive as much retaliation as possible when they poison your units (archers). As you can heal only 2 units per turn, make sure they can't poison your fresh recruits as well. Also, you can kill Assassins with some of your poisoned units, as long as they have still enough hitpoints. Distribute XP carefully; units heal upon level up; rarely is this more useful than in this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't just hit Ctrl-R to recruit; you have a massive keep so put your new units in the right place. Don't let the orcs in good defense terrain and you should be fine. Use Galtrids leadership carefully by moving him multiple times per turn to support different areas of the castle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz arrives, the orcs just pile up in the northwestern corner ''if'' you defended the Ka'lian well. Control the map, by trapping and killing the village stealing wolf riders, heal your poisoned Ka'lian defenders and let them do some work. Close in carefully - it will be very hard avoiding casualties, but when the time comes, let them be L1 fighters and not your L2. You can level a number of units, but don't wait too long, because you will need gold for the next scenario. (250+ carryover)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The behaviour of the orcs will depend directly on your ability to hold out the invasion of your fortress. If you manage to repel somewhat successfully their initial attack, the orcs will assume a defensive stance for the second part of the battle (usually triggered when Kalenz arrives). If, on the other hand, the orcs have a more successful start, they then become more aggressive and the battle becomes much more lively on the second part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A special feature of this particular scenario --something not very common in a campaign-- is that you will control two armies simultaneously after Kalenz' arrival. You start by assuming the role of Galtrid, and later Kalenz joins the party, at which time you will switch between your two roles. However, you won't control Galtrid's army anymore in the future, so don't grow too attached to it and remember that they are expendable here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Elvish Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to play this scenario. The most straightforward solution is to send your army en masse to the keep in the northwest first; that's where Cleodil (an Elvish Shyde) is. Then turn east to take out the other saurian. Recruit plenty of fighters, use leadership to full extent and try to heal by level up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is alternatively possible to kill the eastern leader with rangers/avengers, the AI will completely ignore them once they are in the woods again. This allows to play more defensively in the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When fighting the saurians, there are three things to remember:  1) Don't send out isolated units, because they'll be swarmed and killed; 2) Try to keep the saurians on bad terrain 3) watch the day/night cycle (it doesn't affect your elves, but the saurians are significantly weaker by day and you can turn that fact to great advantage). Kill the Augurs as soon as possible with your fighter line. The skirmishers have a lot of movement points; make sure that wounded units are safe or meant to be sacrificed. In general, take your time to experiment and figure out what works best on your strategy against saurians, as you'll be seeing many more of them in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Along with Cleodil, one fighter and one archer (2 on ''easy'') will be freed from their prison. All of them become loyal to your cause, so by the end of this scenario you'll have a small loyal army on your hands. Protect them well and plan carefully how you are going to level them up, since they will become the core of your troops from now on until the very end (although you will be occasionally separated from them).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's a couple of things worth noting regarding Cleodil: one is that she has a special ability labeled ''elates Kalenz'' which works basically like leadership, but only works on Kalenz. What this means is that from now on it's a good idea to keep those two close to each other in the battle field. The other one is that she can recruit shamans and woses. You may try it out in this scenario, in the small keep to the north. This works out nicely if your strategy for this scenario is to concentrate on the northwestern enemy first. With a little effort, you can free Cleodil relatively quickly, and then her recruits can be very helpful for the rest of the battle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Saurian Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/20/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With Cleodil on your side now, you may finally recruit shamans, as well as woses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much trickier than the last one because here you have to fight the saurians on terrain that's hostile to your elves (desert and swamp). Try to confront them on favorable terrain and form a defensive line (against skirmishers) each turn. Woses are very effective against saurians, and the ''slows'' attribute of shamans' ranged attacks limits the damage potential and mobility of skirmishers. Kill the southern leader first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you've dealt with the southern leader and the treasury (the single saurian sitting on a village and not moving) you can either take an Elvish Scout to the treasury to pick up the gold and return it to the sign post (you will have only have the movement points after taking up the treasure) or just go kill the northern leader. Killing the leader is preferable. You'll get XP and any loss in gold from early finish is dwarfed by the 1800 gold you get for beating the level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep an eye on the turn limit. The enemy leaders are easily lured out with a scout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acquaintance in Need ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another troll leader to kill, so it is an XP opportunity, like for your shamans. For recruiting, you need to make sure that you neither overrecruit nor underrecruit. With too few units, you will take too long to finish your enemies (as always), while too many units won't help you in the fight, and you will need the money!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start with the green enemy, who is the closest one to you. The dwarves, who are your allies for this scenario, should provide substantial help in doing so. While you finish off the first orc, you should start sending a fair amount of relatively unexperienced archers/shamans west to take on the troll. Then move north over the mountains in a broad line to take out the orcs. A broad front line will help you to quickly overrun the orcs and allow you to finish in good time. Of course, you need sufficient numbers to do this without overstretching yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dwarves will get a lot of kills/occupy the enemy quite a bit. Their high mountain defense and mobility ensure this. You may need to resign yourself to softening the orcs up and letting the dwarves get the kills.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this scenario you'll be able to ask Olurf to move to a specific location inside the map (using right-click), which may be useful in case you want his help in some particularly tight spot. This is one of the ways in which you can control the behaviour of your allies (you'll see another in the next scenario). Notice, however, that this command only applies to Olurf himself, and his troops will continue to move freely as they please, often taking experience away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the end of the scenario, you will end up &amp;quot;hiring&amp;quot; Olurf --paying him 400 gold-- but if you've been careful with your finances, you probably won't miss that amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elves' Last Stand ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives:&lt;br /&gt;
** Defeat all of the enemy leaders ''and''&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Own the field,&amp;quot; which means having more than 25 units while the enemy has under 15.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as in Kal'ian Under Attack, but with many more enemies. You'll be facing vast numbers of trolls, orcs, and naga.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario formerly had AI-controlled allies that you could &amp;quot;instruct&amp;quot; in various ways, probably unsuccessfully, but by 1.11.* it has been changed so that you have direct control of allied forces, alternating with yours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For recruitment, spamming Fighters and Archers is essential. Supplement them with Elder Woses or just plain Woses. You'll be facing the poison of Assassins, Slayers, and Water Serpents as well the damage of L2 and L3 Trolls, so recall as many healers as you have, plus a lot of Shamans. Mix some in with your ally's forces, since he has no Shaman line units. Finish your recruitment by recalling with whatever L3 units you have.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that you have control of your allies, it makes most sense to let him have all the villages. Have your ally recruit a couple of Elf Scouts to keep reflagging villages after you use them for healing or the enemy captures them. It's literally impossible for you or your ally to have gold carryover from this scenario, so spend it or lose it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To save Eradion (your elf ally to the west), you likely either need to evacuate him to the Ka'lian or send reinforcements from the Ka'lian to him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to keep control the Ka'lian, you'll need to maintain considerable forces there. However, this island fortress is not much of a defense against the droves of Water Serpents and L1, L2 and maybe L3 Naga headed its way. They get 60% defense in water, so your moat is like a fortress for them. Therefore, abandoning the Ka'lian after your initial recruiting is an option to consider. Fortunately, there is good terrain (forest) to the west and north/northeast of the Ka'lian. Note that if you avoid waterfront hexes, the Water Serpents will crawl onto land, where they are much easier to kill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good tactics are essential. Don't get sloppy about formation and protecting the wounded. Maintain mostly straight lines early on. Try to keep loyals and criticals ''off'' the front line, especially at night versus trolls. If you're careful, you can use the heavy fighting to level units. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Much to your relief, Olurf will show up on turn 12. (Or not, as sometimes happened in 1.11.*, despite having paid him 400 gold the previous scenario. If he does not show on turn 12, it is still possible to win. 700 starting gold is sufficient. Try abandoning the Ka'lian, sending your ally west and your main army to the forest northeast of the Ka'lian. Good luck!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council of Hard Choices ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bounty Hunters ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz across the river&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only thing you gain from defeating the saurians is experience. Since you just left a lot of your troops at the Ka'lian, experience may be worth your effort. Nonetheless, if you are having trouble beating this level just run north as fast as you can. You should be able to cross the river with little trouble. You probably don't even need to recruit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to claim some experience, you can form a small army --gold will be the main limitation, since the considerable treasure you had was left on Ka'lian in the previous scenario-- and then either split it into two fronts, or take it all to one of the saurian keeps first if you don't feel comfortable splitting such a small army. If you do split it, send a dwarf-heavy squad to the left (closer mountains) and an elf-heavy one to the right (more forest).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enemy recruits some relatively low HP level 2s and 3s. You can level units quickly after killing a couple of Saurian Oracles. Of course those Oracles have strong magical attacks (especially at night) negating your high defense. Luckily for you the battles start during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Focus on killing the Oracles and Augurs first. They are easy to kill and do a lot of damage. Instead of throwing 3 or 4 units at a level 3 Flanker, just slow it and rack up kills. Try and kill as many units as you can before nightfall, when the attacks become much more ferocious.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The battles will be on high defense terrain, so they will go slowly. If you recruit more than one keepful Kalenz will have a much tougher time crossing the river.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if you already have good units that don't need a lot of extra experience, it might be better to aim for an early finish, in order to amass a good gold reserve again. Gold will become very important by the time you reach the ''Human Alliance'' scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you reach the river, a few sea creatures will show up (water serpents and cuttle fish), but they are usually not much of a challenge. Make use of the small islands to get Kalenz across as quickly as possible. You may also try distracting the monsters with elvish scouts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Comment from Olafstar] If you are going straight to the north without defeating the saurians, it is best to recruit four full keeps (I used Elvish and Dwarvish scouts) on turn 1. Have the leaders start running at the end of turn 1. On turn 2, divide your recruits evenly and send one half to the left, the other half to the right to slow the saurians down, giving your leaders a much better chance of surviving the run. Be sure to move any surviving recruits to strategic hexes on turn 3,4, etc. in order to slow the saurians down as much as possible. The Saurians will catch up as you're crossing the river, but they probably won't kill you as long as you're careful enough while crossing, especially since at least a few of the saurians will focus on killing any remaining sea monsters before worrying about your leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, as of 1.10.7 on easy, the saurian leaders do not recruit level 3s. It is a mixture of level 1 and level 2. One of the leaders is level 3, but that's it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cliffs of Thoria ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three tricky elements about this one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, you have to climb to your destination (the signpost at the top northeast corner of the map) over high mountains, so the going will be very slow for your elves; watch the turn clock carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the &amp;quot;fog of war&amp;quot; applies so you won't know much about your enemies until you actually bump into them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, among your enemies you will find level 4 Yetis (which pack quite a punch), and Gryphons (which move very quickly through any terrain). Keep your shamans ready to slow Yetis before you attack them with other units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may try splitting your forces, sending one group west.  The other group, with Kalenz, goes directly north, deals with the nearest enemy, and continues to the signpost.  This group should be large enough that you can peel off 4-6 units once you get most of the way north to take out the enemy in the far northwestern keep.  Note:  dwarves do well in the mountains, but don't recruit a lot of ulfserkers, not even the second-level ones—they tend to take out the unit they attack but then are very vulnerable to attacks by other units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another strategy could be sending your full army northwest through the forest, using a quick unit to scout the way until you encounter the Yetis (there are 3 in total), and try to dispatch them quickly, before the trolls catch up with you from the east. Then send a few units to deal with the Gryphon leader on the northwest, while your main force goes east to fight the trolls, and Kalenz goes northeast to reach the sign post. If you want to gain as much XP as possible, move Kalenz ''near'' the signpost while you fight the remaining enemies. You can win the scenario by defeating the leaders, but if things get too hairy, you can always finish by moving Kalenz to its destination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Battle of the Book ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Aquagar the drake wizard&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Crelanu or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/34/38 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The drakes, commanded by Aquagar (the foe you have to defeat) are at the northwest corner, while a keep of trolls is located at the northeast. Crelanu, the wise mage you came here for, is by the lake. You can send a quick unit (e.g. Cleodil) towards that keep in the middle of the map to trigger the dialogue with Crelanu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may try splitting your forces, sending half of your troops east along the road first to Crelanu's keep to save him and kill the troll leader (whose keep is close by). Take the remaining troops west to kill the drake leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it will take some time for the trolls to reach Crelanu, so you may try focusing all your power towards Aquagar to finish him as quickly as possible, and then Crelanu won't need any assistance. If you go for killing Aquagar quickly, you might manage with just a few units, so you can save some gold by not over-recruiting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Be careful about using archers, since some of the drakes breathe fire and do more damage that way than your units can with their arrows.  A good mix of impact and ranged fighters is essential.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''For 1.9.x'''&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, you only have to kill Aquagar. So you just focus attacking the drakes. Send some Steelclads, Pathfinders to aid Crelanu. Marksmen, Rangers, Druids, Thunderguards, Stalwarts are extremely useful here. I killed Aquagar by turn 5. ~~Knyghtmare.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Revelations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News from the Front ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Human Alliance ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive until the end of turns&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Aldar (the human leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 18/20/22 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is the unofficial final, the following scenarios are pretty much a sequel, and easier too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enemy is in three places: the northwest, the northeast (trolls) and the southwest. The northeast trolls will not receive reinforcements, so you should concentrate on eliminating their army first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most challenging aspect of this scenario is that your army has to do three things practically simultaneously: contain the northwest orcs (this is not that hard due to favorable terrain), aid your human allies to the south, and eliminate the trolls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trolls should be pretty easy to kill. Their leader doesn't have much money, so there will not be many trolls to face. Slowing with some shaman and using the forest (and mountain tiles for placing your dwarves) to your benefit leads to a quick victory. Afterwards, send the units to reinforce your other two fronts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your allies can hold their own against the first wave of southern attackers but after that they'll be toast. A much better course of action is to team up with them and crush the first wave. When the reinforcements come you should be in a good position to defeat the orcs (especially with your victorious anti-troll army coming to help).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The northwest orcs are numerous but should be kept in check by strong units in the bottlenecks. You'll need some tanks (Champions/Marshals or Steelclads) and healers. When the orc reinforcements arrive you may get swarmed. By this time you should have some help coming from your anti-troll army.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first wave of reinforcements for the orcs will arrive by the end of turn 5. The second wave will come at turn 12. By the end of the battle, the number of orcs will be overwhelming, and the action will take quite some time between turns. By the second half of the battle your complete focus should probably be on protecting your ally general, who by then will be out of money, occasionally recruiting one or two fodder units, and will remain immovable on his castle keep.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On turn 9, some of the elves you had left on Ka'lian will make a come back (including your loyals!). However, they will show up a little to the west of the keep where you start this scenario. It is a strange location for them to show up, and by that point of the battle it will probably be surrounded by enemies, so keeping these reinforcements alive may be very challenging if you don't have at least some of your forces making a stand near that location. If you can save just some of them, aim for the loyal units, and sacrifice the others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should spend all your gold upfront --there is no much point in saving it for later. You may want to recruit a scout or two at the beginning, if you think the investment will be profitable. They can capture a village almost every turn. Don't bother leaving villages for your ally. The money is better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Treaty ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Chief Must Die ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill the orc chief then return to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/32/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz and Landar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You get no keep, and no chance to recruit, in this one.  The only units you have are Kalenz and Landar, and their only task is to assassinate the Orc Sovereign (in the middle) and then return to the signpost at the southwestern corner of the map.  Your units will have special attributes (invisible, 80% dodge) for this scenario only that will make this fairly easy, particularly if you have managed to get Landar to level 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz takes the potion he changes into an Elvish Lord (as you might remember him if you have played [[HeirToTheThrone|HttT]]). He will now possess an arcane-magical attack, which proves very useful against many enemies. You should easily be able to get him to level up during this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should have plenty of turns. The only units that will attack you are the Wolf Rider line. They don't pose much threat thanks to Landar's bow and your 80% dodge. Go to the orc leader, kill him and return to the signpost. There is no point in grabbing villages as you get no income from them. There is also no point in finishing early so go ahead and level Kalenz.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Breaking the Siege ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Uradredia (the elf leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stick to recruiting units with lots of mobility, since the map is large and mostly snow-covered, hampering most of your unit types (don't even bother to recruit dwarves—they won't get to the scene of the action in time to strike any blows). Sylphs and Shydes are best, of course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is essential that you reach your ally quickly. Otherwise he might be dead before you even see him. Despite the fact that fog of war is turned on for this scenario, it's pretty simple to figure out from the geography which keep belongs to your ally (the one in the middle of the forest). You will want to finish this level quickly or/and to grab as soon as possible all the villages to have lots of gold for the next scenario (on medium you'll probably want at least 500 gold). Send some fast units north to keep your ally alive and send the rest straight west. The western units can sweep up after taking out the southern orc boss. A few of Direwolf Riders come as reinforcements when you get to close to the southern orc, so be careful. Alternatively just send everyone north and fan out from there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With good units this level shouldn't be tough to beat. Just make sure you beat it in good standing for the next scenario. At this point, this campaign becomes a very good example of why keeping your loyal units alive is very much worth it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hour of Glory ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Costly Revenge ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy units and destroy all enemy villages&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/35/30 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
* Other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as The Saurian Treasury, but with most of the terrain snow-covered. Since you're fighting the saurians again, most of the advice from that scenario still applies. Mobility is not a great issue, even though one of the enemy keeps is near the top northeastern corner of the map, because by the time you can dispose of your southern enemy he will have already sent most of his troops south after you. Numbers are an issue, however. So, whatever you do, do not underrecruit! (You don't need more than minimal gold in the next recruiting scenario.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best place to make a stand is probably near the patch of forest in the middle (high casualty approach) or the forest with the big ice plain in front of it (low casualty approach). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to put units in the swamp to keep the saurians out of there. The only poor-defense terrain for the saurians is the ice, so keep them on it. The Oracles/Soothsayers will use their ranged attack on your melee units and the Skirmishers/Flankers will use their melee attack on your archers. You will take heavy losses but this is actually good (more on that in a second).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like to send Kalenz and a couple of fast units (Scouts/Riders) along the northern forest and then have them cut across the top of the map. This accomplishes three things: one, you torch some out of the way villages; two, you can distract the northern saurians long enough to keep your main force (in the middle of the map) in control; three, you can move them over to kill the northern leader at the end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a weird twist to this level. After this the elvish civil war breaks out. All your units except loyal ones and scouts defect and serve Landar. So, see that Elvish Champion racking up the kills? Next time he's in battle he will be killing ''your'' units. After the tide of the battle has turned try and get the non-loyal high level units killed (attack those last two Oracles with ranged attack, etc).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enough gold your main worries will be getting to the villages in time (scouts come in handy), getting to the northern leader in time and leaving as few good units for the civil war as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Low casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.10.1 (hard): It is not necessary to get your units killed consciously and this scenario is possible with fairly low gold (220 gold for me) by recruiting mainly veterans and exploiting the horrible saurian movement / defence on ice (low casualty approach). As the turn limit isn't very long, it is useful to send some rangers/avengers behind the saurian lines to start burning villages, as soon as they hide in a forest they are invisible to the AI. Constantly check the turn clock, and be as aggresive as possible during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council Ruling == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elvish Assassins ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/16/12 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's no need to recruit - Kalenz can make it to the signpost with just the units you're given.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You might feel tempted to take this scenario as an opportunity to level up some new recruits from scratch, but this may not be a good idea. After a few turns, one of your elf allies (chosen at random) will turn against you, making the battle unpredictable and risky, for not a lot of gain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's just a couple of extra scenarios left in this campaign, and if you feel like leveling up units for the final battle, it's better to do it in the next scenario, where you can recall Cleodil's troops again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Northern Battle ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders or survive for six days&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Cleodil or Uradredia dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as Breaking the Siege, but since it's not winter, most of the board is grassland and woods, and much easier for your elves to fight on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Landar, now one of your enemies, will be in the far southwest, while another enemy elf has a keep a little to the north from yours. Approximately two thirds of your non-loyal veterans, chosen at random, will go with Landar, while the remaining third will go with Uradredia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have been building a formidable &amp;quot;air force&amp;quot; (shaman line) you can beat this level very easily. Moreover, the objective description is not very faithful, since you don't really have to kill all enemy leaders. It suffices to move any of your units adjacent to Landar. This makes this scenario quite easy to beat. If you still have Huraldur (your loyal quick elvish rider) on your side and you have leveled him up, you can take him straight to Landar's keep, and --thanks to the vulnerable design of Landar's keep-- place him next to Landar by turn 3, finishing the scenario with a huge gold reward. Alternatively, you may try a similar strategy with a group of new scout recruits or other quick units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, you can take the opportunity to level up a few recruits. Particularly, now could be a good time to level up any shamans/woses from Cleodil's old recall list to their maximum. Keep in mind that you need to put Cleodil in the ''Encampment Keep'' tile so you can recall those units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of Landar's betrayal and the loss of most of your veterans, you will be working mostly with first level units. Consequently, don't try to take on either enemy on the naked grasslands where their keeps lie; recruit as much as you can, then head for your ally's keep in the north central region of the board, taking as many villages during the process as possible. If you need to, make a stand in and about your ally's keep, though depending upon how well you delay Crintil's army you may be able to pick off your enemy a few at a time in the forest long enough to survive until the end of the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Playing this scenario patiently has a nice side-effect: by killing Landar's strong veterans here, they won't be available to him in the final battle. As a consequence, if you completely wipe up his army now, he'll be stuck with just fresh level-1 and level-2 elves to recruit by then (unless you're playing on ''hard'' difficulty). Also, all of Uradredia's units will become yours, so if you have the chance to save some of his veterans in this scenario, it's worth doing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[On version 1.8.2, all my levelled shaman-line had also disappeared - some for my ally, other for Landar. I could only recruit some shaman about to level. And some of my warriors had gone to my ally, not to Landar. With only first level units, killing the south-east level at turn 2 or 3 is not possible... but you can still buy some second-level warriors who will do the job. After that, most of Landar's units will go toward your ally's keep, which makes you able to reach Landar and end the scenario. Careful, he will be able to deal a final blow to the unit who assaulted him ! ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have some experienced woses (highly resistant against pierce damage!), you can as well crush all the traitors frontally - as long as you engage them outside the forest - for an early finish and large bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== End of War ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Landar&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/21/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A relatively short and simple battle, considering this is the final scenario. Recall/recruit all worthy veterans, and don't worry about gold or grabbing villages. If you've made it this far, surely you have the necessary strategic/tactical skills necessary to deal with Landar's army. Now is the time to try risky ideas; this is the last stop for you and your army, so give them the chance to act heroically on the battle field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A straightforward strategy involves recalling any remaining veteran troops, then recruiting an army of level 1 elves. Form up your line of battle at the edge of the forest to maximize the difference in defense (70% vs. 40%, while trying to hold the shore is only 40% vs. 20%).  The forest defense bonus also means that your level 1 troops stand a good chace of surviving at least one round of two level 2 attacks (which they are unlikely to survive on open ground). If any enemy elves make it into the forest the best approach is to use magic attacks to smoke them out (a slyph works wonders). Once Landar's army has been dealt with, sweep your troops down to the enemy keep to deliver the coup de grace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[version 1.8.2 : on medium, you can just buy loads of level 1 warriors, and keep - most of the time - in the woods. Landar start with about the same money as you do, but doing this, you just suffocate him under numbers.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again experienced woses dominate your enemies outside of forests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Epilogue ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55237</id>
		<title>LegendofWesmere</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55237"/>
		<updated>2014-06-21T09:32:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* Acquaintance in Need */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;General Note:  Throughout this campaign, if your elves need to make a stand and you have a choice of options, choose the one that will put most of them in the woods.  Not only will this give you the best chance of survival, it will ensure that the AI playing your allies will do useful things.  This matters a lot, because many of the scenarios in this campaign involve allies you cannot control whose death results in your defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategical Note: This is a long campaign where you play elves. So take a look at the top level units: There are two units capable of flight! One of them is a curing healer +8, the other one is level 4. Both of them can do magic, and both of them can slow their enemies! If you can team up two shydes and two sylphs, you get a magically hard hitting, regenerating, slowing air force that can ZoC-lock an enemy. As if that wasn't enough, late in the campaign you'll lose access to most of your veteran troops, but not your sylphs and shydes. So it really pays to level shamans. However, they are not recruitable during the first four scenarios (since version 1.9.x) --you will still have enough opportunity to level them up, but it requires some effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loyal troops are even more valuable in this campaign than in most others, partially because they get three traits, but mainly because you'll get to keep them when your other troops are unavailable. With that in mind, you should strongly consider leveling one (or both!) of your loyal fighters into a marshal. His leadership skills will prove invaluable when you are stuck with a level 1 army. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Uprooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill any of the orc leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/17/14 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like the first scenario in Heir to the Throne, this scenario begins with the hero in a forest with enemies preparing to close in on all sides. You might want to simply run away (and previously you could), but you have to kill one enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The keep directly to the east is one option. If you keep most of his stronghold hexes plugged up with your units or your enemy's, then he will not be able to spend all his gold before you kill the leader, possibly when he dives in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good alternative is going southwest, as this puts the maximum distance between you and the troops of the other orcish leaders, and only level 1 orcs will come from that corner. It also allows you to use the units of Velon more efficiently; they come under your control after they are first attacked by an orc. The villages will also become yours at that point, so you don't need to worry too much about them (except for healing, of course).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can only recruit fighters and archers. Use fighters to shield yourself and archers to kill the grunts (and warriors on hard.) Keep loyals and leaders safe - if only one unit shields them, remember that it can be killed by a single lucky L2 orc. If you manage to level up units choose captain for fighters and marksman for archers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hostile Mountains ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the troll leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing to do is get the dwarves to fight the trolls. The trolls will go to the east bank without any bait, just take care you don't lure them away or worse anger the dwarves yourself. Even after they fight with the trolls, do not go to the east bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruit fighters to die, archers to do damage. The trolls will tend to go for the fighters when given the option. If you don't have a captain yet, level up a fighter as soon as possible, and use his leadership on your archers. You will need marksmen to kill trolls on mountains, so keep your archers safe (well, at least on reasonable terrain). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not, under any circumstances, cross the river—if you do, Olurf will attack you, and the trolls will cut both you and the dwarves to pieces.  You can have units stand in the river if necessary to reach a particular unit, but since your enemies are more powerful than your units avoid doing so if you are likely to be counterattacked.  Instead, send out an archer or two (preferably ''quick'' ones) to grab the villages in the far northern reaches of the board while you move your troops onto the wooded island in the middle of the river, directly south of your keep.  From here, you can help the dwarves whittle down the trolls while you slowly wend your way southwest toward the troll keep.  The scenario will end if you succeed in killing the troll leader.  Note:  Olurf's death counts as a defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a reason the middle island has so much forest. The western bank of the river has a narrow swath of forest surrounded by mountains and hills. This is not ideal terrain for fighting trolls. Trolls move faster than elves on hills and mountains and have comparable defense. A much better idea is to try to occupy the middle island, forcing the trolls to attack from water. Chances are you'll only be able to claim the northern tip of the island at first, so half your army will spill over to the forest on the west bank. The dwarves help by putting units in water and doing other things to distract the trolls and draw fire away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is preferable to aim to kill the troll leader rather than get to the signpost as the experience is most important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ka'lian Under Attack ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive the initial attack with Galtrid, then defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 5/7/9 initially, then 35/30/25 extra (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take careful note of this map; you'll be fighting on it again later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first turns (original turn limit) you play the defenders of the Ka'lian. See all those Orcish Assassins in the water? Make sure they receive as much retaliation as possible when they poison your units (archers). As you can heal only 2 units per turn, make sure they can't poison your fresh recruits as well. Also, you can kill Assassins with some of your poisoned units, as long as they have still enough hitpoints. Distribute XP carefully; units heal upon level up; rarely is this more useful than in this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't just hit Ctrl-R to recruit; you have a massive keep so put your new units in the right place. Don't let the orcs in good defense terrain and you should be fine. Use Galtrids leadership carefully by moving him multiple times per turn to support different areas of the castle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz arrives, the orcs just pile up in the northwestern corner ''if'' you defended the Ka'lian well. Control the map, by trapping and killing the village stealing wolf riders, heal your poisoned Ka'lian defenders and let them do some work. Close in carefully - it will be very hard avoiding casualties, but when the time comes, let them be L1 fighters and not your L2. You can level a number of units, but don't wait too long, because you will need gold for the next scenario. (250+ carryover)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The behaviour of the orcs will depend directly on your ability to hold out the invasion of your fortress. If you manage to repel somewhat successfully their initial attack, the orcs will assume a defensive stance for the second part of the battle (usually triggered when Kalenz arrives). If, on the other hand, the orcs have a more successful start, they then become more aggressive and the battle becomes much more lively on the second part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A special feature of this particular scenario --something not very common in a campaign-- is that you will control two armies simultaneously after Kalenz' arrival. You start by assuming the role of Galtrid, and later Kalenz joins the party, at which time you will switch between your two roles. However, you won't control Galtrid's army anymore in the future, so don't grow too attached to it and remember that they are expendable here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Elvish Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to play this scenario. The most straightforward solution is to send your army en masse to the keep in the northwest first; that's where Cleodil (an Elvish Shyde) is. Then turn east to take out the other saurian. Recruit plenty of fighters, use leadership to full extent and try to heal by level up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is alternatively possible to kill the eastern leader with rangers/avengers, the AI will completely ignore them once they are in the woods again. This allows to play more defensively in the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When fighting the saurians, there are three things to remember:  1) Don't send out isolated units, because they'll be swarmed and killed; 2) Try to keep the saurians on bad terrain 3) watch the day/night cycle (it doesn't affect your elves, but the saurians are significantly weaker by day and you can turn that fact to great advantage). Kill the Augurs as soon as possible with your fighter line. The skirmishers have a lot of movement points; make sure that wounded units are safe or meant to be sacrificed. In general, take your time to experiment and figure out what works best on your strategy against saurians, as you'll be seeing many more of them in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Along with Cleodil, one fighter and one archer (2 on ''easy'') will be freed from their prison. All of them become loyal to your cause, so by the end of this scenario you'll have a small loyal army on your hands. Protect them well and plan carefully how you are going to level them up, since they will become the core of your troops from now on until the very end (although you will be occasionally separated from them).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's a couple of things worth noting regarding Cleodil: one is that she has a special ability labeled ''elates Kalenz'' which works basically like leadership, but only works on Kalenz. What this means is that from now on it's a good idea to keep those two close to each other in the battle field. The other one is that she can recruit shamans and woses. You may try it out in this scenario, in the small keep to the north. This works out nicely if your strategy for this scenario is to concentrate on the northwestern enemy first. With a little effort, you can free Cleodil relatively quickly, and then her recruits can be very helpful for the rest of the battle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Saurian Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/20/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With Cleodil on your side now, you may finally recruit shamans, as well as woses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much trickier than the last one because here you have to fight the saurians on terrain that's hostile to your elves (desert and swamp). Try to confront them on favorable terrain and form a defensive line (against skirmishers) each turn. Woses are very effective against saurians, and the ''slows'' attribute of shamans' ranged attacks limits the damage potential and mobility of skirmishers. Kill the southern leader first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you've dealt with the southern leader and the treasury (the single saurian sitting on a village and not moving) you can either take an Elvish Scout to the treasury to pick up the gold and return it to the sign post (you will have only have the movement points after taking up the treasure) or just go kill the northern leader. Killing the leader is preferable. You'll get XP and any loss in gold from early finish is dwarfed by the 1800 gold you get for beating the level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep an eye on the turn limit. The enemy leaders are easily lured out with a scout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acquaintance in Need ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another troll leader to kill, so it is an XP opportunity, like for your shamans. For recruiting, you need to make sure that you neither overrecruit nor underrecruit. With too few units, you will take too long to finish your enemies (as always), while too many units won't help you in the fight, and you will need the money!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start with the green enemy, who is the closest one to you. The dwarves, who are your allies for this scenario, should provide substantial help in doing so. While you finish off the first orc, you should start sending a fair amount of relatively unexperienced archers/shamans west to take on the troll. Then move north over the mountains in a broad line to take out the orcs. A broad front line will help you to quickly overrun the orcs and allow you to finish in good time. Of course, you need sufficient numbers to do this without overstretching yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dwarves will get a lot of kills/occupy the enemy quite a bit. Their high mountain defense and mobility ensure this. You may need to resign yourself to softening the orcs up and letting the dwarves get the kills.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this scenario you'll be able to ask Olurf to move to a specific location inside the map (using right-click), which may be useful in case you want his help in some particularly tight spot. This is one of the ways in which you can control the behaviour of your allies (you'll see another in the next scenario). Notice, however, that this command only applies to Olurf himself, and his troops will continue to move freely as they please, often taking experience away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the end of the scenario, you will end up &amp;quot;hiring&amp;quot; Olurf --paying him 400 gold-- but if you've been careful with your finances, you probably won't miss that amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elves' Last Stand ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all of the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[NOTE:  This scenario gives you the option of choosing to give orders to the AI that controls your allies.  Because of bug issues, I ended up playing the scenario through without using this option.  The advice that follows is for playing the scenario with the AI making automatic choices.--cathyr19355]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as in Kal'ian Under Attack, but with many more enemies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Avoid focusing too much on the troll keep for the first few turns. If you do this, Galdrid will probably be left without much assistance inside Ka'lian, and by turn 5-6 it will probably be too late. Instead, focus on moving your army to Ka'lian as quickly as possible and continue the battle from there. Fortunately, the terrain will help you repel the trolls and orcs coming from the north and west while you move the bulk of your army.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you're careful, you can use the heavy fighting to level units.  As you kill off the aforementioned trolls and orcs, move the main body of your army south through the Kal'ian to Grubr's keep, then west and north again to kill the remaining enemies.  Meanwhile, recruit/recall a bunch of riders and other fast-moving units, send them directly south of your keep to grab the villages on the eastern side of the board; if they make it far enough south, you can aim them at Grubr's keep to take some of the pressure off the Kal'ian.  Even though you have a lot of gold and can recruit a lot of units, your enemies are numerous, and the reinforcements won't show up until the third day, so don't get sloppy about formation and protecting the wounded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Olurf will show up on turn 12 and you'll have to choose whether to place him on the northeast, or the northwest corner. Since dwarves are quite comfortable on mountains, a good choice is the northeast corner, from which you can guide him and his troops to finish off the troll leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to save Eradion (your elf ally on the southwest), order him to move inside Ka'lian from the first turn. Otherwise, he will probably end up being caught in the fire and experiencing a not very heroic death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note for directing the AI:&lt;br /&gt;
I tried to get both my allies to swarm the sourthern orc, they should be able to defeat him, but unfortunately the AI does not really listen to this kind of order (bug?), so once I had the trolls under control I send a select few units south through Kal'ian to help mop up the remaining orcs there. This should leave you enough time to concentrate on the nothern battle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Comment by ElComandante]: There is another victory condition - &amp;quot;You must own the field and be capable of overwhelming your opponents.&amp;quot; This apparently means &amp;quot;own more than 25 units while keeping the opponents under 15&amp;quot;. Played on medium difficulty/1.11.6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council of Hard Choices ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bounty Hunters ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz across the river&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only thing you gain from defeating the saurians is experience. Since you just left a lot of your troops at the Ka'lian, experience may be worth your effort. Nonetheless, if you are having trouble beating this level just run north as fast as you can. You should be able to cross the river with little trouble. You probably don't even need to recruit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to claim some experience, you can form a small army --gold will be the main limitation, since the considerable treasure you had was left on Ka'lian in the previous scenario-- and then either split it into two fronts, or take it all to one of the saurian keeps first if you don't feel comfortable splitting such a small army. If you do split it, send a dwarf-heavy squad to the left (closer mountains) and an elf-heavy one to the right (more forest).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enemy recruits some relatively low HP level 2s and 3s. You can level units quickly after killing a couple of Saurian Oracles. Of course those Oracles have strong magical attacks (especially at night) negating your high defense. Luckily for you the battles start during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Focus on killing the Oracles and Augurs first. They are easy to kill and do a lot of damage. Instead of throwing 3 or 4 units at a level 3 Flanker, just slow it and rack up kills. Try and kill as many units as you can before nightfall, when the attacks become much more ferocious.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The battles will be on high defense terrain, so they will go slowly. If you recruit more than one keepful Kalenz will have a much tougher time crossing the river.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if you already have good units that don't need a lot of extra experience, it might be better to aim for an early finish, in order to amass a good gold reserve again. Gold will become very important by the time you reach the ''Human Alliance'' scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you reach the river, a few sea creatures will show up (water serpents and cuttle fish), but they are usually not much of a challenge. Make use of the small islands to get Kalenz across as quickly as possible. You may also try distracting the monsters with elvish scouts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Comment from Olafstar] If you are going straight to the north without defeating the saurians, it is best to recruit four full keeps (I used Elvish and Dwarvish scouts) on turn 1. Have the leaders start running at the end of turn 1. On turn 2, divide your recruits evenly and send one half to the left, the other half to the right to slow the saurians down, giving your leaders a much better chance of surviving the run. Be sure to move any surviving recruits to strategic hexes on turn 3,4, etc. in order to slow the saurians down as much as possible. The Saurians will catch up as you're crossing the river, but they probably won't kill you as long as you're careful enough while crossing, especially since at least a few of the saurians will focus on killing any remaining sea monsters before worrying about your leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, as of 1.10.7 on easy, the saurian leaders do not recruit level 3s. It is a mixture of level 1 and level 2. One of the leaders is level 3, but that's it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cliffs of Thoria ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three tricky elements about this one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, you have to climb to your destination (the signpost at the top northeast corner of the map) over high mountains, so the going will be very slow for your elves; watch the turn clock carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the &amp;quot;fog of war&amp;quot; applies so you won't know much about your enemies until you actually bump into them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, among your enemies you will find level 4 Yetis (which pack quite a punch), and Gryphons (which move very quickly through any terrain). Keep your shamans ready to slow Yetis before you attack them with other units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may try splitting your forces, sending one group west.  The other group, with Kalenz, goes directly north, deals with the nearest enemy, and continues to the signpost.  This group should be large enough that you can peel off 4-6 units once you get most of the way north to take out the enemy in the far northwestern keep.  Note:  dwarves do well in the mountains, but don't recruit a lot of ulfserkers, not even the second-level ones—they tend to take out the unit they attack but then are very vulnerable to attacks by other units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another strategy could be sending your full army northwest through the forest, using a quick unit to scout the way until you encounter the Yetis (there are 3 in total), and try to dispatch them quickly, before the trolls catch up with you from the east. Then send a few units to deal with the Gryphon leader on the northwest, while your main force goes east to fight the trolls, and Kalenz goes northeast to reach the sign post. If you want to gain as much XP as possible, move Kalenz ''near'' the signpost while you fight the remaining enemies. You can win the scenario by defeating the leaders, but if things get too hairy, you can always finish by moving Kalenz to its destination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Battle of the Book ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Aquagar the drake wizard&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Crelanu or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/34/38 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The drakes, commanded by Aquagar (the foe you have to defeat) are at the northwest corner, while a keep of trolls is located at the northeast. Crelanu, the wise mage you came here for, is by the lake. You can send a quick unit (e.g. Cleodil) towards that keep in the middle of the map to trigger the dialogue with Crelanu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may try splitting your forces, sending half of your troops east along the road first to Crelanu's keep to save him and kill the troll leader (whose keep is close by). Take the remaining troops west to kill the drake leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it will take some time for the trolls to reach Crelanu, so you may try focusing all your power towards Aquagar to finish him as quickly as possible, and then Crelanu won't need any assistance. If you go for killing Aquagar quickly, you might manage with just a few units, so you can save some gold by not over-recruiting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Be careful about using archers, since some of the drakes breathe fire and do more damage that way than your units can with their arrows.  A good mix of impact and ranged fighters is essential.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''For 1.9.x'''&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, you only have to kill Aquagar. So you just focus attacking the drakes. Send some Steelclads, Pathfinders to aid Crelanu. Marksmen, Rangers, Druids, Thunderguards, Stalwarts are extremely useful here. I killed Aquagar by turn 5. ~~Knyghtmare.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Revelations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News from the Front ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Human Alliance ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive until the end of turns&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Aldar (the human leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 18/20/22 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is the unofficial final, the following scenarios are pretty much a sequel, and easier too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enemy is in three places: the northwest, the northeast (trolls) and the southwest. The northeast trolls will not receive reinforcements, so you should concentrate on eliminating their army first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most challenging aspect of this scenario is that your army has to do three things practically simultaneously: contain the northwest orcs (this is not that hard due to favorable terrain), aid your human allies to the south, and eliminate the trolls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trolls should be pretty easy to kill. Their leader doesn't have much money, so there will not be many trolls to face. Slowing with some shaman and using the forest (and mountain tiles for placing your dwarves) to your benefit leads to a quick victory. Afterwards, send the units to reinforce your other two fronts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your allies can hold their own against the first wave of southern attackers but after that they'll be toast. A much better course of action is to team up with them and crush the first wave. When the reinforcements come you should be in a good position to defeat the orcs (especially with your victorious anti-troll army coming to help).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The northwest orcs are numerous but should be kept in check by strong units in the bottlenecks. You'll need some tanks (Champions/Marshals or Steelclads) and healers. When the orc reinforcements arrive you may get swarmed. By this time you should have some help coming from your anti-troll army.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first wave of reinforcements for the orcs will arrive by the end of turn 5. The second wave will come at turn 12. By the end of the battle, the number of orcs will be overwhelming, and the action will take quite some time between turns. By the second half of the battle your complete focus should probably be on protecting your ally general, who by then will be out of money, occasionally recruiting one or two fodder units, and will remain immovable on his castle keep.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On turn 9, some of the elves you had left on Ka'lian will make a come back (including your loyals!). However, they will show up a little to the west of the keep where you start this scenario. It is a strange location for them to show up, and by that point of the battle it will probably be surrounded by enemies, so keeping these reinforcements alive may be very challenging if you don't have at least some of your forces making a stand near that location. If you can save just some of them, aim for the loyal units, and sacrifice the others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should spend all your gold upfront --there is no much point in saving it for later. You may want to recruit a scout or two at the beginning, if you think the investment will be profitable. They can capture a village almost every turn. Don't bother leaving villages for your ally. The money is better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Treaty ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Chief Must Die ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill the orc chief then return to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/32/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz and Landar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You get no keep, and no chance to recruit, in this one.  The only units you have are Kalenz and Landar, and their only task is to assassinate the Orc Sovereign (in the middle) and then return to the signpost at the southwestern corner of the map.  Your units will have special attributes (invisible, 80% dodge) for this scenario only that will make this fairly easy, particularly if you have managed to get Landar to level 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz takes the potion he changes into an Elvish Lord (as you might remember him if you have played [[HeirToTheThrone|HttT]]). He will now possess an arcane-magical attack, which proves very useful against many enemies. You should easily be able to get him to level up during this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should have plenty of turns. The only units that will attack you are the Wolf Rider line. They don't pose much threat thanks to Landar's bow and your 80% dodge. Go to the orc leader, kill him and return to the signpost. There is no point in grabbing villages as you get no income from them. There is also no point in finishing early so go ahead and level Kalenz.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Breaking the Siege ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Uradredia (the elf leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stick to recruiting units with lots of mobility, since the map is large and mostly snow-covered, hampering most of your unit types (don't even bother to recruit dwarves—they won't get to the scene of the action in time to strike any blows). Sylphs and Shydes are best, of course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is essential that you reach your ally quickly. Otherwise he might be dead before you even see him. Despite the fact that fog of war is turned on for this scenario, it's pretty simple to figure out from the geography which keep belongs to your ally (the one in the middle of the forest). You will want to finish this level quickly or/and to grab as soon as possible all the villages to have lots of gold for the next scenario (on medium you'll probably want at least 500 gold). Send some fast units north to keep your ally alive and send the rest straight west. The western units can sweep up after taking out the southern orc boss. A few of Direwolf Riders come as reinforcements when you get to close to the southern orc, so be careful. Alternatively just send everyone north and fan out from there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With good units this level shouldn't be tough to beat. Just make sure you beat it in good standing for the next scenario. At this point, this campaign becomes a very good example of why keeping your loyal units alive is very much worth it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hour of Glory ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Costly Revenge ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy units and destroy all enemy villages&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/35/30 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
* Other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as The Saurian Treasury, but with most of the terrain snow-covered. Since you're fighting the saurians again, most of the advice from that scenario still applies. Mobility is not a great issue, even though one of the enemy keeps is near the top northeastern corner of the map, because by the time you can dispose of your southern enemy he will have already sent most of his troops south after you. Numbers are an issue, however. So, whatever you do, do not underrecruit! (You don't need more than minimal gold in the next recruiting scenario.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best place to make a stand is probably near the patch of forest in the middle (high casualty approach) or the forest with the big ice plain in front of it (low casualty approach). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to put units in the swamp to keep the saurians out of there. The only poor-defense terrain for the saurians is the ice, so keep them on it. The Oracles/Soothsayers will use their ranged attack on your melee units and the Skirmishers/Flankers will use their melee attack on your archers. You will take heavy losses but this is actually good (more on that in a second).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like to send Kalenz and a couple of fast units (Scouts/Riders) along the northern forest and then have them cut across the top of the map. This accomplishes three things: one, you torch some out of the way villages; two, you can distract the northern saurians long enough to keep your main force (in the middle of the map) in control; three, you can move them over to kill the northern leader at the end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a weird twist to this level. After this the elvish civil war breaks out. All your units except loyal ones and scouts defect and serve Landar. So, see that Elvish Champion racking up the kills? Next time he's in battle he will be killing ''your'' units. After the tide of the battle has turned try and get the non-loyal high level units killed (attack those last two Oracles with ranged attack, etc).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enough gold your main worries will be getting to the villages in time (scouts come in handy), getting to the northern leader in time and leaving as few good units for the civil war as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Low casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.10.1 (hard): It is not necessary to get your units killed consciously and this scenario is possible with fairly low gold (220 gold for me) by recruiting mainly veterans and exploiting the horrible saurian movement / defence on ice (low casualty approach). As the turn limit isn't very long, it is useful to send some rangers/avengers behind the saurian lines to start burning villages, as soon as they hide in a forest they are invisible to the AI. Constantly check the turn clock, and be as aggresive as possible during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council Ruling == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elvish Assassins ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/16/12 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's no need to recruit - Kalenz can make it to the signpost with just the units you're given.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You might feel tempted to take this scenario as an opportunity to level up some new recruits from scratch, but this may not be a good idea. After a few turns, one of your elf allies (chosen at random) will turn against you, making the battle unpredictable and risky, for not a lot of gain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's just a couple of extra scenarios left in this campaign, and if you feel like leveling up units for the final battle, it's better to do it in the next scenario, where you can recall Cleodil's troops again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Northern Battle ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders or survive for six days&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Cleodil or Uradredia dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as Breaking the Siege, but since it's not winter, most of the board is grassland and woods, and much easier for your elves to fight on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Landar, now one of your enemies, will be in the far southwest, while another enemy elf has a keep a little to the north from yours. Approximately two thirds of your non-loyal veterans, chosen at random, will go with Landar, while the remaining third will go with Uradredia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have been building a formidable &amp;quot;air force&amp;quot; (shaman line) you can beat this level very easily. Moreover, the objective description is not very faithful, since you don't really have to kill all enemy leaders. It suffices to move any of your units adjacent to Landar. This makes this scenario quite easy to beat. If you still have Huraldur (your loyal quick elvish rider) on your side and you have leveled him up, you can take him straight to Landar's keep, and --thanks to the vulnerable design of Landar's keep-- place him next to Landar by turn 3, finishing the scenario with a huge gold reward. Alternatively, you may try a similar strategy with a group of new scout recruits or other quick units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, you can take the opportunity to level up a few recruits. Particularly, now could be a good time to level up any shamans/woses from Cleodil's old recall list to their maximum. Keep in mind that you need to put Cleodil in the ''Encampment Keep'' tile so you can recall those units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of Landar's betrayal and the loss of most of your veterans, you will be working mostly with first level units. Consequently, don't try to take on either enemy on the naked grasslands where their keeps lie; recruit as much as you can, then head for your ally's keep in the north central region of the board, taking as many villages during the process as possible. If you need to, make a stand in and about your ally's keep, though depending upon how well you delay Crintil's army you may be able to pick off your enemy a few at a time in the forest long enough to survive until the end of the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Playing this scenario patiently has a nice side-effect: by killing Landar's strong veterans here, they won't be available to him in the final battle. As a consequence, if you completely wipe up his army now, he'll be stuck with just fresh level-1 and level-2 elves to recruit by then (unless you're playing on ''hard'' difficulty). Also, all of Uradredia's units will become yours, so if you have the chance to save some of his veterans in this scenario, it's worth doing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[On version 1.8.2, all my levelled shaman-line had also disappeared - some for my ally, other for Landar. I could only recruit some shaman about to level. And some of my warriors had gone to my ally, not to Landar. With only first level units, killing the south-east level at turn 2 or 3 is not possible... but you can still buy some second-level warriors who will do the job. After that, most of Landar's units will go toward your ally's keep, which makes you able to reach Landar and end the scenario. Careful, he will be able to deal a final blow to the unit who assaulted him ! ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have some experienced woses (highly resistant against pierce damage!), you can as well crush all the traitors frontally - as long as you engage them outside the forest - for an early finish and large bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== End of War ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Landar&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/21/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A relatively short and simple battle, considering this is the final scenario. Recall/recruit all worthy veterans, and don't worry about gold or grabbing villages. If you've made it this far, surely you have the necessary strategic/tactical skills necessary to deal with Landar's army. Now is the time to try risky ideas; this is the last stop for you and your army, so give them the chance to act heroically on the battle field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A straightforward strategy involves recalling any remaining veteran troops, then recruiting an army of level 1 elves. Form up your line of battle at the edge of the forest to maximize the difference in defense (70% vs. 40%, while trying to hold the shore is only 40% vs. 20%).  The forest defense bonus also means that your level 1 troops stand a good chace of surviving at least one round of two level 2 attacks (which they are unlikely to survive on open ground). If any enemy elves make it into the forest the best approach is to use magic attacks to smoke them out (a slyph works wonders). Once Landar's army has been dealt with, sweep your troops down to the enemy keep to deliver the coup de grace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[version 1.8.2 : on medium, you can just buy loads of level 1 warriors, and keep - most of the time - in the woods. Landar start with about the same money as you do, but doing this, you just suffocate him under numbers.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again experienced woses dominate your enemies outside of forests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Epilogue ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55236</id>
		<title>LegendofWesmere</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55236"/>
		<updated>2014-06-21T09:31:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* Acquaintance in Need */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;General Note:  Throughout this campaign, if your elves need to make a stand and you have a choice of options, choose the one that will put most of them in the woods.  Not only will this give you the best chance of survival, it will ensure that the AI playing your allies will do useful things.  This matters a lot, because many of the scenarios in this campaign involve allies you cannot control whose death results in your defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategical Note: This is a long campaign where you play elves. So take a look at the top level units: There are two units capable of flight! One of them is a curing healer +8, the other one is level 4. Both of them can do magic, and both of them can slow their enemies! If you can team up two shydes and two sylphs, you get a magically hard hitting, regenerating, slowing air force that can ZoC-lock an enemy. As if that wasn't enough, late in the campaign you'll lose access to most of your veteran troops, but not your sylphs and shydes. So it really pays to level shamans. However, they are not recruitable during the first four scenarios (since version 1.9.x) --you will still have enough opportunity to level them up, but it requires some effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loyal troops are even more valuable in this campaign than in most others, partially because they get three traits, but mainly because you'll get to keep them when your other troops are unavailable. With that in mind, you should strongly consider leveling one (or both!) of your loyal fighters into a marshal. His leadership skills will prove invaluable when you are stuck with a level 1 army. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Uprooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill any of the orc leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/17/14 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like the first scenario in Heir to the Throne, this scenario begins with the hero in a forest with enemies preparing to close in on all sides. You might want to simply run away (and previously you could), but you have to kill one enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The keep directly to the east is one option. If you keep most of his stronghold hexes plugged up with your units or your enemy's, then he will not be able to spend all his gold before you kill the leader, possibly when he dives in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good alternative is going southwest, as this puts the maximum distance between you and the troops of the other orcish leaders, and only level 1 orcs will come from that corner. It also allows you to use the units of Velon more efficiently; they come under your control after they are first attacked by an orc. The villages will also become yours at that point, so you don't need to worry too much about them (except for healing, of course).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can only recruit fighters and archers. Use fighters to shield yourself and archers to kill the grunts (and warriors on hard.) Keep loyals and leaders safe - if only one unit shields them, remember that it can be killed by a single lucky L2 orc. If you manage to level up units choose captain for fighters and marksman for archers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hostile Mountains ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the troll leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing to do is get the dwarves to fight the trolls. The trolls will go to the east bank without any bait, just take care you don't lure them away or worse anger the dwarves yourself. Even after they fight with the trolls, do not go to the east bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruit fighters to die, archers to do damage. The trolls will tend to go for the fighters when given the option. If you don't have a captain yet, level up a fighter as soon as possible, and use his leadership on your archers. You will need marksmen to kill trolls on mountains, so keep your archers safe (well, at least on reasonable terrain). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not, under any circumstances, cross the river—if you do, Olurf will attack you, and the trolls will cut both you and the dwarves to pieces.  You can have units stand in the river if necessary to reach a particular unit, but since your enemies are more powerful than your units avoid doing so if you are likely to be counterattacked.  Instead, send out an archer or two (preferably ''quick'' ones) to grab the villages in the far northern reaches of the board while you move your troops onto the wooded island in the middle of the river, directly south of your keep.  From here, you can help the dwarves whittle down the trolls while you slowly wend your way southwest toward the troll keep.  The scenario will end if you succeed in killing the troll leader.  Note:  Olurf's death counts as a defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a reason the middle island has so much forest. The western bank of the river has a narrow swath of forest surrounded by mountains and hills. This is not ideal terrain for fighting trolls. Trolls move faster than elves on hills and mountains and have comparable defense. A much better idea is to try to occupy the middle island, forcing the trolls to attack from water. Chances are you'll only be able to claim the northern tip of the island at first, so half your army will spill over to the forest on the west bank. The dwarves help by putting units in water and doing other things to distract the trolls and draw fire away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is preferable to aim to kill the troll leader rather than get to the signpost as the experience is most important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ka'lian Under Attack ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive the initial attack with Galtrid, then defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 5/7/9 initially, then 35/30/25 extra (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take careful note of this map; you'll be fighting on it again later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first turns (original turn limit) you play the defenders of the Ka'lian. See all those Orcish Assassins in the water? Make sure they receive as much retaliation as possible when they poison your units (archers). As you can heal only 2 units per turn, make sure they can't poison your fresh recruits as well. Also, you can kill Assassins with some of your poisoned units, as long as they have still enough hitpoints. Distribute XP carefully; units heal upon level up; rarely is this more useful than in this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't just hit Ctrl-R to recruit; you have a massive keep so put your new units in the right place. Don't let the orcs in good defense terrain and you should be fine. Use Galtrids leadership carefully by moving him multiple times per turn to support different areas of the castle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz arrives, the orcs just pile up in the northwestern corner ''if'' you defended the Ka'lian well. Control the map, by trapping and killing the village stealing wolf riders, heal your poisoned Ka'lian defenders and let them do some work. Close in carefully - it will be very hard avoiding casualties, but when the time comes, let them be L1 fighters and not your L2. You can level a number of units, but don't wait too long, because you will need gold for the next scenario. (250+ carryover)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The behaviour of the orcs will depend directly on your ability to hold out the invasion of your fortress. If you manage to repel somewhat successfully their initial attack, the orcs will assume a defensive stance for the second part of the battle (usually triggered when Kalenz arrives). If, on the other hand, the orcs have a more successful start, they then become more aggressive and the battle becomes much more lively on the second part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A special feature of this particular scenario --something not very common in a campaign-- is that you will control two armies simultaneously after Kalenz' arrival. You start by assuming the role of Galtrid, and later Kalenz joins the party, at which time you will switch between your two roles. However, you won't control Galtrid's army anymore in the future, so don't grow too attached to it and remember that they are expendable here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Elvish Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to play this scenario. The most straightforward solution is to send your army en masse to the keep in the northwest first; that's where Cleodil (an Elvish Shyde) is. Then turn east to take out the other saurian. Recruit plenty of fighters, use leadership to full extent and try to heal by level up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is alternatively possible to kill the eastern leader with rangers/avengers, the AI will completely ignore them once they are in the woods again. This allows to play more defensively in the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When fighting the saurians, there are three things to remember:  1) Don't send out isolated units, because they'll be swarmed and killed; 2) Try to keep the saurians on bad terrain 3) watch the day/night cycle (it doesn't affect your elves, but the saurians are significantly weaker by day and you can turn that fact to great advantage). Kill the Augurs as soon as possible with your fighter line. The skirmishers have a lot of movement points; make sure that wounded units are safe or meant to be sacrificed. In general, take your time to experiment and figure out what works best on your strategy against saurians, as you'll be seeing many more of them in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Along with Cleodil, one fighter and one archer (2 on ''easy'') will be freed from their prison. All of them become loyal to your cause, so by the end of this scenario you'll have a small loyal army on your hands. Protect them well and plan carefully how you are going to level them up, since they will become the core of your troops from now on until the very end (although you will be occasionally separated from them).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's a couple of things worth noting regarding Cleodil: one is that she has a special ability labeled ''elates Kalenz'' which works basically like leadership, but only works on Kalenz. What this means is that from now on it's a good idea to keep those two close to each other in the battle field. The other one is that she can recruit shamans and woses. You may try it out in this scenario, in the small keep to the north. This works out nicely if your strategy for this scenario is to concentrate on the northwestern enemy first. With a little effort, you can free Cleodil relatively quickly, and then her recruits can be very helpful for the rest of the battle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Saurian Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/20/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With Cleodil on your side now, you may finally recruit shamans, as well as woses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much trickier than the last one because here you have to fight the saurians on terrain that's hostile to your elves (desert and swamp). Try to confront them on favorable terrain and form a defensive line (against skirmishers) each turn. Woses are very effective against saurians, and the ''slows'' attribute of shamans' ranged attacks limits the damage potential and mobility of skirmishers. Kill the southern leader first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you've dealt with the southern leader and the treasury (the single saurian sitting on a village and not moving) you can either take an Elvish Scout to the treasury to pick up the gold and return it to the sign post (you will have only have the movement points after taking up the treasure) or just go kill the northern leader. Killing the leader is preferable. You'll get XP and any loss in gold from early finish is dwarfed by the 1800 gold you get for beating the level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep an eye on the turn limit. The enemy leaders are easily lured out with a scout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acquaintance in Need ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another troll leader to kill, so is an XP opportunity, like for your Shamans. For recruiting, you need to make sure that you neither overrecruit nor underrecruit. With too few units, you will take too long to finish your enemies (as always), while too many units won't help you in the fight, and you will need the money!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start with the green enemy, who is the closest one to you. The dwarves, who are your allies for this scenario, should provide substantial help in doing so. While you finish off the first orc, you should start sending a fair amount of relatively unexperienced archers/shamans west to take on the troll. Then move north over the mountains in a broad line to take out the orcs. A broad front line will help you to quickly overrun the orcs and allow you to finish in good time. Of course, you need sufficient numbers to do this without overstretching yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dwarves will get a lot of kills/occupy the enemy quite a bit. Their high mountain defense and mobility ensure this. You may need to resign yourself to softening the orcs up and letting the dwarves get the kills.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this scenario you'll be able to ask Olurf to move to a specific location inside the map (using right-click), which may be useful in case you want his help in some particularly tight spot. This is one of the ways in which you can control the behaviour of your allies (you'll see another in the next scenario). Notice, however, that this command only applies to Olurf himself, and his troops will continue to move freely as they please, often taking experience away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the end of the scenario, you will end up &amp;quot;hiring&amp;quot; Olurf --paying him 400 gold-- but if you've been careful with your finances, you probably won't miss that amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elves' Last Stand ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all of the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[NOTE:  This scenario gives you the option of choosing to give orders to the AI that controls your allies.  Because of bug issues, I ended up playing the scenario through without using this option.  The advice that follows is for playing the scenario with the AI making automatic choices.--cathyr19355]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as in Kal'ian Under Attack, but with many more enemies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Avoid focusing too much on the troll keep for the first few turns. If you do this, Galdrid will probably be left without much assistance inside Ka'lian, and by turn 5-6 it will probably be too late. Instead, focus on moving your army to Ka'lian as quickly as possible and continue the battle from there. Fortunately, the terrain will help you repel the trolls and orcs coming from the north and west while you move the bulk of your army.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you're careful, you can use the heavy fighting to level units.  As you kill off the aforementioned trolls and orcs, move the main body of your army south through the Kal'ian to Grubr's keep, then west and north again to kill the remaining enemies.  Meanwhile, recruit/recall a bunch of riders and other fast-moving units, send them directly south of your keep to grab the villages on the eastern side of the board; if they make it far enough south, you can aim them at Grubr's keep to take some of the pressure off the Kal'ian.  Even though you have a lot of gold and can recruit a lot of units, your enemies are numerous, and the reinforcements won't show up until the third day, so don't get sloppy about formation and protecting the wounded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Olurf will show up on turn 12 and you'll have to choose whether to place him on the northeast, or the northwest corner. Since dwarves are quite comfortable on mountains, a good choice is the northeast corner, from which you can guide him and his troops to finish off the troll leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to save Eradion (your elf ally on the southwest), order him to move inside Ka'lian from the first turn. Otherwise, he will probably end up being caught in the fire and experiencing a not very heroic death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note for directing the AI:&lt;br /&gt;
I tried to get both my allies to swarm the sourthern orc, they should be able to defeat him, but unfortunately the AI does not really listen to this kind of order (bug?), so once I had the trolls under control I send a select few units south through Kal'ian to help mop up the remaining orcs there. This should leave you enough time to concentrate on the nothern battle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Comment by ElComandante]: There is another victory condition - &amp;quot;You must own the field and be capable of overwhelming your opponents.&amp;quot; This apparently means &amp;quot;own more than 25 units while keeping the opponents under 15&amp;quot;. Played on medium difficulty/1.11.6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council of Hard Choices ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bounty Hunters ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz across the river&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only thing you gain from defeating the saurians is experience. Since you just left a lot of your troops at the Ka'lian, experience may be worth your effort. Nonetheless, if you are having trouble beating this level just run north as fast as you can. You should be able to cross the river with little trouble. You probably don't even need to recruit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to claim some experience, you can form a small army --gold will be the main limitation, since the considerable treasure you had was left on Ka'lian in the previous scenario-- and then either split it into two fronts, or take it all to one of the saurian keeps first if you don't feel comfortable splitting such a small army. If you do split it, send a dwarf-heavy squad to the left (closer mountains) and an elf-heavy one to the right (more forest).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enemy recruits some relatively low HP level 2s and 3s. You can level units quickly after killing a couple of Saurian Oracles. Of course those Oracles have strong magical attacks (especially at night) negating your high defense. Luckily for you the battles start during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Focus on killing the Oracles and Augurs first. They are easy to kill and do a lot of damage. Instead of throwing 3 or 4 units at a level 3 Flanker, just slow it and rack up kills. Try and kill as many units as you can before nightfall, when the attacks become much more ferocious.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The battles will be on high defense terrain, so they will go slowly. If you recruit more than one keepful Kalenz will have a much tougher time crossing the river.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if you already have good units that don't need a lot of extra experience, it might be better to aim for an early finish, in order to amass a good gold reserve again. Gold will become very important by the time you reach the ''Human Alliance'' scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you reach the river, a few sea creatures will show up (water serpents and cuttle fish), but they are usually not much of a challenge. Make use of the small islands to get Kalenz across as quickly as possible. You may also try distracting the monsters with elvish scouts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Comment from Olafstar] If you are going straight to the north without defeating the saurians, it is best to recruit four full keeps (I used Elvish and Dwarvish scouts) on turn 1. Have the leaders start running at the end of turn 1. On turn 2, divide your recruits evenly and send one half to the left, the other half to the right to slow the saurians down, giving your leaders a much better chance of surviving the run. Be sure to move any surviving recruits to strategic hexes on turn 3,4, etc. in order to slow the saurians down as much as possible. The Saurians will catch up as you're crossing the river, but they probably won't kill you as long as you're careful enough while crossing, especially since at least a few of the saurians will focus on killing any remaining sea monsters before worrying about your leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, as of 1.10.7 on easy, the saurian leaders do not recruit level 3s. It is a mixture of level 1 and level 2. One of the leaders is level 3, but that's it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cliffs of Thoria ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three tricky elements about this one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, you have to climb to your destination (the signpost at the top northeast corner of the map) over high mountains, so the going will be very slow for your elves; watch the turn clock carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the &amp;quot;fog of war&amp;quot; applies so you won't know much about your enemies until you actually bump into them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, among your enemies you will find level 4 Yetis (which pack quite a punch), and Gryphons (which move very quickly through any terrain). Keep your shamans ready to slow Yetis before you attack them with other units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may try splitting your forces, sending one group west.  The other group, with Kalenz, goes directly north, deals with the nearest enemy, and continues to the signpost.  This group should be large enough that you can peel off 4-6 units once you get most of the way north to take out the enemy in the far northwestern keep.  Note:  dwarves do well in the mountains, but don't recruit a lot of ulfserkers, not even the second-level ones—they tend to take out the unit they attack but then are very vulnerable to attacks by other units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another strategy could be sending your full army northwest through the forest, using a quick unit to scout the way until you encounter the Yetis (there are 3 in total), and try to dispatch them quickly, before the trolls catch up with you from the east. Then send a few units to deal with the Gryphon leader on the northwest, while your main force goes east to fight the trolls, and Kalenz goes northeast to reach the sign post. If you want to gain as much XP as possible, move Kalenz ''near'' the signpost while you fight the remaining enemies. You can win the scenario by defeating the leaders, but if things get too hairy, you can always finish by moving Kalenz to its destination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Battle of the Book ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Aquagar the drake wizard&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Crelanu or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/34/38 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The drakes, commanded by Aquagar (the foe you have to defeat) are at the northwest corner, while a keep of trolls is located at the northeast. Crelanu, the wise mage you came here for, is by the lake. You can send a quick unit (e.g. Cleodil) towards that keep in the middle of the map to trigger the dialogue with Crelanu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may try splitting your forces, sending half of your troops east along the road first to Crelanu's keep to save him and kill the troll leader (whose keep is close by). Take the remaining troops west to kill the drake leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it will take some time for the trolls to reach Crelanu, so you may try focusing all your power towards Aquagar to finish him as quickly as possible, and then Crelanu won't need any assistance. If you go for killing Aquagar quickly, you might manage with just a few units, so you can save some gold by not over-recruiting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Be careful about using archers, since some of the drakes breathe fire and do more damage that way than your units can with their arrows.  A good mix of impact and ranged fighters is essential.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''For 1.9.x'''&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, you only have to kill Aquagar. So you just focus attacking the drakes. Send some Steelclads, Pathfinders to aid Crelanu. Marksmen, Rangers, Druids, Thunderguards, Stalwarts are extremely useful here. I killed Aquagar by turn 5. ~~Knyghtmare.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Revelations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News from the Front ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Human Alliance ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive until the end of turns&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Aldar (the human leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 18/20/22 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is the unofficial final, the following scenarios are pretty much a sequel, and easier too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enemy is in three places: the northwest, the northeast (trolls) and the southwest. The northeast trolls will not receive reinforcements, so you should concentrate on eliminating their army first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most challenging aspect of this scenario is that your army has to do three things practically simultaneously: contain the northwest orcs (this is not that hard due to favorable terrain), aid your human allies to the south, and eliminate the trolls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trolls should be pretty easy to kill. Their leader doesn't have much money, so there will not be many trolls to face. Slowing with some shaman and using the forest (and mountain tiles for placing your dwarves) to your benefit leads to a quick victory. Afterwards, send the units to reinforce your other two fronts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your allies can hold their own against the first wave of southern attackers but after that they'll be toast. A much better course of action is to team up with them and crush the first wave. When the reinforcements come you should be in a good position to defeat the orcs (especially with your victorious anti-troll army coming to help).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The northwest orcs are numerous but should be kept in check by strong units in the bottlenecks. You'll need some tanks (Champions/Marshals or Steelclads) and healers. When the orc reinforcements arrive you may get swarmed. By this time you should have some help coming from your anti-troll army.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first wave of reinforcements for the orcs will arrive by the end of turn 5. The second wave will come at turn 12. By the end of the battle, the number of orcs will be overwhelming, and the action will take quite some time between turns. By the second half of the battle your complete focus should probably be on protecting your ally general, who by then will be out of money, occasionally recruiting one or two fodder units, and will remain immovable on his castle keep.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On turn 9, some of the elves you had left on Ka'lian will make a come back (including your loyals!). However, they will show up a little to the west of the keep where you start this scenario. It is a strange location for them to show up, and by that point of the battle it will probably be surrounded by enemies, so keeping these reinforcements alive may be very challenging if you don't have at least some of your forces making a stand near that location. If you can save just some of them, aim for the loyal units, and sacrifice the others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should spend all your gold upfront --there is no much point in saving it for later. You may want to recruit a scout or two at the beginning, if you think the investment will be profitable. They can capture a village almost every turn. Don't bother leaving villages for your ally. The money is better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Treaty ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Chief Must Die ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill the orc chief then return to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/32/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz and Landar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You get no keep, and no chance to recruit, in this one.  The only units you have are Kalenz and Landar, and their only task is to assassinate the Orc Sovereign (in the middle) and then return to the signpost at the southwestern corner of the map.  Your units will have special attributes (invisible, 80% dodge) for this scenario only that will make this fairly easy, particularly if you have managed to get Landar to level 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz takes the potion he changes into an Elvish Lord (as you might remember him if you have played [[HeirToTheThrone|HttT]]). He will now possess an arcane-magical attack, which proves very useful against many enemies. You should easily be able to get him to level up during this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should have plenty of turns. The only units that will attack you are the Wolf Rider line. They don't pose much threat thanks to Landar's bow and your 80% dodge. Go to the orc leader, kill him and return to the signpost. There is no point in grabbing villages as you get no income from them. There is also no point in finishing early so go ahead and level Kalenz.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Breaking the Siege ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Uradredia (the elf leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stick to recruiting units with lots of mobility, since the map is large and mostly snow-covered, hampering most of your unit types (don't even bother to recruit dwarves—they won't get to the scene of the action in time to strike any blows). Sylphs and Shydes are best, of course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is essential that you reach your ally quickly. Otherwise he might be dead before you even see him. Despite the fact that fog of war is turned on for this scenario, it's pretty simple to figure out from the geography which keep belongs to your ally (the one in the middle of the forest). You will want to finish this level quickly or/and to grab as soon as possible all the villages to have lots of gold for the next scenario (on medium you'll probably want at least 500 gold). Send some fast units north to keep your ally alive and send the rest straight west. The western units can sweep up after taking out the southern orc boss. A few of Direwolf Riders come as reinforcements when you get to close to the southern orc, so be careful. Alternatively just send everyone north and fan out from there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With good units this level shouldn't be tough to beat. Just make sure you beat it in good standing for the next scenario. At this point, this campaign becomes a very good example of why keeping your loyal units alive is very much worth it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hour of Glory ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Costly Revenge ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy units and destroy all enemy villages&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/35/30 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
* Other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as The Saurian Treasury, but with most of the terrain snow-covered. Since you're fighting the saurians again, most of the advice from that scenario still applies. Mobility is not a great issue, even though one of the enemy keeps is near the top northeastern corner of the map, because by the time you can dispose of your southern enemy he will have already sent most of his troops south after you. Numbers are an issue, however. So, whatever you do, do not underrecruit! (You don't need more than minimal gold in the next recruiting scenario.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best place to make a stand is probably near the patch of forest in the middle (high casualty approach) or the forest with the big ice plain in front of it (low casualty approach). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to put units in the swamp to keep the saurians out of there. The only poor-defense terrain for the saurians is the ice, so keep them on it. The Oracles/Soothsayers will use their ranged attack on your melee units and the Skirmishers/Flankers will use their melee attack on your archers. You will take heavy losses but this is actually good (more on that in a second).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like to send Kalenz and a couple of fast units (Scouts/Riders) along the northern forest and then have them cut across the top of the map. This accomplishes three things: one, you torch some out of the way villages; two, you can distract the northern saurians long enough to keep your main force (in the middle of the map) in control; three, you can move them over to kill the northern leader at the end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a weird twist to this level. After this the elvish civil war breaks out. All your units except loyal ones and scouts defect and serve Landar. So, see that Elvish Champion racking up the kills? Next time he's in battle he will be killing ''your'' units. After the tide of the battle has turned try and get the non-loyal high level units killed (attack those last two Oracles with ranged attack, etc).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enough gold your main worries will be getting to the villages in time (scouts come in handy), getting to the northern leader in time and leaving as few good units for the civil war as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Low casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.10.1 (hard): It is not necessary to get your units killed consciously and this scenario is possible with fairly low gold (220 gold for me) by recruiting mainly veterans and exploiting the horrible saurian movement / defence on ice (low casualty approach). As the turn limit isn't very long, it is useful to send some rangers/avengers behind the saurian lines to start burning villages, as soon as they hide in a forest they are invisible to the AI. Constantly check the turn clock, and be as aggresive as possible during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council Ruling == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elvish Assassins ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/16/12 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's no need to recruit - Kalenz can make it to the signpost with just the units you're given.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You might feel tempted to take this scenario as an opportunity to level up some new recruits from scratch, but this may not be a good idea. After a few turns, one of your elf allies (chosen at random) will turn against you, making the battle unpredictable and risky, for not a lot of gain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's just a couple of extra scenarios left in this campaign, and if you feel like leveling up units for the final battle, it's better to do it in the next scenario, where you can recall Cleodil's troops again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Northern Battle ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders or survive for six days&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Cleodil or Uradredia dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as Breaking the Siege, but since it's not winter, most of the board is grassland and woods, and much easier for your elves to fight on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Landar, now one of your enemies, will be in the far southwest, while another enemy elf has a keep a little to the north from yours. Approximately two thirds of your non-loyal veterans, chosen at random, will go with Landar, while the remaining third will go with Uradredia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have been building a formidable &amp;quot;air force&amp;quot; (shaman line) you can beat this level very easily. Moreover, the objective description is not very faithful, since you don't really have to kill all enemy leaders. It suffices to move any of your units adjacent to Landar. This makes this scenario quite easy to beat. If you still have Huraldur (your loyal quick elvish rider) on your side and you have leveled him up, you can take him straight to Landar's keep, and --thanks to the vulnerable design of Landar's keep-- place him next to Landar by turn 3, finishing the scenario with a huge gold reward. Alternatively, you may try a similar strategy with a group of new scout recruits or other quick units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, you can take the opportunity to level up a few recruits. Particularly, now could be a good time to level up any shamans/woses from Cleodil's old recall list to their maximum. Keep in mind that you need to put Cleodil in the ''Encampment Keep'' tile so you can recall those units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of Landar's betrayal and the loss of most of your veterans, you will be working mostly with first level units. Consequently, don't try to take on either enemy on the naked grasslands where their keeps lie; recruit as much as you can, then head for your ally's keep in the north central region of the board, taking as many villages during the process as possible. If you need to, make a stand in and about your ally's keep, though depending upon how well you delay Crintil's army you may be able to pick off your enemy a few at a time in the forest long enough to survive until the end of the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Playing this scenario patiently has a nice side-effect: by killing Landar's strong veterans here, they won't be available to him in the final battle. As a consequence, if you completely wipe up his army now, he'll be stuck with just fresh level-1 and level-2 elves to recruit by then (unless you're playing on ''hard'' difficulty). Also, all of Uradredia's units will become yours, so if you have the chance to save some of his veterans in this scenario, it's worth doing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[On version 1.8.2, all my levelled shaman-line had also disappeared - some for my ally, other for Landar. I could only recruit some shaman about to level. And some of my warriors had gone to my ally, not to Landar. With only first level units, killing the south-east level at turn 2 or 3 is not possible... but you can still buy some second-level warriors who will do the job. After that, most of Landar's units will go toward your ally's keep, which makes you able to reach Landar and end the scenario. Careful, he will be able to deal a final blow to the unit who assaulted him ! ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have some experienced woses (highly resistant against pierce damage!), you can as well crush all the traitors frontally - as long as you engage them outside the forest - for an early finish and large bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== End of War ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Landar&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/21/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A relatively short and simple battle, considering this is the final scenario. Recall/recruit all worthy veterans, and don't worry about gold or grabbing villages. If you've made it this far, surely you have the necessary strategic/tactical skills necessary to deal with Landar's army. Now is the time to try risky ideas; this is the last stop for you and your army, so give them the chance to act heroically on the battle field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A straightforward strategy involves recalling any remaining veteran troops, then recruiting an army of level 1 elves. Form up your line of battle at the edge of the forest to maximize the difference in defense (70% vs. 40%, while trying to hold the shore is only 40% vs. 20%).  The forest defense bonus also means that your level 1 troops stand a good chace of surviving at least one round of two level 2 attacks (which they are unlikely to survive on open ground). If any enemy elves make it into the forest the best approach is to use magic attacks to smoke them out (a slyph works wonders). Once Landar's army has been dealt with, sweep your troops down to the enemy keep to deliver the coup de grace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[version 1.8.2 : on medium, you can just buy loads of level 1 warriors, and keep - most of the time - in the woods. Landar start with about the same money as you do, but doing this, you just suffocate him under numbers.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again experienced woses dominate your enemies outside of forests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Epilogue ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55235</id>
		<title>LegendofWesmere</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55235"/>
		<updated>2014-06-21T09:20:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* Ka'lian Under Attack */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;General Note:  Throughout this campaign, if your elves need to make a stand and you have a choice of options, choose the one that will put most of them in the woods.  Not only will this give you the best chance of survival, it will ensure that the AI playing your allies will do useful things.  This matters a lot, because many of the scenarios in this campaign involve allies you cannot control whose death results in your defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategical Note: This is a long campaign where you play elves. So take a look at the top level units: There are two units capable of flight! One of them is a curing healer +8, the other one is level 4. Both of them can do magic, and both of them can slow their enemies! If you can team up two shydes and two sylphs, you get a magically hard hitting, regenerating, slowing air force that can ZoC-lock an enemy. As if that wasn't enough, late in the campaign you'll lose access to most of your veteran troops, but not your sylphs and shydes. So it really pays to level shamans. However, they are not recruitable during the first four scenarios (since version 1.9.x) --you will still have enough opportunity to level them up, but it requires some effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loyal troops are even more valuable in this campaign than in most others, partially because they get three traits, but mainly because you'll get to keep them when your other troops are unavailable. With that in mind, you should strongly consider leveling one (or both!) of your loyal fighters into a marshal. His leadership skills will prove invaluable when you are stuck with a level 1 army. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Uprooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill any of the orc leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/17/14 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like the first scenario in Heir to the Throne, this scenario begins with the hero in a forest with enemies preparing to close in on all sides. You might want to simply run away (and previously you could), but you have to kill one enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The keep directly to the east is one option. If you keep most of his stronghold hexes plugged up with your units or your enemy's, then he will not be able to spend all his gold before you kill the leader, possibly when he dives in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good alternative is going southwest, as this puts the maximum distance between you and the troops of the other orcish leaders, and only level 1 orcs will come from that corner. It also allows you to use the units of Velon more efficiently; they come under your control after they are first attacked by an orc. The villages will also become yours at that point, so you don't need to worry too much about them (except for healing, of course).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can only recruit fighters and archers. Use fighters to shield yourself and archers to kill the grunts (and warriors on hard.) Keep loyals and leaders safe - if only one unit shields them, remember that it can be killed by a single lucky L2 orc. If you manage to level up units choose captain for fighters and marksman for archers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hostile Mountains ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the troll leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing to do is get the dwarves to fight the trolls. The trolls will go to the east bank without any bait, just take care you don't lure them away or worse anger the dwarves yourself. Even after they fight with the trolls, do not go to the east bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruit fighters to die, archers to do damage. The trolls will tend to go for the fighters when given the option. If you don't have a captain yet, level up a fighter as soon as possible, and use his leadership on your archers. You will need marksmen to kill trolls on mountains, so keep your archers safe (well, at least on reasonable terrain). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not, under any circumstances, cross the river—if you do, Olurf will attack you, and the trolls will cut both you and the dwarves to pieces.  You can have units stand in the river if necessary to reach a particular unit, but since your enemies are more powerful than your units avoid doing so if you are likely to be counterattacked.  Instead, send out an archer or two (preferably ''quick'' ones) to grab the villages in the far northern reaches of the board while you move your troops onto the wooded island in the middle of the river, directly south of your keep.  From here, you can help the dwarves whittle down the trolls while you slowly wend your way southwest toward the troll keep.  The scenario will end if you succeed in killing the troll leader.  Note:  Olurf's death counts as a defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a reason the middle island has so much forest. The western bank of the river has a narrow swath of forest surrounded by mountains and hills. This is not ideal terrain for fighting trolls. Trolls move faster than elves on hills and mountains and have comparable defense. A much better idea is to try to occupy the middle island, forcing the trolls to attack from water. Chances are you'll only be able to claim the northern tip of the island at first, so half your army will spill over to the forest on the west bank. The dwarves help by putting units in water and doing other things to distract the trolls and draw fire away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is preferable to aim to kill the troll leader rather than get to the signpost as the experience is most important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ka'lian Under Attack ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive the initial attack with Galtrid, then defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 5/7/9 initially, then 35/30/25 extra (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take careful note of this map; you'll be fighting on it again later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first turns (original turn limit) you play the defenders of the Ka'lian. See all those Orcish Assassins in the water? Make sure they receive as much retaliation as possible when they poison your units (archers). As you can heal only 2 units per turn, make sure they can't poison your fresh recruits as well. Also, you can kill Assassins with some of your poisoned units, as long as they have still enough hitpoints. Distribute XP carefully; units heal upon level up; rarely is this more useful than in this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't just hit Ctrl-R to recruit; you have a massive keep so put your new units in the right place. Don't let the orcs in good defense terrain and you should be fine. Use Galtrids leadership carefully by moving him multiple times per turn to support different areas of the castle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz arrives, the orcs just pile up in the northwestern corner ''if'' you defended the Ka'lian well. Control the map, by trapping and killing the village stealing wolf riders, heal your poisoned Ka'lian defenders and let them do some work. Close in carefully - it will be very hard avoiding casualties, but when the time comes, let them be L1 fighters and not your L2. You can level a number of units, but don't wait too long, because you will need gold for the next scenario. (250+ carryover)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The behaviour of the orcs will depend directly on your ability to hold out the invasion of your fortress. If you manage to repel somewhat successfully their initial attack, the orcs will assume a defensive stance for the second part of the battle (usually triggered when Kalenz arrives). If, on the other hand, the orcs have a more successful start, they then become more aggressive and the battle becomes much more lively on the second part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A special feature of this particular scenario --something not very common in a campaign-- is that you will control two armies simultaneously after Kalenz' arrival. You start by assuming the role of Galtrid, and later Kalenz joins the party, at which time you will switch between your two roles. However, you won't control Galtrid's army anymore in the future, so don't grow too attached to it and remember that they are expendable here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Elvish Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to play this scenario. The most straightforward solution is to send your army en masse to the keep in the northwest first; that's where Cleodil (an Elvish Shyde) is. Then turn east to take out the other saurian. Recruit plenty of fighters, use leadership to full extent and try to heal by level up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is alternatively possible to kill the eastern leader with rangers/avengers, the AI will completely ignore them once they are in the woods again. This allows to play more defensively in the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When fighting the saurians, there are three things to remember:  1) Don't send out isolated units, because they'll be swarmed and killed; 2) Try to keep the saurians on bad terrain 3) watch the day/night cycle (it doesn't affect your elves, but the saurians are significantly weaker by day and you can turn that fact to great advantage). Kill the Augurs as soon as possible with your fighter line. The skirmishers have a lot of movement points; make sure that wounded units are safe or meant to be sacrificed. In general, take your time to experiment and figure out what works best on your strategy against saurians, as you'll be seeing many more of them in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Along with Cleodil, one fighter and one archer (2 on ''easy'') will be freed from their prison. All of them become loyal to your cause, so by the end of this scenario you'll have a small loyal army on your hands. Protect them well and plan carefully how you are going to level them up, since they will become the core of your troops from now on until the very end (although you will be occasionally separated from them).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's a couple of things worth noting regarding Cleodil: one is that she has a special ability labeled ''elates Kalenz'' which works basically like leadership, but only works on Kalenz. What this means is that from now on it's a good idea to keep those two close to each other in the battle field. The other one is that she can recruit shamans and woses. You may try it out in this scenario, in the small keep to the north. This works out nicely if your strategy for this scenario is to concentrate on the northwestern enemy first. With a little effort, you can free Cleodil relatively quickly, and then her recruits can be very helpful for the rest of the battle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Saurian Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/20/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With Cleodil on your side now, you may finally recruit shamans, as well as woses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much trickier than the last one because here you have to fight the saurians on terrain that's hostile to your elves (desert and swamp). Try to confront them on favorable terrain and form a defensive line (against skirmishers) each turn. Woses are very effective against saurians, and the ''slows'' attribute of shamans' ranged attacks limits the damage potential and mobility of skirmishers. Kill the southern leader first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you've dealt with the southern leader and the treasury (the single saurian sitting on a village and not moving) you can either take an Elvish Scout to the treasury to pick up the gold and return it to the sign post (you will have only have the movement points after taking up the treasure) or just go kill the northern leader. Killing the leader is preferable. You'll get XP and any loss in gold from early finish is dwarfed by the 1800 gold you get for beating the level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep an eye on the turn limit. The enemy leaders are easily lured out with a scout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acquaintance in Need ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is another leveling opportunity for your shamans, as there is another troll leader to kill. Also you need to make sure that you neither overrecruit nor underrecruit. With too few units, you will take too long to finish your enemies (as always), while too many units won't help you in the fight, and you will need the money!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start with the green enemy, who's the closest one to you. The dwarves, who are your allies for this scenario, should provide substantial help in doing so. While you finish off the first orc, you should start sending a fair amount of relatively unexperienced archers/shamans west to take on the troll. Then move north over the mountains in a broad line to take out the orcs. A broad front line will help you to quickly overrun the orcs and allow you to finish in good time. Of course, you need sufficient numbers to do this without overstretching yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dwarves will get a lot of kills/occupy the enemy quite a bit. Their high mountain defense and mobility ensure this. You may need to resign yourself to softening the orcs up and letting the dwarves get the kills.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this scenario you'll be able to ask Olurf to move to a specific location inside the map (using right-click), which may be useful in case you want his help in some particularly tight spot. This is one of the ways in which you can control the behaviour of your allies (you'll see another in the next scenario). Notice, however, that this command only applies to Olurf himself, and his troops will continue to move freely as they please, often taking experience away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the end of the scenario, you will end up &amp;quot;hiring&amp;quot; Olurf --paying him 400 gold-- but if you've been careful with your finances, you probably won't miss that amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elves' Last Stand ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all of the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[NOTE:  This scenario gives you the option of choosing to give orders to the AI that controls your allies.  Because of bug issues, I ended up playing the scenario through without using this option.  The advice that follows is for playing the scenario with the AI making automatic choices.--cathyr19355]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as in Kal'ian Under Attack, but with many more enemies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Avoid focusing too much on the troll keep for the first few turns. If you do this, Galdrid will probably be left without much assistance inside Ka'lian, and by turn 5-6 it will probably be too late. Instead, focus on moving your army to Ka'lian as quickly as possible and continue the battle from there. Fortunately, the terrain will help you repel the trolls and orcs coming from the north and west while you move the bulk of your army.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you're careful, you can use the heavy fighting to level units.  As you kill off the aforementioned trolls and orcs, move the main body of your army south through the Kal'ian to Grubr's keep, then west and north again to kill the remaining enemies.  Meanwhile, recruit/recall a bunch of riders and other fast-moving units, send them directly south of your keep to grab the villages on the eastern side of the board; if they make it far enough south, you can aim them at Grubr's keep to take some of the pressure off the Kal'ian.  Even though you have a lot of gold and can recruit a lot of units, your enemies are numerous, and the reinforcements won't show up until the third day, so don't get sloppy about formation and protecting the wounded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Olurf will show up on turn 12 and you'll have to choose whether to place him on the northeast, or the northwest corner. Since dwarves are quite comfortable on mountains, a good choice is the northeast corner, from which you can guide him and his troops to finish off the troll leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to save Eradion (your elf ally on the southwest), order him to move inside Ka'lian from the first turn. Otherwise, he will probably end up being caught in the fire and experiencing a not very heroic death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note for directing the AI:&lt;br /&gt;
I tried to get both my allies to swarm the sourthern orc, they should be able to defeat him, but unfortunately the AI does not really listen to this kind of order (bug?), so once I had the trolls under control I send a select few units south through Kal'ian to help mop up the remaining orcs there. This should leave you enough time to concentrate on the nothern battle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Comment by ElComandante]: There is another victory condition - &amp;quot;You must own the field and be capable of overwhelming your opponents.&amp;quot; This apparently means &amp;quot;own more than 25 units while keeping the opponents under 15&amp;quot;. Played on medium difficulty/1.11.6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council of Hard Choices ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bounty Hunters ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz across the river&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only thing you gain from defeating the saurians is experience. Since you just left a lot of your troops at the Ka'lian, experience may be worth your effort. Nonetheless, if you are having trouble beating this level just run north as fast as you can. You should be able to cross the river with little trouble. You probably don't even need to recruit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to claim some experience, you can form a small army --gold will be the main limitation, since the considerable treasure you had was left on Ka'lian in the previous scenario-- and then either split it into two fronts, or take it all to one of the saurian keeps first if you don't feel comfortable splitting such a small army. If you do split it, send a dwarf-heavy squad to the left (closer mountains) and an elf-heavy one to the right (more forest).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enemy recruits some relatively low HP level 2s and 3s. You can level units quickly after killing a couple of Saurian Oracles. Of course those Oracles have strong magical attacks (especially at night) negating your high defense. Luckily for you the battles start during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Focus on killing the Oracles and Augurs first. They are easy to kill and do a lot of damage. Instead of throwing 3 or 4 units at a level 3 Flanker, just slow it and rack up kills. Try and kill as many units as you can before nightfall, when the attacks become much more ferocious.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The battles will be on high defense terrain, so they will go slowly. If you recruit more than one keepful Kalenz will have a much tougher time crossing the river.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if you already have good units that don't need a lot of extra experience, it might be better to aim for an early finish, in order to amass a good gold reserve again. Gold will become very important by the time you reach the ''Human Alliance'' scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you reach the river, a few sea creatures will show up (water serpents and cuttle fish), but they are usually not much of a challenge. Make use of the small islands to get Kalenz across as quickly as possible. You may also try distracting the monsters with elvish scouts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Comment from Olafstar] If you are going straight to the north without defeating the saurians, it is best to recruit four full keeps (I used Elvish and Dwarvish scouts) on turn 1. Have the leaders start running at the end of turn 1. On turn 2, divide your recruits evenly and send one half to the left, the other half to the right to slow the saurians down, giving your leaders a much better chance of surviving the run. Be sure to move any surviving recruits to strategic hexes on turn 3,4, etc. in order to slow the saurians down as much as possible. The Saurians will catch up as you're crossing the river, but they probably won't kill you as long as you're careful enough while crossing, especially since at least a few of the saurians will focus on killing any remaining sea monsters before worrying about your leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, as of 1.10.7 on easy, the saurian leaders do not recruit level 3s. It is a mixture of level 1 and level 2. One of the leaders is level 3, but that's it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cliffs of Thoria ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three tricky elements about this one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, you have to climb to your destination (the signpost at the top northeast corner of the map) over high mountains, so the going will be very slow for your elves; watch the turn clock carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the &amp;quot;fog of war&amp;quot; applies so you won't know much about your enemies until you actually bump into them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, among your enemies you will find level 4 Yetis (which pack quite a punch), and Gryphons (which move very quickly through any terrain). Keep your shamans ready to slow Yetis before you attack them with other units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may try splitting your forces, sending one group west.  The other group, with Kalenz, goes directly north, deals with the nearest enemy, and continues to the signpost.  This group should be large enough that you can peel off 4-6 units once you get most of the way north to take out the enemy in the far northwestern keep.  Note:  dwarves do well in the mountains, but don't recruit a lot of ulfserkers, not even the second-level ones—they tend to take out the unit they attack but then are very vulnerable to attacks by other units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another strategy could be sending your full army northwest through the forest, using a quick unit to scout the way until you encounter the Yetis (there are 3 in total), and try to dispatch them quickly, before the trolls catch up with you from the east. Then send a few units to deal with the Gryphon leader on the northwest, while your main force goes east to fight the trolls, and Kalenz goes northeast to reach the sign post. If you want to gain as much XP as possible, move Kalenz ''near'' the signpost while you fight the remaining enemies. You can win the scenario by defeating the leaders, but if things get too hairy, you can always finish by moving Kalenz to its destination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Battle of the Book ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Aquagar the drake wizard&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Crelanu or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/34/38 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The drakes, commanded by Aquagar (the foe you have to defeat) are at the northwest corner, while a keep of trolls is located at the northeast. Crelanu, the wise mage you came here for, is by the lake. You can send a quick unit (e.g. Cleodil) towards that keep in the middle of the map to trigger the dialogue with Crelanu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may try splitting your forces, sending half of your troops east along the road first to Crelanu's keep to save him and kill the troll leader (whose keep is close by). Take the remaining troops west to kill the drake leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it will take some time for the trolls to reach Crelanu, so you may try focusing all your power towards Aquagar to finish him as quickly as possible, and then Crelanu won't need any assistance. If you go for killing Aquagar quickly, you might manage with just a few units, so you can save some gold by not over-recruiting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Be careful about using archers, since some of the drakes breathe fire and do more damage that way than your units can with their arrows.  A good mix of impact and ranged fighters is essential.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''For 1.9.x'''&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, you only have to kill Aquagar. So you just focus attacking the drakes. Send some Steelclads, Pathfinders to aid Crelanu. Marksmen, Rangers, Druids, Thunderguards, Stalwarts are extremely useful here. I killed Aquagar by turn 5. ~~Knyghtmare.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Revelations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News from the Front ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Human Alliance ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive until the end of turns&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Aldar (the human leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 18/20/22 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is the unofficial final, the following scenarios are pretty much a sequel, and easier too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enemy is in three places: the northwest, the northeast (trolls) and the southwest. The northeast trolls will not receive reinforcements, so you should concentrate on eliminating their army first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most challenging aspect of this scenario is that your army has to do three things practically simultaneously: contain the northwest orcs (this is not that hard due to favorable terrain), aid your human allies to the south, and eliminate the trolls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trolls should be pretty easy to kill. Their leader doesn't have much money, so there will not be many trolls to face. Slowing with some shaman and using the forest (and mountain tiles for placing your dwarves) to your benefit leads to a quick victory. Afterwards, send the units to reinforce your other two fronts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your allies can hold their own against the first wave of southern attackers but after that they'll be toast. A much better course of action is to team up with them and crush the first wave. When the reinforcements come you should be in a good position to defeat the orcs (especially with your victorious anti-troll army coming to help).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The northwest orcs are numerous but should be kept in check by strong units in the bottlenecks. You'll need some tanks (Champions/Marshals or Steelclads) and healers. When the orc reinforcements arrive you may get swarmed. By this time you should have some help coming from your anti-troll army.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first wave of reinforcements for the orcs will arrive by the end of turn 5. The second wave will come at turn 12. By the end of the battle, the number of orcs will be overwhelming, and the action will take quite some time between turns. By the second half of the battle your complete focus should probably be on protecting your ally general, who by then will be out of money, occasionally recruiting one or two fodder units, and will remain immovable on his castle keep.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On turn 9, some of the elves you had left on Ka'lian will make a come back (including your loyals!). However, they will show up a little to the west of the keep where you start this scenario. It is a strange location for them to show up, and by that point of the battle it will probably be surrounded by enemies, so keeping these reinforcements alive may be very challenging if you don't have at least some of your forces making a stand near that location. If you can save just some of them, aim for the loyal units, and sacrifice the others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should spend all your gold upfront --there is no much point in saving it for later. You may want to recruit a scout or two at the beginning, if you think the investment will be profitable. They can capture a village almost every turn. Don't bother leaving villages for your ally. The money is better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Treaty ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Chief Must Die ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill the orc chief then return to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/32/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz and Landar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You get no keep, and no chance to recruit, in this one.  The only units you have are Kalenz and Landar, and their only task is to assassinate the Orc Sovereign (in the middle) and then return to the signpost at the southwestern corner of the map.  Your units will have special attributes (invisible, 80% dodge) for this scenario only that will make this fairly easy, particularly if you have managed to get Landar to level 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz takes the potion he changes into an Elvish Lord (as you might remember him if you have played [[HeirToTheThrone|HttT]]). He will now possess an arcane-magical attack, which proves very useful against many enemies. You should easily be able to get him to level up during this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should have plenty of turns. The only units that will attack you are the Wolf Rider line. They don't pose much threat thanks to Landar's bow and your 80% dodge. Go to the orc leader, kill him and return to the signpost. There is no point in grabbing villages as you get no income from them. There is also no point in finishing early so go ahead and level Kalenz.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Breaking the Siege ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Uradredia (the elf leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stick to recruiting units with lots of mobility, since the map is large and mostly snow-covered, hampering most of your unit types (don't even bother to recruit dwarves—they won't get to the scene of the action in time to strike any blows). Sylphs and Shydes are best, of course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is essential that you reach your ally quickly. Otherwise he might be dead before you even see him. Despite the fact that fog of war is turned on for this scenario, it's pretty simple to figure out from the geography which keep belongs to your ally (the one in the middle of the forest). You will want to finish this level quickly or/and to grab as soon as possible all the villages to have lots of gold for the next scenario (on medium you'll probably want at least 500 gold). Send some fast units north to keep your ally alive and send the rest straight west. The western units can sweep up after taking out the southern orc boss. A few of Direwolf Riders come as reinforcements when you get to close to the southern orc, so be careful. Alternatively just send everyone north and fan out from there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With good units this level shouldn't be tough to beat. Just make sure you beat it in good standing for the next scenario. At this point, this campaign becomes a very good example of why keeping your loyal units alive is very much worth it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hour of Glory ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Costly Revenge ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy units and destroy all enemy villages&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/35/30 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
* Other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as The Saurian Treasury, but with most of the terrain snow-covered. Since you're fighting the saurians again, most of the advice from that scenario still applies. Mobility is not a great issue, even though one of the enemy keeps is near the top northeastern corner of the map, because by the time you can dispose of your southern enemy he will have already sent most of his troops south after you. Numbers are an issue, however. So, whatever you do, do not underrecruit! (You don't need more than minimal gold in the next recruiting scenario.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best place to make a stand is probably near the patch of forest in the middle (high casualty approach) or the forest with the big ice plain in front of it (low casualty approach). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to put units in the swamp to keep the saurians out of there. The only poor-defense terrain for the saurians is the ice, so keep them on it. The Oracles/Soothsayers will use their ranged attack on your melee units and the Skirmishers/Flankers will use their melee attack on your archers. You will take heavy losses but this is actually good (more on that in a second).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like to send Kalenz and a couple of fast units (Scouts/Riders) along the northern forest and then have them cut across the top of the map. This accomplishes three things: one, you torch some out of the way villages; two, you can distract the northern saurians long enough to keep your main force (in the middle of the map) in control; three, you can move them over to kill the northern leader at the end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a weird twist to this level. After this the elvish civil war breaks out. All your units except loyal ones and scouts defect and serve Landar. So, see that Elvish Champion racking up the kills? Next time he's in battle he will be killing ''your'' units. After the tide of the battle has turned try and get the non-loyal high level units killed (attack those last two Oracles with ranged attack, etc).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enough gold your main worries will be getting to the villages in time (scouts come in handy), getting to the northern leader in time and leaving as few good units for the civil war as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Low casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.10.1 (hard): It is not necessary to get your units killed consciously and this scenario is possible with fairly low gold (220 gold for me) by recruiting mainly veterans and exploiting the horrible saurian movement / defence on ice (low casualty approach). As the turn limit isn't very long, it is useful to send some rangers/avengers behind the saurian lines to start burning villages, as soon as they hide in a forest they are invisible to the AI. Constantly check the turn clock, and be as aggresive as possible during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council Ruling == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elvish Assassins ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/16/12 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's no need to recruit - Kalenz can make it to the signpost with just the units you're given.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You might feel tempted to take this scenario as an opportunity to level up some new recruits from scratch, but this may not be a good idea. After a few turns, one of your elf allies (chosen at random) will turn against you, making the battle unpredictable and risky, for not a lot of gain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's just a couple of extra scenarios left in this campaign, and if you feel like leveling up units for the final battle, it's better to do it in the next scenario, where you can recall Cleodil's troops again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Northern Battle ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders or survive for six days&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Cleodil or Uradredia dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as Breaking the Siege, but since it's not winter, most of the board is grassland and woods, and much easier for your elves to fight on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Landar, now one of your enemies, will be in the far southwest, while another enemy elf has a keep a little to the north from yours. Approximately two thirds of your non-loyal veterans, chosen at random, will go with Landar, while the remaining third will go with Uradredia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have been building a formidable &amp;quot;air force&amp;quot; (shaman line) you can beat this level very easily. Moreover, the objective description is not very faithful, since you don't really have to kill all enemy leaders. It suffices to move any of your units adjacent to Landar. This makes this scenario quite easy to beat. If you still have Huraldur (your loyal quick elvish rider) on your side and you have leveled him up, you can take him straight to Landar's keep, and --thanks to the vulnerable design of Landar's keep-- place him next to Landar by turn 3, finishing the scenario with a huge gold reward. Alternatively, you may try a similar strategy with a group of new scout recruits or other quick units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, you can take the opportunity to level up a few recruits. Particularly, now could be a good time to level up any shamans/woses from Cleodil's old recall list to their maximum. Keep in mind that you need to put Cleodil in the ''Encampment Keep'' tile so you can recall those units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of Landar's betrayal and the loss of most of your veterans, you will be working mostly with first level units. Consequently, don't try to take on either enemy on the naked grasslands where their keeps lie; recruit as much as you can, then head for your ally's keep in the north central region of the board, taking as many villages during the process as possible. If you need to, make a stand in and about your ally's keep, though depending upon how well you delay Crintil's army you may be able to pick off your enemy a few at a time in the forest long enough to survive until the end of the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Playing this scenario patiently has a nice side-effect: by killing Landar's strong veterans here, they won't be available to him in the final battle. As a consequence, if you completely wipe up his army now, he'll be stuck with just fresh level-1 and level-2 elves to recruit by then (unless you're playing on ''hard'' difficulty). Also, all of Uradredia's units will become yours, so if you have the chance to save some of his veterans in this scenario, it's worth doing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[On version 1.8.2, all my levelled shaman-line had also disappeared - some for my ally, other for Landar. I could only recruit some shaman about to level. And some of my warriors had gone to my ally, not to Landar. With only first level units, killing the south-east level at turn 2 or 3 is not possible... but you can still buy some second-level warriors who will do the job. After that, most of Landar's units will go toward your ally's keep, which makes you able to reach Landar and end the scenario. Careful, he will be able to deal a final blow to the unit who assaulted him ! ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have some experienced woses (highly resistant against pierce damage!), you can as well crush all the traitors frontally - as long as you engage them outside the forest - for an early finish and large bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== End of War ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Landar&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/21/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A relatively short and simple battle, considering this is the final scenario. Recall/recruit all worthy veterans, and don't worry about gold or grabbing villages. If you've made it this far, surely you have the necessary strategic/tactical skills necessary to deal with Landar's army. Now is the time to try risky ideas; this is the last stop for you and your army, so give them the chance to act heroically on the battle field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A straightforward strategy involves recalling any remaining veteran troops, then recruiting an army of level 1 elves. Form up your line of battle at the edge of the forest to maximize the difference in defense (70% vs. 40%, while trying to hold the shore is only 40% vs. 20%).  The forest defense bonus also means that your level 1 troops stand a good chace of surviving at least one round of two level 2 attacks (which they are unlikely to survive on open ground). If any enemy elves make it into the forest the best approach is to use magic attacks to smoke them out (a slyph works wonders). Once Landar's army has been dealt with, sweep your troops down to the enemy keep to deliver the coup de grace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[version 1.8.2 : on medium, you can just buy loads of level 1 warriors, and keep - most of the time - in the woods. Landar start with about the same money as you do, but doing this, you just suffocate him under numbers.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again experienced woses dominate your enemies outside of forests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Epilogue ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55224</id>
		<title>LegendofWesmere</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55224"/>
		<updated>2014-06-18T10:03:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* Ka'lian Under Attack */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;General Note:  Throughout this campaign, if your elves need to make a stand and you have a choice of options, choose the one that will put most of them in the woods.  Not only will this give you the best chance of survival, it will ensure that the AI playing your allies will do useful things.  This matters a lot, because many of the scenarios in this campaign involve allies you cannot control whose death results in your defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategical Note: This is a long campaign where you play elves. So take a look at the top level units: There are two units capable of flight! One of them is a curing healer +8, the other one is level 4. Both of them can do magic, and both of them can slow their enemies! If you can team up two shydes and two sylphs, you get a magically hard hitting, regenerating, slowing air force that can ZoC-lock an enemy. As if that wasn't enough, late in the campaign you'll lose access to most of your veteran troops, but not your sylphs and shydes. So it really pays to level shamans. However, they are not recruitable during the first four scenarios (since version 1.9.x) --you will still have enough opportunity to level them up, but it requires some effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loyal troops are even more valuable in this campaign than in most others, partially because they get three traits, but mainly because you'll get to keep them when your other troops are unavailable. With that in mind, you should strongly consider leveling one (or both!) of your loyal fighters into a marshal. His leadership skills will prove invaluable when you are stuck with a level 1 army. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Uprooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill any of the orc leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/17/14 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like the first scenario in Heir to the Throne, this scenario begins with the hero in a forest with enemies preparing to close in on all sides. You might want to simply run away (and previously you could), but you have to kill one enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The keep directly to the east is one option. If you keep most of his stronghold hexes plugged up with your units or your enemy's, then he will not be able to spend all his gold before you kill the leader, possibly when he dives in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good alternative is going southwest, as this puts the maximum distance between you and the troops of the other orcish leaders, and only level 1 orcs will come from that corner. It also allows you to use the units of Velon more efficiently; they come under your control after they are first attacked by an orc. The villages will also become yours at that point, so you don't need to worry too much about them (except for healing, of course).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can only recruit fighters and archers. Use fighters to shield yourself and archers to kill the grunts (and warriors on hard.) Keep loyals and leaders safe - if only one unit shields them, remember that it can be killed by a single lucky L2 orc. If you manage to level up units choose captain for fighters and marksman for archers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hostile Mountains ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the troll leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing to do is get the dwarves to fight the trolls. The trolls will go to the east bank without any bait, just take care you don't lure them away or worse anger the dwarves yourself. Even after they fight with the trolls, do not go to the east bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruit fighters to die, archers to do damage. The trolls will tend to go for the fighters when given the option. If you don't have a captain yet, level up a fighter as soon as possible, and use his leadership on your archers. You will need marksmen to kill trolls on mountains, so keep your archers safe (well, at least on reasonable terrain). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not, under any circumstances, cross the river—if you do, Olurf will attack you, and the trolls will cut both you and the dwarves to pieces.  You can have units stand in the river if necessary to reach a particular unit, but since your enemies are more powerful than your units avoid doing so if you are likely to be counterattacked.  Instead, send out an archer or two (preferably ''quick'' ones) to grab the villages in the far northern reaches of the board while you move your troops onto the wooded island in the middle of the river, directly south of your keep.  From here, you can help the dwarves whittle down the trolls while you slowly wend your way southwest toward the troll keep.  The scenario will end if you succeed in killing the troll leader.  Note:  Olurf's death counts as a defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a reason the middle island has so much forest. The western bank of the river has a narrow swath of forest surrounded by mountains and hills. This is not ideal terrain for fighting trolls. Trolls move faster than elves on hills and mountains and have comparable defense. A much better idea is to try to occupy the middle island, forcing the trolls to attack from water. Chances are you'll only be able to claim the northern tip of the island at first, so half your army will spill over to the forest on the west bank. The dwarves help by putting units in water and doing other things to distract the trolls and draw fire away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is preferable to aim to kill the troll leader rather than get to the signpost as the experience is most important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ka'lian Under Attack ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive the initial attack with Galtrid, then defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 5/7/9 initially, then 35/30/25 extra (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take careful note of this map; you'll be fighting on it again later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first turns (original turn limit) you play the defenders of the Ka'lian. See all those Orcish Assassins in the water? Make sure they receive as much retaliation as possible when they poison your units (archers). As you can heal only 2 units per turn, make sure they can't poison your fresh recruits as well. So you can as well kill them with some of your poisoned units as long as they have still enough health. Distribute XP carefully, units heal upon level up, rarely is this more useful than in this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't just hit Ctrl-R to recruit; you have a massive keep so put your new units in the right place. Don't let the orcs in good defense terrain and you should be fine. Use Galtrids leadership carefully by moving him multiple times per turn to support different areas of the castle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz arrives - and if you defended the Ka'lian well - the orcs just pile up in the northwestern corner. Control the map, by trapping and killing the village stealing wolf riders, heal your poisoned Ka'lian defenders and let them do some work. Close in carefully - it will be very hard avoiding casualties, but when the time comes, let them be L1 fighters and not your L2. You can level a number of units, but don't wait too long, you will need gold for the next scenario. (250+ carryover)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The behaviour of the orcs will depend directly on your ability to hold out the invasion of your fortress. If you manage to repel somewhat successfully their initial attack, the orcs will assume a defensive stance for the second part of the battle (usually triggered when Kalenz arrives). If, on the other hand, the orcs have a more successful start, they then become more aggressive and the battle becomes much more lively on the second part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A special feature of this particular scenario --something not very common in a campaign-- is that you will control two armies simultaneously after Kalenz' arrival. You start assuming the role of El'Isomithir, ant later Kalenz joins the party and by then you will switch between your two roles. However, you won't control El'Isomithir's army anymore in the future, so don't grow too attached to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Elvish Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to play this scenario. The most straightforward solution is to send your army en masse to the keep in the northwest first; that's where Cleodil (an Elvish Shyde) is. Then turn east to take out the other saurian. Recruit plenty of fighters, use leadership to full extent and try to heal by level up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is alternatively possible to kill the eastern leader with rangers/avengers, the AI will completely ignore them once they are in the woods again. This allows to play more defensively in the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When fighting the saurians, there are three things to remember:  1) Don't send out isolated units, because they'll be swarmed and killed; 2) Try to keep the saurians on bad terrain 3) watch the day/night cycle (it doesn't affect your elves, but the saurians are significantly weaker by day and you can turn that fact to great advantage). Kill the Augurs as soon as possible with your fighter line. The skirmishers have a lot of movement points; make sure that wounded units are safe or meant to be sacrificed. In general, take your time to experiment and figure out what works best on your strategy against saurians, as you'll be seeing many more of them in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Along with Cleodil, one fighter and one archer (2 on ''easy'') will be freed from their prison. All of them become loyal to your cause, so by the end of this scenario you'll have a small loyal army on your hands. Protect them well and plan carefully how you are going to level them up, since they will become the core of your troops from now on until the very end (although you will be occasionally separated from them).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's a couple of things worth noting regarding Cleodil: one is that she has a special ability labeled ''elates Kalenz'' which works basically like leadership, but only works on Kalenz. What this means is that from now on it's a good idea to keep those two close to each other in the battle field. The other one is that she can recruit shamans and woses. You may try it out in this scenario, in the small keep to the north. This works out nicely if your strategy for this scenario is to concentrate on the northwestern enemy first. With a little effort, you can free Cleodil relatively quickly, and then her recruits can be very helpful for the rest of the battle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Saurian Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/20/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With Cleodil on your side now, you may finally recruit shamans, as well as woses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much trickier than the last one because here you have to fight the saurians on terrain that's hostile to your elves (desert and swamp). Try to confront them on favorable terrain and form a defensive line (against skirmishers) each turn. Woses are very effective against saurians, and the ''slows'' attribute of shamans' ranged attacks limits the damage potential and mobility of skirmishers. Kill the southern leader first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you've dealt with the southern leader and the treasury (the single saurian sitting on a village and not moving) you can either take an Elvish Scout to the treasury to pick up the gold and return it to the sign post (you will have only have the movement points after taking up the treasure) or just go kill the northern leader. Killing the leader is preferable. You'll get XP and any loss in gold from early finish is dwarfed by the 1800 gold you get for beating the level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep an eye on the turn limit. The enemy leaders are easily lured out with a scout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acquaintance in Need ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is another leveling opportunity for your shamans, as there is another troll leader to kill. Also you need to make sure that you neither overrecruit nor underrecruit. With too few units, you will take too long to finish your enemies (as always), while too many units won't help you in the fight, and you will need the money!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start with the green enemy, who's the closest one to you. The dwarves, who are your allies for this scenario, should provide substantial help in doing so. While you finish off the first orc, you should start sending a fair amount of relatively unexperienced archers/shamans west to take on the troll. Then move north over the mountains in a broad line to take out the orcs. A broad front line will help you to quickly overrun the orcs and allow you to finish in good time. Of course, you need sufficient numbers to do this without overstretching yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dwarves will get a lot of kills/occupy the enemy quite a bit. Their high mountain defense and mobility ensure this. You may need to resign yourself to softening the orcs up and letting the dwarves get the kills.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this scenario you'll be able to ask Olurf to move to a specific location inside the map (using right-click), which may be useful in case you want his help in some particularly tight spot. This is one of the ways in which you can control the behaviour of your allies (you'll see another in the next scenario). Notice, however, that this command only applies to Olurf himself, and his troops will continue to move freely as they please, often taking experience away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the end of the scenario, you will end up &amp;quot;hiring&amp;quot; Olurf --paying him 400 gold-- but if you've been careful with your finances, you probably won't miss that amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elves' Last Stand ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all of the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[NOTE:  This scenario gives you the option of choosing to give orders to the AI that controls your allies.  Because of bug issues, I ended up playing the scenario through without using this option.  The advice that follows is for playing the scenario with the AI making automatic choices.--cathyr19355]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as in Kal'ian Under Attack, but with many more enemies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Avoid focusing too much on the troll keep for the first few turns. If you do this, Galdrid will probably be left without much assistance inside Ka'lian, and by turn 5-6 it will probably be too late. Instead, focus on moving your army to Ka'lian as quickly as possible and continue the battle from there. Fortunately, the terrain will help you repel the trolls and orcs coming from the north and west while you move the bulk of your army.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you're careful, you can use the heavy fighting to level units.  As you kill off the aforementioned trolls and orcs, move the main body of your army south through the Kal'ian to Grubr's keep, then west and north again to kill the remaining enemies.  Meanwhile, recruit/recall a bunch of riders and other fast-moving units, send them directly south of your keep to grab the villages on the eastern side of the board; if they make it far enough south, you can aim them at Grubr's keep to take some of the pressure off the Kal'ian.  Even though you have a lot of gold and can recruit a lot of units, your enemies are numerous, and the reinforcements won't show up until the third day, so don't get sloppy about formation and protecting the wounded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Olurf will show up on turn 12 and you'll have to choose whether to place him on the northeast, or the northwest corner. Since dwarves are quite comfortable on mountains, a good choice is the northeast corner, from which you can guide him and his troops to finish off the troll leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to save Eradion (your elf ally on the southwest), order him to move inside Ka'lian from the first turn. Otherwise, he will probably end up being caught in the fire and experiencing a not very heroic death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note for directing the AI:&lt;br /&gt;
I tried to get both my allies to swarm the sourthern orc, they should be able to defeat him, but unfortunately the AI does not really listen to this kind of order (bug?), so once I had the trolls under control I send a select few units south through Kal'ian to help mop up the remaining orcs there. This should leave you enough time to concentrate on the nothern battle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Comment by ElComandante]: There is another victory condition - &amp;quot;You must own the field and be capable of overwhelming your opponents.&amp;quot; This apparently means &amp;quot;own more than 25 units while keeping the opponents under 15&amp;quot;. Played on medium difficulty/1.11.6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council of Hard Choices ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bounty Hunters ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz across the river&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only thing you gain from defeating the saurians is experience. Since you just left a lot of your troops at the Ka'lian, experience may be worth your effort. Nonetheless, if you are having trouble beating this level just run north as fast as you can. You should be able to cross the river with little trouble. You probably don't even need to recruit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to claim some experience, you can form a small army --gold will be the main limitation, since the considerable treasure you had was left on Ka'lian in the previous scenario-- and then either split it into two fronts, or take it all to one of the saurian keeps first if you don't feel comfortable splitting such a small army. If you do split it, send a dwarf-heavy squad to the left (closer mountains) and an elf-heavy one to the right (more forest).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enemy recruits some relatively low HP level 2s and 3s. You can level units quickly after killing a couple of Saurian Oracles. Of course those Oracles have strong magical attacks (especially at night) negating your high defense. Luckily for you the battles start during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Focus on killing the Oracles and Augurs first. They are easy to kill and do a lot of damage. Instead of throwing 3 or 4 units at a level 3 Flanker, just slow it and rack up kills. Try and kill as many units as you can before nightfall, when the attacks become much more ferocious.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The battles will be on high defense terrain, so they will go slowly. If you recruit more than one keepful Kalenz will have a much tougher time crossing the river.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if you already have good units that don't need a lot of extra experience, it might be better to aim for an early finish, in order to amass a good gold reserve again. Gold will become very important by the time you reach the ''Human Alliance'' scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you reach the river, a few sea creatures will show up (water serpents and cuttle fish), but they are usually not much of a challenge. Make use of the small islands to get Kalenz across as quickly as possible. You may also try distracting the monsters with elvish scouts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Comment from Olafstar] If you are going straight to the north without defeating the saurians, it is best to recruit four full keeps (I used Elvish and Dwarvish scouts) on turn 1. Have the leaders start running at the end of turn 1. On turn 2, divide your recruits evenly and send one half to the left, the other half to the right to slow the saurians down, giving your leaders a much better chance of surviving the run. Be sure to move any surviving recruits to strategic hexes on turn 3,4, etc. in order to slow the saurians down as much as possible. The Saurians will catch up as you're crossing the river, but they probably won't kill you as long as you're careful enough while crossing, especially since at least a few of the saurians will focus on killing any remaining sea monsters before worrying about your leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, as of 1.10.7 on easy, the saurian leaders do not recruit level 3s. It is a mixture of level 1 and level 2. One of the leaders is level 3, but that's it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cliffs of Thoria ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three tricky elements about this one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, you have to climb to your destination (the signpost at the top northeast corner of the map) over high mountains, so the going will be very slow for your elves; watch the turn clock carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the &amp;quot;fog of war&amp;quot; applies so you won't know much about your enemies until you actually bump into them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, among your enemies you will find level 4 Yetis (which pack quite a punch), and Gryphons (which move very quickly through any terrain). Keep your shamans ready to slow Yetis before you attack them with other units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may try splitting your forces, sending one group west.  The other group, with Kalenz, goes directly north, deals with the nearest enemy, and continues to the signpost.  This group should be large enough that you can peel off 4-6 units once you get most of the way north to take out the enemy in the far northwestern keep.  Note:  dwarves do well in the mountains, but don't recruit a lot of ulfserkers, not even the second-level ones—they tend to take out the unit they attack but then are very vulnerable to attacks by other units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another strategy could be sending your full army northwest through the forest, using a quick unit to scout the way until you encounter the Yetis (there are 3 in total), and try to dispatch them quickly, before the trolls catch up with you from the east. Then send a few units to deal with the Gryphon leader on the northwest, while your main force goes east to fight the trolls, and Kalenz goes northeast to reach the sign post. If you want to gain as much XP as possible, move Kalenz ''near'' the signpost while you fight the remaining enemies. You can win the scenario by defeating the leaders, but if things get too hairy, you can always finish by moving Kalenz to its destination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Battle of the Book ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Aquagar the drake wizard&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Crelanu or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/34/38 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The drakes, commanded by Aquagar (the foe you have to defeat) are at the northwest corner, while a keep of trolls is located at the northeast. Crelanu, the wise mage you came here for, is by the lake. You can send a quick unit (e.g. Cleodil) towards that keep in the middle of the map to trigger the dialogue with Crelanu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may try splitting your forces, sending half of your troops east along the road first to Crelanu's keep to save him and kill the troll leader (whose keep is close by). Take the remaining troops west to kill the drake leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it will take some time for the trolls to reach Crelanu, so you may try focusing all your power towards Aquagar to finish him as quickly as possible, and then Crelanu won't need any assistance. If you go for killing Aquagar quickly, you might manage with just a few units, so you can save some gold by not over-recruiting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Be careful about using archers, since some of the drakes breathe fire and do more damage that way than your units can with their arrows.  A good mix of impact and ranged fighters is essential.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''For 1.9.x'''&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, you only have to kill Aquagar. So you just focus attacking the drakes. Send some Steelclads, Pathfinders to aid Crelanu. Marksmen, Rangers, Druids, Thunderguards, Stalwarts are extremely useful here. I killed Aquagar by turn 5. ~~Knyghtmare.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Revelations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News from the Front ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Human Alliance ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive until the end of turns&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Aldar (the human leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 18/20/22 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is the unofficial final, the following scenarios are pretty much a sequel, and easier too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enemy is in three places: the northwest, the northeast (trolls) and the southwest. The northeast trolls will not receive reinforcements, so you should concentrate on eliminating their army first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most challenging aspect of this scenario is that your army has to do three things practically simultaneously: contain the northwest orcs (this is not that hard due to favorable terrain), aid your human allies to the south, and eliminate the trolls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trolls should be pretty easy to kill. Their leader doesn't have much money, so there will not be many trolls to face. Slowing with some shaman and using the forest (and mountain tiles for placing your dwarves) to your benefit leads to a quick victory. Afterwards, send the units to reinforce your other two fronts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your allies can hold their own against the first wave of southern attackers but after that they'll be toast. A much better course of action is to team up with them and crush the first wave. When the reinforcements come you should be in a good position to defeat the orcs (especially with your victorious anti-troll army coming to help).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The northwest orcs are numerous but should be kept in check by strong units in the bottlenecks. You'll need some tanks (Champions/Marshals or Steelclads) and healers. When the orc reinforcements arrive you may get swarmed. By this time you should have some help coming from your anti-troll army.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first wave of reinforcements for the orcs will arrive by the end of turn 5. The second wave will come at turn 12. By the end of the battle, the number of orcs will be overwhelming, and the action will take quite some time between turns. By the second half of the battle your complete focus should probably be on protecting your ally general, who by then will be out of money, occasionally recruiting one or two fodder units, and will remain immovable on his castle keep.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On turn 9, some of the elves you had left on Ka'lian will make a come back (including your loyals!). However, they will show up a little to the west of the keep where you start this scenario. It is a strange location for them to show up, and by that point of the battle it will probably be surrounded by enemies, so keeping these reinforcements alive may be very challenging if you don't have at least some of your forces making a stand near that location. If you can save just some of them, aim for the loyal units, and sacrifice the others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should spend all your gold upfront --there is no much point in saving it for later. You may want to recruit a scout or two at the beginning, if you think the investment will be profitable. They can capture a village almost every turn. Don't bother leaving villages for your ally. The money is better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Treaty ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Chief Must Die ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill the orc chief then return to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/32/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz and Landar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You get no keep, and no chance to recruit, in this one.  The only units you have are Kalenz and Landar, and their only task is to assassinate the Orc Sovereign (in the middle) and then return to the signpost at the southwestern corner of the map.  Your units will have special attributes (invisible, 80% dodge) for this scenario only that will make this fairly easy, particularly if you have managed to get Landar to level 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz takes the potion he changes into an Elvish Lord (as you might remember him if you have played [[HeirToTheThrone|HttT]]). He will now possess an arcane-magical attack, which proves very useful against many enemies. You should easily be able to get him to level up during this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should have plenty of turns. The only units that will attack you are the Wolf Rider line. They don't pose much threat thanks to Landar's bow and your 80% dodge. Go to the orc leader, kill him and return to the signpost. There is no point in grabbing villages as you get no income from them. There is also no point in finishing early so go ahead and level Kalenz.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Breaking the Siege ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Uradredia (the elf leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stick to recruiting units with lots of mobility, since the map is large and mostly snow-covered, hampering most of your unit types (don't even bother to recruit dwarves—they won't get to the scene of the action in time to strike any blows). Sylphs and Shydes are best, of course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is essential that you reach your ally quickly. Otherwise he might be dead before you even see him. Despite the fact that fog of war is turned on for this scenario, it's pretty simple to figure out from the geography which keep belongs to your ally (the one in the middle of the forest). You will want to finish this level quickly or/and to grab as soon as possible all the villages to have lots of gold for the next scenario (on medium you'll probably want at least 500 gold). Send some fast units north to keep your ally alive and send the rest straight west. The western units can sweep up after taking out the southern orc boss. A few of Direwolf Riders come as reinforcements when you get to close to the southern orc, so be careful. Alternatively just send everyone north and fan out from there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With good units this level shouldn't be tough to beat. Just make sure you beat it in good standing for the next scenario. At this point, this campaign becomes a very good example of why keeping your loyal units alive is very much worth it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hour of Glory ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Costly Revenge ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy units and destroy all enemy villages&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/35/30 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
* Other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as The Saurian Treasury, but with most of the terrain snow-covered. Since you're fighting the saurians again, most of the advice from that scenario still applies. Mobility is not a great issue, even though one of the enemy keeps is near the top northeastern corner of the map, because by the time you can dispose of your southern enemy he will have already sent most of his troops south after you. Numbers are an issue, however. So, whatever you do, do not underrecruit! (You don't need more than minimal gold in the next recruiting scenario.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best place to make a stand is probably near the patch of forest in the middle (high casualty approach) or the forest with the big ice plain in front of it (low casualty approach). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to put units in the swamp to keep the saurians out of there. The only poor-defense terrain for the saurians is the ice, so keep them on it. The Oracles/Soothsayers will use their ranged attack on your melee units and the Skirmishers/Flankers will use their melee attack on your archers. You will take heavy losses but this is actually good (more on that in a second).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like to send Kalenz and a couple of fast units (Scouts/Riders) along the northern forest and then have them cut across the top of the map. This accomplishes three things: one, you torch some out of the way villages; two, you can distract the northern saurians long enough to keep your main force (in the middle of the map) in control; three, you can move them over to kill the northern leader at the end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a weird twist to this level. After this the elvish civil war breaks out. All your units except loyal ones and scouts defect and serve Landar. So, see that Elvish Champion racking up the kills? Next time he's in battle he will be killing ''your'' units. After the tide of the battle has turned try and get the non-loyal high level units killed (attack those last two Oracles with ranged attack, etc).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enough gold your main worries will be getting to the villages in time (scouts come in handy), getting to the northern leader in time and leaving as few good units for the civil war as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Low casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.10.1 (hard): It is not necessary to get your units killed consciously and this scenario is possible with fairly low gold (220 gold for me) by recruiting mainly veterans and exploiting the horrible saurian movement / defence on ice (low casualty approach). As the turn limit isn't very long, it is useful to send some rangers/avengers behind the saurian lines to start burning villages, as soon as they hide in a forest they are invisible to the AI. Constantly check the turn clock, and be as aggresive as possible during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council Ruling == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elvish Assassins ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/16/12 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's no need to recruit - Kalenz can make it to the signpost with just the units you're given.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You might feel tempted to take this scenario as an opportunity to level up some new recruits from scratch, but this may not be a good idea. After a few turns, one of your elf allies (chosen at random) will turn against you, making the battle unpredictable and risky, for not a lot of gain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's just a couple of extra scenarios left in this campaign, and if you feel like leveling up units for the final battle, it's better to do it in the next scenario, where you can recall Cleodil's troops again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Northern Battle ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders or survive for six days&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Cleodil or Uradredia dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as Breaking the Siege, but since it's not winter, most of the board is grassland and woods, and much easier for your elves to fight on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Landar, now one of your enemies, will be in the far southwest, while another enemy elf has a keep a little to the north from yours. Approximately two thirds of your non-loyal veterans, chosen at random, will go with Landar, while the remaining third will go with Uradredia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have been building a formidable &amp;quot;air force&amp;quot; (shaman line) you can beat this level very easily. Moreover, the objective description is not very faithful, since you don't really have to kill all enemy leaders. It suffices to move any of your units adjacent to Landar. This makes this scenario quite easy to beat. If you still have Huraldur (your loyal quick elvish rider) on your side and you have leveled him up, you can take him straight to Landar's keep, and --thanks to the vulnerable design of Landar's keep-- place him next to Landar by turn 3, finishing the scenario with a huge gold reward. Alternatively, you may try a similar strategy with a group of new scout recruits or other quick units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, you can take the opportunity to level up a few recruits. Particularly, now could be a good time to level up any shamans/woses from Cleodil's old recall list to their maximum. Keep in mind that you need to put Cleodil in the ''Encampment Keep'' tile so you can recall those units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of Landar's betrayal and the loss of most of your veterans, you will be working mostly with first level units. Consequently, don't try to take on either enemy on the naked grasslands where their keeps lie; recruit as much as you can, then head for your ally's keep in the north central region of the board, taking as many villages during the process as possible. If you need to, make a stand in and about your ally's keep, though depending upon how well you delay Crintil's army you may be able to pick off your enemy a few at a time in the forest long enough to survive until the end of the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Playing this scenario patiently has a nice side-effect: by killing Landar's strong veterans here, they won't be available to him in the final battle. As a consequence, if you completely wipe up his army now, he'll be stuck with just fresh level-1 and level-2 elves to recruit by then (unless you're playing on ''hard'' difficulty). Also, all of Uradredia's units will become yours, so if you have the chance to save some of his veterans in this scenario, it's worth doing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[On version 1.8.2, all my levelled shaman-line had also disappeared - some for my ally, other for Landar. I could only recruit some shaman about to level. And some of my warriors had gone to my ally, not to Landar. With only first level units, killing the south-east level at turn 2 or 3 is not possible... but you can still buy some second-level warriors who will do the job. After that, most of Landar's units will go toward your ally's keep, which makes you able to reach Landar and end the scenario. Careful, he will be able to deal a final blow to the unit who assaulted him ! ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have some experienced woses (highly resistant against pierce damage!), you can as well crush all the traitors frontally - as long as you engage them outside the forest - for an early finish and large bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== End of War ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Landar&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/21/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A relatively short and simple battle, considering this is the final scenario. Recall/recruit all worthy veterans, and don't worry about gold or grabbing villages. If you've made it this far, surely you have the necessary strategic/tactical skills necessary to deal with Landar's army. Now is the time to try risky ideas; this is the last stop for you and your army, so give them the chance to act heroically on the battle field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A straightforward strategy involves recalling any remaining veteran troops, then recruiting an army of level 1 elves. Form up your line of battle at the edge of the forest to maximize the difference in defense (70% vs. 40%, while trying to hold the shore is only 40% vs. 20%).  The forest defense bonus also means that your level 1 troops stand a good chace of surviving at least one round of two level 2 attacks (which they are unlikely to survive on open ground). If any enemy elves make it into the forest the best approach is to use magic attacks to smoke them out (a slyph works wonders). Once Landar's army has been dealt with, sweep your troops down to the enemy keep to deliver the coup de grace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[version 1.8.2 : on medium, you can just buy loads of level 1 warriors, and keep - most of the time - in the woods. Landar start with about the same money as you do, but doing this, you just suffocate him under numbers.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again experienced woses dominate your enemies outside of forests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Epilogue ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55223</id>
		<title>LegendofWesmere</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55223"/>
		<updated>2014-06-18T07:00:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* The Uprooting */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;General Note:  Throughout this campaign, if your elves need to make a stand and you have a choice of options, choose the one that will put most of them in the woods.  Not only will this give you the best chance of survival, it will ensure that the AI playing your allies will do useful things.  This matters a lot, because many of the scenarios in this campaign involve allies you cannot control whose death results in your defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategical Note: This is a long campaign where you play elves. So take a look at the top level units: There are two units capable of flight! One of them is a curing healer +8, the other one is level 4. Both of them can do magic, and both of them can slow their enemies! If you can team up two shydes and two sylphs, you get a magically hard hitting, regenerating, slowing air force that can ZoC-lock an enemy. As if that wasn't enough, late in the campaign you'll lose access to most of your veteran troops, but not your sylphs and shydes. So it really pays to level shamans. However, they are not recruitable during the first four scenarios (since version 1.9.x) --you will still have enough opportunity to level them up, but it requires some effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loyal troops are even more valuable in this campaign than in most others, partially because they get three traits, but mainly because you'll get to keep them when your other troops are unavailable. With that in mind, you should strongly consider leveling one (or both!) of your loyal fighters into a marshal. His leadership skills will prove invaluable when you are stuck with a level 1 army. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Uprooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill any of the orc leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/17/14 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like the first scenario in Heir to the Throne, this scenario begins with the hero in a forest with enemies preparing to close in on all sides. You might want to simply run away (and previously you could), but you have to kill one enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The keep directly to the east is one option. If you keep most of his stronghold hexes plugged up with your units or your enemy's, then he will not be able to spend all his gold before you kill the leader, possibly when he dives in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good alternative is going southwest, as this puts the maximum distance between you and the troops of the other orcish leaders, and only level 1 orcs will come from that corner. It also allows you to use the units of Velon more efficiently; they come under your control after they are first attacked by an orc. The villages will also become yours at that point, so you don't need to worry too much about them (except for healing, of course).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can only recruit fighters and archers. Use fighters to shield yourself and archers to kill the grunts (and warriors on hard.) Keep loyals and leaders safe - if only one unit shields them, remember that it can be killed by a single lucky L2 orc. If you manage to level up units choose captain for fighters and marksman for archers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hostile Mountains ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the troll leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing to do is get the dwarves to fight the trolls. The trolls will go to the east bank without any bait, just take care you don't lure them away or worse anger the dwarves yourself. Even after they fight with the trolls, do not go to the east bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruit fighters to die, archers to do damage. The trolls will tend to go for the fighters when given the option. If you don't have a captain yet, level up a fighter as soon as possible, and use his leadership on your archers. You will need marksmen to kill trolls on mountains, so keep your archers safe (well, at least on reasonable terrain). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not, under any circumstances, cross the river—if you do, Olurf will attack you, and the trolls will cut both you and the dwarves to pieces.  You can have units stand in the river if necessary to reach a particular unit, but since your enemies are more powerful than your units avoid doing so if you are likely to be counterattacked.  Instead, send out an archer or two (preferably ''quick'' ones) to grab the villages in the far northern reaches of the board while you move your troops onto the wooded island in the middle of the river, directly south of your keep.  From here, you can help the dwarves whittle down the trolls while you slowly wend your way southwest toward the troll keep.  The scenario will end if you succeed in killing the troll leader.  Note:  Olurf's death counts as a defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a reason the middle island has so much forest. The western bank of the river has a narrow swath of forest surrounded by mountains and hills. This is not ideal terrain for fighting trolls. Trolls move faster than elves on hills and mountains and have comparable defense. A much better idea is to try to occupy the middle island, forcing the trolls to attack from water. Chances are you'll only be able to claim the northern tip of the island at first, so half your army will spill over to the forest on the west bank. The dwarves help by putting units in water and doing other things to distract the trolls and draw fire away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is preferable to aim to kill the troll leader rather than get to the signpost as the experience is most important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ka'lian Under Attack ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive the initial attack with Galtrid, then defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 5/7/9 initially, then 35/30/25 extra (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take careful note of this map; you'll be fighting on it again later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first turns (original turn limit) you play the defenders of the Ka'lian. See all those Orcish Assassins in the water? Make sure they receive as much retaliation as possible when they poison your units (archers). As you can heal only 2 units per turn, make sure they can't poison your fresh recruits as well. So you can as well kill them with some of your poisoned units as long as they have still enough health. Distribute XP carefully, units heal upon level up, rarely is this more useful than in this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't just hit Ctrl-R to recruit; you have a massive keep so put your new units in the right place. Don't let the orcs in good defense terrain and you should be fine. Use Galtrids leadership carefully by moving him multiple times per turn to support different areas of the castle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz arrives - and if you defended the Ka'lian well - the orcs just pile up in the northwestern corner. Control the map, by trapping and killing the village stealing wolf riders, heal your poisoned Ka'lian defenders and let them do some work. Close in carefully - it will be very hard avoiding casualties, but when the time comes, let them be L1 fighters and not your L2. You can level a number of units, but don't wait too long, you will need gold for the next scenario. (250+ carryover)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The behaviour of the orcs will depend directly on your ability to hold out the invasion of your fortress. If you manage to repel somewhat successfully their initial attack, the orcs will assume a defensive stance for the second part of the battle (usually triggered when Kalenz arrives). If, on the other hand, the orcs have a more successful start, they then become more aggresive and the battle becomes much more lively on the second part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A special feature of this particular scenario --something not very common in a campaign-- is that you will control two armies simultaneously after Kalenz' arrival. You start assuming the role of El'Isomithir, ant later Kalenz joins the party and by then you will switch between your two roles. However, you won't control El'Isomithir's army anymore in the future, so don't grow too attached to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Elvish Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to play this scenario. The most straightforward solution is to send your army en masse to the keep in the northwest first; that's where Cleodil (an Elvish Shyde) is. Then turn east to take out the other saurian. Recruit plenty of fighters, use leadership to full extent and try to heal by level up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is alternatively possible to kill the eastern leader with rangers/avengers, the AI will completely ignore them once they are in the woods again. This allows to play more defensively in the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When fighting the saurians, there are three things to remember:  1) Don't send out isolated units, because they'll be swarmed and killed; 2) Try to keep the saurians on bad terrain 3) watch the day/night cycle (it doesn't affect your elves, but the saurians are significantly weaker by day and you can turn that fact to great advantage). Kill the Augurs as soon as possible with your fighter line. The skirmishers have a lot of movement points; make sure that wounded units are safe or meant to be sacrificed. In general, take your time to experiment and figure out what works best on your strategy against saurians, as you'll be seeing many more of them in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Along with Cleodil, one fighter and one archer (2 on ''easy'') will be freed from their prison. All of them become loyal to your cause, so by the end of this scenario you'll have a small loyal army on your hands. Protect them well and plan carefully how you are going to level them up, since they will become the core of your troops from now on until the very end (although you will be occasionally separated from them).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's a couple of things worth noting regarding Cleodil: one is that she has a special ability labeled ''elates Kalenz'' which works basically like leadership, but only works on Kalenz. What this means is that from now on it's a good idea to keep those two close to each other in the battle field. The other one is that she can recruit shamans and woses. You may try it out in this scenario, in the small keep to the north. This works out nicely if your strategy for this scenario is to concentrate on the northwestern enemy first. With a little effort, you can free Cleodil relatively quickly, and then her recruits can be very helpful for the rest of the battle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Saurian Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/20/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With Cleodil on your side now, you may finally recruit shamans, as well as woses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much trickier than the last one because here you have to fight the saurians on terrain that's hostile to your elves (desert and swamp). Try to confront them on favorable terrain and form a defensive line (against skirmishers) each turn. Woses are very effective against saurians, and the ''slows'' attribute of shamans' ranged attacks limits the damage potential and mobility of skirmishers. Kill the southern leader first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you've dealt with the southern leader and the treasury (the single saurian sitting on a village and not moving) you can either take an Elvish Scout to the treasury to pick up the gold and return it to the sign post (you will have only have the movement points after taking up the treasure) or just go kill the northern leader. Killing the leader is preferable. You'll get XP and any loss in gold from early finish is dwarfed by the 1800 gold you get for beating the level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep an eye on the turn limit. The enemy leaders are easily lured out with a scout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acquaintance in Need ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is another leveling opportunity for your shamans, as there is another troll leader to kill. Also you need to make sure that you neither overrecruit nor underrecruit. With too few units, you will take too long to finish your enemies (as always), while too many units won't help you in the fight, and you will need the money!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start with the green enemy, who's the closest one to you. The dwarves, who are your allies for this scenario, should provide substantial help in doing so. While you finish off the first orc, you should start sending a fair amount of relatively unexperienced archers/shamans west to take on the troll. Then move north over the mountains in a broad line to take out the orcs. A broad front line will help you to quickly overrun the orcs and allow you to finish in good time. Of course, you need sufficient numbers to do this without overstretching yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dwarves will get a lot of kills/occupy the enemy quite a bit. Their high mountain defense and mobility ensure this. You may need to resign yourself to softening the orcs up and letting the dwarves get the kills.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this scenario you'll be able to ask Olurf to move to a specific location inside the map (using right-click), which may be useful in case you want his help in some particularly tight spot. This is one of the ways in which you can control the behaviour of your allies (you'll see another in the next scenario). Notice, however, that this command only applies to Olurf himself, and his troops will continue to move freely as they please, often taking experience away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the end of the scenario, you will end up &amp;quot;hiring&amp;quot; Olurf --paying him 400 gold-- but if you've been careful with your finances, you probably won't miss that amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elves' Last Stand ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all of the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[NOTE:  This scenario gives you the option of choosing to give orders to the AI that controls your allies.  Because of bug issues, I ended up playing the scenario through without using this option.  The advice that follows is for playing the scenario with the AI making automatic choices.--cathyr19355]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as in Kal'ian Under Attack, but with many more enemies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Avoid focusing too much on the troll keep for the first few turns. If you do this, Galdrid will probably be left without much assistance inside Ka'lian, and by turn 5-6 it will probably be too late. Instead, focus on moving your army to Ka'lian as quickly as possible and continue the battle from there. Fortunately, the terrain will help you repel the trolls and orcs coming from the north and west while you move the bulk of your army.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you're careful, you can use the heavy fighting to level units.  As you kill off the aforementioned trolls and orcs, move the main body of your army south through the Kal'ian to Grubr's keep, then west and north again to kill the remaining enemies.  Meanwhile, recruit/recall a bunch of riders and other fast-moving units, send them directly south of your keep to grab the villages on the eastern side of the board; if they make it far enough south, you can aim them at Grubr's keep to take some of the pressure off the Kal'ian.  Even though you have a lot of gold and can recruit a lot of units, your enemies are numerous, and the reinforcements won't show up until the third day, so don't get sloppy about formation and protecting the wounded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Olurf will show up on turn 12 and you'll have to choose whether to place him on the northeast, or the northwest corner. Since dwarves are quite comfortable on mountains, a good choice is the northeast corner, from which you can guide him and his troops to finish off the troll leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to save Eradion (your elf ally on the southwest), order him to move inside Ka'lian from the first turn. Otherwise, he will probably end up being caught in the fire and experiencing a not very heroic death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note for directing the AI:&lt;br /&gt;
I tried to get both my allies to swarm the sourthern orc, they should be able to defeat him, but unfortunately the AI does not really listen to this kind of order (bug?), so once I had the trolls under control I send a select few units south through Kal'ian to help mop up the remaining orcs there. This should leave you enough time to concentrate on the nothern battle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Comment by ElComandante]: There is another victory condition - &amp;quot;You must own the field and be capable of overwhelming your opponents.&amp;quot; This apparently means &amp;quot;own more than 25 units while keeping the opponents under 15&amp;quot;. Played on medium difficulty/1.11.6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council of Hard Choices ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bounty Hunters ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz across the river&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only thing you gain from defeating the saurians is experience. Since you just left a lot of your troops at the Ka'lian, experience may be worth your effort. Nonetheless, if you are having trouble beating this level just run north as fast as you can. You should be able to cross the river with little trouble. You probably don't even need to recruit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to claim some experience, you can form a small army --gold will be the main limitation, since the considerable treasure you had was left on Ka'lian in the previous scenario-- and then either split it into two fronts, or take it all to one of the saurian keeps first if you don't feel comfortable splitting such a small army. If you do split it, send a dwarf-heavy squad to the left (closer mountains) and an elf-heavy one to the right (more forest).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enemy recruits some relatively low HP level 2s and 3s. You can level units quickly after killing a couple of Saurian Oracles. Of course those Oracles have strong magical attacks (especially at night) negating your high defense. Luckily for you the battles start during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Focus on killing the Oracles and Augurs first. They are easy to kill and do a lot of damage. Instead of throwing 3 or 4 units at a level 3 Flanker, just slow it and rack up kills. Try and kill as many units as you can before nightfall, when the attacks become much more ferocious.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The battles will be on high defense terrain, so they will go slowly. If you recruit more than one keepful Kalenz will have a much tougher time crossing the river.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if you already have good units that don't need a lot of extra experience, it might be better to aim for an early finish, in order to amass a good gold reserve again. Gold will become very important by the time you reach the ''Human Alliance'' scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you reach the river, a few sea creatures will show up (water serpents and cuttle fish), but they are usually not much of a challenge. Make use of the small islands to get Kalenz across as quickly as possible. You may also try distracting the monsters with elvish scouts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Comment from Olafstar] If you are going straight to the north without defeating the saurians, it is best to recruit four full keeps (I used Elvish and Dwarvish scouts) on turn 1. Have the leaders start running at the end of turn 1. On turn 2, divide your recruits evenly and send one half to the left, the other half to the right to slow the saurians down, giving your leaders a much better chance of surviving the run. Be sure to move any surviving recruits to strategic hexes on turn 3,4, etc. in order to slow the saurians down as much as possible. The Saurians will catch up as you're crossing the river, but they probably won't kill you as long as you're careful enough while crossing, especially since at least a few of the saurians will focus on killing any remaining sea monsters before worrying about your leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, as of 1.10.7 on easy, the saurian leaders do not recruit level 3s. It is a mixture of level 1 and level 2. One of the leaders is level 3, but that's it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cliffs of Thoria ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three tricky elements about this one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, you have to climb to your destination (the signpost at the top northeast corner of the map) over high mountains, so the going will be very slow for your elves; watch the turn clock carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the &amp;quot;fog of war&amp;quot; applies so you won't know much about your enemies until you actually bump into them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, among your enemies you will find level 4 Yetis (which pack quite a punch), and Gryphons (which move very quickly through any terrain). Keep your shamans ready to slow Yetis before you attack them with other units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may try splitting your forces, sending one group west.  The other group, with Kalenz, goes directly north, deals with the nearest enemy, and continues to the signpost.  This group should be large enough that you can peel off 4-6 units once you get most of the way north to take out the enemy in the far northwestern keep.  Note:  dwarves do well in the mountains, but don't recruit a lot of ulfserkers, not even the second-level ones—they tend to take out the unit they attack but then are very vulnerable to attacks by other units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another strategy could be sending your full army northwest through the forest, using a quick unit to scout the way until you encounter the Yetis (there are 3 in total), and try to dispatch them quickly, before the trolls catch up with you from the east. Then send a few units to deal with the Gryphon leader on the northwest, while your main force goes east to fight the trolls, and Kalenz goes northeast to reach the sign post. If you want to gain as much XP as possible, move Kalenz ''near'' the signpost while you fight the remaining enemies. You can win the scenario by defeating the leaders, but if things get too hairy, you can always finish by moving Kalenz to its destination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Battle of the Book ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Aquagar the drake wizard&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Crelanu or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/34/38 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The drakes, commanded by Aquagar (the foe you have to defeat) are at the northwest corner, while a keep of trolls is located at the northeast. Crelanu, the wise mage you came here for, is by the lake. You can send a quick unit (e.g. Cleodil) towards that keep in the middle of the map to trigger the dialogue with Crelanu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may try splitting your forces, sending half of your troops east along the road first to Crelanu's keep to save him and kill the troll leader (whose keep is close by). Take the remaining troops west to kill the drake leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it will take some time for the trolls to reach Crelanu, so you may try focusing all your power towards Aquagar to finish him as quickly as possible, and then Crelanu won't need any assistance. If you go for killing Aquagar quickly, you might manage with just a few units, so you can save some gold by not over-recruiting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Be careful about using archers, since some of the drakes breathe fire and do more damage that way than your units can with their arrows.  A good mix of impact and ranged fighters is essential.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''For 1.9.x'''&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, you only have to kill Aquagar. So you just focus attacking the drakes. Send some Steelclads, Pathfinders to aid Crelanu. Marksmen, Rangers, Druids, Thunderguards, Stalwarts are extremely useful here. I killed Aquagar by turn 5. ~~Knyghtmare.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Revelations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News from the Front ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Human Alliance ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive until the end of turns&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Aldar (the human leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 18/20/22 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is the unofficial final, the following scenarios are pretty much a sequel, and easier too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enemy is in three places: the northwest, the northeast (trolls) and the southwest. The northeast trolls will not receive reinforcements, so you should concentrate on eliminating their army first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most challenging aspect of this scenario is that your army has to do three things practically simultaneously: contain the northwest orcs (this is not that hard due to favorable terrain), aid your human allies to the south, and eliminate the trolls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trolls should be pretty easy to kill. Their leader doesn't have much money, so there will not be many trolls to face. Slowing with some shaman and using the forest (and mountain tiles for placing your dwarves) to your benefit leads to a quick victory. Afterwards, send the units to reinforce your other two fronts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your allies can hold their own against the first wave of southern attackers but after that they'll be toast. A much better course of action is to team up with them and crush the first wave. When the reinforcements come you should be in a good position to defeat the orcs (especially with your victorious anti-troll army coming to help).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The northwest orcs are numerous but should be kept in check by strong units in the bottlenecks. You'll need some tanks (Champions/Marshals or Steelclads) and healers. When the orc reinforcements arrive you may get swarmed. By this time you should have some help coming from your anti-troll army.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first wave of reinforcements for the orcs will arrive by the end of turn 5. The second wave will come at turn 12. By the end of the battle, the number of orcs will be overwhelming, and the action will take quite some time between turns. By the second half of the battle your complete focus should probably be on protecting your ally general, who by then will be out of money, occasionally recruiting one or two fodder units, and will remain immovable on his castle keep.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On turn 9, some of the elves you had left on Ka'lian will make a come back (including your loyals!). However, they will show up a little to the west of the keep where you start this scenario. It is a strange location for them to show up, and by that point of the battle it will probably be surrounded by enemies, so keeping these reinforcements alive may be very challenging if you don't have at least some of your forces making a stand near that location. If you can save just some of them, aim for the loyal units, and sacrifice the others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should spend all your gold upfront --there is no much point in saving it for later. You may want to recruit a scout or two at the beginning, if you think the investment will be profitable. They can capture a village almost every turn. Don't bother leaving villages for your ally. The money is better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Treaty ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Chief Must Die ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill the orc chief then return to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/32/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz and Landar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You get no keep, and no chance to recruit, in this one.  The only units you have are Kalenz and Landar, and their only task is to assassinate the Orc Sovereign (in the middle) and then return to the signpost at the southwestern corner of the map.  Your units will have special attributes (invisible, 80% dodge) for this scenario only that will make this fairly easy, particularly if you have managed to get Landar to level 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz takes the potion he changes into an Elvish Lord (as you might remember him if you have played [[HeirToTheThrone|HttT]]). He will now possess an arcane-magical attack, which proves very useful against many enemies. You should easily be able to get him to level up during this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should have plenty of turns. The only units that will attack you are the Wolf Rider line. They don't pose much threat thanks to Landar's bow and your 80% dodge. Go to the orc leader, kill him and return to the signpost. There is no point in grabbing villages as you get no income from them. There is also no point in finishing early so go ahead and level Kalenz.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Breaking the Siege ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Uradredia (the elf leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stick to recruiting units with lots of mobility, since the map is large and mostly snow-covered, hampering most of your unit types (don't even bother to recruit dwarves—they won't get to the scene of the action in time to strike any blows). Sylphs and Shydes are best, of course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is essential that you reach your ally quickly. Otherwise he might be dead before you even see him. Despite the fact that fog of war is turned on for this scenario, it's pretty simple to figure out from the geography which keep belongs to your ally (the one in the middle of the forest). You will want to finish this level quickly or/and to grab as soon as possible all the villages to have lots of gold for the next scenario (on medium you'll probably want at least 500 gold). Send some fast units north to keep your ally alive and send the rest straight west. The western units can sweep up after taking out the southern orc boss. A few of Direwolf Riders come as reinforcements when you get to close to the southern orc, so be careful. Alternatively just send everyone north and fan out from there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With good units this level shouldn't be tough to beat. Just make sure you beat it in good standing for the next scenario. At this point, this campaign becomes a very good example of why keeping your loyal units alive is very much worth it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hour of Glory ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Costly Revenge ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy units and destroy all enemy villages&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/35/30 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
* Other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as The Saurian Treasury, but with most of the terrain snow-covered. Since you're fighting the saurians again, most of the advice from that scenario still applies. Mobility is not a great issue, even though one of the enemy keeps is near the top northeastern corner of the map, because by the time you can dispose of your southern enemy he will have already sent most of his troops south after you. Numbers are an issue, however. So, whatever you do, do not underrecruit! (You don't need more than minimal gold in the next recruiting scenario.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best place to make a stand is probably near the patch of forest in the middle (high casualty approach) or the forest with the big ice plain in front of it (low casualty approach). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to put units in the swamp to keep the saurians out of there. The only poor-defense terrain for the saurians is the ice, so keep them on it. The Oracles/Soothsayers will use their ranged attack on your melee units and the Skirmishers/Flankers will use their melee attack on your archers. You will take heavy losses but this is actually good (more on that in a second).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like to send Kalenz and a couple of fast units (Scouts/Riders) along the northern forest and then have them cut across the top of the map. This accomplishes three things: one, you torch some out of the way villages; two, you can distract the northern saurians long enough to keep your main force (in the middle of the map) in control; three, you can move them over to kill the northern leader at the end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a weird twist to this level. After this the elvish civil war breaks out. All your units except loyal ones and scouts defect and serve Landar. So, see that Elvish Champion racking up the kills? Next time he's in battle he will be killing ''your'' units. After the tide of the battle has turned try and get the non-loyal high level units killed (attack those last two Oracles with ranged attack, etc).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enough gold your main worries will be getting to the villages in time (scouts come in handy), getting to the northern leader in time and leaving as few good units for the civil war as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Low casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.10.1 (hard): It is not necessary to get your units killed consciously and this scenario is possible with fairly low gold (220 gold for me) by recruiting mainly veterans and exploiting the horrible saurian movement / defence on ice (low casualty approach). As the turn limit isn't very long, it is useful to send some rangers/avengers behind the saurian lines to start burning villages, as soon as they hide in a forest they are invisible to the AI. Constantly check the turn clock, and be as aggresive as possible during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council Ruling == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elvish Assassins ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/16/12 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's no need to recruit - Kalenz can make it to the signpost with just the units you're given.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You might feel tempted to take this scenario as an opportunity to level up some new recruits from scratch, but this may not be a good idea. After a few turns, one of your elf allies (chosen at random) will turn against you, making the battle unpredictable and risky, for not a lot of gain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's just a couple of extra scenarios left in this campaign, and if you feel like leveling up units for the final battle, it's better to do it in the next scenario, where you can recall Cleodil's troops again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Northern Battle ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders or survive for six days&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Cleodil or Uradredia dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as Breaking the Siege, but since it's not winter, most of the board is grassland and woods, and much easier for your elves to fight on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Landar, now one of your enemies, will be in the far southwest, while another enemy elf has a keep a little to the north from yours. Approximately two thirds of your non-loyal veterans, chosen at random, will go with Landar, while the remaining third will go with Uradredia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have been building a formidable &amp;quot;air force&amp;quot; (shaman line) you can beat this level very easily. Moreover, the objective description is not very faithful, since you don't really have to kill all enemy leaders. It suffices to move any of your units adjacent to Landar. This makes this scenario quite easy to beat. If you still have Huraldur (your loyal quick elvish rider) on your side and you have leveled him up, you can take him straight to Landar's keep, and --thanks to the vulnerable design of Landar's keep-- place him next to Landar by turn 3, finishing the scenario with a huge gold reward. Alternatively, you may try a similar strategy with a group of new scout recruits or other quick units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, you can take the opportunity to level up a few recruits. Particularly, now could be a good time to level up any shamans/woses from Cleodil's old recall list to their maximum. Keep in mind that you need to put Cleodil in the ''Encampment Keep'' tile so you can recall those units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of Landar's betrayal and the loss of most of your veterans, you will be working mostly with first level units. Consequently, don't try to take on either enemy on the naked grasslands where their keeps lie; recruit as much as you can, then head for your ally's keep in the north central region of the board, taking as many villages during the process as possible. If you need to, make a stand in and about your ally's keep, though depending upon how well you delay Crintil's army you may be able to pick off your enemy a few at a time in the forest long enough to survive until the end of the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Playing this scenario patiently has a nice side-effect: by killing Landar's strong veterans here, they won't be available to him in the final battle. As a consequence, if you completely wipe up his army now, he'll be stuck with just fresh level-1 and level-2 elves to recruit by then (unless you're playing on ''hard'' difficulty). Also, all of Uradredia's units will become yours, so if you have the chance to save some of his veterans in this scenario, it's worth doing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[On version 1.8.2, all my levelled shaman-line had also disappeared - some for my ally, other for Landar. I could only recruit some shaman about to level. And some of my warriors had gone to my ally, not to Landar. With only first level units, killing the south-east level at turn 2 or 3 is not possible... but you can still buy some second-level warriors who will do the job. After that, most of Landar's units will go toward your ally's keep, which makes you able to reach Landar and end the scenario. Careful, he will be able to deal a final blow to the unit who assaulted him ! ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have some experienced woses (highly resistant against pierce damage!), you can as well crush all the traitors frontally - as long as you engage them outside the forest - for an early finish and large bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== End of War ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Landar&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/21/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A relatively short and simple battle, considering this is the final scenario. Recall/recruit all worthy veterans, and don't worry about gold or grabbing villages. If you've made it this far, surely you have the necessary strategic/tactical skills necessary to deal with Landar's army. Now is the time to try risky ideas; this is the last stop for you and your army, so give them the chance to act heroically on the battle field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A straightforward strategy involves recalling any remaining veteran troops, then recruiting an army of level 1 elves. Form up your line of battle at the edge of the forest to maximize the difference in defense (70% vs. 40%, while trying to hold the shore is only 40% vs. 20%).  The forest defense bonus also means that your level 1 troops stand a good chace of surviving at least one round of two level 2 attacks (which they are unlikely to survive on open ground). If any enemy elves make it into the forest the best approach is to use magic attacks to smoke them out (a slyph works wonders). Once Landar's army has been dealt with, sweep your troops down to the enemy keep to deliver the coup de grace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[version 1.8.2 : on medium, you can just buy loads of level 1 warriors, and keep - most of the time - in the woods. Landar start with about the same money as you do, but doing this, you just suffocate him under numbers.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again experienced woses dominate your enemies outside of forests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Epilogue ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55222</id>
		<title>LegendofWesmere</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=LegendofWesmere&amp;diff=55222"/>
		<updated>2014-06-18T06:59:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* The Uprooting */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;General Note:  Throughout this campaign, if your elves need to make a stand and you have a choice of options, choose the one that will put most of them in the woods.  Not only will this give you the best chance of survival, it will ensure that the AI playing your allies will do useful things.  This matters a lot, because many of the scenarios in this campaign involve allies you cannot control whose death results in your defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strategical Note: This is a long campaign where you play elves. So take a look at the top level units: There are two units capable of flight! One of them is a curing healer +8, the other one is level 4. Both of them can do magic, and both of them can slow their enemies! If you can team up two shydes and two sylphs, you get a magically hard hitting, regenerating, slowing air force that can ZoC-lock an enemy. As if that wasn't enough, late in the campaign you'll lose access to most of your veteran troops, but not your sylphs and shydes. So it really pays to level shamans. However, they are not recruitable during the first four scenarios (since version 1.9.x) --you will still have enough opportunity to level them up, but it requires some effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loyal troops are even more valuable in this campaign than in most others, partially because they get three traits, but mainly because you'll get to keep them when your other troops are unavailable. With that in mind, you should strongly consider leveling one (or both!) of your loyal fighters into a marshal. His leadership skills will prove invaluable when you are stuck with a level 1 army. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Uprooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill any of the orc leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 16/14/12 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like the first scenario in Heir to the Throne, this scenario begins with the hero in a forest with enemies preparing to close in on all sides. You might want to simply run away (and previously you could), but you have to kill one enemy leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The keep directly to the east is one option. If you keep most of his stronghold hexes plugged up with your units or your enemy's, then he will not be able to spend all his gold before you kill the leader, possibly when he dives in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good alternative is going southwest, as this puts the maximum distance between you and the troops of the other orcish leaders, and only level 1 orcs will come from that corner. It also allows you to use the units of Velon more efficiently; they come under your control after they are first attacked by an orc. The villages will also become yours at that point, so you don't need to worry too much about them (except for healing, of course).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can only recruit fighters and archers. Use fighters to shield yourself and archers to kill the grunts (and warriors on hard.) Keep loyals and leaders safe - if only one unit shields them, remember that it can be killed by a single lucky L2 orc. If you manage to level up units choose captain for fighters and marksman for archers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hostile Mountains ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the troll leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing to do is get the dwarves to fight the trolls. The trolls will go to the east bank without any bait, just take care you don't lure them away or worse anger the dwarves yourself. Even after they fight with the trolls, do not go to the east bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recruit fighters to die, archers to do damage. The trolls will tend to go for the fighters when given the option. If you don't have a captain yet, level up a fighter as soon as possible, and use his leadership on your archers. You will need marksmen to kill trolls on mountains, so keep your archers safe (well, at least on reasonable terrain). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not, under any circumstances, cross the river—if you do, Olurf will attack you, and the trolls will cut both you and the dwarves to pieces.  You can have units stand in the river if necessary to reach a particular unit, but since your enemies are more powerful than your units avoid doing so if you are likely to be counterattacked.  Instead, send out an archer or two (preferably ''quick'' ones) to grab the villages in the far northern reaches of the board while you move your troops onto the wooded island in the middle of the river, directly south of your keep.  From here, you can help the dwarves whittle down the trolls while you slowly wend your way southwest toward the troll keep.  The scenario will end if you succeed in killing the troll leader.  Note:  Olurf's death counts as a defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a reason the middle island has so much forest. The western bank of the river has a narrow swath of forest surrounded by mountains and hills. This is not ideal terrain for fighting trolls. Trolls move faster than elves on hills and mountains and have comparable defense. A much better idea is to try to occupy the middle island, forcing the trolls to attack from water. Chances are you'll only be able to claim the northern tip of the island at first, so half your army will spill over to the forest on the west bank. The dwarves help by putting units in water and doing other things to distract the trolls and draw fire away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is preferable to aim to kill the troll leader rather than get to the signpost as the experience is most important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ka'lian Under Attack ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive the initial attack with Galtrid, then defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 5/7/9 initially, then 35/30/25 extra (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take careful note of this map; you'll be fighting on it again later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first turns (original turn limit) you play the defenders of the Ka'lian. See all those Orcish Assassins in the water? Make sure they receive as much retaliation as possible when they poison your units (archers). As you can heal only 2 units per turn, make sure they can't poison your fresh recruits as well. So you can as well kill them with some of your poisoned units as long as they have still enough health. Distribute XP carefully, units heal upon level up, rarely is this more useful than in this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't just hit Ctrl-R to recruit; you have a massive keep so put your new units in the right place. Don't let the orcs in good defense terrain and you should be fine. Use Galtrids leadership carefully by moving him multiple times per turn to support different areas of the castle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz arrives - and if you defended the Ka'lian well - the orcs just pile up in the northwestern corner. Control the map, by trapping and killing the village stealing wolf riders, heal your poisoned Ka'lian defenders and let them do some work. Close in carefully - it will be very hard avoiding casualties, but when the time comes, let them be L1 fighters and not your L2. You can level a number of units, but don't wait too long, you will need gold for the next scenario. (250+ carryover)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The behaviour of the orcs will depend directly on your ability to hold out the invasion of your fortress. If you manage to repel somewhat successfully their initial attack, the orcs will assume a defensive stance for the second part of the battle (usually triggered when Kalenz arrives). If, on the other hand, the orcs have a more successful start, they then become more aggresive and the battle becomes much more lively on the second part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A special feature of this particular scenario --something not very common in a campaign-- is that you will control two armies simultaneously after Kalenz' arrival. You start assuming the role of El'Isomithir, ant later Kalenz joins the party and by then you will switch between your two roles. However, you won't control El'Isomithir's army anymore in the future, so don't grow too attached to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Elvish Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to play this scenario. The most straightforward solution is to send your army en masse to the keep in the northwest first; that's where Cleodil (an Elvish Shyde) is. Then turn east to take out the other saurian. Recruit plenty of fighters, use leadership to full extent and try to heal by level up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is alternatively possible to kill the eastern leader with rangers/avengers, the AI will completely ignore them once they are in the woods again. This allows to play more defensively in the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When fighting the saurians, there are three things to remember:  1) Don't send out isolated units, because they'll be swarmed and killed; 2) Try to keep the saurians on bad terrain 3) watch the day/night cycle (it doesn't affect your elves, but the saurians are significantly weaker by day and you can turn that fact to great advantage). Kill the Augurs as soon as possible with your fighter line. The skirmishers have a lot of movement points; make sure that wounded units are safe or meant to be sacrificed. In general, take your time to experiment and figure out what works best on your strategy against saurians, as you'll be seeing many more of them in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Along with Cleodil, one fighter and one archer (2 on ''easy'') will be freed from their prison. All of them become loyal to your cause, so by the end of this scenario you'll have a small loyal army on your hands. Protect them well and plan carefully how you are going to level them up, since they will become the core of your troops from now on until the very end (although you will be occasionally separated from them).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's a couple of things worth noting regarding Cleodil: one is that she has a special ability labeled ''elates Kalenz'' which works basically like leadership, but only works on Kalenz. What this means is that from now on it's a good idea to keep those two close to each other in the battle field. The other one is that she can recruit shamans and woses. You may try it out in this scenario, in the small keep to the north. This works out nicely if your strategy for this scenario is to concentrate on the northwestern enemy first. With a little effort, you can free Cleodil relatively quickly, and then her recruits can be very helpful for the rest of the battle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Saurian Treasury ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/20/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With Cleodil on your side now, you may finally recruit shamans, as well as woses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is much trickier than the last one because here you have to fight the saurians on terrain that's hostile to your elves (desert and swamp). Try to confront them on favorable terrain and form a defensive line (against skirmishers) each turn. Woses are very effective against saurians, and the ''slows'' attribute of shamans' ranged attacks limits the damage potential and mobility of skirmishers. Kill the southern leader first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you've dealt with the southern leader and the treasury (the single saurian sitting on a village and not moving) you can either take an Elvish Scout to the treasury to pick up the gold and return it to the sign post (you will have only have the movement points after taking up the treasure) or just go kill the northern leader. Killing the leader is preferable. You'll get XP and any loss in gold from early finish is dwarfed by the 1800 gold you get for beating the level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep an eye on the turn limit. The enemy leaders are easily lured out with a scout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acquaintance in Need ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is another leveling opportunity for your shamans, as there is another troll leader to kill. Also you need to make sure that you neither overrecruit nor underrecruit. With too few units, you will take too long to finish your enemies (as always), while too many units won't help you in the fight, and you will need the money!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start with the green enemy, who's the closest one to you. The dwarves, who are your allies for this scenario, should provide substantial help in doing so. While you finish off the first orc, you should start sending a fair amount of relatively unexperienced archers/shamans west to take on the troll. Then move north over the mountains in a broad line to take out the orcs. A broad front line will help you to quickly overrun the orcs and allow you to finish in good time. Of course, you need sufficient numbers to do this without overstretching yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dwarves will get a lot of kills/occupy the enemy quite a bit. Their high mountain defense and mobility ensure this. You may need to resign yourself to softening the orcs up and letting the dwarves get the kills.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this scenario you'll be able to ask Olurf to move to a specific location inside the map (using right-click), which may be useful in case you want his help in some particularly tight spot. This is one of the ways in which you can control the behaviour of your allies (you'll see another in the next scenario). Notice, however, that this command only applies to Olurf himself, and his troops will continue to move freely as they please, often taking experience away from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the end of the scenario, you will end up &amp;quot;hiring&amp;quot; Olurf --paying him 400 gold-- but if you've been careful with your finances, you probably won't miss that amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elves' Last Stand ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all of the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Galtrid dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 35/30/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[NOTE:  This scenario gives you the option of choosing to give orders to the AI that controls your allies.  Because of bug issues, I ended up playing the scenario through without using this option.  The advice that follows is for playing the scenario with the AI making automatic choices.--cathyr19355]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as in Kal'ian Under Attack, but with many more enemies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Avoid focusing too much on the troll keep for the first few turns. If you do this, Galdrid will probably be left without much assistance inside Ka'lian, and by turn 5-6 it will probably be too late. Instead, focus on moving your army to Ka'lian as quickly as possible and continue the battle from there. Fortunately, the terrain will help you repel the trolls and orcs coming from the north and west while you move the bulk of your army.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you're careful, you can use the heavy fighting to level units.  As you kill off the aforementioned trolls and orcs, move the main body of your army south through the Kal'ian to Grubr's keep, then west and north again to kill the remaining enemies.  Meanwhile, recruit/recall a bunch of riders and other fast-moving units, send them directly south of your keep to grab the villages on the eastern side of the board; if they make it far enough south, you can aim them at Grubr's keep to take some of the pressure off the Kal'ian.  Even though you have a lot of gold and can recruit a lot of units, your enemies are numerous, and the reinforcements won't show up until the third day, so don't get sloppy about formation and protecting the wounded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Olurf will show up on turn 12 and you'll have to choose whether to place him on the northeast, or the northwest corner. Since dwarves are quite comfortable on mountains, a good choice is the northeast corner, from which you can guide him and his troops to finish off the troll leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to save Eradion (your elf ally on the southwest), order him to move inside Ka'lian from the first turn. Otherwise, he will probably end up being caught in the fire and experiencing a not very heroic death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note for directing the AI:&lt;br /&gt;
I tried to get both my allies to swarm the sourthern orc, they should be able to defeat him, but unfortunately the AI does not really listen to this kind of order (bug?), so once I had the trolls under control I send a select few units south through Kal'ian to help mop up the remaining orcs there. This should leave you enough time to concentrate on the nothern battle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Comment by ElComandante]: There is another victory condition - &amp;quot;You must own the field and be capable of overwhelming your opponents.&amp;quot; This apparently means &amp;quot;own more than 25 units while keeping the opponents under 15&amp;quot;. Played on medium difficulty/1.11.6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council of Hard Choices ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bounty Hunters ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz across the river&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only thing you gain from defeating the saurians is experience. Since you just left a lot of your troops at the Ka'lian, experience may be worth your effort. Nonetheless, if you are having trouble beating this level just run north as fast as you can. You should be able to cross the river with little trouble. You probably don't even need to recruit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to claim some experience, you can form a small army --gold will be the main limitation, since the considerable treasure you had was left on Ka'lian in the previous scenario-- and then either split it into two fronts, or take it all to one of the saurian keeps first if you don't feel comfortable splitting such a small army. If you do split it, send a dwarf-heavy squad to the left (closer mountains) and an elf-heavy one to the right (more forest).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enemy recruits some relatively low HP level 2s and 3s. You can level units quickly after killing a couple of Saurian Oracles. Of course those Oracles have strong magical attacks (especially at night) negating your high defense. Luckily for you the battles start during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Focus on killing the Oracles and Augurs first. They are easy to kill and do a lot of damage. Instead of throwing 3 or 4 units at a level 3 Flanker, just slow it and rack up kills. Try and kill as many units as you can before nightfall, when the attacks become much more ferocious.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The battles will be on high defense terrain, so they will go slowly. If you recruit more than one keepful Kalenz will have a much tougher time crossing the river.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if you already have good units that don't need a lot of extra experience, it might be better to aim for an early finish, in order to amass a good gold reserve again. Gold will become very important by the time you reach the ''Human Alliance'' scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you reach the river, a few sea creatures will show up (water serpents and cuttle fish), but they are usually not much of a challenge. Make use of the small islands to get Kalenz across as quickly as possible. You may also try distracting the monsters with elvish scouts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Comment from Olafstar] If you are going straight to the north without defeating the saurians, it is best to recruit four full keeps (I used Elvish and Dwarvish scouts) on turn 1. Have the leaders start running at the end of turn 1. On turn 2, divide your recruits evenly and send one half to the left, the other half to the right to slow the saurians down, giving your leaders a much better chance of surviving the run. Be sure to move any surviving recruits to strategic hexes on turn 3,4, etc. in order to slow the saurians down as much as possible. The Saurians will catch up as you're crossing the river, but they probably won't kill you as long as you're careful enough while crossing, especially since at least a few of the saurians will focus on killing any remaining sea monsters before worrying about your leaders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, as of 1.10.7 on easy, the saurian leaders do not recruit level 3s. It is a mixture of level 1 and level 2. One of the leaders is level 3, but that's it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cliffs of Thoria ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost or defeat the enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/28/24 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three tricky elements about this one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, you have to climb to your destination (the signpost at the top northeast corner of the map) over high mountains, so the going will be very slow for your elves; watch the turn clock carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the &amp;quot;fog of war&amp;quot; applies so you won't know much about your enemies until you actually bump into them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, among your enemies you will find level 4 Yetis (which pack quite a punch), and Gryphons (which move very quickly through any terrain). Keep your shamans ready to slow Yetis before you attack them with other units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may try splitting your forces, sending one group west.  The other group, with Kalenz, goes directly north, deals with the nearest enemy, and continues to the signpost.  This group should be large enough that you can peel off 4-6 units once you get most of the way north to take out the enemy in the far northwestern keep.  Note:  dwarves do well in the mountains, but don't recruit a lot of ulfserkers, not even the second-level ones—they tend to take out the unit they attack but then are very vulnerable to attacks by other units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another strategy could be sending your full army northwest through the forest, using a quick unit to scout the way until you encounter the Yetis (there are 3 in total), and try to dispatch them quickly, before the trolls catch up with you from the east. Then send a few units to deal with the Gryphon leader on the northwest, while your main force goes east to fight the trolls, and Kalenz goes northeast to reach the sign post. If you want to gain as much XP as possible, move Kalenz ''near'' the signpost while you fight the remaining enemies. You can win the scenario by defeating the leaders, but if things get too hairy, you can always finish by moving Kalenz to its destination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Battle of the Book ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Aquagar the drake wizard&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Crelanu or Olurf dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/34/38 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The drakes, commanded by Aquagar (the foe you have to defeat) are at the northwest corner, while a keep of trolls is located at the northeast. Crelanu, the wise mage you came here for, is by the lake. You can send a quick unit (e.g. Cleodil) towards that keep in the middle of the map to trigger the dialogue with Crelanu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may try splitting your forces, sending half of your troops east along the road first to Crelanu's keep to save him and kill the troll leader (whose keep is close by). Take the remaining troops west to kill the drake leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it will take some time for the trolls to reach Crelanu, so you may try focusing all your power towards Aquagar to finish him as quickly as possible, and then Crelanu won't need any assistance. If you go for killing Aquagar quickly, you might manage with just a few units, so you can save some gold by not over-recruiting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Be careful about using archers, since some of the drakes breathe fire and do more damage that way than your units can with their arrows.  A good mix of impact and ranged fighters is essential.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''For 1.9.x'''&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, you only have to kill Aquagar. So you just focus attacking the drakes. Send some Steelclads, Pathfinders to aid Crelanu. Marksmen, Rangers, Druids, Thunderguards, Stalwarts are extremely useful here. I killed Aquagar by turn 5. ~~Knyghtmare.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Revelations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News from the Front ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Human Alliance ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Survive until the end of turns&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Aldar (the human leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 18/20/22 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is the unofficial final, the following scenarios are pretty much a sequel, and easier too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enemy is in three places: the northwest, the northeast (trolls) and the southwest. The northeast trolls will not receive reinforcements, so you should concentrate on eliminating their army first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most challenging aspect of this scenario is that your army has to do three things practically simultaneously: contain the northwest orcs (this is not that hard due to favorable terrain), aid your human allies to the south, and eliminate the trolls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trolls should be pretty easy to kill. Their leader doesn't have much money, so there will not be many trolls to face. Slowing with some shaman and using the forest (and mountain tiles for placing your dwarves) to your benefit leads to a quick victory. Afterwards, send the units to reinforce your other two fronts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your allies can hold their own against the first wave of southern attackers but after that they'll be toast. A much better course of action is to team up with them and crush the first wave. When the reinforcements come you should be in a good position to defeat the orcs (especially with your victorious anti-troll army coming to help).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The northwest orcs are numerous but should be kept in check by strong units in the bottlenecks. You'll need some tanks (Champions/Marshals or Steelclads) and healers. When the orc reinforcements arrive you may get swarmed. By this time you should have some help coming from your anti-troll army.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first wave of reinforcements for the orcs will arrive by the end of turn 5. The second wave will come at turn 12. By the end of the battle, the number of orcs will be overwhelming, and the action will take quite some time between turns. By the second half of the battle your complete focus should probably be on protecting your ally general, who by then will be out of money, occasionally recruiting one or two fodder units, and will remain immovable on his castle keep.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On turn 9, some of the elves you had left on Ka'lian will make a come back (including your loyals!). However, they will show up a little to the west of the keep where you start this scenario. It is a strange location for them to show up, and by that point of the battle it will probably be surrounded by enemies, so keeping these reinforcements alive may be very challenging if you don't have at least some of your forces making a stand near that location. If you can save just some of them, aim for the loyal units, and sacrifice the others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should spend all your gold upfront --there is no much point in saving it for later. You may want to recruit a scout or two at the beginning, if you think the investment will be profitable. They can capture a village almost every turn. Don't bother leaving villages for your ally. The money is better in your hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Treaty ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Chief Must Die ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill the orc chief then return to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 32/32/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz and Landar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You get no keep, and no chance to recruit, in this one.  The only units you have are Kalenz and Landar, and their only task is to assassinate the Orc Sovereign (in the middle) and then return to the signpost at the southwestern corner of the map.  Your units will have special attributes (invisible, 80% dodge) for this scenario only that will make this fairly easy, particularly if you have managed to get Landar to level 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kalenz takes the potion he changes into an Elvish Lord (as you might remember him if you have played [[HeirToTheThrone|HttT]]). He will now possess an arcane-magical attack, which proves very useful against many enemies. You should easily be able to get him to level up during this scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should have plenty of turns. The only units that will attack you are the Wolf Rider line. They don't pose much threat thanks to Landar's bow and your 80% dodge. Go to the orc leader, kill him and return to the signpost. There is no point in grabbing villages as you get no income from them. There is also no point in finishing early so go ahead and level Kalenz.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Breaking the Siege ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf or Uradredia (the elf leader) dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar, Cleodil, Olurf and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stick to recruiting units with lots of mobility, since the map is large and mostly snow-covered, hampering most of your unit types (don't even bother to recruit dwarves—they won't get to the scene of the action in time to strike any blows). Sylphs and Shydes are best, of course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is essential that you reach your ally quickly. Otherwise he might be dead before you even see him. Despite the fact that fog of war is turned on for this scenario, it's pretty simple to figure out from the geography which keep belongs to your ally (the one in the middle of the forest). You will want to finish this level quickly or/and to grab as soon as possible all the villages to have lots of gold for the next scenario (on medium you'll probably want at least 500 gold). Send some fast units north to keep your ally alive and send the rest straight west. The western units can sweep up after taking out the southern orc boss. A few of Direwolf Riders come as reinforcements when you get to close to the southern orc, so be careful. Alternatively just send everyone north and fan out from there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With good units this level shouldn't be tough to beat. Just make sure you beat it in good standing for the next scenario. At this point, this campaign becomes a very good example of why keeping your loyal units alive is very much worth it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hour of Glory ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Costly Revenge ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy units and destroy all enemy villages&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Landar dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/35/30 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Landar and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
* Other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as The Saurian Treasury, but with most of the terrain snow-covered. Since you're fighting the saurians again, most of the advice from that scenario still applies. Mobility is not a great issue, even though one of the enemy keeps is near the top northeastern corner of the map, because by the time you can dispose of your southern enemy he will have already sent most of his troops south after you. Numbers are an issue, however. So, whatever you do, do not underrecruit! (You don't need more than minimal gold in the next recruiting scenario.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best place to make a stand is probably near the patch of forest in the middle (high casualty approach) or the forest with the big ice plain in front of it (low casualty approach). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to put units in the swamp to keep the saurians out of there. The only poor-defense terrain for the saurians is the ice, so keep them on it. The Oracles/Soothsayers will use their ranged attack on your melee units and the Skirmishers/Flankers will use their melee attack on your archers. You will take heavy losses but this is actually good (more on that in a second).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like to send Kalenz and a couple of fast units (Scouts/Riders) along the northern forest and then have them cut across the top of the map. This accomplishes three things: one, you torch some out of the way villages; two, you can distract the northern saurians long enough to keep your main force (in the middle of the map) in control; three, you can move them over to kill the northern leader at the end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a weird twist to this level. After this the elvish civil war breaks out. All your units except loyal ones and scouts defect and serve Landar. So, see that Elvish Champion racking up the kills? Next time he's in battle he will be killing ''your'' units. After the tide of the battle has turned try and get the non-loyal high level units killed (attack those last two Oracles with ranged attack, etc).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enough gold your main worries will be getting to the villages in time (scouts come in handy), getting to the northern leader in time and leaving as few good units for the civil war as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Low casualty approach:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.10.1 (hard): It is not necessary to get your units killed consciously and this scenario is possible with fairly low gold (220 gold for me) by recruiting mainly veterans and exploiting the horrible saurian movement / defence on ice (low casualty approach). As the turn limit isn't very long, it is useful to send some rangers/avengers behind the saurian lines to start burning villages, as soon as they hide in a forest they are invisible to the AI. Constantly check the turn clock, and be as aggresive as possible during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Council Ruling == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elvish Assassins ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Move Kalenz to the signpost&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 20/16/12 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's no need to recruit - Kalenz can make it to the signpost with just the units you're given.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You might feel tempted to take this scenario as an opportunity to level up some new recruits from scratch, but this may not be a good idea. After a few turns, one of your elf allies (chosen at random) will turn against you, making the battle unpredictable and risky, for not a lot of gain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's just a couple of extra scenarios left in this campaign, and if you feel like leveling up units for the final battle, it's better to do it in the next scenario, where you can recall Cleodil's troops again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Northern Battle ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat all enemy leaders or survive for six days&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz, Cleodil or Uradredia dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 40/36/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and Anduilas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same map as Breaking the Siege, but since it's not winter, most of the board is grassland and woods, and much easier for your elves to fight on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Landar, now one of your enemies, will be in the far southwest, while another enemy elf has a keep a little to the north from yours. Approximately two thirds of your non-loyal veterans, chosen at random, will go with Landar, while the remaining third will go with Uradredia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have been building a formidable &amp;quot;air force&amp;quot; (shaman line) you can beat this level very easily. Moreover, the objective description is not very faithful, since you don't really have to kill all enemy leaders. It suffices to move any of your units adjacent to Landar. This makes this scenario quite easy to beat. If you still have Huraldur (your loyal quick elvish rider) on your side and you have leveled him up, you can take him straight to Landar's keep, and --thanks to the vulnerable design of Landar's keep-- place him next to Landar by turn 3, finishing the scenario with a huge gold reward. Alternatively, you may try a similar strategy with a group of new scout recruits or other quick units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, you can take the opportunity to level up a few recruits. Particularly, now could be a good time to level up any shamans/woses from Cleodil's old recall list to their maximum. Keep in mind that you need to put Cleodil in the ''Encampment Keep'' tile so you can recall those units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of Landar's betrayal and the loss of most of your veterans, you will be working mostly with first level units. Consequently, don't try to take on either enemy on the naked grasslands where their keeps lie; recruit as much as you can, then head for your ally's keep in the north central region of the board, taking as many villages during the process as possible. If you need to, make a stand in and about your ally's keep, though depending upon how well you delay Crintil's army you may be able to pick off your enemy a few at a time in the forest long enough to survive until the end of the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Playing this scenario patiently has a nice side-effect: by killing Landar's strong veterans here, they won't be available to him in the final battle. As a consequence, if you completely wipe up his army now, he'll be stuck with just fresh level-1 and level-2 elves to recruit by then (unless you're playing on ''hard'' difficulty). Also, all of Uradredia's units will become yours, so if you have the chance to save some of his veterans in this scenario, it's worth doing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[On version 1.8.2, all my levelled shaman-line had also disappeared - some for my ally, other for Landar. I could only recruit some shaman about to level. And some of my warriors had gone to my ally, not to Landar. With only first level units, killing the south-east level at turn 2 or 3 is not possible... but you can still buy some second-level warriors who will do the job. After that, most of Landar's units will go toward your ally's keep, which makes you able to reach Landar and end the scenario. Careful, he will be able to deal a final blow to the unit who assaulted him ! ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have some experienced woses (highly resistant against pierce damage!), you can as well crush all the traitors frontally - as long as you engage them outside the forest - for an early finish and large bonus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== End of War ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Landar&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Kalenz or Cleodil dies or turns run out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24/21/18 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Kalenz, Cleodil and any surviving loyal units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A relatively short and simple battle, considering this is the final scenario. Recall/recruit all worthy veterans, and don't worry about gold or grabbing villages. If you've made it this far, surely you have the necessary strategic/tactical skills necessary to deal with Landar's army. Now is the time to try risky ideas; this is the last stop for you and your army, so give them the chance to act heroically on the battle field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A straightforward strategy involves recalling any remaining veteran troops, then recruiting an army of level 1 elves. Form up your line of battle at the edge of the forest to maximize the difference in defense (70% vs. 40%, while trying to hold the shore is only 40% vs. 20%).  The forest defense bonus also means that your level 1 troops stand a good chace of surviving at least one round of two level 2 attacks (which they are unlikely to survive on open ground). If any enemy elves make it into the forest the best approach is to use magic attacks to smoke them out (a slyph works wonders). Once Landar's army has been dealt with, sweep your troops down to the enemy keep to deliver the coup de grace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[version 1.8.2 : on medium, you can just buy loads of level 1 warriors, and keep - most of the time - in the woods. Landar start with about the same money as you do, but doing this, you just suffocate him under numbers.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again experienced woses dominate your enemies outside of forests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Epilogue ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Story only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=DescentIntoDarkness&amp;diff=55220</id>
		<title>DescentIntoDarkness</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=DescentIntoDarkness&amp;diff=55220"/>
		<updated>2014-06-17T12:27:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* Alone at Last */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=== Saving Parthyn ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defend the fort for two nights&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Drogan die&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 15&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar, two Spearmen and a Bowman&lt;br /&gt;
You'll start the battle with three human soldiers. Recruit a lot of Walking Corpses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Block the ford. Try to take advantage of terrain and time of day. You can take the opposite riverbank by rushing with your human units, but may get pushed back. That's okay, just try not to fight in the water while the enemy stands on the bank, or you will be at a disadvantage. Don't panic: once the allies arrive, they should make short work of the orcs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: The scenario ends early if the orc leader is killed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler: Your three human units have the &amp;quot;loyal&amp;quot; attribute, but don't bother trying to level them, because they go away at the end of the scenario. Likewise, all you can recruit are Walking Corpses, and they won't be worth recalling. If you're going to collect experience for anyone, it should be your main character. However, if a Walking Corpse kills something, you get another Walking Corpse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== A Peaceful Valley ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Occupy all of the goblin villages&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 29/26/23 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0 to 2 Goblins will spring out of each village you capture, including those that you recapture. The key is to not capture many villages quickly. Ironically, this will allow you to capture all the villages more quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In most scenarios, bats are highly useful in remote village capturing, but not in this scenario, as they would have little chance against the guards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walking corpses, on the other hand, are more useful than normal. Use them on wounded goblins to snowball your forces. Also use Walking Corpses as placeholders on captured villages to prevent them from easily reverting to enemy hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To kill the enemy leader, zap him with your leaders. Walking Corpses, if are in the area, can assist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler: Do not try to beat this scenario without entering the swamp. Once you enter the swamp with either Malin Keshar or Darken Volk you will get three Ghouls, without which the scenario would be close to impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== A Haunting in Winter ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Clear the cave of enemies&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 36/34/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
You can recruit Ghosts on this level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's important to not get bottled up in the passageway prior to the central chamber, or you will burn up a lot of turns. Use Ghosts to speedily enter the chamber. After a certain point, you are going to split your forces, with Ghosts heading to the dwarves in the northeast and your two leaders and ground forces headed to the outlaws in the southwest. So, you should recruit a lot of Ghosts, at least five. Bats are useful to snatch up villages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is a good opportunity to gain experience for your Ghosts. While both the Wraith and Shadow units are nice, it is especially useful to have at least 4 Shadows by a certain scenario. Your Ghosts can get easy experience from killing the Dwarves as they wade through the swamp in the northeast, and you should be able to level one or more to Shadows. Then you can use a Shadow or two, accompanied by a Ghost or two, to kill the dwarven leader. Also note that there are two routes to the dwarven leader. One is through the swamp, but you can also send flying units over the chasm to the south of the swamp and attack the dwarves on two fronts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler: At one point there's a special event: one of your Ghosts will rebel and run off to the outlaw's keep. For each turn until you kill him, another of your units will rebel. You'll want to keep all of your Ghosts close by until one rebels, and then kill the rebel quickly. So, delay your Dwarf hunting expedition until the rebellion occurs, or recruit several Ghosts and keep them together so that the rest can subdue the one that goes rogue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Beginning of the Revenge ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the orc leaders, move Malin Keshar to the mountain pass&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 36&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
Starting with this mission you can recruit Skeletons and Skeleton Archers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the scenario ends when both orc leaders are dead; you do not need to move Malin Keshar to the signpost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mountainous geography begs you to use ghosts and their kin for mobility. Ghosts can cross the mountains and river left of your starting fortress. (So can Corpses, by the way, but slowly.) Unfortunately, the fire arrows are quite effective against ghosts, so tread carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players have used different strategies with success...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 1, defeat in detail:''' This is probably the easiest plan, with the highest chance of success. Attack the southern orc first, then the northern orc. You can recruit/recall mostly Ghosts, Shadows, and Wraiths, supplemented by Vampire Bats. Ghosts and Bats can capture difficult to reach villages and move on, thus weakening your foes. Keep Malin Keshar and Darken Volk alive by hiding them in the mountains, which have two chokepoints. Either give them a small guard force or be prepared to redirect some of your leveled Ghosts to assist as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 2, assassination:''' Kill both leaders at once. Recruit/recall almost exclusively Ghosts, Shadows, and Wraiths, and split them into two, one taskforce for each leader. A minimal strike force for one leader would be four Ghosts and two Shadows. Wait patiently across the river from the strongholds until darkness descends on turn 8. Then assassinate both leaders. If all goes well, the leaders will be dead by turn 9, for a nice gold bonus. Just in case it doesn't end so quickly, Malin Keshar and Darken Volk should have already been running into the deepest part of the southern mountains for safety. Exercise restraint with respect to capturing villages with bats or ghosts near the strongholds before the strike, as the enemy may divert units to intercept, which may interfere with your assassination plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 3, feint:''' Use ghosts to discourage the enemy from concentrating his forces at the lake. Sending a few ghosts over the mountains and river allows you to distract the computer into sending troops back to its base, because it interprets the closer enemies as a larger threat. By doing this, you can delay the southern orcs and meet the northern orcs at the lake. Just be careful, because if you distract them too long, they build up a substantial force (rather then sending troops in piecemeal like the computer usually does) which takes a while to cut through.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Spoiler:''' Be careful when moving non-flying units onto the ice next to the bridge which separates you from the orcs' valley, as the ice weakens when a non-flying unit starts a turn on it and weakened ice then breaks and drowns any unit which starts a turn on in. This even applies to Skeletons and Skeleton Archers! Use breaking ice to your advantage; try to lure high level orcs to their demise by placing ghosts in the middle of weakened ice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Orc War ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the orc leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
Starting with this mission you can recruit Dark Adepts.  &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of ways to approach this scenario:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*One strategy is to recruit two major forces and send one south to hold back the orcs at the bridge (a Wraith does a good job of holding the bridge) then send the other force northwest to take out that leader first.  At that point, if you've had particularly good luck on the the southern front you might want to go after that leader next, but more likely, you will want to recruit a few more units plus the units you used to kill the northwest leader and head south to kill the southwest orc leader.&lt;br /&gt;
*Another strategy is to recruit one large force and take out either the northwestern or southeastern orc leaders before the other orcish troops can catch up with you.  Then you'll probably want to take out the southwestern orc leader.  When I tried this I took heavier casualties and had less gold at the end of the scenario but it did work.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you've managed to acquire at least two Shadows you can try slipping them behind enemy lines and assassinating one of the orc leaders. If you have at least 4 Shadows your chances of success increase greatly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler: After you kill two orc leaders the third will flee and this will end the scenario.  You probably will want to postpone this as long as possible to allow your forces to gain experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Return to Parthyn ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill Drogan then escape to the northwest&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar dies or any people from Parthyn die (except Drogan)&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: n/a&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and a Wraith, Shadow, or Spectre, if available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your first objective is to kill Drogan; if any other human unit dies before Drogan, you lose. A Wraith, Shadow, or Spectre will probably start with Malin. If you recall an appealing target like a Revenant into the keep's northwest hex, Drogan should run out to shoot some arrows at it. Between this and recalling another Wraith or Shadow as a backup plan, it should be easy to take out Drogan and discover, oops, the Parthyn townspeople hate you anyway. Wraiths and Shadows are particularly effective, since they can fly across the river quite quickly. After you kill Drogan, you should escape across the river and to the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 1: Kill the orcs so that you can flee across the ford. This shouldn't be a problem. What might be a problem is that the Parthyn troops will continue to attack you as you flee.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 2: Leave the ford open, and cross in water at far right, hoping for the orcs and village militia to clash and leave you alone, at least until the orcs are dead. As an additional distraction, you can send some Ghouls and Walking Corpses south/southwest in the forest. Both this and the first option have the disadvantage that you will lose all the villages you hold south of the river and will probably end up losing a bunch of gold but, oh well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 3: Stay and fight. You don't &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;have&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to flee immediately. But you face fairly strong opposition and will probably take enough casualties that it isn't really worth it to stay and fight longer than you need to. Also, you'll have to recruit enough units that you lose gold each turn, since there's no time limit, if you defeat the Parthyn townspeople after taking heavy enough casualties that you gain gold each turn, you can wait and make up the loss. It isn't really worth it, however, because you'll need your high level troops for the next mission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Small Favor - Part One===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk enter the manor&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 28/26/22 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First off, you can capture the free villages scattered around near your keep, but don't capture any enemy-owned villages using units that lack Nightstalk ability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then there are a few options that players have tried with success:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 1, leader assassination:''' You should have at least 2 Shadows (or Nightgaunts), preferably more, to assassinate the leader. Their nightstalk ability gets them past the perimeter guards and directly to the enemy leader. Take him out in one turn or two, or he will recruit heavily. Keep Malin and Volk out of sight. After you takeout the enemy leader, take out the rest of the human troops and capture the rest of the villages at your leisure. Once that is accomplished, send Volk directly to the manor, but send Malin to the enemy commander's keep. Wait here accumulating cash each turn until the penultimate turn. On the penultimate turn recruit all the units you will want to take forward into part 2; Wraiths and Shadows are particularly useful, while level 1 units are not. Then move Malin towards the manor. On the last turn move Malin into the manor to join Volk to end the scenario. While carry over gold won't help you in parts two and three (no recruiting), it will carry over to the next scenario. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 2, mage assassination:''' It is possible to win this part without any Shadows. You can use about 6 Wraiths/Spectres and slip them around the north of the map as near to the entrance of the manor as possible while staying out of sight (you can see how much your enemies can see with Ctrl-v). Malin and Darken Volk should take the same route, but can't get as far as the Ghosts. Then take out as many enemies as you can with your Ghosts, targeting the Mages first, and rush towards the manor with your heroes. You should be inside before the battle gets ugly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 3, guard assassination:''' If you kill a guard in one turn, he won't have time to raise the alarm. Therefore, you can proceed across the map, assassinating guards one by one, until you get within strike distance of the leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Small Favor - Part Two===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Mage Lord Karres then move through the northwest passage&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/27/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar, Darken Volk and any units that survived the previous scenario&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Other: You can't recruit or recall; only the units from last scenario will be present&lt;br /&gt;
You start with the units you recalled at the end of the last mission, but you don't have to pay their upkeep for this scenario (nor are there any villages, anyway). Since there are no villages, you won't be able to heal your units unless they have a drain attack.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Anyway, your first task is to kill Karres, who is a Great Mage and is put into one of the rooms at random.  Each room is filled with mages of one variety or another. They won't leave the rooms of their own accord, although a couple of Swordsmen and other human units wander the halls, but these shouldn't be a big deal. The mages, however, can be quite deadly. Always make sure you have sufficient forces to wipe out at least three Red or White Mages before opening a door. (You open doors by placing a unit in front of the door). However, most rooms only have one or two Mages in it, and they may be level one Mages. The skirmishing of Shadows and Nightgaunts is useful in wiping out mages. If you let the mages counter-attack, you will risk losing one or more units. Head northwest with Malin and move on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There doesn't seem to be any bonus for an early finish, so if you get the objective early, you can hold off and harvest some XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Small Favor - Part Three===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Find the book and then escape&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/27/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and any units that survived the previous scenario&lt;br /&gt;
* Other&lt;br /&gt;
** You can't recruit or recall; only the units from last scenario will be present&lt;br /&gt;
** You no longer control Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Darken Volk will operate separately with an army of allied undead. Hmmm, in all previous missions you commanded him directly... could this be foreshadowing? Head to the northwest to grab the book. Then head to the northeast to exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Alone at Last===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Take the book from Darken Volk and bring it back to Malin's castle&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar dies&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and one unit&lt;br /&gt;
* Other: Ghosts and Bats (and the rest of their unit trees) cannot pick up the book&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The situation is that you must take the book from Darken Volk, but two additional armies will appear in the middle of the battle, bent on killing both your army and Volk's, making the task more than a little difficult. When the battle reaches its peek, you probably won't have much money, and your forces will be outnumbered and at great disadvantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sir Cadaeus arrives on turn 8 to take revenge for your attack on the city of Tath. He sets up camp in the southeast corner of the map, and his army of paladins and mages will present a grave danger to your army of undead. However, his forces will attack Volk's as well. More importantly, Volk's forces will attack &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Sir Cadaeus'&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. Effectively, Volk is a bit of an ally, even if he is trying to kill you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the end of turn 11, Dela Keshar will show up to the north, set up camp and send her army of loyalists and outlaws to attack you as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By around this time, Volk should be dead, by Sir Cadaeus' hands if not yours. He leaves behind the book, which you need to retrieve and bring to your initial keep. Ghosts and Bats (and Spectres, Shadows, Wraiths, and Nightgaunts) can't carry the book. Try to use the quickest unit you can to pick it up and bring it back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For general strategy, players have had success with at least three alternatives...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 1, grab and run:''' Run for the book with a few elite units capable of carrying it. Along the way, you can either engage Volk's forces or try to run away from them. To kill Volk, you can use leveled ghostly units, e.g., Nightgaunts. Run back once you get the book. You will lose units in rear guard action during the retreat, but you can try to choose which ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 2, the northern end around:''' Summon all your good troops and move everyone almost due north. Once Sir Cadaeus arrives, Volk's forces will shift attention southwards, and you can start moving east. As you do so, Dela will arrive close to your forces, where she will build a stronghold and recruit. You can surround her stronghold to prevent her from getting more than six recruits, then kill her recruits and her (not possible on older versions.) Kill her quickly before Sir Cadaeus' forces crash into your forces after killing Volk. Break Sir Cadaeus' assault wave and then send someone to get the book and take it back to your stronghold. Optionally, back at the start, you can try to pull Volk's attention south with a fast, strong feint to the southeast using Ghosts, Bats and possibly your leader (since the enemy likes to hone in on him.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 3, the waiting game:''' Recruit just a couple of bats initially for village capturing out of range of the enemy. Once Sir Cadeus' forces arrive, begin recruiting in earnest and make a dash for the book. You will probably lose a lot of the units in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whatever initial course you take, the end game is the same: you will need to retrieve the book with a nonflying unit and head west, back to your stronghold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grabbing villages after a few at the start won't help you in this scenario. You will likely end negative on gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you decide you need more gold to play this scenario, you have to go all the way back three scenarios to Return to Parthyn - Part One. There, one way to get gold is to use Shadows to steal the enemy's villages without him noticing. However, your first option above, the grab and run, should not require much gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note''': This scenario was rebalanced some time after v1.8.5, so if you are playing an old version, there will be many differences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Descent into Darkness===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the troll leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Mal Keshar is destroyed&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: n/a&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Mal Keshar&lt;br /&gt;
The first segment of the mission is pretty self-explanatory. After you reach the small keep you need to decide which way to send your troops to the large castle, there is a main passage and two side passages. I'm not sure it matters, but I successfully advanced through the main passage. You will face some high level trolls, including Troll Shamans capable of throwing deadly fireballs at your undead minions. Wraiths and Spectres and quite good at killing Troll Shamans, since they deal arcane damage. You just have to make sure that you kill the Shamans before they get to attack you. Note that all the trolls deal impact damage, which your Skeletons are weak against, so you may want to avoid recalling your Skeletons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since this scenario is quite easy, it's a good chance to train your units and see strange monsters. In both side passages you can find a Troll Shaman, few Trolls and lots of villages. But the left passage is more interesting: in the middle of some water there's a tree where an Ancient Woose waits to ambush. Shadows and Wraiths will kill him easily. Enjoy its dying animation! At the top left of this room there's a path that leads to the hardest step of the scenario: 3 Giant Spiders. Try to make them follow you outside through the corridor to sorround them one by one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it is possible to avoid all that if you wish. Once you find your castle, just recall at least two Nightgaunts, three to be safe, and send them up the main passageway. They can kill the troll leader before he knows what hit him, leading to an instant victory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Eternal Night===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the foolish hero&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Mal Keshar is destroyed&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: Unlimited&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Mal Keshar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And so we reach the conclusion of the campaign. We learn that Mal Keshar—formerly Malin—has become a somewhat powerful lich that has gained a reputation for himself for fighting the orc armies (and anyone who comes in his way) every summer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reason, heroes of every race that has been victimized by Mal Keshar's troops follow him to his lair, wanting to finally put an end to his advances. In this scenario you will be fighting this ''foolish'' hero, which will be either an elf, a loyalist, an outlaw, a dwarf, or an orc, chosen at random. You will be fighting them in your cave, so you have some advantage, but every time you beat one of these heroes, the scenario will repeat itself and a new hero will come for you, with more gold on his side, so it will be increasingly difficult to fight their armies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can play this scenario as many times as you want to. You really have to beat only the very first hero—when Malin is defeated by any subsequent hero, the victor will give a short monologue and the campaign will end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition by cMaster: If you care to play this scenario more than just a few times, it might be worth noting the small cavity to the right at the bottom of the map. You can easily place 11 units inside (you won't be able to recall more than 10 units + Mal Keshar) and it's got a choke point of only two hexes. Use this to chew away any enemy foolish enough to enter the choke point, and forget about the seven villages. Your enemy will not be able to pay the upkeep of his troops anyway. Correctly used you should not have to fear any number of enemies!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=DescentIntoDarkness&amp;diff=55219</id>
		<title>DescentIntoDarkness</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=DescentIntoDarkness&amp;diff=55219"/>
		<updated>2014-06-17T12:26:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* Descent into Darkness */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=== Saving Parthyn ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defend the fort for two nights&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Drogan die&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 15&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar, two Spearmen and a Bowman&lt;br /&gt;
You'll start the battle with three human soldiers. Recruit a lot of Walking Corpses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Block the ford. Try to take advantage of terrain and time of day. You can take the opposite riverbank by rushing with your human units, but may get pushed back. That's okay, just try not to fight in the water while the enemy stands on the bank, or you will be at a disadvantage. Don't panic: once the allies arrive, they should make short work of the orcs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: The scenario ends early if the orc leader is killed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler: Your three human units have the &amp;quot;loyal&amp;quot; attribute, but don't bother trying to level them, because they go away at the end of the scenario. Likewise, all you can recruit are Walking Corpses, and they won't be worth recalling. If you're going to collect experience for anyone, it should be your main character. However, if a Walking Corpse kills something, you get another Walking Corpse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== A Peaceful Valley ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Occupy all of the goblin villages&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 29/26/23 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0 to 2 Goblins will spring out of each village you capture, including those that you recapture. The key is to not capture many villages quickly. Ironically, this will allow you to capture all the villages more quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In most scenarios, bats are highly useful in remote village capturing, but not in this scenario, as they would have little chance against the guards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walking corpses, on the other hand, are more useful than normal. Use them on wounded goblins to snowball your forces. Also use Walking Corpses as placeholders on captured villages to prevent them from easily reverting to enemy hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To kill the enemy leader, zap him with your leaders. Walking Corpses, if are in the area, can assist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler: Do not try to beat this scenario without entering the swamp. Once you enter the swamp with either Malin Keshar or Darken Volk you will get three Ghouls, without which the scenario would be close to impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== A Haunting in Winter ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Clear the cave of enemies&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 36/34/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
You can recruit Ghosts on this level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's important to not get bottled up in the passageway prior to the central chamber, or you will burn up a lot of turns. Use Ghosts to speedily enter the chamber. After a certain point, you are going to split your forces, with Ghosts heading to the dwarves in the northeast and your two leaders and ground forces headed to the outlaws in the southwest. So, you should recruit a lot of Ghosts, at least five. Bats are useful to snatch up villages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is a good opportunity to gain experience for your Ghosts. While both the Wraith and Shadow units are nice, it is especially useful to have at least 4 Shadows by a certain scenario. Your Ghosts can get easy experience from killing the Dwarves as they wade through the swamp in the northeast, and you should be able to level one or more to Shadows. Then you can use a Shadow or two, accompanied by a Ghost or two, to kill the dwarven leader. Also note that there are two routes to the dwarven leader. One is through the swamp, but you can also send flying units over the chasm to the south of the swamp and attack the dwarves on two fronts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler: At one point there's a special event: one of your Ghosts will rebel and run off to the outlaw's keep. For each turn until you kill him, another of your units will rebel. You'll want to keep all of your Ghosts close by until one rebels, and then kill the rebel quickly. So, delay your Dwarf hunting expedition until the rebellion occurs, or recruit several Ghosts and keep them together so that the rest can subdue the one that goes rogue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Beginning of the Revenge ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the orc leaders, move Malin Keshar to the mountain pass&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 36&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
Starting with this mission you can recruit Skeletons and Skeleton Archers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the scenario ends when both orc leaders are dead; you do not need to move Malin Keshar to the signpost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mountainous geography begs you to use ghosts and their kin for mobility. Ghosts can cross the mountains and river left of your starting fortress. (So can Corpses, by the way, but slowly.) Unfortunately, the fire arrows are quite effective against ghosts, so tread carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players have used different strategies with success...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 1, defeat in detail:''' This is probably the easiest plan, with the highest chance of success. Attack the southern orc first, then the northern orc. You can recruit/recall mostly Ghosts, Shadows, and Wraiths, supplemented by Vampire Bats. Ghosts and Bats can capture difficult to reach villages and move on, thus weakening your foes. Keep Malin Keshar and Darken Volk alive by hiding them in the mountains, which have two chokepoints. Either give them a small guard force or be prepared to redirect some of your leveled Ghosts to assist as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 2, assassination:''' Kill both leaders at once. Recruit/recall almost exclusively Ghosts, Shadows, and Wraiths, and split them into two, one taskforce for each leader. A minimal strike force for one leader would be four Ghosts and two Shadows. Wait patiently across the river from the strongholds until darkness descends on turn 8. Then assassinate both leaders. If all goes well, the leaders will be dead by turn 9, for a nice gold bonus. Just in case it doesn't end so quickly, Malin Keshar and Darken Volk should have already been running into the deepest part of the southern mountains for safety. Exercise restraint with respect to capturing villages with bats or ghosts near the strongholds before the strike, as the enemy may divert units to intercept, which may interfere with your assassination plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 3, feint:''' Use ghosts to discourage the enemy from concentrating his forces at the lake. Sending a few ghosts over the mountains and river allows you to distract the computer into sending troops back to its base, because it interprets the closer enemies as a larger threat. By doing this, you can delay the southern orcs and meet the northern orcs at the lake. Just be careful, because if you distract them too long, they build up a substantial force (rather then sending troops in piecemeal like the computer usually does) which takes a while to cut through.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Spoiler:''' Be careful when moving non-flying units onto the ice next to the bridge which separates you from the orcs' valley, as the ice weakens when a non-flying unit starts a turn on it and weakened ice then breaks and drowns any unit which starts a turn on in. This even applies to Skeletons and Skeleton Archers! Use breaking ice to your advantage; try to lure high level orcs to their demise by placing ghosts in the middle of weakened ice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Orc War ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the orc leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
Starting with this mission you can recruit Dark Adepts.  &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of ways to approach this scenario:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*One strategy is to recruit two major forces and send one south to hold back the orcs at the bridge (a Wraith does a good job of holding the bridge) then send the other force northwest to take out that leader first.  At that point, if you've had particularly good luck on the the southern front you might want to go after that leader next, but more likely, you will want to recruit a few more units plus the units you used to kill the northwest leader and head south to kill the southwest orc leader.&lt;br /&gt;
*Another strategy is to recruit one large force and take out either the northwestern or southeastern orc leaders before the other orcish troops can catch up with you.  Then you'll probably want to take out the southwestern orc leader.  When I tried this I took heavier casualties and had less gold at the end of the scenario but it did work.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you've managed to acquire at least two Shadows you can try slipping them behind enemy lines and assassinating one of the orc leaders. If you have at least 4 Shadows your chances of success increase greatly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler: After you kill two orc leaders the third will flee and this will end the scenario.  You probably will want to postpone this as long as possible to allow your forces to gain experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Return to Parthyn ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill Drogan then escape to the northwest&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar dies or any people from Parthyn die (except Drogan)&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: n/a&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and a Wraith, Shadow, or Spectre, if available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your first objective is to kill Drogan; if any other human unit dies before Drogan, you lose. A Wraith, Shadow, or Spectre will probably start with Malin. If you recall an appealing target like a Revenant into the keep's northwest hex, Drogan should run out to shoot some arrows at it. Between this and recalling another Wraith or Shadow as a backup plan, it should be easy to take out Drogan and discover, oops, the Parthyn townspeople hate you anyway. Wraiths and Shadows are particularly effective, since they can fly across the river quite quickly. After you kill Drogan, you should escape across the river and to the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 1: Kill the orcs so that you can flee across the ford. This shouldn't be a problem. What might be a problem is that the Parthyn troops will continue to attack you as you flee.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 2: Leave the ford open, and cross in water at far right, hoping for the orcs and village militia to clash and leave you alone, at least until the orcs are dead. As an additional distraction, you can send some Ghouls and Walking Corpses south/southwest in the forest. Both this and the first option have the disadvantage that you will lose all the villages you hold south of the river and will probably end up losing a bunch of gold but, oh well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 3: Stay and fight. You don't &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;have&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to flee immediately. But you face fairly strong opposition and will probably take enough casualties that it isn't really worth it to stay and fight longer than you need to. Also, you'll have to recruit enough units that you lose gold each turn, since there's no time limit, if you defeat the Parthyn townspeople after taking heavy enough casualties that you gain gold each turn, you can wait and make up the loss. It isn't really worth it, however, because you'll need your high level troops for the next mission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Small Favor - Part One===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk enter the manor&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 28/26/22 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First off, you can capture the free villages scattered around near your keep, but don't capture any enemy-owned villages using units that lack Nightstalk ability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then there are a few options that players have tried with success:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 1, leader assassination:''' You should have at least 2 Shadows (or Nightgaunts), preferably more, to assassinate the leader. Their nightstalk ability gets them past the perimeter guards and directly to the enemy leader. Take him out in one turn or two, or he will recruit heavily. Keep Malin and Volk out of sight. After you takeout the enemy leader, take out the rest of the human troops and capture the rest of the villages at your leisure. Once that is accomplished, send Volk directly to the manor, but send Malin to the enemy commander's keep. Wait here accumulating cash each turn until the penultimate turn. On the penultimate turn recruit all the units you will want to take forward into part 2; Wraiths and Shadows are particularly useful, while level 1 units are not. Then move Malin towards the manor. On the last turn move Malin into the manor to join Volk to end the scenario. While carry over gold won't help you in parts two and three (no recruiting), it will carry over to the next scenario. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 2, mage assassination:''' It is possible to win this part without any Shadows. You can use about 6 Wraiths/Spectres and slip them around the north of the map as near to the entrance of the manor as possible while staying out of sight (you can see how much your enemies can see with Ctrl-v). Malin and Darken Volk should take the same route, but can't get as far as the Ghosts. Then take out as many enemies as you can with your Ghosts, targeting the Mages first, and rush towards the manor with your heroes. You should be inside before the battle gets ugly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 3, guard assassination:''' If you kill a guard in one turn, he won't have time to raise the alarm. Therefore, you can proceed across the map, assassinating guards one by one, until you get within strike distance of the leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Small Favor - Part Two===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Mage Lord Karres then move through the northwest passage&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/27/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar, Darken Volk and any units that survived the previous scenario&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Other: You can't recruit or recall; only the units from last scenario will be present&lt;br /&gt;
You start with the units you recalled at the end of the last mission, but you don't have to pay their upkeep for this scenario (nor are there any villages, anyway). Since there are no villages, you won't be able to heal your units unless they have a drain attack.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Anyway, your first task is to kill Karres, who is a Great Mage and is put into one of the rooms at random.  Each room is filled with mages of one variety or another. They won't leave the rooms of their own accord, although a couple of Swordsmen and other human units wander the halls, but these shouldn't be a big deal. The mages, however, can be quite deadly. Always make sure you have sufficient forces to wipe out at least three Red or White Mages before opening a door. (You open doors by placing a unit in front of the door). However, most rooms only have one or two Mages in it, and they may be level one Mages. The skirmishing of Shadows and Nightgaunts is useful in wiping out mages. If you let the mages counter-attack, you will risk losing one or more units. Head northwest with Malin and move on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There doesn't seem to be any bonus for an early finish, so if you get the objective early, you can hold off and harvest some XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Small Favor - Part Three===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Find the book and then escape&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/27/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and any units that survived the previous scenario&lt;br /&gt;
* Other&lt;br /&gt;
** You can't recruit or recall; only the units from last scenario will be present&lt;br /&gt;
** You no longer control Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Darken Volk will operate separately with an army of allied undead. Hmmm, in all previous missions you commanded him directly... could this be foreshadowing? Head to the northwest to grab the book. Then head to the northeast to exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Alone at Last===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Take the book from Darken Volk and bring it back to Malin's castle&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar dies&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and one unit&lt;br /&gt;
* Other: Ghosts and Bats (and the rest of their unit trees) cannot pick up the book&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The situation is that you must take the book from Darken Volk, but two additional armies will appear in the middle of the battle, bent on killing both your army and Volk's, making the task more than a little difficult. When the battle reaches its peek, you probably won't have much money, and your forces will be outnumbered and at great disadvantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sir Cadaeus arrives on turn 8 to take revenge for your attack on the city of Tath. He sets up camp in the southeast corner of the map, and his army of paladins and mages will present a grave danger to your army of undead. However, his forces will attack Volk's as well. More importantly, Volk's forces will attack &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Sir Cadaeus'&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. Effectively, Volk is a bit of an ally, even if he is trying to kill you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the end of turn 11, Dela Keshar will show up to the north, set up camp and send her army of loyalists and outlaws to attack you as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By around this time, Volk should be dead, by Sir Cadaeus' hands if not yours. He leaves behind the book, which you need to retrieve and bring to your initial keep. Ghosts and Bats (and Spectres, Shadows, Wraiths, and Nightgaunts) can't carry the book. Try to use the quickest unit you can to pick it up and bring it back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For general strategy, players have had success with at least three alternatives...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 1, grab and run:''' Run for the book with a few elite units capable of carrying it. Along the way, you can either engage Volk's forces or try to avoid them. You can use leveled ghostly units to kill Volk. Run back once you get the book. You will lose units in rear guard action during the retreat, but you can try to choose which ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 2, the northern end around:''' Summon all your good troops and move everyone almost due north. Once Sir Cadaeus arrives, Volk's forces will shift attention southwards, and you can start moving east. As you do so, Dela will arrive close to your forces, where she will build a stronghold and recruit. You can surround her stronghold to prevent her from getting more than six recruits, then kill her recruits and her (not possible on older versions.) Kill her quickly before Sir Cadaeus' forces crash into your forces after killing Volk. Break Sir Cadaeus' assault wave and then send someone to get the book and take it back to your stronghold. Optionally, back at the start, you can try to pull Volk's attention south with a fast, strong feint to the southeast using Ghosts, Bats and possibly your leader (since the enemy likes to hone in on him.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 3, the waiting game:''' Recruit just a couple of bats initially for village capturing out of range of the enemy. Once Sir Cadeus' forces arrive, begin recruiting in earnest and make a dash for the book. You will probably lose a lot of the units in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whatever initial course you take, the end game is the same: you will need to retrieve the book with a nonflying unit and head west, back to your stronghold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grabbing villages after a few at the start won't help you in this scenario. You will likely end negative on gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you decide you need more gold to play this scenario, you have to go all the way back three scenarios to Return to Parthyn - Part One. There, one way to get gold is to use Shadows to steal the enemy's villages without him noticing. However, your first option above, the grab and run, should not require much gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note''': This scenario was rebalanced some time after v1.8.5, so if you are playing an old version, there will be many differences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Descent into Darkness===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the troll leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Mal Keshar is destroyed&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: n/a&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Mal Keshar&lt;br /&gt;
The first segment of the mission is pretty self-explanatory. After you reach the small keep you need to decide which way to send your troops to the large castle, there is a main passage and two side passages. I'm not sure it matters, but I successfully advanced through the main passage. You will face some high level trolls, including Troll Shamans capable of throwing deadly fireballs at your undead minions. Wraiths and Spectres and quite good at killing Troll Shamans, since they deal arcane damage. You just have to make sure that you kill the Shamans before they get to attack you. Note that all the trolls deal impact damage, which your Skeletons are weak against, so you may want to avoid recalling your Skeletons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since this scenario is quite easy, it's a good chance to train your units and see strange monsters. In both side passages you can find a Troll Shaman, few Trolls and lots of villages. But the left passage is more interesting: in the middle of some water there's a tree where an Ancient Woose waits to ambush. Shadows and Wraiths will kill him easily. Enjoy its dying animation! At the top left of this room there's a path that leads to the hardest step of the scenario: 3 Giant Spiders. Try to make them follow you outside through the corridor to sorround them one by one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it is possible to avoid all that if you wish. Once you find your castle, just recall at least two Nightgaunts, three to be safe, and send them up the main passageway. They can kill the troll leader before he knows what hit him, leading to an instant victory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Eternal Night===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the foolish hero&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Mal Keshar is destroyed&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: Unlimited&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Mal Keshar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And so we reach the conclusion of the campaign. We learn that Mal Keshar—formerly Malin—has become a somewhat powerful lich that has gained a reputation for himself for fighting the orc armies (and anyone who comes in his way) every summer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reason, heroes of every race that has been victimized by Mal Keshar's troops follow him to his lair, wanting to finally put an end to his advances. In this scenario you will be fighting this ''foolish'' hero, which will be either an elf, a loyalist, an outlaw, a dwarf, or an orc, chosen at random. You will be fighting them in your cave, so you have some advantage, but every time you beat one of these heroes, the scenario will repeat itself and a new hero will come for you, with more gold on his side, so it will be increasingly difficult to fight their armies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can play this scenario as many times as you want to. You really have to beat only the very first hero—when Malin is defeated by any subsequent hero, the victor will give a short monologue and the campaign will end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition by cMaster: If you care to play this scenario more than just a few times, it might be worth noting the small cavity to the right at the bottom of the map. You can easily place 11 units inside (you won't be able to recall more than 10 units + Mal Keshar) and it's got a choke point of only two hexes. Use this to chew away any enemy foolish enough to enter the choke point, and forget about the seven villages. Your enemy will not be able to pay the upkeep of his troops anyway. Correctly used you should not have to fear any number of enemies!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=DescentIntoDarkness&amp;diff=55218</id>
		<title>DescentIntoDarkness</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=DescentIntoDarkness&amp;diff=55218"/>
		<updated>2014-06-17T11:09:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* Alone at Last */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=== Saving Parthyn ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defend the fort for two nights&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Drogan die&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 15&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar, two Spearmen and a Bowman&lt;br /&gt;
You'll start the battle with three human soldiers. Recruit a lot of Walking Corpses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Block the ford. Try to take advantage of terrain and time of day. You can take the opposite riverbank by rushing with your human units, but may get pushed back. That's okay, just try not to fight in the water while the enemy stands on the bank, or you will be at a disadvantage. Don't panic: once the allies arrive, they should make short work of the orcs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: The scenario ends early if the orc leader is killed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler: Your three human units have the &amp;quot;loyal&amp;quot; attribute, but don't bother trying to level them, because they go away at the end of the scenario. Likewise, all you can recruit are Walking Corpses, and they won't be worth recalling. If you're going to collect experience for anyone, it should be your main character. However, if a Walking Corpse kills something, you get another Walking Corpse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== A Peaceful Valley ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Occupy all of the goblin villages&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 29/26/23 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0 to 2 Goblins will spring out of each village you capture, including those that you recapture. The key is to not capture many villages quickly. Ironically, this will allow you to capture all the villages more quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In most scenarios, bats are highly useful in remote village capturing, but not in this scenario, as they would have little chance against the guards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walking corpses, on the other hand, are more useful than normal. Use them on wounded goblins to snowball your forces. Also use Walking Corpses as placeholders on captured villages to prevent them from easily reverting to enemy hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To kill the enemy leader, zap him with your leaders. Walking Corpses, if are in the area, can assist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler: Do not try to beat this scenario without entering the swamp. Once you enter the swamp with either Malin Keshar or Darken Volk you will get three Ghouls, without which the scenario would be close to impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== A Haunting in Winter ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Clear the cave of enemies&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 36/34/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
You can recruit Ghosts on this level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's important to not get bottled up in the passageway prior to the central chamber, or you will burn up a lot of turns. Use Ghosts to speedily enter the chamber. After a certain point, you are going to split your forces, with Ghosts heading to the dwarves in the northeast and your two leaders and ground forces headed to the outlaws in the southwest. So, you should recruit a lot of Ghosts, at least five. Bats are useful to snatch up villages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is a good opportunity to gain experience for your Ghosts. While both the Wraith and Shadow units are nice, it is especially useful to have at least 4 Shadows by a certain scenario. Your Ghosts can get easy experience from killing the Dwarves as they wade through the swamp in the northeast, and you should be able to level one or more to Shadows. Then you can use a Shadow or two, accompanied by a Ghost or two, to kill the dwarven leader. Also note that there are two routes to the dwarven leader. One is through the swamp, but you can also send flying units over the chasm to the south of the swamp and attack the dwarves on two fronts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler: At one point there's a special event: one of your Ghosts will rebel and run off to the outlaw's keep. For each turn until you kill him, another of your units will rebel. You'll want to keep all of your Ghosts close by until one rebels, and then kill the rebel quickly. So, delay your Dwarf hunting expedition until the rebellion occurs, or recruit several Ghosts and keep them together so that the rest can subdue the one that goes rogue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Beginning of the Revenge ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the orc leaders, move Malin Keshar to the mountain pass&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 36&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
Starting with this mission you can recruit Skeletons and Skeleton Archers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the scenario ends when both orc leaders are dead; you do not need to move Malin Keshar to the signpost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mountainous geography begs you to use ghosts and their kin for mobility. Ghosts can cross the mountains and river left of your starting fortress. (So can Corpses, by the way, but slowly.) Unfortunately, the fire arrows are quite effective against ghosts, so tread carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players have used different strategies with success...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 1, defeat in detail:''' This is probably the easiest plan, with the highest chance of success. Attack the southern orc first, then the northern orc. You can recruit/recall mostly Ghosts, Shadows, and Wraiths, supplemented by Vampire Bats. Ghosts and Bats can capture difficult to reach villages and move on, thus weakening your foes. Keep Malin Keshar and Darken Volk alive by hiding them in the mountains, which have two chokepoints. Either give them a small guard force or be prepared to redirect some of your leveled Ghosts to assist as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 2, assassination:''' Kill both leaders at once. Recruit/recall almost exclusively Ghosts, Shadows, and Wraiths, and split them into two, one taskforce for each leader. A minimal strike force for one leader would be four Ghosts and two Shadows. Wait patiently across the river from the strongholds until darkness descends on turn 8. Then assassinate both leaders. If all goes well, the leaders will be dead by turn 9, for a nice gold bonus. Just in case it doesn't end so quickly, Malin Keshar and Darken Volk should have already been running into the deepest part of the southern mountains for safety. Exercise restraint with respect to capturing villages with bats or ghosts near the strongholds before the strike, as the enemy may divert units to intercept, which may interfere with your assassination plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 3, feint:''' Use ghosts to discourage the enemy from concentrating his forces at the lake. Sending a few ghosts over the mountains and river allows you to distract the computer into sending troops back to its base, because it interprets the closer enemies as a larger threat. By doing this, you can delay the southern orcs and meet the northern orcs at the lake. Just be careful, because if you distract them too long, they build up a substantial force (rather then sending troops in piecemeal like the computer usually does) which takes a while to cut through.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Spoiler:''' Be careful when moving non-flying units onto the ice next to the bridge which separates you from the orcs' valley, as the ice weakens when a non-flying unit starts a turn on it and weakened ice then breaks and drowns any unit which starts a turn on in. This even applies to Skeletons and Skeleton Archers! Use breaking ice to your advantage; try to lure high level orcs to their demise by placing ghosts in the middle of weakened ice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Orc War ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the orc leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
Starting with this mission you can recruit Dark Adepts.  &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of ways to approach this scenario:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*One strategy is to recruit two major forces and send one south to hold back the orcs at the bridge (a Wraith does a good job of holding the bridge) then send the other force northwest to take out that leader first.  At that point, if you've had particularly good luck on the the southern front you might want to go after that leader next, but more likely, you will want to recruit a few more units plus the units you used to kill the northwest leader and head south to kill the southwest orc leader.&lt;br /&gt;
*Another strategy is to recruit one large force and take out either the northwestern or southeastern orc leaders before the other orcish troops can catch up with you.  Then you'll probably want to take out the southwestern orc leader.  When I tried this I took heavier casualties and had less gold at the end of the scenario but it did work.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you've managed to acquire at least two Shadows you can try slipping them behind enemy lines and assassinating one of the orc leaders. If you have at least 4 Shadows your chances of success increase greatly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler: After you kill two orc leaders the third will flee and this will end the scenario.  You probably will want to postpone this as long as possible to allow your forces to gain experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Return to Parthyn ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill Drogan then escape to the northwest&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar dies or any people from Parthyn die (except Drogan)&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: n/a&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and a Wraith, Shadow, or Spectre, if available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your first objective is to kill Drogan; if any other human unit dies before Drogan, you lose. A Wraith, Shadow, or Spectre will probably start with Malin. If you recall an appealing target like a Revenant into the keep's northwest hex, Drogan should run out to shoot some arrows at it. Between this and recalling another Wraith or Shadow as a backup plan, it should be easy to take out Drogan and discover, oops, the Parthyn townspeople hate you anyway. Wraiths and Shadows are particularly effective, since they can fly across the river quite quickly. After you kill Drogan, you should escape across the river and to the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 1: Kill the orcs so that you can flee across the ford. This shouldn't be a problem. What might be a problem is that the Parthyn troops will continue to attack you as you flee.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 2: Leave the ford open, and cross in water at far right, hoping for the orcs and village militia to clash and leave you alone, at least until the orcs are dead. As an additional distraction, you can send some Ghouls and Walking Corpses south/southwest in the forest. Both this and the first option have the disadvantage that you will lose all the villages you hold south of the river and will probably end up losing a bunch of gold but, oh well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 3: Stay and fight. You don't &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;have&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to flee immediately. But you face fairly strong opposition and will probably take enough casualties that it isn't really worth it to stay and fight longer than you need to. Also, you'll have to recruit enough units that you lose gold each turn, since there's no time limit, if you defeat the Parthyn townspeople after taking heavy enough casualties that you gain gold each turn, you can wait and make up the loss. It isn't really worth it, however, because you'll need your high level troops for the next mission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Small Favor - Part One===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk enter the manor&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 28/26/22 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First off, you can capture the free villages scattered around near your keep, but don't capture any enemy-owned villages using units that lack Nightstalk ability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then there are a few options that players have tried with success:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 1, leader assassination:''' You should have at least 2 Shadows (or Nightgaunts), preferably more, to assassinate the leader. Their nightstalk ability gets them past the perimeter guards and directly to the enemy leader. Take him out in one turn or two, or he will recruit heavily. Keep Malin and Volk out of sight. After you takeout the enemy leader, take out the rest of the human troops and capture the rest of the villages at your leisure. Once that is accomplished, send Volk directly to the manor, but send Malin to the enemy commander's keep. Wait here accumulating cash each turn until the penultimate turn. On the penultimate turn recruit all the units you will want to take forward into part 2; Wraiths and Shadows are particularly useful, while level 1 units are not. Then move Malin towards the manor. On the last turn move Malin into the manor to join Volk to end the scenario. While carry over gold won't help you in parts two and three (no recruiting), it will carry over to the next scenario. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 2, mage assassination:''' It is possible to win this part without any Shadows. You can use about 6 Wraiths/Spectres and slip them around the north of the map as near to the entrance of the manor as possible while staying out of sight (you can see how much your enemies can see with Ctrl-v). Malin and Darken Volk should take the same route, but can't get as far as the Ghosts. Then take out as many enemies as you can with your Ghosts, targeting the Mages first, and rush towards the manor with your heroes. You should be inside before the battle gets ugly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 3, guard assassination:''' If you kill a guard in one turn, he won't have time to raise the alarm. Therefore, you can proceed across the map, assassinating guards one by one, until you get within strike distance of the leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Small Favor - Part Two===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Mage Lord Karres then move through the northwest passage&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/27/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar, Darken Volk and any units that survived the previous scenario&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Other: You can't recruit or recall; only the units from last scenario will be present&lt;br /&gt;
You start with the units you recalled at the end of the last mission, but you don't have to pay their upkeep for this scenario (nor are there any villages, anyway). Since there are no villages, you won't be able to heal your units unless they have a drain attack.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Anyway, your first task is to kill Karres, who is a Great Mage and is put into one of the rooms at random.  Each room is filled with mages of one variety or another. They won't leave the rooms of their own accord, although a couple of Swordsmen and other human units wander the halls, but these shouldn't be a big deal. The mages, however, can be quite deadly. Always make sure you have sufficient forces to wipe out at least three Red or White Mages before opening a door. (You open doors by placing a unit in front of the door). However, most rooms only have one or two Mages in it, and they may be level one Mages. The skirmishing of Shadows and Nightgaunts is useful in wiping out mages. If you let the mages counter-attack, you will risk losing one or more units. Head northwest with Malin and move on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There doesn't seem to be any bonus for an early finish, so if you get the objective early, you can hold off and harvest some XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Small Favor - Part Three===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Find the book and then escape&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/27/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and any units that survived the previous scenario&lt;br /&gt;
* Other&lt;br /&gt;
** You can't recruit or recall; only the units from last scenario will be present&lt;br /&gt;
** You no longer control Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Darken Volk will operate separately with an army of allied undead. Hmmm, in all previous missions you commanded him directly... could this be foreshadowing? Head to the northwest to grab the book. Then head to the northeast to exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Alone at Last===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Take the book from Darken Volk and bring it back to Malin's castle&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar dies&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and one unit&lt;br /&gt;
* Other: Ghosts and Bats (and the rest of their unit trees) cannot pick up the book&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The situation is that you must take the book from Darken Volk, but two additional armies will appear in the middle of the battle, bent on killing both your army and Volk's, making the task more than a little difficult. When the battle reaches its peek, you probably won't have much money, and your forces will be outnumbered and at great disadvantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sir Cadaeus arrives on turn 8 to take revenge for your attack on the city of Tath. He sets up camp in the southeast corner of the map, and his army of paladins and mages will present a grave danger to your army of undead. However, his forces will attack Volk's as well. More importantly, Volk's forces will attack &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Sir Cadaeus'&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. Effectively, Volk is a bit of an ally, even if he is trying to kill you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the end of turn 11, Dela Keshar will show up to the north, set up camp and send her army of loyalists and outlaws to attack you as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By around this time, Volk should be dead, by Sir Cadaeus' hands if not yours. He leaves behind the book, which you need to retrieve and bring to your initial keep. Ghosts and Bats (and Spectres, Shadows, Wraiths, and Nightgaunts) can't carry the book. Try to use the quickest unit you can to pick it up and bring it back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For general strategy, players have had success with at least three alternatives...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 1, grab and run:''' Run for the book with a few elite units capable of carrying it. Along the way, you can either engage Volk's forces or try to avoid them. You can use leveled ghostly units to kill Volk. Run back once you get the book. You will lose units in rear guard action during the retreat, but you can try to choose which ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 2, the northern end around:''' Summon all your good troops and move everyone almost due north. Once Sir Cadaeus arrives, Volk's forces will shift attention southwards, and you can start moving east. As you do so, Dela will arrive close to your forces, where she will build a stronghold and recruit. You can surround her stronghold to prevent her from getting more than six recruits, then kill her recruits and her (not possible on older versions.) Kill her quickly before Sir Cadaeus' forces crash into your forces after killing Volk. Break Sir Cadaeus' assault wave and then send someone to get the book and take it back to your stronghold. Optionally, back at the start, you can try to pull Volk's attention south with a fast, strong feint to the southeast using Ghosts, Bats and possibly your leader (since the enemy likes to hone in on him.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 3, the waiting game:''' Recruit just a couple of bats initially for village capturing out of range of the enemy. Once Sir Cadeus' forces arrive, begin recruiting in earnest and make a dash for the book. You will probably lose a lot of the units in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whatever initial course you take, the end game is the same: you will need to retrieve the book with a nonflying unit and head west, back to your stronghold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grabbing villages after a few at the start won't help you in this scenario. You will likely end negative on gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you decide you need more gold to play this scenario, you have to go all the way back three scenarios to Return to Parthyn - Part One. There, one way to get gold is to use Shadows to steal the enemy's villages without him noticing. However, your first option above, the grab and run, should not require much gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note''': This scenario was rebalanced some time after v1.8.5, so if you are playing an old version, there will be many differences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Descent into Darkness===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the troll leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Mal Keshar is destroyed&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: n/a&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Mal Keshar&lt;br /&gt;
The first segment of the mission is pretty self-explanatory. After you reach the small keep you need to decide which way to send your troops to the large castle, there is a main passage and two side passages. I'm not sure it matters, but I successfully advanced through the main passage. You will face some high level trolls, including Troll Shamans capable of throwing deadly fireballs at your undead minions. There's no particularly good defense against these things, but I will note that all the trolls also deal impact damage, which your Skeletons are weak against, so you may want to avoid recalling your Skeletons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition by cMaster: Wraiths/Spectres are actually quite good at killing Troll Shamans, since they deal arcane damage. So you just have to make sure, that you get to the Shamans before they get to you. If you can't take out one of them, stay out of his reach.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition by smenze: I just finished up this scenario and it was as easy as I have ever played. After the intro, pretty much run by past the creatures that are there for you to regain your strength on. If you get really unlucky with your counter attacks, you can die this way, but normally you won't. Grab the castle on the west side of the passageway and recall some Nightgaunts (3 was more then enough for me). I just sent them straight up the passage to the main castle, and stabbed the troll leader to death leading to an instant victory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition by Adeptus: Since this scenario is quite easy, it's a good chance to train your units and see strange monsters. In both side passages you can find a Troll Shaman, few Trolls and lots of villages. But the left passage is more interesting: in the middle of some water there's a tree where an Ancient Woose waits to ambush. Shadows and Wraiths will kill him easily. Enjoy its dying animation! At the top left of this room there's a path that leads to the hardest step of the scenario: 3 Giant Spiders. Try to make them follow you outside through the corridor to sorround them one by one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Eternal Night===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the foolish hero&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Mal Keshar is destroyed&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: Unlimited&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Mal Keshar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And so we reach the conclusion of the campaign. We learn that Mal Keshar—formerly Malin—has become a somewhat powerful lich that has gained a reputation for himself for fighting the orc armies (and anyone who comes in his way) every summer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reason, heroes of every race that has been victimized by Mal Keshar's troops follow him to his lair, wanting to finally put an end to his advances. In this scenario you will be fighting this ''foolish'' hero, which will be either an elf, a loyalist, an outlaw, a dwarf, or an orc, chosen at random. You will be fighting them in your cave, so you have some advantage, but every time you beat one of these heroes, the scenario will repeat itself and a new hero will come for you, with more gold on his side, so it will be increasingly difficult to fight their armies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can play this scenario as many times as you want to. You really have to beat only the very first hero—when Malin is defeated by any subsequent hero, the victor will give a short monologue and the campaign will end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition by cMaster: If you care to play this scenario more than just a few times, it might be worth noting the small cavity to the right at the bottom of the map. You can easily place 11 units inside (you won't be able to recall more than 10 units + Mal Keshar) and it's got a choke point of only two hexes. Use this to chew away any enemy foolish enough to enter the choke point, and forget about the seven villages. Your enemy will not be able to pay the upkeep of his troops anyway. Correctly used you should not have to fear any number of enemies!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=DescentIntoDarkness&amp;diff=55217</id>
		<title>DescentIntoDarkness</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=DescentIntoDarkness&amp;diff=55217"/>
		<updated>2014-06-17T10:49:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* Alone at Last */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=== Saving Parthyn ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defend the fort for two nights&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Drogan die&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 15&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar, two Spearmen and a Bowman&lt;br /&gt;
You'll start the battle with three human soldiers. Recruit a lot of Walking Corpses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Block the ford. Try to take advantage of terrain and time of day. You can take the opposite riverbank by rushing with your human units, but may get pushed back. That's okay, just try not to fight in the water while the enemy stands on the bank, or you will be at a disadvantage. Don't panic: once the allies arrive, they should make short work of the orcs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: The scenario ends early if the orc leader is killed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler: Your three human units have the &amp;quot;loyal&amp;quot; attribute, but don't bother trying to level them, because they go away at the end of the scenario. Likewise, all you can recruit are Walking Corpses, and they won't be worth recalling. If you're going to collect experience for anyone, it should be your main character. However, if a Walking Corpse kills something, you get another Walking Corpse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== A Peaceful Valley ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Occupy all of the goblin villages&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 29/26/23 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0 to 2 Goblins will spring out of each village you capture, including those that you recapture. The key is to not capture many villages quickly. Ironically, this will allow you to capture all the villages more quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In most scenarios, bats are highly useful in remote village capturing, but not in this scenario, as they would have little chance against the guards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walking corpses, on the other hand, are more useful than normal. Use them on wounded goblins to snowball your forces. Also use Walking Corpses as placeholders on captured villages to prevent them from easily reverting to enemy hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To kill the enemy leader, zap him with your leaders. Walking Corpses, if are in the area, can assist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler: Do not try to beat this scenario without entering the swamp. Once you enter the swamp with either Malin Keshar or Darken Volk you will get three Ghouls, without which the scenario would be close to impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== A Haunting in Winter ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Clear the cave of enemies&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 36/34/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
You can recruit Ghosts on this level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's important to not get bottled up in the passageway prior to the central chamber, or you will burn up a lot of turns. Use Ghosts to speedily enter the chamber. After a certain point, you are going to split your forces, with Ghosts heading to the dwarves in the northeast and your two leaders and ground forces headed to the outlaws in the southwest. So, you should recruit a lot of Ghosts, at least five. Bats are useful to snatch up villages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is a good opportunity to gain experience for your Ghosts. While both the Wraith and Shadow units are nice, it is especially useful to have at least 4 Shadows by a certain scenario. Your Ghosts can get easy experience from killing the Dwarves as they wade through the swamp in the northeast, and you should be able to level one or more to Shadows. Then you can use a Shadow or two, accompanied by a Ghost or two, to kill the dwarven leader. Also note that there are two routes to the dwarven leader. One is through the swamp, but you can also send flying units over the chasm to the south of the swamp and attack the dwarves on two fronts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler: At one point there's a special event: one of your Ghosts will rebel and run off to the outlaw's keep. For each turn until you kill him, another of your units will rebel. You'll want to keep all of your Ghosts close by until one rebels, and then kill the rebel quickly. So, delay your Dwarf hunting expedition until the rebellion occurs, or recruit several Ghosts and keep them together so that the rest can subdue the one that goes rogue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Beginning of the Revenge ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the orc leaders, move Malin Keshar to the mountain pass&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 36&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
Starting with this mission you can recruit Skeletons and Skeleton Archers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the scenario ends when both orc leaders are dead; you do not need to move Malin Keshar to the signpost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mountainous geography begs you to use ghosts and their kin for mobility. Ghosts can cross the mountains and river left of your starting fortress. (So can Corpses, by the way, but slowly.) Unfortunately, the fire arrows are quite effective against ghosts, so tread carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players have used different strategies with success...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 1, defeat in detail:''' This is probably the easiest plan, with the highest chance of success. Attack the southern orc first, then the northern orc. You can recruit/recall mostly Ghosts, Shadows, and Wraiths, supplemented by Vampire Bats. Ghosts and Bats can capture difficult to reach villages and move on, thus weakening your foes. Keep Malin Keshar and Darken Volk alive by hiding them in the mountains, which have two chokepoints. Either give them a small guard force or be prepared to redirect some of your leveled Ghosts to assist as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 2, assassination:''' Kill both leaders at once. Recruit/recall almost exclusively Ghosts, Shadows, and Wraiths, and split them into two, one taskforce for each leader. A minimal strike force for one leader would be four Ghosts and two Shadows. Wait patiently across the river from the strongholds until darkness descends on turn 8. Then assassinate both leaders. If all goes well, the leaders will be dead by turn 9, for a nice gold bonus. Just in case it doesn't end so quickly, Malin Keshar and Darken Volk should have already been running into the deepest part of the southern mountains for safety. Exercise restraint with respect to capturing villages with bats or ghosts near the strongholds before the strike, as the enemy may divert units to intercept, which may interfere with your assassination plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 3, feint:''' Use ghosts to discourage the enemy from concentrating his forces at the lake. Sending a few ghosts over the mountains and river allows you to distract the computer into sending troops back to its base, because it interprets the closer enemies as a larger threat. By doing this, you can delay the southern orcs and meet the northern orcs at the lake. Just be careful, because if you distract them too long, they build up a substantial force (rather then sending troops in piecemeal like the computer usually does) which takes a while to cut through.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Spoiler:''' Be careful when moving non-flying units onto the ice next to the bridge which separates you from the orcs' valley, as the ice weakens when a non-flying unit starts a turn on it and weakened ice then breaks and drowns any unit which starts a turn on in. This even applies to Skeletons and Skeleton Archers! Use breaking ice to your advantage; try to lure high level orcs to their demise by placing ghosts in the middle of weakened ice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Orc War ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the orc leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
Starting with this mission you can recruit Dark Adepts.  &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of ways to approach this scenario:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*One strategy is to recruit two major forces and send one south to hold back the orcs at the bridge (a Wraith does a good job of holding the bridge) then send the other force northwest to take out that leader first.  At that point, if you've had particularly good luck on the the southern front you might want to go after that leader next, but more likely, you will want to recruit a few more units plus the units you used to kill the northwest leader and head south to kill the southwest orc leader.&lt;br /&gt;
*Another strategy is to recruit one large force and take out either the northwestern or southeastern orc leaders before the other orcish troops can catch up with you.  Then you'll probably want to take out the southwestern orc leader.  When I tried this I took heavier casualties and had less gold at the end of the scenario but it did work.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you've managed to acquire at least two Shadows you can try slipping them behind enemy lines and assassinating one of the orc leaders. If you have at least 4 Shadows your chances of success increase greatly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler: After you kill two orc leaders the third will flee and this will end the scenario.  You probably will want to postpone this as long as possible to allow your forces to gain experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Return to Parthyn ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill Drogan then escape to the northwest&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar dies or any people from Parthyn die (except Drogan)&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: n/a&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and a Wraith, Shadow, or Spectre, if available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your first objective is to kill Drogan; if any other human unit dies before Drogan, you lose. A Wraith, Shadow, or Spectre will probably start with Malin. If you recall an appealing target like a Revenant into the keep's northwest hex, Drogan should run out to shoot some arrows at it. Between this and recalling another Wraith or Shadow as a backup plan, it should be easy to take out Drogan and discover, oops, the Parthyn townspeople hate you anyway. Wraiths and Shadows are particularly effective, since they can fly across the river quite quickly. After you kill Drogan, you should escape across the river and to the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 1: Kill the orcs so that you can flee across the ford. This shouldn't be a problem. What might be a problem is that the Parthyn troops will continue to attack you as you flee.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 2: Leave the ford open, and cross in water at far right, hoping for the orcs and village militia to clash and leave you alone, at least until the orcs are dead. As an additional distraction, you can send some Ghouls and Walking Corpses south/southwest in the forest. Both this and the first option have the disadvantage that you will lose all the villages you hold south of the river and will probably end up losing a bunch of gold but, oh well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 3: Stay and fight. You don't &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;have&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to flee immediately. But you face fairly strong opposition and will probably take enough casualties that it isn't really worth it to stay and fight longer than you need to. Also, you'll have to recruit enough units that you lose gold each turn, since there's no time limit, if you defeat the Parthyn townspeople after taking heavy enough casualties that you gain gold each turn, you can wait and make up the loss. It isn't really worth it, however, because you'll need your high level troops for the next mission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Small Favor - Part One===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk enter the manor&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 28/26/22 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First off, you can capture the free villages scattered around near your keep, but don't capture any enemy-owned villages using units that lack Nightstalk ability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then there are a few options that players have tried with success:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 1, leader assassination:''' You should have at least 2 Shadows (or Nightgaunts), preferably more, to assassinate the leader. Their nightstalk ability gets them past the perimeter guards and directly to the enemy leader. Take him out in one turn or two, or he will recruit heavily. Keep Malin and Volk out of sight. After you takeout the enemy leader, take out the rest of the human troops and capture the rest of the villages at your leisure. Once that is accomplished, send Volk directly to the manor, but send Malin to the enemy commander's keep. Wait here accumulating cash each turn until the penultimate turn. On the penultimate turn recruit all the units you will want to take forward into part 2; Wraiths and Shadows are particularly useful, while level 1 units are not. Then move Malin towards the manor. On the last turn move Malin into the manor to join Volk to end the scenario. While carry over gold won't help you in parts two and three (no recruiting), it will carry over to the next scenario. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 2, mage assassination:''' It is possible to win this part without any Shadows. You can use about 6 Wraiths/Spectres and slip them around the north of the map as near to the entrance of the manor as possible while staying out of sight (you can see how much your enemies can see with Ctrl-v). Malin and Darken Volk should take the same route, but can't get as far as the Ghosts. Then take out as many enemies as you can with your Ghosts, targeting the Mages first, and rush towards the manor with your heroes. You should be inside before the battle gets ugly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 3, guard assassination:''' If you kill a guard in one turn, he won't have time to raise the alarm. Therefore, you can proceed across the map, assassinating guards one by one, until you get within strike distance of the leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Small Favor - Part Two===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Mage Lord Karres then move through the northwest passage&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/27/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar, Darken Volk and any units that survived the previous scenario&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Other: You can't recruit or recall; only the units from last scenario will be present&lt;br /&gt;
You start with the units you recalled at the end of the last mission, but you don't have to pay their upkeep for this scenario (nor are there any villages, anyway). Since there are no villages, you won't be able to heal your units unless they have a drain attack.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Anyway, your first task is to kill Karres, who is a Great Mage and is put into one of the rooms at random.  Each room is filled with mages of one variety or another. They won't leave the rooms of their own accord, although a couple of Swordsmen and other human units wander the halls, but these shouldn't be a big deal. The mages, however, can be quite deadly. Always make sure you have sufficient forces to wipe out at least three Red or White Mages before opening a door. (You open doors by placing a unit in front of the door). However, most rooms only have one or two Mages in it, and they may be level one Mages. The skirmishing of Shadows and Nightgaunts is useful in wiping out mages. If you let the mages counter-attack, you will risk losing one or more units. Head northwest with Malin and move on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There doesn't seem to be any bonus for an early finish, so if you get the objective early, you can hold off and harvest some XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Small Favor - Part Three===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Find the book and then escape&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/27/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and any units that survived the previous scenario&lt;br /&gt;
* Other&lt;br /&gt;
** You can't recruit or recall; only the units from last scenario will be present&lt;br /&gt;
** You no longer control Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Darken Volk will operate separately with an army of allied undead. Hmmm, in all previous missions you commanded him directly... could this be foreshadowing? Head to the northwest to grab the book. Then head to the northeast to exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Alone at Last===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Take the book from Darken Volk and bring it back to Malin's castle&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar dies&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and one unit&lt;br /&gt;
* Other: Ghosts and Bats (and the rest of their unit trees) cannot pick up the book&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The situation is that you must take the book from Darken Volk, but two additional armies will appear in the middle of the battle, bent on killing both your army and Volk's, making the task more than a little difficult. When the battle reaches its peek, you probably won't have much money, and your forces will be outnumbered and at great disadvantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sir Cadaeus arrives on turn 8 to take revenge for your attack on the city of Tath. He sets up camp in the southeast corner of the map, and his army of paladins and mages will present a grave danger to your army of undead. However, his forces will attack Volk's as well. More importantly, Volk's forces will attack &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Sir Cadaeus'&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. Effectively, Volk is a bit of an ally, even if he is trying to kill you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the end of turn 11, Dela Keshar will show up to the north, set up camp and send her army of loyalists and outlaws to attack you as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By around this time, Volk should be dead, by Sir Cadaeus' hands if not yours. He leaves behind the book, which you need to retrieve and bring to your initial keep. Ghosts and Bats (and Spectres, Shadows, Wraiths, and Nightgaunts) can't carry the book. Try to use the quickest unit you can to pick it up and bring it back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For general strategy, players have had success with at least three alternatives...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 1, grab and run:''' Run for the book with a few elite units capable of carrying it. Along the way, you can either engage Volk's forces or try to avoid them. You can use leveled ghostly units to kill Volk. Run back once you get the book. You will lose units in rear guard action during the retreat, but you can try to choose which ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 2, the northern end around:''' Summon all your good troops and move everyone almost due north. Once Sir Cadaeus arrives, Volk's forces will shift attention southwards, and you can start moving east. As you do so, Dela will arrive close to your forces, where she will build a stronghold and recruit. You can surround her stronghold to prevent her from getting more than six recruits, then kill her recruits and her (not possible on older versions.) Kill her quickly before Sir Cadaeus' forces crash into your forces after killing Volk. Break Sir Cadaeus' assault wave and then send someone to get the book and take it back to your stronghold. Optionally, back at the start, you can try to pull Volk's attention south with a fast, strong feint to the southeast using Ghosts, Bats and possibly your leader (since the enemy likes to hone in on him.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 3, the waiting game:''' Recruit just a couple of bats initially for village capturing out of range of the enemy. Once Sir Cadeus' forces arrive, begin recruiting in earnest and make a dash for the book. You will probably lose a lot of the units in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whatever initial course you take, the end game is the same: you will need to retrieve the book with a nonflying unit and head west, back to your stronghold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grabbing villages after a few at the start won't help you in this scenario. You will likely end negative on gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note''': This scenario was rebalanced some time after v1.8.5, so if you are playing an old version, there will be many differences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Descent into Darkness===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the troll leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Mal Keshar is destroyed&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: n/a&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Mal Keshar&lt;br /&gt;
The first segment of the mission is pretty self-explanatory. After you reach the small keep you need to decide which way to send your troops to the large castle, there is a main passage and two side passages. I'm not sure it matters, but I successfully advanced through the main passage. You will face some high level trolls, including Troll Shamans capable of throwing deadly fireballs at your undead minions. There's no particularly good defense against these things, but I will note that all the trolls also deal impact damage, which your Skeletons are weak against, so you may want to avoid recalling your Skeletons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition by cMaster: Wraiths/Spectres are actually quite good at killing Troll Shamans, since they deal arcane damage. So you just have to make sure, that you get to the Shamans before they get to you. If you can't take out one of them, stay out of his reach.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition by smenze: I just finished up this scenario and it was as easy as I have ever played. After the intro, pretty much run by past the creatures that are there for you to regain your strength on. If you get really unlucky with your counter attacks, you can die this way, but normally you won't. Grab the castle on the west side of the passageway and recall some Nightgaunts (3 was more then enough for me). I just sent them straight up the passage to the main castle, and stabbed the troll leader to death leading to an instant victory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition by Adeptus: Since this scenario is quite easy, it's a good chance to train your units and see strange monsters. In both side passages you can find a Troll Shaman, few Trolls and lots of villages. But the left passage is more interesting: in the middle of some water there's a tree where an Ancient Woose waits to ambush. Shadows and Wraiths will kill him easily. Enjoy its dying animation! At the top left of this room there's a path that leads to the hardest step of the scenario: 3 Giant Spiders. Try to make them follow you outside through the corridor to sorround them one by one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Eternal Night===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the foolish hero&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Mal Keshar is destroyed&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: Unlimited&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Mal Keshar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And so we reach the conclusion of the campaign. We learn that Mal Keshar—formerly Malin—has become a somewhat powerful lich that has gained a reputation for himself for fighting the orc armies (and anyone who comes in his way) every summer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reason, heroes of every race that has been victimized by Mal Keshar's troops follow him to his lair, wanting to finally put an end to his advances. In this scenario you will be fighting this ''foolish'' hero, which will be either an elf, a loyalist, an outlaw, a dwarf, or an orc, chosen at random. You will be fighting them in your cave, so you have some advantage, but every time you beat one of these heroes, the scenario will repeat itself and a new hero will come for you, with more gold on his side, so it will be increasingly difficult to fight their armies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can play this scenario as many times as you want to. You really have to beat only the very first hero—when Malin is defeated by any subsequent hero, the victor will give a short monologue and the campaign will end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition by cMaster: If you care to play this scenario more than just a few times, it might be worth noting the small cavity to the right at the bottom of the map. You can easily place 11 units inside (you won't be able to recall more than 10 units + Mal Keshar) and it's got a choke point of only two hexes. Use this to chew away any enemy foolish enough to enter the choke point, and forget about the seven villages. Your enemy will not be able to pay the upkeep of his troops anyway. Correctly used you should not have to fear any number of enemies!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=DescentIntoDarkness&amp;diff=55216</id>
		<title>DescentIntoDarkness</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=DescentIntoDarkness&amp;diff=55216"/>
		<updated>2014-06-17T10:47:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* Alone at Last */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=== Saving Parthyn ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defend the fort for two nights&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Drogan die&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 15&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar, two Spearmen and a Bowman&lt;br /&gt;
You'll start the battle with three human soldiers. Recruit a lot of Walking Corpses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Block the ford. Try to take advantage of terrain and time of day. You can take the opposite riverbank by rushing with your human units, but may get pushed back. That's okay, just try not to fight in the water while the enemy stands on the bank, or you will be at a disadvantage. Don't panic: once the allies arrive, they should make short work of the orcs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: The scenario ends early if the orc leader is killed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler: Your three human units have the &amp;quot;loyal&amp;quot; attribute, but don't bother trying to level them, because they go away at the end of the scenario. Likewise, all you can recruit are Walking Corpses, and they won't be worth recalling. If you're going to collect experience for anyone, it should be your main character. However, if a Walking Corpse kills something, you get another Walking Corpse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== A Peaceful Valley ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Occupy all of the goblin villages&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 29/26/23 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0 to 2 Goblins will spring out of each village you capture, including those that you recapture. The key is to not capture many villages quickly. Ironically, this will allow you to capture all the villages more quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In most scenarios, bats are highly useful in remote village capturing, but not in this scenario, as they would have little chance against the guards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walking corpses, on the other hand, are more useful than normal. Use them on wounded goblins to snowball your forces. Also use Walking Corpses as placeholders on captured villages to prevent them from easily reverting to enemy hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To kill the enemy leader, zap him with your leaders. Walking Corpses, if are in the area, can assist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler: Do not try to beat this scenario without entering the swamp. Once you enter the swamp with either Malin Keshar or Darken Volk you will get three Ghouls, without which the scenario would be close to impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== A Haunting in Winter ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Clear the cave of enemies&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 36/34/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
You can recruit Ghosts on this level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's important to not get bottled up in the passageway prior to the central chamber, or you will burn up a lot of turns. Use Ghosts to speedily enter the chamber. After a certain point, you are going to split your forces, with Ghosts heading to the dwarves in the northeast and your two leaders and ground forces headed to the outlaws in the southwest. So, you should recruit a lot of Ghosts, at least five. Bats are useful to snatch up villages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is a good opportunity to gain experience for your Ghosts. While both the Wraith and Shadow units are nice, it is especially useful to have at least 4 Shadows by a certain scenario. Your Ghosts can get easy experience from killing the Dwarves as they wade through the swamp in the northeast, and you should be able to level one or more to Shadows. Then you can use a Shadow or two, accompanied by a Ghost or two, to kill the dwarven leader. Also note that there are two routes to the dwarven leader. One is through the swamp, but you can also send flying units over the chasm to the south of the swamp and attack the dwarves on two fronts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler: At one point there's a special event: one of your Ghosts will rebel and run off to the outlaw's keep. For each turn until you kill him, another of your units will rebel. You'll want to keep all of your Ghosts close by until one rebels, and then kill the rebel quickly. So, delay your Dwarf hunting expedition until the rebellion occurs, or recruit several Ghosts and keep them together so that the rest can subdue the one that goes rogue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Beginning of the Revenge ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the orc leaders, move Malin Keshar to the mountain pass&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 36&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
Starting with this mission you can recruit Skeletons and Skeleton Archers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the scenario ends when both orc leaders are dead; you do not need to move Malin Keshar to the signpost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mountainous geography begs you to use ghosts and their kin for mobility. Ghosts can cross the mountains and river left of your starting fortress. (So can Corpses, by the way, but slowly.) Unfortunately, the fire arrows are quite effective against ghosts, so tread carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players have used different strategies with success...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 1, defeat in detail:''' This is probably the easiest plan, with the highest chance of success. Attack the southern orc first, then the northern orc. You can recruit/recall mostly Ghosts, Shadows, and Wraiths, supplemented by Vampire Bats. Ghosts and Bats can capture difficult to reach villages and move on, thus weakening your foes. Keep Malin Keshar and Darken Volk alive by hiding them in the mountains, which have two chokepoints. Either give them a small guard force or be prepared to redirect some of your leveled Ghosts to assist as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 2, assassination:''' Kill both leaders at once. Recruit/recall almost exclusively Ghosts, Shadows, and Wraiths, and split them into two, one taskforce for each leader. A minimal strike force for one leader would be four Ghosts and two Shadows. Wait patiently across the river from the strongholds until darkness descends on turn 8. Then assassinate both leaders. If all goes well, the leaders will be dead by turn 9, for a nice gold bonus. Just in case it doesn't end so quickly, Malin Keshar and Darken Volk should have already been running into the deepest part of the southern mountains for safety. Exercise restraint with respect to capturing villages with bats or ghosts near the strongholds before the strike, as the enemy may divert units to intercept, which may interfere with your assassination plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 3, feint:''' Use ghosts to discourage the enemy from concentrating his forces at the lake. Sending a few ghosts over the mountains and river allows you to distract the computer into sending troops back to its base, because it interprets the closer enemies as a larger threat. By doing this, you can delay the southern orcs and meet the northern orcs at the lake. Just be careful, because if you distract them too long, they build up a substantial force (rather then sending troops in piecemeal like the computer usually does) which takes a while to cut through.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Spoiler:''' Be careful when moving non-flying units onto the ice next to the bridge which separates you from the orcs' valley, as the ice weakens when a non-flying unit starts a turn on it and weakened ice then breaks and drowns any unit which starts a turn on in. This even applies to Skeletons and Skeleton Archers! Use breaking ice to your advantage; try to lure high level orcs to their demise by placing ghosts in the middle of weakened ice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Orc War ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the orc leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
Starting with this mission you can recruit Dark Adepts.  &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of ways to approach this scenario:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*One strategy is to recruit two major forces and send one south to hold back the orcs at the bridge (a Wraith does a good job of holding the bridge) then send the other force northwest to take out that leader first.  At that point, if you've had particularly good luck on the the southern front you might want to go after that leader next, but more likely, you will want to recruit a few more units plus the units you used to kill the northwest leader and head south to kill the southwest orc leader.&lt;br /&gt;
*Another strategy is to recruit one large force and take out either the northwestern or southeastern orc leaders before the other orcish troops can catch up with you.  Then you'll probably want to take out the southwestern orc leader.  When I tried this I took heavier casualties and had less gold at the end of the scenario but it did work.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you've managed to acquire at least two Shadows you can try slipping them behind enemy lines and assassinating one of the orc leaders. If you have at least 4 Shadows your chances of success increase greatly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler: After you kill two orc leaders the third will flee and this will end the scenario.  You probably will want to postpone this as long as possible to allow your forces to gain experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Return to Parthyn ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill Drogan then escape to the northwest&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar dies or any people from Parthyn die (except Drogan)&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: n/a&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and a Wraith, Shadow, or Spectre, if available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your first objective is to kill Drogan; if any other human unit dies before Drogan, you lose. A Wraith, Shadow, or Spectre will probably start with Malin. If you recall an appealing target like a Revenant into the keep's northwest hex, Drogan should run out to shoot some arrows at it. Between this and recalling another Wraith or Shadow as a backup plan, it should be easy to take out Drogan and discover, oops, the Parthyn townspeople hate you anyway. Wraiths and Shadows are particularly effective, since they can fly across the river quite quickly. After you kill Drogan, you should escape across the river and to the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 1: Kill the orcs so that you can flee across the ford. This shouldn't be a problem. What might be a problem is that the Parthyn troops will continue to attack you as you flee.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 2: Leave the ford open, and cross in water at far right, hoping for the orcs and village militia to clash and leave you alone, at least until the orcs are dead. As an additional distraction, you can send some Ghouls and Walking Corpses south/southwest in the forest. Both this and the first option have the disadvantage that you will lose all the villages you hold south of the river and will probably end up losing a bunch of gold but, oh well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 3: Stay and fight. You don't &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;have&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to flee immediately. But you face fairly strong opposition and will probably take enough casualties that it isn't really worth it to stay and fight longer than you need to. Also, you'll have to recruit enough units that you lose gold each turn, since there's no time limit, if you defeat the Parthyn townspeople after taking heavy enough casualties that you gain gold each turn, you can wait and make up the loss. It isn't really worth it, however, because you'll need your high level troops for the next mission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Small Favor - Part One===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk enter the manor&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 28/26/22 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First off, you can capture the free villages scattered around near your keep, but don't capture any enemy-owned villages using units that lack Nightstalk ability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then there are a few options that players have tried with success:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 1, leader assassination:''' You should have at least 2 Shadows (or Nightgaunts), preferably more, to assassinate the leader. Their nightstalk ability gets them past the perimeter guards and directly to the enemy leader. Take him out in one turn or two, or he will recruit heavily. Keep Malin and Volk out of sight. After you takeout the enemy leader, take out the rest of the human troops and capture the rest of the villages at your leisure. Once that is accomplished, send Volk directly to the manor, but send Malin to the enemy commander's keep. Wait here accumulating cash each turn until the penultimate turn. On the penultimate turn recruit all the units you will want to take forward into part 2; Wraiths and Shadows are particularly useful, while level 1 units are not. Then move Malin towards the manor. On the last turn move Malin into the manor to join Volk to end the scenario. While carry over gold won't help you in parts two and three (no recruiting), it will carry over to the next scenario. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 2, mage assassination:''' It is possible to win this part without any Shadows. You can use about 6 Wraiths/Spectres and slip them around the north of the map as near to the entrance of the manor as possible while staying out of sight (you can see how much your enemies can see with Ctrl-v). Malin and Darken Volk should take the same route, but can't get as far as the Ghosts. Then take out as many enemies as you can with your Ghosts, targeting the Mages first, and rush towards the manor with your heroes. You should be inside before the battle gets ugly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 3, guard assassination:''' If you kill a guard in one turn, he won't have time to raise the alarm. Therefore, you can proceed across the map, assassinating guards one by one, until you get within strike distance of the leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Small Favor - Part Two===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Mage Lord Karres then move through the northwest passage&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/27/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar, Darken Volk and any units that survived the previous scenario&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Other: You can't recruit or recall; only the units from last scenario will be present&lt;br /&gt;
You start with the units you recalled at the end of the last mission, but you don't have to pay their upkeep for this scenario (nor are there any villages, anyway). Since there are no villages, you won't be able to heal your units unless they have a drain attack.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Anyway, your first task is to kill Karres, who is a Great Mage and is put into one of the rooms at random.  Each room is filled with mages of one variety or another. They won't leave the rooms of their own accord, although a couple of Swordsmen and other human units wander the halls, but these shouldn't be a big deal. The mages, however, can be quite deadly. Always make sure you have sufficient forces to wipe out at least three Red or White Mages before opening a door. (You open doors by placing a unit in front of the door). However, most rooms only have one or two Mages in it, and they may be level one Mages. The skirmishing of Shadows and Nightgaunts is useful in wiping out mages. If you let the mages counter-attack, you will risk losing one or more units. Head northwest with Malin and move on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There doesn't seem to be any bonus for an early finish, so if you get the objective early, you can hold off and harvest some XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Small Favor - Part Three===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Find the book and then escape&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/27/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and any units that survived the previous scenario&lt;br /&gt;
* Other&lt;br /&gt;
** You can't recruit or recall; only the units from last scenario will be present&lt;br /&gt;
** You no longer control Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Darken Volk will operate separately with an army of allied undead. Hmmm, in all previous missions you commanded him directly... could this be foreshadowing? Head to the northwest to grab the book. Then head to the northeast to exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Alone at Last===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Take the book from Darken Volk and bring it back to Malin's castle&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar dies&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and one unit&lt;br /&gt;
* Other: Ghosts and Bats (and the rest of their unit trees) cannot pick up the book&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The situation is that you must take the book from Darken Volk, but two additional armies will appear in the middle of the battle, bent on killing both your army and Volk's, making the task more than a little difficult. When the battle reaches its peek, you probably won't have much money, and your forces will be outnumbered and at great disadvantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sir Cadaeus arrives on turn 8 to take revenge for your attack on the city of Tath. He sets up camp in the southeast corner of the map, and his army of paladins and mages will have no problem destroying your army of undead if you give them the opportunity. However, his forces will attack Volk as well. More importantly, Volk's forces will attack &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Sir Cadaeus'&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. Remember this. Effectively, Volk is your ally, even if he is trying to kill you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the end of turn 11, Dela Keshar will show up to the north, set up camp and send her army of loyalists and outlaws to attack you as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By around this time, Volk should be dead, by Sir Cadaeus' hands if not yours. He leaves behind the book, which you need to retrieve and bring to your initial keep. Ghosts and Bats (and Spectres, Shadows, Wraiths, and Nightgaunts) can't carry the book. Try to use the quickest unit you can to pick it up and bring it back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For general strategy, players have had success with at least three alternatives...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 1, grab and run:''' Run for the book with a few elite units capable of carrying it. Along the way, you can either engage Volk's forces or try to avoid them. You can use leveled ghostly units to kill Volk. Run back once you get the book. You will lose units in rear guard action during the retreat, but you can try to choose which ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 2, the northern end around:''' Summon all your good troops and move everyone almost due north. Once Sir Cadaeus arrives, Volk's forces will shift attention southwards, and you can start moving east. As you do so, Dela will arrive close to your forces, where she will build a stronghold and recruit. You can surround her stronghold to prevent her from getting more than six recruits, then kill her recruits and her (not possible on older versions.) Kill her quickly before Sir Cadaeus' forces crash into your forces after killing Volk. Break Sir Cadaeus' assault wave and then send someone to get the book and take it back to your stronghold. Optionally, back at the start, you can try to pull Volk's attention south with a fast, strong feint to the southeast using Ghosts, Bats and possibly your leader (since the enemy likes to hone in on him.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 3, the waiting game:''' Recruit just a couple of bats initially for village capturing out of range of the enemy. Once Sir Cadeus' forces arrive, begin recruiting in earnest and make a dash for the book. You will probably lose a lot of the units in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whatever initial course you take, the end game is the same: you will need to retrieve the book with a nonflying unit and head west, back to your stronghold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grabbing villages after a few at the start won't help you in this scenario. You will likely end negative on gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note''': This scenario was rebalanced some time after v1.8.5, so if you are playing an old version, there will be many differences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Descent into Darkness===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the troll leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Mal Keshar is destroyed&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: n/a&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Mal Keshar&lt;br /&gt;
The first segment of the mission is pretty self-explanatory. After you reach the small keep you need to decide which way to send your troops to the large castle, there is a main passage and two side passages. I'm not sure it matters, but I successfully advanced through the main passage. You will face some high level trolls, including Troll Shamans capable of throwing deadly fireballs at your undead minions. There's no particularly good defense against these things, but I will note that all the trolls also deal impact damage, which your Skeletons are weak against, so you may want to avoid recalling your Skeletons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition by cMaster: Wraiths/Spectres are actually quite good at killing Troll Shamans, since they deal arcane damage. So you just have to make sure, that you get to the Shamans before they get to you. If you can't take out one of them, stay out of his reach.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition by smenze: I just finished up this scenario and it was as easy as I have ever played. After the intro, pretty much run by past the creatures that are there for you to regain your strength on. If you get really unlucky with your counter attacks, you can die this way, but normally you won't. Grab the castle on the west side of the passageway and recall some Nightgaunts (3 was more then enough for me). I just sent them straight up the passage to the main castle, and stabbed the troll leader to death leading to an instant victory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition by Adeptus: Since this scenario is quite easy, it's a good chance to train your units and see strange monsters. In both side passages you can find a Troll Shaman, few Trolls and lots of villages. But the left passage is more interesting: in the middle of some water there's a tree where an Ancient Woose waits to ambush. Shadows and Wraiths will kill him easily. Enjoy its dying animation! At the top left of this room there's a path that leads to the hardest step of the scenario: 3 Giant Spiders. Try to make them follow you outside through the corridor to sorround them one by one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Eternal Night===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the foolish hero&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Mal Keshar is destroyed&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: Unlimited&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Mal Keshar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And so we reach the conclusion of the campaign. We learn that Mal Keshar—formerly Malin—has become a somewhat powerful lich that has gained a reputation for himself for fighting the orc armies (and anyone who comes in his way) every summer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reason, heroes of every race that has been victimized by Mal Keshar's troops follow him to his lair, wanting to finally put an end to his advances. In this scenario you will be fighting this ''foolish'' hero, which will be either an elf, a loyalist, an outlaw, a dwarf, or an orc, chosen at random. You will be fighting them in your cave, so you have some advantage, but every time you beat one of these heroes, the scenario will repeat itself and a new hero will come for you, with more gold on his side, so it will be increasingly difficult to fight their armies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can play this scenario as many times as you want to. You really have to beat only the very first hero—when Malin is defeated by any subsequent hero, the victor will give a short monologue and the campaign will end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition by cMaster: If you care to play this scenario more than just a few times, it might be worth noting the small cavity to the right at the bottom of the map. You can easily place 11 units inside (you won't be able to recall more than 10 units + Mal Keshar) and it's got a choke point of only two hexes. Use this to chew away any enemy foolish enough to enter the choke point, and forget about the seven villages. Your enemy will not be able to pay the upkeep of his troops anyway. Correctly used you should not have to fear any number of enemies!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=DescentIntoDarkness&amp;diff=55215</id>
		<title>DescentIntoDarkness</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=DescentIntoDarkness&amp;diff=55215"/>
		<updated>2014-06-17T10:46:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* Alone at Last */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=== Saving Parthyn ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defend the fort for two nights&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Drogan die&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 15&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar, two Spearmen and a Bowman&lt;br /&gt;
You'll start the battle with three human soldiers. Recruit a lot of Walking Corpses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Block the ford. Try to take advantage of terrain and time of day. You can take the opposite riverbank by rushing with your human units, but may get pushed back. That's okay, just try not to fight in the water while the enemy stands on the bank, or you will be at a disadvantage. Don't panic: once the allies arrive, they should make short work of the orcs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: The scenario ends early if the orc leader is killed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler: Your three human units have the &amp;quot;loyal&amp;quot; attribute, but don't bother trying to level them, because they go away at the end of the scenario. Likewise, all you can recruit are Walking Corpses, and they won't be worth recalling. If you're going to collect experience for anyone, it should be your main character. However, if a Walking Corpse kills something, you get another Walking Corpse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== A Peaceful Valley ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Occupy all of the goblin villages&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 29/26/23 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0 to 2 Goblins will spring out of each village you capture, including those that you recapture. The key is to not capture many villages quickly. Ironically, this will allow you to capture all the villages more quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In most scenarios, bats are highly useful in remote village capturing, but not in this scenario, as they would have little chance against the guards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walking corpses, on the other hand, are more useful than normal. Use them on wounded goblins to snowball your forces. Also use Walking Corpses as placeholders on captured villages to prevent them from easily reverting to enemy hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To kill the enemy leader, zap him with your leaders. Walking Corpses, if are in the area, can assist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler: Do not try to beat this scenario without entering the swamp. Once you enter the swamp with either Malin Keshar or Darken Volk you will get three Ghouls, without which the scenario would be close to impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== A Haunting in Winter ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Clear the cave of enemies&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 36/34/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
You can recruit Ghosts on this level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's important to not get bottled up in the passageway prior to the central chamber, or you will burn up a lot of turns. Use Ghosts to speedily enter the chamber. After a certain point, you are going to split your forces, with Ghosts heading to the dwarves in the northeast and your two leaders and ground forces headed to the outlaws in the southwest. So, you should recruit a lot of Ghosts, at least five. Bats are useful to snatch up villages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is a good opportunity to gain experience for your Ghosts. While both the Wraith and Shadow units are nice, it is especially useful to have at least 4 Shadows by a certain scenario. Your Ghosts can get easy experience from killing the Dwarves as they wade through the swamp in the northeast, and you should be able to level one or more to Shadows. Then you can use a Shadow or two, accompanied by a Ghost or two, to kill the dwarven leader. Also note that there are two routes to the dwarven leader. One is through the swamp, but you can also send flying units over the chasm to the south of the swamp and attack the dwarves on two fronts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler: At one point there's a special event: one of your Ghosts will rebel and run off to the outlaw's keep. For each turn until you kill him, another of your units will rebel. You'll want to keep all of your Ghosts close by until one rebels, and then kill the rebel quickly. So, delay your Dwarf hunting expedition until the rebellion occurs, or recruit several Ghosts and keep them together so that the rest can subdue the one that goes rogue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Beginning of the Revenge ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the orc leaders, move Malin Keshar to the mountain pass&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 36&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
Starting with this mission you can recruit Skeletons and Skeleton Archers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the scenario ends when both orc leaders are dead; you do not need to move Malin Keshar to the signpost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mountainous geography begs you to use ghosts and their kin for mobility. Ghosts can cross the mountains and river left of your starting fortress. (So can Corpses, by the way, but slowly.) Unfortunately, the fire arrows are quite effective against ghosts, so tread carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players have used different strategies with success...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 1, defeat in detail:''' This is probably the easiest plan, with the highest chance of success. Attack the southern orc first, then the northern orc. You can recruit/recall mostly Ghosts, Shadows, and Wraiths, supplemented by Vampire Bats. Ghosts and Bats can capture difficult to reach villages and move on, thus weakening your foes. Keep Malin Keshar and Darken Volk alive by hiding them in the mountains, which have two chokepoints. Either give them a small guard force or be prepared to redirect some of your leveled Ghosts to assist as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 2, assassination:''' Kill both leaders at once. Recruit/recall almost exclusively Ghosts, Shadows, and Wraiths, and split them into two, one taskforce for each leader. A minimal strike force for one leader would be four Ghosts and two Shadows. Wait patiently across the river from the strongholds until darkness descends on turn 8. Then assassinate both leaders. If all goes well, the leaders will be dead by turn 9, for a nice gold bonus. Just in case it doesn't end so quickly, Malin Keshar and Darken Volk should have already been running into the deepest part of the southern mountains for safety. Exercise restraint with respect to capturing villages with bats or ghosts near the strongholds before the strike, as the enemy may divert units to intercept, which may interfere with your assassination plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 3, feint:''' Use ghosts to discourage the enemy from concentrating his forces at the lake. Sending a few ghosts over the mountains and river allows you to distract the computer into sending troops back to its base, because it interprets the closer enemies as a larger threat. By doing this, you can delay the southern orcs and meet the northern orcs at the lake. Just be careful, because if you distract them too long, they build up a substantial force (rather then sending troops in piecemeal like the computer usually does) which takes a while to cut through.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Spoiler:''' Be careful when moving non-flying units onto the ice next to the bridge which separates you from the orcs' valley, as the ice weakens when a non-flying unit starts a turn on it and weakened ice then breaks and drowns any unit which starts a turn on in. This even applies to Skeletons and Skeleton Archers! Use breaking ice to your advantage; try to lure high level orcs to their demise by placing ghosts in the middle of weakened ice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Orc War ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the orc leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
Starting with this mission you can recruit Dark Adepts.  &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of ways to approach this scenario:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*One strategy is to recruit two major forces and send one south to hold back the orcs at the bridge (a Wraith does a good job of holding the bridge) then send the other force northwest to take out that leader first.  At that point, if you've had particularly good luck on the the southern front you might want to go after that leader next, but more likely, you will want to recruit a few more units plus the units you used to kill the northwest leader and head south to kill the southwest orc leader.&lt;br /&gt;
*Another strategy is to recruit one large force and take out either the northwestern or southeastern orc leaders before the other orcish troops can catch up with you.  Then you'll probably want to take out the southwestern orc leader.  When I tried this I took heavier casualties and had less gold at the end of the scenario but it did work.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you've managed to acquire at least two Shadows you can try slipping them behind enemy lines and assassinating one of the orc leaders. If you have at least 4 Shadows your chances of success increase greatly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler: After you kill two orc leaders the third will flee and this will end the scenario.  You probably will want to postpone this as long as possible to allow your forces to gain experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Return to Parthyn ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill Drogan then escape to the northwest&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar dies or any people from Parthyn die (except Drogan)&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: n/a&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and a Wraith, Shadow, or Spectre, if available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your first objective is to kill Drogan; if any other human unit dies before Drogan, you lose. A Wraith, Shadow, or Spectre will probably start with Malin. If you recall an appealing target like a Revenant into the keep's northwest hex, Drogan should run out to shoot some arrows at it. Between this and recalling another Wraith or Shadow as a backup plan, it should be easy to take out Drogan and discover, oops, the Parthyn townspeople hate you anyway. Wraiths and Shadows are particularly effective, since they can fly across the river quite quickly. After you kill Drogan, you should escape across the river and to the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 1: Kill the orcs so that you can flee across the ford. This shouldn't be a problem. What might be a problem is that the Parthyn troops will continue to attack you as you flee.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 2: Leave the ford open, and cross in water at far right, hoping for the orcs and village militia to clash and leave you alone, at least until the orcs are dead. As an additional distraction, you can send some Ghouls and Walking Corpses south/southwest in the forest. Both this and the first option have the disadvantage that you will lose all the villages you hold south of the river and will probably end up losing a bunch of gold but, oh well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 3: Stay and fight. You don't &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;have&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to flee immediately. But you face fairly strong opposition and will probably take enough casualties that it isn't really worth it to stay and fight longer than you need to. Also, you'll have to recruit enough units that you lose gold each turn, since there's no time limit, if you defeat the Parthyn townspeople after taking heavy enough casualties that you gain gold each turn, you can wait and make up the loss. It isn't really worth it, however, because you'll need your high level troops for the next mission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Small Favor - Part One===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk enter the manor&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 28/26/22 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First off, you can capture the free villages scattered around near your keep, but don't capture any enemy-owned villages using units that lack Nightstalk ability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then there are a few options that players have tried with success:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 1, leader assassination:''' You should have at least 2 Shadows (or Nightgaunts), preferably more, to assassinate the leader. Their nightstalk ability gets them past the perimeter guards and directly to the enemy leader. Take him out in one turn or two, or he will recruit heavily. Keep Malin and Volk out of sight. After you takeout the enemy leader, take out the rest of the human troops and capture the rest of the villages at your leisure. Once that is accomplished, send Volk directly to the manor, but send Malin to the enemy commander's keep. Wait here accumulating cash each turn until the penultimate turn. On the penultimate turn recruit all the units you will want to take forward into part 2; Wraiths and Shadows are particularly useful, while level 1 units are not. Then move Malin towards the manor. On the last turn move Malin into the manor to join Volk to end the scenario. While carry over gold won't help you in parts two and three (no recruiting), it will carry over to the next scenario. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 2, mage assassination:''' It is possible to win this part without any Shadows. You can use about 6 Wraiths/Spectres and slip them around the north of the map as near to the entrance of the manor as possible while staying out of sight (you can see how much your enemies can see with Ctrl-v). Malin and Darken Volk should take the same route, but can't get as far as the Ghosts. Then take out as many enemies as you can with your Ghosts, targeting the Mages first, and rush towards the manor with your heroes. You should be inside before the battle gets ugly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 3, guard assassination:''' If you kill a guard in one turn, he won't have time to raise the alarm. Therefore, you can proceed across the map, assassinating guards one by one, until you get within strike distance of the leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Small Favor - Part Two===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Mage Lord Karres then move through the northwest passage&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/27/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar, Darken Volk and any units that survived the previous scenario&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Other: You can't recruit or recall; only the units from last scenario will be present&lt;br /&gt;
You start with the units you recalled at the end of the last mission, but you don't have to pay their upkeep for this scenario (nor are there any villages, anyway). Since there are no villages, you won't be able to heal your units unless they have a drain attack.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Anyway, your first task is to kill Karres, who is a Great Mage and is put into one of the rooms at random.  Each room is filled with mages of one variety or another. They won't leave the rooms of their own accord, although a couple of Swordsmen and other human units wander the halls, but these shouldn't be a big deal. The mages, however, can be quite deadly. Always make sure you have sufficient forces to wipe out at least three Red or White Mages before opening a door. (You open doors by placing a unit in front of the door). However, most rooms only have one or two Mages in it, and they may be level one Mages. The skirmishing of Shadows and Nightgaunts is useful in wiping out mages. If you let the mages counter-attack, you will risk losing one or more units. Head northwest with Malin and move on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There doesn't seem to be any bonus for an early finish, so if you get the objective early, you can hold off and harvest some XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Small Favor - Part Three===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Find the book and then escape&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/27/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and any units that survived the previous scenario&lt;br /&gt;
* Other&lt;br /&gt;
** You can't recruit or recall; only the units from last scenario will be present&lt;br /&gt;
** You no longer control Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Darken Volk will operate separately with an army of allied undead. Hmmm, in all previous missions you commanded him directly... could this be foreshadowing? Head to the northwest to grab the book. Then head to the northeast to exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Alone at Last===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Take the book from Darken Volk and bring it back to Malin's castle&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar dies&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and one unit&lt;br /&gt;
* Other: Ghosts and Bats (and the rest of their unit trees) cannot pick up the book&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The situation is that you must take the book from Darken Volk, but two additional armies will appear in the middle of the battle, bent on killing both your army and Volk's, making the task more than a little difficult. When the battle reaches its peek, you probably won't have much money, and your forces will be outnumbered and at great disadvantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sir Cadaeus arrives on turn 8 to take revenge for your attack on the city of Tath. He sets up camp in the southeast corner of the map, and his army of paladins and mages will have no problem destroying your army of undead if you give them the opportunity. However, his forces will attack Volk as well. More importantly, Volk's forces will attack &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Sir Cadaeus'&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. Remember this. Effectively, Volk is your ally, even if he is trying to kill you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the end of turn 11, Dela Keshar will show up to the north, set up camp and send her army of loyalists and outlaws to attack you as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By around this time, Volk should be dead, by Sir Cadaeus' hands if not yours. He leaves behind the book, which you need to retrieve and bring to your initial keep. Ghosts and Bats (and Spectres, Shadows, Wraiths, and Nightgaunts) can't carry the book. Try to use the quickest unit you can to pick it up and bring it back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For general strategy, players have had success with at least three alternatives...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 1, grab and run:''' Run for the book with a few elite units capable of carrying it. Along the way, you can either engage Volk's forces or try to avoid them. You can use leveled ghostly units to kill Volk. Run back once you get the book. You will lose units in rear guard action during the retreat, but you can try to choose which ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 2, the northern end around:''' Summon all your good troops and move everyone almost due north. Once Sir Cadaeus arrives, Volk's forces will shift attention southwards, and you can start moving east. As you do so, Dela will arrive close to your forces, where she will build a stronghold and recruit. You can surround her stronghold to prevent her from getting more than six recruits, then kill her recruits and her (not possible on older versions.) Kill her quickly before Sir Cadaeus' forces crash into your forces after killing Volk. Break Sir Cadaeus' assault wave and then send someone to get the book and take it back to your stronghold. Optionally, back at the start, you can try to pull Volk's attention south with a fast, strong feint to the southeast using Ghosts, Bats and possibly your leader (since the enemy likes to hone in on him.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 3, the waiting game:''' Recruit just a couple of bats initially for village capturing out of range of the enemy. Once Sir Cadeus' forces arrive, begin recruiting in earnest and make a dash for the book. You will probably lose a lot of the units in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whatever initial course you take, the end game is the same: you will need to retrieve the book with a nonflying unit and head west, back to your keep.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grabbing villages after a few at the start won't help you in this scenario. You will likely end negative on gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note''': This scenario was rebalanced some time after v1.8.5, so if you are playing an old version there will be many differences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Descent into Darkness===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the troll leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Mal Keshar is destroyed&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: n/a&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Mal Keshar&lt;br /&gt;
The first segment of the mission is pretty self-explanatory. After you reach the small keep you need to decide which way to send your troops to the large castle, there is a main passage and two side passages. I'm not sure it matters, but I successfully advanced through the main passage. You will face some high level trolls, including Troll Shamans capable of throwing deadly fireballs at your undead minions. There's no particularly good defense against these things, but I will note that all the trolls also deal impact damage, which your Skeletons are weak against, so you may want to avoid recalling your Skeletons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition by cMaster: Wraiths/Spectres are actually quite good at killing Troll Shamans, since they deal arcane damage. So you just have to make sure, that you get to the Shamans before they get to you. If you can't take out one of them, stay out of his reach.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition by smenze: I just finished up this scenario and it was as easy as I have ever played. After the intro, pretty much run by past the creatures that are there for you to regain your strength on. If you get really unlucky with your counter attacks, you can die this way, but normally you won't. Grab the castle on the west side of the passageway and recall some Nightgaunts (3 was more then enough for me). I just sent them straight up the passage to the main castle, and stabbed the troll leader to death leading to an instant victory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition by Adeptus: Since this scenario is quite easy, it's a good chance to train your units and see strange monsters. In both side passages you can find a Troll Shaman, few Trolls and lots of villages. But the left passage is more interesting: in the middle of some water there's a tree where an Ancient Woose waits to ambush. Shadows and Wraiths will kill him easily. Enjoy its dying animation! At the top left of this room there's a path that leads to the hardest step of the scenario: 3 Giant Spiders. Try to make them follow you outside through the corridor to sorround them one by one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Eternal Night===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the foolish hero&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Mal Keshar is destroyed&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: Unlimited&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Mal Keshar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And so we reach the conclusion of the campaign. We learn that Mal Keshar—formerly Malin—has become a somewhat powerful lich that has gained a reputation for himself for fighting the orc armies (and anyone who comes in his way) every summer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reason, heroes of every race that has been victimized by Mal Keshar's troops follow him to his lair, wanting to finally put an end to his advances. In this scenario you will be fighting this ''foolish'' hero, which will be either an elf, a loyalist, an outlaw, a dwarf, or an orc, chosen at random. You will be fighting them in your cave, so you have some advantage, but every time you beat one of these heroes, the scenario will repeat itself and a new hero will come for you, with more gold on his side, so it will be increasingly difficult to fight their armies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can play this scenario as many times as you want to. You really have to beat only the very first hero—when Malin is defeated by any subsequent hero, the victor will give a short monologue and the campaign will end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition by cMaster: If you care to play this scenario more than just a few times, it might be worth noting the small cavity to the right at the bottom of the map. You can easily place 11 units inside (you won't be able to recall more than 10 units + Mal Keshar) and it's got a choke point of only two hexes. Use this to chew away any enemy foolish enough to enter the choke point, and forget about the seven villages. Your enemy will not be able to pay the upkeep of his troops anyway. Correctly used you should not have to fear any number of enemies!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=DescentIntoDarkness&amp;diff=55214</id>
		<title>DescentIntoDarkness</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=DescentIntoDarkness&amp;diff=55214"/>
		<updated>2014-06-17T10:23:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* Alone at Last */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=== Saving Parthyn ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defend the fort for two nights&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Drogan die&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 15&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar, two Spearmen and a Bowman&lt;br /&gt;
You'll start the battle with three human soldiers. Recruit a lot of Walking Corpses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Block the ford. Try to take advantage of terrain and time of day. You can take the opposite riverbank by rushing with your human units, but may get pushed back. That's okay, just try not to fight in the water while the enemy stands on the bank, or you will be at a disadvantage. Don't panic: once the allies arrive, they should make short work of the orcs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: The scenario ends early if the orc leader is killed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler: Your three human units have the &amp;quot;loyal&amp;quot; attribute, but don't bother trying to level them, because they go away at the end of the scenario. Likewise, all you can recruit are Walking Corpses, and they won't be worth recalling. If you're going to collect experience for anyone, it should be your main character. However, if a Walking Corpse kills something, you get another Walking Corpse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== A Peaceful Valley ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Occupy all of the goblin villages&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 29/26/23 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0 to 2 Goblins will spring out of each village you capture, including those that you recapture. The key is to not capture many villages quickly. Ironically, this will allow you to capture all the villages more quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In most scenarios, bats are highly useful in remote village capturing, but not in this scenario, as they would have little chance against the guards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walking corpses, on the other hand, are more useful than normal. Use them on wounded goblins to snowball your forces. Also use Walking Corpses as placeholders on captured villages to prevent them from easily reverting to enemy hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To kill the enemy leader, zap him with your leaders. Walking Corpses, if are in the area, can assist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler: Do not try to beat this scenario without entering the swamp. Once you enter the swamp with either Malin Keshar or Darken Volk you will get three Ghouls, without which the scenario would be close to impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== A Haunting in Winter ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Clear the cave of enemies&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 36/34/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
You can recruit Ghosts on this level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's important to not get bottled up in the passageway prior to the central chamber, or you will burn up a lot of turns. Use Ghosts to speedily enter the chamber. After a certain point, you are going to split your forces, with Ghosts heading to the dwarves in the northeast and your two leaders and ground forces headed to the outlaws in the southwest. So, you should recruit a lot of Ghosts, at least five. Bats are useful to snatch up villages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is a good opportunity to gain experience for your Ghosts. While both the Wraith and Shadow units are nice, it is especially useful to have at least 4 Shadows by a certain scenario. Your Ghosts can get easy experience from killing the Dwarves as they wade through the swamp in the northeast, and you should be able to level one or more to Shadows. Then you can use a Shadow or two, accompanied by a Ghost or two, to kill the dwarven leader. Also note that there are two routes to the dwarven leader. One is through the swamp, but you can also send flying units over the chasm to the south of the swamp and attack the dwarves on two fronts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler: At one point there's a special event: one of your Ghosts will rebel and run off to the outlaw's keep. For each turn until you kill him, another of your units will rebel. You'll want to keep all of your Ghosts close by until one rebels, and then kill the rebel quickly. So, delay your Dwarf hunting expedition until the rebellion occurs, or recruit several Ghosts and keep them together so that the rest can subdue the one that goes rogue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Beginning of the Revenge ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the orc leaders, move Malin Keshar to the mountain pass&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 36&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
Starting with this mission you can recruit Skeletons and Skeleton Archers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the scenario ends when both orc leaders are dead; you do not need to move Malin Keshar to the signpost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mountainous geography begs you to use ghosts and their kin for mobility. Ghosts can cross the mountains and river left of your starting fortress. (So can Corpses, by the way, but slowly.) Unfortunately, the fire arrows are quite effective against ghosts, so tread carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players have used different strategies with success...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 1, defeat in detail:''' This is probably the easiest plan, with the highest chance of success. Attack the southern orc first, then the northern orc. You can recruit/recall mostly Ghosts, Shadows, and Wraiths, supplemented by Vampire Bats. Ghosts and Bats can capture difficult to reach villages and move on, thus weakening your foes. Keep Malin Keshar and Darken Volk alive by hiding them in the mountains, which have two chokepoints. Either give them a small guard force or be prepared to redirect some of your leveled Ghosts to assist as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 2, assassination:''' Kill both leaders at once. Recruit/recall almost exclusively Ghosts, Shadows, and Wraiths, and split them into two, one taskforce for each leader. A minimal strike force for one leader would be four Ghosts and two Shadows. Wait patiently across the river from the strongholds until darkness descends on turn 8. Then assassinate both leaders. If all goes well, the leaders will be dead by turn 9, for a nice gold bonus. Just in case it doesn't end so quickly, Malin Keshar and Darken Volk should have already been running into the deepest part of the southern mountains for safety. Exercise restraint with respect to capturing villages with bats or ghosts near the strongholds before the strike, as the enemy may divert units to intercept, which may interfere with your assassination plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 3, feint:''' Use ghosts to discourage the enemy from concentrating his forces at the lake. Sending a few ghosts over the mountains and river allows you to distract the computer into sending troops back to its base, because it interprets the closer enemies as a larger threat. By doing this, you can delay the southern orcs and meet the northern orcs at the lake. Just be careful, because if you distract them too long, they build up a substantial force (rather then sending troops in piecemeal like the computer usually does) which takes a while to cut through.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Spoiler:''' Be careful when moving non-flying units onto the ice next to the bridge which separates you from the orcs' valley, as the ice weakens when a non-flying unit starts a turn on it and weakened ice then breaks and drowns any unit which starts a turn on in. This even applies to Skeletons and Skeleton Archers! Use breaking ice to your advantage; try to lure high level orcs to their demise by placing ghosts in the middle of weakened ice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Orc War ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the orc leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
Starting with this mission you can recruit Dark Adepts.  &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of ways to approach this scenario:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*One strategy is to recruit two major forces and send one south to hold back the orcs at the bridge (a Wraith does a good job of holding the bridge) then send the other force northwest to take out that leader first.  At that point, if you've had particularly good luck on the the southern front you might want to go after that leader next, but more likely, you will want to recruit a few more units plus the units you used to kill the northwest leader and head south to kill the southwest orc leader.&lt;br /&gt;
*Another strategy is to recruit one large force and take out either the northwestern or southeastern orc leaders before the other orcish troops can catch up with you.  Then you'll probably want to take out the southwestern orc leader.  When I tried this I took heavier casualties and had less gold at the end of the scenario but it did work.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you've managed to acquire at least two Shadows you can try slipping them behind enemy lines and assassinating one of the orc leaders. If you have at least 4 Shadows your chances of success increase greatly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler: After you kill two orc leaders the third will flee and this will end the scenario.  You probably will want to postpone this as long as possible to allow your forces to gain experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Return to Parthyn ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill Drogan then escape to the northwest&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar dies or any people from Parthyn die (except Drogan)&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: n/a&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and a Wraith, Shadow, or Spectre, if available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your first objective is to kill Drogan; if any other human unit dies before Drogan, you lose. A Wraith, Shadow, or Spectre will probably start with Malin. If you recall an appealing target like a Revenant into the keep's northwest hex, Drogan should run out to shoot some arrows at it. Between this and recalling another Wraith or Shadow as a backup plan, it should be easy to take out Drogan and discover, oops, the Parthyn townspeople hate you anyway. Wraiths and Shadows are particularly effective, since they can fly across the river quite quickly. After you kill Drogan, you should escape across the river and to the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 1: Kill the orcs so that you can flee across the ford. This shouldn't be a problem. What might be a problem is that the Parthyn troops will continue to attack you as you flee.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 2: Leave the ford open, and cross in water at far right, hoping for the orcs and village militia to clash and leave you alone, at least until the orcs are dead. As an additional distraction, you can send some Ghouls and Walking Corpses south/southwest in the forest. Both this and the first option have the disadvantage that you will lose all the villages you hold south of the river and will probably end up losing a bunch of gold but, oh well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 3: Stay and fight. You don't &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;have&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to flee immediately. But you face fairly strong opposition and will probably take enough casualties that it isn't really worth it to stay and fight longer than you need to. Also, you'll have to recruit enough units that you lose gold each turn, since there's no time limit, if you defeat the Parthyn townspeople after taking heavy enough casualties that you gain gold each turn, you can wait and make up the loss. It isn't really worth it, however, because you'll need your high level troops for the next mission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Small Favor - Part One===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk enter the manor&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 28/26/22 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First off, you can capture the free villages scattered around near your keep, but don't capture any enemy-owned villages using units that lack Nightstalk ability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then there are a few options that players have tried with success:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 1, leader assassination:''' You should have at least 2 Shadows (or Nightgaunts), preferably more, to assassinate the leader. Their nightstalk ability gets them past the perimeter guards and directly to the enemy leader. Take him out in one turn or two, or he will recruit heavily. Keep Malin and Volk out of sight. After you takeout the enemy leader, take out the rest of the human troops and capture the rest of the villages at your leisure. Once that is accomplished, send Volk directly to the manor, but send Malin to the enemy commander's keep. Wait here accumulating cash each turn until the penultimate turn. On the penultimate turn recruit all the units you will want to take forward into part 2; Wraiths and Shadows are particularly useful, while level 1 units are not. Then move Malin towards the manor. On the last turn move Malin into the manor to join Volk to end the scenario. While carry over gold won't help you in parts two and three (no recruiting), it will carry over to the next scenario. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 2, mage assassination:''' It is possible to win this part without any Shadows. You can use about 6 Wraiths/Spectres and slip them around the north of the map as near to the entrance of the manor as possible while staying out of sight (you can see how much your enemies can see with Ctrl-v). Malin and Darken Volk should take the same route, but can't get as far as the Ghosts. Then take out as many enemies as you can with your Ghosts, targeting the Mages first, and rush towards the manor with your heroes. You should be inside before the battle gets ugly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 3, guard assassination:''' If you kill a guard in one turn, he won't have time to raise the alarm. Therefore, you can proceed across the map, assassinating guards one by one, until you get within strike distance of the leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Small Favor - Part Two===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Mage Lord Karres then move through the northwest passage&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/27/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar, Darken Volk and any units that survived the previous scenario&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Other: You can't recruit or recall; only the units from last scenario will be present&lt;br /&gt;
You start with the units you recalled at the end of the last mission, but you don't have to pay their upkeep for this scenario (nor are there any villages, anyway). Since there are no villages, you won't be able to heal your units unless they have a drain attack.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Anyway, your first task is to kill Karres, who is a Great Mage and is put into one of the rooms at random.  Each room is filled with mages of one variety or another. They won't leave the rooms of their own accord, although a couple of Swordsmen and other human units wander the halls, but these shouldn't be a big deal. The mages, however, can be quite deadly. Always make sure you have sufficient forces to wipe out at least three Red or White Mages before opening a door. (You open doors by placing a unit in front of the door). However, most rooms only have one or two Mages in it, and they may be level one Mages. The skirmishing of Shadows and Nightgaunts is useful in wiping out mages. If you let the mages counter-attack, you will risk losing one or more units. Head northwest with Malin and move on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There doesn't seem to be any bonus for an early finish, so if you get the objective early, you can hold off and harvest some XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Small Favor - Part Three===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Find the book and then escape&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/27/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and any units that survived the previous scenario&lt;br /&gt;
* Other&lt;br /&gt;
** You can't recruit or recall; only the units from last scenario will be present&lt;br /&gt;
** You no longer control Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Darken Volk will operate separately with an army of allied undead. Hmmm, in all previous missions you commanded him directly... could this be foreshadowing? Head to the northwest to grab the book. Then head to the northeast to exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Alone at Last===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Take the book from Darken Volk and bring it back to Malin's castle&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar dies&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and one unit&lt;br /&gt;
* Other: Ghosts and Bats (and the rest of their unit trees) cannot pick up the book&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The situation is that you must take the book from Darken Volk, but two additional armies will appear in the middle of the battle, bent on killing both your army and Volk's, making the task more than a little difficult. When the battle reaches its peek, you probably won't have much money, and your forces will be outnumbered and at great disadvantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sir Cadaeus arrives on turn 8 to take revenge for your attack on the city of Tath. He sets up camp in the southeast corner of the map, and his army of paladins and mages will have no problem destroying your army of undead if you give them the opportunity. However, his forces will attack Volk as well. More importantly, Volk's forces will attack &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Sir Cadaeus'&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. Remember this. Effectively, Volk is your ally, even if he is trying to kill you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the end of turn 11, Dela Keshar will show up to the north, set up camp and send her army of loyalists and outlaws to attack you as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By around this time, Volk should be dead, by Sir Cadaeus' hands if not yours. He leaves behind the book, which you need to retrieve and bring to your initial keep. Ghosts and Bats (and Spectres, Shadows, Wraiths, and Nightgaunts) can't carry the book. Try to use the quickest unit you can to pick it up and bring it back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For general strategy, players have had success with at least three alternatives...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 1, grab and run:''' Run for the book with a few elite units capable of carrying it. Along the way, you can either engage Volk's forces or try to avoid them. You can use leveled ghostly units to kill Volk. Run back once you get the book. You will lose units in rear guard action during the retreat, but you can try to choose which ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 2, the northern end around:''' Summon a few good troops and move everyone almost due north, trying to avoid battle as long as possible. Once Sir Cadaeus arrives, Volk's forces will shift southwards, and you can starting moving east. As you do so, Dela will arrive in the middle of your forces, where she will build a stronghold and recruit. You can surround her stronghold to prevent her from getting more than six recruits, then kill her recruits and her (not possible on older versions.) Kill her quickly before Sir Cadaeus' forces crash into your forces after killing Volk. Break Sir Cadaeus' assault wave and then send someone to get the book. Optionally, back at the start, you can try to pull Volk's attention south with a fast strong feint to the southeast using Ghosts, Bats and possibly your leader (since the enemy likes to hone in on him.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 3, the waiting game:''' Recruit just a couple of bats initially for village capturing out of range of the enemy. Once Sir Cadeus' forces arrive, begin recruiting in earnest and make a dash for the book. You will probably lose a lot of the units in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whatever initial course you take, the end game is the same: you will need to retrieve the book with a nonflying unit and head west, back to your keep.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grabbing villages after a few at the start won't help you in this scenario. You will likely end negative on gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note''': This scenario was rebalanced some time after v1.8.5, so if you are playing an old version there will be many differences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Descent into Darkness===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the troll leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Mal Keshar is destroyed&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: n/a&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Mal Keshar&lt;br /&gt;
The first segment of the mission is pretty self-explanatory. After you reach the small keep you need to decide which way to send your troops to the large castle, there is a main passage and two side passages. I'm not sure it matters, but I successfully advanced through the main passage. You will face some high level trolls, including Troll Shamans capable of throwing deadly fireballs at your undead minions. There's no particularly good defense against these things, but I will note that all the trolls also deal impact damage, which your Skeletons are weak against, so you may want to avoid recalling your Skeletons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition by cMaster: Wraiths/Spectres are actually quite good at killing Troll Shamans, since they deal arcane damage. So you just have to make sure, that you get to the Shamans before they get to you. If you can't take out one of them, stay out of his reach.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition by smenze: I just finished up this scenario and it was as easy as I have ever played. After the intro, pretty much run by past the creatures that are there for you to regain your strength on. If you get really unlucky with your counter attacks, you can die this way, but normally you won't. Grab the castle on the west side of the passageway and recall some Nightgaunts (3 was more then enough for me). I just sent them straight up the passage to the main castle, and stabbed the troll leader to death leading to an instant victory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition by Adeptus: Since this scenario is quite easy, it's a good chance to train your units and see strange monsters. In both side passages you can find a Troll Shaman, few Trolls and lots of villages. But the left passage is more interesting: in the middle of some water there's a tree where an Ancient Woose waits to ambush. Shadows and Wraiths will kill him easily. Enjoy its dying animation! At the top left of this room there's a path that leads to the hardest step of the scenario: 3 Giant Spiders. Try to make them follow you outside through the corridor to sorround them one by one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Eternal Night===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the foolish hero&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Mal Keshar is destroyed&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: Unlimited&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Mal Keshar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And so we reach the conclusion of the campaign. We learn that Mal Keshar—formerly Malin—has become a somewhat powerful lich that has gained a reputation for himself for fighting the orc armies (and anyone who comes in his way) every summer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reason, heroes of every race that has been victimized by Mal Keshar's troops follow him to his lair, wanting to finally put an end to his advances. In this scenario you will be fighting this ''foolish'' hero, which will be either an elf, a loyalist, an outlaw, a dwarf, or an orc, chosen at random. You will be fighting them in your cave, so you have some advantage, but every time you beat one of these heroes, the scenario will repeat itself and a new hero will come for you, with more gold on his side, so it will be increasingly difficult to fight their armies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can play this scenario as many times as you want to. You really have to beat only the very first hero—when Malin is defeated by any subsequent hero, the victor will give a short monologue and the campaign will end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition by cMaster: If you care to play this scenario more than just a few times, it might be worth noting the small cavity to the right at the bottom of the map. You can easily place 11 units inside (you won't be able to recall more than 10 units + Mal Keshar) and it's got a choke point of only two hexes. Use this to chew away any enemy foolish enough to enter the choke point, and forget about the seven villages. Your enemy will not be able to pay the upkeep of his troops anyway. Correctly used you should not have to fear any number of enemies!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=DescentIntoDarkness&amp;diff=55213</id>
		<title>DescentIntoDarkness</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=DescentIntoDarkness&amp;diff=55213"/>
		<updated>2014-06-17T08:51:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* Alone at Last */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=== Saving Parthyn ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defend the fort for two nights&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Drogan die&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 15&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar, two Spearmen and a Bowman&lt;br /&gt;
You'll start the battle with three human soldiers. Recruit a lot of Walking Corpses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Block the ford. Try to take advantage of terrain and time of day. You can take the opposite riverbank by rushing with your human units, but may get pushed back. That's okay, just try not to fight in the water while the enemy stands on the bank, or you will be at a disadvantage. Don't panic: once the allies arrive, they should make short work of the orcs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: The scenario ends early if the orc leader is killed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler: Your three human units have the &amp;quot;loyal&amp;quot; attribute, but don't bother trying to level them, because they go away at the end of the scenario. Likewise, all you can recruit are Walking Corpses, and they won't be worth recalling. If you're going to collect experience for anyone, it should be your main character. However, if a Walking Corpse kills something, you get another Walking Corpse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== A Peaceful Valley ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Occupy all of the goblin villages&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 29/26/23 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0 to 2 Goblins will spring out of each village you capture, including those that you recapture. The key is to not capture many villages quickly. Ironically, this will allow you to capture all the villages more quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In most scenarios, bats are highly useful in remote village capturing, but not in this scenario, as they would have little chance against the guards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walking corpses, on the other hand, are more useful than normal. Use them on wounded goblins to snowball your forces. Also use Walking Corpses as placeholders on captured villages to prevent them from easily reverting to enemy hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To kill the enemy leader, zap him with your leaders. Walking Corpses, if are in the area, can assist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler: Do not try to beat this scenario without entering the swamp. Once you enter the swamp with either Malin Keshar or Darken Volk you will get three Ghouls, without which the scenario would be close to impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== A Haunting in Winter ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Clear the cave of enemies&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 36/34/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
You can recruit Ghosts on this level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's important to not get bottled up in the passageway prior to the central chamber, or you will burn up a lot of turns. Use Ghosts to speedily enter the chamber. After a certain point, you are going to split your forces, with Ghosts heading to the dwarves in the northeast and your two leaders and ground forces headed to the outlaws in the southwest. So, you should recruit a lot of Ghosts, at least five. Bats are useful to snatch up villages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is a good opportunity to gain experience for your Ghosts. While both the Wraith and Shadow units are nice, it is especially useful to have at least 4 Shadows by a certain scenario. Your Ghosts can get easy experience from killing the Dwarves as they wade through the swamp in the northeast, and you should be able to level one or more to Shadows. Then you can use a Shadow or two, accompanied by a Ghost or two, to kill the dwarven leader. Also note that there are two routes to the dwarven leader. One is through the swamp, but you can also send flying units over the chasm to the south of the swamp and attack the dwarves on two fronts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler: At one point there's a special event: one of your Ghosts will rebel and run off to the outlaw's keep. For each turn until you kill him, another of your units will rebel. You'll want to keep all of your Ghosts close by until one rebels, and then kill the rebel quickly. So, delay your Dwarf hunting expedition until the rebellion occurs, or recruit several Ghosts and keep them together so that the rest can subdue the one that goes rogue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Beginning of the Revenge ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the orc leaders, move Malin Keshar to the mountain pass&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 36&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
Starting with this mission you can recruit Skeletons and Skeleton Archers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the scenario ends when both orc leaders are dead; you do not need to move Malin Keshar to the signpost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mountainous geography begs you to use ghosts and their kin for mobility. Ghosts can cross the mountains and river left of your starting fortress. (So can Corpses, by the way, but slowly.) Unfortunately, the fire arrows are quite effective against ghosts, so tread carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players have used different strategies with success...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 1, defeat in detail:''' This is probably the easiest plan, with the highest chance of success. Attack the southern orc first, then the northern orc. You can recruit/recall mostly Ghosts, Shadows, and Wraiths, supplemented by Vampire Bats. Ghosts and Bats can capture difficult to reach villages and move on, thus weakening your foes. Keep Malin Keshar and Darken Volk alive by hiding them in the mountains, which have two chokepoints. Either give them a small guard force or be prepared to redirect some of your leveled Ghosts to assist as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 2, assassination:''' Kill both leaders at once. Recruit/recall almost exclusively Ghosts, Shadows, and Wraiths, and split them into two, one taskforce for each leader. A minimal strike force for one leader would be four Ghosts and two Shadows. Wait patiently across the river from the strongholds until darkness descends on turn 8. Then assassinate both leaders. If all goes well, the leaders will be dead by turn 9, for a nice gold bonus. Just in case it doesn't end so quickly, Malin Keshar and Darken Volk should have already been running into the deepest part of the southern mountains for safety. Exercise restraint with respect to capturing villages with bats or ghosts near the strongholds before the strike, as the enemy may divert units to intercept, which may interfere with your assassination plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 3, feint:''' Use ghosts to discourage the enemy from concentrating his forces at the lake. Sending a few ghosts over the mountains and river allows you to distract the computer into sending troops back to its base, because it interprets the closer enemies as a larger threat. By doing this, you can delay the southern orcs and meet the northern orcs at the lake. Just be careful, because if you distract them too long, they build up a substantial force (rather then sending troops in piecemeal like the computer usually does) which takes a while to cut through.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Spoiler:''' Be careful when moving non-flying units onto the ice next to the bridge which separates you from the orcs' valley, as the ice weakens when a non-flying unit starts a turn on it and weakened ice then breaks and drowns any unit which starts a turn on in. This even applies to Skeletons and Skeleton Archers! Use breaking ice to your advantage; try to lure high level orcs to their demise by placing ghosts in the middle of weakened ice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Orc War ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the orc leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
Starting with this mission you can recruit Dark Adepts.  &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of ways to approach this scenario:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*One strategy is to recruit two major forces and send one south to hold back the orcs at the bridge (a Wraith does a good job of holding the bridge) then send the other force northwest to take out that leader first.  At that point, if you've had particularly good luck on the the southern front you might want to go after that leader next, but more likely, you will want to recruit a few more units plus the units you used to kill the northwest leader and head south to kill the southwest orc leader.&lt;br /&gt;
*Another strategy is to recruit one large force and take out either the northwestern or southeastern orc leaders before the other orcish troops can catch up with you.  Then you'll probably want to take out the southwestern orc leader.  When I tried this I took heavier casualties and had less gold at the end of the scenario but it did work.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you've managed to acquire at least two Shadows you can try slipping them behind enemy lines and assassinating one of the orc leaders. If you have at least 4 Shadows your chances of success increase greatly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler: After you kill two orc leaders the third will flee and this will end the scenario.  You probably will want to postpone this as long as possible to allow your forces to gain experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Return to Parthyn ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill Drogan then escape to the northwest&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar dies or any people from Parthyn die (except Drogan)&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: n/a&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and a Wraith, Shadow, or Spectre, if available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your first objective is to kill Drogan; if any other human unit dies before Drogan, you lose. A Wraith, Shadow, or Spectre will probably start with Malin. If you recall an appealing target like a Revenant into the keep's northwest hex, Drogan should run out to shoot some arrows at it. Between this and recalling another Wraith or Shadow as a backup plan, it should be easy to take out Drogan and discover, oops, the Parthyn townspeople hate you anyway. Wraiths and Shadows are particularly effective, since they can fly across the river quite quickly. After you kill Drogan, you should escape across the river and to the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 1: Kill the orcs so that you can flee across the ford. This shouldn't be a problem. What might be a problem is that the Parthyn troops will continue to attack you as you flee.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 2: Leave the ford open, and cross in water at far right, hoping for the orcs and village militia to clash and leave you alone, at least until the orcs are dead. As an additional distraction, you can send some Ghouls and Walking Corpses south/southwest in the forest. Both this and the first option have the disadvantage that you will lose all the villages you hold south of the river and will probably end up losing a bunch of gold but, oh well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 3: Stay and fight. You don't &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;have&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to flee immediately. But you face fairly strong opposition and will probably take enough casualties that it isn't really worth it to stay and fight longer than you need to. Also, you'll have to recruit enough units that you lose gold each turn, since there's no time limit, if you defeat the Parthyn townspeople after taking heavy enough casualties that you gain gold each turn, you can wait and make up the loss. It isn't really worth it, however, because you'll need your high level troops for the next mission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Small Favor - Part One===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk enter the manor&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 28/26/22 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First off, you can capture the free villages scattered around near your keep, but don't capture any enemy-owned villages using units that lack Nightstalk ability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then there are a few options that players have tried with success:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 1, leader assassination:''' You should have at least 2 Shadows (or Nightgaunts), preferably more, to assassinate the leader. Their nightstalk ability gets them past the perimeter guards and directly to the enemy leader. Take him out in one turn or two, or he will recruit heavily. Keep Malin and Volk out of sight. After you takeout the enemy leader, take out the rest of the human troops and capture the rest of the villages at your leisure. Once that is accomplished, send Volk directly to the manor, but send Malin to the enemy commander's keep. Wait here accumulating cash each turn until the penultimate turn. On the penultimate turn recruit all the units you will want to take forward into part 2; Wraiths and Shadows are particularly useful, while level 1 units are not. Then move Malin towards the manor. On the last turn move Malin into the manor to join Volk to end the scenario. While carry over gold won't help you in parts two and three (no recruiting), it will carry over to the next scenario. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 2, mage assassination:''' It is possible to win this part without any Shadows. You can use about 6 Wraiths/Spectres and slip them around the north of the map as near to the entrance of the manor as possible while staying out of sight (you can see how much your enemies can see with Ctrl-v). Malin and Darken Volk should take the same route, but can't get as far as the Ghosts. Then take out as many enemies as you can with your Ghosts, targeting the Mages first, and rush towards the manor with your heroes. You should be inside before the battle gets ugly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 3, guard assassination:''' If you kill a guard in one turn, he won't have time to raise the alarm. Therefore, you can proceed across the map, assassinating guards one by one, until you get within strike distance of the leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Small Favor - Part Two===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Mage Lord Karres then move through the northwest passage&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/27/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar, Darken Volk and any units that survived the previous scenario&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Other: You can't recruit or recall; only the units from last scenario will be present&lt;br /&gt;
You start with the units you recalled at the end of the last mission, but you don't have to pay their upkeep for this scenario (nor are there any villages, anyway). Since there are no villages, you won't be able to heal your units unless they have a drain attack.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Anyway, your first task is to kill Karres, who is a Great Mage and is put into one of the rooms at random.  Each room is filled with mages of one variety or another. They won't leave the rooms of their own accord, although a couple of Swordsmen and other human units wander the halls, but these shouldn't be a big deal. The mages, however, can be quite deadly. Always make sure you have sufficient forces to wipe out at least three Red or White Mages before opening a door. (You open doors by placing a unit in front of the door). However, most rooms only have one or two Mages in it, and they may be level one Mages. The skirmishing of Shadows and Nightgaunts is useful in wiping out mages. If you let the mages counter-attack, you will risk losing one or more units. Head northwest with Malin and move on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There doesn't seem to be any bonus for an early finish, so if you get the objective early, you can hold off and harvest some XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Small Favor - Part Three===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Find the book and then escape&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/27/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and any units that survived the previous scenario&lt;br /&gt;
* Other&lt;br /&gt;
** You can't recruit or recall; only the units from last scenario will be present&lt;br /&gt;
** You no longer control Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Darken Volk will operate separately with an army of allied undead. Hmmm, in all previous missions you commanded him directly... could this be foreshadowing? Head to the northwest to grab the book. Then head to the northeast to exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Alone at Last===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Take the book from Darken Volk and bring it back to Malin's castle&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar dies&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and one unit&lt;br /&gt;
* Other: Ghosts and Bats (and the rest of their unit trees) cannot pick up the book&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The situation is that you must take the book from Darken Volk, but two additional armies will appear in the middle of the battle, bent on killing both your army and Volk's, making the task more than a little difficult. When the battle reaches its peek, you probably won't have much money, and your forces will be outnumbered and at great disadvantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sir Cadaeus arrives on turn 8 to take revenge for your attack on the city of Tath. He sets up camp in the southeast corner of the map, and his army of paladins and mages will have no problem destroying your army of undead if you give them the opportunity. However, his forces will attack Volk as well. More importantly, Volk's forces will attack &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Sir Cadaeus'&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. Remember this. Effectively, Volk is your ally, even if he is trying to kill you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the end of turn 11, Dela Keshar will show up to the north, set up camp and send her army of loyalists and outlaws to attack you as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By around this time, Volk should be dead, by Sir Cadaeus' hands if not yours. He leaves behind the book, which you need to retrieve and bring to your initial keep. Ghosts and Bats (and Spectres, Shadows, Wraiths, and Nightgaunts) can't carry the book. Try to use the quickest unit you can to pick it up and bring it back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For general strategy, players have had success with at least four alternatives...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 1, just run for it:''' Run for the book with a few elite units capable of carrying it. You can use leveled ghostly units to kill Volk. Run back once you get the book. You will lose units in the retreat, but you can try to choose which ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 2, fight, then retreat:''' This is almost the same to the above, but with an eye towards eliminating Volk's whole army rather than running when possible. Attack and crush Volk's forces, then make a fighting retreat from the loyalists as you run the book back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 3, the northern end around:''' Summon a few good troops and move everyone almost due north, trying to avoid battle as long as possible. Once Sir Cadaeus arrives, Volk's forces will shift southwards, and you can starting moving east. As you do so, Dela will arrive in the middle of your forces, where she will build a stronghold and recruit. You can surround her stronghold to prevent her from getting more than six recruits, then kill her recruits and her (not possible on older versions.) Kill her quickly before Sir Cadaeus' forces crash into your forces after killing Volk. Break Sir Cadaeus' assault wave and then send someone to get the book. Optionally, back at the start, you can try to pull Volk's attention south with a fast strong feint to the southeast using Ghosts, Bats and possibly your leader (since the enemy likes to hone in on him.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 4, the waiting game:''' Recruit just a couple of bats initially for village capturing out of range of the enemy. Once Sir Cadeus' forces arrive, begin recruiting in earnest and make a dash for the book. You will probably lose a lot of the units in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whatever initial course you take, the end game is the same: you will need to retrieve the book with a nonflying unit and head west, back to your keep.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grabbing villages after a few at the start won't help you in this scenario. You will likely end negative on gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note''': This scenario was rebalanced some time after v1.8.5, so if you are playing an old version there will be many differences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Descent into Darkness===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the troll leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Mal Keshar is destroyed&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: n/a&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Mal Keshar&lt;br /&gt;
The first segment of the mission is pretty self-explanatory. After you reach the small keep you need to decide which way to send your troops to the large castle, there is a main passage and two side passages. I'm not sure it matters, but I successfully advanced through the main passage. You will face some high level trolls, including Troll Shamans capable of throwing deadly fireballs at your undead minions. There's no particularly good defense against these things, but I will note that all the trolls also deal impact damage, which your Skeletons are weak against, so you may want to avoid recalling your Skeletons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition by cMaster: Wraiths/Spectres are actually quite good at killing Troll Shamans, since they deal arcane damage. So you just have to make sure, that you get to the Shamans before they get to you. If you can't take out one of them, stay out of his reach.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition by smenze: I just finished up this scenario and it was as easy as I have ever played. After the intro, pretty much run by past the creatures that are there for you to regain your strength on. If you get really unlucky with your counter attacks, you can die this way, but normally you won't. Grab the castle on the west side of the passageway and recall some Nightgaunts (3 was more then enough for me). I just sent them straight up the passage to the main castle, and stabbed the troll leader to death leading to an instant victory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition by Adeptus: Since this scenario is quite easy, it's a good chance to train your units and see strange monsters. In both side passages you can find a Troll Shaman, few Trolls and lots of villages. But the left passage is more interesting: in the middle of some water there's a tree where an Ancient Woose waits to ambush. Shadows and Wraiths will kill him easily. Enjoy its dying animation! At the top left of this room there's a path that leads to the hardest step of the scenario: 3 Giant Spiders. Try to make them follow you outside through the corridor to sorround them one by one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Eternal Night===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the foolish hero&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Mal Keshar is destroyed&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: Unlimited&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Mal Keshar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And so we reach the conclusion of the campaign. We learn that Mal Keshar—formerly Malin—has become a somewhat powerful lich that has gained a reputation for himself for fighting the orc armies (and anyone who comes in his way) every summer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reason, heroes of every race that has been victimized by Mal Keshar's troops follow him to his lair, wanting to finally put an end to his advances. In this scenario you will be fighting this ''foolish'' hero, which will be either an elf, a loyalist, an outlaw, a dwarf, or an orc, chosen at random. You will be fighting them in your cave, so you have some advantage, but every time you beat one of these heroes, the scenario will repeat itself and a new hero will come for you, with more gold on his side, so it will be increasingly difficult to fight their armies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can play this scenario as many times as you want to. You really have to beat only the very first hero—when Malin is defeated by any subsequent hero, the victor will give a short monologue and the campaign will end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition by cMaster: If you care to play this scenario more than just a few times, it might be worth noting the small cavity to the right at the bottom of the map. You can easily place 11 units inside (you won't be able to recall more than 10 units + Mal Keshar) and it's got a choke point of only two hexes. Use this to chew away any enemy foolish enough to enter the choke point, and forget about the seven villages. Your enemy will not be able to pay the upkeep of his troops anyway. Correctly used you should not have to fear any number of enemies!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=DescentIntoDarkness&amp;diff=55212</id>
		<title>DescentIntoDarkness</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.wesnoth.org/index.php?title=DescentIntoDarkness&amp;diff=55212"/>
		<updated>2014-06-17T08:43:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maiklas3000: /* Alone at Last */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=== Saving Parthyn ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defend the fort for two nights&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Drogan die&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 15&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar, two Spearmen and a Bowman&lt;br /&gt;
You'll start the battle with three human soldiers. Recruit a lot of Walking Corpses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Block the ford. Try to take advantage of terrain and time of day. You can take the opposite riverbank by rushing with your human units, but may get pushed back. That's okay, just try not to fight in the water while the enemy stands on the bank, or you will be at a disadvantage. Don't panic: once the allies arrive, they should make short work of the orcs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: The scenario ends early if the orc leader is killed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler: Your three human units have the &amp;quot;loyal&amp;quot; attribute, but don't bother trying to level them, because they go away at the end of the scenario. Likewise, all you can recruit are Walking Corpses, and they won't be worth recalling. If you're going to collect experience for anyone, it should be your main character. However, if a Walking Corpse kills something, you get another Walking Corpse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== A Peaceful Valley ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Occupy all of the goblin villages&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 29/26/23 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0 to 2 Goblins will spring out of each village you capture, including those that you recapture. The key is to not capture many villages quickly. Ironically, this will allow you to capture all the villages more quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In most scenarios, bats are highly useful in remote village capturing, but not in this scenario, as they would have little chance against the guards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walking corpses, on the other hand, are more useful than normal. Use them on wounded goblins to snowball your forces. Also use Walking Corpses as placeholders on captured villages to prevent them from easily reverting to enemy hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To kill the enemy leader, zap him with your leaders. Walking Corpses, if are in the area, can assist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler: Do not try to beat this scenario without entering the swamp. Once you enter the swamp with either Malin Keshar or Darken Volk you will get three Ghouls, without which the scenario would be close to impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== A Haunting in Winter ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Clear the cave of enemies&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 36/34/32 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
You can recruit Ghosts on this level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's important to not get bottled up in the passageway prior to the central chamber, or you will burn up a lot of turns. Use Ghosts to speedily enter the chamber. After a certain point, you are going to split your forces, with Ghosts heading to the dwarves in the northeast and your two leaders and ground forces headed to the outlaws in the southwest. So, you should recruit a lot of Ghosts, at least five. Bats are useful to snatch up villages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario is a good opportunity to gain experience for your Ghosts. While both the Wraith and Shadow units are nice, it is especially useful to have at least 4 Shadows by a certain scenario. Your Ghosts can get easy experience from killing the Dwarves as they wade through the swamp in the northeast, and you should be able to level one or more to Shadows. Then you can use a Shadow or two, accompanied by a Ghost or two, to kill the dwarven leader. Also note that there are two routes to the dwarven leader. One is through the swamp, but you can also send flying units over the chasm to the south of the swamp and attack the dwarves on two fronts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler: At one point there's a special event: one of your Ghosts will rebel and run off to the outlaw's keep. For each turn until you kill him, another of your units will rebel. You'll want to keep all of your Ghosts close by until one rebels, and then kill the rebel quickly. So, delay your Dwarf hunting expedition until the rebellion occurs, or recruit several Ghosts and keep them together so that the rest can subdue the one that goes rogue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Beginning of the Revenge ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the orc leaders, move Malin Keshar to the mountain pass&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 36&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
Starting with this mission you can recruit Skeletons and Skeleton Archers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the scenario ends when both orc leaders are dead; you do not need to move Malin Keshar to the signpost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mountainous geography begs you to use ghosts and their kin for mobility. Ghosts can cross the mountains and river left of your starting fortress. (So can Corpses, by the way, but slowly.) Unfortunately, the fire arrows are quite effective against ghosts, so tread carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players have used different strategies with success...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 1, defeat in detail:''' This is probably the easiest plan, with the highest chance of success. Attack the southern orc first, then the northern orc. You can recruit/recall mostly Ghosts, Shadows, and Wraiths, supplemented by Vampire Bats. Ghosts and Bats can capture difficult to reach villages and move on, thus weakening your foes. Keep Malin Keshar and Darken Volk alive by hiding them in the mountains, which have two chokepoints. Either give them a small guard force or be prepared to redirect some of your leveled Ghosts to assist as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 2, assassination:''' Kill both leaders at once. Recruit/recall almost exclusively Ghosts, Shadows, and Wraiths, and split them into two, one taskforce for each leader. A minimal strike force for one leader would be four Ghosts and two Shadows. Wait patiently across the river from the strongholds until darkness descends on turn 8. Then assassinate both leaders. If all goes well, the leaders will be dead by turn 9, for a nice gold bonus. Just in case it doesn't end so quickly, Malin Keshar and Darken Volk should have already been running into the deepest part of the southern mountains for safety. Exercise restraint with respect to capturing villages with bats or ghosts near the strongholds before the strike, as the enemy may divert units to intercept, which may interfere with your assassination plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 3, feint:''' Use ghosts to discourage the enemy from concentrating his forces at the lake. Sending a few ghosts over the mountains and river allows you to distract the computer into sending troops back to its base, because it interprets the closer enemies as a larger threat. By doing this, you can delay the southern orcs and meet the northern orcs at the lake. Just be careful, because if you distract them too long, they build up a substantial force (rather then sending troops in piecemeal like the computer usually does) which takes a while to cut through.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Spoiler:''' Be careful when moving non-flying units onto the ice next to the bridge which separates you from the orcs' valley, as the ice weakens when a non-flying unit starts a turn on it and weakened ice then breaks and drowns any unit which starts a turn on in. This even applies to Skeletons and Skeleton Archers! Use breaking ice to your advantage; try to lure high level orcs to their demise by placing ghosts in the middle of weakened ice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Orc War ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the orc leaders&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
Starting with this mission you can recruit Dark Adepts.  &lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of ways to approach this scenario:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*One strategy is to recruit two major forces and send one south to hold back the orcs at the bridge (a Wraith does a good job of holding the bridge) then send the other force northwest to take out that leader first.  At that point, if you've had particularly good luck on the the southern front you might want to go after that leader next, but more likely, you will want to recruit a few more units plus the units you used to kill the northwest leader and head south to kill the southwest orc leader.&lt;br /&gt;
*Another strategy is to recruit one large force and take out either the northwestern or southeastern orc leaders before the other orcish troops can catch up with you.  Then you'll probably want to take out the southwestern orc leader.  When I tried this I took heavier casualties and had less gold at the end of the scenario but it did work.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you've managed to acquire at least two Shadows you can try slipping them behind enemy lines and assassinating one of the orc leaders. If you have at least 4 Shadows your chances of success increase greatly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoiler: After you kill two orc leaders the third will flee and this will end the scenario.  You probably will want to postpone this as long as possible to allow your forces to gain experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Return to Parthyn ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Kill Drogan then escape to the northwest&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar dies or any people from Parthyn die (except Drogan)&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: n/a&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and a Wraith, Shadow, or Spectre, if available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your first objective is to kill Drogan; if any other human unit dies before Drogan, you lose. A Wraith, Shadow, or Spectre will probably start with Malin. If you recall an appealing target like a Revenant into the keep's northwest hex, Drogan should run out to shoot some arrows at it. Between this and recalling another Wraith or Shadow as a backup plan, it should be easy to take out Drogan and discover, oops, the Parthyn townspeople hate you anyway. Wraiths and Shadows are particularly effective, since they can fly across the river quite quickly. After you kill Drogan, you should escape across the river and to the west.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 1: Kill the orcs so that you can flee across the ford. This shouldn't be a problem. What might be a problem is that the Parthyn troops will continue to attack you as you flee.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 2: Leave the ford open, and cross in water at far right, hoping for the orcs and village militia to clash and leave you alone, at least until the orcs are dead. As an additional distraction, you can send some Ghouls and Walking Corpses south/southwest in the forest. Both this and the first option have the disadvantage that you will lose all the villages you hold south of the river and will probably end up losing a bunch of gold but, oh well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Option 3: Stay and fight. You don't &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;have&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to flee immediately. But you face fairly strong opposition and will probably take enough casualties that it isn't really worth it to stay and fight longer than you need to. Also, you'll have to recruit enough units that you lose gold each turn, since there's no time limit, if you defeat the Parthyn townspeople after taking heavy enough casualties that you gain gold each turn, you can wait and make up the loss. It isn't really worth it, however, because you'll need your high level troops for the next mission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Small Favor - Part One===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk enter the manor&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 28/26/22 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First off, you can capture the free villages scattered around near your keep, but don't capture any enemy-owned villages using units that lack Nightstalk ability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then there are a few options that players have tried with success:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 1, leader assassination:''' You should have at least 2 Shadows (or Nightgaunts), preferably more, to assassinate the leader. Their nightstalk ability gets them past the perimeter guards and directly to the enemy leader. Take him out in one turn or two, or he will recruit heavily. Keep Malin and Volk out of sight. After you takeout the enemy leader, take out the rest of the human troops and capture the rest of the villages at your leisure. Once that is accomplished, send Volk directly to the manor, but send Malin to the enemy commander's keep. Wait here accumulating cash each turn until the penultimate turn. On the penultimate turn recruit all the units you will want to take forward into part 2; Wraiths and Shadows are particularly useful, while level 1 units are not. Then move Malin towards the manor. On the last turn move Malin into the manor to join Volk to end the scenario. While carry over gold won't help you in parts two and three (no recruiting), it will carry over to the next scenario. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 2, mage assassination:''' It is possible to win this part without any Shadows. You can use about 6 Wraiths/Spectres and slip them around the north of the map as near to the entrance of the manor as possible while staying out of sight (you can see how much your enemies can see with Ctrl-v). Malin and Darken Volk should take the same route, but can't get as far as the Ghosts. Then take out as many enemies as you can with your Ghosts, targeting the Mages first, and rush towards the manor with your heroes. You should be inside before the battle gets ugly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 3, guard assassination:''' If you kill a guard in one turn, he won't have time to raise the alarm. Therefore, you can proceed across the map, assassinating guards one by one, until you get within strike distance of the leader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Small Favor - Part Two===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat Mage Lord Karres then move through the northwest passage&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/27/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar, Darken Volk and any units that survived the previous scenario&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Other: You can't recruit or recall; only the units from last scenario will be present&lt;br /&gt;
You start with the units you recalled at the end of the last mission, but you don't have to pay their upkeep for this scenario (nor are there any villages, anyway). Since there are no villages, you won't be able to heal your units unless they have a drain attack.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Anyway, your first task is to kill Karres, who is a Great Mage and is put into one of the rooms at random.  Each room is filled with mages of one variety or another. They won't leave the rooms of their own accord, although a couple of Swordsmen and other human units wander the halls, but these shouldn't be a big deal. The mages, however, can be quite deadly. Always make sure you have sufficient forces to wipe out at least three Red or White Mages before opening a door. (You open doors by placing a unit in front of the door). However, most rooms only have one or two Mages in it, and they may be level one Mages. The skirmishing of Shadows and Nightgaunts is useful in wiping out mages. If you let the mages counter-attack, you will risk losing one or more units. Head northwest with Malin and move on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There doesn't seem to be any bonus for an early finish, so if you get the objective early, you can hold off and harvest some XP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Small Favor - Part Three===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Find the book and then escape&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar or Darken Volk die or time runs out&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 30/27/25 (easy/medium/hard)&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and any units that survived the previous scenario&lt;br /&gt;
* Other&lt;br /&gt;
** You can't recruit or recall; only the units from last scenario will be present&lt;br /&gt;
** You no longer control Darken Volk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Darken Volk will operate separately with an army of allied undead. Hmmm, in all previous missions you commanded him directly... could this be foreshadowing? Head to the northwest to grab the book. Then head to the northeast to exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Alone at Last===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Take the book from Darken Volk and bring it back to Malin's castle&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Malin Keshar dies&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: 24&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Malin Keshar and one unit&lt;br /&gt;
* Other: Ghosts and Bats (and the rest of their unit trees) cannot pick up the book&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The situation is that you must take the book from Darken Volk, but two additional armies will appear in the middle of the battle, bent on killing both your army and Volk's, making the task more than a little difficult. When the battle reaches its peek, you probably won't have much money, and your forces will be outnumbered and at great disadvantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sir Cadaeus arrives on turn 8 to take revenge for your attack on the city of Tath. He sets up camp in the southeast corner of the map, and his army of paladins and mages will have no problem destroying your army of undead if you give them the opportunity. However, his forces will attack Volk as well. More importantly, Volk's forces will attack &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Sir Cadaeus'&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. Remember this. Effectively, Volk is your ally, even if he is trying to kill you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the end of turn 11, Dela Keshar will show up to the north, set up camp and send her army of loyalists and outlaws to attack you as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By around this time, Volk should be dead, by Sir Cadaeus' hands if not yours. He leaves behind the book, which you need to retrieve and bring to your initial keep. Ghosts and Bats (and Spectres, Shadows, Wraiths, and Nightgaunts) can't carry the book. Try to use the quickest unit you can to pick it up and bring it back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For general strategy, players have had success with at least four alternatives...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 1, just run for it:''' Run for the book with a few elite units capable of carrying it and leveled ghostly units in support, and run back. You will lose units, but you can try to choose which ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 2, fight and retreat:''' Attack and crush Volk, then make a fighting retreat from the loyalists as you run the book back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 3, the northern end around:''' Summon a few good troops and move everyone almost due north, trying to avoid battle as long as possible. Once Sir Cadaeus arrives, Volk's forces will shift southwards, and you can starting moving east. As you do so, Dela will arrive in the middle of your forces, where she will build a stronghold and recruit. You can surround her stronghold to prevent her from getting more than six recruits, then kill her recruits and her (not possible on older versions.) Kill her quickly before Sir Cadaeus' forces crash into your forces after killing Volk. Break Sir Cadaeus' assault wave and then send someone to get the book. Optionally, back at the start, you can try to pull Volk's attention south with a fast strong feint to the southeast using Ghosts, Bats and possibly your leader (since the enemy likes to hone in on him.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Option 4, the waiting game:''' Recruit just a couple of bats initially for village capturing out of range of the enemy. Once Sir Cadeus' forces arrive, begin recruiting in earnest and make a dash for the book. Be warned that you will probably lose a lot of the units in the process, so try to avoid recalling troops that you might need in a later scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whatever initial course you take, the end game is the same: you will need to retrieve the book with a nonflying unit and head west, back to your keep.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grabbing villages after a few at the start won't help you in this scenario. You will likely end negative on gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note''': This scenario was rebalanced some time after v1.8.5, so if you are playing an old version there will be many differences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Descent into Darkness===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the troll leader&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Mal Keshar is destroyed&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: n/a&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Mal Keshar&lt;br /&gt;
The first segment of the mission is pretty self-explanatory. After you reach the small keep you need to decide which way to send your troops to the large castle, there is a main passage and two side passages. I'm not sure it matters, but I successfully advanced through the main passage. You will face some high level trolls, including Troll Shamans capable of throwing deadly fireballs at your undead minions. There's no particularly good defense against these things, but I will note that all the trolls also deal impact damage, which your Skeletons are weak against, so you may want to avoid recalling your Skeletons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition by cMaster: Wraiths/Spectres are actually quite good at killing Troll Shamans, since they deal arcane damage. So you just have to make sure, that you get to the Shamans before they get to you. If you can't take out one of them, stay out of his reach.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition by smenze: I just finished up this scenario and it was as easy as I have ever played. After the intro, pretty much run by past the creatures that are there for you to regain your strength on. If you get really unlucky with your counter attacks, you can die this way, but normally you won't. Grab the castle on the west side of the passageway and recall some Nightgaunts (3 was more then enough for me). I just sent them straight up the passage to the main castle, and stabbed the troll leader to death leading to an instant victory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition by Adeptus: Since this scenario is quite easy, it's a good chance to train your units and see strange monsters. In both side passages you can find a Troll Shaman, few Trolls and lots of villages. But the left passage is more interesting: in the middle of some water there's a tree where an Ancient Woose waits to ambush. Shadows and Wraiths will kill him easily. Enjoy its dying animation! At the top left of this room there's a path that leads to the hardest step of the scenario: 3 Giant Spiders. Try to make them follow you outside through the corridor to sorround them one by one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Eternal Night===&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives: Defeat the foolish hero&lt;br /&gt;
* Lose if: Mal Keshar is destroyed&lt;br /&gt;
* Turns: Unlimited&lt;br /&gt;
* Starting units: Mal Keshar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And so we reach the conclusion of the campaign. We learn that Mal Keshar—formerly Malin—has become a somewhat powerful lich that has gained a reputation for himself for fighting the orc armies (and anyone who comes in his way) every summer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reason, heroes of every race that has been victimized by Mal Keshar's troops follow him to his lair, wanting to finally put an end to his advances. In this scenario you will be fighting this ''foolish'' hero, which will be either an elf, a loyalist, an outlaw, a dwarf, or an orc, chosen at random. You will be fighting them in your cave, so you have some advantage, but every time you beat one of these heroes, the scenario will repeat itself and a new hero will come for you, with more gold on his side, so it will be increasingly difficult to fight their armies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can play this scenario as many times as you want to. You really have to beat only the very first hero—when Malin is defeated by any subsequent hero, the victor will give a short monologue and the campaign will end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition by cMaster: If you care to play this scenario more than just a few times, it might be worth noting the small cavity to the right at the bottom of the map. You can easily place 11 units inside (you won't be able to recall more than 10 units + Mal Keshar) and it's got a choke point of only two hexes. Use this to chew away any enemy foolish enough to enter the choke point, and forget about the seven villages. Your enemy will not be able to pay the upkeep of his troops anyway. Correctly used you should not have to fear any number of enemies!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Campaigns - Walkthroughs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maiklas3000</name></author>
		
	</entry>
</feed>